Phytologia

oe | he Lae fates dae sae Cotte Olt ee

>. ve Pein » rn ee

tet ee lal At « Ante Meth AM DeHe to tte CEH Bisa Se Bid ae a Siabante hfe th Baal Oe i ede Heth ah 2 OK Ts ARAN Un BO BS neo. Ae- Ete ANN Rn thnot : Mtn ¢ ; 7

nae baat Re aad Pehgntarn ‘ob eine Me ost 0 A rh 8) Mewd)” ements AR th 9h GI hash ah t-te ln ee OBR 8 HAY WR Be OAR WAI R PAD Ahm A ATEN IM OA Fy A AN ANE AD SDH sad hr ND A RVRC EA AN DoF Bede \er RAD deh Mart De, Ra chtrthate An tele nina)

AE a AM PR MOS Ep A a TT! PEL OBA Ot OM 4-0 PPS mh Apa mE TE A A DPB OH AES AO ONAN heh MEANY Ah OS CON Al CRON ONT ORR MPRA Me OD Oia UDR IR BERR AR Re AA Mom het. Dh dante rh. thei, ihn ® Hw
4 Cr * hatha diate fa din does FB AAR ho M- Hibiy Be EMAL the AP NBD he RAND A A Nee “ et, O 20 te thetrah fu Rratity Oh F.2D et Me PN a nae tein Wee cata ae a piel en taal bal Se ae cee ee eee ee Lf 0-0 i BAAD PSS

AIOE OR BS BA CE Me YORE EBLE BAERS ire RD) Oe Ee ne eee ee eens eo ee ea ie ae eee eran eas Cee te a a ca eaten an Sp Past tatehestivtoedh city, dts 4a in Te? clyde ator rine eects ae aA, As tence SAN

.
;
{
3
*
?
i
:
|
i
;

I MEAN A A MAE 0A Le Ahh adh A RAE RE RE Batley Bi Mole dl alinatl hs Biotin e Cote ae Me ee ae ee ee ee ee ee A add Ae
wheat ue 4 ve ots 2 Me . . Pers : BIA nt BP OOo 2 SelM eo potnle Amt Oe tabs ene SG OH Hct A “paw R : f ;
LO ae wd Hatt Pat fp! “po taeda Anaabl BE Hho Beth bs QP BYP Sn eB Pe ee WE sy Ai OM Be AM 2 Ate ENON AN AP PAIR YN AAR ama A TDS MANS ARM: EAN ec IM Sh AN AN A iy DN, 20 DS INMBUR AN IIA Rc Re BRL lA Mn hf Ah ome Sea in Me >
sash A 2 5 es ¥ Pre ee ee pene el LR A MME RAE Oe OO A DY te to HL ae. adel ty. eo te See
Parr yr See 2 we ee ee SO Oa ate yen wig Tay ana We WIAA HR AN ged ay Pe DR ON TE IN Re te INS MN De MED DS ARMA IME Me AM, OD, Soe SS ete Meth nerinnltne ie Mey x inten ae

fot EMD fe tabest we “ “ Ue Rte BERENS AE OOO ah BO ;
rately te a ea od OOO: LOL, IMME H ORME AK OA MOB BOM RE ONDA EAD Ae LA MN Oe RR MBER RE Rh Me AR ay Mb ARK TAI Oyen RL ANE ON CE INR IR i dn th ADD I RMR Bak inh TD I Paid 80s
COVE eS hee ee ee Pe ee ee ee oe ee ee ee ee ae FEM TN It Ati ANAND AR AR A MT ANE OA pa INA EO RR MEN uns MAE Ry OM ED RAW Raton Pas tee Ae Monetdin km eh eal

war" Ms ‘
ee pr erwrntne S Soe Lae en CB REM: Bee Hin tO ha AE Ct MM BA PLD IIE LAB OB A OE NAB YH Hie AIAN HY me Bt SEBO DAMN OOM NDS POOR te ARTY Se aed IARC Se RNAS MN BTINN NIAAA a lh Mr the AM UID Ale A A oh HLA Me Reet MM Pa MO AM ar WI te

Sain ana poem okt tie APA Pm Ap 6-1 Bh Oe PONE ALOE AD Biv OAD BL Pre fh PB D-DAY AD OES AM DS A WA PAA Bre De RMD Re BAB AD DAD BL Bie ae Wine) AA Aon Gee uted Ge
Alt PAT OA Ye Akane: cepa ee le th Ae RAE ES MEIN A ME I EM BA. ce He le EB ON A OH BE A A A ae AM Me AMIR A ROE Me BAN A LD. tate Bis Banh.) Cah Has Noth nthn Be Gower And
Bb. bor BG MELON BEE ME ANION Hs 0 Mie Oe Hin chi OE EI AN Bit BO OED IF a «aR ME Na AI AO th the Wa tt A OA. NL A NN I A TO Me PR Wh me REM Res Wat PARE at eit Atte th owt.
NS ee ee De PAD Eke Ee Ae 1 Bh I AO EY OU te BON A aD PS Te Y lheeteael PPP DG A AED RMD AMEN ABO A - Deah h M DI Bety DRE eH MADD ee ie ie ete te a Si Ee ale

a eee eT ee ee ee ee. ee Ne ah ahah Ah mee ek AAAI APH ah Beaty Derdah sec ih AD Wea DBL SUDCR a Mads hy PedtSibi Ie ms ahh Namen’ ot she
: EF RIA AERA th Ae Ente eM IRN A Me ee ee en ee es i ee ae a ee :

re S « ne 5
n ee ee ee ee ee ee eee ee ee pew ere ON OL RNR Re I Fe A a AA A. EDF He BR ah aah He N-D B Mnd eta eit RD H
BP DEFOE POP NT MME EE O ODPM A MD OO WF CPR OLE OR RD A AMDAL OE PP OO OO OD OBOE BEM OBE EA 8 PB MAA EBAY NA AM OED tent BNE BP ee IR BO Meee ee ale Be He

EAM BRAD Pi BTU Oe FIO OPER NAO AMT AD OM MA my Mah SRR A Re A RAMEE 1? ek tt AI, Ret le ote ote th
CAM RD AMR OA Re te ei Ro I rte On Rent tt Ae Gerba! ANA RB TE AM Aa retain tae cima Bate Sate ete mM Ce ee ee ee ee ee ee

ee oe LL, Pritt PEE IM OE Bm Oo ee ee ee a ee ee ee ee ee ee es Dee eR Ree ee ek en

nt Pe oe ND Be BE 4 OO OD OS _— ll
V0 Mate DOMES Bole EA) DG Dip he Bekele AES Bede Ms BD eh A EE RL DILL MAY OG A OB 19 OA OE BR RID RN OE MT EF RRM HO Dieltes -& & Med eM ee ee ee
we ee ee ee ae oe ee ee ee ee OS ee ee ve .
6 EEA RAE OEE US HE ADRENAL FOO AER TAA KEKE DEORE BS OBA © TEER DD MAAR DF Oh HE Sa mh Rated Rao Podtetbetn OM Ramnatietnatnth mh Mr AN ar we ee

“ = ev ‘ " ; c

eS ee eee eee ae ee eS ead 2 SRM BL MAE Ae OF OES OE OOOO AMAR EADS CMM DEAD LAA RRMA EL DRED DA-& (OOH RH HD Ae 4 ® ROK > .
Ce ee ee ee ee eC eo ee ea

ee ee ee
oe a ee PR ES le ttn re ie Seth Me A a LT he Oe A te AO Re RR Bem etonig
ae Ne he Repke MDD Dah O A Aen Sire Rc MTs NG PM add ARM AR tM, AA RA ROR Ditin Bet A Ar se NE ty ER RDA MSS Donde te nD OOS Pa LY 2 PR tte OF eR tk aire 8 Dm eta em ee ae eet BOO Bet BL Re Oe
Po in ne > Biller Mpa ave REE tn, Ae Mi tell at AP Mae ec hip OH DAE MB De A OLD BR OA IO NI LO PS ee Ben PR Av, hy OI Ce ee ee De ne FA te an ete Behe

ee ee ee ee ae Pe ee ae steers eo 22 OPA eee OAR A ROH SAE @ RR 1 Co OND Demet SPE ee
ee ee ee ee ee a ee ee ee ee ee en Te es
————

bs a ee ee ee ee ~.« Ne ee ee ee en ee fe ee ative 2m 8 4 toe Ow
Pr rr are eee ee er a ee ee ee ee Se eT eines eee ie tee he Re eee
9° aCe Detention Dnt Aa Mes he RR LOR AL De RN en Eh Pe Me Ante te eB Reet ee ee Peet A te BE ev Meh Shah eee CID a Me Anat) elt ae Oh Br A Do wae pany
a ee ee ee ne ee ee a ee et Oe NE Be ee ee ee Bee oer ee ER ee A te Ate ean ot FF tem te etre A Re Bee eter ete
vine oe Pe Re ath Teeter erin et oF ee a ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee en ee Te ee ‘7c * Pens te oy Ys Mate me 8 By Bete ed
a a Me Be 08 Sh al tate Ser a Rh Bee Bn GeO AER OY BA OBO BAL ORL EEE MND ES OPAPP ABARA EEF OBESE ONE AM OF ED AEE O_O RPS ARH EO HED Ot ee ee ee ne ee ee ee
Oe ee i ee Pe om Ee aE EE a re ar ee eae ran ae ween ee ee ee ee ee ee oO tober
ee Ht ne SEPA aD ER eRe eh, Molt Tem oH al Neo PRM! SERRE AAE Ee OOAL OH Ae PRAM © ee SABER SAAR DD ASA Me OP 808 EOS 0-8 ae Oe A A Ret et IR BO te 68 1 a Re pa Se date, new teen Balle Uae
a Me Biba PM Me Vo FeO AS 8 ey A iediind ee et, tah AEE ORE ROM MH eer em BO ODE REESE BAF 64 Ow ODT D> > ee Oe oe Ts ee ee ee ee ee ee Ne ee ee arr a
MO tn gh pa PA MELE ME Bs Be Beale eM afrwmnr & a ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee oe ee ee et ON 8 Oe ee 2 Oe ORM AA NL PAD BW Bor Oe SMe oN One
a Fa Me Rete Merely ae ee - 4 MA wat ee ee oe ee a» Lt omen ee a ee Me aM oC — eee ene eee ~~ ASA Ce Hee cee a6 . - ee ee ee “7. © a-h -g ®
- PP OT eS ee da ry ee OP a wee Sere ee ee eee ee ee ee ee ee ee mi .
Stewie A ee eae Oe ee ee ee i te ee Oe SOM. Dk Pre SF Pees Cod mee © ee he 4 OOP © *
LPM A ee eG Re AP ALE CML 5 DEG Oe ib ht et Mant Oe het tor ore oe ee eee a ee ee ee er a ee ee a ee ee ee ee ee
oe a a ee 7 ae ee ee ‘ bE AO PAM DOM O CMO AS # i ee © OOP AL 6 OER OH 6-H ON © & Hr ee Se ee ee Oh 4n
ar rarsra i eee ee eS ee Se Otek ee ee A OM BH ee bee Ae ete EOE OG Al eee ee A
out St tat 0m BOL RE BEB EN Mt A tag Me EME Be OT Be Powe, BE Mi OR AE TM He att s i Oe Oe ie ee. ee
i ee ee ee ee Pe ee ee ee ee ee Pe Ce ee ee ee ee ee ee ~ »
Shin -taatticnttvidlbet AO Ae REE Me OP OM Pt OD pl OO Nh AORN A A i a Ne A ee Ny Re li Rly LL LD Da MB BD MRR Rt te EN ER OME Py Ae ne RED IPO ae A fe « 4
NS att AAEM LE ee ee ee ee Ce ee ee ee PR © FOE A eee ew (ae 6.8 Ae Oe Oe ee a
nee eat Pant a 8 tw OM ©. Oe eA BLN PEERY 4 OAL AF. br 5a PDL OE MAM he ML OF it BEM EBA DAMA. ET M1 PAE © OM RE 8 MP 00 Bate hy ett elt ae am Pah SM Bott Po noteth-* ‘
Aa Fase Anan rates RDM DO Bi te EE i ae Oe LE PR A LA he OE te RM So Rn tied IN, RR Me Rls Pol Mm Se MMe NO oe © eee a on; at ee 8.8 OO OS Be ee Oh Oe ~~ > at thi aleh ete ths
ee eel re rr ee ee oe oF wee Se eS ee en o. O.d4. > hat on etn ep
a ee ee ee ee ee ane a 2-9 &-D cae Pete Ree mer
. a9 lliniamentidias apeaiale a te mantis cetien aeaiie Taee Are ft. “> shen = ~ _~ “ LO NMA NAL A Hi el , - reat hed
LEAD O LP et eet ~ a a hte ie a ae = i ae _~
ee eee ee ee ee ee - . = * ° pnp. fn - - ~~ > ee eo oe > . - ~~
RA SE Ap Oe PD 2 oe et a - ° ee ee a~y . Oe DR rere ie meth he ~~?
bat ae ee ae ee tot ye « or » ee ss “~ ee ee ee ee ae . . vw ee Se . heath atom pee
ee ee ee ee “ . . ad Parr “ ina é . i om : + “a - — ~
ee ee - >» » | a7 shen Ss
ee ee ee i tl De emt, oe Me » ee a “ - —
Las wer yyy See me men a » —
a ” — a
se rw ra - ra *45 ~ . nd ae
-% . . an ~ -
A am A ~* —r <a hen he as
<= ene Pik Sate - ~- .
- - = PRAEGER PEDO LOL AO ANP 0 PM Ne OE PC FEARED EP EPL EOE O GC PEO eX -
“ 7 > = ~ a 7
——- . ~ +
“ * ~
ons " ~ te a f ve
- . “ - - ‘ . - a
+e"? Se-e<5 - os as. ee ~—_
Ot AM le aa on ei 0 AN ht Li Rl Niele IN LL Ning, tl Pe PO Ni Ng A OL I i A te ae a Ayre er

ui ‘Ae ‘B ")
Bey ae yr Ay aa :

es }
) Hee ee
a

id: «A

>
(ter,
y ere

G47
“ PHYTOLOGIA

A cooperative nonprofit journal designed to expedite botanical publication

Vol. 44 August 1979 No. 1

CONTENTS

<RUKOFF, B. A., Supplementary notes on the American species of

r

LIBRARY

Published by Harold N. Moldenke and Alma L. Moldenke

303 Parkside Road
Plainfield, New Jersey 07060
US.A.

Price of this number $2.25; for this volume $11.00 in advance or $12.00 after
close of the volume; $3.00 extra to all foreign addresses; 512 pages consti-
tute a full volume; claims for numbers lost in the mails must be made im-
mediately after receipt of the next following number for free replacement.

EE CTUINIS. PRED ely hee Goch ee 5.48 oa dod te gO Rinna 2 ]
<RUKOFF, B. A., Supplementary notes on American Menispermaceae XV.
Neotropical Triclisieae and Anomospermeae ............. 1]
CRUKOFF, B. A., Notes on the species of Erythrina. XIV ........... 19
Petites Os BOOK FEVIEWS 2 0! SD oe co ee ee a ee Oe 33

—\

SUPPLEMENTARY NOTES ON THE AMERICAN SPECIES
OF STRYCHNOS. XVIIL.
B. A. Krukoff

Consulting Botanist of Merck Sharp & Dohme Research La-
boratories, N.J., and Honorary Curator of New York Botanical
Garden.

Since the latest paper of this series (Supplement XVII)
was published 93 new collections were examined. The newly
examined collection added to our knowledge of several species
and extensions of range were noted for eleven. Four species
namely S. duckei Krukoff & Monachino, S. krukoffigng Ducke,
S. lobelioides Krukoff & Barneby, and S. ecuadoriensis Kru-
koff & Barneby were collected for the second time. I have
been waiting for the second collections of the first two
since 1946 and 1947. Other prize collections are of S.
mglacospermg Ducke & Froes which was previously known for
several collections from tne type locality and S. pachycarpa
-from four collections from the general vicinity of Manaus,
Amazonas, Brazil.

3. _Strychnos colombiensis Krukoff & Barneby, Mem. N.Y.
Bot: ‘Gard 12° (1): 21;:-1965.

Dudley 11486 was correctly anotated and cited in Suppl.
#11 ( Phytologia 22: 236. 1971). Thru a typographical error
it was cited in Exsiccatae (Lloydia 35: 263. 1972) as S.
sperul

9. Strychnos gragugensis Krukoff & Barneby, Mem. N.Y. Bot.
Gard. 20 (1): 24. 1969.

Brazil: Piaui: mun. de Sete Cidades, Parque Nac.
Cachiiera do Riachao, Grazielag M. Barroso 212 (RB); Para:
Sao Felix do Xingu, Carlos S. Rosario 60 (MG); Mato Grosso:
J. A. Ratter 2346 (UB).

This is the first record of the species from the State
of Piaui.

10. Strychnos brachiata Ruiz & Pavon, Fl. Per. 2: 30. 1799.

Venezuela: Barinas: + 100 m, Steyermark 102071.
Brazil: basin of Rio Purus, below Boca do Acre, Prance2558.-

This is the first record of this species from Barinas.

1

2 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. hh, No.1

11. Strychnos trinervis (Velloso) Martius, Syst. Mat. Med.
Bras. i2Z1.. £843.

Brazil: Minas Gerais: Coronel Pacheco, E. P. Herin-
ger 326 (RG); Rio de Janeiro and Guanabara: Herbarium Jard.
Bot. Rio 186333 (RG) (Poco das Antas), D. Sucre 7902 (RG)
(base da Pedra da Panaia.

13. Strychnos tabascang Sprague & Sandwith , Kew Bull.
1927: 128 «2927.

Mexico: Veracruz: Los Tuxtlas, J. Ismgel Calzadg 1782
(MEXU) .

17. Strychnos krukoffigna Ducke, Trop. Woods 90. 27. 1947.

Colombia: Vaupes: Mitu, Rio Vaupes (inundated),
James L. Zgruchi 1823 (US).

This is the second collection of the species and the
first record from Colombia. It was known previously from
several collections from a single plant near Manaus, Brazil.

18. Strychnos medeolg Sagot ex Progel in Mart. Fl. Bras.
6 (1): 282. 1868.

Brazil: Para: Tocantins, M. G. Silyg 3474 (MG).

19. Strychnos toxiferg Robert Schomburgk ex Bentham, Jour.
Bot. Hook. 3: 240. 1841.

T. S. Santos 1250 (UB) from Bahia, Brazil was cited
thru error as S. toxiferg in Suppl. #13 (Phytologia 27: 99.
1973) and in Exsiccatae (Phytologia 33: 321. 1976). After
examination of a better specimen it has been described as
S. setosg in Suppl. #17 (Phytologia 41: 222. 1979). There
is no record of S. toxiferg growing in the State of Bahia.

20. Strychnos tomentosqg Bentham, Jour. Linn. Soc. 1: 104.
1856.

Surinam: dist. Nickerie, area of Kabalebo Dam Project,
N. M. de 199 (U). French Guiana: Saul: M. Hijmgn 220
24. Strychnos jobertigng Baillon, Adansonia. 12: 367. 1879.

Venezuela: Terr. Fed. Amazonas: roadside, 3 km E of
San Carlos de Rio Neyro, Ronald Liesner 3483 (Nov. 14, 1977).

1979 Krukoff, American species of Strychnos

25. Strychnos pseudo-guing A. St. Hilaire, Mem. Mus.
Paris 9: 340. 1822.

Brasil: Distr. Feds? G« Sastre 1103 (UB), £. °F.
Heringer 12858 (RG); Sao Paulo: L. Emygdio de Mello Filho
3727 (R), D. V- de Toledo Filho 5550 (SP) (mun. Itirapina),
P. E. Gibbs 4324 (SP).

27. Strychnos amazonicg Krukoff, Brittonia 4: 284. 1942.

Brazil: Amazonas: Manaus - Itacoatiara, Adair R. de
Oliveira s.n. (28/7-1976) (INPA).

30. Strychnos lobelioides Krukoff & Barneby, Mem. N.Y. Bot.
Gard,°12°€1)s 445/815 12 .\ 1965:

Colombia: Amazonas - Vaupes: Rio Apaporis, entre
Rios Kananeri y Pacoa, +250 m, H. Garcia-Barrigga 14021 (Dec.
1/15-1950).

This is the first collection with mature leaves and
fruit-pedicel from which it is evident that the fruits are
small and thin-shelled.

This species was Previously known from the type col-
lection with flowers and immature leaves from the basin of
Rio Apaporis, Vaupes, Colombia.

31. Strychnos peckii B. L. Robinson, Proc. Amer. Acad. 49:
504. 1913.

Panama: Panama: El Llano - Carthi Road, P. J. M.

This is the first record of the species from the pro-
vince of Panama.

32. Strychnos erichsonii Richard Schomburgk, Reisen 3:
1082. 1848, nomen; ex Progel in Mart. Fl. Bras. 6 (1):
274. 1868.

Surinam: CoppenameRiver, National Reserve Raleigh
.Falls, N._M. Heyde 641 (U), National Reserve Brownsberg,
+450 m, J. C. Lindemgn 76 (U), area of Kabalebo Dam pro-
ject. J. C. Lindemgn 19 (U), 200 (U). Brazil: Amapa:
margem do Rio Cupixi, Benedito G. S. Ribeiro 1568; Mato
Grosso: Rio Juruena, M. G. Silva 3259 (MG).

32a. Strychnos croatii Krukoff & Barneby, Phytologia 33: 313.
1976.

h P-BYoT 0 LO-Gor Ak Vol. 4h, Now 1

Panama: Darien: J. P. Folsum 6368 (lowland area be-
tween Cerro Pierre and Piji vasal, 300 m); Barry Hammill
1138 (east base of Cerro Sapo, + 1300 ft).

33. Strychnos ggrdneri A. DeCandolle in DeCandolle Prodr.
92747 9b845..

Brazil: Goias: mun. Luziania, E. P. Hertnger 11945
(RG); 14399 (RG).

In Supplement #17 (Phytologia 41: 217. 1979) is stated
tnat this species Occurs in the state of Maranhao, Brazil.
This is not correct.

35. Strychnos bredemeyeri (Schultes) Sprague & Sandwith,
Kew Bull. 1927: 128 1927.

Venezuela: Terr. Fed. Amazonas: Rongld Liesner 3459;
3560; Apure: Garrit Davidse 128438.

This is the first record ot tnis species from Apure.

36a. Strychnos mitscherlichii Richard Schomburgk, Reisen 2:
451. 1848, var. mitscherlichii.

Guyana: Mazaruni River, 1-5 km NE of Kamarang, P. J.
M. Mags 2575 (U). Colombia: border between Depts Antioquia
and Bolivar, J. de Bruijn 1531 (WAD). Peru: Loreto: Iqui-
tos, R. Martin 1682 (US).

This is the first evidence that this species is found
in Antioquia and Bolivar.

38. Strychnos darienensis Seemann Bt. Voy. Herald 166.
1854.

Costa Rica: Puntarenas: Osa Penninsula, Roy W. Lent
430. Brazil: Para: Rio Cururu, Luiz Emygdio Mello Filho
4343 (R). Peru: Loreto: Maynas, Juan Revilla 2251, 2502,

38a. Strychnos ecuagdoriensis Krukoff & Barneby, Phytologia
39» 276i LOTS.

Ecuador: Napo: Coca, Puertg Francisco de Orellana,
Helguer Lugo S. 2841 (US).

This is the first collection with mature flowers and
they are shown on the attached drawing. The specimen has
no tendrils or spines.

1979 Krukoff, American species of Strychnos

This species was Previously known from the type col-
lection from Napo, 4.2-7.5 kms W of Lago Agrio, from the
rainforest.

39. Strychnos guignensis (Aublet) Martius, Syst. Mart. Med.
Bras. 121. 1843;

Guiana: Mahaicony River, Butenabu Creek, D. H. Davis
207. Brazil: Rondonia: Herbarium Jard. Bot. Rio 184060
(RG). Colombia: Vaupes: Mitu, James L. Zaruchi 2169 (INPA).
Peru: Loreto: Maynas, Al. Gentry 20816, Jugn Revilla
2054,_2484.

45. Strychnos duckei Krukoff & Monachino, Lloydia 9: 68.
1946.

Brazil: Acre: Cruzeiro do Sul, L. R. Marinho 285 (MG).

This is the first collection in fruit. Fruits are
small (+ 1.25 mm in diam), one-seeded, with tnin snells and
yellow when mature.

This species was previously collected twice from the
same plant near Marco (few dozen meters from the Colombian

border), Tabatinga, Amazonas, Brazil.

48. Strychnos melinonigna Baillon, Bull. Soc. Linn. Paris
bs (256. 4880.

Guiana: NW District, P. J. M. Mags 2452 (U)- Surinam:
Brownsberg, P. J. M. Maas 2316 (U).

49. Strychnos parviflorg Spruce ex Bentham, Jour. Linn.
See.c0l:. 107.) 1856.

Brazil: Mato Grosso: Fazenda Cachimbo, terra firme.
M. _R. Cordeiro 1122 (MG).

This is the first record of this species from Mato
Grosso.

7 A
52. Strychnos oigpocencis Froes, Bol. Tecn. Inst. Agron.
Norte 36: 143. 1959.

Surinam; Afobaka Road, N. M. Heydd 363 CU):

53. Strychnos fendleri Sprague & Sandwith, Kew Bull. 1927:
179. 182s,

Venezuela: Anzoatequi: Al. Gentry 14849; Sucre: be-

6 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 4, Now l

tween Puerto La Cruz and Cumana, in scrub forest, G. Davidse

5075.

54. Strychnos atlantica Krukoff & Barneby, Mem. N.Y. Bot.
Gard. 20(L): 61. 1969.

Brazil: Bahia: Porto Seguro, reserva de Ceplac, Luis

Emygdio de Mello Filho 2952 (R).

55. Strychnos rubiginosg A. DeCandolle in DeCandolle Prodr.
o: 16. 1645.

Brazil: Bahia: Irwin 30675. (Serra do Tombador, + 22
km W of Morro do Chapeu, alt. + 1000 m, caatinga). R. M.
Harley 19142 (disturbed caatinga); Mato Grosso: Chapada dos
Guimaraes, Prance 18552(MG).

Irwin 306/5 thru error was cited under S. pseudo-guina
in Suppl. #13 (Phytologia 2/: 99. 19/3) and said to be a new
record from Bahia. It is correctly cited under S. rubiginosa
in the List of Exsiccatae (Pnytologia 32: 320. 1976). In
cnecking tne card file on specimens of S. pseudo guing (135
collections) I tind no record of this species from Bania.

50. Strycnnos Parvifolig A. DeCandolle in DeCandolle Prodr.
oF Le.) £645.

Brazil: Para: Tocantins, M._G. Silva 3497 (MG); Per-

nambuco: Luis Emygdio de Mello Filno 3777 (R); Hahia: mun.
Maracas, S. A. Mori 9924, 9978.

5/. Strychnos fulyotomentosg Gilg in Engler Bot. Jarb. 25
(Beinl. 60): 40. 189s.

Brazil: Rio de Janeiro and Guanabara: Schwacke 520/
(RG), Mello Filno 9% (R).

S/a. Strychnos recognita Krukoff &Barneby, Phytologia a7.
103). 1973.

T. S. dos Santos /2/ (UB) was cited thru error as S-
fulyotomentosa in Suppl.#13 (Phytologia 2/: 103. 19/73) and
in Exsiccatae (Phytologia 33: 321. 19/6). After examina-
tion of a better specimen it nas been correctly identified
and cited in Suppl. #17 (Phytologia 41: 225. 1979).

59. Strychnos brasiliensis (Sprengel) Martius, Flora 24
(Beibl. 2): 84. 1841.

1979 Krukoff, American species of Strychnos

Brazil: Rio de Janeiro: Serra dos Orgaos, J. C.
Lindeman 6388 (R); Parana J. C. Lindemgn 2286 (U), 2845 (U),
E. Pereira 7163 (BM), Herbarium Jard. Hot. Rio 139431 (RG);
Rio Grande do Sul: Pagpst 6380 (R). Argentina: Corrientes:
A. Schinini 11422 (Mexi).

A
61. Strycnnos Pachycarpa Ducke, sol. Téch. Inst. Agron.
Norte 3: 15. 1945.

Surinam: along railway, near Poekti, N. M. Heyde 520
(U).

This is the first record of the species from Surinam.

63. Strychnos bracnistantha Standley, Field Mus. Publ.
Bot 3 422) 4h2. 11936.

Mexico: Tabasco: A. Novelo 44 (BM); Chiapas: D._E.
Breedlove 38882 (CAS), 42854 (CAS), Alush Shilom Ton 37383
(CAS). Belize: Cayo, T. B. Croat 23595 (Mexi).

This is the first record of the species from Cniapas.

65. Strychnos mgttogrossensis S. Moore, Trans. Linn. Soc.
BE 65 (90) « LORS.

Venezuela: Apuré: San Fernando, north bank of Orinoco,
Gerrit Davidse 13147, 1320/7 (MO).

P
Tnis is tne first record of this species from Apure.
2
68. Strychnos maglacospermg Ducke & Froes, Bol. Tecn. Inst.
Agron. Norte 30: 43, figs 1-8. 1955.

Brazil: Para: Rid Peri (triputory ot Rio Xingu),

R. L. Froes 32438 (30/11-1956).

This species was Previously known from the 5 collections
fromthe type locality near Monte Alegre, Colonia de Mulata,
Para, Brazil.

70. Strychnos tarapotensis Sprague & Sandwith, Kew Bull.
192702 ASL. W927

Peru: Amazonas: Rio Genepa, 200-250 m, A. Kujikat 67
(MO), 150, Ernesto Ancugsh 1002; Tingo Maria - Pucalpa,
1510 m, Herbarium Ellenberg 3852 (US); Loreto: Maynas,+300
m, Ch. Froehner 6l.

8 Power TO Lore Ft & Vol. hh, No. 1
List of Exsiccatae

The first list of Exsiccatae covering Papers on Strychnos,
including Supplement XI, was published in Lloydia 35(3): 262-
270. 1972, the second covering Supplements XII, XIII and XIV
in Phytologia 33: 319-322. 1976, the third covering Supple-
ments XV and XVI in Phytologia 39: 281-282. 1978. The forth
list covering Supplement XVII in Phytologia 41: 237-238. 1979.
Only numbered collections and those of which the dates of col-
lection are recorded have been listed. Collections identified
with doubt are not listed. If a collector gathered his col-
lection together with others, only his name is cited in this
list. Collections with Dr. Prance's numbers are cited under
Prance.

Ancuash, Ernesto, 1002 (70).

Barroso,Graziela M., 212 (9).
Breedlove, D. E., 38882 (63), 42854 (63).
Bruijn de, J., 1531 (36a).

Calzada, J. Ismael, 1782 (13).
Cordeizo,..M.. BR. 2122) (49).
Groat, I. 3.325999" t05) -

Davidse, Gerrit, 5075 (53), 12848 (35), 13187 (65), 13207 (65).
Davidson, C., 5362 (38).
Davis} De H. , 207) (39).

Ellenberg (Herbarium), 3852 (70).

Folsom, J. P., 6368 (32a).
Froehner, Christoph, 61 (70).
Froes, Re L., 32488 (68).

Garcia-Barriga, H., 14021 (30).
Gentry, Al., 14849 (53), 20816 (39).
Gibbs, P. Es, 4324)25)-

Hammel, Barry, 1138 (32a).

Harley, R. M., 19142 (55).

Herbarium Jard. Bot. Rio, 139431 (59), 184060 (39), 186333 (11).
Heringer, E. P., 326 (11), 11945 (33), 12858 (25), 14399 (33).
Heyde, N. M., 199 (20), 363 (52), 520 (61), 641 (32).

Hijman, M., 220 (20).

Holguer, Lugo S., 2841 (38a).

Kujikat, A., 67 (70), 150 (70).

Labouriau, L., 1160 (25)

1979 Krukoff, American species of Strychnos

Labouriau, L., 1160 (25).

Lent, Roy W., 430 (38).

Liesner, Ronald, 3459 (35), 3483 (24), 3560 (35).

Lindeman, J. C., 19 (32), 76 (32), 200 (32), 2845 (59),
2286 (59), 6388 (59).

Maas, P. J. M., 1768 (31), 2316 (48), 2452 (48), 2575 (36a).

Marinho, L. R., 285 (45).

Martin, R., 1682 (36a).

Mello Filho de, Luis Emilio, 98 (57), 2952 (54), 3727 (25),
3777 (56), 4343 (38), s.n. (23/04-1976) (43).

Mori, S. A. 9924 (56), 9978 (56).

Novelo, A., 44 (63).
Oliveira de, Adair R., s.n. (28/7-1976) (27).

Pabst, G. De Pa 5 6380 (59).
Pereira, E., 7163 (59).
Prance, G. T., 2558 (10), 18882 (55).

Ratter, J. A., 2346 (9).

Revilla, Juan, 2054 (39), 2251 (38), 2484 (39), 2502 (38).
Ribeiro, Benedito G. S., 1568 (32).

Rosario, Carlos S., 60 (9).

Sastre, C., 1103 (25).

Scninini, A., 11422 (59).

Schwacke (Herb), 5207 (57).

Silva, M. G., 3259 (32), 3474 (18), 3497 (56).
Sucre, D., 7902 (11).

Toledo de, Filho, D. V., 5550 (25).
Ton, Shilom Alush, 3783 (63).

Steyermark, Julian, 102071, (10).
Sucre, D., 4049 (59).

Zaruchi, James L., 1823 (17), 2169 (39), 2189 (39).

10

PHYTOLOGIA

Holguer Lugo S. 2841

Strychnos ecuadoriensis Krukoff & Barneby

Vol. hh, No.l

SUPPLEMENTARY NOTES ON AMERICAN MENISPERMACEAE XV
NEOTROPICAL TRICLISIEAE AND ANOMOSPERMEAE
B. A. Krukoff

Consulting Botanist of Merck Sharp & Dohme Research Labora-
tories, Rahway, N.J., and Honorary Curator of New York
Botanical Garden.

Since the latest paper of this series (Supplement XIV)
was published 68 new collections were examined, adding to
our knowledge of several species: Extension of ranges were
noted from 8 but no new species were described. The new
record of genus Caryomene from French Guiana and collec-

tions of Sciadotenig eichlerigng and S. pubistaminea are
of particular interest.

7
I. Chondrodendron Ruiz & Pavon, Syst. Veg.
261. 1798.

/
1.- Chondrodendron tomentosum Ruiz & Pavon, Syst. Veg.
261. 1798.
¢
Peru: San Martin: Mariscal Caceres, Timothy Plowmgn
7560; Amazonas: Rio Genepa, A. Kujikat 226 (MO).

This is the first record of this species from Amazonas.

Zs Chondrodendron platiphyllum (A. de St. Hilaire) Miers,
Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. III. 19: 122. 1867.

Brazil: Rio de Janeiro: J. Almeidg 1264 (RB),
G. Martinelli 2416 (RB), D. Sucre 5113 (RB), 3994 (RB).

ae Chondrodendron microphyllum (Eichler) Moldenke in
Krukoff£ & Moldenke, Brittonia 3: 11 1938.

Brazil: Bahia: S. A. Mori 10840, 9366 (mun. Ibica-
rai), 9825 (mun. Santa Cruz de Cabrdlea), 10284 (mun. Al-
madina), Luiz Emygdio de Mello Filho 2935 (R), Harley
17880 (coastal zone).

II. Curarea Barneby & Krukoff, Mem. N.Y. Bot.
Gard. 22(2): 7. 1971.

tT; Curarea toxicoferg (Weddell) Barneby & Krukoff, Mem.
N.Y. Bots Gard. 22(2):.-9. 1971.
al.

12 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. hk, No.1

Panama: Darien: near ridgetop of Pierre Chain, 600-
1100 m, J. P. Folsom 6357. Peru: Amazonas: Rio Genepa,
200-250 m, Ernesto Ancuash 1219, A. Kujikat 107 (MO).

This is the first record of the species from Darien.

Schunke 46005 was cerrectly anotated and cited in two
card files as Curgreg toxicoferg but thru a typographical
error cited as Sciadotenig toxiferg in Suppl. #9 (Phytolo-

gia 25: 35. 1972) and in Exsiccatae (Phytologia 33: 340.
1976).

as Curarea candicans (L. C. Richard) Barneby & Krukoff,
Mem, N.Y. Bot. Gard. 22(2): 12. 1971.

Surinam: Lely Mts: J. C. Lindeman 305.

III. Scigdotenig Miers, Ann. Nat. Hist. II, 7:
45 a/e5t.

de Sciadotenig cayennensis Bentham, Jour. Linn. Soc.
Bot. 5 (Suppl. #2): 51. 1861.

Surinam: 850 m, A. G. H. Daniels 1109 (U).

2. Sciagdotenig toxiferga Krukoff & A. C. Smith, Bull.
Torrey Club 66: 308. 1939.

a
Peru: San Martin, Mariscal Caceres, Timothy Plowman
7537.

6. Scigdotenig eichlerigng Moldenke in Krukoff & Moldenke,
Brittonia 3: 28. 1938.

Brazil: Amazonas: Manaus - Caracarai Road, G. T.
Prance 24241.

This the first record of the species from the upper
Rio Negro.

7. Sciagdotenig sprucei Diels in Engler, Pflanzenreich
4 (94): 64.° 1910.

Venezuela: Terr. Fed. Amazonas, 4 km, east of San
Carlos de Rio Negro, Ronald Liesner 3645.

12. Scigdotenig amazonicg Eichler, Flora 47: 395. 1864 and
in Martius, Fl. Bras. 13(1): 201, tab 47, fig 3. 1864.

Peru: Loreto: Maynas, Iquitos, Christopher Davidson
5273.

1979 Krukoff, American Menispermaceae

13. Scigdotenig duckei Moldenke in Krukoff & Moldenke,
BELttonig 37.350. T9356.

Brazil: Amazonas: W. Rodrigues 9703 (INPA) (Manaus),
L. Duarte 216 (Est. Biol. Walter Egler).

lo. Scigdotenig pubistamineg (K. Schumann) Diels in Engler,
Pflanzenreich 4(94): 85. 1910.

Brazil: Bahia: lL. A. Mattos Silva 187.
This is the fifth collection of this species. It is
known from the States of Bahia and Minas Gerais; its fruits

are not yet known.

V. Telitoxicum Moldenke in Krukoff & Moldenke,
Brittonia 3: 42. 1938.

1. Telitoxicum minutiflorum (Diels) Moldenke in Krukoff &
Moldenke, Brittonia 3: 49. 19338.

Brazil: Amazonas: basin of Rio Negro, M. R. Sgntos

104 (MG).

2. Telitoxicum duckei (Diels) Moldenke in Krukoff &
Moldenke, Brittonia 3: 47. 1938.

French Guiana: J. Lenormgnd s.n. (U).

This is the first record of the species from French
Guiana.

3. Telitoxicum krukovii Moldenke in Krukoff & Moldenke,
Brittonia 3: 44. 1938.

Surinam: Coppename River: Nature Reserve Raleigh
Falls, N._M. Heyde 609 (U).

This is the first record of the species from Surinam.

VI. Abutg Barrere ex Aublet, Pl. Guian. 1: 618.
Pl. 250. 1775.

1. Abutg rufescens Aublet, Hist. Pl. Guian. 1. 618. Pl.
250.6 E2254

Brazil: Para: Serra dos Carajas, M. G. Silva 2932 (MG);

Amazonas: Manaus - Itacoatiara road, Adair R. de Oliveirg
sen. (23/06-1976). Peru: San Martin: Mariscal Caceres,

Timothy Plowman 7474; Loreto: Maynas, A. Gentry 21742.

a3

1h PHYTOLOGIA Vol. li, No.1

4. Abuta grisebachii Triana & Planchon, Ann. Sci. Nat. IV,
17: 47. 1862.

Brazil: Amazonas: Manaus - Itacoatiara road, J. Aluisio
de Sousa s-n. (15/7-1976) (INPA).

9. Abuta pahni (Martius) Krukoff & Barneby, Mem. N.Y. Bot.
Gard. 22(2): 43. 1971.

/
Peru: San Martin: Mariscal Caceres, Timothy Plowman
7473.

Prance 18681 was correctly anotated in MG as A. pahni
in 1976 but the card was misplaced and thru error it was
cited as A. grisebachii in Suppl. #14 (Phytologia 39: 245.
1978) and in Exsiccatae. This specimen is important as it
is the first record of the species from Mato Grosso.

13. Abutg imene (Martius) Eichler, Flora 47: 389. 1864.

Prance 17487 was cited thru error as Abuta solimge-
sensis in Suppl. #11 (Phytologia 33: 332. 1976) and in
Exsiccatae. It is Abutg imene.

14. Abuta sellogng Eichler, Flora 47: 389. 1864.

Brazil: Rio de Janeiro: Herbarium Jard. Bot. Rio
148542 (RB); Parana: mun. Cerro Azul, G. Hatschbach 40218.

16. Abuta solimoesensis Krukoff & Barneby, Mem. N.Y. Bot.
Gard. 20(2): 18. 1970.

7
Peru: San Martin: Mariscal Caceres, Timothy Plowman
7549.

17. Abuta yeluting Gleason, Bull. Torrey Club 58: 36l.
1931,

Brazil: Amazonas: Manaus, Reserve Forestal Ducke,
Herbarium Inpa 72817.

21. Abuta sandwithiagng Krukoff & Barneby, Mem. N.Y. Bot.
Gard. 20(2): 18. 1970.

Brazil: Amazonas: Lago Miua, Roberto F. Melo 223 (MG).

26. Abuta chigpasensis Krukoff & Barneby, Mem. N.Y. Bot.
Gard. 20(2): 23. 1970.

1979 Krukoff, American Menispermaceae
Guatemala: San Pedro, Elias Contreras 9512 (MEXI).

This is the first record of this species from Guate-
mala.

27. Abuta grandifolig (Martius) Sandwith, Kew Bull. 1937:
Sa7.~ L957:

Surinam: N. M. Heyde 139 (U), 193 (U), 244 (U) (area
of Kabalebo Dam project) also N. M. Heyde 651 (U) (National
Reserve Raleigh Falls). Para: J. M. Pires 16091 (MG);
Amazonas: basin of Rio Negro, A. B. Anderson 233 (INPA),
M. R. Santos 64 (MG), C. D. A. Mota s.n. (13/07-1976)
(INPA); Mato Grosso: R. Sousa 10426 (UB); Rondonia: W. R.
Anderson 12200 and 12295 (Rio Pacaas Novos), Herbarium
Jard. Bot. Rio 184063 (RB). Peru: Loreto: Maynas, Al.
Gentry 21887, 21985. Ecuador: Napo: Rio Suno, + 400 on,
L. Holm-Nielson 847 (AAU).

VII. Caryomene Barneby & Krukoff, Mem. N.Y. Bot.
Gard. 22(2): 52. 1971.

3. Caryomene oliyascens Barneby & Krukoff, Mem. N.Y. Bot.
Gard. 22(2): 57. 1971.

French Guiana: Cayenne: Saul, Fournet 25.

This is the first record of genus Caryomene for French
Guiana. -

VIII. Anomospermum Miers, Ann. Nat. Hist. III,
14: 101. 1864.

4a. Anomospermum chlorgnthum Diels ssp. chloranthum, Mem.
N.Y. Bot. Gard. 22(2): 68. 1971.

Peru: Loreto: Maynas, Al. Gentry 20846.

4c. Anomospermum chloranthum Diels ssp. isthmicolg Krukoff
& Barneby Mem. N.Y. Bot. Gard. 22(2): 70. 1971.

Panama: Panama: from Torti to the Pilota del Toro,
J. P. Folsom 5062 (MO), 6789.

5a. Anomospermum reticulgtum (Martius) Eichler ssp. re-
ticulatum,Mem. N.Y. Bot. Gard. 22(2): 73. 1971.

Brazil: Para: basin of Rio Tocantins, M. G. Silvyg
3609 (MG); Amazonas: basin of Rio Negro, M. R. Santos 30(MG);

16 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. hh, No.1
Mato Grosso: Rio Juruena, M. G. Silva 3333 (MG).

This is the first record of the species from Mato
Grosso.

IX. Orthomene Barneby & Krukoff, Mem. N.Y. Bot.
Gard. 22(2): 79. 1971.

1. Orthomene schomburgkii (Miers) Barneby & Krukoff, Mem.
N.Y. Bot. Gard. 22(2): 80. 1971.

Surinam: N. M. Heyde 725. Brazil: Rondonia: Rio
Guapore, Ilha das Flores, Herbarium Jard. Bot. Rio 184062
(RB); Bahia: mun. Camaca, T. S. dos- Santos 3317. Colombia:
Antioquia: Rio Anori, + 400-700 m, W._S. Anderson 34.

Peru: Loreto: Requena, Al. Gentry 21280.

This is the first record of the species from the pro-
vince of Antioquia, Colombia and from the State of Rondonia,
Brazil.

1979 Krukoff, American Menispermaceas
List of Exsiccatage

The first list of Exsiccatae covering papers on
Menispermaceae including Supplement VIII was published in
Mem. N.Y. Bot. Gard. 22: 1-89. 19/1, the second list cover-
ing Supplements IX, X, and XI in Phytologia 33: 337-340.
1976, the third covering Supplements XII and XIII in Pay-
tologia 39: 292-293. 1978, and the forth list covering Sup-
plement XIV in Phytologia 41: 254-255. 1979. The present
list covers Supplement XV. The number in parenthesis cor-
responds with the species - number of this and other papers
(Supplements XIII to XV). Only numbered collections and
those of which the dates of collection are recorded have
been listed. If a collector gathered his collection to-
gether with others, only his name is cited in this List.

Collections witn Dr. Prance's numbers are cited under Prance.

Almeida, J., 1264 (CH2).

Ancuash, Ernesto, 1219 (CUL1).

Alverson, W. S., 34 (Ol).

Anderson, A. B., 233 (A27).

Anderson, William R., 12200 (A27), 12295 (A27).

Contreras, Elias, 9512 (A26).

Davidson, Christopher, 5273 (S12).
Paarte, “Ey, 246 (513):

Folsom, J. P., 50602 (AN4C), 6357 (CULL), 6798 (AN4c).
POarnets A.,; 25 (C3).

Gentry, A., 20846 (AN4a), 21742 (Al), 21280 (01), 21887
(A27), 21985 (A27).

Harley, R. M., 17880 (CH3).

Hatschbach, G., 40218 (Al4).

Herbarium Inpa, 72817 (Al17).

Herbarium Jard. Bot. Rio, 148542 (Al14), 184062 (01), 184063
(A27).

Heyde, N. M., 139 (A27), 193 (A27), 244 (01), 609 (T3), 651
(A2F)., 5729.(O1).

Holm-Nielsen, L., 847 (A27).

Kujukat, A., 107 (CUl), 228 (CHIL).
Lenormand, s.n., (T2).

Liesner, Ronald, 3645 (S7).
Lindeman, J. C., 805 (CU2).

17

18 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 4h, No.1

Martinelli, G., 2816 (CH2).

Mattos Silva, L. A., 18/ (S16).

Mello Filho de, Luis Emilio, 2935 (CH3).

Melo, Roberto F., 223 (A21).

Mori, S. A., 9366 (CH3), 9825 (CH3), 10284 (CH3), 10840 (CH3).
Mota, C. D. A., s-n. (13/07-1976) (A27).

Oliveira de, Adair R., s.n. (23/06-1976) (Al).

Pires, J. M., 16091 (A27).

Plowman, Timothy, 7473 (A9), 7474 (Al), 7537 (S2), 7549 (Al6),
7560 (CHL).

Prance, 17487 (Al3), 24241 (S6).

Rodrigues, W., 9703 (S13).

Santos, M. R., 30 (AN5a), 64 (A27), 104 (Tl).
Santos dos, T. S., 3317 (01).

Silva, M. G., 2932 (Al), 3353 (AN5a), 3609 (ANSa).
Sousa de, J. Aluisio, sen. (15/7-19/6) (A4).
Sousa, R-, 10426 (A27).

Sucre, D., 5113 (CH2), 8994 (CH2).

NOTES ON THE SPECIES OF ERYTHRINA. XIV
B. A. Krukoff

Consulting Botanist of Merck Sharp & Dohme Research Labora-
tories, Rahway, New Jersey; Honorary Curator of New York
Botanical Garden.

In connection with preparation of Supplement XII which
was recently submitted for publication in Annals of Missouri
Botanical Garden-377 collections were examined. Of these
195 collections are cited in this paper. Extension of range
is noted only for E. chiriguensis. No new species are de-
scribed.

The important part of this paper is the second List
of Exsiccatae covering specimens cited in Supplements XII
and XIV. In connection with work on Lists of Exsiccatae
some errors were detected. The work on the genus was car-
ried on since 1938. Many thousands of collections were
named, duplicates of some of these deposited in different
herbaria. All errors occured in my working in various her-
baria where I was pressed for time. These and typographical
errors are being corrected in this paper and the others will
be corrected in the next supplement after my visit to vari-
ous herbaria.

It seems fortunate that most active collecting in a
century is being carried on presently in Mexico which is a
center of the genus as far as the number of species (28
species and subspecies) is concerned. The end of this is
not yet in sight. Another very large collection from Mexico
is on the way to me for identification.

it Erythring fuscqg Loureiro, Fl. Cochinch. 427. 1790
based on Gelala aguatica Rumphius, Herb. Amb. 2: 235.
t. 78. 1750.

Panama: Panama: slopes of Cerro Jefe, + 3200 ft, F.
Almeda 3475 (CAS)- Colombia: delta of Magdalena River,
Dugand 865 (MAD), 933 (MAD). Peru: Loreto: Maynas, Anto-
nio Arostegui V., 49 (MAD),61 (MAD), coll. undes. 49 (MAD).
Surinam: cultuurtuin 190 (MAD). Brazil: Bahia: mun.
Ilheus, S. A. Mori 10395, 10396; Rio de Janeiro: H. M.
Curran 307 (MAD) (cult.); Parana: Rio Tibagi (cult. (?))
Herbarium Mus. Nac. Rio 66685 (R).

Ze Erythring crista-galli L. Mant. 99. 1767.
19

20 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. i, No. 1

Brazil: Minas Gerais: Ponta Grossa, Pe. Leopoldo
Krieger 766/ (RB): Rio de Janeiro: Herbgrium Jard. Bot.
Rio 143027 (RB) (cult.); Rio Grande do Sul, Lino Tatto 3668
(MAD). Argentina: H. H. Curran 30 (MAD), 83 (MAD), 89
(MAD). Morocco: Rabit, J. Lewalle 8696 (cult.), 8708b
(cults). Uss-A.: Florida:** DW Burch 6831 (MO) (cult.).
Country undesign.: Marcelo Navarrezg s.n. (MAD).

33 Erythring falcata Bentham in Mart. Fl. Bras 15 (1):
172. £859.

Brestt: Minas Gerais: J..A. Ratter 2677 (UB), A..P.
Duarte 13068 (RB), L. d' A. Freire de Carvalho 1085 (RB);
Rio de Janeiro: Herbarium Jard. Bot. Rio 80834 (Petropolis)
(RB), 11288 (RB), 157825 (Horto Forestal)’ (RB)3;Sa0 Paulo:
Juquia-Piedade, P. E. Gibbs 6651 (SP). Argentina: Misiones:
H. H. Curran 2 (MAD), 708 (MAD). Bolivia: Sorata: Graf
s-n.

5% Erythring ulei Harms, Verh. Bot. Ver. Brand. 48: 172.
1907.

Peru: Junin: + 700 m, Al. Gentry 16417.

The collector states on the label: ‘''flowers visited
by hummingbirds."

6. Erythrina verng Velloso, Fl. Flum. 304. 1825.

Brazil: Minas Gerais: E. P. Heringer 7777A (Parao-
Peba), (UB), 15166 (mun. Bom Jesus do Galho), (UB), Roberto
S. Ramalho 1004 (Vicgosa, cult.) (RB).

re Erythring poeppigiana (Walpers) O. F. Cook in Bull.
U. S.:Depés Agra. Bots 25:n5do0 1908.

Costa Rica: Cartago: F. Almeda 4194 (CAS) (cult.).
Colombia: Cugtrecasas 14504 (MAD). Brazil: Rio de Jan-
eiro: cult., Paula Laclette 452 (R)- Taiwan: cult., C. E.
Chang 10027 (K).

3. Erythring suberosg Roxburgh, Hort. Beng. 53, nomen
18i4s Fi. Gods 3:, 255. dba2:

India: Dehra Dun., Ram Prasad Doyal gs.n. (3/27-1929-
flrs.) (6/30-1929-frts.) (MAD).

12. Erythring arborescens Roxburgh, Hort. Beng. 53, nomen
1314: Pl. Coromandel 3: 14, pl. 219. 1819.

1979 Krukoff, Notes on Erythrina

India: Tehri-Gorhwal; near Bhatwari, P. P. Huggins
Al8 (BM); West Bengal: H. Ohashi et al. s.n. (July 25,
1972) (the Fifth Bot. Exp. Himalaya) (BM) (Darjeeling, £3
2200 m). Nepal: L. W. Beer 25713 (BM) (+ 6000 ft),
Stainton 6698 (BM) (+ 7000 ft); H. Kanai s.n. (July 11,
1970) (BM), s.n. (Aug. 22, 1972) (BM), Bhutan: R. E.
Cooper 1293 (BM), 2612 (BM), Ludlow s.n. (5/8-1949) (+
7500 ft), sen. (5/8-1949) (+ 5400 ft).

13. Erythring subumbrans (Hasskarl) Merrill in Philipp.
Jeur.« Set. Boks *5: | £LS) 19280:

Thailand: Chiang Mai: + 450 m, Edward F. Anderson
4195 (CAS); Mae Hong Son: + 750 m, Edward F. Anderson 4250
(CAS). India: Chota Nagpur Hazaribagh District, F. H. W.
Kerr 2029 (BM).

14. Erythring breviflorg Alph. DeCandolle, Prodr. 2: 413.
1825.

Mexico: Morelos: xX. Logoyg s-n. (Oct. 19, 1977)
(MEXU), Almg D. Villegas s.n. (Sept. 9, 1978) (Cuernavaca)
(MEXU); Michoacan: R. Kral 27670 (MEXI), C. R. Parks 295
(CAS); Gerrero: Teresa German 939.

lo. Erythring speciosg Andrews, Bot. Repos. 7. pl. 443.
1806.

Brazil: Rio de Janeiro: Museu Imper. Petropolis,
Elsie F. Gumgraes s.n. (May 1976) (RB). Hongkong: Kadoorie
Gardens, G. Baretto 148 (K).

19. Erythring montana Rose & Standley in Contr. U.S. Nat.
Herb. 20: 179. 1919.

Mexico: Sinaloa: Sierra Surufoto, + 5800 ft, Breed-
love 18599 (CAS).

20. Erythring leptorhiza Alph. DeCandolle, Prodr. 2: 413.
1825.

Mexico: Mexico: Dudley Gold 178 (+ 2250 m) (MEXI),
C. Dziekgnowski 3040 (+ 8000 ft), Rzedowski 28300 (+ 2800 m)
(MEXI), 30762 (+ 2600 m) (MEXI), 32034 (Cerro del Tigre, (+
2500 m) (MEXU); 33269 (+ 2300 m) (MEXI); Distr. Fed.: A.
Ventura A. 1399 (+ 2550 m) (MEXI), 14356 (+ 2800 m) (MEXI),
1578 (+ 2400 m) (MEXI), 1882 (+ 2500 m) (MEXI), 2769 (+ 2050
m) (MEXI), S. Moreno G. 247 (MEXI); Hidalgo: + 2500 a,
A. Ventura A. 149 (MEXI); Morelos: J. Vasgues 1770 (MEXU).

22 PRY TOS0C Fs Vol. i, Now 1

22a. Erythring herbacea L. subsp. herbacea Erythrina her-
bacea L. Sp. Pl. /06. 1/53. sens, str.

U.S.A.: D._H. Caldwell 8736 (MAD); South Carolina:
Duane Isely 10399 (CAS); Florida: W. L. Stern 138 (MAD),

226 (MAD), Irg L. Wiggins 19656 (CAS), Archie Wilson s.n.
(July 1953) (MAD).

22b. Erythring herbacea L., subsp. nigroroseg Krukoff &
Barneby in Phytologia 25(1): 6. 1972.

Mexico: San Luis Potosi, D. B. Dunn 19189 (MEXI);
Veracruz: F. Chiang 444 (mun. Ozuluama) (MEXU), C. Vas-
quez Yanez 593 (MEXU) and 889 (MEXU) (Cerro Monte de Oro).

This entity was described in 1972 and by now it is
known from 87 collections from 9 eastern states in Mexico,
being especially common in Oaxaca.

23. Erythring standleyang Krukoff in Brittonia 3: 301. 1939.

Mexico: Campeche: R. Grether 576 (MEXU).

24. Erythring flabelliformis Kearney in Trans. N.Y. Acad.
14: 32. 1894.

Mexico: Sonora: Arthur C. Gibson 2280 (MEXI), J. R.
Hastings 71-193 (+ 885 m) (MEXI), 71-204 (+ 975 m) (MEXI).

25. Erythring corglloides Alph. DeCandolle, Prodr. 2: 413
1825.

Mexico: San Luis Potosi: A. Gomeg 500 (mun. Villa
Hidalgo); Mexico: + 2300 m, J. Espinosa s.n. (11/3-1973).

Portugal: Lisboa, cult., A. A. de Carvalho Monteiro 6667
(BM) .

28b. Erythring langta Rose subsp. occidentalis (Standley)
Krukoff & Barneby in Phytologia 27: 117 1973.

Mexico: Sinaloa: in open savanna, D. H Norris 20146
(CAS): Tres Marias Islands: John T. Howell 10455 (CAS);
Jalisco: 20 km NW de Chamela, nivel del mar, M. Sousa 3927
(MEXU) also seedling grown from seeds of this collection,

J. Arturo S. Mggagllanes 729 (mun. La Huerta) (MEXU); More-
los: Chimalacatlan, J. Vasquez S. 1959 (MEXU).

29. Erythring goldmanii Standley in Contr. U.S. Nat. Herb.
20: 181. 1919.

1979 Krukoff, Notes on Erythrina

Mexico: Oaxaca: Mario Sousa 525 (mun. Jamiltepec,
440 m) (MEXU), 6999 and 7021 (Distr. Putla) (flor roja,
caliz purpuro oscuro); 7405 (Distr. Juchitan, 50 m), (MEXU),
Chiapas: Breedlove 39981 (mun. San Fernando), (CAS), 40625
(mun. Amatenango de la Frontera) (CAS)

30. Erythring caribaea Krukoff & Barneby in Phytologia
25;. 9, 1972.

Mexico: Veracruz: T. Croat 39662 (2 km N of Huatusco)
(MO), Mario Sousa 4290 (MEXU) (mun. S. Andres Tuxtla), John
H. Beaman 5261 (Catemaco) (MEXU); Tabasco: slope of Cerro
Las Campanas. 30-100 m, J. Conrad 2825; Oaxaca: (mun. Chil-
tepec); Guadelupe Martinez-Calderon 1393 (CAS); Chiapas:
Ocusingo, 470 m, Juan I. Calzada 2840 (F).

31. Erythring folkersii Krukoff & Moldenke in Phytologia
L: 286. 1938.

Belize: Yale 3327 (MAD). Mexico: Veracruz: C. Vas-

quez Yanez 751 (MEXU), Leija Gonzales 835 (Veracruz-Coat-
zacOalco) (MEXU), 3969 (MEXU); Oaxaca: Pochutla, + 750 o,

Mario Sousa 7575; Chiapas: mun. Palenque, + 300 m, Breed-
love 24215 (CAS).

35. Erythring hondurensis Standley in Field Mus. Publ. Bot.
4: 309. 1929.

Honduras: Atlantida: Lancetilla valley, 10-150 a,
T. Croat 42660 (MO). Nicaragua: Paul J. Shenk 63 (MAD).

36. Erythring chigpasang Krukoff in Brittonia 3: 304.
1939.

Mexico: Chiapas: R. F. Thorpe 41518 (+ 5400 ft) (CAS),

H. Mill 366 (Jitotol Ridge, 5800 ft) (CAS), E. W. Lathrop
5166 (3 km N of Pueblo Nuevo Solistahuacan) (CAS), R. F.
Thorne 41207 (mun. Pueblo Nuevo, + 5400 ft) (CAS), D. E.
Breedlove 39647 (mun. Zinacantan) (CAS), 39804 (mun. Oco-
zOatla de Espina) (CAS), 41240 (mun. Chanal (MO).

39. Erythring williagmsii Krukoff & Barneby in Phytologia
22(4): 266. 1971.

Guatemala: Alta Verapaz vicin. of San Juan Chamelco,
+ 1450 m, L. O. Williams 43201 (US).

41. Erythrina chiriguensis Krukoff in Brittonla 3: 222.
1939.

23

2h PHY? OL Oar sk Vol. hu, No.1

Panama: Darien: Cerro Tacarcuna, premontane wet for-
est, 1250-1450 m, Gentry & Mori 13946.

This is a new record of this species from Darien.

42. Erythring mgcrophylla Alph. DeCandolle, Prodr. 2: 411.
1825.

Guatemala: El Quiche: + 2100 m, Antonio Molina
30293 (MEXI).

43. Erythrina guatemglensis Krukoff in Amer. Jone. Bot.
28: 688. 1941.

Guatemala: Alta Verapaz: along road to El Estor,
T. Crogt 41484 (MO), 41717 (MO).

44. Erythring globocalyx Porsch & Cufodontis in Arch. Bot.
Sist. Fitog. & Genet. 10: 35, pl. 1. 1934.

Ray W. Lent 1163 was identified at first as E. chiri-
guensis but corrected and identified later correctly as E.
globocalyx. Cards, however, were not removed from the card
index and as a result the specimen was cited in Suppl. V
(Phytologia 22: 277. 1971) under both species. This col-
lection was correctly cited in Exsiccatae.

45. Erythring florencige Krukoff & Barneby in Mem. N.Y.
Bot. Gard. 20(2): 171. 1970.

Mexico: Chiapas: mun. Motozintla de Mendoza, + 2100
m, montane rain forest, Breedlove 41696 (MEXU).

49. Erythring lanceolata Standley in Contr. U.S. Nat.
Herb. 17: -432. 1914.

Honduras: Comayagua: Toulabe, Garcia Maynor 033 (MO)

50. Erythring costaricensis M. Micheli, Bull. Herb. Boiss.
2: 445. 1894.

Panama: M. Nee 7268 (MAD); Canal Zone J. _P. Folsum
1938; Panama: J. P. Folsum 6594 (MO).

52. Erythring gmericang Miller, Gard. Dict. ed. 8, No.
5. ‘1768

Mexico: -Nepantla, 0. Converse 131 (MEXI); Veracruz:

1979 Krukoff, Notes on Erythrina

G. K. Arp 4174 (10 kms E of Huatusco) (F), Roberto V. Or-
tega Ortiz 0-287 (Jilotepeg) (F), C. Velazquez Lices VL-
290 (Tepatlaxco) (F), Mgnuel G. Zolg Baez Z-457 (La Con-
cepcion, Vista Hermosa, + 1120 m) (F), Juan Ismgel Calzada
2427 (Casautlan) (F), 3080 (Xalapa) (F), 3177 (F); Morelos:
Cuernavaca: + 1400 m, Almg D. Villegas 17 (MEXU).

53. Erythring berteroang Urban, Symb. Ant. 5: 370. 1908.

Panama: Chiriqut: Berenice de Caballero 19 (MO),
J. P. Folsom 3935 (MO), 3937 (MO); Cocle* J. P. Folsum
2740 (MO); Canal Zone: Edwin L. Tyson 7400 (MEXU), G. A.
Sullivan 587. Puerto Rico: W. R. Durland s.n. (MAD).

54. Erythring rubrinervia H. B. K. Nov. Gen. & Sp. 6:
434. 1824.

Panama: Darien: Bgrry Hammel 1336 (MO).

58. Erythring gibbosag Cufodontis in Arch. Bot. Sist. Fitog.
& Genet. 10: 34. 1934.

Panama: Cocle: Barry Hammel 4807 (MO), J. P. Folsum
2755 (MO).

71. Erythrina caffrg Thunberg, Prodr. Pl. Cap. 121. 1800.
Morocco: Royal Palace (cult.), J. Lewalle 8695.

72. Erythring lysistemon Hutchinson in Kew Bull. 1933:
422. 1933.

Hong Kong: Kadoorie Gardens, cult., G. Baretto 150 (K).

79. Erythring senegalensis Alph. DeCandolle, Prodr. 2: 413.
1825.

Cameroun: Ngechewe, J. Raynal 12774 (K)-

80. Erythring excelsa Baker in Oliver Fl. Trop. Africa
2: 183,; 2872.

Southern Nigeria: Dageman District, P. A. Talbot 3747.

81. Erythrina mildbraedii Harms in Mildbr. Deutsch. Zentr.-
Afr. Exp. 1907/1908, 2: 264. tab. 30. 1911.

Ghana: W. T. S. Brown 2152 (MAD).

25

26 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. hh, No. 1
/

83. Erythring mendesii Torre in Bol. Soc. Brot. (Ser. 2)
39: ° 282. -1965.

Angola: E. J. Mendes 1079 (Isotype) (BM).

A colored photo of this species was published in Conspect.
Fl. Angol. 3: fasc. 2. 1966.

86. Erythring livingstoniagng Baker in Oliver Fl. Trop. Africa
23 162.1671.

Rhodesia: Chiredzi, G. Pope 1511 (K).

87. Erythring tholloniang Hua in Bull. Soc. Linn. Paris,
wee. £2°95.22098;

West Africa: G. LeTestu 1691 (BM)

89. Erythring droogmansiang DeWildeman & Th. Durand in Bull.
Soc. Roy. Bot. Belg. 40: 19. 1901.

Angola: de Malanje, R. de Champs 1461 (MAD).

93. Erythring sigmoideg Hua in Bull. Mus. Hist. Nat. Par.
ae Set, 1B.

Oubangi-Chari: G. Le Testu 1015 (BM), 2677 (BM), 3720
(BM).

95. Erythring abyssinica Lamarck, Encycl. Bot. 2: 392. 1788;
ex. Alph. DeCandolle Prodr. 2: 413. 1825: Gillet in Kew
Bull. 15: 426. 1962.

Burundi M. Reekmans 5319. Angola: Huambo, R. DeChamps
1042 (MAD). Kenya: S. S. Hooper 1447 (K), 1505 (K)- Rho-
desia: Eyles Herbarium 4538 (BM). Malawi: Northern pro-

vince: Jean Pawek 5772 (CAS).

96. Erythring varieggta L. Herb. Amboin. 10. 1754; Amoen.
Acad. 4: 122. 1759, based on Gelala alba Rumphius, Herb.
Anboin, 2: 234. te 7i« 2750;

East Pakistan: Chittagong, S. Majumder s.n. (2/19-
1966) (MAD), s.n. (6/25-1968) (MAD). North Borneo: E. L.
Foster 65 (MAD). New Guinea: J. H. L. Waterhouse 266 (MAD).
New Caledonia: MgcKee 33650 (K). Australia: Queensland:

V._K. Moriarty 1171 (K).

97. Erythring tghitensis Nadeau, Enum. Pl. Tahiti 80. 1873.

1979 Krukoff, Notes on Erythrina 27
Hawaii: Sherwin Carlguist 595 (MAD).

102. Erythring veluting Willdenow, Ges. Nat. Freunde Berlin
Neue Schr. 3: 426. 1801.

Brazil: Paraiba: mun. Barra do Santa Rosa, Jose Edin-
aldo Santo 59 (RB); Fed. errk cult., Heringer 12865 (UB);
Bahia: Maracas, S. A. Mori 1141; Rio de Janeiro, cult.

Luis Eavadio de Mello Filho 4133 (K). Ecuador: Guyas: Ce
H. Dodson 6842 (SEL); Galapagos Islands, Syugo Itow 29 (Isla
Santa Cruz), (CAS),_E. Yale Dawson s.n. (29/1-1964) (Isla
Darwin) (CAS), _s.n. (1/2-1964) (Isla Wolf) (CAS), Robert I.
Bowman s.n. (26/8-1957) (CAS). West Africa: Cape Verde Is-
lands: cult., R. T. Lowe s.n. (28/5-1875) (BM).

108a.Erythring melancantha Taubert ex Harms in Ann. Ist. Bot.
Roma 7: 96. 1897. ssp. melanacanthg.

Ethiopia: Sidamo province, Ash 2780 (US).

i. Erythring x bidwillii Lindley, Bot. Reg. 33: pl. 9.
1849.

Hong Kong: Joseph P. W. Wood 148 (CAS), G. Baretto 151
(K) (Kadoorie Gardens, Taipo).

7. Erythring x sykesii Barneby & Krukoff in Lloydia 37: 447.
1974.

Hong Kong: Kadoorie Gardens, G. Bgretto 149 (K). Aus-
tralia: New South Wales: Sabing Holmes 1447 (US).

10. Erythring x blakei Parker, A. Forest Flora for the Pun-
jab with Hazara and Delhi, p. 159. 1918.

India: Dehra Dun, Circuit House Grounds, P. _N. Parker
(3/5-1923).

28 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. hi, No.1

List of Exsiccatage

The first list of Exsiccatae was published in Supple-
ment #13 (Phytologia 41: 256-300. 1979). The present list
of Exsiccatae covers Supplements #12 and #14.

Only numbered collections and those of which the dates
of collection are recorded have been listed. If a collector
gathered his collection together with others, only his name
is cited in this list. Collections with Dr. Prance's mum-
bers are cited under Prance.

Almeda, F., 3475 (1), 4174 (41), 4194 (7).
Anderson, Edward F., 4195 (13), 4250 (13).
Arguelles, Elizabeth, 388 (26).

Arostegui V., Antonio, 49 (1), 61 (1).
Arp, G. K., 4174 (52).

Backer C., s.n. (Oct. 1907,flrs.) (98).

Baretto G., 148 (16), 149 (Hybrid #7), 150 (72), 151 (Hybrid
#1).

Beaman, John H., 5261 (30).

Beer, (“bir Wis 2T7Eo (12);

Bennett, 808 (19).

Bowman, s.n. (Sept. 26, 1957) (102).

Breedlove, D. E., 18599 (19), 24215 (31), 39647 (36), 39804
(36), 39981 (29), 40625 (29), 41240 (36), 416096 (46).

Brown, W.. T..5.,..7152 (8b).,

Burch, D., 6831 (2).

Caballero de, Bernice, 19 (53).

Caldwell, D. H., 8736 (22a).

Calzada, Juan Ismael, 2427 (52), 2840 (30), 3080 (52), 3177
(52).

Camp. W. H. E., 3643 (15a).

Carlquist, Sherwin, 595 (97).

Carvalho de, L., d'A. Freire, 1085 (3).

Carvalho de, Monteiro, A. A., 6667 (25).

Castellanos, A., 22820 (102).

Gapalers (Ps. Ce Des* 5080 (15a).

Champs de, R., 1042 (95), 1461 (89).

Chiang, F., 444 (22b).

Coll. undesign.,s.n. (Herb. Lamb.), (Holotype of E. guineen-_
sig G. Don-BM) (79).

Coll. undesign.,s.n. (cult. Kew 404. 62-labelled E. marmorata)
(96), 462.67 (96), 101.68 (99-island form).

Coll. undesign.,s.n. (30/9-1931) (9).

Conrad, J., 2825 (30).

1979 Krukoff, Notes on Erythrina

Chane) s0../E- 10027 .(7):

Converse, O., 131 (52).

Cooper , (Ri Es) 01293 ((12) 5, 2612 (12):

Croat, Thomas B., 38658 (15a), 38702 (15a), 39662 (30),
41484 (43), 41717 (43), 42660 (35).

Cuatrecases, 34504 (7).

Curran, FB. Mo; 20€3) £)3862)4 (83.102). 789 €2) £2907.5(1) 5 92080f3)2

Danin, Avinoan, 2/22-1976 (1).

Davis, E. W., 347 (15).

Dawson, E. Yale, s.n. (Febr. 1, 1964) (102) s.n. (Jan. 29,
1964) (102).

Dodson, C. H., 4319 (15a), 5334 (15a), 6241 (15a), 6737 (5a),
6842 (102), 7249 (15), 7333 (15a), 7740 (15a)

Doval, Ram Prasad, s.n. (3/27-1929) (8).

Duarte, A. *P..\5 (19068 1(3) -

Dugand, 865 (1), 933 (1).

Duke, J. A.;. 13232 (58)-

Dunn, D. B., 19189 (22b).

Dziekanowski, C., 3040 (20).

Escobar de, Linda Albert, 860 (15b).
Espinosa, J., s-n. (11/III-1973) (25).
Espinosa, Reinaldo, 668 (15), 1347 (15).
Estrada Martinez, Emma, 192 (55).

Eyles Herbarium,4538 (95).

Fagerlind, 657 (15a).

Folsum, J. P., 1938 (50), 2740 (53), 2755 (58), 3935 (53),
3937 (53), 3957 (53), 3986 (49), 3999 (41), 5637 (50),
6435 (50), 6594 (50).

Foster, E. L., 65 (96).

Garcia-Barriga, H., 20059 (15), 20062 (15).
Garcia, Maynor, 033 (49).

Gentry, Al., 9650 (15a), 13946 (41).
German, Teresa, 939 (14).

Gibba, PF. E.; 6651 (3).

Gibson, Arthur C., 2280 (24).

Gold, Dudley, 178 (20).

Gomes, A., 500 (25), 2809A (6)-

Gonzalez Leija, 835 (31), 3969 (31).
Greenway, P. J., 14814 (76).

Grethen, R., 576 (23).

Grupo Etnobiologia, 111 (24), 192 (20).
Gumaraes, Elsie F., s.n. (May 1976) (16).

Hammel, Barry, 1336 (54) , 3017 (15), 3848 (50), 4807 (58)-

30 PHYTOLOGIA Vole hh, Now 1

Hastings, J. R., 71-193 (24), 71-204 (24).

Helms, Sabina, 1447 (Hybrid #7).

Herb. Bogor, 50 (9), 837 (11/8-1922, flrs.) (98), 879 (98),
4701 (flrs., frts.) (98), 9620 (9), 12785 (9), 14598
(9), 14599 (9), s.n. (2-0-10) (98) (some seeds may not
belong here), (2/0-16, flrs.) (98).

Herb. Koorders, 46 (9), 49 (9), 51 (9), 65 (9), 66 (9), 71
(9)i,; 72; (9).

Herb. H. LeTestu, 1615 (93), 1691 (87), 2677 (93), 3720 (93).

Herb. R. T. Lowe, s.n. (28/5-1875) (102).

Herb. Mus. Nac. Rio, 66685 (1).

Herb. Jard. Bot. Rio, 80834 (3), 112888 (3), 143027 (2),
157825 (3), 173067 (102).

Heringer, E. P., 2809 (6), 7603 (6), 7777A (6), #2865 (102),
15166 (6), 16978 (6), s.n. (13/6-1974) (16)

Hernandez, H. M., 1 (70), 2 (70 ), 3 (2), 5 (28a), s.n. (Apr.
15, 1978) (70).

Hitchcock, 20417 (15a).

Hooper, S. S., 1447 (95), 1509 (95).

Howell, John T., 10455 (28b).

Huggins, P. P., Al8 (12).

Isely Duane, 10399 (22b).
Itow, Syuzo, 29 (102).

Jacobs, M., 4886 (24/5-1951, flrs.) (98).
Jativa, Carlos, 189 (15a), 559 (15a).

Kanai, H., s.n. (July 11, 1970) (12) s.n. (Aug. 22, 1972)
(12).

Kerr, F. H. W., 2029 (13).

Kral, R., 27670 (14).

Krieger, Leopaldo, 7667 (2).

Krukoff, B. A., 7a (41), 1969-104 (41), 1969-105 (41), 1069-
112 (41), 1969-113 (41), 1969-146 (41), 1969-283 (41),
1973-4 (41), 1973-5 (41), 1973-6 (41), 1973-7 (41), 1973-
8 (41), 1973-9 (41), 1973-10 (41), 1978/21 (42).

Laclette, Paula, 452 (7).

Lathrop, E. W., 5116 (36).

Lewalle, J., 8695 (71), 8696 (2), 8708b (2)

Little Jr., Elbert L., 6194 (15a).

Lozoya, X., s.n. (10/19-1977) (14).

Ludlow, s-n. (5/8-49) (12), s-n. (6/8-1949, flrs.) (12).

MacKee, 33650 (96).

Mad, 19211 (2), 22125 (1).

Madsen, H. Balslev, 10324 (15).

Majumder, S., sen. (2/19-1966) (96), s.n. (6/25 1968) (96)

1979 Krukoff, Notes on Erythrina

Magallanes, J. Arturo S., 729 (28b).
Martinez-Calderon, Guadeloupe, 1393 (30), 1395 (31).
Marquez, Wilfrido, M-851 (47).

Mattos, J., 9768 (102), s.n. (21/II-1962) (102).
Meebold, A., 9728 (9).

Mello Filho de, Luis E., 4132 (102).

Mendes, E. J., 1079 (isotype-BM) (83).

Mexia, 2632 (24).

Mill, H., 366 (36).

Molina R., Antonio, 7 (41), 20547 (41), 30293 (42).
Montalvo, E. A., 4821 (42).

Moreno G., S., 247 (20).

Sores oS. Av; 20395 (2), 203996 (1), 121416102).

Navarrez, Marcelo, s.n. (MAD 15021) (2).

Nee, M., 7268 (50).

Neill, David, 2974 (41), 3120 (53), 3719 (45), 4142 (45).
Norris, D. H., 20146 (28b).

Ohashi, H., s.n. (July 25, 1972) (12).
Ortega Ortiz, Roberto V., 0-287 (52).

Parker, P.N., s.n. (3/5-1923) (Hybrid#10).

Parks, C.:-R. ,):295: Ci4).

Pawek, Jean, 5772 (95).

Plowman, T., 3923 (15).

Pope, G., 1511 (86).

Prescott Decie, s.n. (1914) (syntype of E. platyphyllg Baker
f.-BM) (95).

Ramalho, Roberto S., 1004 (6).

Battery. J Ay) 2242 3), 2677 '@).

Reekmans, 5319 (95).

Rodrigues, W., 9645 (7)-

Rose, J. N., 22594 (15a).

Roynal, J., 12774 (79)-

Rzedowski, J., 28300 (20), 30762 (20), 32034 (20), 33269 (20).

Santo, Jose Edinaldo, 59 (102).

Schulz, A. C., sen. (4).

Seemann, 26 (1867) (53)-

Shank, Paul J., 63 (35).

Shepherd, John D., 665 (54).

Smith, Austin, A-29 (41), P2238 (41).

Smith, P. A., 1872 (83).

Sousa, M., 3927 (28b), 3927 (seedling-28b), 4224 (42), 4290
(30), 5251 (29), 5506 (28c), 6999 (29), 7021 (29), 7056
(type) (28c), 7226 (36), 7405 (29), 7452 (28c), 7493
(28c), 7541 (28c), 7575 (31), 7586 (28c), 7642 (28c),
8014 (28a).

32 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. hh, No.1

Stern, W. L., 138 (22a), 226 (22a).

Stainton, 6698 (12).

Steere, 1428 (23)

Stevens, W. D., 1474 (19), 3664 (53), 4177 (53), 4545 (53),
4797 (58), 5066 (58), 5136 (53), 5258 (53), 5772 (53),
5817 (53), 5850 (53), 6007 (53), 60223 (45), 6024 (523),
6033 (1), 6124 (45), 6191 (53), 6624 (1), 6629 (1),
6823 (45), 6893 (45), 7375 (45), 8819 (45), 9088 (53).

Stevenson, s-n. (Yale 3327) (31).

Sullivan, G. A., 139 (50), 587 (53).

Taffala (?) F. H D. 267 L. 538 (Holotype of E. megisto-
phylla) (15a)

Talbot, P. A., 3747 (80).

Tattersall, I., 1 (1), 2 (1), 3 (1).

Tatto, Lino, 3668 (2).

Taylor Edwards, Mary, 682 (52).

Tellez, Oswaldo, 602 (42).

Thorne, R. F., 41207 (36).

Thorpe, R. F., 41518 (36).

Tyson, Edwin L., 7400 (53).

Vasques, J., 1770 (20).

Vasquez Torres, Vicente, W-279 (47).

Vasquez Yanez, C., 593 (22b), 751 (31), 889 (22b).

Vazquez, S. J., 1959 (28b).

Veen, van der, R-, s-n. (July 1975) (98), s.n. (Febr. 1979)
(seeds only, 96 or 98).

Velazquez L., VL-290 (52).

Ventura A., A-, 149 (20), 1399 (20), 1486 (20), 1578 (20),
1882 (20), 2769 (20).

Villegas, Alma D., 17 (52), s-n. (9/9-1978) (14).

Vincelli, Paul C., 330A (45), 407 (45).

Walsh, M. E., 2250 (96).

Waterhouse, J. H. L., 266 (96).

Welwitch, 2229 (syntype of E. suberifera Welw.-BM) (95),
2230 (syntype of E. suberifera Welw.-BM) (95), 2231
(Holotype of E. huillensis Welw. -BM) (95).

Wiggins, Ira L., 19656 (22).

Williams, L. 0., 42774 (41), 43201 (39).

Wilson, Archie, s-n. (July 1953) (22a).

Wood, Joseph P. W., 148 (Hybrid #1).

Woodson, 913 (41).

Zola Baez, Manuel G., Z-457 (52).

BOOK REVIEWS

George M. Hocking
School of Pharmacy, Auburn University
Auburn, Alabama

"AN ATLAS OF POLLEN OF THE TREES AND SHRUBS OF EASTERN CANADA
AND THE ADJACENT UNITED STATES," by R.J. Adams and J.K. Morton.
Part is S52 'pp-, PF f8e2; 16 p¥s:\—'Part Ii: "Ss%eer. 16 pis. =
Part III: 37 pp., 14 pls. University of Waterloo (Ontario,
Canada) Biol. Series Nos. 8, 9, 10 (resp.). 1972, 1974, 1976
(resp.) $2.50 for each part.

The first number describes the techniques used in making good
scanning electron microscope (SEM) pictures. To avoid dis-
tortion of the pollen grain in acetolysis and critical point
drying in liquid carbon dioxide, special apparatus was develop-
ed and is described and illustrated. Part One includes the
pollens from Gymnospermae and Angiospermae (Salicaceae to
Fagaceae); Part Two pollens from families Ulmaceae to Rosaceae ;
Part Three pollens from Leguminosae to Cornaceae. A fourth
Part is to be published at a later time to complete the cover-
age of the vascular seed plants. The plates lie opposite to
the listing of the spp. represented; a very brief description
and an indication of magnification are given. The plates are
excellent in showing the pollen grain (generally two views for
each one) as seen at about 1000 to 2000 X magnification and
then also in many cases further magnifications to 5000 X. An
index is given at the end of each Part with an indication of
the herbarium source of the materials used. This set of vol-
umes should prove of much interest to paleoclimatologists, geo-
stratigraphists, medical immunologists, allergologists, as well
of course as the group of primary interest - the palynologists.
GMH

"THE ALGAL RIDGES AND CORAL REEFS OF ST. CROIX: THEIR STRUCTURE
AND HOLOCENE DEVELOPMENT," by W. H. Adey. Atoll Res. Bull No.
13/7: “6? pp... 450 fans. 21975:

The shallow coral reef and algal ridge systems on the eastern
shelf of St. Croix (U. S. Virgin Islands) are described and
mapped. The algal ridges are Holocene in development (i.e.,
from end of Pleistocene to present). The primary ridge builders
are Lithophyllum congestum, Porolithon pachydermum, and several
Neogoniolithon spp. Coral reefs on the open coasts develop
steep ridges after they have built to the ocean surface.

GMH

33

3h PHYTOLOGIA Vol. hh, Now 1

"SUPPLEMENT TO THE FLORA OF PHULCHOKI AND GODAWARI," by S. B.
Amalla, Chairman of Editorial Board, Department of Medicinal
Plants, Ministry of Forests, Nepal, Thapathali, Kathmandu,
Nepal. Bulletin No. 5, Dept. Med. Plants: ii, a -c, 1-53,
xvii; 1974.

This annotated listing of plants supplements data in the Flora
proper which was published as Bulletin No. 2 in 1969. The main
work contained 527 spp. of angiosperms and two spp. of Gymno-
spermae. The supplement includes 80 spp. of Pteridophyta with
44 spp. of Angiospermae. Citations, synonyms, brief descrip-
tions, vernacular names, and collection data are given.

GMH

"THE NATURAL HISTORY OF JOHNSTON ATOLL, CENTRAL PACIFIC OCEAN,"
by A. B. Amerson, Jr. and P. C. Shelton. Atoll Research Bull.
Boi. 392) .uket “479. pp., Siotabs., 117 figs; 91976.

The history, physical environment, and biota of the Atoll,
which includes two natural islands and two man-made islands
located ca. 450 miles s.w. of the Hawaiian Islands, are given
in detail. 93 spp. of marine algae, 33 spp. in the lagoon
waters, and 12 spp. benthic, are listed; 127 spp. of vascular
plants from the four islands are enumerated, of which only
three spp. are native, the others introduced by various means.
(pp. 47-65). Annotated listings of vascular plants spp. are
given for Akau Island (pp. 387-392), Hikina Is. (393-395);
Johnston Island (pp 396-417), Sand Is. (man-made part) (418-
428), and Sand Is. (original portion) (429-442).

GMH

"ANNUAL REGISTER OF GRANT SUPPORT, 1977-78. ELEVENTH EDITION,"
(Anonymous) xxiii + 757. Marquis Academic Media, Marquis Who's
Who Inc., 200 E. Ohio St., Chicago, I11. 60611. 1977. $54.50.

This is one of some 16 volumes published by Marquis Academic
Media for the special benefit of educators and certain other
professional men and women. The present volume is considered
a very valuable reference book for the college professor, dean,
or president, and for other members of the higher education
community; the book is of value to the individual as well as
the or ganization. Specific data are furnished for some 2,391
current grant programs, which are available through funding

by governmental agencies, private foundations, corporations,
unions, educational and professional associations, church
groups, etc. This particular edition exhibits 400 new programs
and 330 new grant-furnishing organizations. The large cloth-
board volume has ten major subdivisions: (1) General (ex. Fire-
stone Foundation, offering support to secondary and tertiary

1979 Hocking, Book reviews 35

schools, etc.) (2) Humanities (general) (ex. Institute for Ad
vanced Study, with grants for research in mathematics, natural
sciences, etc.). Following the general section, there are
several special areas indicated (such as arts, history, liter-
ature) with numerous fund sources. (3) International affairs
(ex. Chinese Cultural Center) (4) Race and minorities (ex.
Bureau of Indian Affairs). (5) Urban and regional affairs
(ex. Center for Fire Research). (6) Education (ex. Danforth
Foundation). (7) Social sciences (ex. National Library of
Medicine); (8) Physical sciences (ex. Woods Hole Oceanographic
Institution); (9) Life sciences (ex. Botanical Society of
America, Inc.); and (10) Technology (ex. Institute of Food
Technologists). There are four indexes: (1) Subject (2)
Organization and program (3) Geographic (4) Personnel. (A
broadening of the subject index to show various subdivisions
would have been helpful). The data supplied for each program
include: address, officers, area of interest, type, purposes,
eligibility, financial data, application information, etc.

GMH

"DIRECTORY OF MEDICAL SPECIALISTS," Anonymous. 18th edition,
1977-1978. In 2 volumes: vol. I: i-xxii; pp. 1-1832. vol.
II: xxiii-xxxv; pp. 1833-3461. Marquis Who's Who Inc., 200
East Ohio St., Chicago, Ill. 60611. 1978 $69.50 (2 vols.)

The first edition of this massive reference work appeared in
1940; a new revision appears every two years. The listing is
of diplomates in 22 major medical specialties, including in-
ternal medicine and its subdivisions and family practice.

Thus it includes virtually every practitioner in the United
States. (A diplomate is one certified by one of the various
specialty boards). Each edition of the work has shown an in-
crease in the number of biographical sketches, that is, in the
number of physicians included, culminating in a total in this
edition of ca. 190,000!! The biographies are arranged pri-
marily by specialty, secondarily by state or country (some
diplomates have moved outside of the USA), then by municipality
(like the states arranged alphabetically), and finally by sur-
name of individual also in alphabetic order. An excellent
idea for guidance in the use of the work is the illustrative
example posted plainly on an early page in each volume. This
represents a key to the individual biography, with a write-up
of a mythical person. Personal data is kept to a minimum;
mostly professional information is given: date and place of
graduation; where interned; present hospital and teaching
posts; military service; current address; etc. Much informa-
tion is also given on the activities of the various American
specialty boards. There is an enormous amount of information
in this work - a work which should be present in every public,
science, and medical library 9 ge country.

% PHYTOLOGIA Vol. hh, No.1

"ANNUELLES ET LEGUMES. RESULTATS DES CULTURES D'ESSAI,"" (Anon-
ymous) Jardin Botanique de Montréal, Montréal, Québec, Canada.
228 pp. ) O*figs «19755

Annual ornamentals are arranged in alphabetic order by botanical
name: Ageratum houstonianum, etc. (pp. 1-123) and vegetables are
arranged in the order of their common French names (aubergine,
Solanum melongena, etc.)(pp. 124-228). Various cultivars are
presented with descriptions of type of growth, flowers, fruits,
ete:

GMH

"PLANT BIOLOGY: A CONCISE INTRODUCTION," by Rose H. Arnett,

Jr. and/George F. Bazinet j Jr. ‘Fourth Edition. xii + 553-ppe,
726 fiesle 7 cols pls.,; YO tabs, -62°V. Mosby’ Co., (St. Louge;
Mo. 1977 $10.50 (limp plastic cover).

While this volume has retained much of the old classic form
seen in standard texts, there is a considerable amount of the
newest advances in the field. The well-printed text is char-
acterized by having numerous good photographs, with occasional
full page photos of special attraction. The text is co-
authored by teachers of biology at Siena College, a Catholic
school at Loudonville, New York. (There is an excellent chap-
ter on evolution with no mention of the Biblical special crea-
tion theory). The senior author has been co-author of the
three previous editions; Bazinet is new in the present edition.
(Previous editions carried a slightly different title: "An
introduction to plant biology.") The last previous edition
came out in 1970. At the end of each chapter there is a series
of Questions and Problems, topics for discussions, and addi-
tional references. A glossary and the index are at the end
of the volume, preceded by 75 pages of appendices: App. A is
an outline classification of the plant kingdom, showing bo-
tanical origins and common names of representative taxa.
App. B details the life cycles of 23 plants from the viruses
(Virulenta) to Lilium (angiosperm). Treating viruses as
living microorganisms is somewhat controversial as they are
now generally thought to be lifeless complex organic com-
pounds which reproduce themselves.

GMH

"PRACTICAL EMULSIONS," by H. Bennett, Jack L. Bishop, Jr., and
Max L. Wulfinghoff. Volume I Materials and Equipment - vii +
181 pp., ‘figs:>, and tabs.; 1968. -$12.00.° Volume ‘II Applica=
tions - vii + 204 ; 1968. $13.00. 3rd Edition, Chemical
Publishing Co., Inc., 212 Fifth Avenue., New York 10010

As entitled "Practical Emulsions" the two volumes approach the

1979 Hocking, Book reviews

subject of emulsions from an empirical basis, i.e. practical
application. The books may serve as handy reference for those
people in the field of emulsions. Academically, the subject
matter is not covered in sufficient depth with regard to the
physical chemical theory. However, I don't feel the authors
intended the latter. The authors are to be commended for
their efforts in the compilation of the "endless" list of
emulsifying agents with their suppliers and classifications.
Is it possible that further cross reference could be made to
these emulsifiers with regard to their HLB (Hydrophile-Lipo-
phile Balance) values? Such values are commonly used. Such
values may be quite useful in realizing successful products
as treated in volume II. A brief discussion of the HLB value
has been covered in Volume I. It might be suggested that the
price of the two volumes is rather high.

(Geo. E. Crevar)

"LES REMEDES DU VIEUX TEMPS: REMEDIES AND CURES OF THE KAPLAN
AREA IN SOUTHWESTERN LOUISIANA", by Anna M. Boudreaux. Sou-
thern Folklore Quarterly 35: 121-140; 1971.

The use of domestic remedies by the rural peoples of this
area (white, Catholic, French-Acadian culture) has been es-
tablished as a matter of necessity and convenience. On the
basis of interviews with 15 knowledgeable individuals of the
area, the medicinal use of 17 plants of the area (ex. fleurs
de cirie, Myrica cerifera) are cataloged. The plants collected
were identified by a botanist. The French plant names and
instructions for use are given verbatim, as used in 41 indica-
tions (diseases, disorders). Thus, for example, the pounded
seeds of Erythrina herbacea (mamou) are mixed with honey and
taken on retiring at night for cough. In this area, a traiteur
(treater), an individual who heals by prayer and basic medi-
cation, is often consulted. The usages recorded here were
compared with those reported by others (Roberts, J. Amer. Folk-
lore; 1927; Brandon, Le Bayou; 1955).

GMH

DRUGS OF THE BIBLE," by B. B. Brown and E. Wood Hall. 51 pp.
(s.p.) College of Pharmacy, The University of Texas at Austin.
1976.

Various drugs and drug plants having mention in the
Scriptures are discussed. In Part 1 there is a review of the
various items under the drug or plant name. Part II (EWH and
students), various drugs and plants in alphabetic order from
"Almond" to "Wine" are described. Following this another
series of drugs (in alphabetic order from Aloes to Wormwood)
is given along with specific quotations from the Bible with

37

38 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. hh, No.1

citations of book, chapter, and verse. Finally biographical
data on the two authors is furnished.
GMH

"THE NIGHTSHADES AND HEALTH", by Norman Franklin Childers and
Gerard M. Russo. viii + 189 pp., 37 figs., 21 tabs. Horti-
cultural Publications, Somerset Press, Inc., Somerville, N.J.
08876. 1977. $20.00.

The thesis of this book is that members of the family
Solanaceae are unsuited to the human diet, in other words,
that the white potato, tomato, garden peppers, and eggplant
should be eliminated from our diets. Tobacco is also consider-
ed harmful. The first portion of the book deals with these
matters and includes case histories. Ch. IV(by Dr. A. Zitnak)
discusses steroids and capsaicinoids of solanaceous food
plants; Ch. V (by Dr. T. C. Tso) concerns tobacco and tobacco
smoke), and Ch. VI (by Dr. G. K. Davis) takes up the effect of
Solanum malacoxylon Sendt. on livestock and Ca metabolism.

The last 20% of the book is occupied with many abstracts on
common toxic plants by R. T. Kelly consists mostly of tables
reviewing toxic plants of all kinds.

GMH

"AN EXOLOGICAL AND TAXONOMIC STUDY OF SELECTED HIGHER FUNGI IN
NORTHEASTERN OHIO," by William G. Cibula. viii, 95 pp., l
chart, 6 figs., 37 pls., 3 tabls. Ohio Biological Survey,
Biological Notes No. 7. Ohio State University, Columbus, Ohio
43210... -1974.° Gratis '(T)

This work helps to fill a gap in the knowledge of the
Fungi of northeastern Ohio, which have not received much study
in the past. A major reason for the fungi not being known
better as compared with the higher and many of the lower
plants is the evanescence of their fruiting bodies "here today
and gone tomorrow'’. Mushrooms decay and disappear soon after
they appear. Unfortunately, there is also a certain disdain
or even revulsion to these primitive organisms. We sometimes
speak of a person as "pale as a mushroom". The Greek word for
mushroon is related to the word for mucus and slime ("mykos").
It is a wonder these lowly plants are as well known as they
are. Now that we are learning more about important values in
medicine and elsewhere, this attitude is slowly changing and
with it there has been an increase in our knowledge of members
of the group. In this brochure, 31 taxa have been treated
with rather good descriptions, illustrations, and general
information. (One name, Pluteus admirabilis shows the author-
ities incompletely). There is not as much collection informa-
tion as one might expect for the area. In addition to the
descriptions of taxa, there is a useful introductory part

1979 Hocking, Book reviews 39

which supplies much information on collection, preparation,
and study methods. Also included are a glossary and color
chart of fructifications and a useful bibliography. The table
of contents serves adequately as an index.

GMH

"INTERMOUNTAIN FLORA: VASCULAR PLANTS OF THE INTERMOUNTAIN
WEST, U.S.A.," by A. Cronquist, A. H. Holmgren, N. H. Holmgren,
J. L. Reveal, and Patricia K. Holmgren. Vol. VI: The mono-
cotyledons. XI + 1-588, numerous line drawings (s.n.),
frontispiece; 1977. Columbia University Press, 562 W. 113 St.,
New York. $54.00

This sixth volume follows directly after the first one
which appeared in 1972, and which besides important intro-
ductory and background information furnished coverage of the
lower groups of vascular plants (Lycopodophyta, Equisetophyta,
Polypodiophyta, Pinophyta), in the older terms, the pteri-
dophytes and conifers. The flora is a cooperative effort in
which the named authors had useful support from their institu-
tions = the N. Y. Botanical Garden (A. C., N.H.H., P.K.H.),
Utah State Univ. (A. H.H.), Univ. Maryland (J.L.R.). In
addition, many other botanists, specialists in various areas,
have contributed to the "Flora". The authorship of the
various subdivisions of the flora can be learned only by
referring to the Introduction, since there is no listing or
reference in the table of contents. The keys are abundant
and generally very thorough and the descriptions of family,
genera, and species are more detailed than one would find in
a manual of the flora for a particular region. Synonymy
appears to be complete for the various taxa, and a good bit
of detail will be found in the small type on ecology and dis-
tribution and various data (including controversies) on the
respective taxa. The excellent drawings are in some cases
original but most are borrowed from "Vascular Plants of the
Pacific Northwest". No novelties were noted except for one
new variety, but there are several new combinations, in-
cluding the following: Potamogeton filiformis var. latifolius
(J. W. Robbins) Reveal (P. pectinatus var. 1.); Juncus
ensifolius var. brunnescens (Rydb.) Cronq. (J. b.); Scirpus
pungens var. longispicatus (Britton) Cronq. (S. americanus var.
1.); Carex scirpoidea var. curatorum (Stacey) Cronquist (C. v.);
Calochortus panamintensis (Ownbey) Reveal (C. nuttallii var. p.);
Allium atrorubens var. inyonis (M. E. Jones) Ownbey et Aase
(A.i); A. bisceptrum var. palmeri (S. Wats.) Cronq. (A. p.);
Aristida purpurea var. glauca (Nees) A. Holmgren et N. Holmgren
(Chaetaria g.); A. purpurea var. robusta (Merr .) A. Holmgren
et N. Holmgren (A. longiseta var. r.); Yucca harrimaniae var.
neomexicana (Wooton et Standley) Reveal (Y. n.); Y. baileyi
var. intermedia (McKelvey) Reveal (Y.i.); Y. elata var.

0 PVT ONO GT & Vol. hi, Now 1

utahensis (McKelvey) Reveal (Y. u.) and var. verdiensis
(McKelvey) Reveal (Y¥Y. v.); Y. angustissima var. kanabensis
(McKelvey) Reveal (Y. k.), var. toftiae (S. L. Welsh) Reveal
(Y. t.), and var. avia var. nov. (Piute Co., Utah); Sisyrinch-
iuum douglasii var. inflatum (Suksd.) P. Holmgren (Olysnium i.).
This book is clearly printed on high grade glossy paper and
strongly bound in cloth matching the first volume. The set
should present a handsome effect on the library shelf. Volumes
2 to 5 which are next to appear will cover the Dicotyledoneae.
The relatively low cost of the volumes is a most attractive
feature in this age of inflation.

GMH

"FLORA OF THE RIO PALENQUE SCIENCE CENTER, LOS RIOS PROVINCE,
ECUADOR,"' by C. H. Dodson and A. H. Gentry. xxx, 628 pp.,

16 Tigs ss; oO maps, 2/8 ple, 7 col. pl.,.2 tabs..\ Selbyana, the
Journal of the Marie Selby Botanical Gardens, Sarasota, Fla.
(representing Vol. 4, No. 1-6). 1978.

The introduction tells considerably about the area of
the Center, which is not far from the center of Ecuador, and
covers 167 hectares (400 acres). This is followed by the
systematic part, covering both Pteriodophyta and Spermatophyta.
Ecuador may possess the greatest number of plant species for
its area in South America, the total being estimated to lie
between 10 and 20 thousand. A total of 1112 spp. are recorded
here in this the first comprehensive listing for any area in
Ecuador. Included are Ocotea sp. nov., representing a new
but as yet undescribed species; and Disciphania sp. nov. cf.
inversa Barneby, meaning an unknown species close to D.
inversa. There are a number of other instances of species
which were apparently as yet unknown to science. Proposed is
Alternanthera pub. iflora (Benth.) Kze. f. purpurea (Stand1l.)
comb. nov. (A. williamsii Standl. f. p.). Each taxon is
illustrated with a pen and ink sketch, which doubtless in
most cases represents a first illustration for the plant
entity. The flora is a cooperative effort in which many
specialists participated in identification of specimens. A
specimen listing appears in the appendix. A comprehensive
index terminates the volume. This is a very useful account
of plants in this great wonderland of South American plants.

GMH

"STRUCTURE AND BONDING," Bolume 11, Edited by J. D. Dunitz et
al. 170 pp. Springer-Verlag, Berlin--Heidelberg--New York.
1972.2 S17 225.

The eleventh volume of this series includes four articles
by eight authors, these from Great Britain (Oxford, Norwich,
Sussex), USA (Univ. Calif., Univ. Illinois), Australia (Monash

1979 Hocking, Book reviews

Univ.), and Czechoslovakia (Charles Univ.). The eight editors
publishing the series include men from Switzerland, USA, Ger-
many, and England. One of the American editors is from Evan-
ston (Illinois no doubt, although there are Evanstons in at
least four other states), and another comes from Berkeley
(undoubtedly California; however there are at least five other
places called Berkeley in the USA). (Europeans often forget
that where there is only one Rome (Roma) in Europe, there are
no fewer than 10 Romes in the American Union. Every U.S.
state apparently considers itself sovereign in the matter of
place names). The text of this volume is entirely in the
English language. As usual, the subjects are quite diverse:
(1) chemistry of platinum complexes, representing an anti-
tumor drug (A. J. Thomson et al.) (2) chemistry of vitamin
Bj enzymes (3) molybdenum-containing enzymes (4) evolution
of biological iron-binding centers. In the second of these
papers, the authors (J. M. Wood, D. G. Brown) first review
the history of B,, (short for vitamin B,5), chemistry and bio-
chemistry, which includes the discovery that several well-
characterized enzymes require Bj, 9 coenzymes (5'-deoxyadenosyl-
cobalamin and analogous compounds). (Unlike cyanocobalamin,
B,9, these coenzyme compounds possess stable Co-C bonds, and
represent series of what are termed alkyl-cobalt corrinoids
(corrinoids are derivatives or corrin, the large cobalt ring
found in vitamin B, ). The biologically significant properties
of the alkyl-corrinoids are discussed, then the methyl-transfer
enzymes (transferases) with formation of a series of synthe-
tases (enzymes which catalyze the combination of two molecules
‘using energy derived from breakdown of the phosphate bond
especially in the form of ATP). The methyl-transfer and
hydrogen-transfer enzymes are discussed. Finally, the appli-
cation of magnetic resonance technics to B, 9 compounds and
B}2 enzymes is detailed, this representing a new approach to
the study of the macromolecules. It is held that much progress
will be made in the elucidation of coenzyme-enzyme inter-
actions through the use of electron spin resonance (ESR). A
bibliography of 146 references is appended to this article.
GMH

"CATALOGUE DES PLANTES VASCULAIRES DU NIGER," by B. Peyre de
Fabregues and J. P. Lebrun. Instit. d"Elevage et de Méd.
Vetérin. des Pays Tropicaux (Alfort, France) Etude Botanique
No. 3: 444 pp., 3 maps; 1976.

This annotated listing of vascular plants gives consider-
able data on geographical distribution and ecology. The first
30 pages consider the history of plant exploration in the area
and a general view of the vegetation of the area. 1045 spp.
in + 527 genera and + 114 fams. are cataloged. The leading

2 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. hh, No. 1

fams. are Gramineae, Papilionaceae, and Cyperaceae. A remark-
able character is the total absence of Orchidaceae. Nine spp.

are newly reported for the domain of the flora of west tropi-
cal Africa. Indexes of fam. and genera.
GMH

"SPRING FLORA OF WISCONSIN: A MANUAL OF PLANTS GROWING WITH-
OUT CULTIVATION AND FLOWERING BEFORE JUNE 15," by N. C.
Fassett. Univer. Wisconsin Press, Madison, 4th ed., ix + 422
BDp.«i af) s2ee,,. 4. maps, 19/6.

This edition published on the 20th anniversary of Dr.
Fassett's death is considerably larger than previous editions.
Although Wisconsin is mentioned in the title, the flora is
almost equally useful in many adjoining states. This re-
vision was prepared by Olive S. Thomson with the collaboration
of a number of specialists. Besides the various keys and
systematic descriptive text for the taxa (all Angiospermae
in Engler's order, there is a brief introductory text telling
about the State of Wisconsin), a glossary, and a listing of
selected references: these include a list of 68 papers on
Wisconsin flora from the Transactions of the Wisc. Acad. of
Science. This pocket-size manual is very useful in field and
herbarium and costs only $3.95, a really good buy!

GMH

"THE PLANT CELL WALL," by A. Frey-Wyssling. Encyclopedia of
Plant Anatomy (Edition 2), General Part, Vol. III, Part 4,
Section Cytology, XI + 1-294, 193 figs., 20 pls., 27 tabs.,
1976. DM. 176,-- Gebrueder Borntraeger, Johannesstrasse 3A,
7 Stuttgart 1, BRD.

The Encyclopedia(Linsbauer's Handbuch der Pflanzenana-
tomie) contains in the second edition 22 volumes so far pub-
lished including the one under review. The plan of the large
work shows two large divisions, the first General (with sub-
divisions into histology and cytology of plants in general)
and the second Special, which deals with specific groups of
plants, such as Bacteria, classes of Fungi, lichens, Pterido-
phyta, gymnosperms, and angiosperms. Although this is part
of the second completely revised edition of the whole large
work, rather strangely the book under review is a third edition,
two previous editions being van Wisselingh's "Die Zellmembran"
(1925) and Roelopsen's "The Plant Cell Wall" (1959). While
this volume by the Swiss emeritus Professor Frey-Wissling is
in the English language, the various volumes of the Encyclo-
pedia are variously in German, English, and French, depend-
ing on the authorship. The text is written in English of good
quality and in the clearest possible style with constant
attention to the accompanying illustrations, pointing out each

1979 Hocking, Book reviews 3

detail. The printing and binding of the book are excellent in
all details. The entire work makes an impressive and attrac-
tive addition to any library. The drawings, diagrams, and
microphotographs are well done and appear to all be original.
The study of the cell (and especially of the cell wall) extends
back some 300 years to Hooke and is a most important and in-
forming scientific field. Much emphasis has been placed in
the book on the biogenesis of the cell wall. The three chief
divisions of the text are (1) ultrastructure and biogenesis;
(2) biochemistry and (3) biophysics. A very thorough treat-
ment of our present knowledge on the subject is furnished
in this volume. This and other volumes of the series belong
in every scientifically oriented library. The book is of
interest primarily to plant anatomists and cytologists, but
also to other botany specialties, such as morphology, genetics,
plant physiology, phytochemistry, paleobotany, phytogeography,
forestry, plant pathology, and mycology. The bibliography of
18 pages is very useful. Author, botanical name, and subject
indexes are present, followed by a listing of abbreviations
and symbols used in the text.

GMH

"ORAL CONTRACEPTIVES AND STEROID CHEMISTRY IN THE PEOPLE'S
REPUBLIC OF CHINA," by Josef Fried, Kenneth J. Ryan, and
Patricia Jones Tsuchitani (Editors). Committee on Scholarly
Communication with the People's Republic of China Rept. No.
5. *x+99 pp., 10 tables. National Academy of Sciences,
Washington, D. C. 1977. $8.00

This represents a "trip report of the American Steroid
Chemistry and Biochemistry Delegation" which visited mainland
China during October, 1976. Many details of their findings
are given here. It will come as a surprise to learn that the
PR of China produces and uses more steroid contraceptives than
any other nation on earth. Apparently they are convinced that
bigger is not necessarily better and that "enough is enough".
With a population representing about a quarter of the total
inhabitants of mother earth, they can well afford to say
"Halt!" to population growth. The eleven members of the dele-
gation seemed to have obtained a great deal of information
in such a short period of time (19 days). The plants utilized
as primary sources are identified (species of Dioscorea,
Agave, Solanum, Strophanthus, etc.), also some details of
microbiological transformations, and structural formulas of
many of the steroids. Informative book!.

GMH

"CATALOGUE OF THE FLOWERING PLANTS AND FERNS OF CONNECTICUT
GROWING WITHOUT CULTIVATION," by C. B. Graves, et al. J.
Cramer, Vaduz, Liechtenstein. - ii + 569 pp.; 1910 (1975).

by PHY.7.040,4.2 B Vol. hi, Now 1
Shop price (Laden“preis) DM 60,--.

This is an unchanged republication of a plant listing,
showing a total of 1481 native spp. and 461 introduced spp. and
286 vars., a total of 2228 infra-generic taxa. There are no
keys and very little descriptive text but a considerable amount
of data on habitats and geographical locations of plants, also
time of anthesis. Other features include additions; native
plants not found in recent years; excluded spp.;, fugitive spp.;
detailed statistical summaries; and authorities cited.

GMH

"NOVA SCOTIAN BOLETES," by D.W. Grund and A.K. Harrison. (Bib-
liotheca Mycologica Band 47) iv + 283 pp., 68 bpls., 80 figs.;
1976. (J. Cramer, Vaduz, Liechenstein).

In order to attempt to solve the many difficulties encoun-
tered in determining the Boletacege of Nova Scotia (Canada),
the authors made a determined effort to describe and illus-
trate as many as possible, following the pattern of Smith and
Thiers, "Boletes of Michigan" (1971). Collections made 1973-5
were the basis of study; however, some organisms of collections
made as long ago as 1926 could not be found in the later period
and these may have been extirpated due to destruction of forest
habitats. Only 4 Leccinum spp. are included but many more are
known to occur in the area and should be studied. General
discussions precede the systematic survey, which includes 80
taxa. Among these are the following novelties: Boletus
pseudosulphureus Kallenbach var. pallidus, B. badius Fr. var.
glaber, Fuscoboletinus viscidus (L. ex Fr. et Hoek) comb.nov.
(B.v.), and Tylopilus cyaneocinctus (Singer) comb. at stat. nov.
(Porphyrellus porphyrosporus (Fr. in Fr. et Hoek) Gilbert
subsp. c.). This cloth-bound neatly printed volume has a
selling price of DM. 60,--.

GMH

"THE COLOR DICTIONARY OF FLOWERS AND PLANTS FOR HOME AND GARDEN,"
by R. Hay and P.M. Synge. Compact edition. Crown Publishers,
Inc., New York. 1-584, 2048 col. pls. (on 342 pp.); 1976.

$6.95.

This excellent plant guide includes annuals, biennials,
perennials, trees, and shrubs, and is provided chiefly with use-
ful and accurate illustrations of 2,048 plant spp. arranged in
alphabetic order of genera within six sections (pp. 35-376);
this is followed by the textual part of the dictionary in a
single alphabetic sequence (208 ppl). Preceding these "dic-
tionaries" is a brief introductory portion with suggestions on
cultivation, photographing plants, etc. The textual dictionary
has many common names included in the alphabetic arrangement,

a

—"*

1979 Hocking, Book reviews hs

with cross-references. Hence, this portion serves also as an
index. The plant descriptions are concerned chiefly with data
on the ornamental values, modes of culture, etc., with con-
siderable emphasis on various vars. This edition has the same
content as the original edition of 1969 but with a slight
reduction in page size. This book, while aimed at the orna-
mental horticulturist, will be of great utility also to botan-
ists, and is very reasonably priced.

GMH

"ARBOLES DE COSTA RICA," Vol. I., by L.R. Holdridge, and L.J.
Poveda R. Centro Cientifico Tropical, San Jose, C.R. xiii +
546 "pp., 527 ties, $1975,

More than a botanical listing with descriptions of the
trees of Costa Rica, this also tells a great deal about the
uses made of each tree. 527 spp. of trees are included:
palms; other monocots; dicot trees with divided or lobed
leaves. Ina planned one or two volumes to follow, trees with
simple and unlobed leaves and coniferous trees will be taken
up. The key used is a rather simple one, with entries at the
heading of each page: it should be a practical mode of iden-
tification, particularly since there is one plant per page
and each is clearly illustrated with a good photograph. In
some cases, the entire tree is shown; it would have been ad-
vantageous to have shown the whole tree as a regular thing.
The descriptions present in systematic order the size of the
tree, the leaves, flowers, and fruits, its habitat, geograph-
ical distribution inside and outside of Costa Rica and under
"Note" regularly the use made of the tree and its parts with
other practical information. An introduction of 7 pages gives
a number of interesting general facts. The book ends with a
glossary, bibliography, and index. The senior author, Dr.
Holdridge, is a "Connecticut Yankee'' who has however passed
most of his life in the American tropics (since 1934). The
junior author is a native of Costa Rica, now an assistant in
the national Herbarium. This first book covering the trees
of Costa Rica as a whole will have a wide appeal to many
different categories of persons and occupations, and also to
persons of different geographic locations outside of Costa Rica,
Since the trees described in this volume are generally found
in other countries of Central America, Mexico, etc. (In the
treatment of the storax tree, Liquidambar styraciflua, men-
tion is made of the resin exuding from the trunk; this product
is of course a true balsam).

GMH

"THE GENERA OF ORCHIDACEAE IN HONG KONG," by Shiu-Ying Hu. The
Chinese University Press, Shatin, N.T., Hong Kong. xv + 1-160,
74 figs (some in color), 2 col. pls. (One on dust cover), 1

46 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. hb, No.1

tab.; 1977. HK $ 60.-—-

This book represents a self-contained unit of a "General
Flora of Hong Kong" now in preparation. Thus, the volume pro-
vides explanatory texts on the nature of orchids as well as
a glossary (with English and Chinese definitions), a list of
generic names with an explanation of their origins, a biblio-
graphy, and an index. Keys, descriptions, and illustrations
are provided for the total of 104 spp. of native orchids (in
50 genera) found in Hong Kong and the New Territories. In-
cluding the exotic or cultivated (non-native) orchids, there
are described a total of 134 species in 64 genera. The orchid
flora of Hong Kong is truly rich since the genera here re-
present 30% of the genera of orchids found throughout the
whole of China. Although as indicated by the title, the work
is primarily concerned with genera, many of the species have
been described and illustrated. Where the genus has two or
more species a key to its species has been provided. This
work should have a wide appeal - to botanists, floriculturists,
and to many lay persons who are amateur orchid growers. The
book is neatly and attractively printed with substantial bind-
ing. The dust cover presents a colored sketch of Cymbidium
maclehoseae which illustration is not incorporated within the
covers. Hence the dust cover in this case represents a part
of the entire work and should be preserved with the book.

GMH

"FLOWERS OF GREECE AND THE AEGEAN," by Anthony Huxley and
William Taylor. vi + 185 pp., 560 figs, (483 colored),

2 maps. Transatlantic Arts, Inc. North Village Green,
Levittown, New York 11756. 1977. $16.95.

This beautiful book lends itself either to field study of
plants in the area of record (or perhaps throughout the eastern
Mediterranean) or to reading in home or library to learn about
the floral beauties of this "home of democracy." It is said
to be the first "handy guide" (as opposed to formal floras) to
the flowering plants of this region. That it is not compre-
hensive is shown by the fact that 660 species, subspecies, and
forms are included out of a total of some 6,000 taxa known for
Greece, hence representing only a bit more than 10% of the
total flora. However, the plant entities included are the
commoner and more conspicuous flowering plants which would nor-
mally be encountered. The first section describes the plant
cover and environment in a general way, one chapter having the
interesting title of "Wild flowers on the ancient sites." Some
of the colored plates show samples of the terrain encountered
in Greece and the Islands, often with picturesque ruins as part
of the total scene. The second part of the book is the sys-
tematic part, taking up the various families, genera, and

—————

1979 Hocking, Book reviews h7

species, with brief descriptions and notes on distribution,
flowering months, and (where a propos) mention of uses today
or in antiquity, biblical, mythological, or classical allu-
sions to the plant, and so on. Thus, the decorative use of
Acanthus spinosus (which covers parts of the Palatine Hill in
Rome) by the ancients, in gardens, decorations, sculpture,
etc.,is mentioned, also the medicinal uses of parts of the
plant. (The beautiful jacket colored photograph of the re-
mains of the temple of Apollo at Corinth surrounded by masses
of Chrysanthemum coronarium is not duplicated in the pages
within). The authors have been active in field study of the
plants of the Mediterranean region and have published books
on the flower life of southern Europe.

GMH

"PLANTS OF THE TAMPA BAY AREA," by Olga Lakela, Robert W. Long,
Glenn Fleming, and Pierre Genelle. 3.Ed., with supplements.

xv + 198 pp., 1 map, paperback. Banyan Books, Inc., P.O. Box
431160, Miami, Florida 33143. 1976. $7.95.

This compilation of taxa is a Contribution (No. 73) from
the Botanical Labs., University of South Florida at Tampa.
Following an introductory portion with references, there
follows the systematic part arranged in the Englerian order.
The area covered is that included in Hillsborough, Pinellas,
Manatee, and Sarasota Counties of west Florida. Data include
the Latin scientific name, common name (in capital letters),
the habitat (often in rather general terms), and the period of
flowering. The Index is followed by the two supplements
(1) correction of errors in the text; (2) addition of taxa,
both those omitted in error and those discovered growing in
the area after publication of the listing. There are no keys.
The addenda are not picked up by the Index so that the Supple-
ments should be consulted whenever the book is used.

GMH

"THE GENUS LEPTONIA ON THE PACIFIC COAST OF THE UNITED STATES,
INCLUDING A STUDY OF THE NORTH AMERICAN TYPES," by David L.
Largent. 286 pp., 94 figs. (Photographs). J. Cramer, Vaduz,
Liechtenstein, 1977. DM. 80,--

136 spp. are recognized for this agaricaceous genus, along
with many varieties and forms. The descriptions of the new
taxa are very detailed but where the taxon has been recently
described in the literature and where such description is ade-
quate, only a brief description or none at all is given, in both
cases, of course, a citation to the literature is given. There
are numérous keys in addition to the principal one. Two subgen-
era are recognized - Leptonia and Paludocybe, the latter with
eight sections, including sect. Paludocybe Largent, with series
Viridiflavipes ser. nov. and series Paludocybe ser. nov., also

8 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. ku, Now 1

sect. Carneorubescens sect. nov. and sect. Chromocystoteae
sect. nov. Included in this monograph are 29 new species,
one new status, 42 new combinations, five new combination and
status, 15 new varieties, one new form, one provisional forn,
and one provisional variety. An important and valuable feature
is the synoptic key (pp. 44-56) whereby one can either iden-
tify a species by a single feature or at least place it among
a limited number of species having this feature in common.
There are at the back of the volume a bibliography, index, and
collection of excellent photographs with both macro- and
microscopic details of many taxa. The microscopic features
of 96 species are described as noted in the study of type
specimens. Descriptions in detail and keys are furnished for
58 species, 18 varieties, and ten forms from the Pacific
coast area. Among the new species are Leptonia violaceanigra
(from Washington state), L. ¢yaneonita (from Trinity Co.,
California), and L. fabaceola (from the state of Washington).
GMH

"CHORDATE DEVELOPMENT," by H.E. Lehman. xvii + 369, 84 figs.,
27 tabs. Hunter Publishing Co., 2475 S. Stratford Rd.,
Winston-Salem, N. Ca. 27103. 1977. $12.95 (paper), $15,95
(cloth).

This is a combination textbook and laboratory manual in
descriptive and experimental embryology, mostly vertebrate.
It gives the appearance of being a good sound text with many,
mostly colored, figures, chiefly diagrammatic. The terminal
index is preceded by appendices which present information on
other available texts, journals, films, and sources of embryo-
logical materials. There is also a rather elaborate glossary
of the special terms used in embryology. The large (letter-
sized) pages, the clear typography, and the excellent illus-
trations should make this a superb book for teaching the im-
portant subject of embryology. The author is associated with
the zoology department at the University of North Carolina
and the Bermuda Biological Station.

GMH

"FLORA DE S. TOME E PRINCIPE. CAESALPINACEAE," by Maria
Candida Liberato. Jardim e Museu Agricola do Ultramar, Lisboa.
32 pp.{ 1976.

Keys and descriptions are provided pe 10 genera of the
fam., including Peltophorum (with one sp., P. pterocarpum (DG...)
Heyne, here reported for the first time ae S. Tomé);
Caesalpinia (2 spp.); the following genera with one sp. each:
Delonix; Dialium; Haematoxylon; Tamarindus; Cynometra;

Perlebia; Pauletia. Cassia with 11 spp. includes C. javanica
L. var. javanica, here reported for the first time from S. Tomé.
GMH

1979 Hocking, Book reviews 9

"MYCOLOGIE DU GOUT: 200 MENUS ET RECETTES A BASE DE CHAMPIG-—
NONS, "by Mageel iV... Loequins: «100: ppayvlitabs sJ.Fs Guyot. SoA,
Editeur, Paris, France. 1977. (Available from the author,
22b, rue J. Jaurés, St. Clement, 89100 Sens, France). $6.00.

This small volume addresses itself primarily to myco-
gastronomic persons (those who are fond of collecting, identi-
fying, cooking, and eating mushrooms), but also to those less
fortunate individuals who must be content with the mushrooms
sold in the city -- fresh, dried, or preserved in jars or
other containers. The number and modes of preparation of
mushrooms is almost endless. Included in this mushroom cook-
book are sauces, soups, salads, soufflés, and combinations with
eggs, shellfish, cakes, tarts, fish, white meats (poultry,
veal, etc.), joints, frogs, game, vegetables, cheeses, desserts,
and even beverages. Most surprising of all among the 200
recipes and dishes is the inclusion of mushrooms in chewing gum
and tobacco for smoking in pipes!

GMH

"FLORA OF NAGARJUN," by S.B. Malla et al. Bulletin No. 4,
Department of Medicinal Plants, Nepal. His Majesty's Govern-
ment of Nepal, Ministry of Forests, Dept. of Medicinal Plants,
Thapathali, Kathmandu, Nepal. ix, 131 pp., xix, 9 figs., 18
tabs.; 1973. Price not given.

About 300 taxa of Spermatophyta are shown for the flora of
Na§arjun Royal Forest located in the northern border region
of Kathmandu Valley. Included are brief descriptions, the
local name in Nepali (with transliteration), and months of
flowering and fruiting. Families are arranged in the order of
Hooker (Flora of British India). Appendix I has an additional
list of ca 60 spp. in which families are in alphabetical
order. Appendix II is a vegetational survey of the Forest,
with ecological information. The work is aimed at an eventual
Flora of Nepal.

GMH

"FLORA OF LANGTANG AND CROSS SECTION VEGETATION SURVEY (CENTRAL
ZONE) ,"" by S.B. Malla and others (Editorial Board). Bull. Dept.
Med.: Plants Nepal No.) 6:2: (XII) + XXViI +. 273, 20: tabsu, 3 maps,
5 figs. Dept. Medicinal Plants, Ministry of Forests, Thapa-
thali, Kathmandu, Nepal. 1976. $8.00.

The first part of this volume is occupied by a vegeta-
tional survey of central Nepal, the region in which lies the
Langtang and Gosaikunda areas. A survey of earlier studies
(from ca 1800) is presented in the Introduction. The system-
atic part includes in the neighborhood of 1500 species (there
is no census), with citations, synonymy, collection informa-

50 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. lh, No.1

tion, and descriptions. (No keys). Common names in Nepalese
and transliterations are given for many plants. Bentham and
Hooker's arrangement is followed. An index by scientific
name and one by vernacular (local) name with a bibliography
complete the text. Although it is obvious that the flora is
incompletely known for Nepal, this work will contain much
useful information for the person interested in Asiatic plants.
GMH

"CATALOGUE OF NEPALESE VASCULAR PLANTS," by S.B. Malla (Chair-
man, Editorial Board) and others. Bull. Dept. Med. Plants
Nepal-No. 7.:-LLer Id) +: 221 4) fal =" 1),-+<40, 1 map; i tabs
Dept. of Medicinal Plants, HMG. Ministry of Forests, Thapa-
thali, Kathmandu, Nepal. 1976. Rs. 35/-3; US $5.

Following a brief survey of the country, a bare list of
plant species follows with genera in alphabetic order under
families which are arranged in the order used in Hooker's
"Flora of India."" The list includes 3121 taxa of Angiospermae,
24 taxa of Gymnospermae, and 308 taxa of Pteridophyta, giving
a total of 3453 taxa of vascular plants. This compares with
a total of 7,000 taxa estimated by the British Museum (Natural
History) for Nepal. Following the list is an appendix with
a list of Nepalese plant collectors and References. The
index terminates the bound volume. There is no list of errata.

GMH

"PRELIMINARY INVENTORY OF THE BIOTA OF WOODSON COUNTY STATE
FISHING LAKE AND GAME MANAGEMENT AREA," by Ronald L. McGregor.
Reports of the State Biological Survey of Kansas No. 5:

ii + 176 pp., tabs. State Biol. Survey of Kansas, Lawrence,
Ks, 66055. 1976. Gratis.

Checklists are presented for lichens (22 taxa), mosses
(44 taxa), liverworts (40 taxa), vascular plants (624 taxa).
About half the text bears lists of animals.
GMH

"HISTORY OF NATURALIZED KANSAS PLANTS," by R.L. McGregor.
Repts. of the State Biol. Survey No. 7: 35 pp. 1976. Gratis.

An annotated list is given of 207 taxa thoroughly estab-
lished in the state, preceded by a history of the study of
naturalized plants in Kansas. Indexes.

GMH

"THE MERCK VETERINARY MANUAL: A HANDBOOK OF DIAGNOSIS AND
THERAPY FOR THE VETERINARIAN."' Merck and Company, Inc.,
Rahway, New Jersey 07065 (USA). ix + 1686 pp., 4 tabs.; 1967.
Price: 1 Stii2gs:

1979 Hocking, Book reviews 51

This volume has a similar format (size, binding, type of
paper, etc.) to the better known "Merck Manual." A distinctive
red cover however readily distinguishes it from the dark blue-
bound Merck Manual. There are 452 chapters of mostly medical
(rather than surgical) data applicable to the prevention and
treatment of diseases in the lower animals. The text is divi-
ded into 8 primary parts, the first section being devoted to
live stock mammals and mammalian pets; Part II is headed
"Toxicology"; then follow parts devoted respectively to poultry;
fur, laboratory, and zoo animals; nutrition; an addendum with
such information as laboratory procedures, body temperatures,
oxygen therapy, routine procedures, and reference tables;
prescriptions (keyed to the preceding texts on therapy); and
Part VIII, the Index. The largest part of the volume is made
up by Part I, which is subdivided into 15 subdivisions, viz.,
Allergy, Blood, Digestion, Endocrines, Eye and ear, Infectious
Diseases, Metabolic disorders, Musculo-skeletal system,
Neoplasms, Nervous system, Parasitic diseases, Physical in-
fluences, Reproductive and urinary systems, Respiratory dis-
orders, and Skin and connective tissue states. As in the
case of the other Manual, the chapters on diseases take these
up in a systematic order ---synonyms; etiology; diagnosis;
prophylaxis; treatment. Several methods have been used to
render the book's contents more readily available to the user:
the table of contents in front, the terminal index, the table
of contents at the beginning of each Part and each subdivision,
and the,thumb-tabs. The volume was edited by 0.H. Siegmund
of the Merck, Sharp, and Dehme Research Laboratories, and
was prepared with the collaborative assistance of 290 leaders
in veterinary medicine. There are numerous signs of exten-
sive revision of the text. The value of this work is not
by any means restricted to North America, and it should prove
to be just as useful in Victoria, Australia or Victoria, Canada,
as in Des Moines, Iowa.

GMH

"THE ENVIRONMENT OF AMCHITKA ISLAND, ALASKA," by Melvin L.
Merritt and R. Glen Fuller (Editors). Tech. Inform. Center,
Energy Res. and Devt. Administration; Natl. Tech. Inform.
Service, U.S. Dept. Commerce, Springfield, VA 22161. xii +
1-684, 260 figs., 139 tabs.; 1977 (recd. 1978). (4 maps
separate in pocket). $20.00

Amchitka Island was selected and used from 1967 to 1973
as a nuclear test area because of its remote location in the
Aleutian Islands, it being near the end of this chain and the
most southerly island (except for Amatignak) and almost the
southernmost point of Alaska. This island along with most of
the others are in the Aleutian Islands National Wildlife
Refuge. Although a rich plant growth occurs on the Island,

52 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 44, No.1

there are relatively few land plant taxa. Fewer than 200 taxa
are known: these are listed on pages 215-7. Only one estab-
lished annual higher plant was found -- Koenigia islandica L.
(Polygonaceae). The meadow-like tundra vegetation of the is-
land is depicted in many illustrations and described in detail.
The marine algae found in the vicinity of the Island were also
studied methodically and in detail; a listing of ca 130 spp.
appears on page 360. The rocky shores of the Island are
densely covered with algal communities and include extensive
floating kelp beds. From this it would appear that the thall-
ophytic component of the flora is relatively more important and
more complex than the higher plant component. Besides the
chapter on the ecology of terrestrial plants (Chap. 10) and
of marine algae (Chap. 17), there are numerous chapters devoted
to the island's geography, geology, hydrology, geomorphology,
edaphology, climatology, limnology, oceanography, history,
earlier scientific investigations, animal life (including
an entire section on marine mammals), and environmental con-
taminants. A summation of the studies in the final chapter
indicates that nuclear testing had only slight impact on
the ecology of the area. It is stated that there was no
evidence to show "that any biotic population on Amchitaka was
lost or endangered as a consequence of the nuclear test pro-
gram.'' Animal population losses were small and there was
evidently even less damage to the plant population. It is
a comfort to know how resilient living things are to such
physical violence.

GMH

"MODERNE METHODEN DER PFLANZENANALYSE," (begr. v. K. Paech

u. M. V.Z. Tracey). Continuing editing by H.F. Linskens and
M.V. Tracey with the collaboration of B.D. Sanwal. Volume 7:
XXIV + 735 pp., 64 figs. and many tabs.; 1964. Cloth bound,
DM 136,-- (ca $ US 61). Springer-Verlag Berlin.

This splendid volume contains the writings of 31 scien-
tists (USA, Canada, Australia, Great Britain, India, Japan,
Germany, Spain, France); 22 chapters are in English and one
each in French and German (682 pp. in English and 20 in French).
There is an elaborate table of contents in front and German
and English indexes at the back of the volume; there is also a
French index to the single chapter in French. In this volume
is continued and completed the coverage of enzymes commenced
in Volume 6. At the end of each chapter stands a bibliography,
which is remarkable for its comprehensiveness. Abbreviations
used in the various chapters are tabulated as a footnote on
the first page of each chapter. At the end of the volume
before the indexes is a summary of recommendations on enzyme
terminology (IUB) and recommendations for symbols for enzyme
kinetics; also a list of cytochromes and a key to numbering

1979 Hocking, Book reviews 53

and classification of enzymes. -- This volume is devoted to
a consideration of special methods of isolation and purifica-
tion of the following groups of enzymes: (1) enzymes for the
metabolization of sulfur, phosphate, inorganic nitrogen, vita-
mins, and of ascorbic acid metabolism; (2) enzymes involved
in synthesis and breakdown of indoleacetic acid; (3) enzymes
of aromatic biosynthesis; (4) enzymes of amino acid metabolism
(deamination, decarboxylation, transmethylation, intermediary
metabolism; transaminases and racemases); (5) enzymes of pep-
tide and protein metabolism: those of purine and pyrimidine
nucleotide synthesis; (6) enzymes of fat metabolism; (7) en-
zymes of carbohydrate synthesis and of glycolysis; (8) enzymes
of pentose phophate cycle; (9) enzymes in photosynthesis;
(10) enzymes of Krebs cycle and glyoxalate cycle; and (11) en-
zymes of terminal respiration. -- This is the last volume of
a series, in which an outline of contents of the various
volumes might appropriately be given: (1) General and special
methods for analysis of plant materials; (II) carbohydrates
and related; fatty oils; volatile oils; carboxy compounds;
lactose; (III) volatile oils and resins; triterpenes; phyto-
sterols; carotenoids; quinones; lignans; anthocyanins; tannins;
antibiotics; etc. (IV) Proteins and related substances;
chlorophylls; nucleic acids; alkaloids; amines; betaine;
(V) Advanced methods of assay of plant materials (ex. spectro-
metry, immunological methods); (VI) Silicon compounds; sulf-
hydryl group; lichen substances; gibberellins; plant toxins;
and many other groups; enzymes (general methods of study);
(VII) Enzymes. Without question, this series of books is an
almost indispensible part of any library where plant chemistry,
drug analysis, and related areas are important.

GMH

"FLORA OF WEST PAKISTAN," by E. Nasir, and S.I. Ali (Editors).

Department of Botany, University of Karachi, Karachi, Pakistan.

Published in parts.

Parts 1 (Flacourtiaceae) to 3 (Phytolaccaceae) were published
in: 1970.

Parts 4 (Oxalidaceae) to 12 (Thymelaeaceae) were pub. in 1971.

Parts..13 (Martyniaceae) to 30 (Goodeniaceae) were publ. in 1972.
(Includes No. 20, Umbelliferae, bound).

Parts 31 (Parnassiaceae) to 55 (Brassicaceae) were publ. in
1973. ,.(Part 55. bound).

Parts 56 (Buddlejaceae) to 77 (Verbenaceae) were publ. in 1974.

Parts 78 (Lythraceae)to 95 (Betulaceae) were publ. in 1975.

The 1975 and subsequent numbers are abstracted below:

The individual numbers are mostly pamphlet-style with card
covers, but a few are hard cover books, mostly with coverage
of only a single family. Each issue has a map. 1975:
No. 79: Potamogetonaceae. 1-11, 2 figs., 1 map. (K. Aziz

5h

No.

No.

No.

No.

No.

No.

No.

P. HY TODO. Gots Vol. hy, Now 1

and S.M.H. Jafri). Represented in Pakistan by gen.
Potamogeton and 11 spp. No novelties.

80: Ruppiaceae. 1-3, 1 fig., 1 map. (K. Aziz).
Ruppiaceae is represented in Pakistan by only one sp.,
Ruppia maritima L. Hippuridaceae.

Stee 3-3, iL ifitel. 4) “mapoasth) Aziz) ow The: fam. dis tcepres
sented by Hippuris vulgaris L.

82: Hippocastanaceae. 1-3; 1975. (E. Nasir and S.I. Ali)
Aesculus indica (Wall. ex Camb.) Hook. f. is the sole sp.
of the only gen. of the fam. represented in Pakistan.

B34: Alliaesaes ti + 31 pp.¢ 010 figs. (BE. Nasir)... i145
spp. of Allium, the only genus represented in Pakistan,
are discussed, including A. tripterum sp. nov. (Swat;
probably related to A. macranthum Baker).

84: Commelinaceae. ii + 14 pp., 3 figs. (M. Q aiser and
S.M.H. Jafri). Genera of the fam. occurring in Pakistan
include Rhoeo, Cyanotis, Zebrina, Setcreasea, Murdannia,
and Commelina, the latter with C. paludosa paludosa Blume forma
pedunculata f. nov. (Univ. Karachi campus).

85: Elaeagnaceae. ii + 6 pp., 1 fig. (Y. Nasir).
Treatment of two genera, Hippophae with one sp. and
Elaeagnus with 3 spp.

86: Araliaceae. ii+ 5 pp., 1 fig. (Shahina Ghazanfar).
Hedera nepalensis K. Koch, Aralia cachemirica Dcne., and
Schefflera bengalensis Gamble are discussed.

87:, Berberidaceae. ii + 31 pp.,:8 figs. (S.M.H.«: Jafri).
Treats Epimedium elatum Morr. et Decne., Mahonia borealis
Takeda, and 20 spp. of Berberis, including B. brevissima
sp. nov. (Peshawar; resembles B. lycium Royle); B. ortho-
botrys Bien. subsp. capitata subsp. nov., B. pachyacantha
subsp. zabeliana (Schneider) stat. nov. (B.Z.); B. kuna-
wurensis Royle forma chitrioides form. nov.; B. stewart-
ae sp. nov. (Gilgit, 4 in Kashmir; resembles

B. parkeriana Schneid.) 3 pseudumbellata Parker supsp.
Siete subsp. nov. (atin and an unnamed sp., which
is described; it is close to B. boreali-sinensis Nakai.

88: Cornaceae, ii+t+ 4 pp., 1 fig. (Shahina Ghazanfar).
Cornus capitata Wall., C. macrophylla Wall., and C.
oblonga Wall. are taken up.

89: Myrsinaceae. ii+ 8 pp., 2 figs. (S.M.H. Jafri and
Saida Qaiser). Covers five genera and six spp. repre-
sented in Pakistan.

90: Resedaceae. ii+ 9 pp., 2 figs. (Y. Nasir). Treats
three genera Oligomeris, Ochradenus, and Reseda, with
(resp.) 1, 2, and 5 spp. One of the latter was left
unnamed as an appar. undescribed sp.

91: Sabiaceae. ii+5 mer 1 map. (A. Ghafoor).
Descriptions of Sabia, campanulata Wall., and of
Meliosma and M. pe nero (Roxb.) Walp., the only
taxa of the fam. known from Pakistan.

1979 Hocking, Book reviews

No. 92: Aceraceae. ii+/7 pp., 2 figs. (E. Murray). Eight
spp. of Acer are reported from Pakistan.

No. 93: Pittosporaceae. ii+ 3 pp., 1 fig. (Shahina
Ghazanfar). The fam. is described and the single sp.
found in Pakistan, Pittosporum napaulense (DC) Rehder
et Wils. and its var. rawalpindiense Gowda.

Now 94: dj Dipsacene.» | 34. + 12: pp.5 6 fies: oie Nasis) .«:.Five
genera include Dipsacus inermis Wall. var. mitis (D. Don)
comb. nov. (D.m.) (widely distributed in c. Asia) and
Scabiosa maslakhensis sp. nov. (Baluchistan; resembles
S. rotata M. Bieb.).

Wo. 95: . Betulaceae.. . 44 +5. pp.s. lomap.. (1.3 “ANagiz),

Betula utilis D. Don and Alnus nitida (Spech) Endl.

are described. Two additional B. spp. have been reported
from Chitral but same could not be confirmed. It is
suggested they may be variable forms of B. utilis.

1976: Pit Shen

55

No. 96: Begoniaceae. 4 pp., 1 fig. (S. Ghazanfar and P. Aziz)

Begonia picta Sm. and B. tenella D. Don are described,
figured, and discussed as to their distribution in
Pakistan.

No. 97: Trapaceae. ii, 4 pp., 1 fig. (S. Ghazanfar).
Trapa bispinosa Roxb. and T. natans L. are described,
figured, and discussed as to distribution in Pakistan.

No. .98: -Orobanchaceae;:|)dijc1—25,)5.figs. (SiM.H.) Jafri).
One sp. each of Aeginetia, Christisonia, and Cistanche
are taken up, together with 19 spp. of Orobanche.
Among the last-named is Orobanche cérnua Loefl. var.
pseudoclarkei var. nov.(similar to 0. clarkei Hook. f.)

GMH

"SEED PATHOLOGY,'' by Paul Neergaard. 2 volumes. Vol. I:
xxiv, 1-840, 243 figs., 5 pls (col.), 64 tabs. Vol. II:

vii, pp. 841-1187. John Wiley & Sons, Inc. (Halsted Press),
Somerset, N.J. 08873. 1978. $97.50.

The reviewed work has both teaching and reference appli-
cations, reflecting the experience and knowledge of the author
who has served as a teacher of seed pathology at an Institute
in Copenhagen devoted to promoting agriculture in the develop-
ing countries of the world (or Third World) (such as India,
Kenya, etc.). The entire reading text of this work is con-
tained in Volume I, while Volume II is made up of the large
glossary and an immense bibliography (141 pages!) followed by
the exhaustive subject index. (There is no author index;
presumably the literature reference section, arranged alpha-
betically by author, is adequate). To simplify the status
of the two volumes, one might say that volume I is the text
and volumes I and II the reference work. The subject is a
relatively new one -- at least as an organized separate field

56 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 4h, No. 1

of endeavor. However, it is of very great importance since
food -- the very staff of life -- being basically vegetative,
depends nearly entirely on the success of the total seeding
operation. The subject actually represents a merging of the
many fields of scientific activity: phytopathology and seed
technology preeminently. The reviewed work crowns the efforts
of more than eight years of concentrated application to this
field. The causes of loss of seed and loss of proper germin-
ation are multifactorial and include such organisms as bac-
teria, fungi, nematodes, and insects, also viruses, ageing,
mechanical injury, inherited defects (genetic), and "physio-
genic diseases" (deficiency states (K, N, Mn, B, etc.),
too high to too low temperatures, low and high humidities,
poisons, and so on. Even bacteriophages and mycoplasmata are
considered, even with the rather sketchy knowledge we have
of these agencies at this time. The text of volume I is
subdivided into five major parts: (1) Pathogens; diseases;
hosts; (II) Mechanisms of seed transmission of diseases; (III)
Control of diseases of seeds; (IV) Testing methods; (V)
Assessment of seed-borne inoculum. A wide variety of subject
matters is involved: mycology, virology, microbiology,
pesticides, analytical procedures, etc. The book is written
in an excellent style of English, as though the author had
been raised in the language. The book is worthy of a place in
all general scientific and agricultural libraries.

GMH

"PLANT BIOLOGY,'' by Knut Norstog and Robert W. Long. Ed. 1.
vi + 585 pp., 2 end papers, 373 figs., 5 tabs. W.B. Saunders
Company, Philadelphia, Penna. 1976. (Teachers' Guide: vi +
98 pps). 314250.

This attractive textbook of botany follows much the same
plan as other such texts: general information - the':cell -
plant physiology - ecology - algae - fungi - bryophytes -
paleobotany - pteridophytes - gymnosperms - angiosperms -
genetics - plant growth and development control. A scanning
study of the book indicates that if fully utilized, the text
would satisfy the needs of an average course in botany. Be-
sides the excellent physical characteristics of the work, its
strongest features are the clear and lucid writing and the
equally clear typography; the well selected and interesting
illustration; and the not too lengthy chapters. There are a
glossary and index at the volume's end. The chapters are
provided with "Supplementary Reading" lists and this feature
should be useful to those interested in enlarging their
horizons. The book in fact could well be a useful reference
work for the school library.

GMH

1979 Hocking, Book reviews 57

"FIRST SYMPOSIUM ON THE SCIENTIFIC ASPECTS OF ORCHIDS, OCTOBER
24, 1974, SOUTHFIELD, MICHIGAN," by H.H. Szmant, and J. Wemple
(Editors). Chem. Dept., Univ. Detroit, Detroit, Mich. 48221.
233 4+ 164 pp.) 5S charts, 42 figs. ()18"eabs. fs"#970:

14 contributions are included in this volume, representing
papers presented in conjunction with the Mid-America Orchid
Show. Seven papers are of predominantly botanical interest,
seven of chemical. Included are: Use of pollinaria in orchid
systematics (DRESSLER, R.L.); electron microscopy of orchid
seedlings (WIESMEYER, H. and HOFSTEN, Angelica V.)3; pollination
strategies in orchids of southern Australis (STOUTAMIRE, W.);
observations on equitant Oncidiums as examples of introgressive
hybridization (WITHNER, C.L.); ecology of epiphytic orchids in
relation to their substrates (FREI, J.K.); some urgent prob-
lems of orchid ecology (SANFORD, W.W.); chemical composition of
fra grances of some orchids (HOLMAN, R.T. and HEIMERMANN, W.H.);3
amifio acid analysis of the flower of Vanda Miss Joaquim (MIWA,
T.H. and ZEITLIN, H.); alkaloids of Dendrobium (MANSKE, R.H.);
studies on some Dendrobium alkaloids from the Chinese drug
"Shi-hu" (INUBUSHI, Y. and TOSHIRA, I.); biosynthesis of the
alkaloids of Dendrobium pierardii using 13¢-nuclear magnetic
resonance (LEETE, D. and BODEM, G.B.); Orchidaceae alkaloids:
some biosynthetic considerations (LUNING, B.); literature
survey of reports on scientific investigations on orchids
(June 1893 - June 1959). (ANON.); genetic control of orchid
pigments (HARPER, W.J.).

GMH

"VASCULAR PLANTS OF BRITISH COLUMBIA: A DESCRIPTIVE RESOURCE
INVENTORY," by R.L. Taylor and B. MacBryde. Bot. Garden

Giniv. S.C.) Tech. Bulls Nol'@2 xxiv fF 1-754, 2 fies, fie
1 tab.; 1977. Univ. of British Columbia Press, Vancouver, B.C.
$28.00.

This useful volume is essentially a computer printout on
sheets 8% by 11 inches and strongly bound in heavy card covers.
However, it is a very useful and informative volume with its
annotated listing of all plants of higher order known to grow
in the Pacific Ocean province of Canada. It is a compilation
which was badly needed since there is nothing really comparable
to it for this area. A "Flora of British Columbia” with a
"Supplement"' seems to have been the only predecessor of sorts
worthy of that name. The senior author (RLT) was previously
editor of the Flora of North America project (1966-73) and
his work there seems to have been carried over to this Flora
of B.C. project. British Columbia possesses an enormous
flora with 3,137 taxa known at the time of publication. The
present inventory is the first step in a program with a keyed
field guide as the second step and a multivolume flora (com-

58 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. bi, No. 1

parable to that for the Pacific Northwest by Hitchcock and
Cronquist) will be the last step. (As a matter of fact, the
work covering the Pacific Northwest includes southern British
Columbia. The floras of Alaska will also complement the B.C.
flora). The introductory section of this book gives a rounded
view of the Province and its plant life, together with use-
ful guidance in the use of the Inventory. The plant group
arrangement is Pteridophyta, Pinophyta (conifers), Magnoliatae
(dicots), and Liliatae (monocots). Families, genera, and
species are arranged in strict alphabetic order within each
group. For each species, the following data are presented:
botanical name (with authorities), vernacular name, status
(whether native, naturalized, etc.), flower color, choromo-
some status (diploid, etc.), chromosome base no., chromosome
somatic number, poison status, duration of plant (perennial,
etc.), anthesis (months of flowering), economic status,
distribution, habit, (tree, etc.), fruit type, ornamental
value, sex status (polygamous, monosporous, etc.), fruit color,
and endangered status (immediate danger of extinction, etc.).
This gives 16 points of information about the plant, several
of them of important practical value. Many abbreviations are
used as entries in order to save space (and time?); however
the key to the abbreviations is inadequate for two reasons.

It is placed on a sheet in the back part of the volume;

and the abbreviations are set down with meanings under the
various categories. What is really needed here is a single
listing of abbreviations located prominently as first or last
sheet of the book, and perhaps on colored paper, to make it
more readily locatable. Not all the data listed are actually
recorded; there are often gaps for chromosome data, ornamental
value, economic status, etc. The appendices are very useful
compilations: (I) "standard" references (floras of regions,
popular compilations, etc.). (II) Miscellaneous references
(articles, brochures, bulletins, etc.). (III) tabulation
relating each taxon (by its Flora of British Columbia Project
(FBCP) number used in the computer program) to a reference or
references (indicated by a number or numbers keyed to a series
of references, mostly monographic treatments of family, genus,
or species) and also to a category number indicating the type
of information in the reference (for instance distribution,
poison status, etc.). (Not all taxa bear such references).
(IV) References which are linked to taxa (938 references);

few if any of these references appear in the other two biblio-
graphic lists. (V) An alphabetic listing of all plant author-
ities which appear in the inventory -- often in abbreviated
form. (VI) Sample data form: this bears an outline of all
points in the Inventory coverage, and this also bears the
abbreviations. The Appendices are followed by the Index,
which has generic and family names, also common names. This
volume is a valuable publication which fills in a gap formerly

1979 Hocking, Book reviews 59

present in the floral coverage for the plants of western North

America. Until the other parts of the program for B.C. flora

are completed, botanists will have to use this volume in

combination with available determinative and descriptive floras.
GMH

"THE THOMPSON BEGONIA GUIDE," by Mildred L. and Edward J.
Thompson. (Second edition), Supplement I. Exhibition manual.
vi + 98, 22 figs. Edward J. Thompson (Publisher), Southampton,
New York. 1978. $4.75 (binder $3.50 additional).

This supplement constitutes text pages in a fourth letter-
size looseleaf binder uniform in style with the earlier volumes
(see Phytologia 40: 299-301; 1978). The contents are made up
of four major sections. The first one, Classification for
show purposes, presents the eight major divisions of the hort-
icultural classification system (cane-like, shrub-like, thick-
stemmed, semperflorens characteristics, rhizomatous, Rex
Cultorum ("king of cultivated plants"), tuberous, and trailing-
scandent). The second section presents suggested show classi-
fications, and employs the same eight major divisions plus
a ninth, "Contained atmospheres with single variety of Begonia."
(A contained atmosphere is essentially a closed container, such
as a terrarium, used to demonstrate horticultural values
rather than floral arrangements). These divisions are desig-
nated by the letters "A" to "I". Each division is then sub-
divided into classes with a total of 101 classes for all nine.
These are based mostly on differences in leaf and stem char-
acters. Additional horticultural classifications are proposed
(pp. 27-8). This second section also contains a very important
listing of all known species and cultivars of Begonia,
arranged of course in alphabetical order. (Examples:

Begonia "A.D. Davis" and B. acida). The last two sections of
the text deal with judging information and sample forms for
use in flower shows.

GMH

"BIOLOGY, THE WORLD OF LIFE," by Robert A. Wallace. xviii +
53. pp. , 314 fige.:, 26 pis. (eol .),;.16 tabs., 41 “boxes.”
Goodyear Publishing Co., Inc., 15115 Sunset Blvd., Pacific
Patisades, ‘Gal: 80272. _ 1975... 512.953

This well-printed, richly illustrated, and firmly bound
volume is available at a truly moderate price -- dependent
apparently on an expected large volume of sales. Books of
equivalent quality often sell at three times this price and
more. If I were a student beginning in biology, I believe I
would find this text a most attractive one, a pleasure to
study. Attractive illustrations, graphic diagrams, even an
occasional cartoon enliven the pages. Scattered through the

60 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 4h, No. 1

pages are "boxes," framed sections of text in bold face type,
with more detail on some topic not discussed or only touched
on in the text proper. Thus, in the chapter on photosynthesis,
a box appears describing chlorophyll, including a drawing of
a chloroplast and a graphic formula. The contrast in a text
such as this and an older textbook is truly remarkable. The
attempt to sugar-coat the subject must surely meet with
success. Since the area of biology is so pivotally important
to many fields, such as medicine, pharmacy, oceanography,
to mention only a few, it is obvious that the use of an
"entering wedge" of information in this field will be bene-
ficial to many professions and scientific specialties. The
book follows a natural order of development -- a brief his-
torical sketch of the development of biology as a science,
the beginnings of life, the chemistry of life, the cell,
heredity, reproduction, development, biological systems and
their control, the endocrines, behavior, communities and com-
petition, populations, and a final timely chapter -- Re-
sources, Pollution, and Values. The Appendix gives a
modern classification system of plants and animals. Read-
ing suggestions for each chapter, a glossary, and an index
follow.

GMH

"MARIHUANA: AN ANNOTATED BIBLIOGRAPHY," by C.W. Waller,
Jacqueline J. Johnson, Judy Buelke, and C.E. Turner. Mac-
millan Publishing Co., 866 Third Av., New York 10022.
exdi ‘+560 pp.’;’ 1976.) ’ Price $315.95.

This work contains rather thoroughly annotated listings
of books and (mostly) articles published over the 11 year
period 1964-1974; the coverage is international. The lit-
erature prior to 1964 was listed in a readily available pub-
lication: "The question of cannabis, Cannabis bibliography"
(United Nations Commission on Narcotic Drugs, E/CN7/479;
1965). Hence, between these complementary works, all of the
important literature on Cannabis is readily available for stu-
dents. 3045 items are present in the listing under review. ~
Entries are arranged in alphabetic order by senior author.
Comprehensive author and subject indexes follow the biblio-
graphy to give greater access to the same. An introductory
section presents the formulas for 70 compounds associated with
Cannabis. There is also a tabular summary of the action of
Cannabis on various animal spp. This is a very useful book
for the science library and is reasonably priced at $13.95.

GMH

"THE GENUS APHELANDRA (ACANTHACEAE) ,"' by Dieter C. Wasshausen
(National Museum of Natural History, Washington, D.C.).

Smithsonian Contributions to Botany No. 18: 1975, 163 pp.

1979 Hocking, Book reviews 61

Slightly acid 85% MeOH exts. of the dried leaves were chroma-
tographed on Whatman 3 MM paper, using t-BuOH, AcOH, H 0
(3:1:1, v/v) as first mobile solvent and 15% AcOH as second.
For the 30 various species studied, between 20 and 30 flay-
onoids were detected in each species. Spots were distinguish-
ed in 3 areas: No. 1 spots no. 8-12, apparently flavonol-
7-glycosides; No. 2, spots no. 1-7, being flavone or flavonol
aglycones; and No. 3, nos. 13-24, mostly flavonol-3-glyco-
sides. It is suggested that Aphelandra is a good genus for
study of interspecific biochem. variation in taxa over a wide
geographic range. 49 references.

GMH

"MASTER TREE FINDER, A MANUAL FOR THE IDENTIFICATION OF TREES
BY THEIR LEAVES," by May Theilgaard Watts. 64 pp., many figs.

1963. -- "WINTER TREE FINDER, A MANUAL FOR IDENTIFYING TREES
IN WINTER," by May Theilgaard Watts and Tom Watts. 64 pp.,
many figs. 1970. -- "FLOWER FINDER, A KEY TO SPRING WILD

FLOWERS AND FLOWER FAMILIES EAST OF THE ROCKIES AND NORTH OF
THE SMOKIES, EXCLUSIVE OF TREES AND SHRUBS," by May Theilgaard
Watts. 1955. -- Nature Study Guild, Box 972, Berkeley, Cal-
ifornia 94701. All priced at $1.25 each.

These little handbooks designed to fit into a shirt pocket
are compacted with information of the greatest utility to
amateur plant lovers who wish to find out the identity of
the plants they encounter. For the small cost of each, it is
difficult to see how one could obtain more value for his or her
money. Perusal of some items showed a good level of accuracy
and dependability.

GMH

"TREES AND SHRUBS OF KENTUCKY," by Mary E. Wharton and Roger
W. Barbour. x, 582 pp., 914 figs., 8 maps, 260 pls. (col.).
The University Press of Kentucky, Lexington, KY 40506. 1973.
Si2 5952

With shame must I admit it, this splendid volume was mis-
shelved and not reviewed until now, five years later. This
book has both a popular and a scientific appeal, and it shows
several novel features. While it is devoted specifically to
the woody flora of the State of Kentucky, at the same time it
could be used with almost equal effectiveness in the seven
States which adjoin Kentucky and even beyond that to parts of
nine other States bordering these. Hence it represents a use-
ful reference book on trees and shrubs in at least 17 states,
34% of the States of the Union. Described and figured are
282 species, representing practically all of the wild growing
species of title category in the State of Kentucky. There
is much more here than photographs and descriptions of the

62 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. hh, No.1

plants. Also included are chapters telling how the book may
be most effectivly used, the ecology of Kentucky, with cate-
gorization of the various habitats to be found within the
state and discussions of the physical environments occurring
there. Rudimentary keys and excellent colored and black-and-
white photographs are used as a means of identification of the
various trees and shrubs. Following these two main sections
of the book, Part III presents textual descriptions of the
various species, followed by references, an illustrated
glossary, and the index. This book is strongly bound, well
printed, artistically attractive, and bound to advance the
cause of nature love and nature study.

GMH

"WHO EXPERT COMMITTEE ON BIOLOGICAL STANDARDIZATION, 29th
REPORT," by World Health Organization, Tech. Rept. Ser. No.
626. 147 pp. WHO, Geneva, Switzerland. 1978. Sw. fr. 14.--

Standards are released for many new biological products,
including anti-hepatitis immunoglobulin, fluorescein-isothio-
cyanate-conjugated sheep anti-human immunoglobulin, several
human serum proteins, human placental lactogen, and lysine
vasopressin. Many changes in the older standards are indicated.

GMH

"FOLK MEDICINE PLANTS USED IN THE PENNSYLVANIA DUTCH COUNTRY,"
by Paul R. Wieand. Published by Wieand's Pennsylvania

Dutch, Route 3, Allentown, Penna. 18104. Booklet. 48 pp.,
37 figs.; 1963 (2nd printing).

At the end of this little volume (instead of at the beg-
inning as expected), an answer is given as to "Why this book?"
The answer is in the revival of interest in the old herbal
remedies formerly so popular in this area of the Pennsylvania
"Dutch" (actually Germans and German-speaking Swiss who settled
in parts of Pennsylvania in the 1600's and 1700's). For 109
drugs, there are given the botanical names, common English
and "Dutch'"' names, and a brief statement on the uses made by
these people, along with in most cases a figure of the plant.
There is an index to the English but not to the "Dutch" names.
Most of the information was obtained from the natives of the
area. An introduction tells of the importance of these
plant drugs to the common people of the Dutch country.

GMH

"DIE MISTEL IN DER KREBSBEHANDLUNG," by O. Wolff (Editor).
Vittorio Klostermann, Frankfurt am Main, BRD. 120 pp., 29
figss, 12 tabs. 3 1975 /(1976) 7M - 1650.

Seven authors explore the possibilities of Viscum album

1979 Hocking, Book reviews 63

in the treatment of cancers; there are also reviews of the
pharmacological action of the drug. Most chapters deal with
the clinical use of this material.

GMH

"COLORADO WEST: LAND OF GEOLOGY AND WILDFLOWERS," by Robert
G. and Joann W. Young. Published by the authors, 612 Rico Way,
Grand Junction, Colorado. 1-242, 208 col. figs.; 1977.

This paperback book carries text and good color photo-
graphs to illustrate the descriptions of the geology and
plants of west Colorado. Both natural groups and individual
wild flower plants are shown in that portion of Colorado west
of the Continental Divide (roughly the western half of the
state). The first part includes the geological history of the
area, the various eras showing their evidences in the state,
plant communities (Colorado deserts, sagebrush country,
pinyon-juniper, scrub oak brush, spruce forests, alpine tundra).
The scientific part comprises over half of the volume and
includes two chief sections, the desert and the mountain
flowers, with text on opposite pages to the colored photos.
The attractive colored pictures are useful for the identifica-
tion of the various plant spp. and should be useful to amateur
and incidental students of the plant life of the area.

GMH

"FLORA OF THE NIAGARA FRONTIER: SUPPLEMENT," by C.A. Zenkert
ane Ee. Zander. Bull. Buffalo Soe. Nat. Sei.46: iv, iv,
1-625 1975) (reed. 1978).

This supplements the Flora published in 1934. 634 spp.
and vars. are included, of which 106 are additions to the
flora. There are 771 new distributional records. The senior
author (CAZ) passed away in July, 1972.

An annotated bibliography of his publications in botany is
given, along with a brief biography. The area of coverage is
the area within a 50 mile radius of the city of Buffalo.
Species new to the flora are shown in boldface type, new county
records are denoted with small capitals. The records are
based on herbarium specimens in some local herbaria. Biblio-
graphy is given.

GMH

OMMISSIONS FROM PREVIOUS REVIEWS:

Phytologia 29 (5): 429; 1975.
Publisher: Annual Reviews, Inc., 4139 El Camino Way,
Palo Alto, Cal. 94306.

Pnytologia 34. (L)¢. -133; 1976.
Tyler and Schwarting, Experimental Pharmacognosy.

6h, PHY Poroerrl & Vol. hi, No.1

Add: Burgess Publishing Company, 426 S. 6th St., Minnea-
polis, Minn.

Phytologia 37 (2): 124; 1977.
Glassmann, "A revision of B.E. Dahlgren's Index of Ameri-
can palms."" Add: Published by J. Cramer Verlag, Postfach
48, Lehre, BRD. (West Germany).

linia, 7105.
"Peter Kalm's Travels in North America."" Add: Dover
Publications, Inc., 180 Varick St., New York 10014.

EDA... Peo
"Carte Ecologique du Nepal." Add: Editions du CNRS, 15
quai Anatole France, Paris, France.

Ibid.” ° 154-5.
"Flora Neotropica," Add: Published by the New York
Botanical Garden, Bronx, New York 10458.

Patt Les
"Flora of North America," Add: Published by The New
York Botanical Garden, Bronx, New York 10458.

Acknowledgement

The seven previous publications of book reviews (Phytologia
27(3): 180-208; 1973. - 29(5): 395-445; 1975. - 30(6): 488-
504; 1975. - 31(1): 30-61: 1975. - 34(1): 95-144; 1976.

- 37(2): 98-176; 1977.-40(3): 264-304; 1978) were supported
by a Faculty Grant-in-Aid (No. 73-57) of Misc. Grants Fund
2775-17-5240 (Auburn University, Auburn, AL), for which the
reviewer is grateful. This present contribution, the eighth,
was partially supported (~20%) by Miscellaneous Grant Fund

6-40020 (Auburn University), herewith thankfully acknowledged.

- PHYTOLOGIA

k Designed to expedite botanical publication

August 1979

i DEC 4 1979

a. New YORK
} CONTENTS pe
1 BOTANICAL GARDEN

‘R ,OBINSON, H., New species of Vernonieae (Asteraceae). I. Vernonia

harlingii TRO IO Sa ogo he a gee peep elen aaa Tg ani 65
ROBINSON, H., Studies in the Heliantheae (Asteraceae), XVII. Additions
to Monactis and K PRGAIRIPLIS Sh ol 6 a Walt acie reise eo: hea eae Ty 70
ING, R. M., and ROBINSON, H., Studies in the Eupatorieae (Asteraceae).
CLXXV. A new genus from Bahia, Litothamnus........... 79
NG, R. M., and ROBINSON, H., Studies in the Eupatorieae (Asteraceae).
i, CLXX VI. The relationship of Eupatorium cyrili-nelsonii .... . 84
| LOPEZ FIGUEIRAS, M., Parmotrema larense sp. nov. from Venezuela
: (Lichenes: Parmeliaceae foes Ee Moa PD Seay Rm aan nT gt as 89
Dd MOLDENKE, H. N., Additional notes on the genus Priva. VIIJ......... 92
yD MOLDENKE, H. N., Additional notes on the genus Svansonia.I........ 111
MOLDENKE, H. N., Additional notes on the genus Stylodon.I........ 118
BY MOLDENKE, H. N., Notes on new and noteworthy plants. CXXVII.... . 123
?. MOLDENKE, H. N., Additional notes on the genus DOE: Fos re CSE 123
dD ne A Ls BOOK FEMEWS ie hs oi dip eas Rid ima iis 127

Published by Harold N. Moldenke and Alma L. Moldenke

303 Parkside Road
Plainfield, New Jersey 07060
U.S.A.

Price of this number $2.50; for this volume $11.00 in advance or $12.00
after close of the volume; $3.00 extra to all foreign addresses;
F 512 pages constitute a complete volume; claims for numbers
lost in the mails must be made immediately after
receipt of the next following number
for free replacement.
“A

aT ore
eR RE

‘

dy
ha WV
“Lbs

NEW SPECIES OF VERNONIEAE (ASTERACEAE). I.

VERNONIA HARLINGII FROM ECUADOR.

Harold Robinson
Department of Botany
Smithsonian Institution, Washington, DC., 20560.

The Tribe Vernonieae can be characterized general-
ly as having alternate leaves. Some exceptions occur,
however, and some examples have been discussed by
Robinson (1976) in conjunction with the description of
V. sparrei, an opposite-leaved species of Loja in
southern Ecuador. Recently, another opposite-Leaved
species has been encountered in a collection by
Harling and Andersson in El Oro in southern Ecuador,

As in the previous case, the opposite-leaved condition
had resulted in the specimen being sent as a member of
the Eupatorieae,.

The new species is remarkably distinctive in both
the leaves and the involucral bracts, As indicated,
opposite leaves are found in a few other species of
Vernonia, but the sessile broad bases of the leaves of
the new species are almost perfoliate in appearance,
and the blades are large for the genus, The involucral
bracts are prominently ornamented with Laciniate or
split whitish indurated apices and upper margins. Such
appendaged bracts seem most closely approached else-
where in Vernonia by some of the Stengelioid species
of Africa (Smith, 1971), though the appendages of the
latter are colored and thinner in texture. The
combination of the leaves and involucre gives the new
species a superficial resemblance to some members of
the Tribe Inuleae, but the leaves are opposite and the
flowers are Vernonian in all details. The new species
may prove to be closest to V. sparrei H.Robins. and
V. trichotoma Gleason, which also have opposite leaves,
corymbose inflorescences, broad and obtuse involucral
bracts, and anther appendages without glands, but their
leaves are petiolate with smaller oblong blades, veins
are prominulous on the upper surface, and the involu-
cral bracts are unappendaged,.

The species is named for the senior collector, Dr.
Gunnar Harling, of the University of G&teborg, who is
also editor of the "Flora of Ecuador" project.

65

66 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 4h, No. 2

Vernonia harlingii H. Robinson, sp. nov.

Plantae suffrutescentes pauce ramosae? 2 m altae,
Caules brunnescentes subhexagonales striati dense
hirtelli. Folia opposita sessilia; Laminae papyraceae
ovatae plerumque 10-20 cm Longae et 5-1LO cm Latae base
late rotundatae subamplexicaules margine subintegrae
minute mucronato-denticulatae apice breviter acutae
supra minute hispidulae subtus parce pilosulae et
glandulo-punctatae, nervis pinnatis, nervis secundariis
utrinque ca. Ll, nervis et nervulis subtus albidis.
Inflorescentiae terminales corymbosae, ramis dense
hirtellis, ramis ultimis 3-10 mm Longis. Capitula late
campanulata 9-10 mm alta et 7-9 mm Lata; squamae
involucri ca, 30-35 persistentes subimbricatae 3-7 mm
longae et 1-2 mm latae extus parce fulvo-tomentosae et
minute glandulo-punctatae, bracteae 2-3 basilares
ovatae inornatae extus sericeae cetera oblongae vel
late Lineares in apicem valde ornatae albo-alatae et
laceratae, bracteae interiores sensim ornatissimae,
Flores ca, 20 hermaphroditi. Corollae Lavandulae
extus breviter stipitato-glanduliferae, tubis ca. 4 mm
longis in partibus cylindraceis L mm longis superne
infundibularibus, faucis ca. 1 mm Longis, Lobis anguste
lanceolatis ca. 3 mm Longis et 0.7 mm Latis; thecae
antherarum ca. 2 mm Longae inferne obtusae; appendices
antherarum oblongae 0.5 mm longae et 0.25 mm Latae non
glanduliferae; basi stylorum noduliferi et annulate
scleroidei, cellulis annularum subquadratis vel irreg-
ularibus plerumque 12-25 pm in diametro. Achaenia
immatura usque ad 2.5 mm longa et ca, 1 mm lata inferne
glandulifera parce breviter spiculifera; carpopodia
distincta ca. 0.2 mm Longa et 0.4 mm lata, cellulis
subquadratis vel breviter oblongis ca. 20 pm latis,
parietibus valde incrassatis; setae pappi interiores
ca. 25 plerumque ca. 5 mm Longae superne distincte
latiores, cellulis apicalibus acutis, setae in sereibus
exterioribus distinctae ca. 1 mm longae. Grana
pollinis ca. 37 pm in diametro leniter Lophorata,
cristis valde spiniferis.

TYPE: ECUADOR: El Oro: Road Pasa jo - Santa Isabel
- Girén, valley of Rfo Jubones, mountain rain forest
to dry steppe vegetation, alt. ca. 1600 m.s.m. Shrub
ca,/'2 m high. Corolla bluish violet. 7 V 1974>°G,
Harling & L. Andersson 14408 (Holotype GB).

a -

1979 Robinson, Vernonia harlingii 67
Literature Cited
Robinson, H. 1976, A new species of Vernonia from
Ecuador. Phytologia 34 (3): 301-304.
Smith, C. Earle, Jr. 1871. Observations on Stengel-

ioid species of Vernonia. Agriculture Handbook
No. 396: 1-87,

68

PiRe TOL: 0:6 DA Vol. lh, No. 2

rtons FOE

G ELE & _ ELLIS

Vernonia harlingii H. Robinson, Holotype, G8teborg,

Photo by Victor E. Krantz, Staff Photographer, National
Museum of Natural History. ‘

69

harlingii

Robinson, Vernonia

1979

enlargement of heads.

Robinson,

Ln BH,

:
a as

Vernonia harling

STUDIES IN THE HELIANTHEAE (ASTERACEAE). XVII.

ADDITIONS TO MONACTIS AND KINGIANTHUS,

Harold Robinson
Department of Botany
Smithsonian Institution, Washington, DC., 20560,

Monactis H.B.K. and Kingianthus H.Robins. form a
related complex in the Andes of Ecuador and Peru. They
are related to Verbesina but are clearly distinguished
by the fusiform achenes. Monactis often bears a single
pappus squama which was previously unique to the genus,
but the new species of Kingianthus described here shows
a similar pappus. Monactis was named after the single
ray flower found in the head in many species. The
heads of Kingianthus have more numerous rays arranged
symmetrically.

The significant history of Monactis has been
reviewed in the study by Robinson (1976). At that
time Kingianthus was still treated as an anomalous
South American species of Zaluzania, but the genus was
segregated two years Later (Robinson, 1978a) and an
older name for the species was subsequently discovered
(Robinson, 1978b). Quantities of new material have
been seen since the cited studies, and additions to
both genera are now necessary. It has seemed logical
to treat the genera together because of their close
relationship. Both genera are now seen to have
geographically localized species, each in their own
area. This is most obvious in Monactis in Ecuador
where the areas of Pichincha, Canar, Azuay and Loja
each have a characteristic species.

Monactis lojaensis H. Robinson, sp. nov.

Plantae frutescentes 1-2 m altae? Caules fulvi
in nodis deflecti teretes pauce striati dense puberuli
vel subtomentosi. Folia alternantia in partibus
petioliformibus 2-6 cm longa superne sensim Late alata;
laminae Late ovatae ad 17 cm Longae et 14 ecm lLatae base
subabrupte acuminatae fere ad basem trinervatae margine
integrae vel subcrenulatae apice breviter distincte
acuminatae supra minute bullatae minute scabridulae
subtus hirtellae et minute glandulo-punctatae, nervulis
subtus valde prominentibus. Inflorescentiae terminales
late corymboso-paniculatae, ramis parce puberulis vel
hirtellis, ramis ultimis 0.3 mm longis. Capitula

70

1979 Robinson, Additions to Monactis & Kingianthus 71

anguste campanulata vel cylindrica 7-9 mm alta sine
radiis 2.5-3.0 mm lata; squamae involucri ca. 3-seriat-
ae subimbricatae 10-12 oblongae vel anguste oblongae
2-5 mm lLongae et 1.5 mm latae margine fimbriatae apice
rotundatae extus glabrae; paleae squamis involucri
similares ca. 5-6 mm longae obtusae. Flores radii
plerumque 1 saepe 2 in capitulo feminei; corollae
flavae, tubis ca. 2 mm longis parce puberulis, Limbis
oblongis ca. 7 mm longis et 3 mm Latis subtus glandul-
iferis, Flores disci 10-12 in capitulo hermaphroditi;
corollae flavae 3.5-4.0 mm longae glabrae vel subgLlabr-
ae, tubis ca. 1.5 mm longis, faucis campanulatae ca. 1
mm Longis, lobis 1.0-1.5 mm longis et ca. 0.8 mm latis
intus superne indistincte mamillosis; thecae antherarum
ca. 1.5 mm Llongae; appendices antherarum nigrae ovatae
ca. 0.3 mm longae et 0.23 mm Latae. Achaenia submatura
fusiformia 4.5 mm longa glabra; squamae pappi singular-
es ca. L mm Longae et 0.3 mm Latae. Grana pollinis ca.
30 pam in diam,

TYPE: ECUADOR: Loja: Colca, near San Vincente,
slopes at the confluence between Rio Arenales and Rio
Catamayo, dry slopes, + 2000 m. 15/5 1967. Benkt
Sparre 16198 (Holotype S).

Monactis lojaensis is apparently the endemic
member of the genus from Loja in southern Ecuador,

The most significant features seem to be the extremely
broad leaves with somewhat roughened upper surface,
the presence of rays in the heads, and the presence of
a pappus. The species of adjacent Azuay in Ecuador,
M. holwayae (Blake) H. Robins., lacks rays. The Loja
species 1s actually closer to M. hieronymi H. Robins.
of adjacent Peru, but the latter has much narrower
leaves which are sometimes markedly toothed.

Monactis macbridei H, Robinson, sp. nov.

antae suffrutescentes virgatae ad 3 m altae non
ramosae. Caules fulvi recti vel superne in nodis
leviter deflecti teretes pauce striati dense puberuli.
Folia alternantia, petiolis 2-5 mm longis; lLaminae
ovato-lanceolatae plerumque 5-10 cm Longae et 2-3 cm
latae in partibus basilaribus anguste cuneatae vel
acuminatae 1-2 em longae supra basem trinervatae
margine superne serrulatae vel argute serratae apice
anguste acutae supra interdum leviter minute bullatae
dense scabridulae subtus in nervis nervulis et inter-
dum areolis pilosulae dense minute glandulo-punctatae,.
Inflorescentiae terminales corymboso-paniculatae, ramis
dense puberulis vel tomentellis, ramis ultimis O-1 mm
longis. Capitula anguste campanulata vel cylindrica
ca. 7 mm alta sine radiis ca. 2.5 mm lata; squamae

72 PHYTOL OGIA Vole hh, No. 2

involucri ca. 3-seriatae subimbricatae 10-12 oblongae
vel anguste oblongae 2-5 mm longae et 1.5 mm latae
margine fimbriatae apice anguste rotundatae extus
subglabrae minute glanduliferae; paleae squamis invol-
ucri similares ca. 5-6 mm longae apice obtusae,. Flores
radii 1-2 in capitulo feminei; corollae flavae, tubis
ca. lL mm longis puberulis et minute glanduliferis,
Limbis oblongis 5-6 mm longis 2.5-3.0 mm Latis. Flores
disci 10-12 in capitulo hermaphroditi; corollae flavae
4,0-4.5 mm longae, tubis 1.3-1.7 mm longis parce
puberulis et glanduliferis, faucis campanulatis 1,.5-2,0
mm Longis glabris, lobis 0.7-1.0 mm longis et 0.5-0.7
mm Llatis intus obscure mamillosis extus parce minute
glanduliferis; thecae antherarum ca. 1.5 mm longae;
appendices antherarum nigrae ovatae ca. 0.4 mm Longae
et 0.25 mm latae. Achaenia submatura fusiformia ca. 2
mm longa glabra; pappus nullus. Grana pollinis ca. 30
pm in dian.

TYPE: PERU: Lima: Rio Blanco, steep stream hill-
side. 12,000 ft. Stems 8-10 ft. in clumps, scarcely
woody, virgate, branchless. May 8-19, 1922. Macbride
& Featherstone 771 (Holotype US). PARATYPE: PERU:

La Libertad: Prov. Huamachuco: Road to Marcahuamacucho;
alt. 3400, 23-II-1967. Riccio & La Rosa 3569 (US).
Sinon. vulg. Churguis,.

Monactis macbridei is distinguished from other
members of the genus by the lanceolate leaves. The
type specimen was seen at the time of the original
study (Robinson, 1976), but the leaves were so unusual
for Monactis and so much more Like Kingianthus that
treatment was deferred. The second specimen has
confirmed the nature of the species. Some differences
between the two specimens are noticeable, the leaves
of the paratype are strongly serrate and the surfaces
smoother, and the branches of the inflorescence are
less densely pubescent. Still, pubescence of the
corollas and paleae is basically the same and differ-
ent from other members of the genus. One can assume
more collections will show intermediate conditions.

The two Localities for the species are both in
the coastal ranges of Peru and the type specimen
represents the most southward extention of the genus
presently known.

Kingianthus paradoxus H., Robinson, sp. nov.

antae frutescentes ca. 1 m altae laxe ramosae.
Caules recti teretes vel subhexagonales atro-brunnei
dense albo-puberuli. Folia alternantia breviter petio-

lata vel subsessilia; laminae ovatae vel rhomboideae
ca, 2-6 cm Longae et 1.0-2.5 ecm Latae base subabrupte

1979 Robinson, Additions to Monactis & Kingianthus 73

longe decurrentes et petioliformes supra basem triner-
vatae margine subtiliter vel distincte crenulatae vel
subdentatae apice obtusae vel breviter acutae supra
dense scabridulae parce glandulo-punctatae subtus dense
albo-tomentosae, nervulis in reticulo minuto obscure
prominulis. Inflorescentiae terminales corymboso-
paniculatae, ramis dense puberulis vel subtomentosis et
glandulo-punctatis, ramis ultimis 2-10 mm longis.
Capitula campanulata ca. 7 mm alta sine radiis ca. 4 mm
lata; squamae involucri ca. 2-seriatae subimbricatae ca.
15 lLanceolatae plerumque 3-4 mm longae et 1 mm latae
inferne extus parce vel dense puberulae et glandulifer-
ae superne scariosae et glabrae apice acutae; paleae
lanceolatae ca. 4 mm longae extus tomentosae et gland-
uliferae superne scariosae glabrae. Flores radii 6-8
in capitulo feminei; corollae flavae, tubis ca. 1 mm
longis pilosulis vel hirtellis, Limbis oblongis ca. 7
mm longis et 3.5 mm Latis subtus glandulo-punctatis.
Flores disci ca. 30-40 in capitulo hermaphroditi;
corollae flavae 3-4 mm longae, tubis 1.0-1.5 mm longis
puberulis vel subglabris, faucis anguste campanulatis
ca. 1.5 mm longis extus glabris vel subglabris, lobis
ca. 0.8-1.0 mm longis et 0.7 mm lLatis intus indistincte
mamillosis extus glabris; thecae antherarum ca. 1.2 mm
longae, appendices antherarum nigrae ovatae ca. 0.3 mm
longae et 0.23 mm Latae. Achaenia submatura subfusi-
formia 2 mm longa glabra; squamae pappi singulares
lanceolatae ca. 1 mm Longae et 0.2 mm latae. Grana
pollinis ca. 32-35 pm in diam,

TYPE: ECUADOR: Azuay: 42 km S of Cumbe on road to
Saraguro. Elev. 10,000 ft. Shrub 1 m tall. Florets
yellow. 26 Jan. 1979. R.M.King & F.Almeda 7813
(Holotype US). PARATYPE: ECUADER? Azuay: 28 km N of
Ofio on the road to Saraguro. Elev. 8900 ft. Shrub
Lmtall. Florets yellow. Common. 26 Jan. 1979.
R.M,.King & F.Almeda 7816 (US).

Kingianthus paradoxus is evidently restricted to
southern Ecuador and is isolated from the type species
of the genus, K. paniculatus(Turez.) H.Robins., which
occurs in the Pichincha region. The new species
differs from K,. paniculatus by the less abrupt contrac-
tions in the bases of the Leaf blades, the more
rhomboidal shape of the blade, the tomentose rather
than pilosulous undersurfaces of the leaves, the denser
reticulation of the leaf veins, and the presence of a
Ppappus on the achene. The paradox is the apparent
abundance of this undescribed entity in a region which
has been visited by many botanists. The localities
were passed by R. M. King during the same season of
the year in 1976. It is possible that the great

7h PHY P.04;00 I A Vol. li, No. 2

disturbance in the natural vegetation of Ecuador has
allowed some previously restricted or even undescribed
species to expand their range. A similar situation
seems to be true in the case of Ayapana ecuadorensis
K. & R. first described three years ago (King &
Robinson, 1976). King reports from the most recent
trip that the species is becoming increasingly weedy
in areas near the type locality.

Literature Cited

King, R. M. and H,. Robinson 1976. Studies in the
Eupatorieae (Asteraceae). CLIX. Additions to the
genus, Ayapana. Phytologia 34 (1): 57-66.

Robinson, H. 1976. Studies in the Heliantheae
(Asteraceae). VII. Notes on the genus Monactis.
Phytologia 34 (1): 33-45.

. 1978a. Studies in the Heliantheae (Asterac-
eae). XI. A new genus Kingianthus. Phytologia
38 (5): 415-416,

. 1978b. Studies in the Heliantheae (Asterac-
eae). XV. Various new species and new combina-
tions. Phytologia 41 (1): 33-38.

1979 Robinson, Additions to Monactis & Kingianthus 7S

C
== 2

ELLE:

liter Regnelsanium none
Ficta sequiaadoreass

AEZZZLZZ Zz a
EZ Zoo

Monactis lojaensis H. Robinson, Holotype, Stockholm,

Photo by Victor E. Krantz, Staff Photographer, National
Museum of Natural History.

76 PHYTOLOGIA Vole hk, No. 2

C Ti9SN64 )}

NITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM

PLANTS OF SOUTH AMERICA
Zeiten snes tis Fags. Bez Pid famed

4 y
= ABOUT Senet
ead = +
: MAY 5.19. t222 PERU
COLL. MACERIDE & FEATHERSTONE RIG BLANTG

Monactis macbridei H. Robinson, pOLeryegs United
States National Herbarium.

1979 Robinson, Additions to Monactis & Kingianthus 77

PLANTS GF ECUADOR

Oped BAA Base Cais

ROBERT MERRUL KING Zia
ant FRANK ALMEDA xo 72!

BHIZED STATES EE eZ ZZLZLZ-ZLLAZIZ LEE

Zo =
2550473
Z Spaces: eotteded ft the Uae Siges Matvaia! Herken SALE ABLE
RATIONAL HERBARIUM lastistics wad the Heebyrimam uf the Udjeras Avadesey af Sete

_ Kingianthus paradoxus H. Robinson, Holotype,
United States National Herbarium.

78 PHY T:0 D002 & Vol. lu, No. 2

Enlargements of heads. Top: Monactis lojaensis.

Middle: Monactis macbridei. Bottom: Kingianthus
paradoxus, :

STUDIES IN THE EUPATORIEAE (ASTERACEAE). CLXXV.
A NEW GENUS FROM BAHIA, LITOTHAMNUS.

R. M. King and H. Robinson
Department of Botany
Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C. 20560

The Eupatorieae of Bahia, Brazil, includes numerous
genera of the Gyptoid complex having distinctive veget-
ative form such as Agrianthus., The area is one in which
the Gyptoid complex has proliferated greatly, and un-
described forms are to be expected. Recent collections
from the coastal region of southern Bahia include a
specimen of a slightly fleshy to coriaceous simple-
leaved shrub that is Gyptoid in character, but unlike
any known genus or species of the group.

The new genus, Litothamnus, has the general papil-
losity of style branches and corolla lobes, the glabrous
style base, strongly annulated anther collars, and sub-
equal involucral bracts that are characteristic of most
members of the Gyptoid Complex. Both habit and geography
suggest closest relationship within the Complex to the
other genera with indurated leaves, Agrianthus and
Bahianthus. But both of the latter genera are initially
distinguishable by their characteristically alternate
or spiralled leaf-insertion. Opposite leaves of Lito-
thamnus are reflected even in the branching of the
inflorescence which contrasts with both the densely
clustered heads of Agrianthus and the alternating sub-
fasciate branching of the inflorescence of Bahianthus.
The broad glabrous leaves of Litothamnus with the
smooth hardened upper surface are individually distinc-
tive, and their crowded insertion further contributes to
the characteristic habit of the plant. The veins of
the Leaves are only slightly raised and third-order
veins seem sparse and crudely organized, The stems
appear to have been rather fleshy in life, and the
short internodes are marked by distinct lines at the
nodes giving an articulated appearance. The heads of
Litothamnus have broad involucral bracts, in contrast
to those of Agrianthus and Bahianthus, and the pappus
setae are scabrous on both the Lateral and outer
surfaces while those of the latter two genera are
flattened and smooth externally.

The habit of Litothamnus is unlike that of any
other member of the Eupatorieae, and furnishes an
immediate distinction from all other members of the
Gyptoid Complex. A few other genera of the tribe such
as Coreanthemum and Imeria of the Critonioid Complex

79

80 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. kh, No. 2

do approach Litothamnus in the texture and shape of
their leaves.

It is possible that Litothamnus might be deter-
mined as Eupatorium carnosifolium B.L.Robinson, a
species with a Listed type from near Ilhéos, Bahia,
and with a name very appropiate for the present plant.
However, the description by Robinson (1928) indicates
a larger plant having Longer internodes, crenate leaves,
heads with 50-60 flowers, and pubescent outer surfaces
of the involucral bracts. A previous study (King &
Robinson, 1972) has shown that the B.L.Robinson species
is a mixed concept and the name is properly a synonym
of Diacranthera crenata (Schlect. in Mart.) K. & R.

Litothamnus ellipticus R.M.King and H.Robinson, gen. &
sp. nov. Asteracearum (Eupatorieae).

Plantae fruticosae ca. 2 m altae plerumque glabrae;
caules et folia subcarnosa, internodis brevibus pler-
umque 5-1LO mm longis. Folia congesta opposita, petiolis
ca. 5 mm longis; laminae ellipticae vel leniter obovatae
4-8 cm longae et 2.,5-4.0 cm Latae in sicco coriaceae
lucidae base obtusae vel breviter acutae margine integ-
rae apice breviter obtusae fere ad basem trinervatae,
nervis et nervulis supra et subtus subprominentibus,
nervulis paucis irregularibus, Inflorescentiae corym-
bosae, ramis oppositis, bracteis anguste vel Late
ellipticis, ramis ultimis 2-4 mm longis. Capitula
late campanulata 7-8 mm alta et 5-6 mm lata; squamae
involucri 12-15 subaequilongae persistentes late oblong-
ae vel ellipticae 5-6 mm longae plerumque 2-3 mm Latae
apice abrupte breviter acuminatae margine minute puber-
ulae extus glabrae obscure 5-6 nervatae, squamae inter-
lores lineares paucae; paleae raro vel nullae. Flores
ca. 15 in capitulo; corollae disciformes albae anguste
infundibulares ca. 5 mm Longae extus parce glandulo-
puberulae, Lobis ovatis ca. 0.7 mm longis et 0.5 mm
latis intus mamillosis extus superne indurate papillos-
is; filamenta in parte superiore incrassata ca. 0.25
mm longa, cellulis valde annulate ornatis; thecae
antherarum ca. 1.7 mm Longae rufescentes; appendices
antherarum oblongae ca. 0.35 mm longae et 0.25 mm Latae;
basi stylorum glabrae non noduliferi; appendices
stylorum lineares dense patentiter papillosae. Achaenia
prismatica 5-costata submatura usque ad 2.5 mm longa
plerumque glabra superne pauce glandulo-puberula; carp-
opodia annuliformia, cellulis 4-5-seriatis quadratis
ca. 25 um in diametro; setae pappi ca. 30 plerumque
4.5-5.5 mm longae valde congestae subbiseriatae dense
scabridulae superne angustiores apice leniter vel non

1979 King & Robinson, A new gems from Bahia 81

latiores, cellulis apicalibus argute acutis. Grana
pollinis 20-22 pm in diametro.

TYPE: BRASIL: Bahia: Municfipios de Sta. Cruz de
Cabralia e Porto Seguro. Rod. BR 367, a 18.7 km ao N de
Porto Seguro. Prox. ao nivel do mar. Folha SE-24
(16-39c). Arbusto, 2 mde altura. Flores brancas.
S.A.Mari, L.A.Mattos Silva, J.A.Kallunki, T.S. dos
Santos & A.V.Pereira dos Santos 9751, 20 Mar. 1978
(Holotype US).

The genus contains the single species.
Literature Cited

Kine, R. M. & He. Robinson 19725) Seudies in. the
Eupatorieae (Asteraceae) XCVII. A new genus,
Diacranthera. Phytologia 24 (3): 192-194.

Robinson, B. L. 1928. Records preliminary to a
general treatment of the Eupatorieae.-VII. Contr.
Gray Herb. n.s. 80: 1-42,

82

PBY P08 04 7.4 Vol. hh, No. 2

Plantes dc. Regia ueir
—
ys SMunicipiasde Sta, Cruz de Cabral : Ports
UNITED STATES gurc. Red. BR 367, ata 7 ke de Ser-
te Segure. Prox. ao nivel do s
2849998
§.a-Mori, L.A.Matteas Siiva, J.4
NATIONAL HERBARIUM T.§ dos Santos 4 A.¥.Pereita 2

Litothamnus ellipticus R.M.King and H.Robinson,
Holotype, United States National Herbarium. Photos
by Victor E. Krantz, Staff Photographer, National
Museum of Natural History.

1979 King & Robinson, A new genus from Bahia 83

Litothamnus ellipticus R.M.King and H,Robinson,
enlargement of heads.

STUDIES IN THE EUPATORIEAE (ASTERACEAE). CLXXVI.

THE RELATIONSHIP OF EUPATORIUM CYRILI-NELSONII.

R. M. King and H. Robinson
Department of Botany
Smithsonian Institution, Washington, DC., 20560.

Among the various new species of Eupatorieae
described in recent years from Central America,
Eupatorium cyrili-nelsonii A. Molina has proven to be
the most important test of the revised generic concepts
for the tribe in that area. A reading of the original
description (Molina, 1978) was enough to indicate an
unusual species was involved. More recently, through
the kindness of Lic. Cyrilo Nelson, catedrdtico of the
Universidad Nacional Autonoma de Honduras, Tegucigalpa,
an Isotype of the species has been made available to
the U. S. National Herbarium. Considerations leading
to a proper placement of the species are worthy of
review here.

Eupatorium cyrili-nelsonii,as described by Molina
(1978), 1s a subshrub with Lanuginose stems, large
opposite petiolate leaves, obovate to elliptical leaf
blades rounded to obtuse at the base, and with Large
heads containing about 75 flowers. Without seeing
material the characters suggest a member of the genus
Bartlettina K. & R., a genus of many species in Central
America. Examination of material shows some additional
similarities to the latter genus such as the deciduous
inner phyllaries common in the Critonioid-Hebeclinioid
Eupatorieae and the broad lobes of the corollas. The
characters of the achene, however, are not those of
Bartlettina, but those of Peteravenia K. & R., another
genus of about four species in Central America, The
species is regarded here as a member of the genus
Peteravenia in spite of the Lack of cordate bases on
the Leaf blades which occur in the other known species
of the genus,

Peteravenia is superficially similar to Bartlett-
ina, and it has been placed in the same Hebeclinium
Group in our recent review of the tribe (Robinson &
King, 1977). Nevertheless, when first proposed, the
genus Peteravenia (King & Robinson, 1971b) was not
considered an immediate relative of Bartlettina (King
& Robinson, 197la, 1971lc). The cordate Leaf-base of
Peteravenia was the most convenient character cited

8h

1979 King & Robinson, Eupatorium cyrili-nelsonii 85

in the original description, but it was only of ter-
tiary importance. The character has failed once
previously in the cordate leaf-base of Bartlettina
tenorae (Arist.) K. & R. of Venezuela. Two characters
that more properly delimit Peteravenia are the details
of the pappus and the structure of the carpopodium,
characters in which Eupatorium cyrili-nelsonii is
clearly a member of the Latter genus.

The pappus of Peteravenia is fragile with the
narrow articulated bases of the setae well-separated
from each other. In all species the tips of the setae
are slightly but distinctly enlarged. Only Decachaeta
DC., among the undoubted relatives of Hebeclinium DC.,
has the pappus fragile, and in none of the relatives
of Hebeclinium are the setae so uniform in size and
spacing.

The carpopodium of Peteravenia is sharply delimit-
in cellular structure, while that of Bartlettina
intergrades with the longer cells of the upper achene
wall, especially along the ribs. In the mature achene
the carpopodium of Bartlettina extends upward along
the bases of the ribs. In all the undoubted relatives
of Hebeclinium the ribs of the achene intergrade below
with the carpopodium although they are not always
included in the callus formation. Even the narrow
achene bases of Amolinia K. & R. have enlarged cells
adjacent to the carpopodium which are similar to the
more immature stages of Bartlettina.

One final factor can be considered in assessing
the relationship of Eupatorium cyrili-nelsonii and
Peteravenia. The traditional basis of the genus
HebecLinium was the pubescent receptacle. It is now
known that pubescent receptacles occur in some genera
of the Eupatorieae in totally different subtribes,
and there are undoubted members of the HebecLlinium
Group where receptacles are glabrous. Still, the
single species of Amolinia and Erythradenia (B.L.Rob.)
K, & R., all species of Decachaeta, almost all species
of Hebeclinium, and most species of Bartlettina have
receptacles pubescent. Only Guayania, of the Group,
has receptacles glabrous. In Peteravenia, all species,
including the new addition, have receptacles completely
glabrous,

The additional distinctive species of Peteravenia
confirms the essential features of the genus even as it
violates what has been the most convenient distinguish-
ing characteristic. As such, the genus shows greater
diversity than previously expected, and the non-
Hebeclinioid nature of the genus is further emphasized.

The review of chromosome numbers of the Eupator-

86 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. hh, No. 2

ieae (King et al., 1977) presented three chromosome
reports for Peteravenia phoenicolepis (B.L.Rob.) K. &
R., n = 10 twice and a n=ca. 17. An x = 10 is
probably basic for the genus, HebecLlinium and the
South American members of Bartlettina also have x = 10,
but Decachaeta and the Central American species of

Bartlettina have x = 16. A chromosome count for

Eupatorium cyrili-nelsonii would be instructive. We
predict a count of n = P
The following transfer is required:

Peteravenia cyrili-nelsoniil(a. Molina) R. M. King &
Robinson, comb. nov. Eupatorium cyrili-nelsonii
A. Molina, Ceiba 22 (1): e LOTS.

Literature Cited

King, R. M.,'D.'W. Kyhos, A. M: ‘Powell, Ps H. Raven
and H. Robinson 1977. Chromosome numbers in
Compositae, XIII. Eupatorieae.

King, R. M. and H. Robinson 197la. Studies in the
Eupatorieae (Asteraceae). XXXVI. A new genus,
Neobartlettia, Phytologia 21 (5): 294-297,

and - 4L971lb. Studies in the Eupatorieae
(Asteraceae). XXXVIII. A new genus, Peteravenia.
Phytologia 21 (6): 394-395,

and - %lL97lc. Studies in the Eupatorieae
(Asteraceae). LXI. Additions to the Hebeclinium
Complex with Bartlettina, a new generic name.
Phytologia 22 (3): 160-162.

Molina R., A. 1978. Un nuevo Eupatorium de Honduras.
Ceiba 22 (1): 39-40,

Robinson, H. and R. M. King 1977. Chapter 15.
Eupatorieae - systematic review. in Heywood, V.
H., Js B. Harborne and B.’ lit Turnet,;-eds., “tue
Biology and Chemistry of the Compositae. 437-
485,

L Cyrilo Nelson informs us in a letter that the correct
spelling of the species name should be cyrilli-
nelsonii, and that this is to be corrected in a
future issue of Ceiba.

1979 King & Robinson, Eupatorium cyrili-nelsonii 87

ot

©
oe

a

Asteracese
MUSEO NACIONAL DE HISTORIA NATURAL
UNTVE.REIDAD NACIONAL AUTONOMA DE HONDURAS
SECCION DE HERBARIO
Bupatorium eyrilli-nelsonii A. Molina
Pe letn Oe + SP. nov.

UNITED STATES Plante 2m; hojas srométicas.

DPTO. DE COMAYAGUA: Ville de Taulabé;
quebrada La Caliche; lluviose trepicel;
2851245 600m alt.; 19 de febrero de 1977. :

NATIONAL HERBARIUM Cirilo Nelson 3912

Peteravenias cyrili-nelsonii (A.Molina) R.M.King
& H.Robinson. isotype of Eupatorium cyrili-nelsonii
A.Molina, United States National Herbarium. Photos
by Victor E. Krantz, Staff Photographer, National
Museum of Natural History.

88 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. lh, No. 2

Peteravenia cyrili-nelsonii (A.Molina) R.M.King

and H.Robinson, enlargement of head.

PARMOTREMA LARENSE SP. NOV. FROM VENEZUELA (Lichenes:
PARMELIACEAE)

Manuel Lévez Figueiras
Apartado postal 130
MERIDA, Venezuela.

Thallus laxe corticola triste cinereus viridis usque ad.
3-4.5 cm diametro lobis rotundetis 7-8 mm latis cortice supe-
riore subundulato margine sorediatis,revolute et sparse ci-
liatis,ciliis simplicibus 0.9-2 mm longis,soraliis subcapita-
tis confluentidus parcialiter submarginalibus,sorediis granu-
losis;strato corticeo superiore 25p crasso; strato gonidiali
10-15 p crasso; medulla alba 20-25 crassa;strato corticeo in-
feriore 40-50/ crasso,nigro rhizinato in marginibus evoluto
et griseo usaue ad griseum albescens, sparse rhizinate
stricte zonaliter in marginalibus,rhizinis simplicibus,nigris
densibus,oarte media densioribus minus ad marginese Apothecia

ignota.

Thallus adnate on bark,greenish ashy gray ,3-4.5 cm broad;
lobes rotund 7-8 mm wide; upver cortexe 25p wide,dull weakly
undulate;margins sorediate,revolute and sparsely ciliate,
cilia simple 0.°-2 mm long; sorelia subcapitate,confluent, in
part submarginal,soredia granulate;algal layer 10-15 p wide;
medulla alba 20-25 wide; lower cortex 40-50 wide, black and
rhizinate but changing to brown or vale brown near margins,

89

PHYITOLCGISA Vol. lh, No. 2

sparsely rhizinate in 2 narrow zone at the margins;rhizines
simple,black,dense at the center and decreasing tovards the

edgeseApothecia unknown.

Chemistry : Atranorin, lichexanthone(in the medulla),
norlobaridone,unknown ( loxodin ? ).

Holotyve: Venezuela,Fdo Lara,Sierra de Barbacoas,en—
tre Barbacozs y San Pedro,1400—-1500 m,corticicola,1l2 marzo
1978,Lécez Figueiras 19152(MERF) ;isotype in US.

This specie is easily identified by the occurrence
of lichexanthone in the white medulla,it's chemistry and
the presence of soredi2.Norlobaridone was identified by co-
chromatography with Parmotrema reitzii Hale and Parmotrema
hababiabum (Gyel.) Hale.

The occurrence of what is normally a substance corti-
cal,lichexanthone,in the medulla of P.larense is of con—
siderable taxonomic importance.Only three other lichens
Parmotrema ultralucens(Krog) Hale,Parmotrema diffractaicum
(Essl.) Hale and Parmotrema conjunctun Hale (Hale 1974)

are known to have this substance in the medulla.

Literature cited
Hale,Mason EeJdre

1965. <A Monograph of Parmelia subgenus Amphigym—
nia,Contributions from the United National
Herbarium, 36: 193-358. .

1974. Notes on svecies of Parmotrema( Lichens:
Parmeliaceae) containing yellow pigments,
Mycotaxon,1(2): 105-116.

1979 Lépez Figueiras, Parmotrema larense 91

’
1974. Parmelia ultralucens,a new lichen
in subgenus Amphigymnia.Bryologist.
77(2): 253-256.

Acknowledgements

I Thank Mason Hale for his guidance, Padre Ld-
pes Palacios for the latin translation and M.Keogh
for running the TLC.This work has been financed by
CONICIT ( subvencién 51-26-BIO-S1:0981) and by
C.D.C.H.,ULA, (subvencién FA-04-77 y FA-23-77).

gueiras,

LUTTE PEUIAHUEEEAEEAAU UA

ADDITIONAL NOTES ON THE GENUS PRIVA. VIII

Harold N. Moldenke

PRIVA Adans.

Additional & emended bibliography: Schau. in A. DC., Prodr. 11:
529, 532——-536, 555, & 556. 187; Giirke in Engl., Pflanzenw. Ost-
Afr. Cs 338. 1895; Fedde & Schust., Justs Bot. Jahresber. 0 (2):
335. 1915; Heathcote in Heywood, Flow. Pl. World 237. 19783 Mold.,
Phytologia 43: 420—h26. 1979.

PRIVA CORDIFOLIA var. FLABELLIFORMIS Mold.

Additional bibliography: Greenway & Vesey-Fitzgerald, Journ.
East Afr. Nat. Hist. Soc. Nat. Mus. 28: 21. 19723; Mold., Phytolo-
gia 3h: 261 (1976) and 43: 426. 1979.

Recent collectors describe this plant as a ruderal woody herb,
growing in groups, to 3 feet tall, the sap colorless, the flowers
odorless, and have found it growing in black loam of regenerating
cultivated areas, at 300—900 feet altitude, flowering and fruiting
in Jamary. The corollas are said to have been "white" on Tanner
R.T.3939. Tanner reports that in Tanzania the entire plants are
pounded up while green and applied externally to treat pains in the
stomach. He also reports the vernacular name, “nkamachuma". Green
way & Vesey-Fitzgerald (1972) list the variety from Lake Manyara
National Park, citing Greenway 11119.

The Leach 11303, distributed as this variety, actually is P.
meyeri Jaub & Spach.

Additional citations: TANZANIA: Tanga: Drummond & Hemsley 213
(B); Schlieben 3231 (Mu—isotype); Tanner R.T.3939 (Ba, N). ZAMBIA:
Fries, Nordlindh, & Weimarck 3990 (Mu).

PRIVA CURTISIAE Kobuski, Ann. Mo. Bot. Gard. 13: 7, pl. 2. 1926.

Additional synonymy: Priva curtisii Kobuski ex Mold., Fifth
Summ. 2: 613, in syn. 1971.

Additional bibliography: Kobuski, Ann. Mo. Bot, Gard. 13: 6—8,
Jahresber. 5 (1): 1170. 19323; Fedde & Schust., Justs Bot. Jahres-
ber. 54 (2): 747. 1934; Mold., Geogr. Distrib. Avicenn. 30 & 31.
1939; Anon., U. S. Dept. Agr. Bot. Subj. Index 15: 14358. 1958;
Mold., Phytologia 1k: 39h. 1967; Mold., Résumé Suppl. 15: 22. 19673
Glover, Stewart, Fumerton, Marindany, & Anderson, Gloss. Botan.-
Kipsig. Names 160, 217, 250, & 260. 19693; Mold., Fifth Sum. 1:

238 & 21 (1971) and 2: 612, 613, & 905. 1971.

Illustrations: Kobuski, Ann. Mo. Bot. Gard. 13: [29] & [31], pl.
2&3, fig. 1—6. 1926.

Recent collectors describe this species as an erect perennial
herb, to , feet tall, or with mmerous, prostrate or ascending,
branching, rough stems to 18 inches long, the sap colorless, the
flowers small, odorless, in open racemes terminating the stems, and

92

1979 Moldenke, Notes on Priva 93

have found it growing in grassland, among rocks on hillsides, and
"locally common with Barleria, Striga, Indigofera, Cassia, Pentan-
isia ouragyna, Polygala, Harpachne schimperi, and Pennisetum
stramineum in Acacia drepanalobium — A. nilotica ssp. subulata —
A. seyal — Ormocarpum — Pappea capensis — Carissa edulis thick-
ets", at altitudes of 1250—1780 m., flowering in February, March,
and May, fruiting in March. The corollas are said to have been
"yiolet-red" on Strid 4089, "magenta=-pink" on Greenway & Napper
13558, and "white" on Tanner 1269.

The vernacular names, “biriwob-sot", "ikubya", "maseiwob-sot"
[masei, to wipe], "mosibit-ab-tiriita" [a name that really belongs
to Leonotis and Leucas], and "pirir—wob-sot" [from birire, rubbing
or crushing in the hands, and sot, a gourd]. The leaves are
crushed in the hands to make a seal over sewing on milk gourds.
The juice is squeezed into the eyes as a remedy for ophthalnia,
and the pounded leaves are added to flour to make a poultice for
sores. The plant is also used to clean out milk gourds.

Additional citations: TANZANIA: Tanga: Tanner 1269 (N). KENYA:

Greenway & Napper 13558 (Mu); Strid 4089 (Go).

PRIVA DOMINGENSIS Urb., Symb. Antill. 7: 354. 1913.

Additional bibliography: Fedde & Schust., Justs Bot. Jahresber.
0 (2): 335. 1915; Kobuski, Ann. Mo. Bot. Gard. 13: 2, 6, 8-9, &
23. 19263 Mold., Geogr. Distrib. Avicenn. 7. 1939; Mold., Phyto-
eee 14: 348—3),9. 1967; Mold., Fifth Summ. 1: 103 (1971) and 2:
905. 1971.

Recent collectors describe this species as herbaceous, pros-
trate or decumbent to erect, 25—hO cm. tall, branched from the
base, or a “low shrub" (Liogier 136la), the foliage very aroma.
tic, and have found it growing in limestone soil in open places
and among thickets and recks on limestone hillsides, at altitudes
of 50—500 m., flowering in February, March, May, June, and Novem-
ber, fruiting in February and June. Liogier speaks of it as "com
mon" in some areas, "rare" in others.

The corollas are said to have been "blue" on Liogier 13642 &
15198, "reddish" on Liogier 11588, "purple" on Liogier 1701 and

Liogier & Liogier 22556, and “white” on Liogier 13%6lila.
Additional citations: HISPANIOLA: Dominican Republic: Ekman H.

13737 (Ld); A. Ldogier 11588 (N), 136la (N, Z), 13642 (Ac, N),

15198 (Ac, N, W—2576806A), 1701 (Ld, N, W—2801657); Liogier &

Liogier 22556 (N).

PRIVA GRANDIFLORA (Ort.) Mold., Phytologia 2: 12. 1916.
Additional & emended bibliography: Buek, Gen. Spec. Syn. Can-
doll. 3: 495. 1858; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., imp.
1, 2: 628. 189h; Solered., Syst. Anat. Dicot. 71h. 18995 D. H.
Scott in Solered., Syst. Anat. Dicot. [transl. Boodle & Fritsch]
1: 631. 1908; Kobuski, Ann. Mo. Bot. Gard. 13: 2, 7, 17--18, &
32—-[35], pl. h& 5, fig. 13 & 22. 1926; Wangerin, Justs Bot.

9h PHYTOLOGIA Vol. hh, No. 2

Jahresber. 5 (1): 1170. 1932; Fedde & Schust., Justs Bot. Jahres-
ber. 54 (2): 747. 1934; Mold., Geogr. Distrib. Avicen. 1) & 39.
1939; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., imp. 2, 2: 628
(196) and imp. 3, 2: 628. 1960; Mold., Phytologia 1k: 3k49—350.
1967; Mold., Résumé Suppl. 15: 22. 1967; Bolkh., Grif, Matvej., &
Zakhar., Chromos. Numb. Flow. Pl., imp. 1, 717. 19693; Sanchez-
Sanchez, Fl. Val. Mex., ed. 1, 326 & 327, fig. 251 C. 1969; Hl-
Gazzar & Wats., New Phytol. 69: 483 & 485. 1970; Mold., Fifth
Summ. 1: 73 & 368 (1971) and 2: 613, 614, 644, 672, 693, 703, &
905. 1971; Bolkh., Grif, Matvej., & Zakhar., Chromos. Num. Flow.
Pl., imp. 2, 717. 1972; Mold., Phytologia 22: 458. 1972; Hl-
Gazzar, Egypt. Journ. Bot. 17: 75 & 78. 197k; Mold., Phytologia
29: h3 (197k) and 36: 122. 1977.

Tlustrations: Kobuski, Ann. Mo. Bot. Gard. 13: [33] & [35],
pl. 4) & 5, fig. 13 & 22. 19263; Sanchez Sanchez, Fl. Val. Mex., ed.
1, fig. 251 C. 1969.

Recent collectors describe this species as a scarce or rare
cespitose perennial, growing in clumps, "semi-rastrera" or "ras-
trera", and have encountered it on pine savannas, in secondary
matorral, "volcanic very thin soil in oak and sparse pine forests",
“among scrub junipers in rocky alluvium of rocky plateau", in
"mesquite=nopal savannas on gentle slopes of reddish sandy loam",
on open volcanic rock slopes of mesas, on gravel roadbase, in
"pastizal of Bouteloua radicosa, Hilaria cenchroides, Muhlenberg—
ia rigida, and Lycurus phlaeoides", in "pastizal" and "pastizal
ladera", on "valley floor with mixed oak and thorn", on "slopes
with igneous rock and pastizal vegetation", and "in open hilly
grasslands with gravel base", as well as in "ladera andesftica
con vegetacién de zacatal perturbado", at altitudes of 1980-2830
m., flowering from July to September, in fruit in July and August.
It is reported to be "common" in grassland below the limit of
oaks in Jalisco, Mexico. Derman (1936), Noack (1937), and Bolk-
hovskikh & his associates (1969) all report the chromosome number
as 10.

The corollas are said to have been "pink" on Correll & Johns-
ton 20062, "purple" on Rzedowski 301, 1799, & 22899, "light-

purple" on Rzedowski 22962, Wpale-violet" on Flyr 1529, “pale-
lavender" on McVaugh 17143, and "pale-bluish, nearly white" on
McVaugh 18278.

Sanchez (1969) keeps P. grandiflora and P. rhinanthifolia
(Mart. & Gal.) B. L. Robinson as two separate and valid species,
listing "pegarropa" as a vernacular name for the latter in Mex-
ico. I feel convinced that the two are conspecific.

Material of P. grandiflora has been misidentified and dis-
tributed in some herbaria as Bouchea sp. and Verbena sp. and
even as Dyschoriste sp. in the Acanthaceae.

Additional citations: MEXICO: Aguascalientes: R. McVaugh
18278 (Au—235353, Ld, N). Chilmalma: Ellis, Dunn, & Wallace
918 (Ld); Stuessy 1031 (Au—-257h9h, Ld). Durango: Correll &
Johnston 20062 (La) Fly 1529 (Au)s Johnson & Johnson 1828 (Ws);

1979 Moldenke, Notes on Priva 95
M. C. Johnston 266 (Ln—196289); LeDoux & Dunn 1909 (Ld). Fed-.

eral District: Cruz Cisneros 1729 (Mi); Lyonnet 596 (Mi); J. Rue-
dowski 301 (Ip), 1799 (Au—241276, Ip). Jalisco: R. McVaugh 17143
(Mi); A. R. Moldenke 1821 (Ld). México: Bayona 38 (Au——303161,
Mi, N, N)j Cruz Cisneros 786 (Ws); J. Raedowski 15717 (Ip), 16803
(Ip), 22899 (Ip), 22962 (Ip, Mi), 23974 (Ip), 28260 (Mi). Micho-
ac4n: Detling 885 (W—2669366); Hinton 1320) (Au--121523, Se—

187211); A. R. Moldenke 1803 (Ac).

PRIVA HUMBERTI Mold., Phytologia 3: 23—h2h. 1951.
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 1: 350. 1967; Mold.,
Fifth Summ. 1: 262 (1971) and 2: 905. 1971.

PRIVA LACINIATA Mold., Feddes Repert. Spec. Nov. 1: 35--36. 1936.
Additional bibliography: Mold., Feddes Repert. Spec. Nov. 1:

35—-36. 19363 Mold., Geogr. Distrib. Avicen. 12. 1939; Mold., Known
Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 1, 30 & 99 (192) and ed. 2, 58.
1949; Anon., U. S. Dept. Agr. Bot. Subj. Index 15: 1358. 1958;
Mold., Phytologia 14: 350. 1967; Mold., Fifth Sum. 1: 113 (1971)
and 2: 905. 1971.

PRIVA LAPPULACEA (L.) Pers., Syn. Pl. 22 139. 1806.

Additional & emended synonymy: Priva lappulacea Pers. apud
Steud., Nom. Bot. Phan., sd. 1, 657. 1821. Priva lappulacae Ko-
buski, Ann. Mo. Bot. Gard. 13: h sphalm. 1926. Tamonea lappulacea
Lam. apud Knuth, Feddes Repert. Spec. Nov. Beith. 3: [Init. Fl.
Venez.}] 60 in syn. 1927. EE la acea Lam. apud Kmth,
Feddes Repert. Spec. Nov. Beih. 43: [Init. Fl. Venez.] 60h in syn.
1927. Verbena lappulaceae Grieve & Leyel, Modern Herb., imp. 1, 2:
832 sphalm. 1931. Priva lappuiacea (L.) Pers. ex Mold., Résumé
Suppl. 16: 25 in syn. 1968. Zapania lappulacea Lam. ex Mold., Fifth
Summ. 2: 736 in syn. 1971. Priva lappulacea f. lappulacea [(Le)
Pers.] ex Mold. in Woodson, Schery, & al., Ann. Mo. Bot. Gard. 60:
78 & 147. 1973. Priva la acea f. lappulacea [Moldenke] ex Mold.,
Phytologia 28: 462 in syn. 197). Priva lappulaceae (L.) Pers. ex
Mold., Phytologia 28: 462 in syn. 197). Priva lappula Andrews ex
Mold., Phytologia 36: 5 in syn. 1977.

Additional & emended bibliography: Sloane, Voy. Jamaic. Nat.
Hist. 1: 174, pl. 110, fig. 1. 1707; L., Sp. Pl., ed. 1, imp. 1, 1:
19. 17533; P. Browne in Sloane, Civil Nat. Hist. Jamaic., ed. 1,
116—117. 1755; L., Syst. Nat., ed. 10, 2: 852. 17593 L., Sp. Pl.,
ed. 2, 28. 1762; Crantz, Inst. Rei Herb. 1: 572. 1766; [Retz.],
Nom. Bot. 11. 1772; Jacq., Select. Stirp. Amer. Hist. 8. 1788; P.
Browne in Sloane, Civil Nat. Hist. Jamaic., ed. 2, 116—117. 1789;
J. F. Gmel. in L., Syst. Nat., ed. 13, imp. 1, 2: 1 (1789) and
ed. 13, imp. 2, 2: 41. 17963 Raeusch., Nom. Bot., ed. 3, 3. 17975
Willd., Enum. Pl. Hort. Berol. 2: 633-634. 1809; Stokes, Bot. Mat.
Med. 1: 39—O. 1812; H.B.K., Nov. Gen. Sp. Pl., ed. folio, 2: 225
(1817) and ed. quarto, 2: 278. 1818; Pers., Sp. Pl. 3: 348. 1819;

96 PH YO bOrG Eu Vol. i, No. 2

Sweet, Hort. Brit., ed. 1, 1: 32) (1826) and ed. 2, 18. 1830; G.
Don in Loud., Hort. Brit., ed. 1, 246 (1830) and ed. 2, 246. 18323
Loud., Hort. Brit., ed. 2, 552. 1832; G. Don in Loud., Hort.
Brit., ed. 3, 2h6. 1839; Sweet, Hort. Brit., ed. 3, 552. 1839;
Voigt, Hort. Suburb. Cale. 473. 1845; Schau in A. DC., Prodr. 11:
529, 534, & 556. 1847; Schau., Linnaea 20: [76]. 1847; Buek, Gen.
Spec. Syn. Candoll. 3: 367, 368, 495, & 507. 1858; A. Wood, Am,
Bot. Flor., ed. 1, imp. 1, 235 (1870), ed. 1, imp. 2, 235 (1871),
ed. 1, imp. 3, 235 (1872), ed. 1, imp. 4, 235 (1873), ed. 1, im.
5, 236 (187k), and ed. 1, imp. 6, 235. 1875; A. Gray, Syn. Fl. N.
Am., ed. 1, 2 (1): 33h (1878) and ed. 2, 2 (1): 334. 18865 O. R.
Willis in A. Wood, Am. Bot. Flor., ed. 2, 235. 1889; T. S. Bran-
deg., Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., ser. 2, 3: 16). 18935 Jacks. in
Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., imp. 1, 1: 310 (1893) and imp. 1, 2:
628. 189); Barnhart, Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 29: 590. 1902; Ramf-
rez Goyena, Fl. Nicarag. 2: 557. 1911; Loes., Verh. Bot. Ver.
Brand. 53: 80. 1912; Arthur, Mycologia 14: 18. 1922; Seaver, Myco-
logia 17: 9. 19253 Kobuski, Ann. Mo. Bot. Gard. 13: 1, 2, h, L—
16, 2h, & 32—([35], pl. h & 5, fig. 10 & 19. 1926; Kmth, Feddes
Repert. Spec. Nov. Beih. 3: (init. Fl. Venez.) 604--605. 1927;
Kern, Mycologia 20: 72. 1928; Grieve & Leyel, Modern Herb., imp.
1, 2: 832. 1931; Roys, Ethno-bot. Maya [Tulane Univ. Midd. Am.
Res. Ser. Publ. 2:] 290 & 32h. 19313 Wangerin, Justs Bot. Jahres-
ber. 54 (1): 1170. 1932; Mold., Geogr. Distrib. Avicen. 3--12, 1)—
2h, 26, 28, 33, & 39. 1939; Yuncker, Field Mus. Publ. Bot. 9: 330.
1910; Darlington & Janaki Ammal, Chromos. Atlas 270. 19453; Savage,
Cat. Linn. Herb. Lond. h. 195; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind.
Kew., imp. 2, 1: 310 (1946) and imp. 2, 2: 628. 19463; Hill & Sal-
isb., Ind. Kew Suppl. 10: 33. 197; Metcalfe & Chalk, Anat. Dicot.
1040. 19503 Arnoldo, Zakfl. 125, 126, 160, & 167, pl. 62, fig. 136.
1954; Darlington & Wylie, Chromos. Atlas, ed. 1, 323. 19563 Vélez,
Herb. Angiosp. Lesser Ant. 117. 1957; R. C. Foster, Contrib. Gray
Herb. 18): 170. 1958; Grieve & Leyel, Modern Herb., imp. 2, 2:
832. 1959; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., imp. 3, 1: 310
(1960) and imp, 3, 2: 628. 1960; Macbr., Field Mus. Publ. Bot. 13
(5): 660. 1960; Darlington & Wylie, Chromos. Atlas, imp. 2, 323.
1961; V. E. Graham, Trop. Wild Flow. 111 & 112. 1963; Hepper in
Hutchins. & Dalz., Fl. W. Trop. Afr., ed. 2, 2: 3h & 435. 19633
Robertson & Gooding, Bot. Caribb. 156 & 233, fig. 77 D. 1963;
Backer & Bakh., Fl. Java 2: 599. 1965; Castafieda, Fl. Cent. Boliv.
328—-329, fig. 143. 1965; Gooding, Loveless, & Proctor, Fl. Bar-
bados 362—-363. 1965; Airy Shaw in J. C. Willis, Dict. Flow. Pl.,
ed. 7, 921. 1966; Hirata, Host Range Geogr. Distrib. Powd. Mild.
276. 19663 D'Arey, Rhodora 69: 439. 1967; Grieve, Modern Herb.
832. 19673 Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.12: 25. 1967; Mold., Résumé
Suppl. 15: 3, h, 16, & 22. 1967; Mold., Phytologia 1h: 39 (1967)
and 17: 11). 1968; Burlage, Ind. Pl. Mex. 183, 202, 235, & 2h1.
1968; Mold., Biol. Abstr. 9: 199 & 11291. 19685 Mold., Résumé
Suppl. 16: 2-5, 25, & 28 (1968) and 17: [1] & 2. 1968; J. A.
Steyerm., Act. Bot. Venez. 3: 156. 1968; Barriga-Bonilla, Herndn-
dez—Camacho, Jaramillo-T., Jaramillo—Mejia, Mora-Osejo, Pinto~

1979 Moldenke, Notes on Priva 97

Escobar, & Ruiz—Carranza, Isla San Andres 59. 19593 Bolkh., Grif,
Matvej., & Jakhar., Chromos. Numb. Flow. Pl., imp. 1, 716. 1969;
Farnsworth, Blomster, Quimby, & Schermerh., Lynn Index 6: 262.
1969; M. Martinez, Pl. Med. Mex., ed. 5, 502. 1969; A. L. Mold.,
Phytologia 18: 120 & 125. 19693 Rickett, Wild Flow. U.S. 3 (2):
365——366. 19693 G. W. Thomas, Tex. Pl. Ecolog. Summ. 77. 1969;
Dennis, Kew Bull. Addit. Ser. 3: 177. 1970; Duke, Econ. Bot. 2):
363. 19703; Gibson, Fieldiana Bot. 2) (9): 219--221, fig. 2.
1970; Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.15: 22. 1970; Mold. in Correll &
Johnston, Man, Vasc. Pl. Tex. [Contrib. Tex. Res. Found. 63]
1337, 18 08, 1811, 1815, 1830, 1846, 1859, & 1876. 19703 Ober-
winkler, Pterid. Sperm. Venez. & 78. 1970; Dwyer, Raymondiana
4: 71. 1971; Long & Lakela, Fl. Trop. Fla., ed. 1, 7h0 & 953.
1971; Mold., Fifth Summ. 1: 30, 56, 73, 78, 80, 82, 8-86, 88,
91--93, 97, 99, 101, 103, 105—107, 109, 110, 122, 113, 119, 126,
230301.32, 13h, 1375-3385 13, 169, 183,.:220, 327,’ 368,,.392,.399,
& 403 (1971) and 2: 612--61h, 618, 619, 639, 643, 669, 67h, 679,
682, 685, 700, 708, 736, & 905—-906. 19713 Mold. in Wiggins &
Porter, Fl. Galap. Isls. 497—[99], fig. 131 a & b. 19715 Wig-
gins & Porter, Fl. Galép. Isls. 993, 997, & 998. 1971; C. D.
Adams, Flow. Pl. Jamaic. 632, 792, 793, 796, 836, & 86. 1972;
Alem4n Frfas, Aurich, Ezcurra Ferrer, Gutiérrez Vézquez, Horst-
mann, Lépez Rendueles, Rodrf{fguez Graquitena, Roquel Casabella, &
Schreiber, Die Kulturpfl. 19: 422. 1972; Airy Shaw in J. C. Wil-
lis, Dict. Flow. Pl., ed. 8, 945. 1973; Farnsworth, Pharmacog.
Titles 8 (8): xvii. 1973; Mold., Phytologia 25: 228. 19735 Mold.
in Woodson, Schery, & al., Ann. Mo. Bot. Gard. 60: 77—81 & 147,
fig. 6. 1973; Alain in Leén & Alain, Fl. Cuba, imp. 2, 2: 302,
fig. 130 A. 197h; Bolkh., Grif, Matvej., & Zakhar., Chromos.
Numb. Flow. Pl., imp. 2, 716. 197; Howes, Dict. Useful Pl. 269.
197h; Mold., Phytologia 28: 432—)3h, 436, & 462 (197) and 29:
56. 1974; Molina R., Ceiba 18: 66. 197); Percival, Biotropica 6:
110 & 111. 197h; Troncoso, Darwiniana 18: 360, 08, & 11. 197h;
Balgooy, Pacif. Pl. Areas 3: 25. 19753; Garcia, MacBryde, Molina,
& Herrera-MacBryde, Malez. Preval. Cent. Am. 113 & 159. 19753
Lépez—Palacios, Revist. Fac. Farm. Univ. Andes 15: 7). 1975;
Mold., Phytologia 31: 379--381, 383, 393, 00, hO7, & 10. 1975;
Molina R., Ceiba 19: 96. 1975; S. R. Hill, Rhodora 78: 33. 19763
Long & Lakela, Fl. Trop. Fla., ed. 2, 70, 953, & 961. 1976;
Mold., Phytologia 3: 256. 1976; Soukup, Biota 11: 16. 1976;
Lépez—Palacios, Fl. Venez. Verb. 20, 503-—-511, 646, 647, 652, &
65h. 1977; Mold., Phytologia 36: 30, 33, & 4S. 19773 Powell, E-
con. Bot. 31: 42h. 1977; Dodson & Gentry, Selbyana \: 578, 579,
605, & 62h, pl. 271 D. 1977; Liogier, Moscosoa 1: 38. 1978;
Mold., Phytologia 43: 330 & 333. 1979.

Additional & emended illustrations: Sloane, Voy. Jamaic. Nat.
Hist. 1: 17), pl. 10, figs 1. 1707; Kobuski, Ann. Mo. Bot. Gard.
13: [33] 7 [35], ple L& 5, fig. 10 & 19. 1926; Arnoldo, Zakfl.
pl. 62, fig. 136. 1954; V. E. Graham, Trop. Wild Flow. 111.
1963; Robertson & Gooding, Bot. Caribb. 156, fig. 77 D. 1963;
Castafieda, Fl. Cent. Boliv. 329, fig. 143. 1965; Gibson, Fieldi-

98 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. lh, No. 2

ana Bot. 2h (9): 220, fig. 2. 19703; Mold. in Wiggins & Porter,
Fl. Galép. Isls. [499], fig. 131 a & b. 1971; Mold. in Woodson,
Schery, & al., Ann. Mo. Bot. Gard. 60: 79, fig. 6. 19735 Alain in
Leén & Alain, Fl. Cuba, imp. 2, 2: 302, fig. 130 A. 197h5 Garcia
MacBryde, Molina, & Herrera-MacBryde, Malez. Preval. Cent. Am. 11,3
(in color) . 1975; Batson, Gen. East. Pl. 147. 1977; Lépez—Palaci-
os, Fl. Venez. Verb. [506], fig. 120. 1977; Dodson & Gentry, Sel-
byana 4: 579, pl. 271 D. 1978.

Recent collectors describe this plant as a soft, weedy, annual
herb, 0.2—-1.5 m. tall, spreading from the base, erect or decum-
bent, the stems weak, square, purple at the areas of branching, the
nodes constricted, the leaves "coarse, due to small pale—brown
hairs which feel t sandy" ", the bracts olive-green, the pedicels and
calyx green and hairy, the flower—buds blue, the flowers odorless,
and the fruit green, deep-green when inmature . Ton calls ita
“shrub feet tall" in Chiapas [Mexico], but surely this is erron-
eous -—— perhaps the plant was leaning against a shrub for support,
as it often does.

The corollas are said to have been "blue" on Calderén 10h,
Duke 13621, Liogier & Liogier 2651, and — & al. 1,825 and are
also so described by Lépez—Palacios (1975), "light=blue" on Lépez—
Palacios 295, "pale-blue" on Asplund 15373 15373, Lépez—Palacios 150,
and Woodson & & al. 145i, and are also so © described by Graham (i963)
and Grieve (1967), “tpale=-bluish" on Fosberg 51129, "blue to pale-
purple” on Maas & Maas 212, "light-purple 5 P 7/7" on Schunke 955,
"purple" on | Belshaw w 3208, Kerr & Hagee 1108, and Rzedowski wski 2403,
"the limb purplish, tube whitish" on Howell 8875, "white, edged
with purple at the tips" on White & White hite 19h, "petals pale~purple,
tube white" on Woytkowski 35063, "violet" on on Krisman s.n., "pale
violet" on Molina 263 and Proctor 16932, "lilac" on Gandara & Dor=
antes }j),, Lépez-Palacios 3851, Molina ina 27478, and Ventura 2630 Si
38h0, "pale-lilac" on Chambers 2783 a and a Lépez-Palacios 3 3933,
“white—lilac® on Contreras eras 3792, , "lavender" on Fosberg 29002,
Moore 2934, and Woodson & Schery 835, "pale pinkish-lavender" on
McVaugh h 15827, “pale-lavender" on Fosberg 29059 and Gentry 8521,
and are also so described by Yuncker (190), “lavender-pink" on
Webster & Webster 13192, "petals have lavender margin and white"
on on King 328 328, "pink" on Wedel 1495, "pinkish" on Molina 26256,
"lobes pink, throat white" on Dodson 5633, "pale-rose" on Molina
14272 & 15812, "mauve" on Adams 529, and "white edged with laven-
der" on Howell 8606. Specimens with completely white corollas are
here regarded as f. albiflora Mold.

Recent collectors have found P. lappulacea growing in fertile
soil and in sand, in shady places, fields, moist thickets, muddy
places, canyons, ” and clearings in ramoral. covering ancient temple
ruins, on roadside banks and shoulders, wooded slopes, and hill-
sides, in woods, rainforests, steep heavily wooded moist ravines,
open grazed areas, cultivated fields, matorral, moist habitats in

1979 Moldenke, Notes on Priva 99

general, open waste land, and secondary forests, "along roadsides
in the dry montane forest zone", "on weedy banks and flats at the
edge of riverbanks above floodwater line", in open areas with
vegetation mainly of leguminous shrubs and cacti, and "just beyond
the reach of salt-spray along seabeaches, often in open sunlight",
at altitudes of sealevel to 1320 meters, flowering and fruiting in
every month of the year.

Harmon & Fuentes found it in weedy fields and along streamsides
in the tropical rainforest zone of Guatemala, while Molina assert
it to be "common in semi-humid tropical forests" there. Tyson &
Blum refer to it as a "lawn weed" in the Panama Canal Zone. In
Honduras it is said by Molina to be an "abundant weed in crops"
and a "frequent" or "common" weed in semi-humid tropical woods;
also common on Roatan island. Duke and his associates call ita
"weed" in Panama. Chambers refers to it as "a roadside weed" on
Dominica island, where the Websters also found it to be "common".
D'Arcy (1967) reports it "a common weed" on Tortola; Andrews re-
gards it a "roadside weed" in the Barbados and encountered it "in
grassy open spaces" on Tobago; Fosberg reports it common on St.
Croix, while Proctor describes it as "a common weedy herb" on St.
Lucia.

In Veracruz, Mexico, Ventura refers to it as "scarce" in some
localities, "abundant" in others, while Calderén found it "very
abundant". Woytkowski reports it "common" in San Martin, Peru,
and Fosberg found it to be common in Loreto but a "rare weed in
burned fields" elsewhere in that country. Sparry encountered it
in secondary monsoon forests, among open secondary vegetation,
and in cultivated land in Ecuador. King reports it "not common
along gravelly roadsides", while Kerr & Hagee aver "commonly found
in grass-shrub association on riverbottoms and limestone hilis".

Adams (1972) states that in Jamaica P, lappulacea is "A common
weed of cultivations, roadsides and waste places" at altitudes of
30 to 1750 feet, flowering and fruiting all through the year,
native to the subtropics and tropics of the Americas, "recently
naturalized in West Africa and Asia". Woodson and his associates
describe it as an “herb, 1.5—2 m." tall — this is the only ref-
erence to its attaining a height of over 1.5 m. Wedel asserts on
the label of his no. 113 "tree about 3 ft. with small green
seeds", but this is obviously erroneous! Gooding & Loveless
(1965) assert that it is a "common weed" in the Barbados, citing
Herb. Barb. Mus. 230; Byrne found it common in abandoned gardens
in the Bahamas. Gandara & Dorantes found it in "selva mediana
subperennifolia secundaria, suelo lecho calizo arcilloso con hu-
mis" in Mexico. In Tabasco Gonzélez & Pérez found it in secondary
association vegetation with Canna indica, Malachra fasciata, Cor
chorus hirtus, Heliconia latispatha, and Malvaviscus arboreus in
dark-gray sandy soil "con grietas en la epoca seca". In Morelos
Crespo encountered it in deciduous tropical forests in canyon bet-
toms. Rzedowski found it on "Ladera caliza con vegetacién de bos=
que tropical subdeciduo de Brosimum y Celtis monoica". Kimber en=
countered it on damp but well-drained river-terraces on Dominica,

100 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 4, No. 2

while on Martinique he found it on "savannas improved by the
planting of Sporobolus indicus". Dinsmore refers to it as a pio-
neer species on paths, especially in some shade, throughout the
island of Little Tobago.

Backer & Bakhuizen van den Brink (1965) report Priva lappula-
cea naturalized near Bantur, Java. They also note that "In de-
tached branches the corolla is very easily shed (traumatochory) ;
when the fruit is mature the calyx (with the enclosed fruit) comes
off from the persistent pedicel and easily clings to passing ob-
jects by the aid of the upcurved bristles".

Yuncker (1940) records P. lappulacea from Atlantida, Honduras,
while Molina (197) found it in Comayagua. Hill (1976) reports it
from Long Island, Bahamas, citing Hill 2150. Sloane (1707) reports
it from Jamaica and Arnoldo (195) from Curagao. Hepper (1963)
lists it from Ghana, citing Hall 1891. Sweet (1826) says that it
was introduced into cultivation in England from "S, Am." in 1822.

Alain (197) gives its distribution as "terr. yermos" in all
of Cuba, the Isle of Pines, Florida, the Antilles, continental
tropical America, and Java. Gibson (1970) says that "Throughout
most of the tierra caliente of Central America this is a common
weed; often abundsnt about dwellings. The fruiting calyxes ad-
here to clothing and even to the feathers of birds by the abun-
dant small uncinate hairs". Castafieda (1965) tells us that "Se
encuentra desde Méjico, por todas Las Antillas, hasta Peri y
Bolivia. Los animales la comen. Se encuentra dentro de los
cultivos o en lugares soleados de suelo himedo". Robertson &
Gooding (1963) repeat that the species is animal dispersed. Run-
yon reports it occasional in alluvial soil of open woodland and
old resaca banks, as well as at the edges of thickets, in south-
eastern Texas.

Darlington & Wylie (1956) and Bolkhhovskikh and his associates
(1969) report the chromosome number for the species as x = 63
Patermann (1938) reports it as 2n = 12.

Among the recently reported common and vernacular names for P.
lappulacea are “amor seco" [applied also to Desmodium spp.],
"bristly-fruited priva", "burr-vervain", "burry vervain",
"cadillito", "cadillo", "cadillo de bola", "cadillo de bolsa",
"cadillo de bolsas", “cadillo pegajosa", "clammy bur", "codillo
de bolsa", “coyolillo de raton", "fasten—'pon-coat", "favolito",
"green button", "ismokotsiyat", "mozote", "mozote de bolsita",
"mozotillo", "“pegajosa", "pegapega", "pega-pega", "rama pegosa",
"“sadamsai", "secalotodo", "styptic bur", “tsayuntsay", "tzayent—
gal", "tzayuntzay" [=that which clings closely; also applied to
Mentzelia asperata], “velvet bur", "velvetbur", "velvet-bur",
"yelvet—burr", "verbena", and "vuku-vuku-toriman",

Seaver (1925) reports the fungus, Cincinnobolus sp., attacking
P. lappulacea on St. Croix island; Hirata (1966) lists the pow-
dery mildews, Oidium verbenae and 0. sp., on it in Puerto Rico
and Dominica; Kern (1928) lists Puccinia lantanae Farl. on it in
the Dominican Republic, citing Chardon 378 and Kern 36 & 65.

1979 Moldenke, Notes on Priva 101

Dennis (1970) and Arthur (1922) also report P. lappulacea as host
for Puccinia lantanae in Trinidad, Arthur citing Seaver 2955, 2970,

& 3397.

Worth recording here is Linnaeus' original (1753) description
of the species: "VERBENA diandra, calycibus subrotundis erectius-
culis, seminibus echinatis", citing as synonyms Sloane's "Scoro-
donia floribus spicatis purpurascentibus pentapetaloidibus” and and
Houston's Blairia. He notes "Habitat in Jamaica". Stokes (1812)
adds that the original collection was "gathered by Broughton in
Jamaica", In the Linnean Herbarium, London, according to Savage
(1945) sheets 5 and 6 under gems 35 VERBENA are inscribed
"lappulacea" in Linnaeus' own handwriting, "Verbena" supplied on
sheet 5 by Solander. It was collected by Browne lor, at least,
transmitted to Linnaeus by him], while sheet number 6 was collected
{or transmitted] by Rolander according to Linnaeus in his own hand-
writing. Sheet 6 is pinned to sheet 5. I have personally examined
both these specimens and can confirm the above statements.

As to economic uses, Kelly reports that the plant is used by the
Totonac Amerinds in Veracruz, while Pennington reports the leaves
used as a poultice for headaches in Sonora, Mexico. Duke (1970)
tells us that the plant is used to treat whooping cough by the
Choc§ Amerinds. Grieve (1967) asserts that it "is a vulnerary
sub—astringent, being used even for very severe bleeding wounds on
men and cattle, especially in Jamaica". Metcalfe & Chalk (1950)
report the leaves used to make a tea. Martinez (1969) asserts that
in Mexico the plant is used to treat leucorrhea; Airy Shaw (1966)
also avers that the leaves are used to make a tea; Duke says that
in Panama they are "used medicinally". Sloane (1707) reports that
in Jamaica "The juice is counted a good wilnerary, healing green
Wounds, often application giving some smarting pains". Browne
(1755) adds that "This plant is a fine wilnerary and subastringent,
and is commonly applied to bleeding wounds in either men or cattle
by the inhabitants of the country parts of Jamaica; it is thought
to be so powerful a stiptic or astringent as to stop the hemorrhage
even when some of the more considerable arteries are cut; and may
be deservedly considered as an excellent application in all manner
of sores where the habit is relaxed."

Dodson & Gentry (1978) cite Dodson 5633 from Los Rfos, Ecuador;
Loesener (1912) cites Seler 2063 from from Chiapas, Mexico; Knuth (1927)
cites Moritz 126 and Vargas s.n. sen. from Federal District, Venezuela,
and Ernst s.n. and Miller & Johnston 96 from Margarita island. Mac~
bride (1960) cites from Peru: Cajamarca: Raimondi sen. Hudnuco:
Asplund 12096. Junin: Macbride 5296. Lima: Esposto s sn. Loreto:
Klug 1238; Ll. Williams 291, 397, & 428. Tumbes: Weberbauer 7737.
He comments that this is "A weedy plant decumbent—ascending, to
even a meter tall, doubtless growing in other than the [above-
mentioned] ....departments....[also in] Most of warmer America."

Steyermark (1968) cites his no. 88186 from Venezuela; Dwyer

cites Woytkowski 28 from Amazonas, Peru; Adams (1972) cites Adams
5429, Harris 6785, and Proctor 23897 from Jamaica; Liogier (197 B)

102 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. hh, No. 2

cites Liogier 26451 from the Dominican Republic. Lépez—Palacios
(1977) cites the following collections from Venezuela: Anzoate-
gui: Porter 5156. Aragua: Badillo 1559; Benitez 33; Fendler
912; Fernandez 315, 500; Ferrari 405; Moreno E.3; Trujillo 4873,
1976; Vogl 390. Barinas: Breteler l4hO. Bolfvar: Cardona 603;
Sprague s.n.j Steyermerk ee 88186. Carabobo: Asplund 15133; Engredt
17; Li. Williams 11106 Delta Amacuro: Ruiz-Teran & & Lépez—
Palacios 97335 Rusby & & "Squires 306. Falcén: Tamay Tamayo 1953. Feder—
al District: Fern4ndez 23; Funck k 53 in part; Moritz 126; oo

s.n. [727]. Lara: Saer 580; R. T. Smith V.4283; Steyermark &
Carrefio 10877. Mérida: Lépez—Palacios & Bautista 338k; Read
983; Ruiz-Terén 876. Monagas: Moritz 1902; Trujillo © 9463. P Por=
tuguesa: Trujillo 3932. Sucre: Broadway 67; Funck 53 in. in part;
Ruiz-Terén & Lépe: & Lépez—Palacios 9896. Trujillo: Reed Reed 1077. Yaracuy:
Giné 20L8. “Zulia: Lasser 25605 - ; Lescarboura 38; Li 38; Lépez—Palacios
1803, "18503 Mocquerys 909 9095 ” Steyermark 100145. Margarita Island:
Miller & Johnston 96.

Material of P. lappulacea has often been misidentified and dis-
tributed in herbaria as P. aspera H.B.K., Verbena sp., Phryma sp.
(Phrymaceae) » and "Labiatae". On the other hand, the Breteler
4380, Castafieda 9279, Correll 13873, Croat 23802 & 23861, Hinton
4360, 10366, 1391, & 13975, R. M. King 71, Liesner 83, Troublle-
field & & Rowell 1 2808, poe 501, ~ Ventura , 5801, Wedel Wedel 2834, and and
Wilbur & al. 7571 are P. lappulacea f. albiflora Mold., Henrick-
son son 1326h, 1 13291, & 13377, Lundell & Lundell 12382, and Reeves
R.6288 are P. me: mexicana (L.) Pers., Pers., Liogier 17505 is Bouchea hea pris-
matica (L. ) K Kuntze, Castafieda 10612 is Salvia occidentalis Sw.
(Lamiaceae), Guidérves R.287 is Teucrivm infl. inflatum Sw. (Lamiaceae),
and Holguin s.n. [26/v1/1965 = Rzedowski 19977, 19977, and Santos tos 2895
are Teucrium vesicarium Mill. (Lamiaceae).

Additional & emended citations: FLORIDA: Key Largo: J. A.
Churchill s.n. [5 September 1970] (Ln—22985)). County undeter-
mined: Herb. Le Roy s.n. [s. Fla.] (Ms--30930). TEXAS: Cameron
Co. R. - Runyo n n 562 (Au--269663), 4858 (Au—-269657), 488) (Au—
26960). Hidalgo Co.: Fleetwood Bok2 (Au—23),338). MEXICO:
Chiapas: Breedlove 11793 (Ld); Laughlin 1326 (Mi, W—2581038);
Thorne & Lathrop 0554 (Ld); Ton 2992 (N, Ws), 3782 (Ws). Coli-
ma: R. McVaugh 15827 (Mi). Guerrero: Hinton 11545 (Se--18725h),
14391 (Se—187207). Hidalgo: H. E. Moore re 293k (Ba). Michoacén:
Hinton 13062 (Se—-187253), 16120 ) (Ld). | Morelos: Flores Crespo 8
(Ac, W: Ws). Oaxaca: R. M. King 328 (Mi). San Luis Potosi: Gonzé-
lez Quintero 132 (Ac); Kerr & Hagee 1108 (Mi); J. Rzedowski 24103
(Ip, Ws). Sonora: Krizman | sen. [30 August 1968] (N)j P ton
266 (Au--25319) . Tabasco: Gonzdlez L. &. Pérez J. 4252 282

DY Moldenke, Notes on Priva 103

& Acevas ESS.2472 (Ip); Gandara & Dorantes 4) (N); Gémez—Po
608 (G); I. Kelly 311 (Ba); Martfnez Calderén 104) [Rec. Inf.
DOO1793] (Mi); Moldenke & Moldenke 2206 (Ac); Ventura A.2630 (Au—
303089, Mi, N), 3040 (Au—303685, Mi); Vera Santos 2221 (Au—
263163). Yucat&n: Degener & Degener 26781 (W--2298690). GUATE-
MALA: Baja Verapaz: Harmon 252 (N). El Petén: Contreras 3792
(Au—-278572, Ld, Ld); Cox & Guzm4n 2911 (Oa); Harmon & Fuentes

2103 (N); C. L. Lundell 15343 (Au—228030); Molina R. 15812 (N,
W--256651). Guatemala: Harmon & Dwyer 3060 (W—2786618). Zacapa:
Kellerman 7772 (W—21953). BELIZE: A. Gentry 8521 (N). HONDU-
RAS: Choluteca: Molina R. 23228 (N). Comayagua: Molina R. 1272
(N). Cop4ns Molina R. 26256 (N, W-—-2633215); Poole & Watson 1049
(Ld, Ld), 1132 (ld). Distrito Central: Barkley & Nelson 39183
(Ac); Boghdan & Barkley 39404 (1d). Morazdn: Molina R. 263 (Ba),
27478 (N, W--2735873). BAY ISLANDS: Roatan: Molina R. 20812 (W—
2751986). NICARAGUA: Managua: F.C. Seymour 2338 (Ld, N). COSTA
RICA: Puntarenas: Burger & Liesner 6525 (N). PANAMA: Bocas del
Toro: Wedel 413 (E—121810h), 1495 (E—122797h), 1601 (E-~12180)6).
Canal Zone: Tyson 1070 (E—1813058), 2239 (E--1817251), 3525 (E—
183629h) 5 Tyson & Blum 3776 (E--1835352); P. White 23 (E—1193767);
White & White 19) (E—123997)). Chiriqui: Woodson & Schery 835
(E—1208878). Darién: Duke 5368 (E~-181)166), 13621 (Oh); Kirk-
bride & Bristan 1602 (E—-1983552, N); Tyson, Dwyer, Blum, & Duke
4825 (E—18351i1). Panam&: G. W. Barclay 2496 (W—2779869); Duke
3835 (E--1812212), 12045 (E—1891973); Mowbray, Correa, & Stimson
504 (E—1900767). Province undetermined: Bristan 188 (N). TABOGA
ISLAND: Woodson, Allen, & Seibert 145) (E—11697l,6). PEARL IS-
LANDS: Saboga: Tyson 559 (E—1980768). BAHAMA ISLANDS: Cat: Byrne
280 (N, Ws). New Providence: 0. Russell s.n. [Correll & Popenoe
46961] (N). TURKS AND CAICOS ISLANDS: North Caicos: D. S. Correll
43296 (Ld). JAMAICA: C. D. Adams 5429 (Mu); Barkley & Proctor
38731 (Ld); Crosby, Hespenheide, & Anderson 95 (Ld). HISPANIOLA:
Dominican Republic: Ekman H.12527 (Ld); Jacquemont s.n. (Marqui-
sant, 1827] (P); Liogier & Liogier 26451 (N). PUERTO RICO: A. A.
Heller 6181 (Ms—30931); Otero 249 (Ld). VIRGIN ISLANDS: St. Croix:
F. R. Fosberg 54129 (N, W—-2670188). LEEWARD ISLANDS: Dominica: K.
L. Chambers 2783 (W—2)68675); Kimber 81 (Ws); Webster & Webster
13192 (W—2469006). WINDWARD ISLANDS: Barbados: L. M. Andrews 680
(N). Grenada: Proctor 16932 (W—2613796). Martinique: Kimber
1497 (Ws); Larsen & Larsen 35219 (Ac). St. lucia: Proctor 18127
(W——-258510). TRINIDAD & TOBAGO: Tobago: L. M. Andrews 3-52 (N).
TRINIDAD OFFSHORE ISLANDS: Little Tobago: Dinsmore JJD.19 (Ws).
WEST INDIES: Island undetermined: Herb. Mus. Paris D.31 (E—
1652083). COLOMBIA: Antioquia: Lépez~Palacios 3851 (Ld, N). Arau-

10) PH Y.T.© b:0,G:208 Vol. 4, No. 2

cat Lépez-Palacios 3933 (Ld, N). Bolivar: Castafieda 965) (N).
Magdalena: H. H. Smith 545 (Ws). VENEZUELA: Mérida: Ruiz-Ter&n &
Lépez—Palacios 6176 (N). Sucre: Ruiz-Terdén & Lépez-Palacios 9896.
(Ld). Zulia: Lépez-Palacios 1850 (Ft). SURINAM: Nurmohammed &
Reijenga s.n. [20-III-1963] (Ws). ECUADOR: Esmeraldas: Sparre
15313 (S), 15477 (S). Guayas: Asplund 15373 (N). Los Rfos: Dod-
son 5633 (W—27h7906); Sparre 141 (S). Manabi: MacBryde 10h9
(N). GALAPAGOS ISLANDS: Charles: Howell 8875 (Gg—l62960, W—
28147). Chatham: Howell 8606 (Gg—l6294)). Indefatigable: Lé-
pez-Palacios 295 (Ld); Wiggins & Porter 693 (Ld). PERU: Loreto:
F. R. Fosberg 28905 (Ld), 29002 (W--27220hh) , 29059 (Ac); Martin
& Lau-Cam 12h5 (0a). San Martin: Belshaw 3208 (Ba, Ld, Ld, N)j
Schunke Vigo 1955 (N, W—27967L3); Woytkowski 35063 (Ca—119072,
E——-1806587). BRAZIL: Amazonas: Maas & Maas 212 (Ut—3286338).

PRIVA LAPPULACEA f. ALBIFLORA Mold., Phytologia 17: 11). 1968.

Additional bibliography: Mold., Biol. Abstr. 49: 11291. 19683
Mold., Phytologia 17: 114. 1968; Mold., Résumé Suppl. 16: 2, h, &
5 (1968) and 17: [1] & 2. 1968; Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.15: 22.
1970; Mold., Fifth Summ. 1: 56, 73, 85, 91, 109, 119, 126, & 138
(1971) and 2: 906. 1971; Mold. in Woodson, Schery, & al., Ann. Mo.
Bot. Gard. 60: 81 & 147. 1973; Mold., Phytologia 25: 228 (1973),
28: 436 (1974), and 31: 379, 380, & 383. 1975; Lépez—Palacios,
Revist. Fac. Farm. Univ. Andes 15: 7h. 19753 Mold., Phytologia
3h: 256 (1976) and 36: 30 & 33. 19773 Lépez—Palacios, Fl. Venez.
Verb. 511 & 652. 19773 Mold., Phytologia 3: 333. 1979.

Recent collectors describe this plant as a straggly or erect,
unarmed, subwoody herb, usually 0.2—0.8 m. tall, or "arching to
6 feet" [Duke 8723], the stems quadrangular, fistulose or [when
mature] very medullose, the leaves dull pale-green, the flowers
1/4 inch across, blooming in the morning, the anthers yellow or
pale-yellow, and the fruit green. Wedel, on his no. 283, calls
it a "shrub 2 1/2" feet tall, but I doubt if this plant is ever a
true shrub. Ventura says "las hojas se pegan en la ropa abundan-
te", The corollas are usually described as "white", but are said
to have been only "whitish" on Croat 23802 and Ruis-Terén & Lépez—
Palacios 9733.

Collectors have found this plant growing in primary and open
forests, rainforests, moist thickets, wettish coppices, the rich
soil of fallow fields, rocky clay riparian soil, pastures, acahual,
flatland matorral, and cleared roadways, as well as along the
edges of ditches and streams, railroad tracks, and roadsides, at
altitudes of 5 to 900 meters, flowering from June to February, in
fruit in June, July, October, and December. King found it "in
partial shade, sandy roadsides in grazed areas [of Oaxaca, Mexico],
the vegetation mainly of thorny leguminous trees, shrubs, and
cacti; not abundant". Wilbur and his associates refer to it as
“common in weedy fields" on Dominica island; Fosberg reports it

1979 Moldenke, Notes on Priva 105

only "local" on Indefatigable island; while Croat found it "com-
mon in clearings" and "prevalent on limestone outcrops" in Belize.

Vernacular names reported for P. lappulacea f. albiflora are
"cadillito", "cadillo de bola", “cadillo de bolsa", "cadillo
pegajoso", "pegajosa", "“pegapega", and "sacalotodo".

Lépez—Palacios (1977) cites from Venezuela the following collec-
tions: Falcén: Breteler 380; Lasser & Foldats 3030, 3056. Mérida:
Ruiz-Teraén & Lépez-Palacios 6176 6176. Zulia: Lépez—Palacios 3000 3000.

Most of the following list % of collections were distributed and
many even cited by me (before the present taxon was recognized) as
typical P. lappulacea (L.) Pers. Material has also been misidenti-

fied and distributed in some herbaria as "Boraginaceae".
Citations: TEXAS: Hidalgo Co.: Fleetwood 8015 fh June 196)]

(Au—-229461), 8015 [9 June 1964] (Au—-231162). MEXICO: Chiapas:
Moldenke & Moldenke 2287 (Ld). Guerrero: Herald & Clark 339 (Au—
217180) 5 Hinton 10366 6 (K, N)3 Troublefield & Rowell ~ 2808 (Mi) .
México: Hinton inton 1,360 360 (N, N). Michoacén: Hinton 139h2 - (Au, La, Ld,
N, Se—187210, Ur), 13975 (Au, Ld, N, N, N, Se—187208). exes
R. M, King 71 (Au-—21)226, Ld), 1229 (Mi). Veracruz: Martinez
Calderén 1947 [Rec. Inf. DOO3918] (Mi); Ventura A.5801 (Ld, Mi,
Sd--89009). BELIZE: Croat 23802 (N, N), 23861 (N). EL SALVADOR:
Moraz4n: Tucker 501 (Ba, C Ca--1000902, Ld, “Mi, N, Vi). PANAMA:
Bocas del Toro: Lewis, Dwyer, Elias, & pobetisen 926 (E—1881976-
type, E—isotype, , W——2589)51—isotype). Canal Zone: P. C. Stand
ley 27157 (Cp, W—121727). Chiriqui: Liesner 83 (W—27h5 302) «
Darién: Duke 8723 (Ac, E~1836295). Panam4: Lewis, Blackwell, Haw-
ker, Nowicke, “Oliver, Robyns, & Verhoek 3028 (W——2788 36). Colon
Island: Wedel 2834 (E—125168, Mi, N). ~ BAHAMA ISLANDS: Crooked:
Correll & Pro Proctor tor 488hh (N). San Sa veariere: D. S. Correll 43873
(N). LEEWARD ISLANDS: Dominica: Wilbur, Dunn, Hespenheide, &
Wiseman 7571 (Mi, W--253h39). COLOMBIA: “Bolivar: Castafieda 9279
(N). Cundinamarca: Lépez—Palacios 3629 (Ld). Magdalena: Cuatre—
casas & Castafieda 21,920 (W—2 325692); K Kirkbride 2528 (N). VENEZ-
UELA: Bolivar: Ruiz—Terén & Lépez—Palacios 11517 (Mi). Delta
Amacuro: Ruiz-Ter4n & Lépez—Palacios 9733 (Ld). Falcén: Breteler

4380 (N, W—2),65527 + Zulia: Lépez—Palacios 3000 3000 (Ac, N). ECUA-
DOR: El Oro: Lépez-Palacios 4103 (Ld). GALAPAGOS ISLANDS: Inde-
fatigable: F. R. Fosberg TL862 (W—-2828127, Z)%

PRIVA MEXICANA (L.) Pers., Syn. Pl. 2: 139. 1806.

Additional & emended synonymy: Verbena mexican. L., Syst. Nat.,
ed. 10, 2: 852. 1759. Priva mexicana ana Pers. ex Desf., Tabl. Ecol.
Bot., 6a: 2, 65. 1815 [not P P, mexicana Sieber, 1841]. Zapania
wixitind Tan ox Schenaa ie DC., Prodr. 11: 53h, in syn. 18h7.
Verbena <a trachelii fol. &. seen ad Buek, Gen. Spec. a

106 P BY(T 100 OGoT A Vol. hl, No. 2

Gen. Spec. Syn. Candoll. 3: 507, in syn. 1858. Verbena mexicana
Trachelii folio, fructu Aparine Dill. ex Druce & Vines, Dill.
Herb. 182. 1907. Priva lappula Andrews, in herb.

Additional & emended bibliography: Dill. in Ray, Synop. Meth.
Stirp. Brit., ed. 3, pl. 302, fig. 389. 172h; L., Sp. Pl., ed. 1,
imp. 1, 1: 19. 1753; L., Syst. Nat., ed. 10, 2: 852. 1759; L., Sp.
Pl., ed. 2, 28. 1762; Crantz, Inst. Rei Herb. 1: 572. 17663 [Retz.],
Nom. Bot. 11. 17723 J. F. Gmel. in L., Syst. Nat., ed. 13, imp. l,
2: 41 (1789) and ed. 13, imp. 2, 2: 1. 17963 Raeusch., Nom. Bot.,
ed. 3, 3. 1797; Ruiz & Pav., Fl. Peruv. Chil. 1: 21. 1797; Balbis,
Cat. Pl. Hort. Bot. Taur. 48. 180i; Desf., Tabl. Bcol. Bot., ed. 1,
Sk. 180); Balbis, Cat. Stirp. Hort. Acad. Taur. 80. 1813; Desf.,
Tabl. Ecol. Bot., ed. 2, 65. 1815; H.B.K., Nov. Gen. Sp. Pl., ed.
folio, 2: 224—-225 (1817) and ed. quarto, 2: 278. 1818; Pers., Sp.
Pl. 3: 348-39. 1819; Steud., Nom. Bot. Phan., ed. 1, 111, 657, &
873. 1821; Jan, Elench. Pl. 1. 182h; Sweet, Hort. Brit., ed. 1, 1:
32. 1826; G. Don in Loud., Hort. Brit., ed. 1, 246. 1330; Sweet,
Hort. Brit., ed. 2, 418. 1830; Loud., Hort. Brit., ed. 2, 552.
1832; G. Don in Loud., Hort. Brit., ed. 2, 246 (1832) and ed. 3,
26. 1839; Sweet, Hort. Brit., ed. 3, 552. 1839; Voigt, Hort Sub-
urb. Calc. 473. 1845; Buek, Gen. Spec. Syn. Candoll. 3: 367, 368,
495, & 507. 1858; Kuntze, Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 509. 1891; Jacks. in
Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., imp. 1, 2: 628. 13943 Barnhart,
Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 29: 590. 19023 Druce & Vines, Dill. Herb.
182. 1907; Loes., Verb. Bot. Ver. Brand. 53: 80. 19123 Kobuski,
Ann. Mo. Bot. Gard. 13: 1, l, 7, 20—-21, 2h, & 32—(35], ple h&
5, fig. 15 & 2h. 1926; Wangerin, Justs Bot. Jahresber. 5) (1):
1170. 1932; Mold., Geogr. Distrib. Avicen. 4, 1h, & 15. 1939
Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 1, 14, 18, 20, 7h, &
99. 1942; Savage, Cat. Linn. Herb. Lond. ). 1945; Jacks. in Hook.
f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., imp. 2, 2: 628. 196; Mold., Known Geogr.
Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 2, 25, 32, 36, 47, 163, & 195. 19h95
Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., imp. 3, 2: 628. 1960;
Rzedowski & McVaugh, Contrib. Univ. Mich, Herb. 9: 39 & 107. 19663
Mold., Phytologia 1: 394--397. 1967; Mold., Résum& Suppl. 15: 22.
1967; Sanchez Sanchez, Fl. Val. Mex., ed. 1, 326--327. 1969; El-
Gazzar & Wats., New Phytol. 69: 483 & 485. 1970; Gibson, Fieldiana
Bot. 2h (9): 219 & 221. 1970; Mold., Phytologia 23: 415 & 16.
1972; El-Gazzar, Egypt. Journ. Bot. 17: 75 & 78. 19743 Molina R.,
Ceiba 19: 96. 1975; Lépez—Palacios, Fl. Venez. Verb. 505 & 652.
1977; Mold., Phytologia 36: 47 & 48. 1977.

Additional illustrations: Kobuski, Ann. Mo. Bot. Gard. 13:

[33] & (35], pl. h & 5, fig. 15 & 2h. 1926; Sanchez Sanchez, Fl.
Val. Mex., ed. 1, fig. 261 D. 1969.

Recent collectors describe this plant as a perennial herb or
"large bush", virgate, to 1 m. tall, the fruit adherent, "sticky,
greenish—blue". They have found it growing in lava fields, gul-
lies, xerophytic matorral, and scrubland on mountainsides, along
streams, on Larrea deserts, steep rocky volcanic outcrops, moun-
tain slopes, and the edges of woods, at 600--2600 m. altitude,
flowering from June to November, fruiting from July to October.

1979 Moldenke, Notes on Priva 107

Bautista encountered it in "pastizal con matorral" and Rzedowski
on "ladera andesf{tica con vegetacién de matorral de Eysenhardtia
stachya". The Molinas refer to it as "occasional" on grassy
slopes in Guatemala. Reeves found it on desert flats with
Opuntia, Agave, Yucca, Prosopis, Tillandsia, and Jatropha.

Henrickson encountered P. mexicana "in lower limestone canyons
in Tamaulepian—-like scrub, infrequent in shaded margins of ar
royos with Quercus, Cercis, Juglans, Croton, Rhus, Baccharis,
Amelanchier, etc.", "common in shaded ravines in igneous canyons
on disturbed sides of larger canyons with Acacia, Partheniun, Sal-
via, Dasylirion, Larrea, Perezia, grasses, etc.", "frequent in
lower chaparral with Acacia, Bernardia, Mimosa, Mortonia, Bouvard-
ia, Dasylirion, Cordia, Opuntia, and Eysenhardtia", and "frequent
along streams in heavily pastured oak-pifion forests with Quercus,
Pinus cembroides, Stevia, Salvia, etc." Chiang and his associates
report finding it "very local with Larrea tridentata, Acacia neo-
vernicosa, and Dasylirion sp. on steep hills of igneous rock in
gravelly sandy soil in matorral desertico inerme y con espinas
laterales". The Roes found it growing on moss-covered rocks in
Quercus forests on rocky hillsides with many shrub composites,
mosses, and ferns. Barkley and his associates encountered it on
xeric sunny lava and in moist rich shady pockets in pedregal.
Ugent and his associates found it in "Acacia - Senecio - Apontia
thickets bordering fields of Pisum sativum with Solanum bulbo-
castrunm."

The corotla of Priva mexicana is said to have been "purple" on
Rzedowski 1192, 385, 492, & 28601, "pink" on Lundell & Lundell
12351, "p "pinkish" on Molina R. & Mol Molina 24923, oe ore oe on
Moore 159 & 1792, "pale-lavender" on Moore & Wood 4193, and
"purple-red, upper lip lined, tube pale" on McVaugh 16665.

Sweet (1826), Don (1830), and Loudon (1832) all assert that P.
mexicana was introduced into English garden cultivation from
Mexico in 1726. Common names recorded for it include "Mexican
priva", "pegaropa", "priva du Mexique", and "verveine du Mexique".

It should be noted here that the H.B.K. publication dates as
given in the bibliography above have been verified by Barnhart
(1902). The title-page date of Linnaeus' 1759 work is "1760".
The specific epithet of P. mexicana is frequently, even now, up-
percased. Chiang and his associates note that the species "re-
senbles Verbena oni Mold.", but any such resemblance is fan-
ciful! Loesener (1912) cites Seler 1201 & 1221.

The nomenckatural type of Priva | mexicana is Herb. Linnaeus
35/4 in the Linnean Herbarium, London, which is inscribed "mexi-
cana" in Linnaeus' own handwriting. His original description _
(1753) is "VERBENA diandra, spicis laxis, calycibus fructus re-
flexo-pendulis subglobosis hispidis" and he cites only the Dil-
lenius synonym. In 1762 he modified this to "VERBENA diandra,

108 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. i, No. 2

spicis laxis, calycibus fructu reflexis rotundato didymis hispidis",
adding "Caulis tetragonus, marginibus scaber : Rami oppositi su-
perne dichotomi, Racemi dichotomiae longi. Folia cordata, oblonga,
scabra, petiolis brevissimis", still citing only the Dillenius

synonym.
Material of P. mexicana has been misidentified and distributed

in some herbaria as P. lappula Andrews, P. lappulacea (L.) Pers.,
and Phryma sp. (Phrymaceae).

Additional citations: MEXICO: Aguascalientes: R. McVaugh 16665
(N). Chihuahua: Chiang, Wendt, & Johnston 8935 (Ld); Pringle
135 (Ms--30929). Coahuila: Barkley, Webster, & Rowell 7213 (Au—
123251); Henrickson 11729 (Ld), 1326 (Lad). Federal District:
Barkley, Webster, & Rowell 7322 (Au—1232))9); Bautista s.n. [20/
VIII/1967] (Ip); Bopp 0.216 (Ip); J. Rzedowski 1192 (Au—2h12h7,
Ip), 28601 (Mi). Hidalgo: Lundell & Lundell 12302 (Ld); H. E.
Moore 1459 (Ba), 1792 (Ba); Moore & Wood 193 (Ba, Mi). México:
Cruz Cisneros 277 (Mi); Lundell & Lundell 12351 (Mi). Nuevo Leén:
Flyr 1562 (Au); R. F. Smith M.356 (Au--217531). Oaxaca: Ugent,
Ugent, & Flores C. 2699 (Ws). San Luis Potosi: T. Reeves R.6288
(Ld); Roe & Roe 2372 (Ld); J. Rzedowski 49h2 (Au--21379h), 3800
(Au--21)3256), 3854 (Ip); Waterfall 1568 (W--26)0733). Tamauli-
pas: Stanford, Lauber, & Taylor 2063 (Se—203277), 267) (Se—
203083), 2680 (Se——161422). Zacatecas: Henrickson 13291 (Ld),

PRIVA MEYERI Jaub. & Spach, Il]. Pl. Orient. 5: [57]. 1855.
Additional synonymy: Priva leptostachya H. H. W. Pearson ex C.
A. Sm., Common Names S. Afr. Pl. 601, in syn. 1966 [not P. lepto=
stachya Auct., 1962, nor A. L. Juss., 1806, nor L., 190].
Additional & emended bibliography: Jaub. & Spach, Ill. Pl. Or-=
ient. 5: [57]. 1855; Kobuski, Ann. Mo. Bot. Gard. 13: 9 & 2h.
1926; Mold., Geogr. Distrib. Avicen. 30--32. 19393 Mold., Known
Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 1, 49--52 & 99. 192; J. Hutchins.,
Botanist South. Afr. 356. 196; Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib. Ver—
benac., ed. 2, 116, 117, 119, 122, & 195. 1949; W. G. Wright, Wild
Fls. South. Afr. 156 & 158. 1963; R. H. Compton, Journ. S. Afr.
Bot. 6: 65. 1966; C. A. Sm., Common Names S, Afr. Pl. 111, 112, &
601. 1966; Mold., Phytologia 14: 397--398. 1967; Amico & Bavazzano,
Webbia 23: 280. 1968; Mold., Résumé Suppl. 16: 8 & 25. 1968; Van
der Schijff, Check List Vasc. Pl. Kruger Natl. Park 81. 1969;
Drar, Publ. Cairo Univ. Herb. 3: 110. 1970; Mold., Fifth Sum. 1:
23h, 238, 248, 252, 253, 255, & 257 (1971) and 2: 613 & 906. 1971;
Mold., Phytologia 25: 231 (1973) and 43: 331 & 2h. 1979.
Additional illustrations: W. G. Wright, Wild Fls. South. Afr.

158 [as P. leptostachya]. 1963.
Recent collectors describe this species as a very glandular, e-

1979 Moldenke, Notes on Priva 109

rect or lax-stemmed, small to fairly large herb, tol m. tall,
the stems herbaceous, single or a few, erect, square, the flowers
small, the fruiting-calyx "bur-like", and the "fruit" inflated.
They have found it growing in grass, along roadsides, and in sandy
soil among coastal vegetation and on savannas, at altitudes of
2000-2800 feet, flowering in February, March, and December, in
fruit in December, March, and April. The corollas are said to
have been "white" on Bayliss BS.8226 and Leach 11303 and "white,
the lower lip striped with purple, as well as the mouth and
throat". Compton (1966) records the species from Swaziland.
Smith (1966) lists the vernacular names, “blaasklits",
"blasieklits", and "blasieklitsbossie".

The "P. leptostachya" of Wright (1963) seems definitely to be
P. meyeri i instead; the P, leptostachya accredited to "Auct." is P.
adhaerens (Forsk.) Chiov., that of Jussieu is P. cordifolia (L. f. f.)
Druce, while that credited to Linnaeus is Phyrma leptostachya L.
in the Phrymaceae.

The Jaubert & Spach original reference for this species is of-
ee as "1853-1856", but the page involved here was issued
inl cy

Wright (1963) notes that the seeds of P. meyeri "are ground up
and applied to sores by the Zulus, who also use an infusion of
the leaf for inflamed eyes".

Van der Schijff (1969) cites his nos. 1708 & 1945 and "C.529"
from Kruger National Park; Hutchinson (196) cites his no. 2313
Amico & Bavazzano (1968) cite their no. 39h; and Drar (1970) cites
his no. 1750.

Material of P. meyeri has been misidentified and distributed
in some herbaria as P. cordifolia var. flabelliformis Mold. and
P. leptostachya Juss. On the other hand, the Mogg 13522 and
Strey 869, distributed as P. meyeri, actually are P. cordifolia
var. australis Mold.

Additional & emended citations: SUDAN: Bahr El Ghazzal: Drar &
Mahdi 1750 (Gz, Gz). RHODESIA: Leach 11303 (Mu). MOZAMBIQUE:
Lourenco Marques: Marques 229 (M Mu). SOUTH AFRICA: Cape Province:
Bayliss BS .8226 (N, W—2831315) 3 Bolus 306 (F—39662); Drége a
[Mo. Bot. Gard. photo A.866] (E—118803--cotype, W--photo of co-
type); MacOwan s.n. [Boschberg] (F—l6279); Stopp M.63 (Mu). Na-
tal: Collector undetermined 2202 [Mo. Bot. Gard. photo A 866] (W—
photo). Transvaal: Scheepers 522 (Mu).

PRIVA MEYERI var. MADAGASCARIENSIS Mold., Phytologia 3: 276. 1950.
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 14: 398. 1967; Mold.,
Fifth Summ, 1: 262 (1971) and 2: 906. 197h.

PRIVA PEDICELLATA Mold., Geogr. Distrib. Avicen. 32, nom. mud.
1939; Phytologia 1: 29—l30. 190.
Additional & emended bibliography: Mold., Geogr. Distrib. Avi-

110 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. hh, No. 2

cenn. 32. 1939; Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 1, 55
& 99 (1942) and ed. 2, 129 & 195. 1993 Mold., Phytologia 1h: 398.
1967; Mold., Fifth Summ, 1: 28 (1971) and 2: 906. 1971.

PRIVA PERUVIANA Mold., Feddes Repert. Spec. Nov. 1: 23—2h. 1936.
Additional bibliography: Mold., Geogr. Distrib. Avicen. 2h.
1939; J. F. Macbr., Field Mus. Publ. Bot. 13 (5): 659 & 660. 1960;
Mold., Phytologia 14: 398. 1967; Mold., Fifth Sum, 1: 143 (1971)
and 2: 906. 19713; Soukup, Biota 11: 16. 1976.
Macbride (1960) distinguishes this species from P. lappulacea
(L.) Pers. by the following key:
Stems and petioles pilose; cocci quadrangular.......P. lappulacea.
Stems and petioles puberulent; cocci subspheroid......P. peruviana’.
Additional citations: PERU: Amazonas: Mathews 3158 (Pd—isotype).

PRIVA PORTORICENSIS Urb., Symb. Antill. h: 53h. 1903.

Additional bibliography: Kobuski, Ann. Mo. Bot. Gard. 13: 2, 3,
6, 8, 2h, & 32——(35], ple h & 5, fig. 7 & 16. 1926; Wangerin, Justs
Bot. Jahresber. Si (1): 1170. 1832; Mold., Geogr. Distrib. Avicen.
8. 1939; Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 1, 27 & 99.
192: J. F. Macbr., Field Mus. Publ. Bot. 13 (5): 661. 19603 Mold.,
Phytologia 1): 398. 1967; Mold., Fifth Sum, 1: 105 (1971) and 2:
778 & 906. 1971.

Illystrations: Kobuski, Ann. Mo. Bot. Gard. 13: [33] & [35], pl.
4&5, fig. 7& 16. 1926.

Hmended citations: PUERTO RICO: Sintenis 3597 (E——925),08—photo
of cotype, W—l03990—cotype). MOUNTED ILLUSTRATIONS: Kobuski
drawing 7 (E--925406), 16 (E—925)05).

PRIVA SOCOTRANA Mold., Feddes Repert. Spec. Nov. ll: 38-39. 1936.

Additional bibliography: Anon., U. S. Dept. Agr. Bot. Subj.
Index 15: 14358. 1958; Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.12: 25. 1967;
Mold., Phytologia 14: 398. 1967; Mold., Biol. Abstr. 49: 4199.
1968; Mold., Fifth Summ. 1: 265 (1971) and 2: 906. 1971.

ADDITIONAL NOTES ON THE GENUS SVENSONIA. I

Harold N. Moldenke

Since the publication of my monograph of this genus in 1936 much
additional information has come to light and more specimens have
been examined, summarized in the present notes. Herbarium acronyms
used herein, as in the original monograph and in all my series of
paper in the present journal since 1933, are fully explained in my
Fifth Summary (1971) 2: 795—80l.

SVENSONIA Mold., Feddes Repert. Spec. Nov. ll: 129-130. 1936.
Bibliography: Wall., Numer. List 215, no. 6318. 1832; Hochst.,
Flora [Bot. Zeit. Regensb.] 2: Intell. 1: 2. 1813; Steud., Nom.
Bot. Phan., ed. 2, 2: 750. 1815 Walp., Repert. Bot. Syst. 4: 12,
3h, & 79h. 1845; Schau. in A. DC., Prodr. 11: 556 & 558-559.
1847; A. Rich., Tent. Fl. Abyss. 2: 166. 1851; Buek, Gen. Spec.
Syn. Candoll. 3: 6 & 495. 1858; Thwaites & Hook. f., Enum. Pl.
Zeyl., imp. 1, 2: 21. 1861; Bocq., Adansonia 3: [Rev. Verbenac.]
237. 1863; Aschers. in G. Schweinf., Beitr. Fl. Aethiop. 1: 119 &
278. 18673 C. B. Clarke in Hook. f., Fl. Brit. Ind. ): 566. 1885;
Trimen, Journ. Ceyl. Br. Roy. Asiat. Soc. 9: (Syst. Cat. Flow. Pl.
Ceyl.] 68. 1885; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., imp. 1,
1: 327 & 507 (1893), imp. 1, 2: 56h (189), and imp. 1, 2: 1179.
1895; Engl., Pflanzenw. Ost-Afr. A: hl & 57. 1895; Gtirke in Engl.,
Pflanzenw. Ost-Afr. C: 338. 1895; Trimen, Handb. Fl. Ceyl. 3:
347—348. 1895; J. G. Baker in Thiselt.-Dyer, Fl. Trop. Afr. 5:
282. 1900; Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, imp. 1, 61. 1901;
M. Kunz, Anatom. Untersuch. Verb. 1. 1911; J. C. & W. Willis, Rev.
Cat. Flow. Pl. Ceyl. 68. 19113 Chiov. Result. Scient. Miss. Stef.
1: 143. 1916; Gamble, Fl. Madras 1089. 192); Grenz., Ann. Mo. Bot.
Gard. 13: 71, 75, 78, & 89. 1926; Mold., Torreya 34: 9. 193h;
Mold., Feddes Repert. Spec. Nov. 1: 129——1h3. 1936; Mold., Chron.
Bot. 3: 311. 1937; Mold., Geogr. Distrib. Avicen. [1] & 29—33.
1939; Mold., Revist. Sudam. Bot. 6: 16. 1939; Mold., Prelim. Alph.
List Inv. Names 8, 15, 36, 6, & 47. 1940; Durand & Jacks., Ind.
Kew. Suppl. 1, imp. 2, 61. 1941; Hutchins. & Bruce, Kew Bull.
191: 176. 1911; Mold., Alph. List Inv. Names 6, 17, & 48. 19U2;
Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 1, is, 50, 53, 55, 56,
7h, & 100. 1942; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., imp. 2,
1: 327 & 507 (1946) and imp. 2, 2: 564 & 1179. 1946; Mold., Alph.
List Cit. 1: 31, 36, 37, Sh, 71, 98, 153, 220, 250, & 298. 1963
Razi, Journ. Mysore Univ. 7 (): 63. 1946; Hill & Salisb., Ind.
Kew. Suppl. 10: 222, 223, & 251. 1973 Molc., Alph. List Cit. 2:
430, 435, & 619 (1948), 3: 877, 901, & 916 (19h9), and hs 997,
1041, 1097, 1102, 1127, & 1128. 19493 Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib.
Verbenac., ed. 2, 109, 110, 117, 118, 124, 128, 130, 163, & 196.
1949; Gillett, Kew Bull. 1: 131, 132, & 135. 1955; Kassas, Bull.
Soc. Géogr. Egypt. 29: 56. 19563; Anon., U. S. Dept. Agr. Bot. Subj.
111

112 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. hh, No. 2

Ind. 15: 14359. 1958; Angely, Cat. Estat. Gen. Bot. Fan. 17: 6.
1956; Abeywickrama, Ceyl. Journ. Sci. Biol. 2: 217. 19593 Anon.,
Kew Bull. Gen. Ind. 1929-1956, 47 & 273. 1959; Durand & Jacks.,
Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, imp. 3, 61. 19593 Mold., Résumé 134, 135, 15,
11,6, 156, 16), 167, 222,..238, 239, 251, 335, 350, 367, 369, dee
4.70. 1959; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., imp. 3, 1: 327
& 507 (1960) and imp. 3, 2: 56 & 1179. 1960; Cuf., Bull. Jard.
Bot. Brux. 32: Suppl. 793--79). 1962; Santapau & Wagh, Bull. Bot.
Surv. India 5: 108. 1963; Thwaites & Hook. f., Enum. Pl. Zeyl.,
imp. 2, 241.196; F. A. Barkley, List Ord. Fam. Anthoph. 76 & 213.
1965; Mold., Phytologia 12: 6. 1965; Airy Shaw in J. C. Willis,
Dict. Flow. Pl., ed. 7, 1090. 1966; J. L. Ellis, Bull. Bot. Surv.
India 8: 337. 1966; Raizada, Indian Forest. 92: 32h. 1966; Guna-
wardena, Gen. Sp. Pl. Zeyl. 146. 1968; Mold., Résumé Suppl. 16:
10 & 27. 1968; Anon., Torrey Bot. Club Ind. Am. Bot. Lit. 3: 306.
1969; Greenway, Journ. East Afr. Nat. Hist. Soc. Nat. Mus. 27:
196. 1969; Quezel, Fl. Veg. Plat. Darfur [Doss. 5 Recherch. Coop.
Prog. St] 131. 1969; Mold., Fifth Summ. 1: 6, 211, 213, 21h,
238, 2h, 265, 278, 281, 369, 399--0l, & 2h (1971) and 2: 60h,
63h, 677, 682, 68h, 778, & 910. 19713 Lebrun, Kew Bull. 26: 567—
568. 1972; Mukherjee, Trans. Bose Res. Inst. 35: 37——-l\2, pl. 1,
fig. 6—8. 1972; Airy Shaw in J. C. Willis, Dict. Flow. Pl., ed.
8, 1118. 1973; Anon., Assoc. Etud. Tax. Fl. Afr. Trop. Ind. 1972:
56. 1973; Gilbert, Biol. Abstr. 55: 5980. 1973; Mold., Phytologia
26: 511 (1973), 28: Wil, bbe, & 512 (1974), and 29: 42. 197h;

"H. Ro", Biol. Abstr. 57: 6940. 197); Mold., Phytologia 29: 511
(1975), 30: 201, 205, & 511 (1975), 31: 122, 127, & 238 (1975),
3u: 271, 279, & S11 (1976), and O: ly & 512. 1978.

SVENSONIA HYDEROBADENSIS (Walp.) Mold., Feddes Repert. Spec. Nov.
Tae 139. 1936.

Synonymy: Verbena hydorobadensis Rottl. ex Wall., Numer. List
215, no. 6318 hyponym. 1832. Verbena hyderobadensis % maysorensis
Wight ex Wall., Numer. List 215, no. 6318b hyponym. 1832. Verbena
maysorensis R. Wight ex Wall., Numer. List 215, no. 6318b. 1832.
Verbena hyderobadensis Rottl. ex Steud., Nom. Bot. Phan., ed. 2,
2: 750, nom. nud. 181. Verbena mysorensis Wight ex Steud., Nom.
Bot. Phan., ed. 2, 2: 750, in syn. 181. Verbena hyderobadensis
@ mysorensis Wight ex Steud., Nom. Bot. Phan., ed. 2, 2: 750,
nom. nud. 1641. Verbena mysoorensis Wight ex Walp., Repert. Bot.
Syst. : 12 & 49h, in syn. 1845. Verbena myssorensis Wight ex
Walp., Repert. Bot. Syst. 4: 3h, in syn. 1845. Bouchea? hydero-
badensis Walp., Repert. Bot. Syst. h: 12. 1845. Bouchea hydero-
badensis Walp. ex Schau. in A. DC., Prodr. 11: 559. 1847. Bouchea
hyderabadensis Walp. apud Wight, Icon. Pl. Ind. Orient. l: pl.
1h62. 1849. Verbena hyderabadensis Rottl. apud Jacks. in Hook. f.
& Jacks., Ind. Kew., imp. 1, 2: 1179, in syn. 1895. Chascamm
hyderobadense (Rottl.) Mold., Torreya 3: 9. 193. Bouchea
hyderobadensis (Rottl.) Walp. ex Mold., Torreya 3: 9, in syn.

1979 Moldenke, Notes on Svensonia 123

193. Bouchea hyderabadensis (Rottl.) Walp. ex Mold., Feddes
Repert. Spec. Nov. 41: 139, in syn. 1936; Prelim. Alph. List Inv.
Names 7, in syn. 1940. Bouchea hyderabadensis Wall. ex Mold.,
Feddes Repert. Spec. Nov. 41: 139, in syn. 1936; Prelim. Alph.
List Inv. Names 7, in syn. 1940. Chascanum hyderobadense (Walp.)
Mold., Feddes Repert. Spec. Nov. 41: 139, in syn. 1936. Verbena
hyderobadensis var. maysorensis R. Wight ex Mold., Feddes Repert.
Spec. Nov. 1: 139, in syn. 1936. Verbena hydrabadensis Rottl. ex
Mold., Feddes Repert. Spec. Nov. 41: 139, in syn. 1936; Prelim.
Alph. List Inv. Names 6, in syn. 1940. Verbena mysuriensis R.
Wight ex Mold., Feddes Repert. Spec. Nov. ll: 139, in syn. 1936;
Phytologia 34: 279, in syn. 1976. Bouchea hyderabaadensis Walp.
ex Razi, Journ. Mysore Univ. 7 (4): 63 sphalm. 196.

Bibliography: Wall., Numer. List 215, no. 6318 & 6318b. 1832;
Steud., Nom. Bot. Phan., ed. 2, 2: 750. 181; D. Dietr., Syn. Pl.
3: 605. 18h3; Walp., Repert. Bot. Syst. h: 12, 3h, & 79h. 18h5;
Schau. in A. DC., Prodr. 11: 556 & 558--559. 18473; KR. Wight, Ic-
on. Pl. Ind. Orient. : pl. 1462. 1849; Buek, Gen. Spec. Syn.
Candoll. 3: 64 & 495. 1858; Thwaites & Hook. f., Enum. Pl. Ceyl.,
imp. 1, 21. 18613; Bocq., Adansonia 3: [Rev. Verbenac.] 237.
18633 C. B. Clarke in Hook. f., Fl. Brit. India h: 564 & 566.
1885; Trimen, Journ. Ceyl. Br. Roy. Asiat. Soc. 9: [Syst. Cat.
Flow. Pl. Ceyl.) 68. 1885; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew.,
imp. 1, 1: 327 & 507 (1893), imp. 1, 2: 56h (189), and imp. 1,
2: 1179. 1895; Trimen, Handb. Fl. Ceyl. 3: 348. 1895; Durand &
Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl., imp. 1, 61. 1901; M. Kunz, Anat. Unter-
such. Verb. 39. 19113; J. C. & M. Willis, Rev. Cat. Flow. Pl. Ceyl.
{[Perad. Man. Bot. 2:] 68. 1911; Gamble, Fl. Presid. Madras 6:
1089. 192h; Grenz., Ann. Mo. Bot. Gard. 13: 71, 72, & 89. 1926;
Mold., Feddes Repert. Spec. Nov. 1: 139—1)3. 19363 Mold., Geo-
gr. Distrib. Avicen. 32 & 33. 19393 Mold., Prelim. Alph. List
Inv. Names 8, 15, 36, 46, & 7. 190; Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew.
Suppl. 1, imp. 2, 61. 1913; Mold., Alph. List Inv. Names 6, 7 &
48. 192; Mold., Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 1, 55, 56,
& 100. 1942; Mold., Alph. List Cit. 1: 31, 36, Sh, 220, & 298.
196; Razi, Journ. Mysore Univ. 7 (kh): 63. 1946; Hill & Salisb.,
Ind. Kew. Suppl. 10: 222 & 223. 1947; Mold., Alph. List Cit. 3:
877 (1949) and h: 997, 1102, 1127, & 1128. 1949; Razi, Journ. My-
sore Univ. 11 (2): 26. 1950; Abeywickrama, Ceyl. Journ. Sci. Biol.
2: 217. 1959; Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, imp. 3, 61.
19593 Mold., Résumé 164, 167, 238, 367, 369, 419, & 470. 1959;
Santapau & Wagh, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 5: 108. 1963; Thwaites &
Hook. f., Enum. Pl. Zeyl., imp. 2, 21. 1964; J. L. Ellis, Bull.
Bot. Surv. India 8: 337. 1966; Raizada, Indian Forest. 92: 32h.
1966; Gunawardena, Gen. Sp. Pl. Zeyl. 146. 1968; Mold., Résumé
Suppl. 16: 10. 1968; Mold., Fifth Summ. 1: 278, 281, 399, & 00
(1971) and 2: 677, 682, 68), 778, & 910. 1971; Mukherjee, Trans.
Bose Res. Inst. 35: 38 & h0O--l2, fig. 3. 1972; Mold., Phytologia
29: 92 (1974) and 3h: 272 & 279. 1976.

Illustrations: Mukherjee, Trans. Bose Res. Inst. 35: 0, fig.

11) PHYTOLOGIA Vole bh, No. 2

3, & pl. 1 (18). 1972.

This species is based on Rottler s.n. from Mysore (Hyderabad),
India (Herb. Wallich 6318), the original type deposited at Berlin.
Razi (1946) also lists the species from Mysore, calling it a
nannophanerophyte in Raunkiaer's classification of life-forms. Ellis
(1966) records it from Andhra Pradesh where, he says, it occurs at
250 m. altitude, flowering in November and fruiting in February. He
cites his nos. 14967 & 15715. Thwaites & Hooker (1861) record it
from “an open grassy spot (patana) between Madamahanewera and
Alootnewera (C.P.357h) in the Central Province" of Sri Lanka, col-
lected there in February, 1858. It has not since been collected
in Sri Lanka.

The anomalous collections mentioned by me under S. hyderobadensis
in my original monograph (1936) and referred to Stachytarpheta in-

dica (L.) Vahl are now regarded as Stachytarpheta jamaicensis f.
monstrosa (Mold.) Mold., apparently a teratologic form. R. Wight
2289, cited below, is a mixture with the latter form. Wight (189)
says "I have met this plant several times in subalpine jungles, but
it is far from common; flowers rose coloured, and from the plant
usually growing in clumps, sufficiently conspicuous. The fruit in
my specimens are not quite mature. The figure represents a healthy
plant, it is only when in a state of monstrosity, so far as I have
seen, that the character 'spicibus digitalibus confertiusculis'
becomes applicable".

The pollen is described by Mukherjee (1972) as 3-colpate, the
colpa short (brevicolporate), slit-like, sometimes provided with a
margo, about 27.5 m x 0.5 m (range 21.0 m — 34.0 m x 0.5 m).
The mean intercolpial distance is about 32.0 m. The shape is
spheroidal, the diameter about 77.0 m (range 50.0 m — 94.0 m).
The exine is about 6.0 m thick, the sexine about 50 m thick,
sometimes the exine forms a lobe at one side of the equatorial
region, where it is about 10.0 m thick and the sexine about 9.0
mi thick. It is punctitegillate, supratectal processes perceptible
in LO-analysis. The texture is thick. The bacula is simple, but
somewhat heteromorphic in respect to length, which perhaps renders
the reticuloid appearance.

Material of Svensonia hyderobadensis has often been misidentified
and distributed in herbaria as Stachytarpheta indica (L.) Vahl or as
Stachytarpheta sp.

Additional citations: INDIA: Tamil Nadu: R. Wight 2289 in part
(L), sen. (Pd). SRI LANKA: Thwaites C.P.357 (Bz—-172i1, Pd, Pd).

SVENSONIA LAETA (Fenzl) Mold., Feddes Repert. Spec. Nov. 6: 5.
1939.
Synonymy: Pleurosti sulphureum Hochst., Flora [Bot. Zeit. Re-
gensb.] 2h, Intell. 1: Te, nom. nud. 181. Chascanum laetum Fenzl
ex Walp., Repert. Bot. Syst. h: 39. 1845. Bouchea pterygocarpa

Schau. in A. DC., Prodr. 11: 558--559. 187. Bouchea pterygosperma
Engl., Pflanzenw. Ost—Afr. A: 4 sphalm. 1895. Bouchea phrygocarpa

1979 Moldenke, Notes on Svensonia 115

Schau. ex Briq. in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam., ed. 1, 4
(3a): 15h, sphalm. 1895. Svensonia pterygocarpa (Schau.) Mold.,
Feddes Repert. Spec. Nov. 1: 136. 1936. Bouchea pterigocarpa
Schau. ex Mold., Feddes Repert. Spec. Nov. 1: 136, in syn. 1936;
Prelim. Alph. List Inv. Names 8, in syn. 1940. Choscanum luetum
Fenzl ex Mold., Feddes Repert. Spec. Nov. 1: 136, in syn. 1936;
Prelim. Alph. List Inv. Names 15, in syn. 19,0. Bouchea pterygo-
carpa (E. Mey.) Schau. ex Mold., Ptelim. Aliph. List Inv. Names 8,
in syn. 1940. Svensonia laeta (Fenzl ex Walp.) Mold. apud Gil-
lett, Kew Bull. 1955: 132. 1955. Chascamm africanum Auct. ex
Cuf., Bull. Jard. Bot. Brux. 32: Suppl. 793, in syn. 1962 [not Ce.
africanum Mold., 1938]. Svensonia laeta (Fenkl.) Mold. apud Que-
zel, Doss. 5 Recherch. Coop. Prog. 45: 131, sphalm. 1969. Sven-
sonia laeta (Walp.) Mold. apud Greenway, Journ. East Afr. Nat.
Hist. Soc. 27: 196. 1969.

Bibliography: Hochst., Flora [Bot. Zeit. Regensb.] 2, Intell.
1: 42. 1841; Walp., Repert. Bot. Syst. h: 39. 1845; Schau. in A.
DC., Prodr. 11: 558--559. 1847; A. Rich., Tent. Fl. Abyss. 2:
166. 1851; Buek, Gen. Spec. Syn. Candoll. 3: 6. 1858; Aschers.
in G. Schweinf., Beitr. Fl. Aethiop. 1: 119 & 278. 1867; Jacks. in
Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., imp. 1, 1: 327 & 507 (1893) and imp.
1, 2: 564. 1894; Briq. in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam., ed. 1,
(3a): 154. 1895; Engl., Pflanzenw. Ost-Afr. A: i & 57. 1895;
Giirke in Engl., Pflanzenw. Ost-Afr. C: 338. 1895; J. G. Baker in
Thiselt.-Dyer, Fl. Trop. Afr. 5: 282. 1900; Durand & Jacks., Ind.
Kew. Suppl. 1, imp. 1, 61. 1901; M. Kunz, Anatom. Untersuch. Verb.
1. 19113 Chiov., Result. Scient. Miss. Stef. 1: 143. 1916; Grenz.,
Ann. Mo. Bot. Gard. 13: 71, 75, & 78. 19263 Mold., Feddes Repert.
Spec. Nov. 1: 136-139. 19363; Mold., Geogr. Distrib. Avicen. [1]
& 29-——32. 1939; Mold., Revist. Sudam. Bot. 6: 16. 19393 Mold.,
Prelim. Alph. List Inv. Names 8, 15, & 36. 190; Durand & Jacks.,
Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, imp. 2, 61. 1941; Hutchins. & Bruce, Kew Bull.
1941: 176. 1913 Mold., Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed.1, 45, 50,
53, & 100. 19423 Mold., Phytologia 2: 113. 195; Jacks. in Hook. f.
& Jacks., Ind. Kew., imp. 2, 1: 327 & 507 (1946) and imp. 2, 2:
56h. 1946; Mold., Alph. List Cit. 1: 37, 71, 98, 153, & 250. 196;
Hill & Salisb., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 10: 9 & 223. 19473; Mold., Alph.
List Cit. 2: 430, 435, & 619 (1948), 3: 901 & 916 (1949), and h:
1041 & 1097. 1949; J. B. Gillett, Kew Bull. 1955: 131, 132, & 135.
1955; Anon., Assoc. Etud. Fl. Afr. Trop. Ind. 1955: 63. 19563 Ka-
sas, Bull. Soc. Géogr. Egypt. 29: 56. 1956; Anon., U. S. Dept. Agr.
Bot. Subj. Ind. 15: 14359. 1958; Anon., Kew Bull. Gen. Ind. 1929-
1956, 47, 72, & 273. 1959; Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1,
imp. 3, 61. 1959; Mold., Résumé 135, 146, & 70. 1959; Jacks. in
Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., imp. 3, 1: 327 & 507 (1960) and imp.
3, 2: 564. 1960; Cuf., Bull. Jard. Bot. Brux. 32: Suppl. 793.
19625; Mold., Résumé Suppl. 16: 27. 1968; Greenway, Journ. East Afr.
Nat. Hist. Soc. Nat. Mus. 27: 196. 1969; Quezel, Fl. Veg. Plat.
Darfur [Dess. 5 Recherch. Coop. Prog. 45:] 131. 1969; Mold., Fifth
Summ. 1: 211, 213, 238, 241, 265, 369, 400, 4Ol, & h2j—-l26 (1971)

116 PHYTOLOGIA Vole hh, No. 2

and 2: 60h, 634, & 910. 1971; Lebrun in Hepper, Kew Bull. 26:
567—568, map 1. 1972; Mukherjee, Trans. Bose Res. Inst. 35: 1.
1972; Anon., Assoc. Etud. Tax. Fl. Afr. Trop. Ind. 1972: 56. 19733
M. Gilbert, Biol. Abstr. 55: 5980. 1973; Mold., Phytologia 28:
lh & hu2 (1974), 302 205 (1975), and 31: 127 & 238. 1975.

Recent collectors describe this plant as a stiff erect herb,
woody at the base, the branches spreading, and the leaves light
olive-green, paler beneath. The corollas are said to have been
"cream"-color on Ash 2980. Collectors have found it growing in
tall grass and tree acacia woodlands, on hills and steppes, and
in "brousse tigrée" vegetation patterns on compacted impervious
colluvial soils, at 1100-1600 m. altitudes, flowering in March,
April, and June, in fruit in March and June. Ashe reports it
"local along roadsides". Getahun encountered it in "mostly stony
soils, brown to gray, pH 7.6--8.2". Burger found it growing "in
gravel on volcanic soil of flat areas in hilly open woodland on
steep hills with open Acacia woodland". Quezel (1969) reports it
from "Rocailles, arénes fixées, fréquent partout" in Darfur. Chi-
ovenda (1916) lists it from Somalia.

The species is based on Kotschy 230 from Nubia and Schimper
1012 from Ethiopia — these collections are cotypes also of Bou-
chea pterygocarpa Schau., although Walpers (185) erroneously
cites Schimper 1012 as "Kotschy 1012", Eaker (1900) cites Bent
s.n. and Pfund 852 from Nubia, Schimper 42), 1012, & 2210 from
Ethiopia, “and Volkens 450 from Tanzania. Gillett (1985) ¢ cites

Kotschy 230 from Sudan, S Schimper 1012 from Ethiopia, Bally 6828
from Eritrea, and Gillett 4550 from om Somalia, and lists the species
also from Yemen, Kenya, and Tanzania. Schauer (1847) cites only
the two cotypes, Kotschy 230 and Schimper 1012.

Lebrun (1972) cites Boudet 6692 from Mali. He comments that
"This species much resembles Chascanum marrubiifolium Fenzl ex
Walp., but it is absolutely glabrous and has fruits which are
winged at the apex. This member of the sahol element in new for
West Africa; its distribution is close to that of Cadaba glandu-
losa Forst., among others, being recorded from Chad, Sud: Sudan Rep.
Ethiopia, Somalia, Kenya, Tanzania and Arabia", Greenway (19695
cites "G. & K. 12886" and Verdcourt 1109 from Tsavo East National
Park.

The Lort Phillips s.n. cited by me as Svensonia laeta in my
original mo: monograph actually represents Chascanum adenostac tachyum
(Schau.) Mold. The Deflers 1038 should be cited as "in part" be-
cause two sheets of this number, collected in Aden, deposited in
the Paris herbarium are Chascanum arabicum Mold. Gillett 550,
cited below, was erroneously cited by Hutchinson & Bruce (191)
as Chascanum africanum Mold. [now known as C. hildebrandtii
(Vatke) Gillett].

Additional & emended citations: SUDAN: Butana: Kassas, Obeid,
& Osman B.56 (Gz). Kassala: V. Tiickholm E.155 (Gz, Gz). Kordofan:

1979 Moldenke, Notes on Svensonia 117

Pfund 12 (Gz). Nubia: Kotschy 230 (Bz—-cotype, l—cotype, Lu—
cotype, Vt—cotype, Vu--cotype). ERITREA: Corradi 3999 (N, S);
Pappi 266 (Ac, S), 3999 (Ca--9943h6, Ut--6386b, W—1969168) .
ETHIOPIA: Ash 2980 (W—-2819767); Burger 2983 (W--2l80766); Getahun
gon. [June 1967] (W—-2)80913); Schimper 2) (L), 1012 (E~118618—
cotype, F—6867)8—cotype, L—-cotype, L—-cotype, Mu--2l,5--cotype,
Mu-~26--cotype, W--95472--cotype, W--945)73--cotype), 2210 (L).
ARABIA: Yemen: Deflers 958 [39] (Na—1993h), 1038 in part (X).
CULTIVATED: Russia: Herb. Fischer s.n. (L).

SVENSONIA MOLDENKEI Gillett, Kew Bull. 1955: 132—133. 1955.

Bibliography: Gillett, Kew Bull. 1955: 131--133 & 135. 1955; A-
non., Assoc. Etud. Fl. Afr. Trop. Ind. 1955: 63. 19563; Anon., Kew
Bull. Gen. Ind. 1929-1956, 273. 1959; Mold., Résumé 135, 116, &
470. 19593 G. Taylor, Ind. Kew Suppl. 12: 138. 1959; Cuf., Bull.
Jard. Bot. Brux. 32: Suppl. 79). 1962; Mold., Fifth Sum. 1: 213
& 21 (1971) and 2: 910. 1971.

This species is based on Gillett 13397 from 53 km. southwest
of Mandera on the road to El Wak, at about 3°53' N., 41°30' E.,
at 390 m. altitude, growing in red sandy soil over sandstone in
Commiphora-Acacia open scrub, northern Kenya, on May 30, 1952, de-
posited in the Kew herbarium. The collector says of the plant:
"up to 2 mm. tall [??, probably 2 m. is meant], corolla milk
white". He also cites Glover & Gilliland 3) from Ethiopia,
where the species was found at 600 m. altitude, flowering in No=
vember, growing in open places on red sand, and is described as
erect, brushy, 60--90 cm. tall, with "spikes of white flowers".
Gillett (19555 comments that "There is a slight element of
doubt about Glover & Gilliland 3 which has only immature meri-
carps which are more papillose within than are those of the type.
The characteristic outward bending of the wing only appears
when the mericarps are fully mature".

ADDITIONAL NOTES ON THE GENUS STYLODON. I

Harold N. Moldenke

Herbarium acronyms employed in this and all other of my papers
in this journal since 1929 are full explained in my Fifth Summary
(1971) pages 795—80l.

STYLODON Raf., Neogenyt. 2. 1825.

Additional & emended bibliography: Michx., Fl. Bor.—Am., imp.
1, 2: 1h. 1803; Balbis, Cat. Pl. Hort. Bot. Taur. 8. 180; Poir.
in Lam., Encycl. Méth. Bot. 8: 548. 1808; Balbis, Cat. Stirp.
Hort. Acad. Taur. 80. 1813; Pursh, Fl. Am. Sept. 2: 417. 181k;
Michx., Fl. Bor.-Am., imp. 2, 2 ("1"]: 14. 1820; S. Ell., Sketch,
imp. 1 & 2, 2: 99--100 & 743. 1821; Steud., Nom. Bot. Phan., ed.
2, 2: 750. 1813 D. Dietr., Syn. Pl. 3: 601. 1833 Schau. in A.
DC., Prodr. 11: 520 & 545. 1847; Buek, Gen. Spec. Syn. Candoll.
3: 343 & 49h. 1858; Darby, Bot. South. States 7. 18663 A. Gray,
Syn. Fl. N. Am., ed. 1, 2 (1): 336 (1878) and ed. 2, 2 (1): 336.
1886; A. W. Chapm., Fl. South. U. S., ed. 2, imp. 2, 307 (1887),
ed. 2, imp. 3, 307 (1889), anded. 2, imp. , 307. 18923 Briq. in
Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam., ed. 1, (3a): 148. 189)
Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., imp. 1, 2: 50h (1898) and
imp. 1, 2: 1011, 1012, & 1178. 1895; Baerecke, Anal. Key Ferns
Flow. Pl. Atl. Sect. Middl. Fla. - 1906; Lowe, Miss. State Ge-
ol. Surv. Bull. 17: 236. 1921; Perry, Ann. Mo. Bot. Gard. 20:
248——250, 262, 309-310, & 355. 1933; M. F. Baker, Fla. Wild Fls.,
ed. 2, imp. 1, 188. 1938; Fedde & Schust., Justs Bot. Jahresber.
60 (2): 575. 1941; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., imp. 2,
2: 50h, 1011, 1012, & 1178. 1946; H. Ne & A. L. Mold., Pl. Life
2: 30. 1948; Lawrence, Taxon, Vasc. Pl., imp. 1, 687. 1951;
Greene & Blomquist, Fls. South 109. 1953; Thorne,
2: 504, 1011, 1012, & 1178. 1965 Lawrence, Taxon. Vasc. Pl., imp.
1, 687. 1951; Greene & Blomquist, Fls. South 109. 19533; Thorne,
Am. Midl. Nat. 52: 313. 195i; Angely, Cat. Estat. Gen. Bot. Fan.
17: 6. 1956; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., imp. 3, 23
50h, 1011, 1012, & 1178. 1960; Mold., Biol. Abstr. 36: 719. 1961;
Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.l: 22h. 19623; Mold., Phytologia 8: 279,
477, 483, 484, 487, & 489 (1963) and 9: 3h, 165, 206, 215, & 220.
1963; Shelford, Ecol. N. Am. 77 & 607. 1963; A. L. Mold., Phyto-
logia 11: 72. 196h; Mold., Phytologia 11: 13 & 117. 196k; Rad-
ford, Ahles, & Bell, Guide Vasc. Fl. Carol. 281 & 282. 196h3; F. A.
Barkley, List Ord. Fam. Anthoph. 76 & 213. 1965; Mold., Phytologia
12: 6. 1965; Mold., Résumé Suppl. 12: 1. 1965; Airy Shaw in J.C.
Willis, Dict. Flow. Pl., ed. 7, 1085 & 1086. 1966; G. Taylor, Ind.
Kew. Suppl. 13: 143. 1966; Rickett, Wild Fls. U. S. 2 (2): 6k,
465, & 685, pl. 171. 1967; W. C. Grimm, Recog. Flow. Wild Pl. 228
& 229. 1968; Mold., Phytologia 15: 495. 1968; Pullen, Jones, &
Watson, Castanea 33: 332. 19683; Anon., Torr. Bot. Club Ind. Am.
Bot. Lit. 3: 309. 1969; Rickett, Wild Fls. U. S. 3 (2): 365. 1969;
G. W. Thomas, Tex. Pl. Ecolog. Summ. 77. 1969; El-Gazzar & Wats.,

118

1979 Moldenke, Notes on Stylodon 119

New Phytol. 69: 83 & 485. 1970; Mold. in Correll & Johnston, Man.
Vasc. Pl. Tex. ([Contrib. Tex. Res. Found. 6:] 1312, 1321,
1326, & 1872. 1970; Rouleau, Guide Ind. Kew. 182 & 353.
1970; S. Ell., Sketch, imp. 3, 2: 99-100 & 743.1971; Law

rence, Taxon, Vasc. Pl., imp. 2, 687. 1971; Mold., Fifth Sum, 1:
6, 23, 25, 26, 30, 32, 33, 48, 56, 369, & hO2 (1971) and 2: 600,
660, 661, 706, 752, 787, & 910. 1971; Whipple, Journ. Elisha
Mitch. Sci. Soc. 88: 9. 1972; Mold., Phytologia 23: 18) (1972)

and 26: 511. 1973; Airy Shaw in J. C. Willis, Dict. Flow. Pl., ed.
8, 1114 & 1115. 1973; Michx., Fl. Bor.—-Am., imp. 2, 2 (Ewan,
Class. Bot. Am. 3]: 14. 19743 Mold., Phytologia 28: 202. 197h;
Duncan & Foote, Wildfls. SE. U. S. 150, 29h, & 295. 1975; Kooiman,
Act. Bot. Neerl. 2: 463. 1975; M. F. Baker, Fla. Wild Fls., ed.
2, imp. 2, 188. 1976; Mold., Phytologia 3h: 250 & 511. 1976; Bat-
son, Gen. East. Pl. 147 & 201. 1977; Lelong, Sida 7: [118] & 1,0.
1977; K. E. Rogers, Sida 7: 78. 1977.

STYLODON CARNEUS (Medic.) Mold., Revist. Sudam. Bot. 5: 2. 1937.
Additional & emended synonymy: Verbena caroliniana, erecta,

foliis oblongo-obovalibus, obtusis; spicis filiformibus, longissi-
mis, distinctifloris Michx. apud Poir. in Lam., Encycl. Méth. 8:
548, in syn. 1808. Verbena carolinensis (Walt.) Small, Fl. SE. U.
S., ed. 1, 1009. 1903. Verbena caroliniana (Walt.) Michx. ex
Mold., Résumé Suppl. 2: 11, in syn. 1960. Verbena caroliniana
Gmel. ex Mold., Phytologia 8: 279, in syn. 1962. Stylodon carnea
(Medic.) Mold., Résumé Suppl. 4: 13, in syn. 1962. Verbena
carnosa Medic. ex Mold., Résumé Suppl. 7: 9, in syn. 1963. Verbena
carolinensis var. caroliniana Michx. ex Mold., Résumé Suppl. 73

9, in syn. 1963. Stylodon carolinensis a. decumbens Murrill, in
herb.

Bibliography: see under the genus as a whole.

Tllustrations: Greene & Blomquist, Fls. South 109. 1953;
Rickett, Wild Fls. U.S. 2 (2): pl. 171 (in color). 1967; Grim,
Recog. Flow. Wild Pl. 220. 1968.

Recent collectors refer to this plant as upright and have
found it growing on dry or sandy soil and railroad gravel on rail-
road rights-of-way, in low sandy ground, at the edges of creeks
and roads, on sandy pine—hardwood hills and sandhills, in sandy
oak woods and dry pinelands, dry or sandy woods, oak-hickory for-
ests, flat pinewoods, sandy open woods, sandy oak scrub, and upland
open pine-oak woodlands, in fields, pinebarrens, barren and open
pastures, and sandy low ground along roadsi des, in pineland
hardwood association, open and cutover longleaf pine areas, open
sandy woods, on longleaf pine hills, "in semi-shade in sand of
grown—over second growth pine" and well-drained longleaf pine for
ests, flowering and fruiting from April te July.

The corollas are said to have been "pink" on Correll 2717, Dress
& Hansen 2032, and Dress & Read 980, "pink-lavender" on Bougere
1046, "light-lavender" on Smith 57, "light—blue" on Allen 1282,

120 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. hh, No. 2

"white" on Graves 621, "white to very pale-lLavender" on Tharp & al.
54856, "pale-lavender, almost white" on Bougere 1153, and Wwhite to
flesh, drying faint-purple" on Braun 568.

Tharp and his companions encountered the species "on red gravel-
ly sand upland among well spaced cutover ak oa and shortleaf

pine over a thick groundcover of Paspalum and Andro opogon" and "in
deep loose sand soil beneath large old eer stands of Pinus palustris,

the podsol covered with duff". Allen found it eee. in open
areas with Helenium, Spiranthes, Gaylussacia, and Rudbeckia".
Dress and his associates found it "in very sandy soil of rather
barren open fields" and at the "edge of low rather open sandy and
grassy pine and holly woodland".

Radford, Ahles, & Bell (196) record Stylodon carneus from sandy,
frequently xeric, thin woodlands, in the central parts of the Caro-
linas north into Wake County, North Carolina, flowering there from
April to July. Lelong (1977) asserts that it is "common in dry,
open woods" in Mobile County, Alabama. Lowe (1921) avers that it
is found "Usually indry pine lands" and lists it from Jones and
Lowndes Counties, Mississippi. Pullen and his associates (1968) /
record it from Clarke, Forrest, George, Greeve, Harrison, Jackson,
Jones, Kemper, Lowndes, and Pearl River Counties, Mississippi.
Rogers (1977) lists it from Forrest and Perry Counties in the same
state. Grimm (1968) tells us that "It grows in open sandy woods
and thickets, chiefly in the coastal plain" from North Carolina
south to Florida and west to Louisiana. He says that the flowers
are “almost 1/ inch across, pink purplish, or white".

Common names recorded for the species are "Carolina verbena",
"Carolina-verbena", and "Carolina vervain",

Green & Blomquist (1953) note that "This is another species
which varies somewhat in its flower characters from a true verbe=-
N&a.eseeeeHowever, the habit of the plant is typical of a verbena".
Perry (1933) says that it “is probably a relic of some ancient
form; the distinctive character of the schizocarp gives no clue to
its affinities, but rather emphasizes the anomaly of the species".

The polynomial credited to Michaux by Poiret (1808) is errone-
ously placed by him in the synonymy of Verbena carolina L., a very
different plant.

Material of Stylodon carneus has been misidentified and distrib-
uted in some herbaria as Verbena angustifolia Michx., V. carolina
L., V. hastata L., V. stricta Vent., Buchnera elongata Sw. [in the
Scrovhulariaceae], "Lobelia carolina L." [Lobeliaceae], and Lobelia
inflata L. [Lobeliaceae]. On the other hand, the Bynum, Ingram, &
Jayne s s.n. [April 18, 1933] and McAtee 1953, distributed as Stylo-
don carneus, are actually Verbena hale: halei Sma. Small, Cory 54253 and G.
Te Fisher 51001 are V. rigida Spreng., ngs, Fe A. Barkley 13365, Flen-
ming s.n. [Rutledge swamp, Oct. 9, 193k], an and Uzzell 17 are V.

xutha Lehm., and Godfrey 4643 is Buchnera e elongata S Sw. in the

Scrophulariaceae.

1979 Moldenke, Notes on Stylodon 123

Additional citations: NORTH CAROLINA: Bladen Co.: Bell SMe
[May 18, 1946] (Hi—33705). Brunswick Co.: A. C. Mathews Mathews s.n.
(May 2, 1935] (Hi—5849). Cumberland Co.: Ahles & Haesloop 297h1
(Hi-10)892); C. Knox s.n. [June 7, 19h2] (Se—-202550) . Duplin .
Co.: A. Ce Mathews s. S.ne . [June 5, 1932] (Hi--59459). Harnett Co.:
R. K. Godfrey 4239 (W—1767334) . Hoke Co.: Ahles & Neuber 25000
(Hi—10h415); B. E. Smith s.n. [May 20, 1934] (Hi—59458). Mont
gomery Co.: Radford W711 (Hi--92859) . Pender Co.: Ahles & Haes—
loop 27915 (Hi—10LN1h, Se--199297); Hyams s.n. (Burgaw, . Auge
1878] (W—1h299). Richmond Co.: Radford 19289 (Hi—92860) .
Robeson Co.: Terrell 3052 (Hi—1013). Scotland Co.: Ahles &
Leisner 3286 (Hi—104412); Duke 872 (Hi—122975). Wake Co.: W.
B. Fox 3636 (Hi—55469). County undetermined: McCarthy s.n.
(North Carolina] (W—72317). SOUTH CAROLINA: Aiken Co.: Duke
1290 (Hi—112972); Ravenel 116) (W—1323068), s.n. [Aiken] (W—
72321). Bamberg Co.: Ahle Ahles & | & Haesloop 259h8 (Hi—10),891) , 30L45
(Bl1—18086). Beaufort Co.: “Mellichamp 137 137 (W—1323069). Cal-
houn Co.: Ahles & Haesloop 30287 (Hi—10)893) « Chesterfield Co.:
Swails 1 (Hi—110658). Clarendon Co.: Radford 256 (Hi—101651).
Darlington Co.: Coker sen. [July 1, 1936] (Hi--59451); J. B. Nor-
ton s.n. [May 5, 1921] ~(Hi—SoLh9) § Radford & Stewart 351 tat
984508, Hi—23189); Rogers s.n. [April 21, il 21, 1910] (Hi—-59450); B.
E. Smith 57 (Hi—26481), 1457 (Hi—2683), 1739 (Hi--2647h) . Dor-
chester Co.: Ahles & Haesloop 26292 (Hi—10lh16), 26293 (Hi—
104417); K. A. Taylor s.n, [Sumerville, June 2 191 ~ (W--308)96) .
Georgetown Co. Bozeman & Logue 9149 (Ld); Godfrey & Tryon 180
(Ca—956863, W—1837108) 5 Radford A 25106 (Hi—-101650). Hampton
Co.: C. R. Bell 2572 (N). “Kershaw Co.: Radford 23650 (Hi—
101649). Lee Co.: Radford 24077 (Hi—101648). Lexington Co.:
Dake 756 (Hi—-112973); Godfrey & Tryon 1202 (W—1837919). Marion
Co.: C.R. Bell 7822 (Hi—101647). Witherspoon Island: B. E.
Smith 1458 (Hi—26)82). County undetermined: Curtiss SMe ay 4
Carolina, 1875] (W—72320). GEORGIA: Baker Co.: Thorne ie 4026 ONe==
1929872). Chatham Co.: W. M. Canby s.n. (Savannah, May 1858]
(Pa). Richmond Co.: Duke & Ahles 2039 39 (Hi—11297h) . Screven
Co.: Ahles 54322 (Hi—201959) « Seminole Co.: Dress & Hansen
2032 (Ba). Tattnall Co.: Ahles 54211 (Hi—201602). “FLORIDA: Al-
achua Co.: O'Neill 986 (W--13259h h7). Bay Co.: Billington 22 (W—
122237). Clay Co.: W. M. Canby s.n. [Hibernia, March 1869] (Pa,
W—72319); Totten s.n. (August 31, 1945] (Hi—28108) . Duval on
Curtiss 1959 (Ms—30782, Mu—1559, W-—72318), 386 (Ca—58612,
218279), 4765 (Ca—104828, W—-22lh91); Fredholm m 5136 eas
Escambia Co.: G. L. Fisher 9 (Ca—5610). Fra Franklin Co.: A. We
Chapman s.n. [Biltmore Herb. ),761a] (W—-332103). Gadsden Coes | F.

122 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. hi, No. 2

H. Sargent 6160 (St). Hernando Co.: Murrill 583 (W—~1928)03).
Jefferson Co.: Godfrey 59506 (Hi--155818). Lake Co.: Nash 601
(Ca--10),827, W--228139). Leon Co.: N. C. Henderson 63-1058 (Au—
223001). Liberty Co.: A. W. Chapman s.n. [Aspalaga, 1898) (Dt).
Orange Co.: Barrows s.n. .. (Winter Park, -, 1894) (Dt); Meislahn 135a
(W--511392); Pieters 71 (W--511583). Polk Co.: McFarlin 5025
(Mi). Seminole Co.: Lewton s.n. (Ms-——5059). Suwannee Co.: God-

& Houk 60815 (Hi—201509). Volusia Co.: S. M. Deam 1799 (W—
aoe J. R. Perkins s.n, (DeLand, March-April 1918] (ca—
882629). Wakulla Co.: Rugel s.n. sen. (St. Marks, Apr.-dun. 183]
(Go). County undetermined: A. WC hapman s.n. [Florida, 185]
(Bm, S), son. (W. Florida] (Dt); Rugel s.n. 1. [Late January-Kar.
1S] (Bm). ALABAMA: Baldwin Co.: Dress & ;& Read 9840 (Ba). Lee
Co.: F. S. Earle s.n. (Auburn, 5/20/99] (Dt). Mobile Co.: Bush
312 (W--318)85) ; E. W. E. W. Graves 621 (W986); C. Mohr s.n. ~ [Mo-
bile, June 1879] (W—77185). MISSISSIPPI: Harrison Co.: $ S. M.
Tracy 1981 (W--3k106), sen. [Biloxi, 5/8/1895] (W—307751) «
Jackson Co.: J. Skehan s.n. [Seymour & Earle 118] (Gg--36176, Hi—
59447, Lb—-16423). Lamar Co.: S. B. Jones 13653 (Au——260961) ; F.
H. Sargent 7743 (Go). LOUISIANA: Natchitoches Par.: E. J. Palmer
7564 (W—c603331). Orleans Par.: T. Drummond 253 (Au--121551).
Rapides Par.: Mayeau s.n. [May 9, 1942] (Lv). Saint Helena Par.:
C. M. Allen 725 (Lv), "1282 (Lv). Saint Tammany Par.: Anect 60
(Herb. Leonard 2289] (W—1036677, W--226113); Arséne 11820 (Ly,
W—1033023), 12117 (W—10330)6); Bougere 106 (Lv), 1153 (Lv);
C. A. Brown 7698 (Lv). Tangipahoa Par.: H. R. Wilson 151 (Lv).
Washington Par.: C. A. Brown 568 (Lv); Beh) nee Thomas & al. 142h0 1420
(N). TEXAS: Jasper Co.: D. D. S. . Correll 27417 (Ld). Jefferson on Co.
McLeod 1156 (Au—18051). ~ Tyler Co: D. S. . S. Correll 3 37255 (Ld);
Tharp, Turner, & Johnston 54731 (Au—121551), 5u856 (Au—121550,
St). LOCALITY OF COLLECTION UNDETERMINED: Hiendlmayr s.n. (Mu—
12h6); J. Torrey s.n. ["New York") (Lu).

NOTES ON NEW AND NOTEWORTHY PLANTS. CXXVIIL
Harold N. Moldenke

DIOSTEA SCOPARIA var. SUBULATA Mold.

Haec varietas a forma speciei dentibus calicinis longiter subulatis
plerumque tortis recedit.

This variety differs from the typical form of the species in hav-
ing the calyx-teeth definitely and conspicuously long-subulate, often
twisted together in age.

The type of the variety was collected by Juan Semper (no. 631) in
meadows at Pampa de Tabolango, Las Heras, Mendoza, Argentina, at 2000
meters altitude, on April 19, 1945, and is deposited in the Britton .
Herbarium at the New York Botanical Garden. The collector describes
the plant as a shrub, 1 m. tall, with lilac-colored flowers.

ERIOCAULON PELLUCIDUM £. PUMILUM (Raf.) Mold., stat. nov.
Eriocaulon pumilum Raf., Atl. Journ., imp. 1, 121. 1832.

ADDITIONAL NOTES ON THE GENUS pDIosTEA, I
Harold N. Moldenke

Since the publication of my monograph of this genus in 1960 much ad-
ditional material has come to my attention. This is summarized in the
present paper. The herbarium acronyms employed, as in all others in
my long series of papers in this journal for the past 46 years, are
fully explained in my Fifth Summary (1971), pages 795--801.

DIOSTEA Miers

Additional & emended bibliography: Steud., Nom. Bot. Phan., ed. 2, 2:
fou. 3641: 5, Dietr,, Syn. Pl. 3: 601. 18435 Walp. Nove Act. Lae,
Leopold.—Carol Cur. 19, Suppl. 1: 379. 1843; Schau. in A. DC., Prodr.
11: 544-—-546, 555, 556, 573, & 614. 1847; C. Gay, Hist. Fis. Chile 1:
20--22 & 30--31. 1849; Buek, Gen. Spec. Syn. Candoll. 3: 104, 266, &
494--496. 1858; Bocq., Adansonia, ser. 1, 3: [Rev. Verbenac.] 203 & 244,
feos. Fea rOiL,, Gate, Pl. Vase. Chil, 221. 13Gb: Batts Boee= a6. (o-
am, 202, 206/:° Jacks. in Hook, £..& Jacks., Ina. Kew... ima. 1: 204,
549, 768, & 777 (1893) and imp. 1, 2: 95 & 96. 1894; Briq. in Engl. &
Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam., ed. 1, 4 (3a): 147. 1894; Jacks. in Hook, f.
& Jacks., Ind. Kew., imp. 1, 2: 1178 & 1179. 1895; Briq. in Chod. &
Wilczek, Bull. Herb. Boiss., ser. 2, 2: 543 & 544. 1902; Reiche & Phil.,
Fl. Chil. 5: 272, 282--283, 297--299, & 303. 1910; Sanzin, Anal. Soc.
Cient. Argent. 88: 98, 100, 103, 104, 116--118, 122, 125, & 133, fig.
5. 1919; H.C. Comber, Gard. Caran., ser, 3, 92: 3/3.. 193925 8. §, Com
ber, Gard. Chron., ser. 3, 92: 413. 1932; Makins, Ident. Trees Shrubs
/4°6 259, Fibs 62 BH. 19363. 5S. -Bareo., Kew Boll, Misc. tnt, 1936:
94. 1936; Mold., Geogr. Distrib. Avicen. [1], 28, 29, & 39. 1939; Jacks.
in Hook, £..& Jacks., ind. Kew., inp. 2, 1: 264, 549, 768, &°777 (1946)

123

124 FoR Ee OLS © ik Vol. 44, No. 2

and imp. 2, 2: 95; 96, 1178, & 1179. 1946; Mold, , Alph. List ig
Names Suppl. 1: 9 &.26. 1947; H. Ne & A. L. Mold.,.P1.) Lite 2:59
43, & 60. 1948; Erdtman, Pollen Morph. Pl. Tax., ed. 1, 448. 1952;
Angely, Cat. Estat. Gen. Bot. Fan. 17: 4. 1956; Darlington & Wy-
lie, Chromos. Atl., imp. by 322, 323, & 506, 1956; Anon. 5 .U] oo
Dept. Agr. Bot. Subj. Ind. “15 y 14354. 1958; Mutoz Pizzaro, Sins

Fl. Chil. 199. 1959; Encke, Pareys BlumengY¥rtn., ed. 2, 443.

1960; Jacks...in Hook. £. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., imp. 3, 120264, 79000
& 777 (1960) and imp. 3, 2: 95, 96, 1178, & 1179. 1960; Mufloz Piz-
zaro, Espec. Pl. Descr. Philip. 110. 1960; Potztal in Encke, Par-
eys BlumengY¥rtn., ed. 2, 2: 439. 1960; Darlington & Wylie, Chromos.
Atl., imp. 2,322, 323, ® 506. 1961; Mold., Biol. Abstr. Sa-aeree
1961; Runner, Rep. Groff Coll. 361. 1961; Hocking, Excerpt. Bot.
A.4: 224, 1962; Dalla Torre & Harms, Gen. Siphonog., imp. 2, 430.
1963; Troncoso in BUcher, Hjerting, & Rahn, Dansk. Bot. Arkiv 22:
105 & 109--110. 1963; Hansen, Excerpt. Bot. A./7: 139. 1964: Mold.,
Résumé Suppl. 10: 5 (1964) and 11: 5. 1964; F. A. Barkley, List
Ord. Fam. Anthoph. 75 & 160. 1965; Mold., Phytologia 12: 6, 20,

21, & 36. 1965; Airy. Shaw in Willis, Dict. Flow. Pl., eds 7, 2ae8
1966; Erdtman, Pollen Morph. Pl. Tax., ed. 2, imp. 1, 448. 1966;
Mold., Phytologia 14: 402. 1967; Mold., Résumé Suppl. 15: 21.

1967; ,Anons;.°Torr.. Bot, Club Ind. Am. Bot, Lit.,.3: 309, Yos-
Bolkh., Grif, Matvej., & Zakhar., Chromos. Numb. Flow. Pl., imp. l,
715, 4&°F16.; £969; Anoh,, Biel. Abstr. 51-(16): B.A.SaleGu eee
1970; Mold., Biol. Abstr. 51: 9025. 1970; Rouleau, Guide Ind. Kew.
6) & 352, 1970; Erdtman,. Pollen Morph. Pl. Tax., ed. 2, Jimegie
448. 1971; Heusser, Pollen Spores Chile 62 & 81, pl. 59-672. 1971;
Mold. 5 FifthsSumm. 12<5, 210;.191, 195, 362, °395, 428, 429.4985
433, 476, & 4737 (1971) and 22: 532, 549-—551,; 557, 5655 (6839) Gea,
678, 694, 696, 709, 754, 774, & 876. 1971; Thanikaimoni, Inst.
Frang. Pond. Trav. Sect. Scient. Techn. 12: 80. 1972; Airy Shaw

in Willis, Dict. Flow. Pl., ed. 8, 369. 1973; Hegnauer, Chemotax.
Pfl. 6 [Chem. Reihe 21]: 675. 1973; Gibbs, Chemotax. Flow. Pl. 3:
1752 & 1754. 1974; Bolkh., Grif, Matvej., & Zakhar., Chromos, Numb.
Flow. Pl.; imp. 2, 715 & 716.1974; Mold., Phytologia 28: 1097 450.
& 508. 1974; Troncoso, Darwiniana 18: 296, 301, 302, 306, 310, 313,
352-=—355, 409, 411, & 412, fig. 15 & 353. 1974; Mold., Phytoloeza
303 181 & 507. 1975; L. He & Es Z. Bailey, Hortus Third tee
1976; A. R. Mold. in Thrower & Bradbury, Chile-Calif. Medit. Scrub
Atl. 211. 1977; Markgraf & D'Antoni, Pollen Fl. Argent. 20, 32, 98;
114, 122, & 207, pl. 42-358 & 42-3-9, 1978.

Gibbs (1974) reports tannins and leucoanthocyanin not present
in this genus. Darlington & Wylie (1956) give the chromosome num-
ber as x = 5.

The Z5llner 5533, distributed as Diostea, actually is Junellia
pseudo-juncea (C. Gay) Mold,

DIOSTEA CINERASCENS (Schau.) Mold.

Additional synonymy: Citharexylum? alpinum Poepp. ex Walp.,
Repert. Bot. Syst. 4: 16, in syn. 1845. Lippia cinerascens F.
Phil., Cat. Pl. Vasc. Chil. 219. 1881. Verbena cinerascens Gill. &

1979 Moldenke, Notes on Diostea B25

Hook., in herb.

Additional & emended bibliography: C. Gay, Hist. Fis. Chile
Bot. 5: 21. 1849; Buek, Gen. Spec. Syn. Candoll. 3: 104 & 494,
£583.58.) Phike, <Gat..Pl. Vase... Chil, 2195: 1681; Jacks; in Hogks i.
& Jaeks72 Ind. /Kew.s 5, imp. 1,, 12 549 -(1893) tand impivto 2: PbS;
1895; Reiche & Phil., Fl. Chil. 5: 282--283. 1910; Jacks. in Hook.
fs & Jacks. ; Ind. ews s;cimp. *2,.51¢ 549 *C19460) andiimp, (2522: Five.
1946; Acevedo de Vargas, Bol. Mus. Nac. Hist. Nat. Chile 25: 41 &
70e.19515 Jacks. Sin Hooks £. &‘Jacks., . Inds Kewageimps 03,01 50549
£2960) ‘and imps. 3, 248° 4178 ..°2960; Mold... Fifth Summed: 198,428,
& 431 (1971) and 2: 663 & 876. 1971; Hegnauer, Chemotax. Pfl. 6
[Chem. Reihe 21]: 675. 1973; Troncoso, Darwiniana 18: 310, 313, &
411. 1974.

My good friend, Otto Z6llner, has found this plant growing at
2000 m. altitude, flowering in September and November, and in
fruit in November. Reiche (1910) asserts that it grows “En las
cordilleras de las provincias de Coquimbo (Ovalle, Illapel), A-
concagua i Santiago; perece planta escasa". Gay (1849) notes that
the "Especie muy afin de la V[erbena] scoparia Hook. y que se halla
en las cordilleras de Santiago y en el camino de la Guardia".
Troncoso (1974) cites Jiles 1535 from Ovalle, Chile, deposited in
the San Isidro herbarium.

A reference to "Poepp. Syn. Pl. Am. Austr. 558" occurs in the
literature of this taxon, but as yet has not been located by me --
possibly it is an exsiccatae number.

Material of D. cinerascens has been misidentified and distribu-
ted in some herbaria as D. juncea(Gill. & Hook.) Miers and as
Junellia sp. On the other hand, the Poeppig II.85, distributed as
D. cinerascens in some herbaria, actually is D. juncea.

Additional citations: CHILE: Aconcagua: Z6llner 7938 (Ld).
Atacama: Poeppig 9 [Macbride photos 7855 in part] (W--photo of co-
type). Coquimbo: C. Gay 944 [Macbride photos 7855 in part] (W--
photo of cotype); Z6llner 5350 (Z). Province undetermined: C.

Gay sen. [Chile] (W--1706333).

DIOSTEA JUNCEA (Gill. & Hook.) Miers

Additional & emended synonymy: Verbena juncea @& foliis integ-
errimis, spicis pubescentibus Gill. & Hook. in Hook., Bot. Misc. 1:
162. 1829. Verbena juncea Pp foliis grosse serratis, spicis
glabriusculis Gill. & Hook. in Hook., Bot. Misc. 1: 162. 1829.
Lippia scirpea Re A. Phil., Anal. Univ. Chile 2: 402. 1862; Linnaea
33: 196. 1864. Diostea juncea Miers apud Jacks. in Hook. f. &
Jacks., Ind. Kew.e, imp.1, 1: 768, in syn. 1893.' Baillonia iuncea
Benth. & Hook. apud M. Kunz, Anatom. Untersuch. Verb. 37. 1911.
Baillonia juncea Briq. ex Metcalfe & Chalk, Anat. Dicot. 1034, fig.
247 F & H. 1950. Diostea scirpea (Phil.) Miers apud Acevedo de
Vargas, Bol. Mus. Nac. Hist. Nat. Chile 25: 42--44. 1951. Lippia
baillonia Darlington & Wylie, Chromos. Atl., imp. 1, 323, in syn.
1955. Baillonia juncea (Gill. & Hook.) Briq. ex Encke, Pareys
Blumengartn., ed. 2, 443, in syn. 1960. Lippea juncea Gay ex Mold.,
Résumé Suppl. 3: 33, in syn. 1962. Diostea juncea (Schau.) Miers
ex Mold., Résumé Suppl. 10: 5, in syn. 1964.

126 FP Be¥<t'O BeOsesanh Vol. 44, No. 2

Additional & emended bibliography: Steud., Nom, Bot. Phan., ed.
25 24 °750. 184152D. Dietr., SynscPhs) 35 )60L. 1843; 'C.-Gag) ae
Fis. Chile 5: 30--31. 1849; Buek, Gen. Spec. Syn. Candoll. 3: 266
& 495. 1858; Bocq., Adansonia, ser. 1, 3 [Rev. Verbenac.] 244,
18635 R. A. Phil.,. Anal. Univ. Chil. 27: 339 (1865) and 352193,
1870; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., imp. 1, 1: 264, 768,
& 777 (1893), imp. 1, 2: 95 & 96 (1894), and imp. 1, 2: 1179.

1895; Briq., Ann. Conserv. Jard. Bot. Genév. 4: 22. 1900; Wilczek
& Chod., Bull. Herb. Boiss., ser. 2, 2: 544, 1902; Thiselt.-Dyer,
Ind. Kew. Suppl. 2: 23, 61, & 106. 1904; Reiche & Phil., Fl. Chit.
5: 272, 297--299, & 303. 1910; M. Kunz, Anatom. Untersuch. Verb.
37. 1911; C. K. Schneid., Illustr. Handb. Laubholzk. 2: 590. 1912;
Sanzin, Anal. Soc. Cient. Argent. 88: 98, 100, 103, 104, 133, &
134, fig. 6. 1919; Hs Fe Comber, Gard... Chron.) ser. 3) 922541
1932; Makins, Ident. Trees Shrubs 74 & 259, fig. 62 H. 1936; H. S.
Marsh., Kew Bull. Misc. Inf. 1936: 94. 1936; Mold., Geogr. Distrib.
Avicenn. 29 & 39. 1939; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew.

imp. 2, 1: '264,..768, & 777 (1946) and imp. 2, 2: 95; °96,. "6 Ubyea
1946; H. Ne & Aw Le. Mold., Pl. Life 2: 60. 1948; Metcalfe & Chalk,
Anat. Dicot. 1032 & 1034, fig. 247 F & H. 1950; Acevedo de Vargas,
Bol. Mus. Nac. Hist. Nat. Chile 25: 41--44, fig. 2. 1951; Erdtman,
Pollen Morph. Pl. Tax., ed. 1, 448. 1952; Darlington & Wylie,
Chromos. Atl., imp. 1, 323. 1955; Munoz Pizarro, Sin. Fl. Chil.
199. 1959; Encke, Pareys Blumengdrt., ed. 2, 443. 1960; Jacks. in
Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., imp. 3, 1: 264, 768, & 777 (1960)

and imp. 3, 2: 95. 96, & 1179. 1960; Munoz Pizarro, Espec. Pl. Des-
cr. Philip. 109--110. 1960; Darlington & Wylie, Chromos, Atl., imp.
2, 323. 1961; Mold., Phytologia 9: 114. 1963; Mold., Résumé Suppl.
10: 5 (1964) and 11: 5. 1964; Erdtman, Pollen Morph. Pl. Tax., ed.
2, 448. 1966; Mold., Phytologia 14: 402. 1967; Mold., Résumé Suppl.
15: 21. 1967; Bolkh., Grif, Matvej., & Zakhar., Chromos. Numb.
Flow. Pl., imp. 1, 716. 1969; Erdtman, Pollen Morph. Pl. Tax., ed.
2, imp. 2, 448. 1971; Heusser, Pollen Spores Chile 62, pl. 59-672.
1971; Mold., Fifth Summ. 1: 191, 195, 362, 395, 429, 433, 476,
477° (1971) and: 2: 532, 549, 551, 557, 565, 613, 676,' G94, Geo.

774, & 876. 1971; Bolkh., Grif, Matvej., & Zakhar., Chromos. Num.
Flow. Pl.,, imp. 2, 716. 1974; Troncoso, Darwiniana 18: 353--355,
409, & 412, fig. 15. 1974; Mold., Phytologia 30: 181. 1975; A. R.
Mold. in Thrower & Bradbury, Chile-Calif. Medit. Scrub Atl. 211.
1977; Markgraf & D'Antoni, Pollen Fl. Argent. 20, 32, 98, 114, 122,
& 207, pl. 42-358. 1978.

Additional & emended illustrations: Sanzin, Anal. Soc. Cient.
Argent. 88: 104, fig. 6. 1919; Makins, Ident. Trees Shrubs 74, fig.
62 H. 1936; Metcalfe & Chalk, Anat. Dicot. 1034, fig. 247 F & H.
1950; Acevedo de Vargas, Bol. Mus. Nac. Hist. Nat. Chile 25: 42--
44, fig. 2. 1951; Heusser, Pollen Spores Chile 62, pl. 59-672.
1971; Troncoso, Darwiniana 18: 353, fig. 15. 1974; Markgraf &
D'Antoni, Pollen Fl. Argent. 98, pl. 42-358. 1978.

[to be continued]

BOOK REVIEWS
Alma L. Moldenke

"BIOLOGY" Third Edition by Helena Curtis, xxvii & 1043 pp.,.17
maps, 97 tab., 190 b/w fig., 508 b/w photo. Worth Publishers,
Ince, New York, N. Y. 10016. 1979. $18.95.

Outstanding: This text is outstanding for content that is both
modern and historically accurate, that receives well balanced ef-
fective presentation, that shows logical transitions from topic
to topic, that has summaries and review questions that are stimula-
ting rather than just repetitive, that has straightforward biologi-
cal treatment of human reproduction, that adds a personalized glow
of individual humanity to scientists mentioned with their contribu-
tions and that has 60 boxed essays on such topics as "Darwin's Long
Delay" and "Predaceous Fungi", It is outstanding for the highly
selective, helpfully realistically short, annotated bibliography.
It is outstanding for its use of illustrative material that is al-
ways attractive, germane. helpful, accurate and abundant. Many
electron micrographs have labeled copy drawings next to them
fer €larification.

The first two editions of this text were landmarks of success
in their times - 1966, 1975, but this one pleases me most because
of a tendency toward fuller treatment of major biological/ecologi-
cal problems. I found myself virtually automatically reading it
from cover to cover as though preparing to use it as a text for the
coming semester even though I have been retired from the classroom
for well over a decade! Figure 38-7 has the phrase "with tears in
their eyes" dangling in the wrong place. On p. 535 are not the
"three leaves" of the broad bean plant actually the three leaflets
of one typical compound leaf? On p. 373 if "bite" is going to be
used for the mosquito's piercing and sucking mouthparts, should not
the word be put between quotes at least? On p. 665 the mirror
image difference of the bird and mammal hearts is not shown, Per-
haps plant geneticists and plant taxonomists are more in accord
with the species definition for their organisms on p. 344 than the
author realizes. The warm and cold current lines on map 46-30
are not visible even with knowing where they should appear. These
mentionings are only of minutiae that cannot detract from the out-
standing quality of this text. "The most important undertaking of
this revision has been to modernize the basic chemistry in the early
chapters and to show throughout the remainder of the book how this
knowledge of events at the molecular level deepens our under-
standing of biological phenomena. The goal has been to make the
chemistry more coherent, more relevant to biology, but no more dif-
ficult.”

127

128 PRY TA, Bey ok Vol. 44, No. 2

"STUDY GUIDE to accompany BIOLOGY Third Edition" (by Helena Cur-
tis) by Vivian Manns Null, viii & 348 pp. & 36 b/w diag.
Worth Publishers, Inc., New York, N. Y. 10016. 1979. #5.95
paperbound,

Each chapter of the "Study Guide" first lists the important
concepts to master, Recall sections provide completion-sentences
following the text and other types of questions, The next section
requires organizing facts within principles in order to draw con-
clusions, The next part involves application to a related topic
not in the text chapter. Answers are printed in this guide so
that the students can check themselves. This a a better than aver-
age study guide because it stresses steps in reasoning. It should
be particularly helpful to the unorganized or weak student.

“LABORATORY TOPICS IN BIOLOGY to accompany BIOLOGY Third Edition"
(by Helena Curtis) by Ray F. Evert, Barbara W. Saigo & Susan
E. Eichhorn, vi & 218 pp., 42 b/w fig, 117 photo & 10 tab.
Worth Publishers, Inc., New York, N. Y. 10016. 1979. $7.95
spiral/paperbound.

Of course, this lab manual closely follows the text. "Through-
out.....ethere is emphasis on basic facts and principles with an
intent always to provide a sound foundation in biology. The ex-
periments range from the 'tried and true’ to those incorporating
recent advances in biology.'"' This is an efficient, better than
average arrangement and content. Fig. 31-5 is so dark that no de-
tails are discernable,

"INSTRUCTOR'S MANUAL to accompany BIOLOGY Third Edition" (by
Helena Curtis) by Helena Curtis, xi & 126 pp. Worth Publish-
ers, Inc., New York, N. Y. 10016. Free to teachers using
the text.

Here are the suggested answers to the 398 questions that appear
at the ends of chapters in the text. Perhaps more valuable are the
most recent sources of good audio-visual materials. One hundred
of the illustrations in "Biology" Third Edition are available on
TRANSPARENCY MASTERS.for use in overhead projectors, free to in-
structors who adopt the textbook.

"PREPARATION GUIDE to accompany LABORATORY TOPICS IN BIOLOGY" by
Susan E, Eichhorn, James W. Perry & Ray F. Evert, viii & 151
pp, 14 b/w fig & 7 tab. Worth Publishers, Inc., New York
10016. 1979, Free to adopters of the text.

This guide is useful in procuring and preparing laboratory
materials and in the allocation of time divisions for the syl-
labus. On p. E.42 the name for the blackberry is misspelled.

PHYTOLOGIA

Designed to expedite botanical publication

Vol. 44 September 1979 A) So 3

CONTENTS

BAILEY, D. K., & HAWKSWORTH, F. G., Pinyons of the Chihuahuan

ROTC. PEMERATES oo. fo se inst Nel whe ints 8 eth ee aah ee Ae Ak tee ek 129
MOLDENKE, H. N., Notes on new and noteworthy plants. CXXVIII ... 134
MOLDENKE, H. N., Additional notes on the genus Diostea. IJ ....... 134
MOLDENKE, H. N., Additional notes on the genus Dipyrena.I....... 139
MOLDENKE, H. N., Additional notes on the genus Hierobotana. IV.... 141
MOLDENKE, H. N., Additional notes on the genus Vitex. XI ........ 143
LUER, C. A., Miscellaneous new species in the Pleurothallidinae

(ER COMAACEDE) 5 oi 0 Sail GIF Gl EGR fol a a Wd ed ene ae aig 164
MOLDENKE, A. L., Book reviews .......... 72

a LIBRARY
DEC 4 1979

: Nie YORI
Pes Gn biat)) rn ae BOTANICAL GARDEN

Published by Harold N. Moldenke and Alma L. Moldenke

303 Parkside Road
Plainfield, New Jersey 07060
U.S.A.

Price of this number $2.00; for this volume $11.00 in advance or $12.00
after close of the volume; $3.00 extra to all foreign addresses;
512 pages constitute a complete volume; claims for numbers
lost in the mails must be made immediately after
receipt of the next following number
for free replacement. A

PINYONS OF THE CHIHUAHUAN DESERT REGION

D. K. Bailey
University of Colorado Museum
Boulder, Colorado 80302

and

Frank G. Hawksworth
Rocky Mountain Forest and Range Experiment Station
USDA Forest Service, Fort Collins, Colorado 80526

In the course of preparing a chapter on the PINACEAE for a
flora of the Chihuahuan Desert Region! the distribution and
taxonomic rank of the pinyons of the region were found to be inade-
quately described. The pinyon studies relevant to the Chihuahuan
Desert Flora are part of a more general investigation, begun in
1973 and still in progress, of all the pinyons (Pinus subsection
Cembroides). Two taxa, hitherto of the rank of variety, require
elevation to species level for reasons given below. In addition
a third taxon has recently been described at the species level
(Robert 1978). The superficial similarity of these three taxa,
and P. cembroides sensu stricto, should not obscure their
important and consistent differences.

PINUS REMOTA (Little) Bailey & Hawksworth, comb. nov.
paper-shell pinyon
Pinus cembroides Zucc. var. remota Little, Wrightia 3:183,
1966. Holotype: US, as P. cembroides var. remota, Val Verde

County, Texas, 13 miles south of Loma Alta, 1 April 1963,
Little & Correll 18991.

Pinus remota as defined by Little (1966) differs from Pinus
cembroides Zucc. sensu stricto - henceforth referred to as Pinus
cembroides - in its much thinner seed shells, needle fascicles
mainly in 2's, but with some 3's and slender gray twigs. We have
found several additional differences. Two of these are
especially important for determination of herbarium specimens.
First is the frequent presence of more than 2 resin ducts per
needle, the number invariably associated with P. cembroides and
with P. edulis var. edulis. P. remota has occasionally been
taken to be P. edulis var. edulis in northern Mexico and west
Texas because it has somewhat thicker needles in these areas than

1", Chihuahuan Desert Flora", M. C. Johnston, compiler, in prepara-

tion at the University of Texas at Austin.
129

130 PHYTOL OG IM Vol. 44, Noy-o

either P. remota from the Edwards Plateau population or nearby
P. cembroides. Second are the abbreviated open fascicle sheaths.
The curl-back of the fascicle sheaths, which make conspicuous
rosettes around the bases of fascicles that are about a year old
in the case of P. cembroides, is much less for P. remota. For
the latter, the curl-back is typically of the order of 90° or
less, in contrast with P. cembroides and all other pinyons
(except Pinus nelsonii with persistent fascicle sheaths) for
which the curl-back is typically 270° or more. This difference
seems to be a consequence of weaker fascicle-sheaths for

P. remota, the distal portions of which are deciduous almost as
soon as curl-back begins. Significant differences in altitude
are also found between P. cembroides and P. remota; the latter
usually occurs at lower elevations. The main range of P. remota
is in Coahuila, but it reaches parts of adjacent Nuevo Ledn,
southeastern Chihuahua and Texas (Bailey & Wendt 1979).

A particularly important feature of P. remota, not mentioned
by Little, is its occurrence (near its upper elevational limit)
sympatrically in west Texas with P. cembroides (near its lower
elevational limit) without evidence of hybridization--a strong
justification for its specific rank.

PINUS DISCOLOR Bailey & Hawksworth, stat. et nom. nov.
border pinyon

Pinus cembroides Zucc. var. bicolor Little, Phytologia
17:336, 1968. Holotype: US, as P. cembroides var. bicolor,
Santa Cruz County, Arizona, Madera Canyon, Santa Rita
Mountains, 20 May 1968, Little 23011 (female plant) and
23010 (male plant).

The varietal name bicolor (Little 1968) is not used, in
this instance, as the specific epithet because of prior use
(Pinus bicolor Maxim. ex Parl. in DC. Prod. xvi, II, 418, 1868).
Pinus bicolor was a creation of Parlatore and it was from the
first a synonym for a Picea, although Maximowicz himself in
creating Abies (not Pinus) bicolor (Maximowicz 1866) assigned it
to Abies. While Article 34 of the International Code of
Botanical Nomenclature might permit us to use bicolor, Article 32,
Recommendation 32c, states that "Authors should avoid adoption of
a name or epithet which has been previously, but not validly,
published for a different taxon."" The epithet discolor which we
have chosen instead preserves Little's descriptive intentions in
the varietal epithet bicolor. Both refer to the usually
conspicuous difference in color between the green dorsal and
glaucous ventral needle surfaces.

1979 Bailey & Hawksworth, Pinyons of Chihuahuan Desert 131

Pinus discolor differs from P. cembroides in its lack of
dorsal stomata, 2-colored needles and smaller cones (Little
1968). We have found several additional differences. Thus,

P. discolor has fascicles on a given tree almost entirely in
-3"s, but with occasional 4's. Fascicles of 2 are significantly
less frequent than 4, although similar counts in the past have
reported the reverse--probably the result of including incomplete
fascicles in hasty counting. Fascicles of 5 are occasionally
found. In contrast, P. cembroides has fascicles of both 2 and

3 needles on the same tree. When the entire geographical
distribution is sampled no marked tendency is found toward either
2 or 3. In addition, needle retention is usually longer for

P. discolor (typically 4-7 years) than for P. cembroides
(typically 2-5 years). Moreover, on older trees, highly
distinctive bark differences have been noted. These differences
are obvious on common sites where the 2 taxa occur side by side.
The bark of P. discolor is somewhat thinner than that of otherwise
comparable specimens of P. cembroides and consists of ragged,
concave, grayish platelets of variable size and shape, typically
2-5 cm wide, with intervening, more or less longitudinal fissures,
some of which exhibit a conspicuous orange to yellow color. In
contrast, the bark of old trees of P. cembroides tends to exhibit
thick, roughly polygonal plates of charcoal black, giving no
impression of raggedness and having obvious transverse as well as
longitudinal fissuring or cross-checking, and without the orange

to yellow color deep in the furrows as in P. discolor. Unlike
P. remota, P. discolor has seed shells as thick or even thicker
than those of P. cembroides. Little confirmed the subdioecious
character of P. discolor in southeastern Arizona (McCormick &
Andresen 1963). We reaffirm this finding, but in extending the
range of P. discolor into the Sierra Madre Occidental from
Chihuahua through Durango to the San Miguelito Mountains of
southern San Luis Potosi, we note that the dioecious tendency
grows less obvious toward the southern part of the range.

Chemical analyses of wood cores collected by us of most pinyons
and including P. cembroides and P. discolor have revealed striking
differences in the monoterpene constituents between the latter two
(analyses by E. Zavarin and K. Snajberk, pers. comm.). For P.
cembroides, nine sites were sampled, 10 trees each, distributed
from west Texas and northern Chihuahua south to Querétaro. For
P. discolor, 12 sites were sampled, 10 trees each, distributed
from southeast Arizona and southwest New Mexico, to San Luis
Potosi. Pinus cembroides is high in o-pinene (89+5%) and low in
both sabinene (2+2%) and p-cymene (141%), whereas P. discolor
is low in a-pinene (35+10%) and high in both sabinene (22+14Z%) and
p-cymene (12+7%). The percentages are means and standard
deviations for 90 trees of P. cembroides and 120 trees of P.
discolor. th .

132 ruY Tore. Ta Vol. 44, No. 3

In geographical regions where both P. cembroides and P.
discolor occur, P. cembroides always appears first on ascending
into hilly or mountainous habitats. There exists, however, a
common elevational range where the two have been found growing
together in Chihuahua, Durango, and San Luis Potos{. On none of
these common sites is there any suggestion of hybridization
between the two taxa. This may be related to a significant
difference in their times of anthesis. Pinus cembroides
sheds its pollen about 4 to 6 weeks earlier than P. discolor.
These facts constitute a strong justification for specific rank
of the two taxa.

The common name, border pinyon, is proposed for P. discolor,
because its principal range lies along both sides of the
international boundary between Mexico and the United States,
extending about 200 km into each country. Specifically, the
principal range comprises southeast Arizona, extreme southwest
New Mexico, northeast Sonora, and northwest Chihuahua.

P. cembroides reaches its northern limit in the Sierra Madre
Occidental at about 30°N, barely reaching the southern limit of
the principal range of P. discolor. Thus, the only pinyons
significantly sharing the principal range of P. discolor are

P. edulis var. edulis, and P. edulis var. fallax Little. Both
are easily recognized and are found only in the northern portions
of the principal range. The few stations presently known for

P. discolor south of 30°N seem to be outliers from the main
population of the border region. In Arizona and elsewhere, this
tree is commonly called Mexican pinyon, a name which should be
used only for Pinus cembroides. The latter is the most widely
distributed pinyon in Mexico and enters the United States only
in west Texas.

The recently described Pinus johannis M.-F. Robert, while
lacking dorsal stomata and having fascicles mainly of 3 needles,
differs conspicuously from P. discolor in growth form. It is a
multi-stemmed shrub resembling Pinus culminicola Andresen &
Beaman. In monoterpene chemistry, it is essentially identical
with P. cembroides and P. remota and shares with them a shorter
needle retention than that of P. discolor. Moreover, its
geographical distribution is given as solely in the mountains just
west of Concepcion del Oro, Zacatecas (Robert 1978). However,
pinyons with both small tree and shrub forms, with needles in
fascicles mainly of 3 and lacking dorsal stomata, have been
found elsewhere in some of the more important but isolated
mountain ranges of Coahuila, and in the Sierra Madre Oriental
farther east. Only one of these isolated populations (Sierra de
la Madera, Coahuila) has thus far been tested chemically. Its
monoterpene composition is identical with that of P. johannis.
These populations are similar in needle anatomy to P. johannis,
and different from P. discolor. For these reasons, and pending
further field and laboratory studies, it is convenient to regard
them as P. johannis sensu lato.

1979 Bailey & Hawksworth, Pinyons of Chihuahuan Desert 133

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

We appreciate the valuable comments and advice on
nomenclatural matters from W. A. Weber (University of Colorado),
R. Barneby (New York Botanical Garden), and F. J. Hermann
(University of Wisconsin). W. B. Critchfield (USDA Forest
Service, Berkeley), and E. Zavarin (University of California,
Berkeley) reviewed the manuscript and made helpful suggestions.

REFERENCES

Bailey, D. K. and Tom Wendt. 1979. New pinyon records for
northern Mexico. Southwest. Natur. 24. [In press]

Little, E. L. Jr. 1966. A new pinyon variety from Texas.
Wrightia 3:181-187.

Little, E. L. Jr. 1968. Two new pinyon varieties from Arizona.
Phytologia 17:329-342.

Maximowicz, C. J. 1866. Diagnoses breves plantarum novarum
Japoniae et Mandschuriae. Bull. Acad. Pétersb. X:485-490.

McCormick, J. and J. W. Andresen. 1963. A subdioecious
population of Pinus cembroides in southeast Arizona. Ohio
J. Sci. 63:159-163.

Robert, M.-F. 1978. Un nouveau pin pignon mexicain : Pinus
johannis. Adansonia, ser. 2, 18:365-373.

NOTES ON NEW AND NOTEWORTHY PLANTS, CXXVIII

Harold N. Moldenke

ERIOCAULON DECANGULARE f, LATIFOLIUM (Chapm.) Mold., stat. nov.

Eriocaulon decangulare var. latifolium Chapm. ex Mold., N. Am.
Pla Dok ala hol «

ERIOCAULON LINEARE f. GIGAS (Mold.) Moid., stat. nov.
Eriocaulon lineare var. gigas Mold, Phytologia 27: 444, 1974.

VERBENA BRACTEATA f. BREVIBRACTEATA (A, Gray) Mold., stat. & comb.
NlOVe

Verbena bracteosa var. brevibracteata A, Gray, Syn. Fl. N. Am.
2 (Et 5 sGe Ales

VERBENA BRACTEATA f. IMBRICATA (Woot. & Standl.) Mold., state. DOV.
Verbena imbricata Woot. & Standl., Contrib. U. S. Nat. Herb.
£6: Lee, 1953.

VERBENA URTICIFOLIA f£, SIMPLEX (Farwell) Mold., stat. nov.
Verbena urticifolia var, simplex Farwell, Papers Mich, Acad,
pei, 3: 103.’ 1924.

VITEX AGNUS-CASTUS f£. CAERULEA (Rehd. ) Mold., stat. nov.
Vitex agnus-castus var. caerulea Rehd. in L, H. Bailey, Cycl.
am, “eet. 4e"1947 [as “Hort,"]. 1902.

ADDITIONAL NOTES ON THE GENUS DIOSTEA, II

Harold N. Moldenke

DIOSTEA JUNCEA (Gill. & Hook.) Miers

Additional bibliography: Thanikaimoni, Trav. Sect. Scient. Techn.
Inst. Franc. Pond. 13: 80. 1976; Mold., Phytologia 44: 125--126,
L979,

Recent collectors describe this species as a many-branched bush
or virgate shrub, 1--6 m. tall, resembling a Cytisus, or a perennial
subaphyllous herb, the branches pendulous, and the flowers tubular,
slightly fragrant. They have encountered it on lakeshores, in sunny
places, on open dry river terraces and partially shaded slopes, and
on steep, dry, rocky, west-facing slopes in sparse chaparral, at
394--2000 m. altitude, flowering from October to March, as well as
in May and June, fruiting in February and June. Morrison reports it

134

1979 Moldenke, Notes on Diostea 135

"not common", but both King and Mexia speak of it as "common"; Bur-
kart and Z6llner report it "abundant", Our son, Dr. Andrew R. Mol-
denke, in response to a query regarding his encountering it during
his work on pollination ecology in Argentina and Chile, says "I know
it well - it is a prominent species in many places",

The corollas are said to have been "white" on Behn s.n., Blake
sen.e, Mexia 7878, Morrison 16781, and Morrison & Wagenknecht 17509,
"whitish-lavender" on McClintock MEX.2.1076, “lilac" on Burkart
19871, “light-lilac" on Lourteig 2543, "blue" on Meyer 7472, “rose"
on Ruiz Leal 23948, and "very bright-violet" on Cordini 107, while
Makins (1936) describes them as "pale-lilac". The only vernacular
name recently reported for the species is "retama", Darlington &
Wylie (1956) list the chromosome number as "x = 8?,.9?" on the
authority of Junell (1934), who, however, reports it as 32.

Makins (1936) lists the species as "Diostea (Baillonia) juncea"
and refers to the fruit as a "berry enclosed in a persistent calyx,
regarding it as endemic to Chile. Gay (1849) comments that "Esta
planta se cria en las cordilleras de Acancagua @ igualmente en la
provincia de Valdivia, cerca del rio Negro" in Chile. Macloskie
(1905) found it in "Valdivia to N. Patagon., Mts. in Chubut",.

The Hooker (1829) reference in the bibliography of D. juncea is
often incorrectly cited as "1830", Hooker divides the taxon into
two forms: "Q foliis integerrimis, spicis pubescentibus" and "®
foliis grosse serratis, spicis glabriusculis".

Erdtman (1966) has examined the pollen of Morrison 16781 and
Werdermann 545 and describes the grains as very verbenoid, 3-col-
porate, suboblate-oblate spheroidal, 32 x 36 mu. Heusser (1971)
describes the pollen as "Monad, isopolar, radiosymmetric; tricolpor-
ate, colpi long and narrow, constricted equatorially, with costae,
colpi pores transverse constricted or more or less circular, variable
in size, generally conspicuous; prolate spheroidal-subprolate, amb
triangular with sides concave; exine 1--1.4 mu thick, tectate, more
or less psilate; 36--48 x 34--43 mu", based on Kuschel SGO 68389
from Bio-Bio, Chile. Markgraf & D'Antoni (1978) describe the pollen
as "Tricolporate, scabrate. Grain prolate-spheroidal, 31 x 29 un.
Exine 2 um thick, Pore lalongate 13 x 4 um. Costae colpi narrow,
Polar A 0.34 amb sub-angular", based on Markgraf sen. from Rio Neg-
ro. He also cites Heusser 672 and Erdtman p. 448 (1966). It is
assumed that by "um" he means "mu",

Encke (1960) says of this species: "Interessanter, an Spartium
junceum erinnernder Kalthausstrauch von &ahnlicher Kultur wie Car-
michaelia. Vermehrung durch Aussa&at oder reife Sommerstecklinge in
Juil, August unter Glas,"

Briquet (1902) cites Wilczek 39. Troncoso (1974) cites Castell-
anos 20493 from Neuquén and Soriano 2905 from Rio Negro, Argentina,
and Riccardi 14588 from Linares & Cuming 225 from Province undeter-
mined, Chile, She regards the genus as monotypic, this the type
and only species. Acevedo de Vargas (1951) maintains D. scirpea
(Re A. Phil.) Miers as valid. She says: "Se menciona esta planta
argentina aqui, descripta originalmente de Chile por el Dr. R. A.
Philippi porqué, segiin las publicaciones, no ha sido vista por los
botanicos, siendo por tal motivo confundida con Diostea juncea. Se-

136 PEt DO Oe eo Vol. 44, No. 3

gin mi opinidn deberia ser subordinada a Diostea scoparia, Material
estudiado: Portillo, lado de Mendoza, W. Diaz, 186162 (Typus et
isotypus a Lippia scirpea: Sgo. 42407 et 54830). Planta de aspecto
semejante a Diostea scoparia y D. juncea, Obs. - En la sinonimia
de Diostea juncea, establecida por el Dr. Moldenke en Lilloa V: 386,
1940, figura Verbena scirpea R. A. Phil. ex Moldenke (previamente
citada par esta mismo botanico en List Alf, Prelim. 48. 1940), com-
binaci6én que, segiin mi parecer, se refiere a Lippia scirpea Phil.,
por ser esta planta, sin duda alguna, la inica descripta por el Dr.
Philippi de epiteta especffico scirpea y que posteriormente sirvid
de base a Miers para establecer su Diostea scirpea. Del estudio
comperado del material tipo, dibujos y diagnosis originales de esta
especie con sus congéneres chilenas se deduce que se trata de plan-
tas distintas, cuyos caracteres diferenciales podrian resumirse asf:
A. Arbusto ceniciento-peludo, con ramas prismaticas. D. cinerascens.
A', Arbusto lampifios, con ramas cilindricas.
B. Planta poco ftoliosa; hojas mayores de 1 cm. de largo; corola
de mas o menos cuatro veces la longitud del caliz. D. juncea.
B', Plantas subafilas; hojas menores de 1 cm, de largo; corola
mas o menos 3 veces o el doble de la longitud del caliz.
C, Caliz cortamente dentado, m&s o menos pubescente; corola
blanca. D. scoparia.
C', Caliz con dientes subulados, casi glabro; corola amarilla
(en seco, segiin su autor). D. scirpea.

Material of D. juncea has been misidentified and distributed in
some herbaria as D. cinerascens (Schau.) Mold., Citharexylon alpi-
num Poepp., Neosparton aphyllum (Gill. & Hook.) Kuntze, and Verbena
cinerascens Gill. & Hook. On the other hand, the Z6llner 5350, dis-
tributed as D, juncea, actually is D. cinerascens (Schau,) Mold.,
while Eyerdam 10073 and Negrete s.n. are D. scoparia Gill. & Hook.)
Miers.

Additional citations: CHILE:. Aconcagua: D., O. King 715 (Bm);
Poeppig II.85 (Mu--304); Z6llner 766 (Ac), 3074 (Ac), 9873 (Ld).
Cautin: Morrison & Wagenknecht 17509 (Ba). Curic6é: Grau & Grau
1586 (Mu); Mexia 7878 (W--1707408); Werdermann 545 (Mu); Z6llner
8447 (N). Linares: Z3llner 3072 (Ld). Malleco: Sparre & Smith 183
(Z). Nuble: Lourteig 2543 (W--2797792). Santiago: Morrison 16781
(Ba). Valdivia: Hollermayer s.n. [Werdermann 1376] (Bm, Ut--91221).
Province undetermined: Behn s.n. [Cordillera de los Andes, 22 Novbr.
1929] (Mu). ARGENTINA: Chubut: Burkart 19871 (N, W--2567993); Cas-
tellanos s.n. [Herb. Inst. M. Lillo 118404] (Gg--406029). Mendoza:
Ruiz Leal 23948 (Tu--162423). Rio Negro: Buchtien 1346 (Mu-—4036);
Cordini 107 (W--1702959); De Borba 416 (Ca--M165563); Fabris 2178
(Mu); T. Meyer 7472 (N), 7495 (Ca--166062); Pedersen 323 (W--
2122369); Rentzell 14650 (Ca--3319); Soriano 176 (Ca--M004156),

2905 (W--2595175);. CULTIVATED: California: Mrs. A. S. Blake s.n.
[May 19, 1952] (Ba, Gg--373710); Jerabek sen. [March 1945] (Sd--
35406); McClintock MEX-2.1076 (Ba).

DIOSTEA SCOPARIA (Gill. & Hook.) Miers
Emended synonymy: Verbena scoparia Hook. apud Schau. in A. DC.,
Prodr. 11: 555 in nota. 1847; Mold., Alph. List Inv. Names Suppl.

1979 Moldenke, Notes on Diostea i3/

1: 26, in syn. 1947. Baillonia spartioides Ball, Notes Nat. S. Am.
202, 1687.

Additional & emended bibliography: Hook., Bot. Misc. 1: 161--162,
pl. 47. 1829; Steud., Nom. Bot. Phan., ed. 2, 2: 750. 1841; D.
Dietr., Syn. Pl. 3: 601. 1843; Walp., Nova Act. Nat. Caes. Leopold.-
Carol. Cur s 19,) Suppl. I: 379. 18433 Schau, in Ag De.) Prodewoass
544 & 555. 1847; C. Gay, Hist. Fis. Chile Bot. 5: [20] & 21. 1849;
Buek, Gen. Spec. Syn. Candoll. 3: 496. 1858; Bocq., Adansonia, ser,
1, 3: [Rev. Verbenac.] 203. 1863; Miers, Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond.
Bot. 27: 102-—105. .1870; F. Phil., Cat. Pl. Vasc. Chil. 221.1661;
Ball, Notes Nat. S. Am. 202. 1887; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind.
Kew., imp. 1, 1: 768. 1893; Briq. in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzen-
fan, “ed. 15°4 (3a) 147.1894; Jackss°in Hook.f. & Jackss,' Inde
Kew., imp. 1, 2: 1179. 1895; Briq., Ann. Conserv. Jard. Bot. Genév.
4: 20. 1900; Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, imp. 1, 250. 1903;
Reiche & Phil., Fl. Chil. 5: 282 & 299. 1910; Sanzin, Anal. Soc.
Cient. ‘Areents68 298, 116, 21S, 122, 123, 60133, Fie. 26 19;
Baeza, Nomb. Vulg. Pl. Silv., ed. 2, 49--50, 84, 257, & 269. 1930;
H. C. Comber, Gard. Chron., ser. 3,°92: 373. 1932; He Fe Comber,
Gard. Chron., ser. 3, 92: 413. 1932; H. S. Marshall, Kew Bull. Misc.
Inf. 1936: 94. 1936; Mold., Geogr. Distrib. Avicen. 29. 1939; Durand
& Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, imp. 2, 250. 1941; Jacks. in Hook, f.
& Jacks., Ind. Kew., imp. 2, 1: 768 (1946) amd imp. 2, 2: 1179.
1946; Acevedo de Vargas, Bol. Mus. Nac. Hist. Nat. Chile 25: 44.
1951; Darlington & Wylie, Chromos. Atlas, ed. 2, 322 & 323. 1956;
Durand & Jacks., Ind. Kew. Suppl. 1, imp. 3, 250. 1959; Munoz Piz-—
zaro, Sin. Fl. Chil. 199. 1959; Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind.
Kew., imp. 3, 1: 768 (1960) and imp. 3, 2:1179. 1960; Munoz Pizzaro,
Espec. Pl. Descr. Philip. 110. 1960; Mold., Phytologia 9: 113 & 114.
1963; Troncoso in Bécher, Hjerting, & Rahn, Dansk, Bot. Arkiv 22:
105 & 109--110. 1963; Hansen, Excerpt. Bot. A.7: 139. 1964; Bolkh.,
Grif, Matvej., & Zakhar., Chromos. Numb. Flow. Pl., imp. 1, 715.
1969; Anon., Biol. Abstr. 51 (16): B.A.S.1.C. S.46. 1970; Mold., Bi-
ol. Abstr. 51: 9025. 1970; Mold., Fifth Summ. 1: 191, 195, & 476
(1971) and 2: 550, 694, & 876. 1971; Bolkh., Grif, Matvej., & Zak-
har., Chromos. Numb. Flow. Pl., imp. 2, 715. 1974; Troncoso, Darwin-
iana 18: 310, 313, & 412. 1974; Mold., Phytologia 28: 109 & 403
(1974) and 30: 181. 1975; Markgraf & D'Antoni, Pollen Fl. Argent.
20, 32, 98, 114, 122, & 207, pl. 42-359. 1978; Mold., Phytologia
449-123. 1979.

Additional & emended illustrations: Sanzin, Anal. Soc, Cient.
Argent. 88: 123, fig. 26. 1919; Markgraf & D'Antoni, Pollen Fl.
Argent. pl. 42-359. 1978.

Recent collectors describe this species as a bush or shrub, 0.5--
1m. tall, the leaves tiny, borne on Ephedra-like shoots, and the
flowers aromatic. They have found it growing on steep rocky slopes
in association with Valeriana, Tropaeolum, Euphorbia, Phacelia,
Acaena, Verbena, Oxalis, Calceolaria, Sisyrinchium, Nassauvia, Lar-
dizabala, etc. or with Nothofagus obliqua and Schizanthus hookeri
at altitudes of 1600--3500 m., flowering from November to April,
fruiting in January and February.

The corollas are said to have been "blue" on Venturi 6970, "blu-

138 Rie EF OL. 0 Gg & Vol. 44, No. 3

ish-white" on Ricardi 2910, "lilac" on Semper 631, "pale-violet or
blue" on Hutchison 42, and the "tube pink, lobes dingy-white" on
Worth & Morrison 16692,

Markgraf & D'Antoni (1978) describe the pollen of this species
as "Tricolporate, psilate. Grain oblate-spheroidal, 47 x 39 um.
Exine 2,5 um thick. Pore lalongate 13 x 2.5 um. Polar A 0.4, amb
sub-angular", based on Markgraf s.n. from Mendoza. It is assumed
that by "um" this author means "mu". Darlington & Wylie (1956),
as well as Bolkhovskikh and his associates (1969), give the chromo-
some number as 20,

It should be noted that Troncoso limits the genus Diostea to D,
juncea, the type species, regarding D. cinerascens and D, scoparia
as belonging to the genus Verbena. In this connection Miers (1871)
comments that "Schauer, in his Monograph of the family, places D.
juncea in Lippia and D. scoparia in Verbena, stating erroneously
that its fruit is a 4-coccous capsule".

Reiche (1910) says: "De Lippia aphylla (de la Campana de Quil-
lota) existe solamente un fragmento. En la cordilleras de las pro-
vincias centrales, en el lado chileno i arjentina, Enero, Febrero,”
Walpes (1843) lists it from the Cordillera de S. Fernando, flower-
ing there in March. Skgttsberg (1916) encountered it on arid
steppes, at 1300 m. altitude, at Arroyo Chacaihuerruca, Rio Negro,
in subandean Patagonia, giving its overall distribution as the Andes
of middle Chile, Argentina, and northern Patagonia, citing Skotts-
berg 91l.

Vernacular names reported for D. scoparia are “"chavelillo del
campo" and "escobilla del campo".

Troncoso (1974) cites Werdermann 788 from Santiago, Chile, and
Ruiz Leal 1023 from Mendoza, Argentina, both deposited in the San
Isidro herbarium,

It should be noted that Schauer's work, cited in the biblio-
graphy of this species, was published in 1847, not "1849" as is some-
times cited. Similarly, Hooker's work appeared in 1829, not "1830"
as it is sometimes cited.

Material of D. scoparia has been misidentified and distributed
in some herbaria as D. juncea (Gill. & Hook.) Miers, Glandularia sp.,
Lippea juncea Gay, Lippia juncea Gill. & Hook., Neosparton aphyllum
(Gill. & Hook.) Kuntze, Verbena aphylla Gill. & Hook., and V. ephed-
roides Cham.

Additional citations: CHILE: Aconcagua: Buchtien s.n. [Juncal,
Uspallata Pass, 2200 m., 2/2/1903] (Mu); s.n. [Juncal, 2300 m., II.
1903] (W--1177977); Marticorena & Matthei 613 (Z); Ricardi 2910
(Ac); Simon 477 (Mi). Colchagua: Ricardi 3177 (Ac). Coquimbo:
Worth & Morrison 16692 (Ba). Santiago: Claude-Joseph 814 (W--
1058772); Marticorena & Matthei 595 (Ac); Werdermann 488 (Mu).
Valparaiso: Eyerdam 10073 (W--2371847); Hutchison 42 (Ca--143640,
W--2321562). Province undetermined: Dessauer sen. [Cerro de la Vis-
cacha] (Mu); Gillies s.n. [Pantanillo & San Isidro, Nov. 13, 1825]
(Bm), s.n. [unarranged coll.] (Bm). ARGENTINA: Catamarca: Ellen-
berg 4638 (Ld), 464la (Ac); Jérgensen 1403 (W--921938); Venturi 6970
(W--1591511). Mendoza: Cuezzo & Balegno 1900 (Au, Du--374452, Go),
1923 (Au, Du--374515, Go); Lourteig 813 (N); Negrete s.n, (Mu); Ruiz

1979 Moldenke, Notes on Diostea 139
Leal 12741 (Tu--137896).

DIOSTEA SCOPARIA var. PUBERULA (Troncoso) Mold., Phytologia 19: 319,
1970.

Synonymy: Verbena scoparia var. puberula Troncoso in Bécher,
Hjerting, & Rahn, Dansk Bot. Arkiv 22: 109--110. 1963. Diostea
scoparia var. puberuca Anon., Biol. Abstr. 51 (16): B.A.S.I.C. S.63,
sphalm. 1970.

Bibliography: Troncoso in Bécher, Hjerting, & Rahn, Dansk Bot,
Arkiv 22: 109--110. 1963; Hansen, Excerpt. Bot. A.7: 139. 1964; A-
Hons; Biol. Abstr; 51 (16): B.A.Ss<I.C. 8.63«. 19703 Mold., Biol. Ab—
g€25°51i 59025. (2970.

According to Troncoso (1963) this variety "Differt a typo cauli-
bus rhachidibus bracteis calyce subdense puberulis; bracteis mai-
oribus, dimidium calycis aequantibus vel superantibus; corollarum
tubo minus curvato, lobis parce maioribus"., It is based on Bdcher,
Hjerting, & Rahn 1143 from among dry rocks northwest of Cuesta de
los Terneros, San Rafael, Mendoza, Argentina, at 1200 m. altitude,
on October 30, 1962, where it, together with Hyalis argentea, dom-
inated the vegetation,

DIOSTEA SCOPARIA VAR, SUBULATA Mold., Phytologia 44: 123. 1979.

Bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 44: 123. 1979.

This variety differs from the typical form of the species in
having the calyx-teeth definitely and conspicuously long-subulate,
often twisted together in age.

It is based on Semper 631 from sand-dunes at Pampa de Tabolango,
Las Heras, Mendoza, Argentina, at 2000 meters altitude, collected
on April 19, 1945, and deposited in the Britton Herbarium at the New
York Botanical Garden, The collector notes that the flowers, in A-
pril, were aromatic, the corollas pink.

It is of interest to note here that Acevedo de Vargas (1951), in
describing the differences between what she calls Diostea scirpea
Miers and D. juncea (Gill. & Hook.) Miers, maintains that D, scirpea
also has subulate-toothed calyxes, but the calyx itself is "casi
glabra" and the corolla yellow.

ADDITIONAL NOTES ON THE GENUS DIPYRENA, IL

Harold N. Moldenke

Information and specimens which have come to my attention since
the publication of my original paper on this genus in 1961 are
hereinafter summarized. Full explanation of the herbarium acronyms
used in this and in all others of my long series of papers in the
present journal since 1933 is given in my Fifth Summary of the Ver-
benaceae...etc. (1971), pages 795--801.

140 PRY TOL®C41 A Vol. 44, No. 3

DIPYRENA Hook,

Additional synonymy: Wilsonia Gill. & Hook. in Hook., Bot. Misc,
1: 172; pl. 494 1829 [not Wilsonia R. Br., 1810; nor Rafe, “ane
Wilsonia Hook. apud Spach, Hist. Nat. Vég. 9: 227. 1840. Wilsonia
Hook. & Gill. apud Schau. in A. DC., Prodr. 11: 535, in syn. 1847.
Dipyrema Bocq., Adansonia, ser. 1, 2: 155, sphalm, 1862.

Additional & emended bibliography: Meisn., Pl. Vasc. Gen, 1: 290
(1839) and 2: 199. 1840; Spach, Hist. Nat. Vég. 9: 227. 1840; D,.
Dietr., Syne Pls 3: 371. 1843; Walp., Nov. Act. Acad. *Natg?Gaeeq
Leopold.-—Carol, Cur. 19, Suppl. 1: 379. 1843; Schnitzl., Iconogs,
Fam. Nat. 2: 137 Verbenac. [3]. 1856; Buek, Gen. Spec. Syn. Candoll.
33°144. 1858; Bocq., Adansonia, ser. 1, 2: 87 & 155.(1862)sandey
180 & 212. 1863; Bocq., Rév. Verbenac. 87, 116, 155, 180, & 212, pl.
18. 1863; Miers, Trans. Linn. Soc. ‘Lond. Bot. 27: 103. 187);-Hier
one, Bol. Acad. Nac. Cienc,. Cérdoba 4: [Sert. Sanjuan.] 66. 1881;
Jacks. in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., imp. 1, 1: 777 (1893), imp.
1, 2: 628 (1894), “and imp. 1;°2: 1231. 1895; Reiche"s \Phiioeeee
Chile 5: 303. 1910; M. Kunz, Anatom. Untersuch, Verb. 55--56. 1911;
Nienburg, Justs Bot. Jahresber,. 39 (2): 1051. 1916; Sanzin, Anal.
Soc. Cient. Argent. 88: 96, 98, 99, 104--106, 133, & 134, fig. 9.
1919; Metcalfe & Chalk, Anat. Dicot,. 1031--1033 & 1040. 1950; An-
gely, Cat. Estat. Gen. Bot. Fan. 17: 4. 1956; Munoz Pizarro, Espec.
Pl. Descr. ‘Phil. 109 &-110. 1960; Mold.,, Biol. Abstr. 362% 23107 2962;
Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.4: 224. 1962; Dalla Torre & Harms, Gen.
Siphonog., imp. 2, 431. 1963; Troncoso in Bécher, Hjerting, & Rahn,
Dansk Bot. Arkiv 22: 105. 1963; Langman, Select. Guide Lit, Flow.
Pl. Mex. 208 & 1010. 1964; F. A. Barkley, List Ord. Fam. Anthoph.

75 & 160. 1965; Mold., ‘Phytolopia 12: 6. 1965; Airy Shaw) in J.
Willis, Dict. Flow. Pl., ed. 7, 368 & 1195. 1966; Mold., Résumé Sup-
pl. 16: 30. °1968; Anon, , Torr, Bot, ‘Club Ind. Am. Bots Litetiigeaeee
1969; J. Hutchins., Evol. Phylog. Flow. Pl. 469 & 681. 1969; Rouleau,
Guide Ind. Kew. 62 & 352. 1970; Mold., Fifth Summ, 1: 5, 195, 476, &
477 (1971) and 2: 613, 670, 735, 755, & 876. 1971; Whipple, Journ.
Elisha Mitch. Sci. Soc. 88: [1]. 19725; Airy Shaw in J.°C. Wibbigz
Dict. Flow. Pl., ed. 8, 376 & 1225. 1973; Troncoso, Darwiniana 18:
296, 301, 302, 364--366, & 409, fig. 21. 1974.

It should be noted here that the Wilsonia of Brown is a genus in
the Convolvulaceae, while Wilsonia Raf. is probably a synonym of
Epacris J, Re & G. Forst,. in the Epacridaceae,

Bentham (1876) remarks concerning Dipyrena: "Bocquillon....hoc
genus Privae adjunxit, habitu tamen longe recedit, facileque limita-
tur calyce brevi fructifero patente 5-fido nec accreto ore clauso
foliis alternis aliisque notis. Species 2 Chilenses a Philippi....
descriptae, foliis oppositis drupa 2-pyrena pyrenis 1-locularibus,
verisimiliter ad Bailloniam (Diosteam, Miers) referendae". Schauer
(1847) says of Dipyrena: “A Priva vix distinctum". Gay (1849) com-
ments that "Este jénero es muy afin del jénero Priva por sus frutos,
pero se distingue facilmente de el por su traza, la pequenez de su
caliz, y sobre todo por sus tallos y ramos lefosos".

The Endlicher (1838) reference cited in the bibliography above is
often mis-cited by the title-page date "1836-1856", but the page in-
volved here was actually issued in 1838.

1979 Moldenke, Notes on Dipyrena 141

This is a monotypic genus, the type species being Wilsonia gla-
berrima Gill. & Hook. [=Dipyrena glaberrima (Gill, & Hook.) Hooke].

DIPYRENA GLABERRIMA (Gill. & Hook.) Hook.

Emended synonymy: Dipyrena glaberrima Hook. apud Walp., Nov. Act.
Acad, Nat. Caes. Leopold.-Carol. Cur. 19, Suppl. 1: 379. 1843.
Wilsonia glaberrima Hook. apud Walp., Nov. Act. Acad. Nat. Caes.
Leopold.—-Carol. Cur. 19, Suppl. 1: 379, in syn. 1843. Dipyrena
glaberrima Hook. & Gill. apud Schau. in A. DC., Prodr. 11: 535.

1847. Dipyrena glaberrima Gill. & Hook, ex Mold., Résumé 278, in
syn. 1959; Troncoso, Darwiniana 18: 366. 1974. Dipyrena glaberrima
(Gill. & Hook.) Mold., Phytologia 26: 372, in syn. 1973.

Bibliography: see under the genus as a whole,

Emended illustrations: Sanzin, Anal. Soc. Cient,. Argent, 88: 105,
fig. 9. 1919; Troncoso, Darwiniana 18: [365], fig. 21. 1974.

Recent collectors describe this plant as a shrub, 1.2 m. tall,
with fragrant flowers, and have encountered it at altitudes of 2000
to 2500 meters, flowering in April and December. The corollas are
said to have been "cream'"-color on Semper 245 & 588.

Gay (1849) says of this plant: "Se cria en las cordilleras cen-
trales entre Santiago y Mendoza y 4 una altura de 5 a 6000 piés. Es
muy parecida 4 una verbena y el caliz ofrece la misma forma, rom-
piéndose en un lado 4 proporcion que el fruto se acerca de la madurez".

The Hooker (1829) reference in the bibliography of this species is
sometimes erroneously cited as "1830".

Troncoso (1963) cites Bécher, Hjerting, & Rahn 2114 and (1974)
Boelcke & al. 9967 from Mendoza, Argentina. Briquet (1894) lists it
as only found in Mendoza. The "Dipyrena (Wilsonia) glaberrima" of
Walpers (1843) is.a misidentification of a specimen of Junellia as-
pera (Gill. & Hook.) Mold.

Material of D. glaberrima has also been misidentified and distrib-
uted in some herbaria as Junellia asparagoides (Gill. & Hook.) Mold.

Additional citations: ARGENTINA: Mendoza: Caceres & Paci 283 (Au--
243309, Du--375259); Cuezzo & Balegno 1943 (Ba); Ruiz Leal 20695
(Tu--137881); Semper 245 (W--2049689), 588 (N).

ADDITIONAL NOTES ON THE GENUS HIEROBOTANA, IV

Harold N. Moldenke

Information from new literature and herbarium specimens received
since the publication of my last previous notes on this genus in
1972 is hereinafter summarized. The herbarium acronyms employed in
this and all others in my long series of papers in the present
journal since 1929 are fully explained in my "Fifth Summary of
the Verbenaceae....."" etc. (1971), pages 2: 795--801.

142 PEYTODLOCeETA Vol. 44, No. 3

HIEROBOTANA Briq.

Additional & emended bibliography: Steud., Nom. Bot. Phan., ed.
1, 873 (1821) and ed. 2, 2: 750. 1841; Schau., Linnaea 20: 477.
1847; Buek, Gen, Spec. Syn. Candoll. 3: 495, 1858; Barnhart, Bull.
Torr. Bot. Club 29: 500. 1902; Macloskie in W. B. Scott, Rep. Prince-
ton Univ. Exped. Patag. 8 (2): 682 & 686. 1905; Knuth, Feddes Repert,
Spec. Nov. Beih. 43: [Init. Fl. Venez.] 598. 1927; Dalla Torre &
Harms, Gen, Siphonog., imp. 2, 430. 1963; Rouleau, Guide Ind. Kew.
92 & 352. 1970; Mold., Fifth Summ, 1: 5, 6, 136, & 140 (1971) and 2:
527, 662, 674, 678, 752, & 880. 1971; Mold., Phytologia 24: 499 &
509. 1972; Airy Shaw in J. C. Willis, Dict. Flow. Pl., ed. 8, 559.
1973; Anon,, Biol. Abstr. 55 (9): BeAsS.I.C. S.1L5. 1973; Hocking,
Excerpt. Bot. A.21: 115 & 116. 1973; Rogerson, Bull. Torr. Bot. Club
100: 192. 1973; Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.23: 292. 1974; Mold., Phy-
tologia 28: 256 & 509. 1974; Soukup, Biota 11: 2, 11--12, & 21. 1976;
Mold., Phytologia 36: 33 & 506 (1977) and 40: 414 & 508. 1978.

HIEROBOTANA INFLATA (H.B.K.). Briq.

Additional & emended synonymy: Verbena inflata Humb. & Bonpl,. a-
pud Steud., Nom. Bot. Phan., ed. 1, 873. 1821. Verbena inflata
Kunth apud Spreng. in L., Syst. Veg., ed. 16, 2: 749. 1825.

Bibliography: see under the genus as a whole,

Recent collectors describe this plant as a small, low-growing,
decumbent, spreading herb, with ascending branches, growing in clumps,
and have found it growing in dry meadows, in dry or very dry ground,
and in open areas with very dry volcanic-ash soil on the interandean
highlands, at 2100--3185 m. altitude, flowering from March to July
and in September, in fruit from April to June and in September, The
corollas are said to have been "white" on Asplund 17069 & 20464 and
Rimbach 176, while on Asplund 16145 it is said that the petals were
"white, faintly flushed with violet along the margins" and on Soejar-
to & Hernandez 1339 the sepals were "green with dark-purple tinge,
petals white". The latter collectors report the plant "common on
roadsides".

Briquet (1894), Knuth (1927), Junell (1934), and Dalla Torre &
Harms (1963) all assert that the genus occurs only in Colombia, but
Macloskie (1905) reports it collected in wet ground by Hatcher at
Rio Santa Cruz in southern Patagonia on June 9, 1897, claiming to
have verified this difficult-to-believe identification by comparison
at the Gray Herbarium at Cambridge, Massachusetts. He gives the ov-
erall distribution of the genus as "Quito and southwards in the An-
des. I know it only from Ecuador and Peru.

Junell (1934) claims a close affinity of Hierobotana inflata with
Verbena canadensis (L.) Britton, but Briquet (1894) much more cor-
rectly compares it with "V. canescens Kunth" [and, less correctly,
with "V. pinnatifida Schau."].

The only common or vernacular name recently reported for H. in-
flata is the widely applied "verbena", Material has been misidenti-
fied and distributed in some herbaria as Verbena microphylla H.BeKe
and Verbena sp.

Additional citations: ECUADOR: Chimborazo: Asplund 20464 (Ld, N);
Fagerlind & Wibom sen. [X.1952] (Ld); Rimbach 176 (E--1030440) ;

1979 Moldenke, Notes on Hierobotana 143

Schimpff 746 (Mu). Cotopaxi: Collector undetermined s.n. [1838]
(Mu), sen. [1858] (Mu). Pichincha: Asplund 16145 (Ld, N), 17069 (N,
W--2652457); Herb. Univ. Cent. Quito 2347 (Mu), 2348 (Mu), 2349 (Mu);
Humbles 6199 (Ac); Jameson 228 (Pd). Tunguragua: Soejarto & Hernan-
dez 1339 (Oa). PERU: Ica: Ellenberg 4915 (Ld).

ADDITIONAL NOTES ON THE GENUS VITEX, XI

Harold N. Moldenke

The considerable amount of information which has come to my at-
tention from literature and from herbarium specimens since the pub-
lication of my last previous paper on this genus in 1968 is herein-
after summarized. Herbarium acronyms used herein, as also in my
long series of paper in this journal since 1929, are fully explained
in previous papers and in my "Fifth Summary of the Verbenaceae.eece"
etc. (1971), volume 2, pages 795--801.

VETEX Tourn; (ex-bLi, Gen. .Plé, .ede:1, 1865\17375 Sp... Pio, eds io eamp.
keg i2t.:6335.. 1753;.Gens:Fl.; sed. 5jcampy 2y. 25. 20

Additional & emended synonymy: Allasia Lour., Fl. Cochinch., ed.
1, 84. 17905. .Tripinna Lour,, Fl. Cochinch., ed.:1, 476. 1790.
Vitex Willd. ex Moon, Cat. Indig. Exot. Pl. Ceyl. 1: 36. 1824.
Chrysomallum Petit-Thou. ex Spach, Hist. Nat. Vég. Phan. 9: 226.
1840. Nephrandra Cothen ex Spach, Hist. Nat. Vég. Phan. 9: 226,
1840. Walrothia Hassk., Cat. Pl. Hort. Bot. Bogor. Cult. Alt. 134.
1844. Ephialum Soland. apud Wittst., Etymol.-bot. Handworterb. 325.
1852. Agnus castus Carr., Rev. Hortic. 42: 415. 1871. Stereosperma
Hook, f & Thoms. ex C, B, Clarke in Hook, f., Fl. Brit. India 4: 585
& 774, in syn. 1885. Ephielis Banks & Soland. apud Dalla Torre &
Harms, Gen, Siphonog., imp. 1, 432. 1904. Mailelou Adans. apud Dal-
la Torre & Harms, Gen.Siphonog., imp. 1, 432. 1904. Psilogyne DC.
apud Dalla Torre & Harms, Gen. Siphonog., imp. 1, 432. 1904. Vitex
[Tourn, ex L.] L. apud Dalla Torre & Harms, Gen. Siphonog., imp. l,
432. 1904. Viter Aubréville, Ann. Acad. Sci. Colon. 9: 237, sphalm.
1938. Agnus castus Tourn. ex Mold., Alph. List Inv. Names 4, in
syn. 1940. Pistaciovitex L. apud Fedde & Schust., Justs Bot. Jahres-
ber. 60 (2): 574, in syn. 1941. Vitex (Tourn.) L. ex Fournier, Quat.
Fl, France 807. 1961 Mithrudatea Hort. ex Mold., Fifth Summ. 2: 572,
in syn. 1971. Crysomallum [Thou.] apud Lépez—Palacios, Fl. Venez.
Verb. 648, in syn. 1977. Nephandra [Willd.] apud Lépez—Palacios, Fl.
Venez. Verb. 651, in syn. 1977. Psilogine [A. DC.] apud Lépez—Palac-
ios, Fl. Venez. Verb. 652, in syn. 1977. Vetex Kurup, Journ. Bomb.
Nat. Hist. Soc. 75: 325, sphalm. 1978.

Additional & emended bibliography: Nicolaus, Antidot. Nicol, in
Mesue, Canon. Univ. leaf 328 recto. 1510; Bartholom. Angl. [transl.
Trevisa], Propriet. Rer. 1535; Dod., Pempt. 762. 1583; J. P. Camus,

144 PE YT OL Grok Vol. 44, No. 3

Achemin Dévot. 286. 1624;; J. P. Camus, Hom@él. Festiv. 201. 1625;
Cast., Hort. Mess. 24. 1640; J. Schréder, Pharm. Med. 4: 10. 1649;
W. Coles, Adam Eden. 1657; Lonic., Kreuterb., imp. 1, 77. 1679; Cul-
pepper, Eng. Physit. Enlarg. 1681; Rheede, Hort. Malab. 2: pl. 10 &
11, 1685; Breyn., Prod. Fasc. Rar. Pl., ed. 1, 2: 105--106. 1688;
Rivin,, Introd. Gen. Rem Herb. Ord. Pl. Irreg. Monop. [26]. 1690;
Cup., Hort, Cath. 4. 1696; Cup., Hort.-Cath. Suppl. Alt. 6. 16973 P,
Hermann, Mus, Zeyl., .ed.:2y 47. 1726; L., Syst. Nat., ed. Bae
1735; J. Burm., Thes. Zeyl. 229, [238], [248], & [250], pl. 109%
17373 (Le, Crit, ‘Bot. 55, 212,98) (S064. 174375¢L., Gens. Pl., caw ae
186.& [402] ¢(17373L., Meth, Sex. Gen. Pl. 55, 111, & [304] 5- t9ae
Breyn.,' Prod. Fasc, RarsoPiey ied. . 2°22 405—106,. 1/39; &. 7 Cae
Plsy ced. 25°304.& [549] G742) and ed503 ("2"), 233. & [493] aa
Blackwell, Cur. Herb.<l: pbs139. 1751; ‘Le, Gen. Pl., ed.45 2390
[464)¢:175250i.5 0S pe Pid weds i150: imp. 11, (200632 44°638) 1955; ae
Gens -P1.4 eds 5;.dmpe 1,240,285, [520), .& [521]. 1754;
Stickm., Herb. Amb. 15. 1754; Sloane, Civil Nat. Hist. Jamaic., ed.
L267. 1755341. ,Amoen.!.Acad.+4:.126.1759s Ls, Syst. (Nate eagsee
[Stoekhs] 5/22 1122,°47593oAdans,, Fam.:Pi; 2: 12; 200; acS73yaeee
L., Gen. Pl., ed. 6, 326 & [603]. 1764; Hasselq., Voy. Trav. Levant
280 & 282. 1766; N. L. Burm. [Burm. f.], Fl. Ind. 137 & 138, pl.

43 [fi¢s.-2 supe]. 17683 ..J.: Burm.,. Fl. Malab. 3:6 4. 1769; Scopus
Ann. Hist. Nat. 4: 72. 1770; [Retz.], Nom. Bot. 155--156 & [296].
1772; Ginanni, Isor, Civ. Nat. Pinet. Ravenn, 251. 1774; Planer,
Gatt, (P£1..°23,, 577 &. 1075. 17753; Plencks,: Icon. Pls Meden6s saa
510. 1778; Reichard in L., Gen. Pl., ed. 8, 327--328. 1778; All.,
Fl. Ped. 1:0124. 11783; Gaertn., Fruct, Sems 1: 269, pl. S67 72788;
Sloane, Civil Nat. Hist. Jamaic., ed. 2, 267. 1789; Ucria, Hort.
Reg. Panhorm. 266. 1789; Haenke in L., Gen. Pl., ed. 10 ["8"]. 2:
556--557 & 810..17913 Schreber in L., Gen. Pl., ed. 9 ["8"], 22 427
& 872. 1791; Russell, Nat. Hist. Aleppo, ed. 2, 2: 256. 1794; Gmel.
in Le, Syst. Nate, ed. 13, 2: 963.°17965 W. Curtis, Bot, Mag.-1e
pl. 364. 1797; Raeusch., Nom. Bot., ed. 3, 173, 178, 182, & 401;
1797; Batsch, Tabl. Aff. Reg. Veg. 193. 1802; Balbis, Cat. Pl. Hort.
Bot. Taur. 49. 1804; Desf., Tabl. Ecol. Bot., ed. 1, 53. 1804;
Willd., Enum. Pl. Hort. Berol. 2: 660. 1809; Sibth. & Sm., Pl. Graec.
Prod. 1: 441. 1809; Balbis, Cat. Stirp. Hort. Acad. Taur. 81. 1813;
Desf., Tabl. Ecol. Bot., ed. 2, 64. 1815; Dierbach, Handb. Med,
Pharm. Bot. 267, 461, & [463]. 1819; Poir. in Lam., Encycl,. Méth,
Bot. 3: pl. 541, figs 2..1819; Jack, Malay. Misc. 1: 47.) 18203 Gime,
Curtis Bot. Mag. 47: pl. 2187. 1820; Sims, Curtis Bot. Mag. 47: pl.
2187, 1820; J. E. Sm., Gramm. Bot. 98 & 240. 1821; Steud., Nom. |
Bot. Phan., eds 1,.199,; 288, “& 8885 L82ksPoir. in Laniy, ‘Eaeyels
Méth. Bot. 4: 92. 1823; A. Rich., Bot. Méd. 1: 243. 1823; Dierbach,
Arzneim, Hippok, 1824; Moon, Cat. Indig. Exot, Pl. Ceyl. 1: 46. 1824;
A. Rich. [transl. G. Kunze], Med. Bot. 1: 382--383, 1824; Sabine,
Trans, Hort. Soc. Lond. 5: 455. 1824; Spreng. in L., Syst. Vegs, ed.
16, 2: 756--759 & 842. 1825; A. Rich. [transl. G. Kunze], Med. Bot.
2: 1302. 1826; Sweet, Hort. Brit., ed. 1, 1: 323. 1826; Gussone, Fl.
Sic. Prod. 2: 146--148 & 586. 1828; G. Don in Loud., Hort. Brit.,

1979 Moldenke, Notes on Vitex 145

ed. 1, 246. 1830; Sweet, Hort. Brit., ed. 2, 415--417. 1830; Bisch-
off, Grundr. Med. Bot. 305. 1831; Tenore, Syllog. Fl. Nap. 86. 1831;
Tenore, Syllog. Vasc. Pl. 298. 1831; Wall., Numer. List 86. 1831;
Cham., Linnaea 7: 107--109 & 371--375. 1832; G. Don in Loud., Hort.
Brit., ed. 2, 246. 1832; Loud., Hort. Brit., ed. 2, 550——551 & 770.
1832; Roxb., Fl. Ind., ed. 2 [Carey], 3: 69--75. 1832; Decne., Nouv.
Ann, Mus. Hist. Nat. Paris 3: 400--401. 1834; Mohl, Ann. Sci. Nat.,
per. 2, 329319.) 1635; A. Dietr., Handb. Pharmaceut. Bot., 113! & 443,
1837; Endl., Gen. Pl. 635—-636. 1838; Harv., Gen. S. Afr. Pl., ed.

1, 267 & 269--270. 1838; Loud., Arb. Fruct. Brit. 3: 1286. 1838; D.
Dietr., Taschenb. Ausland. Arzneigew. 221 & 324. 1839; G. Don in
loud; ))HortJ! Brits, ed..3, 246. 1839; J. Grah.j) Pls Bombs -155-—156.
1839; Sweet, Hort. Brit., ed. 3, 550--551 & 768. 1839; Thwaites, E-
num. Pl. Zeyl. 2: 244. 1839; Hook, & Arn., Bot. Beech, Voy. 265.
1840; Meisn., Pl. Vasc. Gen. 2: 199 & 201. 1840; Spach, Hist. Nat.
Vég. Phan. 9:226, 227, & 229--232. 1840; Hassk., Flora 25: Beibl.

26. 1842; Bouchez, Nouv. Corses 95, 1843; Dieffenb., Trav. N. Zeal.
1: 431. 1843; Gussone, Fl. Sic. Syn. 2: 1 & 109--110, 1844; Hassk.,
Cat. Phe Hort.: Bot. Bogor. Cult. Alt. 134—-136,. 1844; A.*DC.. in PP;
DC., Prodr. 9: 245. 1845; Voigt, Hort. Suburb. Calc. 464, 468--469,

& 473. 1845; Walp., Repert. Bot. Syst. 4: 84--92. 1845; Sieb. & Zucc.,
Abh. Akad. Wiss. Miinch. 4 (3): 152. 1846; Schau., Linnaea 20: 483--
484. 1847; Schau. in A, DC., Prodr. 11: 218, 628, & 682--696. 1847;
Wackernagel, Vocab. Optim. 49. 1847; Hook. f. & Benth. in Hook.,
Niger Fl. 486--487. 1849; Walp., Ann. Bot. Syst. 1: 545. 1849; Busse-
maker & Daremberg, Oeuvres d'Orib., vol. 1--6. 1851--1876; Walp.,
Ann. Bot. Syst. 3: 240. 1852; Benth. in Hook., Journ. Bot. Kew Gard.
Macest5si 136. 38535 Wi Gr#tf.,. Icon. Pl, Asigt, (pi, Ay aie
1854;-W. Griff., Notul. 4: 173, 178--179, 740, & 764. 1854; Plinius
Sec. [transl. Bostock & Riley], Nat. Hist., vol. 1--6. 1855; E. Twin-
ings TL Naty Ord, Pile 2:. 104. 1855; Schnitzl,, iconegr... Fam, Nac.
2: 137 Verbenac. [2] & [3]. 1856; Buek, Gen. Spec. Syn. Candoll. 3:
86, 469, & 501--502. 1858; Reichenb., Icon. Fl. Germ. 18: 52--53, pl.
1293. 1858; Moris, Fl. Sard. 3: 342--343. 1859; Dupuis, Nouv. Fl.
Usuel. Med. 2: 298. 1860; Walp., Ann. Bot. Syst. 5: 712. 1860; Benth.,
Fl, Hongk. 273. 1861; Chomel, Abrég. Hist. Pl. Usuel., ed. 2, vol.
1--3. 1861; Thwaites & Hook, f., Enum. Pl. Ceyl., imp. 1, 244. 1861;
A. Wood, Class-book, [ed. 42], imp. 1, 537, 539, 829, & [830]. 1861;
Rosenth., Syn. Pl. Diaph. 1862; A. Gray, Man. Bot. North. U. S., ed.
3, lxvii (1863) and ed. 4, imp. 1, lxvii. 1863; Turcz., Bull. Soc.
Imp. Nat. Mosc. 36 (2): 223--225. 1863; A. Wood, Class-book, [ed.
42], imp. 2, 537, 539, 829, & [830]. 1863; A. Gray, Man. Bot. North.
U. Se, ede 4, imp. 2, lxvii. 1864; Aitchison, Journ, Linn. Soc. Lond.
Bot. 8: 70. 1865; Kotschy, Pl. Binder, Nilot.-Aethiop. 8. 1865; A.
Wood, Class-book, [ed. 42], imp. 3, 537, 539, 829, & [830] (1865) and
[ed. 42], imp. 4, 537, 539, 829, & [830]. 1867; A. Gray, Field For.
Gard. Bot., ed. 1, imp. 1, 241, 243, & 385. 1868; Herv., Gen. S. Afr.
Pl., ed. 2, 288 & 292. 1868; A. Wood, Class—book, [ed. 42], imp. 5,
537, 539, 829, & [830]. 1868; A. Gray, Field For. Gard. Bot., ed. l,
imp. 2, 241, 243, & 385. 1869; A. Wood, Class-book, [ed. 42], imp.

6, 537, 539, 829, & [830]. 1869; A. Gray, Man. Bot. North. U. S., ed.

146 PENT OL me La Vol. 44, No. 3

4, imp, '3,! xvii. 1870;: Kurz, Rep. Vee. Andam,. App.'45,. 71, Bae
1870; Willkomm & Lange, Prod. Fl. Hisp. 2: 389. 1870; A. Wood, Am.
Bot. (Flor, , eds Ly dmp., 1, 235, 237, 385, & 387. 1870;!) Ae Wenay
Class-book, [ed. 42], imp. 7, 537, 539, 829, & [830]. 1870; Mogg-
ridge, Contrib., Fl. Mentone pl. 14. 1871; F. P. Sm., Contrib.) Mat,
Med, China 227. 1871; A. Wood, Am, Bot. Flor., ed. 1, imp.» 2, 235,
237, & 437. 1871; Scotti, Fl. Med. Pruv. Como. 1872; A. Wood, Ams
Bot. Fior.,/ ed.) 15) impos 3, 23552 237 59 & 43744 18723) As: Wood, Giana
book, [ed. 42], imp. 8, 537, 539, 829, & [830]. 1872; Gibert, Enum,
Pl. Montevid. 45. 1873; DeMaout & Decaisne, Gen. Syst. Bot. 615.
18735: A. Wood, Am.. Bot. Flor.,/ed. 1,: imp. 4,235, 237, & 437, Gara
Ces. ,° Passer;', & Gib., Comp. Fl. Ital., ed..1, 327. 18/743.Schweiet,,
Heart Afr. 1: 221..418743 A. Wood, Am., Bot., Flor., ed. lL, amp.sG
235,,°237,°6 437. 18743 F.. Muell., Descr.' Notes Pap.: Pls 1: 21,
90).' & 91. 187534 KR.) Schombvy. Fl. SV Austr. 52. 12875: A... Wood, Bae
Bots. Flor.', ed.' 1, imp. 6,235, 237, & 437. 1875:, A. Woodywlhaee
book, [ed.'42], imp. 9; 537,° 539, 829, & [830]. 187635) SV ‘Stipe, Fae
est Fl. Brit. Burma 2: 269--273 & 612. 1877; De Gubernatis, Mythol.
Plant. [Fr. transl.] 5. 1878; Gamble, List Trees Darj. Dist. 6l.
1878; Puschmann [transl.], Alexander von Tralles, vol. 1 (1878) and
vol, 2. 18793; A. Gray, Field For. Gard. Boty, ed. 1, imps’ 3, my
243, & 385. 1880; Gamble, Man, Indian Timb., ed. 1, 281, 294, 296--
298, & 522. 1881; Nyman, Consp. Fl. Eur. 563. 1881; A. Wood, Class-
book, [ed. 42], imp. 10, 537, 539, 840, & 841. 1881; Arcang., Compl.
Fl, Ital., ed. 1, 561 & 885--886. 1882; Bretschneid, , Bot.) Sinyae
36. 1882; J. Sm., Dict. Pop. Names Pl. 341 & 408. 1882; Franch.,
Nouv. Arch, Mus. Hist. Nat.) Paris, ser. 2, 6: 112. 1883; Prancha
Pl. David. 1: 232, 1883; Saint-Lager, Cat. Pl. Vasc. Pl. Bass. Rhone
637--638. 1883; Strobl, Oesterr. Bot. Zeitschr. 33: 407. 1883; J.
Adams, Trans. Proc. N. Zeal. Inst. 17:'282. 1884; Caruel in Pari
Fl, Ital. 6: 335--336 (1884) and 6: 337. 1885; Dymock, Veg. Mat. Med.
W. India, ed. 1, 499--501 & 785. 1884; Matsum., Cakugeisirin 14:
465. 1884; C. B, Clarke in Hook. f., Fl. Brit. India 4: 583==58a%
774. 1885; Hemsl. in Thomson & Murray, Rep. Scient. Res. Voy. Chal-
lenger 3, Bot. 1: 110 & 178. 1885; Hoffm. & Auracher, Romanisch,
Forsch, 1: 49--105. 1885; Trimen, Journ, Ceyl. Br. Roy. Asiat. Soc.
9: [Syst.. Cat, Flow. Pl. Ceyl.} 69. 18853; Vesque, Ann. Sciv Naki Pa-
ris, ser. 7, 1: 183, 335, 336, & 340-—343. 1685; Ces., Passer, =
Gib., Comp. Fl. Ital., ed. 2, 896. 1886; Rumpf, Journ. Roy. Asiat.
Soc. Straits Br. 16: Notes Queries 50. 1886; LeGrand, Fl. Anal.
Berry 72. 1887; Nicholson, Ill. Dict. Gard. 4: 186. 1887; Tornabene,
Fl. Sic. 419. 1887; Thomé, Fl. Deutschl. 4: 171 & 172. 18883; K.
Schum. & Hollr., Fl. Kaiser Wilh.-land 121--122. 1889; O. R. Willis
in A. Wood, Am. Bot. Flor., ed. 2, 235, 237, & 437. 1889; Battandier
& Trabut, Fl. Alger. 717. 1890; Forbes & Hemsl., Journ. Linn. Soc.
Lond. Bot. 26: 258. 1890; Tornabene, Fl. Aetnea 3: 174--176. 1891;
Pardo de Tavera, Pl. Med. Filip. 238--241, 329, 331, 333, 334, &
339. 1892; Tornabene, Fl. Aetnea 4: 486. 1892; Dymock, Warden, &
Hooper, Pharmacol. Ind. 3: [iii] & 73--76. 1893; Kuntze, Rev. Gen.
Pl. 3. (1): 258.. 1893; Sess@ & Moc., Pl. Nov. Hisp/, ed. 2, Soe
Arcang., Compl. Fl. Ital., ed. 2, 444 & 833. 1894; Israelson, Mat.
Med. Klaud. Galen. [thesis], 206 pp. 1894; Koord., Meded. Lands

1979 Moldenke, Notes on Vitex 147

Plant. 12: [Plantkund. Woordenb.] 91--92 & 149. 1894; Nairne, Flow.
Pl. West. India 244 & 246--247. 1894; Schimmel & Co., Semi-Ann, Rep.
Oct. 73. 1894; T. R. Sims, Sketch Check-list Fl. Kaffr. 63. 1894;
Tasiro, Bot. Mag. Tokyo 8: 109. 1894; L. H. Bailey in A, Gray, Field
Por., Gards Bot.) edia2,.(339,! 342,.& 518. 16955 Brocketn, , Funtte
Buch Angeb. Chir. Joh. Mesué. 1895; Trimen, Handb. Fl. Ceyl. 3: 345
& 356--359. 1895; Voss in Vilm., Blumengadrt. 1: 822 & 829. 1895; C.
Bicknell, Fl. Bord. San Remo 217. 1896; Caruel in Parl., Fl. Ital.
10: [Ind.] 30. 1896; Ridl., Journ. Straits Med. Assoc. 5: 129, 1897;
Drangendorff, Heilpfl.. 1898; Durand & DeWild., Bull. Soc. Roy. Bot.
Belg. 37: 124. 1898; Engl., Syllab. Pflanzenfam., ed. 2, 178. 1898;
Kuntze, Rev. Gen. Pl. 3 (2): 258. 1898; Van Tieghem, Elem. Bot., ed.
Sg62:.372 & 373. 1898; Bois, Dict... Hort..2:, £208., 48995) Dorveauz,
Prompt. Méd. Simp. Thib. Lespl. 163. 1899; Matsum., Bot. Mag. Tok-
yo 13: 103 & 121. 1899; Perkin, Journ. Chem, Soc. 73: 1019. 1899;
Solered., Syst. Anat. Dicot. 711--712 & 714--716. 1899; J. G. Baker
& Stapf in Thiselt.-Dyer, Fl. Trop. Afr. 5: 273--331 & 520--521.
1900; Greshoff, Meded. Lands. Plant. 29: 126 (1900) and 39: 128.
1900; P. Henn., Hedwigia 39: 77. 1900; Huber, Arboret. Amaz,. 22.
1900; Kuroiwa, Bot. Mag. Tokyo 14: 126. 1900; Perkin, Journ. Chem,
Soc. 77: 416. 1900; Battandier & Trabut, Fl. Anal. Synop. Alg. 2/1

& 459, 1902; Collett, Fl. Siml. 378 & 380. 1902; Gamble, Man. Indian
Timb., ed. 2, imp. 1, 539--542. 1902; Haladcsy, Consp. Fl. Graec. 2:
461. 1902; Paque, Fl. Anal. Descr. Prov. Namur Luxemb. 448. 1902;
Ridl., Agric. Bull. Straits Fed. Mal. St. Ll: 218-—219. 1902; Engl. ,
Syllab. Pflanzenfam., ed. 3, 188. 1903; Kramer, Samoa-Inseln 2: 119,
12hy) 124, 379, & 384. 1903; Prain, Bengal: PL.) istpygh Gees S238
831--833. 1903; Briq. in Chod. & Hassl., Bull. Herb. Boiss., ser. 2,
Az. 1169502904; Brig. in Chod. & Hassl., Pl. Bassler, 22. 505.1904;
Dalla Torre & Harms, Gen. Siphonog., imp. 1, 432. 1904; T. Peckolt,
Bericht. Deutsch, Pharm. Gesell. 14: 480--482. 1904; A. Chev., Vég.
Util. Afr. Trop. Franc. 1: 60. 1905; Cooke, Fl. Presid. Bombay, ed.
1, 3: 418 & 427--430. 1905; K. Schum. & Lauterb., Nachtr. Fl. Deu-
tsch, Stidsee 362 & 369--370. 1905; H. Wagner, Illustr. Deutsch. Fl.,
ed. 3, 578. 1905; Baerecke, Anal. Key Ferns Flow. Pl. Atl. Sect.
Middl. Fla. 115. 1906; Barger, Journ. Chem. Soc. 89: 1210. 1906;
Brandis, Indian Trees, imp. 1, 502--505. 1906; G. Maxwell, Journ.
Roy. Asiat. Soc. Straits Br. 45: 50. 1906; Ebert, Beitr. Kennt. Chin.
Arzneis. 1907; Engl., Syllab. Pflanzenfam., ed. 5, 193. 1907; Schin-
mel & Co., Semi-Ann. Rep. Apr. 121--122. 1908; D. H. Scott in Sole-
red., Syst. Anat. Dicot. [transl. Boodle & Fritsch] 1: 630, 631, &
634. 1908; Solered., Syst. Anat. Dicot. Ergdnz. 254 & 255. 1908;
Engl., Syllab. Pflanzenfam., ed. 6, 198. 1909; Hansel, Chem. Zentr.
1: 1477. 1909; Hatton, Craftsm. Pl.-book 368 & 538, fig. 727 & 728.
1909; Jeffery, Working Plan Hintha Work. Circle pt. 13. 1909; A. Rod-
ger, Wcerking Plan Tagaug Work, Circle pt. 13. 1909; Rouy, Fl. France
11: 218. 1909; Hansel, Journ. Chem. Soc. 1: 401. 1910; A. R. North-
rop in J. I. Northrop, Naturalist Bahamas 180 & 204. 1910; Rolland,
Fl, Populaire 8: 37--38. 1910; Venturi & Lillo, Contrib. Conoc. Arb.
Argent. 104, 1910; Woodrow, Gard. Trop., ed. 6, imp. 8, 445. 1910;
DeWild., Pl. Thonnmer. 2: 246, pl. 10. 1911; Goyena, Fl. Nicarag. 1:
569. 1911; Rein, Tropenpfl. 15: 382 & 392. 1911; C. Ke Schneid., Il-

148 PHYO PCE. LS Vol. 44, No. 3

lustr. Handb, Laubholzk. 2: 590 & 592--595, fig. 384 m--q & 385 n--
t. 1911; Gy. A. ‘Stuart, Chin,. Mat. Med..1911; J. C. & Ma Wikhis ee,
Cat. Flow. Pl. Ceyl. [Perad. Man. Bot. 2:] 69 & 165. 1911; DeWild.,
Feddes Repert. Spec. Nov. 10: 252, 1912; Anon., Gard. Chron., ser.
3, 51: 52, fig. 28. 1912; Gilg in Engl., Syllab.. Pflanzenfam, Jieey
7, 314. 1912; W. & J. Leeuwen-Reijnvaan, Marcellia 11: 49--55,. 1912;
E. D. Merr., Fl. Manila, imp. 1, 397, 400, & 403--404. 1912; A. Rod-
ger, Working Plan Tagaug Work. Circle pt. 14 & 15. 1912; C. K.
Schneid., Illustr. Handb. Laubholzk, 2: Reg. 133. 1912; Budge, Syri-
an Anat.. Path. Therapeut. 1: [Book Med.] 607, fol. 288a (1913) and
2: 723 & 730. 1913; Diels, Notes Roy. Bot. Gard. Edinb. 7: 332 &
410. 1913; Fedde & Schust., Justs Bot. Jahresber. 39 (2): 320. 1913;
Wernh. in Rendle, Baker, Wernh., Moore, & al., S. Niger. Pl. [Cat.
Pl. Talbot Oban Distr.] 91 & 92. 1913; Bean, Trees Shrubs Hardy Brit
Isis., ed. 1, 2: 663. 1914; S.-Matuda, Bot. Mag. Tokyo 282 [AlS}e
1914; Rehm.., Leafl., Philip. Bot.-6: 2257, 19143; Syd. Ann. Myeaks
122-5515 1914; Ho S. Thompson, Flow. Pl. Riviera 179; pl. 2a 2
Wangerin, Justs Bot. Jahresber. 40 (1): 862. 1914; Fedde & Schust.,
Just Bot. Jahresber. 40 (2): 336. 1915; Kawag., Bull. Kag. 1: 124 &
175. 1915; Sommier & Caruana, Fl. Melit. Nov. 234. 1915; Chiov., Re-
sult. Scient. Miss. Stef. 1: 144. 1916; Schneid., Bull. Bur. Forest.
Philip. 14: 209. 1916; Anon., Arnold Arb. Publ. 6 [Cat. Lib. Arnold
Arb.] 342. 1917; W. H. Br., Merr., & Yates, Philip. Journ. Sci. Bot.
12: ‘240. 1917; A. Chev., Vég. Util. Afr. Trop. Frang. 9: 280-—288

& 340--345, pl. 25. 1917; Dalla Torre, Justs Bot. Jahresber. 40 (1):
778 & 783. 1917; Gibbs, Contrib. Phytogeogr. Fl. Arfak Mts. 219.
1917; Heyne, Nutt. Plant. Nederl. Ind., ed. 1, 4: 111--117 & xx, 1917;
E.. De Merr., Philip. Journ. Sci. Bot. 12: 391. 1917}; Simada, items.
Nat. Hist. Soc. Formos. 31: 12. 1917; Bertin, Miss. Forest. Colon.
Bois C6te Iv. 187. 1918; Gilg in Engl., Syllab. Pflanzenfam., ed. 8,
319. 1919; Philippson, Petermanns Mitt. 65: 168--173 & 204--207.

1919; Sturtev., Ne. Y. Dept. Agr. Ann. Rep. 2 (2): [Notes Edible Pl.],
imp. 1, 598, 1919; DeWild., Miss. Forest. Agr. Comte Jacq. Briey 215.
1920; Fedde & Schust.,Justs Bot. Jahresber. 42: 252. 1920; Janssonius,
Mikrogr. Holz. Java 4: 811. 1920; E. H. Wils., Journ. Arnold Arb. 1:
186. 1920; Foxworthy, Malay. Forest Rec. 1: 105. 1921; Hubert, Trav.
Lab. Mat. Méd. Paris 13: 78. 1921; Hubert, Verbenac. Util. Mat. Méd.
[thesis] 128 pp. 1921; Knoche, Fl. Balear., imp. 1, 1: 59. 1921; Lam
& Bakh., Bull. Jard. Bot. Buitenz., ser. 3, 3: 47--50. 1921; Lazaro

e Ibiza, Comp. Fl. Espan., ed. 3, 3: 296 & 298, fig. 872 & 874. 1921;
Perrot & Hubert, Bull. Soc. Bot. France 69: 71--75. 1921; Shinozaki,
Chem. Abstr. 15: 2265--2266. 1921; Shinozaki, Journ. Chem. Ind. [Ja-
pan] 24: 191--202. 1921; Troup, Silvicult. Indian Trees 2: 697 & 776-
777. 1921; Arthur, Mycologia 14: 21. 1922; Fedde & Schust., Justs

Bot. Jahresber. 43: 159 (1922) and 44: 254. 1922; Gamble, Man. Indian
Timb., ed. 2, imp. 2, 539--542. 1922; Haines, Bot. Bihar Orissa, ed.
1, 4: 703, 704, & 710--713. 1922; Hubert, Rev. Bot. Appliq. 2: 282.
1922; Kaaiakamanu in Akana & Bergman, Hawaii. Herbs Medic, Value,

imp. 1, 72. 1922; Pittier, Contrib. U. S. Nat. Herb. 20: 4839 2922;
Schimmel & Co., Ann. Rep. 79. 1922; Voronov, Mater. Mikol. Fitopat.
Ross. 4 (1): 60. 1922; Winkler in Limpricht, Feddes Repert. Spec.

Nov. Beih. 12: 474--475. 1922; Alston, New Zeal. Journ. Agric. 26:

1979 Moldenke, Notes on Vitex 149

149--156. 1923; Fedde, Justs Bot. Jahresber. 45 (1): 584. 1923; Fed-
de & Schust., Justs Bot. Jahresber. 45 (1): 149, 1923; Knoche, Fl.
Batear,, imp. 1, 32188, 26L, 314, 334, 6% 4105) 19239 Mattield ia
Dalla Torre, Justs Bot. Jahresber. 43: 166. 1923; Schnarf, Osterr.
Bot. Zeitschr. 72: 242--245, 1923; Wangerin, Justs Bot. Jahresber.
51 (1): 555. 1923; Gilg in Engl., Syllab. Pflanzenfam., ed. 9 & 10,
340. 1924; Parker, Forest Fl. Punj., ed. 2, 394 & 395. 1924; Saka-—
guchi, Gen. Ind, Fl. Okin. 18--19. 1924; Wangerin, Justs Bot. Jah-
resber. 52 (1): 482. 1924; Bodding, Mem. Asiat. Soc. Beng. 10: 3,
7==9, 12,°40; 68,75, 80, 88, 94, 96, 103, & 199.- 19253) Fedde &
Scust., Justs Bot. Jahresber. 46 (2): 195, 1925; Haines, Bot. Bihar
Orissa, ed. 1, 1: 143. 1925; Javorka, Magyer Fl. 856. 1925; Kalaw &
Sacay, Philip. Agriculturist 14: 427. 1925; H. J. Lam in Lauterb.,
Engl. Bot. Jahrb. 59: 27--28 & 92--93. 1925; S. Moore, Journ. Bot.
Lond. 63: 286 & Suppl. 80--82. 1925; Pamp., Bull. Soc. Bot. Ital.
[31]: 22 & 75. 1925; Wangerin, Justs Bot. Jahresber. 46 (1): 368
(1925) ans 53 (2): 644 & 645, 1925; Bartlett, Papers Mich, Acad. 6:
59. 1926; Fiori, Nuov. Fl. Anal. Ital. 2: 468. 1926; Janssonius,
Mikrogr. Holz. Java 4: 753, 754, 756--760, 762--764, 766, 767, &
811--829. 1926; Krause, Justs Bot. Jahresber. 44: 1220. 1926; H.
Pittier, Man. Pl. Usual. Venez. 94, 386, & 451. 1926; Wangerin,
Justs Bot. Jahresber,. 46 (1): 717. 1926; Bodding, Mem. Asiat. Soc.
Beng.» 10:-'145, 166,°167, 187, 188,193,. 19%, 245, & 2850) 29475) Ciate,
Am. Botanist 33: [111]. 1927; Fedde, Justs Bot. Jahresber. 44: 1537.
1927; Fedde & Schust., Justs Bot. Jahresber. 47 (2): 246 (1927) and
48 (1): 498, 1927; Foxworthy, Malay. Forest Rec. 3: 163--165. 1927;
Heyne, Nutt. Plant. Ned. Ind., ed. 2, 1313 & 1317--1319. 1927;
Knuth, Feddes Repert. Spec. Nov. Beih. 43: [Init. Fl. Venez.] 607.
1927; Osmaston, Forest Fl. Kumaon 405. 1927; Stev., Ann. Mycol. Ber-
lin 25: 438. 1927; Cyrén & Hayek in Karst. & Schenck, Veget.—bild.
18 (6/7): pl. 32a. 1928; DeWild., Fl. Bequaert. 4 (3): 363--365.
1928; Dop, Bull. Soc. Hist. Nat. Toulouse 57: 197--211, pl. 2--4.
1928; Hottes, Book Shrubs, ed. 1, 343--345. 1928; Pellegrin, Mém.
Sdée. Linn. Normand, 25 [ser. 2). 1 (3}]: 49——50, pie 2.29287) Pelie—
grin, Fl. Mayombe 2: 49--50, pl. 2. 1928; Sasaki, List Pl. Formos.
353--354 & 441. 1928; Wangerin, Justs Bot. Jahresber. 49 (1): 522.
$9276;.\ J. Mo Cowal’ Rec. Bot... Sarvs Indiasi2:433, .35,. 46;°8.57 = 2929;
DeWild., Ann. Soc. Scient. Bruxell., ser. B, 49: 64--68. 1929; De
Wild., Pl. Bequaert. 5: 5--7. 1929; Fedde, Justs Bot. Jahresber. 46
(2): 715 (1929) and 47 (2): 423. 1929; Francis, Austral. Rain-for,
Trees fig. 225 & 226. 1929; Gimlette, Malay Poisons 216. 1929; Hayek,
Prodr. Fl. Penins. Balc. 2: 235. 1929; Hooper, Gard. Bull. Straits
Settl? 6: 138. 1929; "3.", Gard. Chron. ; serve3, 85: 103—104, 1929;
E. D. Merr., Univ. Calif. Publ. Bot. 15: 262--264. 1929; Wangerin,
Justs Bot. Jahresber. 50 (1): 68. 1929; E. H. Wils., China Mother
Gard. 23 & 94. 1929; Bouloumoy, Fl. Liban Syrie 259. 1930; Bouloumoy,
Fl. Liban Syrie Atl. pl. 320, fig. 1. 1930; Burkill & Haniff, Gard.
Bull. Straits Settl. 6: 235. 1930; Good & Exell, Journ. Bot. 68:
Suppl. 143--144. 1930; Pampanini, Prodr, Fl. Ciren. 385. 1930; Sasa-
ki, Cat. Gov. Herb. Formos. 437. 1930; Wangerin, Justs Bot. Jahresber.
50 (1): 237. 1930; Alston in Trimen, Handb. Fl, Ceyl. 6: Suppl. 232.

150 PETT OLb@é@ 1, a Vol. 44, No. 3

1931; Arning, Mitt. Mus. Vélkerkunde Hamburg 16: 44, 1931; Backer,
Onkruidfl. 2 [Handb. Suiker.—-Cult. 7]: 540 & 547--548. 1931; Ben-
oist, Arch. Bot. Caen 5 [Mém. 1]: 259. 1931; Exell, Good, & Taylor,
Journ. Bot. 69, Suppl. 2: 145--146. 1931; Gildemeister, Aether,
Oele 3: 619. 1931; Hottes. Book Shrubs, ed. 2, 403--405. 1931;
Krdusel, Justs Bot. Jahresber. 49 (2): 78. 1931; Mak. & Nemoto, Fl.
Jap., ed. 2, 1002. 1931; Roys, Ethno-bot. Maya [Tulave Univ. Mid.
Am, Sex. Publis! 2:]) 221, 257, 300, &-326..1931; W. Trelease, Wiaes
Bot...) ed..3,/ imps 1,)323),& 325..19313;-Vansell, Univ. Calif. Agty
Exp. Sta.’ Bull. 517, imp,! 1,.. 52 &. (60) 1931; .Coutinho,,. Fig. Pasian
ed. 2, 600. 1932; Fedde, Justs Bot. Jahresber. 49 (2): 520 (1932)
and 50 (1): 718--719. 1932; Fedde & Schust., Justs Bot, Jahresber.
53 (1): 1076--1077. 1932; Javorka & Csapody, Icon. Fl. Hung. pl.
418, fig. 2845. 1932; Krausel, Justs Bot. Jahresber. 51 (1): 643.
1932; G. Klein, Handb. Pflanzenanal., 2 (1): 247 (1932) amd 3 (1):
593, 599, 623, & 628. 1932; Masam., Trans, Nat. Hist. Soc. Formos.
1212: 220. 19323: Wangerin, Justs Bot. Jahresber. 54 (1): 11/0. 932;
Wilder, Frag. Path 132 & 407. 1932; Benoist, Bois Guyan, Frang. 259.
1933; Benthall, Trees Calc. 354--355. 1933; Fedde, Justs Bot. Jahres-
ber. 51 (2): 385. 1933; Friese, Bol. Agricult. SHo Paulo 34: °319=—
320 & 49. 1933; Mold., Torreya 33: 67--69. 1933; Ohwi, Act. 7: 29.
1933; Wangerin, Justs Bot. Jahresber,. 52 (1): 373 & 377. 19335 Gre-
vost & Pételot, Bull. Econ. Indochin. 37: 1292--1297., 1934; Fedde,
Justs Bot. Jahresber. 52 (1): 826. 1934; Jahandiez & Maire, Cat,

Pl. Maroc. 3: 611. 1934; Jex-Blake, Gard. East Afr., ed. 1. 117,
1934; Kloppenburg-Versteegh, Wenk. Raadgev. Betreff. Gebr. Ind. Pl.,
ed. 4, 80. 1934; Neal in Handy, Pukui, & Livermore, Bern. Bish. Mus.
Bull. 126: 45. 1934; F. B. Br., Bern. Bish. Mus. Bull. 130: 245 &
249. 1935; Corbett, Journ. Fed. Malay St. Mus. 17: 764, 765, & 807.
1935; Kirtikar & Basu,: Indian: Med. Pl., ed» 2, imps 1,,:3%,1992 4
1935--1944, pl. 740 & 741. 1935; E. D. Merr., Trans. Am. Phil. Soc.,
ser. 2, 24 (2): 25, 23, 25, 29, 333-=335, & 444. 1935; Wangerin,
Justs Bot. Jahresber. 55 (1): 834. 1935; Diels in Engl., Syllab.
Pflanzenfam., ed. 11, 339. 1936; Hutchins. & Dalziel, Fl. W. Trop.
Afr., ed. 1, 2: 268 & 275--277, fig. 273. 1936; Kanehira, Formos.
Trees, ed. 2, 652--654 & 736, fig. 607--609. 1936; L. f., Suppl. Pl.,
imp. 2, 293--294. 1936; Madrid Moreno, Declar. Virt. Arb. Pl. 173.
1936; Nemoto, Fl. Jap. Suppl. 616 & 626. 1936; Takenouchi, Journ.
Nat. Hist. Fukuoka 2: 15. 1936; Wangerin, Justs Bot. Jahresber. 56
(1): 668--669. 1936; Zangheri, Fl. Veg. Pinet. Raven. 189. 1936; L.
H.’ Bailey, Stand... Cycl.,. Hort. 32) -3481...1937; Dalz., Useful: fia
Trop. Afr. 456--458. 1937; Fedde & Schust., Justs Bot. Jahresber.

56 (2): 286. 1937; Ghose & Krishna, Chem. Abstr. 31: 3959. 19375 H.
P. Parks, Tex. Agr. Exp. Sta. Bull. 55): 1136.°193/3..Wangerin, age
Bot. Jahresber. 57 (1): 696--697. 1937; Ainslie, Imp. Forest, Inst.
Oxford Univ. Inst. Paper 7. 1937; Ali, Journ. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc.
36: 603. 1932; Alston, Kandy Fl. 63--65, fig. 347. 1938; Aubréville,
Ann, Acad. Sci. Colon. 9: 130 & 237. 1938; Emberger, Arb. Maroc 295--
296. 1938; Fedde, Justs Bot. Jahresber. 57 (2): 911. 1938; Fedde &
Schust., Justs Bot. Jahresber. 57 (2): 402--404 (1938) and 58 (2):
330. 1938; Terasaki, Zoku Nipp. Syokubutuzuhu [Illustr. Fl. Jap.]

1979 Moldenke, Notes on Vitex 151

fig. 2499. 1938; Wangerin, Justs Bot. Jahresber. 58 (1): 845. 1938;
Fedde, Justs Bot, Jahresber. 58 (2): 671. 1939; Jex-Blake, Gard.
East Afr., ed. 2, 135. 1939; Kanjilal, Das, Kinjilal, & De, Fl. As-
sam 3: 458, 478--485, & 561. 1939; Peteri, Journ. Chem. Soc. 1939:
1635--1637. 1939; Alexop., Mycologia 32: 349, 1940; Chardon, Myco-
legia 32: 199--200. 1940; Fedde & Schust., Justs Bot. Jahresber. 59
(2): 672. 1940; Itikawa & Yamasita, Journ. Chem. Soc. Japan 61: 787-
798. 1940; Peteri, Chem. Abstr. 34: 764. 1940; Rao & Lee, Pacif.
Sci. 24: 267. 1940: W. Trelease, Pl. Mat. Decorat. Gard. Woody Pl.,
ed. 5, imp. 1, 145--147, 180, & 187. 1940; Yuncker, Field Mus. Publ.
Bot. 9: 330. 1940; Biswas, Indian Forest Rec., ser. 2, Bot. 3: 42.
1941; Fedde & Schust., Justs Bot. Jahresber. 60 (2): 574 & 576.
3941; Masam. & Yanag., Trans. Nat. Hist. Soc. Formos. 31: 323. 1941;
Oppenheimer & Evenari, Florul. Cisiord. 2: 363. 1941; Vansell & Eck-
ere}-Univ., Calif, Agr. Exp. Stas Bull. 517, 4mp.*2, %65°19445 Wanager-
in & Krause, Justs Bot. Jahresber. 60 (1): 753, 754, & 825. 1941; T.
H. Everett, Cat. Hardy Trees Shrubs 120. 1942; Hottes, Book Shrubs,
ed. 4, 403--404. 1942; Itikawa & Yamasita, Chem. Abstr. 36: 7241--
7242. 1942; Hayashi & al., Sigenkagaku Kenkyusyo Iho 2: 1--2. 1943;
Parham, Polynes. Soc. Mem. 16: 22. 1943; Van Melle,Descrip. Rev.
Shrubs 48, 55, & 177. 1943; Anon., Pl. Disease Reporter Bur. Pl.
Ind. Agr. Res. Serv. Tech. Bull. 1234. 1944; Basu & Singh, Indian
Journ. Pharm. 6: 71--73. 1944; Nakaoki, Journ. Pharm. Soc, Japan 64:
57. 1944; E. Le D. Seymour, New Gard. Encycl., ed. 3, 1292. 1944;
Hansford, Recueil I.N.E.A.C. 2: 41. 1945; Savage, Cat. Linn. Herb.
Lond. 110, 217, & 225. 1945; Yuncker, Bern. Bish. Mus. Bull, 184:
60. 1945; Basu & Singh, Chem. Abstr. 40: 3227. 1946; O. Degener, Fl.
Hawaii fam. 315 Vitex. 1946; A. C. Martin, Am. Midl. Nat. 36: 608 &
661, pl. 50. 1946; E. L. D. Seymour, New Gard, Encycl., ed. 4, 1292.
1946; Basu & Singh, Quart. Journ. Pharm. Pharmacol. 20: 136--137.
1947; O. Fernandez, Chem. Abstr. 41: 4197. 1947; 0. Fernandez, Ion 7:
2--10. 1947; Glover, Prov. Check List Brit. Ital. Somal. 57 & 269.
1947; Palhinha in Ficalho, Pl. Uteis Afr. Portug. 238. 1947; Pérez-
Arbeldez, Pl. Util. Colomb., ed. 1, 442. 1947; Sampaio, Fl. Port.,
ed. 2, 504. 1947; Valenzuela, Concha, & Santos, Journ. Philip. Pharm.
Assoc. 34: 1--57. 1947; Basu & Singh, Chem. Abstr. 42: 1025. 1948;
Basu & Singh, Quart. Journ. Pharm. Pharmacol. 20: 136--137. 1948;
Hara, Enum. Sperm. Jap., imp. 1, 1: 190--191. 1948; Hayashi & al.,
Chem. Abstr. 42: 3034. 1948; Knobloch, Read, Biol. Sci. 11. 1948;

H. Nw. & Aw Le Mold., Pl. Life 2: 16--18, 20--24, 32, 36, 42--44, 46,
48--72, 74--76, & 78--90. 1948; T. A. Henry, Pl. Alkaloids, ed. 4,
778 & 804. 1949; Parsa, Fl. Iran 4 (1): 532 & 537--541. 1949; R. O.
Williams, Useful Ornament. Pl. Zanzib. 45, 66, 95, 351, 484, & 485.
1949; Aubréville, Fl. Forest. Soudano-Guin, 491 & 502--504, pl. 113,
fig. 1 & 2. 1950; Brodin, Middle Engl. Herb. Agnus Castus. 1950;
Fernald in A, Gray, Man. Bot., ed. 8, 1045. 1950; M. R. Henderson,
Masay. Nat. Journ. 6: 380 & 386--387. 1950; Hottes, Book Shrubs, ed.
5, 403--405. 1950; Jex-Blake, Gard. East Afr., ed. 3, 125. 1950;
Kerharo & Bouquet. Pl. Méd. Tox. Céte-d'Iv. 233--234. 1950; Metcalfe
& Chalk, Anat. Dicot. 1031--1041, fig. 247B & 248 B & H. 1950; West-
cott, Pl. Disease Handb. 660. 1950; C. T. White, Journ. Arnold Arb.

152 P BY: T Oe Orert,& Vol. 44, No. 3

31: 113.1950; Bean, Trees: Shrubs Hardy Brit. Isls.j ed. 7, °32vSiaq
1951; Lawrence, Taxon, Vasc. Pl., imp. 1, 686--688 & 821. 1951;
Quisumb., Rep. Philip. Dept. Agr. Tech. Bull. 16: 1951; E. L. De
Seymour, New Gard. Encycl., ed. 5, 1292. 1951; Anon., Wood Chicago
57 (6): 68--71. 1952; B. C. Blackburn, Trees Shrubs East. N. Am.,
ed. 1, 23, 302--303, & 306. 1952; Hatta, Kubo, & Watanabe, List Med.
Pl. 15. 1952; Hottes, Book Shrubs, [ed. 6, imp. 1], 403--404,. 1952;
Janssonius, Key Javan Woods 54--55 & 213, fig. 295. 1952; Mold.,
Mutisiav6:.4.°1952s Razi, Journ. Univs«Poona.1 (2): Biel’, 42970382;
Sonohara, Tawada, & Amano [ed. Walker], Fl. Okin. 132--133. 1952;
Dale, Descrip. List Introd. Trees Uganda 70 & 72. 1953; O. Degener,
Willdenowia 1: 148. 1953; Goossens, Suid-Afrik. Blompl. 188. 1953;
J. W. Matthews, N. Zeal. Trees, ed. 2, imp. 2, 81. 1953; Monserrat,
Collect. Bot. 3: 412. 1953; Murca Pires, Dobzhansky, & Black, Bot.
Gaze 114: 473. 19533. Naito, Sci. Reps Kags (2:60. 1953; .Petelotyari.
Méd. Cambod. Laos Viet. 2 [Archiv. Recherch. Agron. Past. Viet. 18]:
248--251. 1953; Snowden, Grass Comm. Mtn. Veg. Uganda 94. 1953;
Weiss & O'Brien, Ind. Pl. Diseases U. S. 5: 1178. 19533 Re We Bre;
Compos. Scient. Words 833 & 838. 1954; Ciferri, Mycopath. 7: 89.
1954; Michalowski, Serv. Tecn. Interam. Coop. Agr. Bol. 174. 1954;
Pételot, Pl. Méd. Camb. Laos Viet. 4: 11, 13, 21, 22, 28, 31, 38,40,
42 47-495 52, 62564, 68, 70, 171, 182, 199, .205,. 225). 2305) 2385
2397 240,02515° 2575 262,268, °° 271, 277,°285, 289, 299, (6/300 aaa
Roberty, Pét. Fl. Ouest-Afr. 177--179. 1954; Sdédderberg, Blommor 263.
1954; Anon., Herb Grower Mag. 8: 46. 1955; Core, Pl. Tax. 402. 1955;
Edmondson, Bull. Bern, Bish. Mus. 217: 91. 1955; Fiedler, Arzneimit.-
Forsch. 5: 609, 1955; Fiedler, Chem. Abstr. 50: 2761. 1955; H. M.
Fox, Herb Grower Mag. 8: 46. 1955; Geissman & Jurd, Arch. Biochem.
Biophys. 56: 259. 1955; Lapraz, Collect. Bot. 4: 346. 1955; Masamune,
Sci. Rep. Kanazawa Univ. 4: 48--49. 1955; Michalowski, Serv. Tecn.
Interam. Coop. Agr. Bol. 173 & 189. 1955; Roi, Trait. Pl. Méd. Chin.
411 & 484. 1955; Rosayro, Ceyl. Forest., ser. 2, 2: 5--26. 1955;
Sharma, Journ. Sci. Ind. Res. 14B: 267--270. 1955; Vines, Trees
Shrubs Woody Vines. 1955; Bean in Chittenden, Dict. Gard. 4: 2249--
2250. 1956; Darlington & Wylie, Chromos. Atl., ed. 2, 323. 1956; W.
C. Davies, N. Zeal. Pl. Stud., eds 1, 132=-133,; pl. 51 (1956)and
ed. 2, 132--133, pl. 51. 1956; Geissman & Kranen-Fiedler, Naturwiss.
43: 226. 1956; Ikuse, Pollen Grains Jap. 128. 1956; J. K. Jacks.,
Journ. Ecol. 44: 349, 353, & 360. 1956; Nair & Nathaway, Journ. Bomb.
Nat. Hist. Soc. 54: 99. 1956; Parker, Forest Fl. Punj., ed. 3, 590.
1956; Pérez-Arbeldez, Pl. Util. Colomb., ed. 2, 745. 1956; Rambo,
Sellowia 7: 207. 1956; Rehd., Man. Cult. Trees Shrubs, ed. 2, 805.
1956; Rao & Venkateswarlu, Curr. Sci. 25: 328. 1956; P. A. Russell,
U. S. Dept. Agr. Pl. Invent. 158: 160 & 251. 1956; Sharma, Journ.
Sci. Indust. Res. 14B: 267--270. 1956; Wyman, Shrubs Vines Am. Gard.
351 & 352. 1956; Alain in Leén & Alain, Fl. Cuba, imp. 1, 4: 280 &
316--318, fig. 137. 1957; Anon., Commonw. Mycol. Inst. Ind. Fungi
Petrak Cum. Ind. 2: 279. 1957; Barroso, Rodriguésia 32: [69] & 72.
1957; Blackburn, Trees Shrubs East. N. Am., ed. 2, 302--303. 39575
Evans, McGookin, Jurd, Robertson, & Williamson, Journ, Chem. Soc.
1957: 3510. 1957; Gorrie in Misra, Journ. Indian Bot. Soc. 36: 605.
1957; Hansford, Sydowia 10: 47 & 66. 1957; Hinds, N. Zeal. Forest

1979 Moldenke, Notes on Vitex 153

Servs Ball. (21:.63,° 805 «105, ©110,-6<133..19573. Jurd;-Geissmany ‘&
Seikel, Arch. Biochem. Biophys. 67: 287 (1957) and 71: 17. 1957;
Natarajan, Oyton 8: 24, 25, 35, 37, & 41, pl. 4. 1957; Rageau, Pl.
Méd. Nouv.-Caléd. 61, 76, 78, 79, 82, 84--86, 89, & 100. 1957;
Robertson & Williamson, Journ. Chem. Soc. 1957: 5018, 1957; P. A.
Russell, U. S. Dept. Agr. Pl. Invent. 159: 46 & 221. 1957; Samigu-
lina, Tr. Gorn.-geol. Inst. Uralskij Fil, Akad. Wiss. Wyp. 28: 37--
61. 1957; Steinmetz, Cod. Veget. 1204 & 1205. 1957; Angely, Bot.
Aplic. Farm. 267 & 311. 1958; Cooke, Fl. Presid. Bomb., ed. 2, imp.
1, 2: 497 & 507--510. 1958; Cuatrecasas, Revist. Acad. Colomb. Cienc.
10: 241. 1958; Estores Anzaldo, Maranon, & Anchieta, Philip. Journ.
Sci. Bot. 86: 236 & 239, 1958; R. C. Foster, Contrib. Gray Herb.
184: 171. 1958; Hottes, Book Shrubs, [ed. 6, imp. 2], 403--404.
1958; Humbert, Fl. Sahara Sept. Cent. 405--407, fig. 149. 1958;
Seshagiri Rao, Journ. Bomb, Nat. Hist. Soc. 55: 438 & 439. 1958;
Whalley, Chem. Indust. 1958: 361. 1958; Abeywickrama, Ceyl. Journ,
Seis Biods 2262174239595; Cain;/ Man. Veg; Anual., imps 425767 5< 226;
278, & 279, fig. 45. 1959; Cambie, Chem. Indust. 1959: 87. 1959;
Cambie, N. Zeal. Journ. Sci. Tech. 2: 230--236. 1959; Hansel & Winde,
Chem. Abstr. 53: 20006. 1959; Hérhammer, Wagner, Nieschlag, & Wildi,
Arch. Pharm. 292: 380. 1959; Hottes, Book Shrubs, [ed. 6, imp. 3],
403--404. 1959; Krubs, Comm. For. Woods, ed. 2, 161--162, fig. 473--
475. 1959; Madan & Nayar, Journ. Sci. Indust. Res. India 18C: 10--
14. 1959; Masilungan, Diokno, & Quisumbing, Philip. Journ. Sci. Bot.
88: 248. 1959; Viertel, Trees Shrubs Vines 406 & 407. 1959; Wild &
Gelfand, Cent. Afr. Journ. Med. 5: 292--305. 1959; Winde, Untersuch.
Verbreit. Pseudoind. [thesis]. 1959; Worthington, Ceyl. Trees 347 &
348. 1959; Bate-Smith & Swain, Chem. Indust. 1960: 1132. 1960; Boit,
Ergebn. Alkal, Chem. 1960; Braga, Pl. Nordest., ed. 2, 297 & 338.
1960; Cambie, Chem. Abstr. 54: 3858. 1960; Emberger in Chadefeud &
Emberger, Trait. Bot. 2: 828 & 830--832, fig. 1176. 1960; Griseb. &
Patschke, Chem. Ber. 93: 2326. 1960; Hatton, Handb. Pl. Flor. Ornam.
368 & 538, fig. 727 & 728. 1960; Hérhammer, Wagner, Nieschlag, &
Wildi, Chem. Abstr. 54: 5010. 1960; Howell & McClintock in Kearney

& Peebles, Ariz. Pl., ed. 2, 724. 1960; Jedemskaja, Excerpt. Bot. A.
2: 90. 1960; Liberta, Mycologia 52: 902. 1960; L., Gen. Pl., ed. 5,
imp. 2 [Cramer & Swann, Hist. Nat. Class. 3:] 140, 285, [520], &
[S5217. 1960e J, Fe Macbr.,. Field. Mus.’ Publ,’ Bot.<13) (5): 610; 614,
691--692, & 698. 1960; Moomaw, Study Pl. Ecol. Coast. Kenya 40.
1960; Puri, Indian Forest Ecol. 1: 31 & 173, pl. 50 (1960) and 2:
535. 1960; Seikel, Holder, & Birzgalis, Chem. Abstr. 54: 9009. 1960;
Smiley, Trop. Plant. Gard. 54. 1960; Van Royen, Nova Guinea, ser. 2,
10: 61 & 240. 1960; Van Steenis, Blumea 10: [136]. 1960; Boit, Er-
gebn. Alkal. Chem. 1961; Brooker & Cooper, N. Zeal. Med. Pl. 4 & 36.
1961; Buia, Fl. Mic. Illustr. Rep. Pop. Rom. 401. 1961; Cooke, My-
cologia 53: 584. 1961; Dale & Greenway, Kenya Trees 581, 589, & 592-
598, photo 79 & 80, fig. 108 & 109. 1961; W. C.*Davies, N. Zeal. Pl.
Stud., ed. 3, 132--133, pl. 51. 1961; Fournier, Quat. Fl. France
807--808, fig. 3353. 1961; Haines, Bot. Bihar Orissa, ed. 2, 2:3; 138
& 745--748. 1961; Hansford, Sydowia Ann, Mycol., ser. 2, Beih. 2:
684, 688, 690, & 694--696, 1961; Pla Dalmau, Polen, 1961; Reitz,

154 Po Bo¥ ST OrLOx641.A Vol. 44, No. 3

Sellowia 13: 64 & 110. 1961; Satmoko in Wyatt-Smith & Wycherley,
Malay. Nat. Journ, Nat. Conserv. West. Malay. 109 & 120. 1961; C.-
W. Wang, Forests China 79. 1961; Willaman & Schubert, Agr. Res.
Serv. U. S. Dept. Agr. Tech. Bull. 1234: 237,,1961; W.. Ro NevWieee
amson, Chem. Indust, 1961: 1168. 1961; Adjanohoun, Veget. Act. Geo-
bot, “Ll:; 21; 29, .& 35, °fig.. 33.) 1962; Anon;,/ Hortic.. Abstr J2328

202. 1962; J. D. Chapm., Veg. Mlonje Mts. 38. 1962; Cocker & Shaw,
Journ, Chem. Soc. Lond. 1962: 5194--5197, 1962; Cuf., Senckenb.
Biol, 43: 283 & 329. 1962; Dépke, Naturwiss. 49: 375. 1962; Enari,
Ornament. Shrubs Calif, 170 & 171, fig. 164. 1962; Gaussen, Legris,
& Viart, Ind. Counc. Agr. Res. Veg. Map Ser. 1: 24, 40, & 41. 1962;
Gledhill, Check List Flow. Pl. Sierra Leone 30. 1962; Hartl, Beitr.
Biol, Pfl. 37: 294 & 297, 1962; Kariyone, Ann, Ind. Rep. Pl. Chem,
1959: 94--95. 1962; K. U. Kramer, Excerpt. Bot. A.5: 580. 1962;
Lonic., Kreuterb., imp. 2, 77. 1962; S. & G. Manguenot, Rev. Cytol.
Biol. Veg. 25: 411--447. 1962; J. F. Morton, Proc. Fla. St. Hortic,.
Soc. 75: 484--491, 1962; Nair & Rehman, Bull. Nat. Bot. Gard. Luck-
now 76: 1--23. 1962; Rao & Venkateswarlu, Chem. Abstr. 57: 12419,
1962; Rao & Venkateswarlu, Journ. Sci. Ind. Res. 21B: 313. 1962;
Rizzini in Ferré, Simpos. S8bre Cerrado 116. 1962; J. Rzedowski,
Veget. Act. Geobot. 11: 172. 1962; Turrill, Curtis Bot. Mag. 174:
pl. 400. 1962; Wiens, Atoll Environ, Ecol. 357. 1962; Watt & Breyer-
Brandwijk, Med. Poison, Pl. S. East Afr., ed. 2, 1454. 1962; Brook-
er, Cain,, & Cambie, Trans, Roy. Soc. N. Zeal. 1 (7): 61--87. 1963;
Dalla Torre & Harms, Gen. Siphonog., imp. 2, 432 & 433. 1963; Graf,
Exotica 3: 1481, 1482, & 1734. 1963; Huber in Hutchins. & Dalz., Fl.
W. Trop. Afr., ed. 2, 2: 432 & 445--448, fig. 308. 1963; J. KeMahesh-
wari, Fl. Delhi 276 & 281--282. 1963; Mound, Proc. Roy. Ent. Soc.
Lond, A.38: 178. 1963; Russell, Ann, Ent. Soc. Am. 56: 149--150,
1963; J. Rzedowski, Veg. Act. Geobot, 11: 173 & 185. 1963; Saint Au-
bin, For@t Gabon [194] & 206. 1963; E. Le D. Seymour, Wise Gard. En-
cycl., ed. 6, 1292. 1963; Veloso & Klein, Sellowia 15: 45, 47, 50,
51, & 107. 1963; Al-Rawi, Iraq Min. Agr. Tech. Bull. 14: 149. 1964;
Al-Rawi & Chakravarty, Iraq Min. Agr. Tech. Bull. 15: 4 & 97. 1964;
Anon., Hortic. Abstr. 34: 151. 1964; Bois, For@ts Trop. 93: 30.
1964; Re Good, Geogr. Flow. Pl. 89 & 209. 1964; Horowitz & Gentili,
Chem. Indust. 1964: 498, 1964; Kariyone, Ann. Ind. Rep. Pl. Chem.
1957: 54--55 (1964) and 1960: 101. 1964; Laing & Blackwell, Pl. N.
Zeal., ed. 7, 371--373, fig. 139. 1964; Langsdale-Br., Osmoston, &
Wils., Veg. Uganda 55, 57, 98, 115, 118--120, 123, & 130. 1964; C.
E. Lewis, Florists Publ. Co. New Pronounc. Dict. Pl. Names 62. 1964;
Little & Wadsworth, Common Trees P. Ruco [U. S. Dept. Agr. Handb.
249:] 476 & 486--487, fig. 230.. 1964; Lombardo, Fl. Arb. Arbores.
Urug., ed. 2,'120 & 124, figs 196. 19645 Mallick & al., Pakists
Journ. Sci. Indust. Res. 7 (2): 130--136. 1964; Masilungan, Relova,
& Raval, Philip. Journ. Sci. 93: 57--65. 1964; Melchior in Engl.,
Syllab. Pflanzenfam., ed. 12, 2: 435 & 438. 1964; J. Muller in Cran-
well, Ancient. Pacif. Floras 39. 1964; Radford, Ahles, & Bell, Guide
Vasc. Fl. Carol. 281 & 282. 1964; Reitz & Klein, Sellowia 16: 41 &
83. 1964; P. W. Richards, Trop. Rain For. 3, 330, 333, & 396. 1964;
Santapau, Excerpt. Bot. A.7: 16. 1964; Schaef, Beitr. Chemotax, Gatt.

1979 Moldenke, Notes on Vitex 455

Vitex [thesis]. 1964; E. Le D. Seymour, New Gard. Encycl., ed. 7,
1292. 1964: R. Ly Taylor, Pl. Colonial Days 22,102, & 106. 1964;
Thwaites & Hook. f., Enum. Pl. Zeyl., imp. 2, 244. 1964; Wayside
Gardens, For Autumn Plant. 115 & 117. 1964; Angely, Fl. Anal. Paran.,
ed, 1, 580s. 1965," Anon. Hortic. Abstr.: 35: 439. 296535 )Anons,« Ine.
Bibliogr. Bot. Trop. 2 (1): 40. 1965; Backer & Bakh., Fl. Java 2:

595 & 604--606. 1965; J. & L. Bush-Br., Am. Gard. Book, ed. 4, 278.
1965; Alain, Rhodora 67: 349. 1965; Gaussen, Legris, & Viart, Ind.
Counc. Agr. Res. Map Ser. 2: 33. 1965; Gaussen, Viart, Legris, &
Labroue, Trav. Sect. Scient. Tech. Inst. Franc. Pond. Hors Ser, 5:

32, 34--35, 39--42, 44, 46, 47, 49, 50, 71, [79], & 104. 1965; Gle-
rum & Smit, Invent. Florest. Amaz. 9: 35 & 112. 1965; Hillis & Horn,
Austr. Journ. Chem. 18: 531. 1965; HGrhammer, Wagner, Rosprim, Mabry,
& Résler, Tetrahed. Lett. 1965: 1707. 1965; Kariyone, Ann. Ind.

Rep. Pl. Chem. 1961: 130. 1965; Neal, Gard. Hawaii, ed. 2, 720, 721,

& 729. 1965; Quisumbing, Govt. Sarawak Sympos. Ecol. Res. Humid

Trop. Veg. 35--37, 43, 127, & 128. 1965; Smitinand, Sympos. Ecol.

Res. Humid Trop. Veg. 41 & 42, fig. 1. 1965; Anon., Delect. Sen.

Hort. Bot. Cent. Thbilis. Georg. 25. 1966; Arevalo, Fl. Espan. 81.
1966; Banerji, Rec. Bot. Surv. India 19 (2): 75. 1966; Boaler,

Journ. Ecol. Brit. 54: 467. 1966; Burkill, Dict. Econ. Prod. Malay
Penins. 2: 1837 & 2277--2282. 1966; Datta & Majumdar, Bull. Bot.

Soc. Bengal 20: 103. 1966; Douk, Trav. Lab. Mat. Med.—pharm. Galen 50:
264. 1966; T. H. Everett, Read. Digest Compl. Book Gard. 110, 410,
411, 447, 605, & 661. 1966; Everett in Stein, Random House Dict., imp.
1, 250. 1966; Griffith in Hyland, U. S. Dept. Agr. Pl. Invent. 166:
196 (1966) and 167: 177. 1966; Grout de Beaufort & Schnell, Mém. Inst.
Fond. Afr. Noire 75: 8, 9, 44--49, & 56. 1966; Guest & Al-Rawi, Fl.
Iraq 1: 84 & 106. 1966; Horowitz & Gentili, Chem. Indust. 1966: 625.
1966; Kandelaki, Vestn, Gruzinsk. Bot. Obs. 3: 81. 1966; Lovell,
Gleanings Bee Cult. 94: 355--356 & 419--420. 1966; Monsalud, Tongacan,
Lopez, & Lagrimes, Philip. Journ. Sci. Bot. 95: 557. 1966; Newlin,
Gleanings Bee Cult. 94: 141. 1966; Polunin & Huxley, Fls. Medit. 42 &
154--155, pl. 16, fig. 394. 1966; ‘Raju, Indian Forest. 92: 483 & 489.
1966; Raju, Trop. Ecol. 7: 122. 1966; Rzedowski & McVaugh, Contrib.
Univ. Mich. Herb. 9: 20, 27, 38, 42, 62, & 107. 1966; Schnell, Mem.
Soc. Bot. France 121--132. 1966; Schnell & Grout de Beaufort, Con-
trib. Etud. Pl. Myrmec. 44--47, pl. 10, fig. A--J. 1966; Singh &
Chaturvedi, Indian Journ. Med. Res. 54: 188--195. 1966; Thornberry,

U. S. Dept. Afr. Agric. Handb. 165: 479. 1966; Trease & Evans, Textb.
Pharmacog., ed. 9, 799. 1966; Yamazaki in Hara, Fl. East. Himal. 2/0.
1966; Zafirov in Wulff, Fl. Kryma 3 (2): 67--69. 1966; Amico, Webbia
22: 489, 492, 498, 500, 501, 503, 515, & 523, pl. 35. 1967; Anon.,
Ind. Bibliog. Bot. Trop. 4: 22. 1967; Bedi, Econ. Bot. 21: 277, 279,
& 281. 1967; Bouquet, Invent. Pl. Méd. Tox. Cong. Braz. 33. 1967;
Cockayne & Turner, Trees N. Zeal. 133, 166, & 181. 1967; Cole, Hogan,
& Oebker, Proc. 7th Nat. Agric. Plastics Conf. Ky. 1966, 38--41. 1967;
Cooke, Fl. Presid. Bomb., ed. 2, imp. 2, 2: 497 & 507--510. 1967;
Coon, Fragrance Frag. Pl. 117. 1967; Dandy, Reg. Veg. 51: [Ind. Gen.
Vasc. Pl.] 62, 90, 121, & 122. 1967; DeCapito, Ann. Fac. Agrar. Univ.
Perugia 22: [3]--18 & 109--126. 1967; DeWit, Pl. World High. Pl. 2:

156 Pee OLA & Vol. 44,.No. 3

185--186, fig. 162. 1967; Douk, Ann. Pharm. Franc. 25: 165, 1967;
Ellis, Swaminathan, & Chandrabose, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 9: 12,
1967; Esfandiari, Prem. Liste Pl. Herb. Minist. Agr. Iran 253.

1967; Everett in Stein, Random House Dict., imp. 2, 250. 1967;
Friedrich-Holzhammer, Meeuse, & Meikle, Prodr, Fl. Siidw. Afr. 13
(122): [1] & 9--10. 1967; Gaussen, Lagris, & Viart, Ind. Counc.

Agr. Res. Veg. Map Ser. 4: 26. 1967; Grieve, Modern Herb. 188. 1967;
Gupta, Season, Fls. Ind. Sum. Resorts Moos, 98, 114, 132, 154, &
241.; 19673 Hyland, U.S. Dept. Agr. Pls Invent.:'168:. 7; 26, Sa3 58,
& 248 (1967) and 169: 48. 1967; Joseph & Vajravelu, Bull. Bot. Surv.
India 9: 26. 1967; Kammathy, Rao, & Rao, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 9:
208 & 224, 1967; Kariyone, Ann. Ind. Rep. Pl. Chem. 1962: 136. 1967;
Kershaw, Veget. Act. Geobot. 15: 244, 249, 251--253, 257, 258, 261--
265, & 267. 1967; Kimura, Takido, & Hiwatashi, Yakugaku Lasshi [Jo-
urn. Pharm. Soc. Jap.] 87: 1429--1430. 1967; Kutateladze in Gross-
heim, Fl. Kavkaza, ed. 2, 7: 295--297. 1967; Lovell, Biores. Ind.
1967: 274 & 1498. 1967; Meijer, Bot. News Bull. Forest Dept. Sanda-
kan 8: 12 & 15. 1967; Mitra, Elem. Syst. Bot. Angiosp., ed. 2 abrdg.,
139. 1967; Newlin, Biores. Ind, 1967: 293. 1967; Ornduff, Reg. Veg.
50: 86 & 121. 1967; Patzak & Rech. in Rech., Fl. Iran 43: 1 & 5--8.
1967; Popp & al.,Journ. Pharm. Sci. 56: 1195--1197. 1967; Ramaswamy,
Bull. Bot. Soc. Bengal 21: 96. 1967; Rao & Kumari, Bull. Bot. Surv.
India 9: 107. 1967; Rimpler, Deutsch. Apoth,-Zeit. 107: 391 & 1413.
1967; Rimpler, Pharm. Zeit. 112: 1799--1800. 1967; Rimpler & Schulz,
Tetrahed. Lett. 22: 2033--2035 & 5139, 1967; Schaaf, Deutsch. Apoth.-
Zeit. 107: 1571--1'572. 1967; Sebastine & Ellis, Bull, Bot. Surv.
India 9: 192 & 197. 1967; Sebastine & Vivekanathan, Bull. Bot. Surv.
India 9: 166 & 178. 1967; Tingle, Check List Hong Kong Pl. 38. 1967;
W. Trelease, Wint. Bot., ed. 3, imp. 2, 323 & 335. 1967; Vajravelu &
Rathakrishnan, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 9: 43--44. 1967; Voorhoeve,
Belmontia 8: 101. 1967; H. van P. Wils. & Bell, Frag. Year 186 &
187. 1967; Acosta-Solis, Divis. Fitogeogr. Ecuad. 27, 57, 60, & 66.
1968; Aleman, Flores Méx. 15 (104): 12 & 19. 1968; Alston in Mabry,
Recent Adv, Phytochem, 1: 311 & 315--317. 1968; Amico & Bavazzano,
Webbia 23: 280 & 302. 1968; Anon., Assoc. Etud. Tax. Fl. Afr. Trop.
Ind. 1967: 62. 1968; Anon., Biol. Abstr. 49 (10): S.184 (1968) and
4G (23): S.190. 1968; Anon., Bull. Rubb. Res. Inst. Malaya 96: 78--
90. 1968; Anon., Hortic. Abstr. 38: 469 & 517. 1968; Astle, Kirkia
7: 92 & 95. 1968; Badhwar & Fernandez, Edible Wild Pl. Himal. 284.
1968; Basak, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 10: 256. 1968; Bouquet, Med.
Trop. 28: 49--58. 1968; Brugues [P. Fernandez edit.], Act. Manil. 4:
73 & 80. 1968; Burlage, Ind. Pl. Tex. 184--185, 206, 209, 214, 221,
222,224, 225, 229, 235, 237, & 238.° 19685 Carrick 6 al., ‘Gmem,
Pharm. Bull, [Tokyo] 16: 2436--2441. 1968; Cohic, Cah. Off. Rech.
Sci. Tech. Outre-Mer. Biol. 6: 113. 1968; Cole, Hogan, & Oebker,
Hortic. Abstr. 38: 469. 1968; Das, Pakist. Journ. Forest. 18: 308,
311, & 312. 1968; Dean, Trees Shrubs Heart Dixie, ed. 2, 210. 1968;
Deb, Indian Forest. 94: 756 & 765. 1968; Douk, Biores. Ind. 4: 5102.
1968; J. Le Ellis, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 10: 157. 1968; Erdtman,
Rec. Adv. Phytochem. 1: 311, 316, 317, 325, & 326. 1968; Ghosh, In-
dian Forest. 94: 778. 1968; Gunawardena, Gen. Sp. Pl. Zeyl. 147--

1979 Moldenke, Notes on Vitex 157

148. 1968; Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.13: 569 & 570. 1968; Hossaini,
Vox. Sang. 15: 410--417. 1968; Hsu, Taiwania 14: 14. 1968; Hyland,
Be Se. Dept... Agere: £1.. invent..'1/2:. 98,-247,)& 303. 19683; Inandar,
Bull. Bot. Surv. India 10: 130. 1968; Kawazu, Jap. Agr. Res. Quart.
3.:(2) 2 20--24.. 1968;. Kershaw, Journ. Ecol, Brit. 56:2) 473, 477,:4
482. 1968; Krubs, Comm. For. Woods, ed. 3, 161--162, fig. 473--475.
1968; Kundu & De, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 10: 398, 399, 401, & 405,
fig. 10, 20, & 21. 1968; Maheshwari, Fl. Delhi 281. 1968; Mallik &
Chaudhuri, Bull/ Bot. Soc. Bengal 22: 105--108, 1968; E. D. Merr.,
Fl. Manila, imp. 2, 397 & 403--404. 1968; Meijer, Bot. Bull. Herb.
Forest Dept. Sabah 10: 24, 223, & 224. 1968; Mold., Biol. Abstr.

49: 11291. 1968; Mold., Ellery Lake [3]. 1968; Mold., Phytologia 17:
240--244. 1968; Mold., Résumé Suppl. 17: 2, 4--6, 8, 12, & 13. 1968;
Morrison, Pacif. Sci. 22: 184--193. 1968; Munz, Suppl. Calif. Fl.
101 & 102. 1968; A. & I. Nehrling, Easy Gard. Drought-resist. Pl.
170, 226, & 227. 1968; Nisa & Qadir, Pakist. Journ. Forest. 19: 205,
208--216, & 218. 1969; Pandeya, Puri, & Singh, Res. Meth. Pl. Ecol.
24. 1968; Patel, Fl. Melghat 260 & 265--267. 1968; Pennington &
Sarukhan, Man. Ident. Arb. Trop. 370--373. 1968; Pope, Wayside Pl.
Hawaii 194--197 & 289, pl. 111. 1968; Prox, Tetrahed. 24: 3697. 1968;
Rollet, Adansonia, ser. 2, 8: 549. 1968; Sherk & Buckley, Ornament.
Shrubs. Canad. 164. 1968; Spring Hill Nurseries [Tipp City, Ohio]
Fall Sale Cat. 23. 1968; Stearn, Humb. Bonpl. Kunth Trop. Am. Bot.
LO 1968s) Jei AL Steyerm, Act. Bot. Venez. S:. 72, 835m 1562) 19685
Tilak & Kale, Sydonia Ann, Mycol. 21: 297. 1968; Tiwari, Indian For-
est. 94: 584. 1968; W. Trelease, Pl. Mat. Decorat. Gard. Woody Pl.,
ed. 5, imp. 2, 145--146. 1968; Tuyama, Pl. Bonin Isls. 98. 1968; Up-
hofy: Diet... Econt.. Plsy eds: 2) 122, 246,: 337 y) 398% SIV pois S207 oA,
& 545--546. 1968; Vajravelu, Joseph, & Chandrasekaran, Bull. Bot.
Surv. India 10: 78. 1968; Veloso & Klein, Sellowia 20: 82, 122, 147,
Bll77.: 19683. He Waltse, Veget. Erde 27 133 1968;"Angely; Fl, Anal,
Fitogeogr. Est. S. Paulo, ed. 1, 1: 8. 1969; Anon., Assoc. Etud. ei
Fl. Afr. Trop. Ind. 1968: 54. 1969; Anon., Biol. Abstr. 50 (1):

195 (1969), 50 (3): S.203 (1969), and 50 (24): B.A.S.1I.C. nares
1969; Anon., Biores. Ind. 5: 2571 & 6487. 1969; Anon., Commonw. Inst.
Myc. Ind. Fungi 86 & 228. 1969; Anon., Hortic. Abstr. 39: 873. 1969;
Anon, Torr. Bot. Club: Ind. Ams Bot .: Lit..33+306 » 308, & 309. 4969;
S. P. & Re Ne Banerjee, Bull. Bot. Soc. Bengal 23: 168. 1969; Baner-
ji, Chadha, & Malshet, Biors. Ind. 5: 2571. 1969; Banerji, Chadha, &
Malshet, Phytochem. 8: 511--512. 1969; Begemann, Lex. Nutzh. 2564,
2631, & 2695. 19-9; Bhatt, Sabnis, & Bedi, Bull. Bot. Surv. India
11: 318. 1969; Billore & Hemadri, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 11: 343.
1969; Bobbitt & Segebarth in Taylor & Battersby, Cyclopent. Terp,. De-
riv. 145 pp. 1969; Bolkh., Grif, Matvej., & Zakhar., Chromos. Numb.
Flow. Pl., imp. 1, 717--718. 1969; Brummitt & Ferguson, Reg. Veg.
61: 190. 1969; Cash, Biol. Abstr. 50: 9656. 1969; Chan & Teo, Chem.
Pharm. Bull. [Tokyo] 17: 1284--1286. 1969; Cherian & Pataskar, Bull.
Bot. Surv. India 11: 392. 1969; Cohic, Ann. Univ. Abidjan E.2: 100

& 112. 1969; Core, Biol. Abstr. 50: 1499. 1969; Corner & Watanabe,
Illustr. Guide Trop. Pl. 769--770. 1969; Dawson & Sneddon, Pacif.
Sci. 23: 145. 1969; 0. & I. Degener, Phytologia 19: 47. 1969; DeCap-

158 PRT TOLoOcit & Vol. 44, No. 3

ite, Hortic. Abstr. 39: 873. 1969; Dey, Saxena, & Uniyal, Indian
Forest. 95: 201. 1969; Farnsworth, Blomster, Quimby, & Schermerh.,
Lynn.iInd, 62 ‘261,. 262,) & 267--268.. 1969; :-Fior,: Nost. Flo, @d.i0,

570 & 571. 1969; Greenway, Journ. East Afr. Nat. Hist. Soc Nat.

Mus. 27: 176 & 196. 1969; Cuhabakshi & Naskar, Bull. Bot. Soc. Ben-
gal 23: 175. 1969; Hiremath & al., Journ. Karnatak Univ. 14: 30--48.
1969; Horowitz, Pollen Spores 11: 360, 364, 367, & 370. 19693; J.
Hutchins., Evol. Phylog. Flow, Pl. 467, 469, & 716. 1969; Hyland,

U. Seo Dept.) Agr’ Pl. Invent. 173: 103, 164, 169, 202, & 272° 41@e8)
and 174: 274. 1969; Jeffrey in Rakhtajan, Flow. Pl. 245 & 310. 1969;
A. Johnson, Malay. Nat. Journ. 22: 162. 1969; Joshi, Indian Forest,
95: 153. 1969; Kaushik, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 11: 65 & 84--87. 1969;
Keng, Ord. Fam. Malay. Seed Pl. 278 & 280, fig. 164. 1969; Langham-
mer, Excerpt. Bot. A.14 (6): 473. 1969; Lasser, Act. Bot. Venez. 4:
48. 1969; Legris, Trav. Sect. Scient. Tech. Inst. Frang. Pond. 3
(5): 24. 1969; Legris & Blasco, Trav. Sect. Scient. Tech... Inst.
Franc. Pond. 8 (1): 67. 1969; M. Martinez, Pl. Med. Mex., ed. 5,
403. 1969; A. Le. Mold., Phytologia 18: 128 & 331. 1969; Mold., Biol.
Abstr. 50: 418, 942, & 6948. 1969; Mold., Phytologia 18: 421 & 512.
1969; J. Fs Morton, Proc. Fla. St. Hort.. Soc, 62: 418, 420, &a@ai,
fig. 4. 1969; Plowden, Man, Pl. Names 80 & 247, 1969; Polunin, Field
Guide Flow. Europe 342, 343, & 626, pl. 106-1087. 1969; Rao & Ver-
ma, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 11: 410. 1969; Rau, Bull. Bot. Surv. In-
dia 10, Suppl. 2: 63. 1969; Richards & Morony, Check List Fl. Mbala
239--240. 1969; Rimpler, Deutsch. Apoth.—-Zeit. 109: 391. 1969; Rimp-
ler, Tetrahed. Lett. 21: 329--333. 1969; Rogerson, Rickett, & Beck-
er, Bull. Torr. Bot. Club 96: 131. 1969; Sawyer & Chermsirivathana,
Nat. Hist. Bull. Siam Soc. 23: 126.. 1969;. Schaaf, Biores,: Ind.) 3%
6487. 1969; Shah, Indian Forest. 95: 275. 1969; Shah & Despande,
Bull. Bot. Surv. India 11: 283. 1969; Singh, Bull. Bot. Surv. India
li: 16. 1969; Singh, Trop. Ecol. 10: 217. 1969; Suwal, Fl. Phulch,
Godaw. 91. 1969; G. W. Thomas, Tax. Pl. Ecolog. Summ. 78. 1969;
Tilak & Kale, Sydowia Ann. Mycol. 23: 17. 1969; Van der Schijff,
Check List Vasc. Pl. Kruger Natl. Park 81. 1969; Venkatareddi, Bull.
Bot. Surv. India 11: 258. 1969; J. V. Watkins, Fla. Landsc, Pl., ed.
1, imp. 1, 306, 307, & 368. 1969; Whitmore & Hartshorn, Lit. Rev.
Comm. Trip. Trees 95--96. 1969; Widder, Excerpt. Bot. A.14: 159.
1969; Wiedemann, Malay. Nat. Journ. 22: 162. 1969; Worthley & Schott,
Life Sci. 8: 225--238. 1969; Yeo in Synge, Suppl. Dict. Gard., ed.
2, 551. 1969; Adam, Journ. Agr. Trop. Bot. Appl. 17: 245 & 414--415.
1970; Adam, Bull. Inst. Fond, Afr. Noire A.32: 1005 & 1018. 1970;
Angely, Fl. Anal. Fitogeogr. Est. S. Paulo, ed. 1, 2: xxv. 1970; A-
non., Biol. Abstr... 51: 7701 (2970) 51) (C1) =: BiuAVSL LL Cy Sadao eae
&(S226.(1970),. 5h GIA): BAsSsiC.i Se) 228) (2970)y 51. (20)er eee
C65. 233. (1970), and 522 89. 19703) 'Anon..,. Biores.! Inds’ 62) T3655
1372, & 4087--4088. 1970; Anon., Taxon 19: 681 & 685. 1970; Anon.,
Weed Abstr. 19: 29. 1970; Azab, Megahed, & El-Mirsawi, Bull. Soc.
Ent. Egypt. 54: 322. 1970; Barbey, Arbor. Ornament., ed. 4, 105.
1970; Barros, Matos, Vieira, Sousa, & Medeiros, Journ, Pharm. Pharma-
col. 22: 116--122. 1970; Baslas, Flavour Ind. 1: 475--478,. 1970;
Beard, West Austr. Pl., ed. 2, 113. 1970; Correll & Johnston, Man,

1979 Moldenke, Notes on Vitex 159

Vasc. Pl. Tex. [Contrib. Tex. Res. Found, 6:] 1797, 1813, 1833,
1836, 1838, 1846, 1853, 1864, 1878, & 1879. 1970; Daoud & Sheikh,
Bull. Coll. Sci. Univ. Baghdad 11 (2): 24--44, 1970; Dennis, Kew
Bull. Addit. Ser. 3: 177 & 289. 1970; Drar, Publ. Cairo Univ. Herb.
3: 111. 1970; Echenique-Manrique, 25 Maderas Trop. Mex. 191--198 &
[234]. 1970; Ehrendorfer, Taxon 19: 599. 1970; El-Gazzar & Wats.,
New Phytol. 69: 465, 469, 473, 483, & 485. 1970; Farnsworth, Pharma-
cog. Titles 5 (3): vii & items 2399 & 2403 (1970), 5 (4): xii &
items 3993--3995 & 4122--4124 (1970), 5 (8): xvii & items 7654 &
8792 (1970), 5 (10): xxiv & items 11360, 11860, & 12080 (1970). and
5 (11): xviii & items 14710 & 14903. 1970; Gadella. Act. Bot. Neerl.
19: 433. 1970; Gaussen, Legris, Blasco, Meher-Homji, & Troy, Trav.
Sec. Scient. Tech. Inst. Franc. Pond. Hors Ser. 10: 60, 67, & 132.
1970; Gibson, Fieldiana Bot. 24 (9): 179 & 233--236, fig. 47. 1970;
Gillett, Numb. Check-list Trees Kenya 47. 1970; Goodland, Phytologia
20: 78. 1970; Herout in Reinhold & Liwschitz, Prog. Phytochem, 2:
183. & 189. 1970; H. & Y. Hikino, Prog. Chem. Org. Nat. Prod. 28:
256--312. 1970; Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.15: 421. 1970; Jain & Tar-
afder, Econ. Bot. 24: 266. 1970; Kobayashi, Bull. Govt. For. Exp.
Sta. Tokyo 226: 5, 108, & 216. 1970; Korr, Biol. Abstr. 51: 11428 &
13097. 1970; Lakhanpal, Taxon 19: 681 & 685. 1970; Lasser, Act. Bot.
Venez. 4: 48, 1970; Latham & Dugardil, Adansonia, ser. 2, 10: 564.
1970; Longenecker, West Va. Univ. Arboret. Newslett, 20 (1): 3.
1970; Matthew, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 12: 88. 1970; McGourty, Plants
Gard. 25 (2): [1200 Trees] 53. 1970; Menninger, Flow. Vines 410.
1970; Misra, Bull. Bot, Surv. India 12: 136. 1970; Mold., Biol. Ab-
str. 51: 460. 1970; Mold. in Correll & Johnston, Man. Vasc. Pl. Tex.
[Contrib. Tex. Res. Found. 6:] 1312 & 1339--1340. 1970; Mold. in
Menninger, Flow. Vines [335] & 339, photo 285 & 286. 1970; Prasad &
Wahi, Journ. Res. Indian Med. 4: 208--213. 1970; Raffauf, Handb. Al-
kaloids Verb.—001-006A. 1970; Rao & Lee, Pacif. Sci. 24: 255--268,
1970; Reitz, Sellowia 22: 147. 1970; M. Aw & I. M. Ritchie, N. Zeal.
Ecol. Soc. Proc. 17: 57--65. 1970; A. Robyns, Bull. Naturalist. Belg.
51: 182 & 186--189. 1970; Rouleau, Guide Ind. Kew. 198 & 353. 1970;
Saxena, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 12: 56. 1970; Schnell, Revist. Fac.
Farm. Univ. Andes 7 (10--11): 130--131, fig. 4A. 1970; E. Le D. Sey-
mour, New Gard. Encycl., ed. 8, 1292. 1970; Shah & Patel, Bull. Bot.
Surv. India 12: 25. 1970; Sharma & Ghosh, Bull. Bot. Soc. Bengal 24:
53. 1970; Siddell in Sondheimer & Simeone, Chem. Ecol. 294. 1970;
Soukup, Raymondiana 3: 26 & 91, 1970; B. C. Stone, Micronesica 6:
[Fl. Guam] 503 & 508--509. 1970; Sykes, N. Zeal. Dept. Sci. Indust,
Res. Bull. 200: 105, 206, 215+-216, & 314. 1970; G. Taylor, Ind.
Kew. Suppl/ 14: 143. 1970; Thaker, Sabnis, & Bedi, Bull. Bot. Surv.
India 12: 114 & 123. 1970; Tilak & Kale, Sydowia Ann. Mycol. 24: 81,
84, & 85. 1970; Vergiat, Journ. Agr. Trop. Bot. Appl. 17: 337. 1970;
Viertel, Trees Shrubs Vines nos, 406 & 407. 1970; Willamen & Li,
Lloydia 33, Suppl. 3a: 220. 1970; D. Re. W. Alexander, Hong Kong
Shrubs 105. 1971; Angely, Fl. Anal. Fitogeogr. S. Paulo, ed. 1, 4:
826, 828--829, & xix, map 1372. 1971; Anon., Biol. Abstr. 52: 3659 &
5448 (1971), 52 (1): B.A.S.I.C. S.261 (1971), 52 (5): BASIC. Se
238 & S.240 (1971); 52 (7): BeAsSeI.C. S.248 (1971) and 52 (10): B.A.

160 FP BoT.T OcLwOrGr1 *& Vol. 44, No. 3

S.I.C.e S. 267. 1971; Aubréville in Eyre, World Veget. Types 46 &

52. 1971; Balgooy, Blumea Suppl. 6: [Pl. Geogr. Pacif.] 200. 1971;
Bhakuni, M. Le & M. M. Dhar, Dhawan, Gupta, & Srimai, Indian Journ,
Exp. Biol. 9: 94. 1971; Blasco, Inst. Fran¢. Pond. Trav. Sec. Sei=
ent./Tech. 10:):149,.173, 291, 294, .& 426..1971;.Bouillant ‘& Chopin,
Compt. Rend. 273: 1759. 1971; Bouillant & Chopin, Compt. Rend. Hebd.
Seanc. Acad, Scis, ser. C, Sci. Chim, [Paris] 274: 193-—-196, 19715
Brandis, Indian Trees, imp. 2, 502--505. 1971; Cain, Man, Veg. Anal.,
imp. 25675226, 278, &/ 2793 £19¢5045. 19713; (Bs >C, Chark, pameeeee
Bot. Gard. 58: 232. 1971; Farnsworth, Lynn Ind. 7: 235. 19713 Farns-
worth, Pharmacog. Titles 5, Cum. Gen, Ind. (1971), 6 (1): xvii &
item, 1370. (1971), 6 (4): xv & items 5717, 6377, 7147, & 7195041971);
6 (9): xii & item 15746 (1971), 6 (10): xix & item 17519 (1971),

and 7 (8): xx & item 13196. 1971; Fogg, Neswlet. Arb. Barnes Found,
6: 8. 1971; Fonseka & Vinasithamby, Prov. List Local Names Flow. Pl.
Ceyl, 30, 35, 54,.58, 63--65, 82, 86,95, & 96. 1971; .Fox, TrepstE—
col, 12: 20. 1971; Godley, N. Zeal. Journ, Bot. 9: 561--568, figs
1--5. 1971; Gupta, Journ. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc. 68: 798. 1971;
Hartwell, Lloydia 34: 387 & 388. 1971; Hodge, Trop. Gard. 35, 79, &
128. 1971; Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.18: 444, 1971; Huneck, Excerpt.
Bot. A.18: 34. 1971; Inamdar & Patel, Indian Forest. 97: 328. 1971;
Lawrence, Taxon. Vasc. Pl., imp. 2, 686--688 & 821. 1971; Lewis,
Rhodora 73: 47. 1971; Lloyd, Dyes From Pl. 22 & 48. 1971; A. L&éve
Taxon 20: 353. 1971; Mabry, Yoshioka, & Sutherland, Phytochem, 10:
677. 1971; Malhotra & Moorthy, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 13: 310. 1971;
M. A. Martin, Introd, Ethnobot. Camb. 143, 195, & 196. 1971; Masi-
lungan & al., Cancer Chemother, Rep., part 2, 2 (1): 135--137. 1971;
~M.) Mey.He” Biol. Abstr.052: 38419713 oMold.»<Phytologia. 20aa5a8
(1971) and: 21: 512..1971; J...F. Morton; Pl. Poison. People.113,6
116.;1971;,.Nagata,.Econ. Bot.,.25¢)253.,19713; "Ni FosGe"5 Biel, ieere
52: 2515. 1971; Patel, Forest Fl. Gujarat 228 & 230--231. 1971; Per-
rot & Paris, Pl. Médic. 1: 104, fig. 1--7. 1971; Polunin, Pflanz,
Europ... 277.6 514,;:pl.._ 106. 1971; .Priszter,.Delect..Sems Spors Pla
Hort. Bot. Univ. Hung. 59. 1971; Rativanich & Dietrichs, Nat. Hist.
Bull. Siam Soc. 24: 147. 1971; Saez R. & Nassar C., Revist. Biol.
Tropes 18: 1374-1971; .Saxena, Bulls: Bot. .SurvssIndia.13: 87,090
Shah & Joshi, Econ. Bot. 25: 421. 1971; Singh, Journ. Bombay Nat.
Hist. Soc. 68: 343. 1971; St. John & Sm., Pacif. Sci. 25: 341--342.
1971; Suzuki & Nakanishi, Jap. Intern. Biol. Prog. CT (P) 1971: 14.
1971; Tendulkar, Sydowia Ann, Mycol. 24: 282--285. 1971; Tilak & Kale,
Sydowia Ann. Mycol. 24: 89--92. 1971; Versteegh, Meded. Landbouwhog-
sch. Wagen. 71-19: 10, 62, & 63. 1971; Westcott, Pl. Disease Handb.,
ed. 3, 479. 1971; Wyman, Gard. Encycl., imp. 1, 330, 393, 397, 398,
766, 1024, & 1171. 1971; C. D. Adams, Flow. Pl. Jamaic. 626, 636, &
846. 1972; Aleman Frias, Aurich, Ezcurra Ferrer, Gutiérrez Vazquez,
Horstmann, Lopez Rendueles, Rodriguez Graquitena, Roquel Casabella,
& Schreiber, Die Kulturpfl. 19: 423. 1972; Anon,, Biol. Abstr. 53
(10): BeAeSeTeCe.Se44,.5.189,0& S.266, (1972),.54 (4): (4) s Bekeeeetee
Se279.(1972),.-54 (5)s, BeAaSalaCs: 5.274, (1972), 54. (7): BeAgeel yaaa
282. (1972).,..54. (8) s. BeAsS.1,C. 8.282, (1972) ,-and;-54:(9) r Betgeemae.
S.278 & S.280. 1972; Anon., U. S. Dept. Agr. Home Gard. Bull, 181: 3

1979 Moldenke, Notes on Vitex 161

& 20. 1972; R. Bailey, Good Housekeep. Ill. Encycl. Gard. 15: 2303

& 2327-=2328. 1972; I. L, Barton, N. Zealy Journ,, Bot. ‘10: 14.3972;
Bouillant & Chopin, Compt. Rend. 274: 193. 1972; R. G. & M. Le Br.,
Woody Pl. Md. liii & 287--289. 1972; Capuran, Adansonia, ser. 2, 12:
[45], 51, & 52. 1972; Chan & Teo, Chem. Pharm, Bull. 20 (7): 1582--
1584. 1972; Clifford & Ludlow, Keys Fam. Gen. Queensl. Flow. Pl.
1240°6 21LS°19725 WB. Cooke, Biol, Abstr S54: 23224 2323258. 6298;
£9723 Cots, Bull... 'Jard. Bot. Nat. Belg, 42: (3)2Suppi.» (Enum BS
Aethiop.] 1657. 1972; Den Outer, Meded. Landbouwhogs. Wagen. 72-19:
8 & 58--59. 1972; Dymock, Warden, & Hooper, Hamdard 15: 330 & 349.
1972; Encke & Buchheim in Zander, Handworterb. Pflanzennam., ed. 10,
74, 525, & 553. 1972; Farnsworth, Pharmacog. Titles 7 (1): xx &

item 2192°(1972), 7°(2): xiv & items 2816, 3511, & 4329 (1972), 7
(3) 2. ea LPP ELOTIZY, 7 1€4) s. Revd! & 222°.( 1972) AS) is eee ae
15419 (1972), and 7 (10): xvi. 1972; Fletcher in Hillier, Man Trees
Shrubs, ed. 2, 416. 1972; Fogg, Newslet. Arb. Barnes Found. 8: 3.
1972; Fong, Farnsworth, Henry, Svoboda, & Yates, Lloydia 35: 46.
1972; Fong, Trojankova, Trojanek, & Farnsworth, Lloydia 35: 147.
1972; Foreman, Div. Bot. Dept. For. N. Guin. Bot. Bull. 5: 14, 63, &
64, 1972; Gaffield & Horowitz, Chem. Comm. 1972: 648. 1972; Gamble,
Man. Indian Timb., ed. 2, imp. 3, 539--542. 1972; Godley, Biol. Ab-
str. 54: 4572. 1972; Greenway & Vasey-Fitzgerald, Journ. East Afr.
Nat. Hists Soc,’ Nat. Muss 268: .25. 1972; Hana, Enum Sperm. Japa,
imp. 2, 1: 190--191, 1972; Hedrick, Sturtevant Notes Edible Pl.,
imp. 2, 508 & 598. 1972; Horikawa, Atlas Jap. Fl. map 340. 1972;-
Huang, Pollen Fl, Taiwan 243 & 244, pl. 163, fig. 12—-17. 1972;
Ingle, Botan. Nagpur 3: 7--12., 1972; Kaaiakemani in Akens & Bergman,
Hawaii. Herb. Medic. Value, imp. 2, 72. 1972; Kitamura & Murata,
Act. Phytotax. Geobot. 25: 34. 1972; Klein, Sellowia 24: 44 & 61.
1972; Letouzey, Man. Bot. Forest. Afr. Trop. 2 (B): 360, 361, & 364.
1972; Lewalle, Bull. Jard. Not. Nat. Belg. 42 [Trav. Univ. Off. Bu-
jas ‘Fae. ‘Sci (Cl20)2) 255 °39,- 41) 76, 81; 82:88, Sop Pte 7 ee;
& [231]. 1972; Lopes & Oliveira, Agron. Mocamb. 6: 75 & 81--83. 1972;
Le Je Metcalf, Cult. N. Zeal. Trees Shrubs 259--260, 274, & 292.
1972; Mitra, Journ. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc. 69: 23. 1972; As Le Mold.,
Phytologia 23: 317. 1972; Mold., Biol. Abstr. 53: 5252 & 6372 (1972)
and’ 54: 1725. 1972; Mold., Phytologia 23: 211——-212, 315--316, 413--
416, 418--420, 423, 424, 427, 430, 434, 503, 506, & 512. 1972; Picci,
Archiv. Bot. Biogeogr. Ital. 48: 50. 1972; Polunin, Concise Fls.
Eur. 75, 106, & 107, pl. 1087. 1972; C. C. Rao, Biol. Abstr. 53:
4687. 1972; Rimpler, Arch. Pharm. 305: 746--751. 1972; Rollet, Bois
For. Trop. 145: 32--34 & 36. 1972; Rouleau, Taxon Index Vols. 1-20,
part 1: 382. 1972; Skinner, Ornament. Pl. Coastal Northw. 76. 1972;
Stalter, Castanea 37: 225. 1972; "S. Le Re", Biol. Abstr. 54: 4394.
1972; Souza Sobrinho, Insula 6: 7 & 17. 1972; R. R. Stewart, Annot.
Cat. in Nasir & Ali, Fl. W. Pakist. 608--609. 1972; Thanikaimoni,
Inst. Franc. Pond. Trav. Sect. Scient. Tech. 12 (1): 250 & 336. 1972;
L. V. Thomas, Notes Afric. 134: 50. 1972; Thorne, Quart. Rev. Biol.
47: 375. 1972; Townsend, Kew Bull. 27: 147--149, fig. 1. 1972; Trease
& Evans, Pharmacog., ed. 10, 564. 1972; Tutin in Tutian & al., Fl.
Eur. 3: 122 & 370. 1972; Valle, Introd. Dendrol. 275. 1972; Whipple,

162 P ie ET OO bh Gi'L A Vol. 44, No, 3

Journ, Elisha Mitch. Sci. Soc. 88: [1]. 1972; Wyman, Gard. Encych,,
imp. 2, 330, 393,,:397,. 398,: 268, .1024, 6 1171, 1972; ZeperniGk,
Baessl1.-—Arch., ser. 2, 8: 133--134, 152, 188, 205--207 ,, 209,) 224,
225, 253, 259, 263, 269, & 306. 1972; Abraham, Thomas, Karunakaran,
& Gopalakrishnan, Agric. Res. Journ. Kerala 10: 59--60. 1973; Airy
Shaw in’ J,’ C.. Willis, Dict. Flow. Pl.» eds 8, 33, 42, 25L, 2219 eee
703; 790; 957, 970, 1178, 1203, 1207, 122.4, 1219; & 12245973
Altschul, Drugs Foods 246--247 & 359. 1973; Anon., Assoc. Etud. Tax.
Fl.. Afr, Trop. Index 1972: 56, 19733 Anon., Biol. Abstr. 55:(6)4)86
AeS. WCU'S.261 (1973), 55 CEB) 2s) BeASSeleCe 50275 (1973), 56
A.SeIeCe S5198& S.280 (1973), and 56 (6): BeAsS.I1sC. Se2565 See79,
& S,281. 1973; Anon., Hort. Bot. Univ. Monaster. Ind, Sem. 1972/73:
711. 1973; Aristeguieta, Bol. Soc. Venez, Cienc. Nat. 30: 358 & 386.
1973; Backer, Atlas 220 Weeds [Handb. Cult. Sugar-cane 7:] pl. 521.
1973; Brondegaard, Pl. Med. 23: 167--172. 1973; Caratini, Blasco, &
Thanikaimoni, Pollen Spores 15: 285. 1973; D'Arcy & Keating, Britton-
ia 25: 223. 1973; Debelmas, Plant. Med. Phytother. 7 (2): 104--113.
1973; Desch, Timber, ed. 5, imp. 2, 398. 1973; Dournes, Journ. Agric.
Trop. Bot. Appl. 20: 26, 52, & 184. 1973; Farnsworth, Pharmacog.
Titles 6, ‘Cum, Ind. ‘[122]} (1973), 8: 219. (1973), 8+ (1): ~widetEae),
8 (2): xx (1973), 8 (7): xii (1973), 8 (8): xxiii (1973), and 8 (10):
xvii. 1973; Fenaroli, Webbia 28: 356 & 410. 1973; Frohne & Jensen,
System. Pflanzenr. 203, 261, & 305. 1973; Good, Biol. Abstr, 55:
6069. 1973; Greenway, Kirkia 9 (1): 37. 1973; Gupta & Behari, Journ,
Indian Chem. Soc. 50: 367--368. 1973; Harborne in L. P. Mill., Phyto-
chem, 2: 352. 1973; Hartley, Dunstone, Fitzgerald, Johns, & Lamber-
ton, Lloydia 36: 294, 1973; Heftmann in L. P,. Mill., Phytochem,. 2:
178 & 189. 1973; Hegnauer, Chemotax. Pfl. 6 [Chem. Reihe 21]: 658--
668, 673, 676--679, & 681. 1973; "H. R.", Biol. Abstr. 55: 4606
(1973) and 56: 1847. 1973; J. Hutchins., Fam. Flow. Pl., ed. 3, 484,
487. & 966, fig. 243. 1973; Innamorati, Webbia 28: 120, 128, & 132.
1973; Jacobsen, Kirkia 9 (1): 172. 1973; Lépez—Palacios, Pittiera 5:
47. 1973; Loépez-Palacios, Revist. Fac. Farm. Univ. Andes 9 (13): 56.
1973; Marco & Mossa, Annali di Bot. 32: 196. 1973; A. Le. Mold., Phy-
tologia 25: 168. 1973; Mold., Biol. Abstr. 56: 3000. 1973; Mold.,
Phytologia 25: 225, 228, 230, 232, 233, 238, 242--245, 416, 509, &
512 (1973), 26: 512 (1973), and 27: 368. 1973; Mold. in Woodson,
Schery, & al., Ann. Mo. Bot. Gard. 60: 43, 130--137, & 145--148, fig.
14. 1973; Quézel & Pamukcuoglu, Feddes Repert. Spec. Nov. 84: 195.
1973; Re Re Rao, Stud. Flow. Pl. Mysore Dist. 2: 755--757 [thesis].
1973; Rao & Razi, Journ. Mysore Univ. B.26: 103, 195, & 198. 1973;
Schuler, Gardn. Basic Book Trees Shrubs [305] & 319. 1973; Sowunmi,
Grana 13: 184 & [189]. 1973; Van Hove & Craig, Ann. Bot. Lond., ser.
2, 37: [1013]--1016, pl. 4. 1973; Vartak, Indian Nat. Sci. Acad.
Bull. 45: 253 & 256. 1973; Wanner, Soerchaldoko, Santosa, Natalia,
Panggabean, Yingchoi, & Nguyen, Oecologia 12: 295. 1973; J. Ve Wat-
kins, Fla. Landsc. Pl., ed. 1, imp. 4, 306, 307, & 368. 1973; Wedge,
Pl. Names, ed. 1, 4 & 13--15. 1973; Williamson, Sunset West. Gard.
Book, ed. 3, imp. 11, 440. 1973; Alain in Ledn & Alain, Fl. Cuba,
imp. 2, 2: 280 & 315--318, fig. 137. 1974; Asher, Guide Bot. Period.
1 (9): 42 & 218. 1974; Barrios & Briceno, Mem. II Congres. Venez.

1979 Moldenke, Notes on Vitex 163

Bot. 154, 155, 169, 170, 173, 177, & 179. 1974; Benjamin, Gan’ Vanof
[Gard. & Landscape] 29 (11/12): 9 & 11. 1974; Bolkh,, Grif, Matvej.,
& Zakhar., Chromos. Numb. Flow. Pl., imp. 2, 717--718. 1974; El-
Gazzar, Egypt. Journ. Bot. 17: 75 & 78. 1974; Farnsworth, Pharmacog.
Titles: 9 (Ll) (xaviid (1974), 9 (2): xiv4o179 (97s), 9 C)z xxii &
axidi (1974), and 9 (4): =. 1974; R, De Gibbs, Chemotax, Flow. P1.

1: 107, 438, & 46901974), 3: 1752--1755. O974)., .and 4: 2297. 1974:
Gray & DeZeeuw, IAWA Bull. 1974 (2): 22--25, fig. 1--4. 1974; Hall

& Burke, N. Zeal. Journ. Bot. 12: 287. 1974; Haslam, Shikimate Pathw.
191. 1974; Heiseke & Lamas, Bras. Florest. 5 (18): 8. 1974; M. R.
Henderson, Malay. Wild Fls. Dicot., imp. 2, 1: 380, 385--387, & 478,
fig. 357. 1974; Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.23: 290 & 291. 1974; Hove &
Craig, Ann. Bot. 37: [1013]--1016, pl. 4. 1974; Howes, Dict. Useful
Pl. 52,796; 266), 06: 272010745 ("H, R.",; Biel. Abstr Set 1904, 2974;
"Ha, Te Ses Bioh. Abstr. 57s 3245. 1974: Jafiré, ‘Candelteai29: "455.
L974:Knoche,. Fl. .Balear,, imp. 2, 1: 59,(1974) and amps 2, 37186,
261, 314, 327, 334, & 410. 1974; Kumar, Hindustani Times Feb. 17, p.
4. 1974; Lasser, Braun, & Steyerm., Act. Bot. Venez. 9: 36. 1974;
Lieth, Phenol. Season, Model. 444, 1974; Little, Woodbury, & Wads-
worth, U. S. Dept. Agr. Agric. Handb. 449 [Trees P. Rico 2]: xii,
854, 864--866, 999, 1007, 1008, 1011, 1013, 1016, 1019, 1020, &

1024, "fig, bo4, 1974; A. & D, Love, Cytotax. "Atl. Slew. ei, 124i,
1974; Lust, Herb. Book, ed. 1, 487 & 605. 1974; Malaisse in Lieth,
Phenol. Season. Model. 276. 1974; Mani, Ecol. Biogeogr. India [Illies,
Monog. Biolog. 23:] 189, 200, & 772. 1974; Mold., Phytologia 27: 512
(1974), 28: 224, 404, 426, 427, 430, 433, 435, 437, 441--443, 445--
448, 452,) 460, 465, 468, 510,. & 512 :(1974),'and 29: 23, 197635 Jeo.
Morton, 500 Pl. S. Fla. [151]. 1974; Napp-Zinn, Anat. Blat. 410,

653, 1079,°1116, 1219, & 1372. 1974; Salmon,’ N. Zéaly Fis. Pi; ed.
2; imp. °3,°77' &'234.. 1974; Troncoso, Darwiniana 18: 297, 299, 302,
303, 307, 393--395, 401, & 412, fig. 35. 1974; Van Hove & Craig,
Biol. Abstr. 57: 3875. 1974; Van Steenis—Kruseman, Fl. Males., ser.
1, 8 (1): 92. 1974; Vivekanandan, Sri Lanka Forester, ser. 2, 11:
115, 128,129,139... 6,149...) 1974: J... Ve, Watkins, Pla. Laugec. Ply, ed,
1, imp. 5, 306, 362, & 368. 1974; Wedge, Pl. Names, ed. 2, 18, 19, &
21. 1974; Whitney in Foley, Herbs Use Delight [204] & [205]. 1974;
Wilder, Frag. Gard, 132 & 407. 1974; Anon., Ind. Sem. Exp. Sta. Orna-
ment. Gard. Israel 7. 1975; Balgooy, Pacif. Pl. Areas’ 3:°246. 1975;
Balgooy & Vogel in Van Steenis-Kruseman, Pacif. Pl. Areas 3: 276,
277, & 386, map 186. 1975; Das, Indian Forest. 101: 556 & 559. 1975;
O. & I. Degener & Pekelo, Hawaii. Pl. Names x.1 & x.10. 1975; [Farns-
worth], Pharmacog. Titles 7, Cum. Gen. Ind. [118]. 1975; Fosberg,
Falanruw, & Sachet, Smithson. Contrib. Bot. 22: 38--39. 1975; Gaussen,
Legris, Maher-Homji, Fontale, Pascal, Chandrahas., Delacourt, &
Trot, Trav. Sect. Scient. Tech. Inst. Franc. Pond. Hors Ser. 14: 44
& 89, 1975; Gerarde, Herbal, imp. 3, 3: 1387. 1975; Hinton & Rzedow-
ski, suai. Bac, beac. Ciene, Biol, 21> Fiz. 19795 pocking, Sacerpt.
Bot. A.25: 379 & 380. 1975; Jaeger & Mold., Phytologia 30: 387, 389,
& 402--404, 1975; Janos in Sanders & al., Endomycor. 437--446. 1975;
Kirtikar''& Basu, Indian Med. Pl., ed. 2, imp. 2, 3: 1912 & 1935-——-
1944, pl. 740 & 741. 1975 [to be continued]

MISCELLANEOUS NEW SPECIES IN
THE PLEUROTHALLIDINAE (ORCHIDACEAE)

Carlyle A. Luer*

Dracula leonum Luer, sp. nov.

Inter species generis Draculae Luer sepalis albis in cupulam connatis in-
tus breviter pubescentibus purpureo punctatis et labello albo bruneolo-suf-
fuso cum epichilio ovato rotundato concavo trilamellato margine multidenti-
culato distinguitur.

Plant medium in size, epiphytic, caespitose; roots slender, flexuous.
Secondary stems narrow, channeled, unifoliate, 2.56 cm long or longer, en-
closed by 2 loose, tubular sheaths. Leaf erect, thinly coriaceous, narrowly
obovate-linear, 13 cm long, 1.5 cm wide (in an undersized specimen), the
apex acute, tridenticulate, carinate dorsally along the midrib, gradually nar-
rowed below to a conduplicate base. Inflorescence a congested, successively
few-flowered raceme borne by a more or less horizontal, slender, sparsely
bracted peduncle ca. 10 cm long from the base of a secondary stem; floral
bract and pedicel each ca. 1 cm long, green; ovary 6 mm long, green, lightly
verrucose; sepals glabrous and dull white externally with a few dull purple
dots, white within with short white hairs tipped with purple and with numer-
ous evenly spaced purple dots somewhat larger toward the bases, the dorsal
sepal rhombic, 13 mm long, 13 mm wide, connate to the lateral sepals for 7
mm to form a broad, sepaline cup, the free portion broadly triangular, the
obtuse apex contracted into a slender tail 28 mm long, purple externally,
yellowish white anteriorly, the lateral sepals connate 13 mm into a broad,
rectangular synsepal 14 mm long, 21 mm wide spread out, the obtuse apices
contracted into tails similar to that of the dorsal sepal; petals ivory marked
with brownish purple, spatulate, 3 mm long, 1.75 mm wide, the apex round-
ed, bivalvate, the inner lamina irregular, apiculate, papillose between the
laminae, the base contracted, channeled, unguiculate; lip white suffused with
light brown, obovate, 7.5 mm long, 4 mm wide, the hypochile 3.5 mm long,
2.5 mm wide, with subacute, erect, marginal angles, cleft centrally, the con-
cave base hinged to the column-foot, the epichile ovate, 4 mm long, 4 mm
wide, the apex rounded, concave with erect, denticulate margins, trilamellate
within; column stout, yellowish white, 3.5 mm long, with a thick foot equal-
ly long.

Erymo.tocy: Named in honor of Mr. and Mrs. Chesley Lyon of Knoxville,
Tenn., who submitted the plant to the Orchid Identification Center of the
American Orchid Society at the Marie Selby Botanical Gardens, Sarasota,
Florida for identification.

Tyre: PERU: without locality or collector, purchased from an importing
company, cultivated by Mr. & Mrs. C. Lyon 51, OIC-3040, flowered in
cult. 27 June 1979, C. Luer 4070 (Hotortype: SEL).

DistRIBUTION: Peru.

Dracula leonum, the second species of Dracula to be discovered from
Peru, is very similar to several others of the smaller-flowered species of the

*The Marie Selby Botanical Gardens, 800 South Palm Ave., Sarasota, FL 33577, U.S.A.

164

1979 Luer, Miscellaneous new species

genus, e.g. D. fuliginosa (Luer) Luer. Instead of forming a flat flower, the
sepals are connate to produce a white cup, shortly pubescent within with
multiple purple dots. The concave epichile of the lip contains three well-
developed lamellae and the margins are conspicuously denticulate.

Dracula rezekiana Luer & Hawley, sp. nov.

Inter species generis Draculae Luer species haec floribus parvis, cupula
sepalorum alba caudis brevibus rubris, labello obovato niveo epichilio obtuso
lato non-limitato venis paucis percursato et hypochilio profunde et late
fisso distinguitur.

Plant small to medium in size, epiphytic, caespitose; roots slender, flex-
uous. Secondary stems channeled, unifoliate, 2-3 cm long, enclosed by 2-3
loose, tubular sheaths. Leaf erect, thinly coriaceous, narrowly elliptical, sub-
petiolate, 7-14 cm long, 1.8-2.7 cm wide, the apex acute, tridenticulate,
sharply carinate dorsally, gradually narrowed below into the conduplicate
base. Inflorescence a successively few-flowered raceme borne by a more or
less horizontal peduncle to 13 cm in length, sparsely bracted, from a node
low on the secondary stem; floral bract tubular, 5 mm long; pedicel 10 mm
long; ovary 5 mm long, verrucose, purple; sepals white, glabrous externally,
densely pubescent within with a few red-purple dots toward the bases, the
dorsal sepal rhombic, 11 mm long, 15 mm wide, connate to the synsepal for
8 mm to form a cup, the free portion broadly triangular, the obtuse apex
produced into an erect, red tail 27 mm long, the lateral sepals connate 11
mm to form a rectangular synsepal 12 mm long, 22 mm wide spread out,
shallowly concave below the lip, the apices subacute, contracted into red
tails 25 mm long; petals thick, ivory marked with brown, oblong-spatulate,
3.5 mm long, 2 mm wide, bivalvate at the apex, the inner lamina acute, the
outer rounded, papillose between; lip white, obovate, 5.5 mm long, 3.5 mm
wide, the hypochile without demarcation, ca. 2.56 mm long and broad, the
basal margins erect, subacutely rounded, broadly and deeply cleft centrally
between thick lamellae, the base concave, hinged to the column-foot, the
epichile obtuse, ca. 3 mm long, 3.5 mm wide, shallowly concave, coursed by
elevated branching veins on either side of the central carina; column greenish
white, stout, semiterete, 3.5 mm long, with a thick foot.

Etymo.Locy: Dedicated to Sra. Maria Friedrich de Rezek of Quito, Ecua-
dor, for many years an ardent enthusiast of the local flora.

Type: ECUADOR: without locality, purchased in 1975 from J. Brenner in
Puyo by R. Hawley and R. Levi, cultivated in Mill Valley, California,
flowered in cult. 30 July 1979, C. Luer 4080 (Hotoryper: SEL).

DistrisuTiIon: Ecuador.

I first saw this species in flower in cultivation by Joe Brenner in Puyo in
1975, but the flower was already past and it looked like D. velutina (Rchb.
f.) Luer. Finally, re-examination of a fresh flower reveals that D. rezekiana
may be distinguished by the white sepaline cup, densely pubescent within,
with short red tails. The white lip is obovate with a broad, obtuse, shallowly
concave epichile narrowed gradually without demarcation into the deeply
and broadly cleft hypochile.

165

166 BiB WTO OGsb ie Vol. 44, No. 3

Masdevallia invenusta Luer, sp. nov.

Species haec M. delphinae Luer affinis sed sepalis intus glabris caudis
purpureis crassioribus, petalis unidentatis et lobo antico labelli minore in-
tegro notabilis.

Plant small, epiphytic, caespitose, the rhizomes ascending; roots slen-
der, flexuous. Secondary stems abbreviated, unifoliate, 1.5-2.5 cm long, en-
closed by 1-2 close, thin, tubular sheaths. Leaf erect to suberect, coriaceous,
narrowly obovate, 5-8 cm long, 11-14 mm wide, the subacute apex tridenti-
culate, gradually narrowed below into a slender, sulcate petiole 2-3 cm long.
Inflorescence an erect, loose, 3- to 4-flowered raceme borne by a slender
peduncle 18-23 cm long including the rachis, with a bract on the lower third,
from a node low on the secondary stem; floral bract 4 mm long; pedicel pur-
ple, 4-5 mm long; ovary with purple dots, 1 mm long; sepals glabrous, light
dull red-purple speckled with dark red-purple, the dorsal sepal oblong, con-
cave, 8.5 mm long, 4 mm wide spread out, connate to the lateral sepals for
5 mm to form a slightly curved sepaline tube, the lateral sepals connate for
3.5 mm above the gibbous base into an oblong, bifid lamina 8.5 mm long, 4
mm wide, the free portions of all 3 sepals produced into thick, red-purple,
obtuse apices 2.5 mm long, 1.5 mm thick; petals translucent white, oblong,
2.5 mm long, 0.6 mm wide, the apex shortly acuminate, acute, with a low
carina along the lower margin; lip red-purple, oblong, 3-lobed, 3.5 mm long,
1.5 mm wide, arcuate, the anterior lobe rounded, entire, the lateral lobes
above the middle, suberect, rounded, the base retuse, hinged to the column-
foot; column red, semiterete, 3 mm long, the foot 2 mm long with a minute
extension.

EtrymMo.Locy: From the Latin invenustus, “not pretty,’
drab, little flowers.

Type: ECUADOR: without locality, collected by B. Malo, cultivated by M.
& O. Robledo at La Ceja, Colombia, flowered in cult. 12 Oct. 1977 C.
Luer 1998 (Hotorype: SEL; Isorypr : JAUM).

DistTRIBUTION: Ecuador.

This little species is related to M. delphina, but differs in the glabrous
sepaline tube with short, thick, dark purple “tails.”” The petals are acute, and
the small anterior lobe of the lip is entire.

?

in allusion to the

Masdevallia mezae Luer, sp. nov.

Planta mediocris caespitosa, caulibus secundariis abbreviatis canalicu-
latis, foliis erectis longis carnosis coriaceis anguste obovatis, pedunculo tri-
quetro folio breviore, racemo paucifloro congesto bracteis imbricatis, sepalis
albo-virescentibus intus minute verrucosis sepalis lateralibus rubro-punctatis
in tubum brevem connatis, caudis sepalorum gracilibus divergentibus, petalis
oblongis callo longitudinali, labello rubro-punctato ligulato ad medium bi-
carinato apice rotundato callo humili central.

Plant medium in size, epiphytic, caespitose; roots slender, flexuous.
Secondary stems erect, stout, channeled, unifoliate, 3-6.5 cm long, enclosed
below by 2 loose, tubular sheaths. Leaf erect, fleshy-coriaceous, narrowly
obovate, 9-20 cm long, 1.5-2.5 cm wide, the apex subacute to obtuse, tn-
denticulate, gradually narrowed below into the sulcate petiole. Inflorescence

1979 Luer, Miscellaneous new species

a congested, untidy raceme of 3-6 flowers, 2-3 produced simultaneously, at
the apex of the erect, triquetrous peduncle 13-18 cm long, with a basal
sheath, from a node low on the secondary stem; floral bracts brown,ribbed,
imbricating, 1-2 cm long; pedicel 1.5-2.5 cm long; ovary green, 4 mm long;
dorsal sepal pale green, obovate, 8 mm long, 5 mm wide, connate to the
lateral sepals for 5 mm to form a short, cylindrical tube, the free portion
triangular, minutely verrucose within, the apex acuminate into a slender,
suberect, orange tail ca. 3.5 cm long; lateral sepals pale green, minutely
verrucose with transverse red dashes within, oblong, each 12 mm long, 5-6
mm wide, connate for 6 mm, the apices acuminate into diverging tails
similar to that of the dorsal sepal; petals white, oblong, 5.5 mm long, 1.5
mm wide, the subacute apex minutely irregular, slightly dilated above the
base, with a thick, low, rounded callus above the base on the labellar half
and extending toward the apex as a smooth, longitudinal thickening; lip
yellowish with purple dots, oblong-ligulate, 6 mm long, 1.5-2 mm wide, the
apex rounded, minutely irregular, with a low, rounded callus in the center,
with a pair of low, oblique marginal carinae near the middle, the base trun-
cate, hinged beneath; column yellow-white suffused with rose, semiterete, 5
mm long, the foot 2.5 mm long with a short extension.

Erymo.tocy: Named in honor of Sr. Jorge B. Meza y Torres of Lima,
Peru, who discovered this species.

Type: PERU: Amazonas: epiphytic between Chachapoyas and Pomacochas,
alt. 2000 m, Nov. 1974, J. Meza s.n., cultivated by J & L Orchids, Easton,
Ct., flowered in cult. 8 Nov. 1977, C. Luer 2126 (Hotorype: SEL).

DiIstTRIBUTION: Peru.

This species is similar to M. cinnamomea Rchb. f., but M. mezae may be
identified by the larger leaves that stand higher than the triquetrous pedun-
cle. Instead of cinnamon-colored, the flowers are pale green with orange
tails, and the apex of the lip is rounded with a low, central callus.

Masdevallia picea Luer, sp. nov.

Species haec M. angulatae Rchb. f. persimilis sed flore atropurpureo
guttato caudis sepalorum fere piceis, petalis apicibus rotundatis et basi
labelli sine lacunis differt.

Plant robust, medium-sized to large, epiphytic, caespitose; roots coarse,
flexuous. Secondary stems stout, channeled, 4-8.5 cm long, unifoliate, en-
closed by 3 large, loose, tubular sheaths. Leaf erect, thickly coriaceous,
narrowly elliptical, subpetiolate, 10-18 cm long, 1.5-2.5 cm wide, the obtuse
to rounded apex tridenticulate, gradually narrowed toward the base into an
indistinct, short, channeled petiole. Inflorescence a large, fleshy, foul-smell-
ing, solitary flower bome by a stout, suberect, purple-dotted peduncle 1.5-3
cm long, from a node low on the secondary stem; floral bract 1-2 cm long,
flecked with purple; pedicel stout, 2.5-3 cm long, flecked with purple; ovary
green, 5-8 mm long; sepals thick, fleshy, rigid, green toward the bases, be-
coming increasingly spotted with dark purple that coalesces toward the
purple-black apices and tails, shining and glabrous externally, verrucose with-
in, connate about 15 mm into a thick, sepaline tube with a broad, rounded
mentum below, the dorsal sepal obovate, 26 mm long, 16 mm wide, the free

167

168 P SOE STOOL OG Vol. 44, No. 3

portion triangular, the subacute apex contracted into an erect to recurving
tail 25-28 mm long, the lateral sepals obliquely obovate, similar to the dorsal
sepal including the reflexed tails, connate to above the middle; petals ivory,
lightly marked with red-purple, oblong, 12 mm long, 5 mm wide, rounded at
the apex, thickened to either side of the sulcate center above the middle, the
lower half greater than the upper half; lip white, marked with red-purple,
cartilaginous, oblong-ligulate, 15 mm long, 7 mm wide, papillose at the
rounded apex, the disc with a pair of low, parallel calli above the middle, the
base subcordate, hinged to the column-foot; column greenish white, stout,
10 mm long with a foot 8 mm long terminated by an incurved extension.

Erymotocy: From the Latin piceus, “‘pitch-black,” alluding to the pur-
ple-black color of the apices of the sepals and their tails.

Tyre: PERU. without locality, exported by R. Stumpfle of Lima, Peru,
cultivated at La Ceja, Colombia by M. & O. Robledo, flowered in cult. 29
Sept. 1977, C. Luer 1865 (Hototyre: SEL; Isorype: JAUM); cultiva-
ted by Black River Orchids, Mich., flowered in cult. 8 Nov. 1977, C. Luer
2124 (SEL).

DistrispuTion: Peru.

This large, foul-smelling, black-flowered species is very similar to the
Ecuadorian M. angulata Rchb. f., but the apices of the petals of the Peruvian
M. picea are rounded and the lip lacks the well-formed ‘‘nectiferous” con-
cavities at the base.

Masdevallia scabrilinguis Luer, sp. nov.

A Masdevallia attenuata Rchb. f. floribus nimoribus glabris et labello
verrucoso differt.

Plant small, epiphytic, caespitose; roots slender, flexuous. Secondary
stems abbreviated, unifoliate, 1-1.5 cm long, enclosed by 2 close, thin, rib-
bed, tubular sheaths. Leaf erect to suberect, coraiceous, narrowly obovate,
6-10 cm long, 9-12 mm wide, the apex subacute, tridenticulate, gradually
narrowed below into an ill-defined, sulcate petiole between 0.5-1.5 cm long.
Inflorescence a solitary, small flower borne by an erect to suberect, slender,
terete peduncle 4-8 cm long, with a bract on the lower portion, from a node
low on the secondary stem; floral bract tubular, 5 mm long; pedicel 9 mm
long; ovary 4 mm long, smooth, green; sepals white, glabrous (microscopic-
ally cellular-glandular within), the dorsal sepal obovate-oblong, 19-21 mm
long, 4 mm wide, connate to the lateral sepals for 6 mm to form a cylindrical
tube, the free portion triangular, acuminate into a suberect, slender, yellow
tail 9-11 mm long, the lateral sepals obovate-oblong, 18 mm long, 4 mm
wide, connate 6 mm into a bifid lamina, the free portions ovate, the apices
contracted into tails 8-9 mm long, similar to that of the dorsal sepal; petals
white, oblong, 5 mm long, 2 mm wide, green at the subacute apex, slightly
thickened along the labellar margin, ending in an obtuse angle above the
base; lip yellow-white, oblong-ligulate, 5 mm long, 2.1 mm wide, the disc
with a pair of verrucose, converging calli above the middle, broadly sulcate
centrally, the apical half markedly verrucose including the rounded, yellow
apex; column greenish white, semiterete, 4 mm long, the short foot 1 mm
long with a minute extension.

1979 Luer, Miscellaneous new species

Etrymo.Locy: From the Latin scaber, “rough,” and -linguis, “-tongued,”
referring to the verrucose lip.

Type: PANAMA: Cuirieur: Cerro Gordo, collected by R. L. Dressler s.n.,
1977, cultivated at SEL, greenhouse acc. no. 77-1707, flowered in cult. 6
March 1978, C. Luer 2788 (Hotortyre: SEL).

DisTRIBUTION: Western Panama.

The small species is similar to M. attenuata, but differs in the smaller
flowers glabrous within, and a lip markedly verrucose above the middle.

Masdevallia utriculata Luer, sp. nov.

Planta parva caespitosa, caulibus secundariis abbreviatis, foliis anguste
oblongis breviter petiolatis, pedunculo tereti brevi, flore successivo carnoso
luteo intus rubro verrucoso, sepalis in tubum cylindricum connatis, cauda
sepali dorsalis erecta clavata compressa, sepalis lateralibus late expansis
ecaudatis, petalis oblongis bicarinatis, labello oblongo apice rotundato sub-
verrucoso basi bi-utriculato, disco supra medium cum carinis humilibus semi-
circularibus.

Plant small, epiphytic, caespitose; roots coarse, flexuous. Secondary
stems terete, unifoliate, ca. 1 cm long, enclosed by 2 tubular sheaths. Leaf
erect, coriaceous, narrowly oblong-obovate, shortly petiolate, 6-8.5 cm long
including the 1-1.5 cm long petiole, 1.2-1.5 cm wide, the apex subacute, tri-
denticulate, cuneate below into the petiole. Inflorescence a contracted, few-
flowered raceme of successive, rigidly fleshy flowers borne by a stout, sub-
erect to horizontal, terete peduncle 1.5-2 cm long, with a bract near the
base, from a node low on the secondary stem; floral bract 4 mm long, pedi-
cel 7 mm long; ovary subverrucose, 3-4 mm long; dorsal sepal yellow, rec-
tangular, 8 mm long, 4.5 mm wide, connate to the lateral sepals for 5 mm to
form a cylindrical tube, the free portion broadly triangular, the obtuse apex
produced into an erect, recurved, clavate, laterally compressed tail ca. 11
mm long; lateral sepals pale yellow, studded with multiple, red excrescences
within, connate 15 mm into an ovate, coarsely verrucose, expanded, bifid
lamina above the cylindrical basal portion with a broadly rounded mentum
at the base, the apices, tnangular, acute, free for 5-6 mm, the total length 20
mm, the width 15 mm spread out; petals oblong, 5.5 mm long, 2 mm wide,
the apex broad, bifid, with a longitudinal carina along both margins, the
upper overhanging at the apex; lip yellow, intensely marked with red-purple,
oblong-obovate, 6.5 mm long, 2-3 mm wide, the apex rounded, subverru-
cose, the base bilobed, each lobe deeply saccate, the disc with a pair of low,
semicircular folds above the middle; column semiterete, 5 mm long, the foot
equally long with an incurved extension.

EtrymoLocy: From the Latin utriculatus, ‘“‘with small bladders,” (uter,
utris, “‘bag, or bladder’’), referring to the configuration of the base of the
lip.

Type:PANAMA:Cuiriqui: epiphytic in cloud foreston Cerro Pate Macho,
alt. ca. 2200 m, 27 Feb. 1979, R. L. Dressler & J. Kuhn s.n. (Houotyre:
SEL). Illustration C. Luer 4073.

DiIsTRIBUTION: Western Panama.

169

170 Fug}... & Ga. m Vol. 44, No. 3

Only a few plants of this species were discovered by Dr.Robert L.
Dressler on a recent field trip with Janet Kuhn. The fleshy flower is borne
from a short, horizontal peduncle. From the cylindrical sepaline tube, the
red-verrucose lateral sepals expand broadly and end in a bifid, tailless lamina.
The erect tail of the dorsal sepal is clavate. The lip is remarkable in the deep-
ly saccate development of the pair of “‘nectaries”’ at the base.

Pleurothallis masdevalliopsis Luer, sp. nov.

Herba parva dense caespitosa, caulibus secundariis abbreviatis, foliis
carnosis linearibus semiteretibus, flore grandi albovirescenti solitario, pedun-
culo brevi, ovario multicristato, sepalo dorsali libro ovato caudato, sepalis
lateralibus anguste ovatis caudatis, petalis membranaceis orbicularibus,
labello obovato trilobato, lobo antico suborbiculari deflexo verrucoso lacer-
ato, lobis lateralibus parvis erectis, disco bicalloso, basi concavo pedem
columnae elongatum continenti.

Plant small, epiphytic, caespitose; roots fine, flexuous. Secondary stems
terete, abbreviated, 5-10 mm long, unifoliate, concealed by 2-3 basal, tubular
sheaths. Leaf suberect, thickly coriaceous, semiterete, linear to very narrow-
ly obovate, 3-5 cm long, 4-5 mm wide, the apex obtuse, tridenticulate,
gradually cuneate at the base. Inflorescence a proportionately large, greenish
white, solitary flower borne by a suberect, slender peduncle 15-20 mm long,
from a node on the secondary stem; floral bract thin, 5 mm long; pedicel
18-20 mm long; ovary 4 mm long with 12 irregular, undulating crests; dor-
sal sepal ovate, concave, the apex acuminate into a slender, erect tail, 35 mm
long including the tail, 8 mm wide, connate basally to the lateral sepals for 1
mm; lateral sepals connate 4 mm, narrowly ovate, the apices attenuated into
slender tails, 38 mm long, 8 mm wide together; petals translucent yellowish
white, membranous, suborbicular, 6.5 mm long, 5 mm wide; lip yellow-
green, white toward the base, obovate, 5 mm long, 2.75 mm wide, 3-lobed,
the anterior lobe deflexed, suborbicular, verrucose, minutely lacerate, the
lateral lobes below the middle, small, erect, obtuse, the disc with a pair of
flat calli below the middle, cleft between, the base concave, attached to the
under surface of the column-foot; column white, stout, 1.5 mm long, witha
pair of narrow wings, the foot incurved, narrow, elongated, 2 mm long.

Erymotocy: Named for the resemblance of the species to the genus
Masdevallia.

Type:ECUADOR: Lousa: epiphytic in cloud forest in the Cordillera de
Sabanilla, alt. ca. 2500 m, B. Malo, s.n., cultivated near Cuenca, flowered
in cult. 12 Feb. 1979, C. Luer 3965 (Hotoryre. SEL).

DistrisuTION : Southern Ecuador.

This species appears deceptively similar to a species of Masdevallia Ruiz
& Pav., and it was believed to belong to that genus until the flowers were
closely examined. The sepals of the solitary, large, greenish white flowers are
long-candate, but the membranous petals are round without any callus or
other thickening. The base of the lip is concave to accomodate the slender,
incurved prolongation of the column-foot.

———————

L979 Luer, Miscellaneous new species

Pleurothallis stonei Luer, sp. nov.

Species haec P. lappiformis Heller & L. O. Wms. affinis sed sepalo dor-
sali libro elliptico, petalis claviformibus rugosis, lobis lateralibus labelli
anguste uncinatis et lobo antico rugoso notabilis.

Plant medium in size, epiphytic, shortly repent, the rhizome stout, 1-3
cm long between secondary stems, sheathed at short internodes, rooting at
the nodes; secondary stems stout, erect, terete, 3-9 cm long, unifoliate, en-
closed by 3-4 large, loose, tubular, imbricating sheaths, soon fragmented.
Leaf erect, thickly coriaceous, elliptical, 7-15 cm long, 3-4 cm wide, the
acute apex tridenticulate, the base cuneate, conduplicate. Inflorescence a
solitary flower produced from a lower node of the secondary stem or from
the axil with the rhizome; peduncle ca. 1 cm long, with 2 nbbed sheaths;
floral bract ca. 1 cm long, ribbed; pedicel 8-9 mm long, pubescent; ovary 34
mm long, densely villous; sepals fleshy, dark red-purple, covered externally
by thick, white hairs from wart-like bases, covered by tall, lamellate tuber-
cles within, the dorsal sepal elliptical, 20 mm long, 8 mm wide, the subacute
apex free, the lateral sepals connate into a concave, obtuse synsepal, 22 mm
long, 12 mm wide unspread; petals purple, oblong, clavellate, 11 mm long, 4
mm wide, the rounded apical portion transversely rugose; lip red-purple,
fleshy, oblong, 9 mm long, 4.5 mm wide, the rounded apex rugose, with for-
wardly projecting, narrowly uncinate, marginal lobes below the middle, the
truncate base broadly and inflexibly attached to the column-foot, the disc
with a smooth, transverse callus just above the base and a parallel pair of
high, smooth, rounded calli near the middle; column dark red, terete, 6 mm
long, with a thick foot 3 mm long.

Erymotocy: Named in honor of Richard L. Stone of Los Altos Hills,
California, who discovered this species.

Type: COSTA RICA: San Jose: epiphytic in cloud forest southeast of
San Jose, cultivated in California, flowered in cult. 3 March 1978, sub-
mitted to the OIC, no. 2022, C. Luer 2781 (Houotype : SEL).

DistTrRiBuTIon : Costa Rica.

This rare species is closely allied to Pleurothallis lappiformis from which
it is indistinguishable vegetatively. Single, dark-red, densely pubescent
flowers are borne by short peduncles from the rhizome or low on the
secondary stem. The flowers of P. stonei may be distinguishable by the
broader dorsal sepal the apex of which is free from the synsepal, the clavel-
late, rugose petals, and the narrowly uncinate lateral lobes of the lip.

171

BOOK REVIEWS

Alma L. Moldenke

"LICHEN ECOLOGY" edited by Mark R. D. Seaward, x & 550 pp., 24 b/w
fig., 58 tab., 13 maps & 21 photo. Academic Press Ltd., New
York, San Francisco & London NW1 7DX. 1977. £23.00 or $44.90.

"This [outstanding] book essays a compilation of current knowl-
edge on lichens in relation to the physical and biological compo-
nents of their environment......[sensibly] without undue encroach-
ment on material in recently published books and major papers, which
this volume is designed [very effectively] to complement", There are
papers by 14 authors mostly from the British Commonwealth on such
topics as lichens of arctic and antarctic cold deserts and of hot
arid and semi-arid lands and of the boreal coniferous zone, lichens
and their invertebrate and vertebrate associations and of man-made
substrates such as ubiquitous discarded plastic, lichen coloniza-
tion, growth, succession and competition, lichen conservation and
phytosociological communities in the British Isles in carefully de-
veloped form, and lichen taxonomy and environmental modification.
The last paper is by the only American author, William A, Weber,
who emphasizes that many of the divergent kinds of lichens lately re-
ceiving separate taxonomic identification are demonstrating only
non-transmissible environmental modifications. "Must the lichenolo-
gist regard all morphological manifestations of lichen variability
as worthy of formal taxonomic rank, or maybe attribute some of this
variability to environmental modification? I believe that he can
and must, even if some of his interpretations later prove false. In
some genera, such as Aspilicia, Staurothele, Verrucaria and Acaro-
spora, the pyramid of names based on what I interpret as environ-
mental modifications has become so massive that it becomes diffi-
cult to apply species concepts".

One appendix provides a selected glossary and the other "A Bibli-
ographic Guide to the Lichen Floras of the World"arranged by geo-
graphic areas and world monographs, Further valuable sources of in-
formation include journals, exsiccatae and herbaria, and the warning
quote that "Lists of records that cannot be verified are mere waste
paper".

"ECOLOGICAL DIVERSITY" by E. C. Pielou, viii & 164 pp., 21 b/w fig.
& 12 tab. A Wiley Interscience Publication of John Wiley &
Sons, London, Toronto, & New York, N. Y. 10016. 1975. $16.75.

In the introduction the author, who is highly competent as both a
mathematical ecologist and as a field biologist, makes this import-
ant statement: "no amount of mathematical or statistical expertise
is any use if it is misapplied, and only an ecologist with consider-

ig2

1979 Moldenke, Book reviews 173

able field experience can recognize good questions and good ans-
wers". Scientists and advanced students have been giving increased
attention to the nature and problems of ecological diversity. This
fine book succinctly considers indices of diversity and evenness,
species abundance distributions and testing hypotheses about them,
and spatial pattern, environmental gradients and local as well as
global determinants of diversity. "Diversity waxes and wanes at
different levels -- different levels in the hierarchy of spatial
areas, different levels in the hierarchy of time periods, and dif-
ferent levels in the taxonomic hierarchy".

"VIROIDS AND VIROID DISEASES" by T. O. Diener, xvi & 252 pp., 35
b/w photo, 45 fig. & 30 tab. A Wiley Interscience Publication
of John Wiley & Sons, Toronto, Chichester, Brisbane, & New
York, N.Y. 10016. “1979. ‘$19.95.

This book is a first in this field, although scientific papers
have already been presented with the first from the author's lab in
the U.S.D.A. Plant Virology Laboratory in Beltsville, Maryland,
"Viroids are the smallest known agents of infectious disease",
pathogenic in some cultivated plants, as in potato spindle tuber
disease, not yet found in animal tissue, of low molecular weight,
single-stranded RNA that does not transfer messages, that may pro-
duce disease symptoms by interference with gene regulation in the in-
fected host cells, probably not derived from degenerative or primi-
tive viruses but more likely from normal cellular RNAs, associated
with diseases of recent origin and protracted incubation and associ-
ated with man and‘his agricultural activities, This is a carefully
prepared first survey done in interesting and effective style,

"ATLAS OF UNITED STATES TREES - Volume 2 - Alaska Trees and Common
Shrubs" by Leslie A, Viereck & Eibert L. Little, Jr-, iv & 105
pp., 28 general & 82 distribution map plates. United States
Department of Agriculture Miscellaneous Publication No. 1293,
Forest Service, U. S. Government Printing Office, Washington,
D. C. 20402. 1975. $3.10 paperbound.

These well detailed, large page maps indicate the native distri-
bution of 32 trees, or 6 smaller shrubs and of 44 more common, lar-
ger and economically important shrubs. These "species maps summar-
ize distribution both by dots and by lines and indicate the reli-
ability of the limits drawn, also gaps in the record and where more
information is needed.....Localities of trees and shrubs planted
for forestry, shade, or other uses and of escapes from cultivation
purposely have been omitted". The brief text translates the maps
into place names. The general maps contain "significant environmen-
tal factors related to plant distribution and forestry, especially
in land-use planning". They include national forests and parks and
wildlife refuges, topography, physiography, geology, glaciation,

174 PH Qvtidek Goer A Vol. 44, Noes

permafrost, climate, hydrology, precipitation, fire seasons, plant
hardiness, vegetation, and forests. This information will be of
considerable value to botanists, foresters and other scientists.

Let us also hope that this and other valuable scientific informa-
tion is used to direct the future "development" of this great state,
rather than in political "trade offs".

"ATLAS OF UNITED STATES TREES - Volume 3 - Minor Western Hardwoods"
by Elbert L. Little, Jr., vi & 230 pp.,-4 general & 210 dis-
tribution map plates. United States Department of Agriculture
Miscellaneous Publication No. 1314 Forest Service. U. S. Gov-
ernment Printing Office, Washington, D. C. 20402. 1976. $9.10.

Added to Volume I on "Conifers and Important Hardwoods" this
Volume III completes the maps of the tree species native within the
11 far western contiguous states, making a combined total of ca. 312
natives for the area. The included large perennial monocots, Yucca,
Nolina, Washingtonia and Sabal, are "woody" in appearance only, of
course. For native woody.plants that range beyond this area their
distribution is marked in in color on two facing maps -- one of
these states and one of this continent. Among the 25 species with
limited tocal distribution are 9 on the endangered list and 5 on the
threatened list. This is of very great value for content and use
to many kinds of botanists, foresters, land management officials,

etc. and is a great bargain as to price.

"TREES AND SHRUBS OF THE UNITED STATES -- A Bibliography for Iden-
tification" by Elbert L,. Little, Jr. & Barbara H. Honkala, ii &
56 pp. United States Department of Agriculture Miscellaneous
Publication No. 1336 Forest Service. U. S. Government Printing
Office, Washington, D. C. 20402. 1976. $1.00 paperbound.

This is a handy publication that can direct readers to aid in
identifying wild and cultivated trees, shrubs and woody vines through
bibliographies, check lists, atlases, systematic works, works on
cultivated woody plants, regional, continental, and for our 50 indi-
vidual states works from simple to detailed. Special lists with
cross references give works on identification in winter, of seeds
and seedlings and in our national parks.

"FLORA OF BUCK ISLAND REEF NATIONAL MONUMENT (U. S. Virgin Islands)
by Roy O. Woodbury & Elbert L. Little, Jr. U. S. Forest Ser-
vice Research Paper ITF-19, 27 pp., 5 b/w photo & 1 map. In-
stitute of Tropical Forestry, Rio Piedras, Puerto Rico. 1976.
Paperbound,

Introductory comment relates, among other things, that this is-

2 Rd

m~,.

Pg ee

- *
a

on pees

1979 Moldenke, Book reviews 175

land is a mile long and a half mile wide, volcanic in origin and
surrounded by coral reefs, has no fresh water supply, and is admin-
istered now by the U. S. National Park Service. The annotated list
of species (228 in 171 genera and 63 angiosperm families) includes
the historical collections and those made by the authors.

"FLORA OF VIRGIN GORDA (British Virgin Islands) by Elbert L. Little,
Jr., Roy O. Woodbury & Frank H. Wadsworth, United States Forest
Service Research Paper ITF-21, 36 pp., 2 b/w maps & 1 photo.
Institute of Tropical Forestry, Rio Piedras, Puerto Rico. 1976.
Paperbound.

This small volcanic island, the farthest east in the Greater An-
tilles chain, is described and its early history given briefly in
the introduction. The centrally located Virgin Gorda Peak is pre-
served as the Gorda Peak National Park. The 403 native and intro-
duced vascular plants in the annotated list include 154 not previ-
ously reported. A list of 57 cultivated species is appended,

"RARE TROPICAL TREES OF SOUTH FLORIDA" by Elbert L. Little, Jr., 20
pp-, 4 b/w photo & 5 line-draw. pl. Conservation Research Re-
port No. 20, United States Department of Agriculture Forest
Service. United States Government Printing Office, Washington,
D. C. 20402. 1976. 45¢ paperbound.

This descriptive inventory illustrated by’ several excellent line
drawings "aims to list the rare tropical trees of South Florida and
to summarize their natural distribution and their occurrence within
preserves" and the need to make inviolate the habitats of others
not now protected.

"INDEX BIBLIOGRAPHIQUE SUR LA MORPHOLOGIE DES POLLENS D'ANGIOSPERMES"
by G. Thanikaimoni, Institut Francais de Pondichéry Travaux de
la Section Scientifique et Technique, Tome XII, Fascicule 1, 339
pp. 1972; Fascicule 2, 164 pp. 1973; Tome XIII, Supplement 2,
386 pp. 1976. Paperbound,

The first part of Volume XII has not been received: 1556 references
for 6575 genera are recorded for it. The second part of this volume
records 646 references for 643 additional genera, The genera are lis-
ted alphabetically. Synonyms that appear in the literature are also
listed and equated with accepted names. Authors and publication dates
follow each genus entry. The next section is the bibliography ar-
ranged alphabetically by author. Volume XIII comprises the second sup-
plement to this bibliographic index and consists of three sections:
the generic index, a family index of 541 slots for 7748 genera with
alternate choices indicated where involved, and additional biblio-

176 Par eoLweoie Vol. 44, No. 3

graphic references including mentioned electron and optical micro-
graphs.

Grateful (or they should be) users of this valuable compendium
of information will find much time and energy saved by this organi-
zation and will be led to new sources of material that seems to be
very carefully and accurately assembled.

"DICTIONARY OF BIOCHEMISTRY" by J. Stenesh, viii & 344 pp. A
Wiley Interscience Publication of John Wiley & Sons, London,
Sydney, Toronto, & New York, N. Y. 10016. 1975. $25.25.

This useful dictionary, "written to provide scientists and stu-
dents in the life sciences with a reference work on the terminology
of biochemistry,......contains approximately 12,000 entries drawn
from over 200 textbooks", reference sources and biochemical journals
published since 1962 and follows the recommendations of the Commis-—
sion on Biochemical Nomenclature of the International Union of Pure
and Applied Chemistry and the International Union of Biochemistry.
It should prove a handy source of information if kept in scientific
laboratories.

"WEED SCIENCE: Principles and Practices" by Glenn C. Klingman,
Floyd M. Ashton and Lyman J. Noordhoff, viii & 431 pp. & b/w
94 photo, 36 fig. & 64 tab. A Wiley Interscience Publication
of John Wiley & Sons, New York, N. Y. 10016. 1975. $16.75.

"This textbook is designed principally for classroom instruction _
in the principles and practices of weed science. It will also be
helpful to research scientists, extension specialists, county agents,
vocational agriculture teachers, herbicide development representa-
tives, and farmers." Since it is "intended for worldwide usage",
it should use both the more uniform scientific as well as the common
names of plants instead of one or the other here and there. This
text clearly and directly explains the history and contributions of
weed science, the biology of weeds, the selective nature of herbi-
cides in its first third. The next is devoted to about one hundred
specific herbicides with their properties, soil effects and modes
of action. The last third of the book is oriented toward major
crops —- vegetables, fruits, nuts, ornamentals, pasture and range —-
and presents the special techniques and practices for desired results.
"This [carefully prepared] book is a revision of ‘Weed Control As A
Science’ originally published by the senior author in 1961". The
text, tables and diagrams are efficiently modernized but the photo-
graphic plates are mostly of the older genre.

PHY TOLOGIA

A cooperative nonprofit journal designed to expedite botanical publication

Vol. 4+ October 1979 No. 4

;
CONTENTS
ZANDER, R. H., Notes on Barbula and Pseudocrossidium (Bryopsida)

in North America and an annotated key to the taxa....... 177
MOLDENKE, H. N., Notes on new and noteworthy plants. CXXIX..... 215
Be VENKE, H. N., Additional notes on the genus Vitex. XIJ........ 216

‘SMIT H, L. B., and WASSHAUSEN, D. C., Begonia of Ecuador........ 233
ROBINSON, H., Studies in the Heliantheae (Asteraceae). XVIII. A new

. REMUS TCU RRO DSID 2 FEN ead uh wie a ae etal A ae 257
ROBINSON, H., Studies in the Heliantheae (Asteraceae). XIX. Four
: new ‘species. of: Calea. from Brazil * 3.0). ORs Le ee 270
pone H., Studies in the Heliantheae (Asteraceae). XX. Notes

and new species in CG ubadtine: 2 Oe oS eke oe ek 280
ROBINSON, H., New species of Vernonieae (Asteraceae). II. Five new
3 species oF Vernonia from Banid = 02 Us aise suc i ee 287
ROBINSON, H., New species of Vernonieae (Asteraceae). III. Additions

to Piptocorvha ERD eT a MeoMbE PERE A Mme MMe oe OUR Na fit 2 300
NIEZGODA, C. J., & NEVLING, L. I., Jr., The correct generic placement

of Albi izia carbonaria Briton beg ehaiie boat! gushed cine 0) rah Sere Bal Dara 307
WEBER, W. A., & HARTMAN, R., Pseudostellaria jamesiana, comb. nov.,

A North American Saphasentatiue of a Eurasian genus ...... 313
MOLDENKE, PA OTEK PEVICW So Foc 28 Sa eek We ah ee eee S13

|

Published by Harold N. Moldenke and Alma L. Moldenke

303 Parkside Road
Plainfield, New Jersey 07060
U.S.A.

-

Price of i number $3.50; for this volume $11.00 in advance or $12.00
| F-} Fade he volume; $3.00 extra to all foreign addresses;
$ 12 Ne nstitute a complete volume; claims for numbers
lost in the mails must be made immediately after
DEC ae 1979 receipt of the next following number
for free replacement. A

Ni yv YORK
roNICAL CARNEANI

NOTES ON BARBULA AND PSEUDOCROSSIDIUM (BRYOPSIDA)
IN NORTH AMERICA AND AN ANNOTATED KEY TO THE TAXA

Richard H. Zander

Clinton Herbarium, Buffalo Museum of Science, Buffalo NY 1,211

This preliminary study of Barbula s. lato was prepared in the
course of work on taxa of Pottiaceae for the proposed moss floras of
Mexico (ed. A.J. Sharp) and of Arctic North America (ed. W.C. Steere,
G.S. Mogensen & R.R. Ireland). It is a synthetic treatment based on
representative specimens from a wide geographic area and is offered
as an alternative to the usual floristic evaluation of species based
only on regional collections. In adopting a broader species concept
in this and in recent work (Zander, 1977, 1978a, 1978), I feel that
the taxa recognized have gained in biological meaningfulness.
Nomenclatural designations for some extreme expressions, permutations
of character states, and geographic variants have been lost. But
these morphs, in any case, cannot be dealt with by type methodology
and the principle of priority, because of lack of clear discontinu-
ities, and must be designated, if at all, by informal names. Gained,
hopefully, is a sense of proportion in the recognition of patterns
of variation, within and between taxa, that are often interpretable
as evolutionary trends or adaptations; the realization that many
genera and species of Pottiaceae are widely distributed in the world
in, geographic patterns often correlating with certain climates or
topographic features; and, the practical value of being able to use
good technical characters to fairly easily name distinguishable
entities in a moss family whose taxonomy has long been reputed to be
"cursed" and "difficult and nasty" (Anon., pers. comm.). It is often
said that overly broad species concepts are more difficult to
correct, at a later time, than overly narrow concepts. However,
this is a simplistic view in that most of the effort of present-day
revisionary work is in making sense of the overly analytical results
of past one-character or regional taxonomy. Such difficultities are
discussed as length by Best (1905) who invoked a kind of botanical
Manichaeism in early rebellion against atomistic taxonomic attitudes
similar to those espoused by Grout (1938a).

"Andro—" and "gynogametophyte" are terms used here instead of
"male" and "female plant" because the former terms ought to be used
to distinguish sexually differentiated gametophytes (dioicy) while
the latter terms refer to sexual differentiation of sporophytes
(dioecy). Sporophytes of mosses are always sexless, but the gameto-
phytes may be dioicous or monoicous. Sporophytes of seed-bearing
plants may be monoecious or dioecious, but the gametophytes are
always dioicous. Dioicy and monoicy are associated with homospory
and the production of gynandrogametophytes, or of both andro- and
gynogametophytes, from the same sporangium, but dioecy and monoecy
are associated with heterospory 55 a production of andro- and

178 PaY T 0.4.0 G4374 Vol. 44, No. 4

gynogametophytes from different sporangia. Although I consider
the substitution of the terms "phyllidium" and "caulidium" for the
moss "leaf" and "stem," respectively, to be an unnecessary nicety
that does not reflect major genetic differences, the above sexual
distinctions are of evolutionary importance and should not be
confused or minimized by false homology.

In a study of the very closely related genus Didymodon
(Zander, 1978a), I supported the use of Saito's (1975) distinctions
between Didymodon and Barbula, which are based largely on gameto-
phyte characters. These were presented in a table. The North
American representation of species previously recognized in Barbula
are here placed in two genera and included in the same key to
facilitate identification.

KEY TO PSEUDOCROSSIDIUM AND SUBGENERA AND SECTIONS OF
BARBULA IN NORTH AMERICA

1. Upper leaf margins broadly revolute to spiral-revolute, with cells
often more strongly chlorophyllose than medial leaf cells;
abaxial stereid band of costa usually strong but adaxial band
weak or commonly absent; costa usually excurrent as a stout
mucro or short awn.......... Pseudocrossidium Williams

1. Upper leaf margins narrowly recurved to plane, with cell
chlorophyll content equal to that of medial cells; both stereid
bands usually clearly differentiated, the adaxial usually
present though occasionally weak or absent; costa ending below
leaf apex, percurrent or excurrent aS 4 MUCTOccccecceeceesere Ze

2. Leaves spathulate, costa excurrent as a sharp mucro, laminal
cells smooth, adaxially bulging and abaxially nearly plane,
ANNULUS LEVOlUDLE. cccccccccccccccccccscescccsesvsccccces :
eeeeeeee Barbula subg. Hyophiladelphus (C. Mull.) Zander

2. Leaves lanceolate to ligulate or ovate, costa subpercurrent
to excurrent, laminal cells papillose to nearly smooth,
either similar on both sides of leaf or more strongly
convex adaxially than abaxially but then costa percurrent,
ANNULUS persistenteccccccccccccccccvccsccccesscccseccese J

3. Leaves flaccid when wet, upper laminal cells rectangular,
usually epapillose, often adaxially more convex than abaxially...
secscoeceeeee Barbula sect. Hydrogonium (C. Mull.) K. Saito

3. Leaves firm when wet, upper laminal cells quadrate, papillose,
both exposed surfaceS Similar..cccccccccccccccccccccccccccces He

1979 Zander, Barbula and Pseudocrossidium 179

4. Upper leaf margins usually recurved, propagula (when
present) small, of 1-10(15) cells; perichaetial leaves
seldom strongly differentiated, with cells mostly paren-
ChymatouS..ececeeeeeeee Barbula Hedw. sect. Barbula

lL. Upper leaf margins plane, propagula (when present) often
large, of 4-50 or more cells; perichaetial leaves oft~@m
convolute-sheathing, with cells highly prosenchymatous.....
ecccsccceccecesccecevcecse Barbula sect. Convolutae B.S.G.

KEY TO SPECIES AND VARIETIES OF BARBULA AND PSEUDOCROSSIDIUM
IN NORTH AMERICA

1. Leaves spathulate; upper laminal cells adaxially bulging and
abaxially flat, epapillose; costa sharply excurrent; annulus
revoluble; U.S.A. (Gulf Coast states), Mexico... .cccccccscccccess
eccccccecrcccccccccccccoseces Ll. Be agraria Hedw.

1. Leaves lanceolate to ligulate or ovate; upper laminal cells
superficially similar on both sides of leaf, or adaxially more
strongly convex than abaxially but then costa percurrent, usually
papillose, seldom smooth or nearly so; costa ending variously;
STMTLIUS PETSISE Eco cccsccsiccccdccccvcsscccccssscesesssscesese Le

2. Upper laminal cells often lax, quadrate to rectangular,
usually not or weakly papillose, leaves rather flaccid

when WEG a co tne bu be 6 eho d Ob 08h ES 686s cde SUSU AaOMENN EE Tee a

2. Upper laminal cells firm, quadrate, usually distinctly
papillose, leaves usually firm when Wet.ccccccccccccccee de

3. Leaves ovate-lanceolate margins usually plane, laminal cells
11-15 ym wide, 1(-2):1; U.S.A. (southcentral and southwestern
states), Mexico........ 9. B. ehrenbergii (Lor. ) Fleisch.

3. Leaves narrowly lanceolate to long-triangular, margins narrowly
recurved to near apex, laminal cells 8-12 pm wide, 1-2:1;
MEELEOvesoretececscwees 10. B. arcuata Griff.

L. Abaxial costa surface doubly prorulose (i.e. with both ends
of rectangular superficial cells protruding) near apex,
often with coarsely mamillose or very rough appearance; leaf
base not sheathing; Canada (Alberta), U.S.A. (southeastern
ami ‘Southwestern states); Mexicos sis. scscsdecceccccceacsecss
pescdesahseanecees De Bd Stereos (aun. ) puree.

4. Abaxial costa surface with hollow or solid papillae or
epapillose, seldom distinctly prorulose near apex (but
then leaf base is strongly sheathing), leaf base occa~
SAGneLAY SUSSLIUNE, tasrradnceedseus sca ectstouneneeessue De

180 P BODE OrL. OG Fh Vol. 44, No. 4

5. Leaf apex acute to somewhat blunt, margins plane or weakly
recurved RELOM, bs bob cwbind bs ade Sol wacom & weal dam Cele 6.

5. Leaf apex rounded, margins plane to revolute (apex occasionally
acute but then margins recurved above midleaf)...ccscccccccee Se

6. Costa stoutly short-excurrent, leaf base sheathing;
propagula usually present, axillary; Canada (Northwest
Territories), U.S.A. (Alaska, Arizona). .cesvessege senna
scccccccsccccccssosos Of Be amplexifolia (Mitt.) Jaege

6. Costa 1-6 cells subpercurrent, leaf apex entire or
occasionally apiculate by a clear or weakly papillose
conical cell, leaf base not sheathing; propagula often
present, borne on baSal rhizoidS.cccccccccccvesccccccsse fe

7. Perichaetial leaves acute to abruptly subulate, loosely sheathing;
western Canada, western U.S.A. south to Texas.. se eeeceeececececs
e@eseeeeceoeeeeveoeaeweeeaeveeeve ee eee 8. B. eustegia Card. & Ther.

7. Perichaetial leaves obtuse to broadly acute, convolute-
sheathing; Canada, UeSeAc, MEXICO. so 0 0nbeseeee 600040n 5knn eee
@eeeeeeaeeoeea eevee eee eeeeeve8 Tae B. convoluta Hedw. var. convoluta

8. Leaves PEG CON o 2 s'6 60 0 6 ose METAS s Che 00h be02 kkk eee 9.
8. Leaves apiculate, mucronate, Or aWNned.cccccccccccccccee 12.

9. Leaf margins plane or recurved to midleaf, propagula
WAL Ce LA ol <6 tebe bhde 466 60d Oe kan Owes heeonn hs 60 nee 1,

9. Leaf margins recurved to near apex, propagula unicellular... ll.

10. Propagula borne on basal rhizoids, leaves ligulate to oval,
costa usually subpercurrent by 4-8 cells; Canada, U.S.A..
Mexico..esceeceees 7ae Be convoluta Hedw. var. convoluta pep.

10. Propagula borne in upper leaf axils, leaves oval, costa
subpercurrent by 2-4 cells; Canada (Northwest Territories),
U.S.A. (Alaska).. 7b. B. convoluta var. gallinula Zander

ll. Leaves ovate, marginal cells not differentiated as a border;
propagula common, yellow-brown, borne in axillary masses; U.S.A.
(North Carolina), Mexico..... 4. B. inaequalifolia Tayl.

11. Leaves ligulate, marginal cells often thick-walled in 2-3 rows;
propegula uncommon, red-brown, few in leaf axils; MeXLCO.seeeee
@eeeeeveeev eevee eevee ee eee eee eae eeeneeseeaened Se B. calcarea Ther.

1979 Zander, Barbula and Pseudocrossidium 181

12. Leaves short-armed; U.S.A. (southwestern states),
Mexico..e.eeeeees Ly. P. aureum (Bartr.) Zander

12, -beaves apie a.6..oF MICTOnAL Rs n.s s00<cncleinwm dais anlide wae, Los

13. Leaf margins plane or weakly recurved below midleaf; Canada,
U.S.A-, Mexico... 7a. Be convoluta Hedw. var. convoluta p.p.

13. Leaf margins recurved to spiral-revolute, usually to near

APCKeeccvccccscssccvvcssescesssesesesesessssessecsssseseesees Ae

li. Costa with adaxial stereid band distinct; leaf margins
narrowly recurved, marginal cells not differentiated... 15.

ly. Costa usually lacking adaxial stereid band; leaf margins
broadly recurved to spiral-revolute, cells often weakly
papillose on exposed portions of margins, and thin-walled,
highly chlorophyllose within the spiralled portion.... 16.

15. Leaf apex obtuse to broadly acute, margins recurved in lower
1)2-0/35 propagula apparently not produced in nature; Canada,
U. Ba hs b | Mexico. eeeeveeene a. B. ungui culata Hedw.

15. Leaf apex abruptly rounded to emarginate, margins recurved
to near apex; propagula spherical, in leaf axils; Mexico.......
@eeeeeoeve eee eee eee e ee een e29 Ze B. orizabensis Gc. Moll.

16. Leaf margins strongly recurved to once (seldom more)
revolute, propagula occasionally present on adaxial
surface of costa, inner perichaetial leaves convolute-
sheathing; Canada (British Columbia, Yukon and Northwest
ferritories),,UsS A. (Oregon, California) «sccuspemenepee ss
segpe cévesnases d2> Pp. revolutum (Brad. in Scheel. J ;eauder

16. Leaf margins strongly spiral-revolute, propagula absent,
inner perichaetial leaves not or little differentiated;
i. Sed, -(soubhwesteri States), Mexico... jassaccuve meus evden
p anv aeS rae ohiaie wet 1300 Pe. replieatum.(Tayl.). ander

182 PHYTOL Oe DA Vol. 44, No. 4

BARBULA Hedw., Spec. Musc. 115. 1801, nom. cons.

Type species: Barbula unguiculata Hedw. (lectotype
fide Steere, 1938).

The genus Barbula is commonly distinguished from Tortula
Hedw. by the presence of two stereid bands in its costa rather than
only one. However, the adaxial stereid band is often absent in
certain species of Barbula. In such cases, the presence of a
differentiated epidermis of large-lumened or at least larger-sized
cells on the abaxial surface of the costa will distinguish Barbula
species. Such an epidermis is not or is only poorly differentiated
in Tortula. The North American taxa of Barbula are distinctive and
fairly easy to identify by diagnostic characters, although some of
the species are polymorphic.

BARBULA Hedw. sect. BARBULA

Synonyms: Barbula sect. Unguiculatae B.S.G., Bryol. bur.
2: 80. 1842 (fasc. 13-15 Mon. 18) (nom. illeg. incl.
typ. gen.). — Barbula sect. Eubarbula C. Mill., Syn.
Musc. 1: 623. 1849 (nom. illeg.). — Barbula sect.
Senophyllum C. Mill., Syn. Musc. 1: 606. 1849 (nom. illeg.
incl. typ. gen.). —- Barbula sect. Helicopogon (Mitt. )
Chen, Hedwigia 80: 215. 1941 (nom. illeg. incl. typ. gen.).

Additional synonymy is given by van der Wijk, et al. (1959-
1969).

Sect. Barbula is characterized by firm leaves; upper leaf
margins generally narrowly recurved, occasionally plane; laminal
cells papillose; perichaetial leaves seldom strongly differentiated;
and, propagula (when present) small, each composed of 1-10(15)
cells.

1. Barbula unguiculata Hedw., Spec. Musc. 118. 1801.

=——— — bh
=e Se SES OS SE SE ES SS

sain 3) given by Podp&ra (1954), Saito (1975) and Steere
1938).

This well-known, common species of ruderal habitats is described
and illustrated by most authors of moss identification manuals for
temperate zone areas. Barbula umguiculata fo. pro osa Crum is a
synonym of B. indica, q.v. I agree with Cardot TiBs5) and subsequent
authors that Barbula stricta Hedw., Spec. Musc. 119, 1801 (type:
U.S.A., Pennsylvania, Muehlenberg s.n., G—holotype) is a synonym of

Be unguiculata.

1979 Zander, Barbula and Pseudocrossidium 183

This species is readily distinguished from the similar
B. indica by the usually stoutly mucronate costa, which has
scattered simple papillae abaxially above midleaf, and the leaf
margins more strongly recurved. Barbula unguiculata is rare in
Mexico, apparently replaced by the closely related B. orizabensis.

Propagula have never been observed in herbarium collections
of Be unguiculata, although occasional swollen ends of rhizoids
("galls" fide Whitehouse, 1973) may mimic rhizoidal propagula
(= "tubers" or "brood bodies"). However, specimens cultivated on
nutrient agar by D.V. Basile at NY and on moistened perlite by
myself at BUF have produced unicellular, green or brown, elliptical
propagula, each ca. 20-25 pm long, borne in clusters of uniseriate
chains on the ends of long, brown rhizoids arising from the bases
of the stems.

See a a ee Se SS SS ESS
SSS SS

Synonyms: Barbula recurvicuspis C. Mull., Bull. Herb. Boiss.
5: 557. 1897. Type: Jamaica, Bridge Hill, Harris 11038
(BM—-lectotype), Contenti Road, Harris 10082 (BM—
syntype).

Barbula stenotheca Ther., Smiths. Misc. Coll. 85(4): 21. 1931,
syn. nov. Type: Mexico, Distrito Federal, Rio Frio,
Amable 1726 (PC—holotype).

Barbula orizabensis is easily distinguished from B. unguiculata
by the characters in the key, although I agree with Theriot Tiss)
that the two species are closely related. It is described and
illustrated by Bartram (1949) and is known from many states in
Mexico (Crum, 1951) and from Guatemala (Bartram, 1949) and Jamaica
(Crum & Bartram, 1958). It occurs on soil or rock, usually at

high elevations. The synonym B. stenotheca was described as a
species of Barbula sect. Streblotrichum (= sect. Convolutae) on
account of the convolute-sheathing perichaetial leaves of the type
specimen. Species of sect. Barbula occasionally have rather
differentiated perichaetia while those of sect. Convolutae
occasionally have undifferentiated perichaetia. On the basis of
evaluation of all characters ("Summe der Merkmale" of Loeske, 1910),
however, B. orizabensis belongs in sect. Barbula.

Synonym: Barbula linguaefolia Bartr., Bryologist 50: 204. 1947,
syn. nov. Type: Guatemala, Suchiate, Finca El Naranjo,
Svihla 2879a (FH—holotype).

184 Pv YE TAGs Vol. 44, No. 4

Barbula calcarea was described and illustrated by Theriot
(1931) and, as B. linguaefolia, by Bartram (1949). This species
is closely related to B. inaequalifolia, from which it differs by
the characters in the key. The upper leaf margins are occasionally
bistratose in small patches and the perichaetial leaves convolute-
sheathing in the lower 1/3-2/3. The original description of the
synonym B. linguaefolia is incorrect in ascribing plane margins to
the type. Propagula were seen only in the lectotype and syntype
of B. calcarea. These were found, unattached, in leaf axils, 2-4
per axil, not borne in massive axillary clumps as in B. inaeouali-
folia. I have seen collections of B. calcarea from Mexico (Distrito
Federal, Mexico, Michoacan) and Guatemala; these occurred on soil or
calcareous rock at 2600-2800 m elevation.

eo eee ae = SS SS
a

For complete synonymy see Zander (1968).

A description and illustrations were given by Zander (1968),
who cited specimens from U.S.A. (North Carolina), Colombia, Ecuador,
China, and Java. An additional station has been noted (Zander, 1976)
in Chiapas, Mexico. The following collections extend the geographic
range of this species: Mexico: Mexico, between Mexico and Puebla,
Dull, 1966 (BUF); Michoacan, Uruapan, Ere & e 3051a (TENN);
Panama: Chiriqui, Volcan Baru, Pineda 96) (MO); Venezuela: Trujillo,
Bocono, Paramo de Guirigay, Lopez & Rodriguez 8788-a (FLAS); India:
Uttar Pradesh, Kumaun, Debidhura, Pithoragarh, Srivastava 4348
(BUF). The habitat includes roadsides, banks, paramos, on soil,
rock, walls, from 700-3100 m elevation. Husnotiella revoluta Card.
occasionally has axillary masses of unicellular propagula (Bartram,
1926; Zender, 1977) and when sterile may be confused with
B. inaequalifolia. The former species differs in the following
combination of characters states: leaves short-oval to deltoid
oval, laminal cell walls evenly thickened, laminal papillae solid,
low, broad, simple to multiplex, usually lens-like, and costa with
only one stereid band.

In spite of the peristome being red, well developed and twisted
1-4 turns, B. inaequalifolia may be better placed in Bryoerythro-
phyllum Chen because of its red coloration and closely hollow-
papillose, thin-walled upper leaf cells. It has much the same
general appearance as does Bryoerythrophyllum bolivianum (C. Mu11. )
Zander, which, however, has plane margins, lacks propagula, and has
the rudimentary peristome typical of Bryoerythrophyllum species
(Zander, 1978b). This is another confounding example of a moss
species with a gametophyte matching the characters of one genus
and a sporophyte those of another.

1979 Zander, Barbula and Pseudocrossidium 185

BARBULA sect. CONVOLUTAE B.S.G., Bryol. Eur. 2: 91. 1842 (fasc.
13-15 Mon. 29). Lectotype: Barbula convoluta Hedw.

Synonyms: Streblotrichum P. Beauv., Mag. Inc. 5: 317. 1804. —
Barbula sect. Streblotrichum (P. Beauv.) Limpr., Laubm.
Deutsch. 1: 626. 1888. — Barbula subg. Streblotrichum
(P. Beauv.) K. Saito, Jour. Hattori Bot. Lab. 39: 499.
1975. Type: Barbula convoluta Hedw.

This section is distinguished by the combination of the
following character states: leaves firm when wet; plane or weakly
recurved leaf margins; papillose laminal cells; adaxial stereid
band of costa usually distinct; perichaetial leaves usually
convolute-sheathing; and, propagula (when present) often large,
composed of 4-50 or more cells.

5. Barbula indica wae Spreng. in Steud., Nomencl. Bot.
~ 2: 72. 182). [Sensu amplo.
Basionym: Tortula indica Hook., Musci Exot. 2: 135. 1819,
nom. nov. for Trichostomum indicum Schwaegr., Spec. Musc.
Suppl. 1(1): 142, 1811, hom. illeg. non Trichostomum
indicum Willd. ex Schrad., 1803. Type: India, Madras,
Tranquebar, Rottler s.n. (NY—isotype).

Synonyms: Trichostomum orientalis Web., Arch. Syst. Naturgesch.
1(1): 129. 1804. — Barbula orientalis (Web.) Broth., Nat.
Pfl. 1(3): 403. 1902, non B. orientalis Brid., 1819. —
Semibarbula orientalis (Web.) Wijk & Marg., Taxon 8: 75.
1959.

Barbula cruegeri Sond. ex C. Mull., Syn. Musc. 1: 618. 189,
syn. nov. Type: Trinidad, La Ventille, Crueger, 1846
(SPA—isotype).

Tortula gregaria Mitt., Jour. Linn. Soc. Bot. London Suppl.
1: 29. 1859, syn. nov. Type: Nepal, Tambar R., Hooker 166
(NY—syntype). — Barbula gregaria (Mitt.) Jaeg., Ber. S.
Gall. Naturw. Ges. 1871-72: 424. 1873 (Ad. 1: 272).

Barbula erosa Hampe in C. Mull., Bot. Zeit. 20: 348. 1862, syn.
nov. Type: Venezuela, Baruta, T ff, 1857 (BM—isotype).

Barbula rufipes Schimp. ex Besch., Mem. Soc. Nat. Sci. Nat.
Cherb. 16: 180. 1872, syn. nov. Type: Mexico, Verzcruz,
Orizaba, Mueller, 1853 (BM—holotype). -- Semibarbula
rufipes (Schimp. ex Besch.) Hilp., Beih. Bot. Centralbl.
5O(a)F 622. 1933.

Barbula cancellata C. Mull., Flora 56: 483. 1873.

186 Poe Y TOL GHe TA Vol. 44, No. 4

Barbula wrightii Sauerb. in Jaeg., Ber. S. Gall. Naturw. Ges.
1877-78: 409. 1880 (Ad. 2: 673), syn nov., nom. nov. for
Barbula obscura Sull., Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts Sci. 5: 277.
1861, non B. obscura Mitt., 1859. Type: Cuba, Wright 31
(BM, NY—-isotypes). —- Tortula obscura (Sull.) Mitt.,
Jour. Linn. Soc. Bot. 12: 150. 1869.

Barbula purpuripes C. MWll., Bull. Herb. Boiss. 5: 558. 1897,
syn. nov. Type: Jamaica, Cinchona, Harris 11022 (BM, NY—
isotypes). ;

Barbula microglottis C. Mull., Hedwigia 37: 232. 1898, syn. nov.
Type: Haiti, "Cape Haytien," Eggers, 1887 (NY-—isotype).

Barbula hypselostegia Card., Rev. Bryol. 36: 84. 1909, syn. nov.
Type: Mexico, Puebla, Honey Station, Pringle 10653 (PC—

holotype, TENN--isotype). -- Streblotrichum hypselostegium
(Card. ) Hilp., Beih. Bot. Centralbl. 50(2): 635. 1933.

Barbula muenchii Card., Rev. Bryol. 36: 84. 1909, syn. nov.
Type: Mexico, Chiapas, San Cristobal, Muench, 1907 (NY—
isotype).

Barbula pringlei Card., Rev. Bryol. 36: 85. 1909, syn. nov.
Type: Mexico, Morelos, Cuernavaca, Pringle 10637 (PC—
lectotype, BM, FH, erp 15177 (PC--syntype).
—- Streblotrichum pringlei (Card. ) Hilp., Beih. Bot.

Centralbl. 50(2): 635. 1933.

Hyophila uliginosa E.G. Britt., Bull. Torrey Bot. Cl. 42: ke
1915. Type: St. Jan, Bethania, Britton & Shafer 367
(NY—holotype).

Barbula unguiculata fo. propagulosa Crum, Bryologist 72: 241.
1969, syn. nov. Type U.S.A., Tennessee, Montgomery Co.,
Clebsch 581 (MICH—holotype).

Barbula horrinervis K. Saito, Jour. Hattori Bot. Lab. 39: 486.
1975, syn. nov. Type: Japan, Tokyo, Okutama, Saito 4936
(MICH--isotype).

Additional synonymy is given by Crum and Steere (1957), Saito
(1975) and Steere (1938).

Plants turf-forming, yellow-green to brown; stems seldom
branching, to 1.2 cm tall, in transverse section pentagonal, central
strand distinct, cortex of smaller, darker cells, epidermis not
differentiated; axillary hairs usually of 4-8 uniseriate cells, all
clear or the basal 1(-2) with somewhat thickened walls and yellow-
brown coloration; tomentum absent. Leaves crowded to rather distant,
about eaual in size from base to apex, when dry incurved-appressed,
often infolded above, occasionally catenulate, when wet erect-

1979 Zander, Barbula and Pseudocrossidium 187

spreading, incurved to plane, ovate to ligulate, occasionally
lanceolate or long-trangular, 0.5-1.8 mm long, with a deep, narrow
groove adaxially along the costa, margins plane to weakly recurved
at midleaf, entire; leaf apex somewhat incurved or weakly cucullate
to nearly plane, rarely reflexed, rounded to bluntly acute,
apiculate by a clear, not or little papillose, conical cell, rarely
muticous; leaf base scarcely differentiated to much broadened,
square to rectangular or oval, basal margins not or shortly
decurrent; costa usually percurrent or ending 1-4 cells below apex
or occasionally excurrent in a short, sharp mucro, abaxial super-
ficial cells near apex long- to short-rectangular or quadrate,
doubly prorulose (distal and proximal ends of cells protuberant),
occasionally nearly smooth or both prorulose and simply papillose,
adaxial superficial cells long- to short-rectangular, smooth, or
quadrate and papillose in patches above midleaf; costa in transverse
section semicircular to elliptical, ventrally flat to convex, lamina
inserted at about 90° angle, adaxial epidermis often differentiated
as one layer of thin-walled cells, adaxial stereid band absent or
weak, guide cells in one layer of 2-4 cells, abaxial stereid band
strong, abaxial epidermis undifferentiated or represented by one
layer of thick-walled cells with semicircular lumens or with thin
walls and circular lumens. Upper laminal cells quadrate, 7-9(10) pm
wide, Walls thin to evenly thickened, superficially weakly bulging
to conic-protuberant, lumens angular, arranged in a weak pattern of
longitudinal rows, papillae low-multiplex, mostly hollow, with 4-8
salients per lumen, occasionally coroniform above strongly protuber-
ant cell walls; basal laminal cells medially smooth, 8-12 pm wide,
2-5:1, rectangular, evenly thickened or thin-walled, usually bordered
on the margins by 1-4 rows of short-rectangular cells. Propagula
often present, borne on stalks in leaf axils issuing just above the
axillary hairs, obovoid, clavate, spindle-shaped, elliptical, or
spherical, smooth, colliculate or armed with l-several short, pointed
branches, ‘70-300 pm long, of 8-50 or more cells, green to brown.
Dioicous; perichaetia terminal, leaves ovate, entirely prosenchy-
matous and convolute-sheathing grading to lanceolate, prosenchy-
matous only in the lower 1/3 of the leaf and weakly sheathing,
0.8-2.5(3.0) mm long; perigonia terminal on smaller plants, gemmate,
leaves oval.

Seta 0.7-1.3 cm long, red-brown, twisted clockwise; urn 0.61.8
mm long, red-brown, smooth when dry, elliptical to ovoid, occasion-
ally curved, neck little differetiated, exothecial cells 18-25 pm
wide, 3-6:1, thin- or thick-walled, evenly thickened, stomates
present at base of urn, phaneropore, annulus weakly differentiated;
peristome inserted on mouth of capsule, of 32 teeth weakly fused in
16 pairs, 0.7-1.7 mm long, teeth linear, densely spiculose, red to
orange, with many articulations, little to strongly twisted 0.25-3.0
times, counterclockwise; spores (8)9-12 pm in diameter, smooth to
weakly papillose, light brown to yellow-brown; operculum 0.8-1.7 mm
long, long- to short-conic, cells twisted counterclockwise. Calyptra
2.0-2.2 mm long, cucullate, usually rough apically with prorulose
cells.

188 PHS CEL 0G Ae Vol. 44, No. 4

The habitat of B. indica includes soil, clay, limestone,
coral walls, roadbanks, riverbanks, walls, limepit, tree trunks,
from near sea level to 3900 m. I have examined specimens from
Canada (Alberta), U.S.A. (southeastern and southwestern states and
Hawaii), Bermuda, Mexico (Chiapas, Durango, Hidalgo, Jalisco,
Morelos, Oaxaca, San Luis Potosi, Sonora, Veracruz), Guatemala,
British Honduras, Cuba, Jamaica, Dominican Republic, Haiti, Puerto
Rico, St. Lucia, Barbados, St. Jan, New Providence, Martinique,
Trinidad, Venezuela, Surinam, Colombia, Peru, Nepal, India, Hong
Kong, Japan, Philippines, and New Guinea.

Barbula indica (Fig. 1-14) is a polymorphic species, occurring
mainly in tropical and warm temperate areas, and includes a profu-
sion of variants with various permutations of character states.
Under this name or its synonyms, it is illustrated and described by
Saito (1975) and Steere (1938) among others. On account of the
Considerable synonymy accepted here, a redescription is given above,
based on New World specimens. Certain characters that are usually
conservative in other species, e.g. length and degree of twisting
of peristome teeth, degree of differentiation of perichactial leaves,
size, shape and position of propagula, vary markedly. For this
reason, synonyms include combinations in other generic names such as
Hydrogonium (C. Mull.) Jaeg., Semibarbula Herz. ex Hilp. and
Streblotrichum P. Beauv.

Previous authors have treated the Old world and New World
representations as separate entities, although variation is similar
throughout the tropics. Saito (1971) reduced certain Asian names
to synonyms of the New World B. cruegeri, but later (1975) referred
these to B. indica instead. In North America north of Mexico,

B. indica has been known under the synonym B. cruegeri, as discussed
by Steere (1938). Recently, the checklist of Crum et al. (1973)
replaced B. cruegeri (sensu North American authors) with the name

B. cancellata, because (H. Crum, pers. comm.) the Texan type of the
latter has the small, obovoid propagula characteristic of most
collections in North America north of Mexico, while there were
indications that B. cruegeri (with a type from Trinidad) represents
a different, tropical taxon.

There appear to be two major trends in morphological appearance
in B. indica. Barbula indica s. str. has narrowly oval to elliptical
leaves, with margins plane or weakly recurved at midleaf, and small,
green, obovoid propagula occurring in masses in upper leaf axils.
The type from India has propagula 70-90 pm long. This expression is
found throughout the range of the species. A somewhat different-
looking plant in extreme form is B. indica facies "B. gregaria,"
which was well illustrated by Saito (1975) under the synonym
B. horrinervis. This morph has broadly oval leaves with plane
margins and massive, brown, elliptical to spherical, many-celled
propagula occurring singly or very few together in upper leaf axils.
Facies "B. gregaria" is seldom found in temperate areas although it
is known from Japan (type of B. horrinervis) and from Canada

1979 Zander, Barbula and Pseudocrossidium 189

Vitt 2189--ALTA, Horton 15697--ALTA). A third, less distinctive
trend that is widespread in the tropics is the production of
propagula, these usually massive, on basal rhizoids, but uncorrelated
with leaf morphology. Some of these propagula are apparently formed
from an apical cell with two cutting faces and are similar to the
"bilateral tubercles" of Leptob pyriforme (Hedw.) Wils. illu-
strated by Berthier (1978). The type of B. cruegeri has elliptical,
plane to recurved leaves, and brown tubers borne on rhizoids from
lower leaf axils or buried in the soil, ranging from 95-300 pm in
length, from 15 to many cells in composition, and obovoid, spindle-
like, elliptical or spherical in shape, superficially smooth to
colliculate (raspberry-like).

Because of considerable intergradation in characters between
these variants, infraspecific categories are not recognized.
Individual collections were mostly stenomorphic between plants in
expression of particular character states. The characters of the
propagula were, however, variable within some collections. In
certain specimens, massive propagula on basal rhizoids occurred
together with either small, obovoid or massive axillary propagula
or with intermediate-sized axillary propagula. Saito (1975)
illustrated the Japanese synonym B. horrinervis as having massive,
elliptical, apiculate propagula. In fact, in tropical and sub-
tropical areas worldwide, specimens of B. indica may be found with
propagula of various sizes and shapes that have one or more apiculi
or spines, apically or laterally, resulting in spindle shapes,
"ocarina" shapes and "mine" shapes. Saito (1975) also indicated
that, in Japan, plants with massive propagula have plane leaf margins
(B. horrinervis) and those with small propagula have recurved leaf
margins (B. indica), but this correlation is only poorly reflected
on a worldwide basis.

Although intergrading variants that are distinctive in the
extreme are often recognized, and although the two major variants
of B. indica may be biological entities deserving infraspecific
scientific names, satifactory disposition of the multiplicity of
taxonomic synonyms following non-discontinuous, non-exclusive
criteria (e.g. the "75 percent convention" discussed by Mayr, 19/2)
is impossible or at least arbitrary, if type methodology is
rigorously followed. This is a rather subtle, non-biological,
bookkeeping limitation of the Code to practicality of specific
and infraspecific concepts.

The term "prorula" referring to a protrusion of the distal or
proximal ends of superficial cell walls, or of both (doubly
prorulose), was coined by Argent (1973) as pointed out by Manuel
(1974). Weber and Simone (1977) suggested the term "scindula" for
the same feature, and During (1977, p. 15) further discussed this
morphological trait. Above midleaf, the abaxial costal surface of
B. indica is usually distinctly doubly prorulose; however, some
specimens may have relatively smooth costal surfaces or be covered
with quadrate, hollow-papillose cells. Usually, such collections

190

Vol. 44, No. 4

Ge

PBST Bob On Duk

D O 0 f)
=e A ofS ky
8
eS A Cy Oe
le Wa) & By Be
ud, QO)
Pes)
eo

Figures 1-14. Variation in leaf and propagulum morphology in
Barbula indica (Hook.) Spreng. Leaves, X32; propagula (which are
axillary unless noted), X82. 1. U.S.A. Kentucky, Zander 4640 (BUF).
2. Mexico: Frye 2143 (NY). 3. Mexico: Richards et al. 629 (FH).

4. Mexico: McGregor 5314 (NY). 5. Venezuela: Griffin & Lopez 415
(FLAS). 6. Venezuela: Dall'Aglio 367 (BUF). ‘7. Canada: Alberta,
Vitt 24189 (ALTA). 8. Cuba: Ekman 8267 (NY). 9. Puerto Rico:
Britton 5157 (NY)—-mixture of rhizoidal and axillary propagula.

1979 Zander, Barbula and Pseudocrossidium 191

10. Peru: Mexia 62589 (MO). 11. Jamaica: Hermann 22948 ah
L005

12. Haiti: Bartlett 17583 (NY). 13. Mexico: Sharp FH).
14. Trinidad: Crueger, sen. (SPA--type of Barbula creugeri
Sond. ex C.Mill. )--axillary and rhizoidal propagula.

192 POR EOL Ob £ a Vol. 44, No. 4

may be referred to B. indica by the following combination of
gametophyte characters: leaves ligulate to oval, base not
sheathing, margins plane or weakly recurved at midleaf, apex
rounded-obtuse to bluntly acute, apiculate with a clear cell,
upper laminal cells papillose, quadrate, mostly 7-9 pm wide, and
costa ending 1-4 cells below apex.

In Leptobryum pyriforme, environmentally triggered switch
mechanisms apparently control the formation of the three possible
kinds of propagula found in this species (Berthier, 1978). However,
variation in propagula size, number, ornamentation and position in
B. indica may be genetically based, possibly as the result of
selection for certain modes of diaspore dispersal appropriate in
different habitats. The small axillary propagula are abundant,
usually 50-100 pm long, of 3-6 cells, thin-walled, clavate to
spindle-shaped, have few or no internal oil globules, and may be
interpreted as an adaptation for colonization through wide dispersal
by water and immediate regeneration. However, the massive axillary
or rhizoidal propagula are few, usually 100-230 pm long, many-celled
(to 50 or more), thick-walled, elliptical to spherical and often
branching, have abundant oil and may well be a specialization for
very local dispersal or non-dispersal. In the large size, anchoring
arms, and position often buried in the soil, massive propagula may
be examples of "atelochory" (van der Pijl, 1972) or "precinctiveness"
(Carlquist, 1966, 1974) of diaspores of vascular plants in insular
situations. Intermediate-sized propagula are common, however, and
many collections lack propagula altogether. That plants of B. indica
with numerous, small propagula are typically Temperate Zone in
distribution while those with few, large propagula are typically
tropical indicates the possibility of a response to a north-south
cline in selection for the above features, perhaps corresponding
to the temperate and tropic regional differences in r- and
K-selection discussed by Pianka (1970). Studies in cultivation and
the correlation of propagula size with environmental parameters need
to be done before the above suggestions can be considered anything
more than hypotheses. Large, buried propagula are found in other
species of Barbula sect. Convolutae as well as elsewhere in the
Pottiaceae and in other moss families (Whitehouse, 1966, 1976).

There are several additional regional variants with unusual or
locally stenotypic character states that may be geographic races.
Two collections from Canada (Alberta: Vitt 2/184—ALTA, Horton
15697--ALTA) are geographically isolated, have massive elliptical
propagula in the upper leaf axils and all leaves are muiticous,
lacking the characteristic clear apiculus; however, many plants of
the type of the synonym B. hypselostegia, from Mexico, match those
of the Albertan collections exactly. Some specimens that I have
seen from India have unusually thin, collapsed leaf cell walls that
do not regain their original shapes after thorough wetting. Most
specimens from the Philippines have the abaxial costal surface
extremely rough with strongly protruding prorulae. Many collections

1979 Zander, Barbula and Pseudocrossidium 193

from the West Indies show an unusual development of an epidermis
of sub-quadrate, hollow—papillose cells on the distal abaxial
surface of the costa; others have leaves that are long-ligulate and
have capitulate, massive laminal papillae. These variants are not
given infraspecific names because of abundant intergradation of
character states and because most would be necessarily based on
"one-character taxonomy," which I eschew.

Anoectangium aestivum (Hedw.) Mitt. when sterile may be
confused with forms of B. - B. indica; however, in the former the leaf
base is usually poorly differentiated, the costa has only one
stereid band and abaxial prorulae are lacking.

Basionym: Tortula amplexifolia Mitt., Jour. Linn. Soc. Bot.
Suppl. 1: 29. 1859. Type: India, Uttar Pradesh, Kumaun,
western Himalayas, Strachey & Winterbottom 15/37 (NY—
holotype).

Synonyms: Hydrogonium amplexifolium (Mitt.) Chen, Hedwigia
80: 240. 1941.

Barbula haringae Crum, Southw. Naturalist 1(1): 36. 1956, syn.
nov. Type: U.S.A., Arizona, Cochise Co., Huachuca
Military Reserve, Goodding Cry. 85 (Haring 10000) (CANM—-
holotype, aaa (ee 3; south Huachuca Game Preserve,

ee (Haring 10285a), Goodding Cry. 293
(Haring Meas " CANM—paratypes ).

Barbula amplexifolia has been eae and illustrated by
Gangulee (1972) as Hydrogonium exifolium and by Crum (1956) as
B. haringae. Barbula coreensis ae K. Saito, described and
illustrated by Saito (1975), is Spear distinct. In addition to
the type specimens of the synonym B. haringae that were reported
from Arizona by Crum (1956) and the fo oe Alaska collection
reported as B. coreensis (det. R. Zander) by Steere (1978), the
following collections represent the known New World distribution:
Canada: Northwest Territorigs, District of Mackenzie, Liard Range,
12.8 km SW of Mt. Flett, 60° 3h'N, 123°45'W, Vitt 20521 ( ALTA);
Nahanni National Park, South Nahanni R., Virginia ie 61° 38'N,
125° 42", Steere 76-605 (NY); U.S.A.: Alaska, Chandalar Quad.,
Yukon R.-Prudhoe Bay Haul Rd., Wiehl Mt., 6 67° 39'N, 1,9° LOW,
Murray 76-691B (ALA). The habitat includes mountain slopes, wet
limestone cliffs, tundra, on or under damp rocxs, mist zone of
waterfall, at 760-1800 m elevation.

The short-ovoid to nearly spherical propagula of B. amplexi-
folia are found in masses in the leaf axils. The propagula are
similar in and between most collections in the red-brown coloration
and the size, usually 40-90 pm long. However, the very ample

194 BB Lore Oo Bik Vol. 44, No. 4

collection Steere 76-605, which includes many small sods, has
propagula generally similar within each sod but heterogeneous
between sods, grading from the normal size in some sods up to

150 pm long, short-elliptical, mostly only 3-4 in each axil, in
other sods. Plants of sods with umusually large propagula have
broader leaves than usual, these ovate-triangular, and approach the
morphology of B. convoluta var gallinula (see below). Plants of
this latter taxon may also be found in this collection and
hybridization amy be the cause of intergradation in propagula
characters in the Virginia Falls station; however, sporophytes of
neither B. amplexifolia nor B. convoluta var. gallinula have been
seen in the New World. A more probable explanation might be a
plastic response on the part of certain sods of B. amplexifolia
to unusual environmental factors, but there is no evidence at
present to support this.

The abaxial costal surface is usually smooth in B. amplexi-
folia but in some specimens double prorulae similar to those of
B. indica may be found. The former species differs from the latter
in the stout costa, which is commonly short-excurrent, the sheathing
leaf base and the propagula borne only in the leaf axils, subspheric,
red-brown, and usually 40-90 pm long.

oe —— SS
= SS OS SS SS == Se ee SS

Synonyms: Tortula convoluta (Hedw.) Gaertn., Meyer & Scherb.,
Oek. Techn. Fl. Wetterau 3(2): 92. 1802. — Streblotrichum
convolutum (Hedw.) P. Beauv., Prodr. 89. 1805.

Additional synonymy is given by Podpera (195,) and Steere
(1938).

Barbula convoluta is a well-known, common, widely distributed,
Temperate Zone species described and illustrated by Saito (1975),
Steere (1938) and others. The shape of the leaf apex is quite
variable. It is known from Mexico from a single report from
southern Baja California (Koch & Crum, 1950). Spherical to ellip-
tical, red-brown multicellular propagula, often massive, are found
on rhizoids buried in the soil in most collections. Rhizoidal
propagula are seldom mentioned in descriptions although illustrated
for B. convoluta by Hilpert (1933), Moenkemeyer (1927) and Wilczek &
Demaret (1976). When present, such propagula allow this species to
be distinguished with ease from the similar B. unguiculata, in which
propagula have never been found in nature.

1979 Zander, Barbula and Pseudocrossidium 195

=——— — EE a
— ——— === SSS SE

Varietati typicae similis, sed propagulis portatis in pedicellis
intra axillas foliorum superorum differt; folia ovalia, costis

Similar to the typical variety but differing by the propagula
being borne on stalks in the axils of the upper leaves; leaves oval,
with costae ending 2-4 cells below the leaf apices.

Type: Canada: Northwest Territories, District of Mackenzie,
Nahanni National Park, South Nahanni 2., Virginia Falls, 61° 38'N,
125° 42'W, Scotter 22433, 3 Sept. 1974 (NY-—-holotype; BUF--isotype).
Paratypes: Canada: same locality, Scotter 22408 (1X), Steere J6-605
pep. (NY); South Nahanni R., Kraus Hot Springs, 61° 15'N, 124° 03",
Steere 76-290 pep. (ALA); U.S.A.: Alaska, Survey Pass Quad., con-
fluence of Altna and Nahtuk Rivers, 67 25'N, 153° 43'W, Murray 5067c
(ALA); Philip Smith Quad., Yykon R.-Prudhoe Bay Haul Rd., W end of
Atigun Canyon, 68 27'N, 149° 18'W, Murray 77-228 (ALA); Harrison Bay
Quad. , National Petroleum Reserve-Alaska, Fish Creek Test Well 1,
70° 19'n, 151° 58'W, Murray 77-813B (ALA).

Barbula convoluta var. gallinula (Fig. 15-19) is known only
from sterile plants in alpine-montane areas of northwestern North
America. The plants are not common where found and grow gregariously
or as small sods on rock—mainly limestone-—-or soil, in lowland
tundra slopes, on cliffs, or mist areas of waterfalls, from near sea
level to 400 m elevation. The new variety differs from var.
convoluta in the characters cited in the diagnosis above. Under the
dissecting microscope, the egg-shaped propagula are easily visible in
the axils of the leaves of wet or dry plants. The general appearence
of the plants is reminiscent of poultry, whence the name. The
axillary propagula are red-brown, spherical or elliptical, massive,
120-250 pm long, lacking apiculi or spines but otherwise similar to
the propagula of facies "B. gregaria" of B. indica. There appears to
be morphological and geographical discontinuity in the characters of
propagula position in B. convoluta while no clear, similar discon-
tinuity can be discerned in B. indica. Because B. indica with large
axillary propagula has also been found in Canada, it is necessary to
carefully determine the presence of simple papillae (not prorulae)
on the abaxial costal surface. In addition, the leaf cells of
B. convoluta var. gallinula are 9-12 ym wide, as opposed to 7-9(10)
um for Be indica. Barbula convoluta var. gallinula consistently has
oval leaves; the var. convoluta occasionally may have ovel leaves but
usually such specimens have the costa ending 4-6 cells below the leaf
apex. Barbula amplexifolia c.v. may approach B. convolute var.
gallinula closely in size of the propagula and in unusual, broadly
deltoid leaves when both occur at the same station.

196 PB Lat oOt Ladue «Let Vol. 44, No. 4

Figures 15-19. Barbula convoluta var. gallinula Zander.
15. Gametophore, 432. 16. Leaves, 446. 17. Costal transverse
section near midleaf, %320. 18. Axillary propagulum, 320.
19. Leaf apex, X320.

1979 Zander, Barbula and Pseudocrossidium 197

The European Barbula convoluta var. propagulifera Glow.
(Yugoslavia: Soca Tal, Kanal, Glowacki, 1909, GJO—-holotype) is a
new synonym of Gymnostomum aeruginosum Sm. The type corresponds to
the facies "G calcareum" and has small, clavate, axillary propagula
(see discussion by Zander, 1977).

8. Barbula eustegia Card. & Ther., Bot. Gaz. 30: 17. 1900.

Synonym: Barbula whitehouseae Crum, Southw. Naturalist 1(1):
35. 1956, syn. nov. Type: U.S.A., Texas, Fannin Co., Lake
Crockett, ca. 19 km N of Honey Grove, Whitehouse 21001
(CANM--isotype); Tarrant Co., Eagle Mountain Lake,
Whitehouse 179&, (CAllt+—isoparatype).

For additional synonymy, see Steere (1938).

This species was described and illustrated by Flowers (1973),
Lawton (1971) and Steere (1938). It is known from Washington,
Idaho, Montana, Utah and Texas in the U.S.A. and was reproted from
British Columbia, Canada, by Crum (1965). Androgametophores are
usually not noted in descriptionsofB. eustegia. These are smaller
than the gynogametophores and mixed with them, and are often minute,
largely buried in the soil, with perigonia terminal (singly or
paired). Propagula, similar to those of B. convoluta, are present
on basal rhizoids in the soil in most specimens including the types
of B. eustegia and B. whitehouseae. Both of these type collections,
also, have apiculate leaf apices, and the lack of the apiculus is
not a good character state for distinguishing B. eustegia from
&. convoluta though indicated as such by some authors. Barbula

ustegia apparently differs from B. convoluta only in the appea: appearance
= the perichaetial leaves (see key) and in its largely western
distribution. It may better be recognized as a variety of
B. convoluta (if at all) but is here presented as a "columbariate"
(elzcontols) species (cf. Zander, 1978a) pending further study.

Crum. (1965) and Steere (1938) considered B. eustegia to be closely
related to the European B. flavipes B.S.G. (= B. enderesii Garov. ).
The perichaetial leaves of the Latter species are far larger and
more strongly differentiated in the specimens I have see than are
those of B. eustegia. However, there is probably a close relation-
ship—Moenkemeyer (1927) pointed out that the propagula of both
B. convoluta and B. flavipes are similar in morphology and rhizoidal
position.

198 Pe W204 OG FA Vol. 44, No. 4

BARBULA sect. HYDROGONIUM (C. Mull.) K. Saito, Jour. Hattori Bot.
Lab. 39: 492.1975.

Basionym: Trichostomum sect. Hydrogonium C. Mull., Linnaea

LO: 297. 1876. Type species: Barbula ehrenbergii
(Lor. ) Fleisch. (lectotype by Saito, 1975).

Synonyms: Hydrogonium (C. Muell.) Jaeg., Ber. S. Gall. Naturw.
Ges. 1877-78: 405. 1880. -—- Barbula subg. Hydrogonium
(C. Mull.) Fleisch., Musci Fl. Buitenzorg 1: 352. 1904.

This taxon is distinguished from the other sections of Barbula
subg. Barbula by the leaves lax when wet; upper leaf margins plane
to narrowly recurved, laminal cells usually rectangular, epapillose
or seldom weakly papillose, their surfaces often adaxially more
strongly convex than abaxially; the perichaetial leaves often
convolute-sheathing; and, propagula often present, usually stellate
and brown to green in color.

= ee
a

Basionym: Trichostomum ehrenbergii Lor., Abhandl. Akad. Wiss.
Berlin 1867: 25. 1868.

Synonym: Barbula ehrenbergii var. mexicana Ther., Smiths.
Misc. Coll. 85(4): 19. 1931, syn. nov. Type: Mexico,
Nuevo Leon, Monterray, Abbon 10969 (PC--holotype).

For additional synonymy, see Podpéra (195i).

Description and illustration of B. ehrenbergii has been given
by Flowers (1973) and Steere (1938), among others. This species
intergrades with B. arcuata in Mexico and Central America; some
collections (e.g. Belize: Big Falls, Lundell, 1965--NY) are quite
impossible to assign to either species. In the New World,

B. ehrenbergii is largely a Temperate Zone species, while B. arcuata
is restricted to the West Indies, Mexico, Central America, and

areas of South America. The leaves of the former are more commonly
papillose (albeit weakly so) than are those of the latter. Nonethe—
less, the two should be considered columbariate species until an
intensive study can be made of their relationship.

Barbula abbonii Ther. (Mexico: Nuevo Leon, Monterrey, Abbon
10970, PC—holotype) is referred to B. ehrenbergii by Crum (1951);
however, the tubulose, relexed leaves with broadly decurrent basal
margins and yellow-brown upper laminal cells, lead me to believe that
it is a synonym of Didymodon tophaceus (Brid.) Lisa.

Barbula ehrenbergii is reported (Crum, 1951; Flowers, 1973;
Steere, 1938) in North America from the U.S.A. in Missouri, Texas,
Okalahoma and Utah, and from Mexico in Coahuila, Nuevo Leon and San

1979 Zander, Barbula and Pseudocrossidium 199

Luis Potosi. I have also seen a Mexican collection from Chihuahua,
Sta. Elena Canyon of Rio Grande, Fern Canyon, 29° o9'n, 103° 39'W,
Wendt & Lott 101 (TENN). In other areas of the New World it is
known from Belize (Steere, 1934) and Cuba (Theriot, 1939-1941;
Welch, 1950). I agree with Crum and Steere (1958) that the report
of this species from Haiti (Theriot, 194) was based on a specimen
(PC!) that is actually Hymenostylium recurvirostrum (Hedw.) Dix.
The habitat of B. ehrenbergii is wet rocks, usually calcareous,
often in springs or running water, often tufa-forming.

Barbula ehrenbergii (Lor.) Fleisch. is indicated to be an
illegitimate homonym in the Supplement (Volume 5) of Index Muscorum
(van der Wijk, 1959-1969). However, the supposed earlier name was
apparently only a mispelling of B. ehrenbergiana on the part of
Kindberg (1888-1891) and is not listed in Steere and Crum's (1977)
catalogue of Kindberg's new combinations and new taxa.

=
SS

Synonyms: Hydrogonium arcuatum (Griff.) Wijk & Marg., Taxon

Barbula subulifolia Sull., Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts Sci. 5: 227.
1861, syn. nov. Type: Cuba, Wright 32 (BM—isotype). —
Tortula subulifolia (Sull.) Mitt., Jour. Linn. Soc.

Bot. 12: Lol. 1869.

Barbula crispula Hampe in Jaeg., Ber. S. Gall. Ges. 1871-72:
138. 1873 (Ad. 1: 286), syn. nov. Type: Cuba: Wright 27
(BM—holotype).

Barbula macrogonia Besch., Jour. de Bot. 8: 61. 1894, syn. nov.
Type: Guadeloupe, Baines Jaunes, Marie s.n. (BM—isotype).

Barbula suberythropoda C. Mull., Bull. Herb. Boiss. 5: 194.
1897, syn. nov. Type: Guatemala, Alta Vera Paz, Pansamala,
Tuerckheim, 1887 (BM, NY——isotypes).

Barbula ferrinervis C. Mull., Bull. Herb. Boiss. 5: 557. 1897,
syne nov. Type: Jamaica, Bridge Hill, Harris 11026 (BM,
NY-—isotypes ).

Barbula ferrinervis var. eggersiana C. Muell., Hedwigia 37: 232.
1898, syn. nove Type: Santo Domingo, Rio Cami, Eggers 268
(June 1887) (BM—isotype). —- Barbula eggersiana (C. oar)
C. Mull., Gen. Muse. Frond. 437. 1900.

200 PH. YoE Or Oy Ged sé Vol. 44, No. 4

Trichostomum setifolium C. Mull., Hedwigia 37: 234. 1898,
syn. nov. Type: Puerto Rico, Sabana, Sintensis, 1886
(BM, NY--isotypes). -- Barbula setifolia (C. Mull.)
Broth., Nat. Pfl. 1(3): 408. 1902.

Barbula stillicidiorum Card., Rev. Bryol. 37: 126. 1910, syn.
nov. Type: Mexico, Veracruz, Barnes & Land, 1906 (NY--
isotype).

Barbula rubricaulis Ther., Smiths. Misc. Coll. 85(4): 19. 1931,
syn. nov. Type: Mexico, Nuevo Leon, Monterrey, Abbon
10968 (FH--isotype).

For additional synonymy, see Gangulee (1972) and Saito (1975).

Barbula arcuata is known in the Old World from India, Burma,
Malaysia, Indonesia, Molucca, New Guinea, the Philippines, China,
Japan and western Oceania. It has been well described and illus-
trated by Gangulee (1972) and Saito (1975). Its New World distribu-
tion is similarly tropical and subtropical. I have seen material
from Mexico (Nuevo Leon, Veracruz), Guatemala, Cuba, Jamaica, Haiti,
Dominican Republic, Puerto Rico, Guadeloupe, and Venezuela. Steere
(1948) reported it, as the synonym B. subulifolia, from Ecuador.
Judging from the checklist of Pursell (1973), I here report this
species as new to Venezuela: Miranda, between Los Ocumites tunnel
and Cortada de Maturin highway (Caracas-Valencia), Ramirez Cr 46-74
(TENN). The habitat includes wet cliffs, riverbanks, calcareous
soil, wet rock, travertine, at 150-1350 m elevation.

As is common in hygrophytes, Barbula arcuata is polymorphic.
The leaf shape is especially variable; some forms approach the
broad-elliptical leaves of B. ehrenbergii and other forms, these
mainly in the West Indies, have very narrow, subulate leaves, such
as in the types of B. ferrinervis or B. setifolium, synonyms. The
terminal perigonia may be visually accentuated in plants with very
narrow leaves (e.g. the type of the synonym B. macrogonia). Multi-
cellular, green, fusiform to stellate propagula are commonly present,
borne on branching stalks in the leaf axils, and are similar to
those of Hyophila involuta (Hook.) Jaeg. & Sauerb. Whitehouse (1976)
has discussed the considerable variation in size and degree of
ornamentation of propagula of B. arcuate.

Barbula arcuata is similar to B. indica in the red, spiculose,
usually highly twisted peristome. The two species often grow inter-
mixed. In hygric habitats, the leaves of B. indica are more flaccid
than usual and may be confused with those of B. arcuata. Barbula
arcuata differs from B. indica in the long-triangular leaves with
1-3 apical teeth, costa abaxially smooth or sharply crenulate by
projecting cell cross walls, adaxial surface of costa often bulging,
not in a groove, adaxial stereid band of costa often nearly as large
as the dorsal, and laminal cells smooth, short-rectangular.

1979 Zander, Barbula and Pseudocrossidium 201

BARBULA subgenus HYOPHILADELPHUS (C. Mull.) Zander, stat. nov.

Basionym: Barbula sect. Hyophiladelphus C. Mull., Syn. Musc.
1: 604. 1848. Type: Barbula agraria Hedw. (lectotype).

Synonyms: Tortula sect. Hyophiladelphus (C. Mull.) Broth., Nat.

Pfl. 173): 429. 1902.

Barbula sect. Agrariae Steere in Grout, Moss Fl. No. Amer. 1(3):
173. 1938, nom. illeg. Type species: Barbula agraria
Hedw.

Steere (1938) speculated, with good reason, that Barbula
agraria Hedw. was probably sufficiently different from both Barbula
and Tortula to justify the designation of a new genus. [I agree that
it is rather distinctive but recognize it here in a monotypic sub-
genus. The salient character states of subg. Hyophiladelphus are
the long, red, spiculose, twisted peristome teeth, the revoluble
annulus, the moderately differentiated perichaetial leaves, the
spathulate, epapillose leaves with adaxially strongly bulging cell
walls, and the costa sharply mucronate, with two stereid bands and
ventral surface of longitudinally elongate cells. Luisierella
barbula (Schwaegr.) Steere has a similar strongly colliculate
adaxial laminal surface and nearly smooth abaxial surface, but the
peristome is not twisted, the leaves are ligulate, the laminal cells
have rounded, not cquadrate lumens, the costa has an adaxial epi-
dermis of cells similar to those of the lamina, and propagula are
often present.

Synonyms: Tortula agraria (Hedw.) P. Beauv., Prodr. 91. 1805.

Bryum stellatum Dicks. ex With., Syst. Arr. Brit. Pl. ed. 4, 3:
796. 1801. Type: Anon., s.n. (BM--holotype?). — Tortula
stellata (Dicks. ex With.) Sm., Fl. Brit. 3: 1254. 180k.
— Barbula stellata (Dicks. ex With.) Brid., Mant. Musc.
88. 1819.

Tortula linearifolia P. Beauv., Prodr. 92. 1805.

Tortula pallens Brid., Spec. Musc. 1: 246. 1806. — Barbula
pallens (Brid.) Brid., Mant. Musc. 88. 1819.

Tortula decipiens Brid., Spec. Musc. 1: 247. 1806, nom. inval.
incl. spec. prior. [T. linearifolia P. Beauv., 1805].

202 Poe Y TOL Ob LA Vol. 44, No. 4

Barbula acuminata Brid. in Roehl., Deutsch. Fl. Krypt. ed. 2,
3: 79. 1813 non. B. acuminata Hedw., 1801. — Barbula
agraria var. acuminata (Brid.) Brid., Mant. Musc. 86.
1819. -—- Tortula agraria var. acuminata (Brid.) Mont.,
fnn. Sei. Nat. Bot. ser. 2, Lies 3547. LEO.

Barbula domestica Brid., Mant. Musc. 89. 1819. Type: Antilles,

Barbula latifolia Brid., Bryol. Univ. 1: 536. 1826. -- Tortula
latifolia (Brid.) Mont. in Ramon de la Sagra, Hist. Fis.
Cuba Bot. Pl. Cell. 513. 1838-1842 non T. latifolia
Bruch ex Hartm., 1832.

Barbula rauii Aust., Bull. Torrey Bot. Cl. 6: 43. 1875.

Barbula husnotii Schimp. ex Besch., Ann. Sci. Nat. Bot. ser. 6,
33; 199. 1876, syn. nov. Type: Martinique, Gueydon, and
Guadeloupe, Basse-Terre and bridge of Noire R. (apparently
a mixture), Husnot s.n. (Husnot, Pl. des Antilles = (BM,
FH--isotypes). —- Tortula husnotii (Schimp. ex Besch.
Broth., Nat. Pfl. 1(3): 429. 1902.

Barbula subagraria C. Mull., Bull. Herb. Boiss. 5: 193. 1897.
—- Tortula subagraria (C. Mull.) Broth., Nat. Pfl. 1(3):
429. 1902.

Barbula agraria fo. involuta Biz. & Thér., Mem. Soc. Cub. Nat.
Hist. 13: 273. 1939, nom. inval. descr. gall., syn. nov.
Type: Cuba, Oriente, Baracoa, Ekman 44,90 (FH—isotype).

————

Barbula agraria was illustrated and described by Bartram (1949), ©

Breene (1963), Crum and Steere (1957), and Steere (1938). Crum
(1951) gave the distribution of this common tropical moss as U.S.A.
(Florida, Louisiana, Texas), Mexico (Campeche, Hidalgo, Quintana

Roo, San Luis Potosi, Veracruz, Yucatan), Guatemala, West Indies, and
northern South America. The habitat includes soil, rocks, walls,
coral, limestone, sandstone, brick, from near sea level to 350 m
elevation. Although certain other species of Barbula (B. arcuata,

B. indica)that are also widespread in tropical America have proven to
be pantropical, B. agraria is apparently a New World endemic. There
are no closely related species. Species of Hyophila also have an
areolation of epapillose, adaxially bulging cells. But these species
have laminal cells with evenly thickened walls, subquadrate to
rounded lumens and a yellow-brown color cast, giving a far different
appearance. The areolation of B. agraria is of thin-walled, rectan-
gular cells and lumens, with a clear to light yellow coloration.

Although it has a spathulate leaf shape and long, twisted peri-
stome of 32 spiculose teeth, B. agraria differs from Tortula species
in the distinctive leaf areolation and the costa having two stereid
bands. It differs from other species of Barbula in the areolation,

1979 Zander, Barbula and Pseudocrossidium 203

the revoluble annulus, and the spathulate leaf shape. A further
difference may be in sexual condition. Barbula species are con-
sistently dioicous. Most authors (including Hedwig, 1787-1797) who
have described B. agraria (under synonyms) apparently have been
unable to determine sexual condition. However, Swartz (1806)
indicated that this species has distinct androgametophytes, but
Miller (1949) described it as monoicous, the androecia being
terminal on a basal branch. In fact, perigonia are very difficult
to locate and are absent, seemingly, in many collections. When
found, they occur on what appear to be separate, minute androgameto-
phores that grow contiguous to the gynogametophores. The possibility
that B. agraria is rhizautoicous, remains, is taxonomically impor-
tant, and should be tested in experimental cultivation.

PSEUDOCROSSIDIUM Williams, Bull. Torrey Bot. Cl. 42: 396. 1915.
Type species: Pseudocrossidium chilense Williams.

Synonyms: Barbula sect. Revolutae B.S.G., Bryol. Hur. 2: 89.
1842 (fasc. 13-15 Mon. 27), syn. nov. ‘Type species:
Barbula revoluta Brid. in Schrad. -- Barbula subsect.
Revolutae (B.S.G.) Chen, Hedwigia 80: 209. 1941.

As discussed by Zander and Steere (1978b), this genus is
distinguished from Barbula mainly by the trend to elaboration of
parts of the leaf as photosynthetic organs, either in differentia-—
tion of a pad of adaxial costal filaments, as is found in Crossidiun
Jur. of the Pottieae, or of thin-walled, hollow-—papillose cells of
the interior of the often spiral-revolute upper leaf margins, as in
certain species of Tortula sect. Cuneifoliae (B.S.G.) Spruce, or
both elaborations may occur in the same species. Character states
associated with the strongly revolute margins are thickening of the
superficial laminal cell walls, often of a deep yellow-brown color,
of the exposed adaxial laminal surface near the margins. This
thickening is only medial on the abaxial surface of the leaf. Addi-
tional characters are leaves usually lacking an adaxial stereid band,
and perichaetial leaves usually highly differentiated, convolute-
sheathing and largely prosenchymatous in most species. Although many
specimens of Pseudocrossidium species are similar to Tortula in
having only one stereid band, Pseudocrossidium is easily distinguish-
ed from Tortula by the differentiation of an abaxial costal epi-
dermis. This consists of one layer of either comparatively thin-
walled, wide-lumened cells or thick-walled cells with small, semi-
circular lumens, or intergradations between these expressions. An
abaxial costal epidermis is lacking or rarely poorly differentiated
in Tortula. This convenient distinction has not been previously
recognized and one might expect to find further synonyms in Tortula
that rightly belong in Pseudocrossidium if other characters agree.
Pseudocrossidium is, however, similar to Tortula in the presence of
Begleiter (leaf strand) cells. These are located between the
abaxial stereid band and the guide cells in P. apiculatum, P. aureun,

204 PY TOL Qe LA Vol. 44, No. 4

P. leucocalyx, P. replicatum and P. revolutum. I have never seen
Begleiter cells in costal sections of species of Pleuroweisieae;
however, these occur in some taxa of Barbuleae (e.g. Barbula
unguiculata, B. orizabensis) and in many taxa of Pottieae, including
species of Tortula and Crossidium. Pseudocrossidium is somewhat
intermediate in character between Barbula sect. Barbula and Tortula,
but is probably best placed in the Barbuleae near Barbula on the
basis of the abaxial costal epidermis and the occasional presence of
an adaxial stereid band in the costa of some species.

Pseudocrossidium species appear to form a north-south gradient
in morphological elaboretion, in that North American and European
species lack some of the salient characters distinguishing the South
American species (see appended key to South American species). The
northernmost-ranging species, P. revolutum, is much reduced in size
and lacks most of the distinguishing characters of the genus but is
related through P. aureum and P. replicatun.

12. Pseudocrossidium revolutum (Brid. in Schrad.) Zander, comb. nov.

ee mn a ee ee
— a

Basionym: Barbula revoluta Brid. in Schrad., Jour. Bot. (Gott. )

1800(2): 299. 1801.

Synonyms: Tortula revoluta (Brid.) Schrad., Bot. Zeit. Regens-
burg 1: 21. 1802.

Barbula platyneura C. Mull. & Kindb. in Macoun, Cat. Canad. Fa,
: 52. 1892, syn. nov. Type: Canada, British Columbia,
Deer Park, Arrow Lake, Macoun 24/, (CANM—isotype).

Desmatodon ellesmerensis Brassard, Bryologist 74: 208. 1971,
syn. noy. Type: QGanada, Northwest Territories, Zllesmere
Is., 82° 30'l, 62° 20'N, Brassard 4467 (BUF——isotype).

Pseudocrossidium revolutum is described and illustrated by
Zuropean authors as Barbula revoluta, a synonym. This species is
widespread in Europe, western Asia and northern Africa (Podp#ra,
1954), and occurs in South Africa fide Index Muscorum (van der Wijk
et al., 1959-1969). I have seen New World material (cited below) of
P. revolutum from several areas in north Canada and from the Pacific
Coast of Canada and the U.S.A. ‘When present, the convolute-sheathing
perichaetial leaves and the propagula borne on the adaxial surface of
the costa easily distinguish P. revolutum from the very similar
southern species P. replicatum. However, none of the North American
specimens bore sporophytes and in only one (isotype of B. platyneura
at DUE) were propagula found on the leaves. However, the small
plant size and weakly recurved leaf margins that are not or weaxly
differentiated as photosynthetic organs indicate appropriate
referral to P. revolutum. The gametophores regenerating in experi-
mental culture from U.S.A., California, Galloway 242 (H-L.K. White-
house, pers. comm.) formed differentiated perichaetial leaves cuite
unlike those of P. replicatum. An Ecuadorian specimen in a small

1979 Zander, Barbula and Pseudocrossidium 205

packet glued to a sheet together with the type of Barbula replicata
Tayl. at BM is possibly FP. revolutum. It has the highly differen-
tiated perichaetial leaves seen in Huropean collections of

P. revolutum and the capsules are much smaller than those of

P. replicatum, being only 1.1-1.3 mm long. The leaves are similar
to those of P. revolutum, but this fragmentary specimen may be only
a poorly developed form of P. excavatum (Mitt.) Williams, which
normally has well-developed marginal photosynthetic organs (see

key below).

North American specimens of P. revolutum have apiculate to
short-mucronate, subacute to blunt leaf apices that are similar to
P. revolutum in Hurope, but are perhaps more strongly mucronate.
The synonym Barbula platyneura was indicated by Steere (1938) to be
an "American counterpart of the Zuropean B. hornschuchiane." How-
ever, the latter is distinguished from P. revolutum by the very
narrowly acute leaf apex with a strongly excurrent mucro, and
apparently never produces propagula. A combination in Pseudo-
crossidium is given here for this Europeai taxon.

a ee a ee ee eee ES
a

Basionym: Barbula hornschuchiana Schults, Flora 5(Syl1.):
36901822.

Synonyms: Barbula revoluta var. hornschuchiana (schultz) Brid.,
Bryol. Univ. 1: 572. 1826. -- Tortula hormschuchiana
(Schultz) De Not., Syll. 179. 1838. -- Tortula revolute
var. hornschuchiena (Schultz) De Not., Mem. Roy. Acc. Sci.
Torino 40; 315. 1838.

Combination of these European names in the heretofore exotic
genus Pseudocrossidium may be disconcerting to some bryologists;
however, it is possible that the study of neotropical taxa is the
key to understanding the relationships of many European species.

New World collections of P. revolutum, other than the types
cited above, include: Canada, Yukon, Firth River Basin, lower
Menche Creek, Sharp 58219b (NY); U.S.A., Oregon, Sherman Co., along
white R. tributary, Deschutes R., Pechanec 1259 (herd. G.ik. Bras-
sard), California, San Diego Co., Descanso Distr., Cleveland National
Forest, Boulder Creek Rd., Galloway 22 (CSPU). Possibly P. revo-
lutum is: Ecuador, Pichincha, Quite, Jameson s.n., as "Tortule
replicate?" (BM). The habitat includes soil, rocks, north-facing
cliffs, calcareous outcrops and soil, from 75-1050 m elevation.

206 PME Roe Lee iak Vol. 44, No. 4

ae me ee a ee ee
a a a a

Basionym: Barbula replicata Tayl., London Jour. Bot. 5: 9.
1846. Type: Ecuador, Pichincha, Quito, walls, Jameson,
1847 (BM, NY--isotypes).

Synonyms: Tortula replicata (Tayl.) Wils., London Jour. Bot.
5: 4.5. 16,6.

Barbula spiralis Schimp. ex C. Mull., Syn. Musc. 1: 622. 1819,
syne nove Types: Mexico, i ia Yarrea, Mirador,
Liebman, 1842 (Blt+-isotype). — Tortula spiralis (Schimp.
ex O. Mull.) Mitt., Jour. Linn. Soc. Bot. 12: 151. 1869.

Barbula apiculata Hampe, Linnaea 31: 519. 1862 non B. apiculata
Hedw., 1601. —- Tortula apiculata Mitt., Jour. Linn. Soc.
Bot. 12: 153. 1869 (nom. nov. for B. apiculata Hampe) non
T. apiculate (Hedw.) Turn., 1804.

Barbula perlinearis C. Mull., Bull. Herb. Boiss. 5: 195. 1897,
syne nove Type: Guatemata, Quezaltenango, Bernoulli &
Cario 118 (NY—isotype).

Barbula spiralis var. emarginata Card., Rev. Bryol. 36: 8.

1909, syn. nov. Type: Mexico, Mexico, Amecameca, Pringle
10611 (BM, MEXU, F, FH——isotypes).

F. Bowers (pers. comm.) has studied Pseudocrossidium and agrees
with me that P. replicatum is appropriately placed in this genus.
This species is unusual but not alone in the genus in having only
weakly differentiated perichaetial leaves and the costa being merely
mucronate, not short-awned. However, the strongly spiralled leaf 4
margins, with thin-walled, hollow-—papillose, deeply chlorophyllose
interior cells, the upper laminal cells papillose medially but
becoming epapillose towards the margins (on the exposed lamina),
and the distinctive transverse section of the costa that shows only
one stereid band and often Begleiter cell development, are in
combination diagnostic features. It is closely related to P. aureun,
in which the margins are not modified as photosynthetic organs and
the costa is short-awned. A specimen of P. replicatum from Ecuador
(Tungurahua, Ambato, opruce 231—NY) has a strongly excurrent costa
similar to that of P. aureum. Both species may develop a charac-
teristic line of large-lumened, superficially thick-walled cells,
orten of a deep yellow or orange color, abaxially at the juncture
of the costa and lamina, though this is less common in P. replicatum
than in P. aureum. There is also a close relationship of P. rep-
licatum to P. revolutum, but P. replicatum has more strongly revolute
leaf margins, never has the propagula that are commonly found at
least in European collections of P. revolutum, and never develops
convolute-sheathing, largely prosenchymatous perichaetial leaves.

1979 Zander, Barbula and Pseudocrossidium 207

ee ee ns
= SS Ce ES EE SO

Basionym: Tortula aurea Bartr., Bull. Torrey Bot. Cl. 51:
339. 1924. Type: U.S.A., Arizona, Pima Co., Santa
Catalina Mts., Bear Canyon, Bartram 307 (Bartram, Mosses
So. Arizona 98) (FH—holotype, CU—isotype).

Synonym: Barbula aurea (Bartr.) Zander in Zander & Steere,
Bryologist 81: 466. 1978.

This species was described and illustrated by Bartram (1921)
and Steere (1938). It has been know from U.S.A.: Arizona, New
Mexico and Texas (Steere (1938) and Mexico: Chihuahua, Coahuila,
Hidalgo, San Luis Potosi, Sonora and Zacatecas (Crum, 1951). An
additional locality is Mexico: Puebla, 6 km Wi of Zacatepec,
Delgadillo 3603b (MEXU). Its habitat is very dry or desert areas,
on ledges, soil, canyon walls or rock outcrops, at 800-2350 m
elevation. Magill (1976) noted that in Big Bend National Park in
southwestern Texas, U.S.A., it is both locally abundant and the most
frequently encountered moss of desert or grassland communities;
Bartram (1924) indicated that it is common on dry ledges in the
region of the type locality. The sporophytes of this species are
unknown. The leaf margins vary between collections from broadly
once-revolute to narrowly recurved. It is placed in Psuedocrossidium
on the basis of the lack of an adaxial stereid band and presence of
an abaxial epidermis in the costa, in addition to having Begleiter
cells and the general appearance of the genus. Although closely
related to P. replicatum, it differs in lacking marginal photo-
synthetic organs and in having a short awn. Pseudocrossidiun
aureum often has a row of large-lumened, cubical to short-oblong
superficial cells, slightly larger than the laminal cells, abaxially
along the juncture of the upper costa and leaf lamina. These
distinctive cells are often superficially thick-walled and deep
yellow-brown or orange in coloration, with the appearance of a row of
ocelli.

ve * * *

The foregoing key to taxa of Barbula and Pseudocrossidium
will suffice for all species of Pseudocrossidium in North and
Central America. The species in South America may be distinguished
by the very tentative key given below, which is based largely on
specimens at NY. I have not seen material of P. elatum or P. pachy-
gatrellum. However, F. Bowers (pers. comm.) has studied the former
species and believes it to be a Pseudocrossidiun.

208 Boi XT Och. Ore ByA Vol. 44, No. 4
KEY TO SPECIES OF PSEUDOCROSSIDIUM IN SOUTH AMERICA

1. Adaxial epidermal cells of costa in one layer above guide
cells, not forming LiLamenntscécsnecdsdcas vbcaekede buna ee ps

1. Adaxial epidermal cells of costa in 2 to several layers above
guide cells, usually differentiated as separate filaments..... 3.

2. Leaf margins recurved, upper medial laminal cells with
spiculose papillae centered over the bulging lumens;
Chides .ivssveesdeesssos Pa Seucocalyx (Marts itive

w
°

Leaf margins once revolute to spiral-revolute, upper medial
laminal cells with low, bifid to multiplex papillae
apparently scattcred over the wealily convex lumens; through-
out AndeS...ssceceeceee Feo replicatum (Tayl.) Zander

3. Leaf margins not differentiated as photosynthetic organs..ceoe he

3. Leaf margins spiral-revolute, interior cells strongly chlorophyllose,
thin-walled, HOLLow—papillose..cccccccccccccsscvcccesevcscsccece 5

4. Leaves apiculate, costa percurrent, perichaetial leaves
weakly differentiated; PCY Us die co 8 ae esl a Sele Slee ele ol a.e) pieieretalananrarane
Ccdusvastecnswiecsossers: GLatum (Williams) Delgadiiag

4. Leaves obtuse, costa ending below apex, perichaetial leaves
strongly differentiated; Chile... P. chilense Williams

5. Leaves 0.5-0.7 mm long, apiculate; Ecuador. cecccccccccccccccccces
eee eresecesccsecsecsesele excavatum (Mitt. ) Williams

oe Leaves 1.2-1.6 nm long, mucronate to Short—awmedeccecccscccoes 6. i
6. Leaves mucronate; Bolivia... P. pachygastrellum (Herz. ) Broth.

6. Leaves short—awmeds; Peru, Chile.ccccccrcccccccccccesccvceces
@eeeeeoveoeeneeeaeveee eee eene eeeeee P. apiculatum Williams

EXCLUDED TAA

In a treatment of the genus Tuerckheimia (Zander, 1978c), I in-
dicated that T. linearis (Web. & Mohr) Britt. should be recognized as
Barbula linearis Web. & Mohr, because of a supposed close relation-—
ship to B. indica. This was incorrect, being based upon a series of
specimens at NY that included both T. linearis and West Indian ex-
pressions of B. indica with unusually long leaves and often rather
massive laminal papillae. Material, including an isotype of
T. lineare, that had been examined by Britton (1913) and Crum and
Steere (1957) for their discussions of T. lineare has been located at
NY, for which I thank W.R. Buck. On examination of these specimens

1979 Zander, Barbula and Pseudocrossidium 209

and of the holotype ("Fl. Ind. Or." leg. Swartz s.n.) from SPA,

I find that I. linearis is probably best recognized as Oxystegus
linearis (iWieb. & Mohr) Hilp. The illustrations by Crum and Steere
(1957), which I had suggested were probably QO. tenuirostris (Hook. &
Tayl.) A.J.E. Sm., are actually quite representative of most material
of QO. linearis. Oxystegus linearis is distinguished from Barbula
indica by the broad costa with two layers of guide cells (in most
collections), the lamina inserted laterally on the costa, not
adaxially and thus not forming an adaxial laminal groove, and the
basal laminal cells sharply differentiated, inflated, comprising

an oval, somewhat sheathing leaf base. It differs from 0.tenui-
rostris by the 32 anastomosing, filiform, closely spiculose, red
peristome teeth borne on a distinct basal membrane, the weakly
sheathing leaf base and the two layers of guide cells usually found
in the costa. The differences in peristome structure between

Q. linearis and 0. tenuirostris may seem extreme; however, Grout
(1938b) noted similar variation to occur between different collections
of Trichostomum jamaicense (Mitt.) Jaeg. in the Wiest Indies. Also,
many collections of Trichostomum species have peristomes lacking
basal membranes, and the usual distinctions between the genera
Oxystegus and Trichostomum seem to me rather arbitrary or even
baseless in respect to peristome characters. Clarification of
relationships between genera of Trichostomoideae await more inten-
Sive study, however.

Other North American species of Barbula that are not listed
here or in the lists of synonymy cited above, or which are not
treated in my review of Didymodon for North America north of Mexico
(Zander, 19'78a), are synonyms of species of Didymodon and will be
discussed in a forthcoming paper on Didymodon in Mexico. However,

Barbula crassicuspis H. Robinson is a synonym of Morinia crassicuspis
(H. Robinson) Zander (Zander, 1978b).

CORRECTIONS

In a treatment of Didymodonin North America north of Mexico
(Zander, 1978a), I dealt with the Didymodon fallax group of species
as Didymodon sect. Graciles (Milde) K. Saito. However, an earlier
name, noted in the Supplement to the Index Muscorum (van der Wijk et
al., 1959-1969), is available at the sectional level.

a aes eS
SS SSS SSS —————

Basionym: Tortula sect. Fallaces De Not., Mem. Roy. Acc. Sci.
Torino 40: 287. 1838. Type species: Barbula fallax Hedw.

Synonyms: Barbula sect. Fallaces (De Not.) Steere in Grout,
Moss Fl. No. Amer. 1; 174. 1938.

Barbula sect. Graciles Milde, Bryol. Siles. 117. 1869.
Type species: Barbula rigidicaulis C. Muell. —

210 Uy ron Oe rh Vol. 44, No. 4

Didymodon sect. Graciles (Milde) K. Saito, Jour. Hattori
Bot. Lab. 39: 504. 1975.

Barbula subsect. Fallaciformes Kindb., Eur. No. Amer. Bryin.
2: 246. 1897.

Additional synonyms are given by Saito (1975).

In the same paper, Didymodon reedii H. Robins. was inadver-
tently left out of the key. "See ll. D. reedii" should be inserted
next to D. brachyphyllus (Sull. in Whipple) Zander on page 17.

SUMMARY
Taxa recognized in North America:
Barbula Hedw. subg. Barbula

sect. Barbula
Be unguiculata Hedw.
B. orizabensis C. Mull.
B. calcarea Ther.
B. inaequalifolia Tayl.

sect. Convolutae B.S.G.
B. indica (Hook.) Spreng. [s. ampl. ]
B. amplexifolia (Mitt.) Jaeg.
B. convoluta Hedw.
var. convoluta
var. gallinula Zander, var. nove
B. eustegia Card. & Ther. [colunb. |

sect. Hydrogonium (C. Mull.) K. Saito
B. ehrenbergii (Lor.) Fleisch. [colunb. ]
B. arcuata Griff. [s. ampl. & columb. |
Barbula subg. Hyophiladelphus (C. Mull.) Zander, stat. nov.
Be. agraria Hedw.
Pseudocrossidium Williams
. revolutum (Brid. in Schrad.) Zander, comb. nov.

- replicatum (Tayl.) Zander, comb. nov.
aureum (Bartr.) Zander, comb. nov.

al

Other nomenclatural novelty:

Pseudocrossidium hornschuchianum (Schultz) Zander, comb. nov.

211

1979 Zander, Barbula and Pseudocrossidium

Barbula sect. Revolutae B.S.G. = Pseudocrossidium

Didymodon tophaceus

involuta Bix. & Ther. = B. agraria

Barbula convoluta var. propagulifera Glow. = Gymnostomun a2eruginosum
Barbula crispula Hampe in Jaeg. = Be arcuata
Barbula cruegeri Sond. ex C. Mill. = B. indica

Barbula ehrenbergii var. mexicana Ther. = B. ehrenbergii
Desmatodon ellesmerensis Brassard = P. revolutum

Barbula abbonii Ther. =
Barbula agraria fo.

Barbula erosa Hampe in C. Mull. = B. indica

Barbula ferrinervis C. Mull. = B. arcuata

Barbula ferrinervis var. eggersiana C. Mull. = B. arcuata
Tortula gregaria Mitt. = B. indica

Barbula haringae Crum = B. amplexifolia

=

horrinervis K. Saito = B. indica
husnotii Schimp. ex Besch. = B. agrari

Barbula hypselostegia Card. = B. indica
Barbula linguaefolia Bartr. = B. calcarea

macrogonia Besch. = B. arcuata

Barbula microglottis C. Mull. = B. indica
Barbula muenchii Card. = B. indica

perlinearis C. M - = P. replicatun

platyneura C. Mull. & Kindb. = P. revolutum

Barbula pringlei Card. = B. indica
Barbula purpuripes C. Mull. = B. indica

rubricaulis Ther. = B. arcuate
rufipes Schimp. ex Besch. = B. indica

Trichostomum setifolium C. ifill. =

B. arcuata

Barbula spiralis Schimp. ex C. Mull. = P. replicatum
Barbula spiralis var. emarginata Card. = P. replicatum

Barbula stenotheca Ther. = B. orizabensis
Barbula stillicidiorum Card. =B. arcuata

Barbula suberythropoda C. Mull. = B. arcuate

Barbula subulifolia Sull. = B. arcuata
Parbula unguiculata fo. propagulosa Crum = B. indica

whitehouseae Crum

B. eustegia

Barbula
Barbula wrightii Sauerb. in Jaeg. = B. indica

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

For valuable discussions, suggestions end criticism, and for
bringing certain specimens to my attention, I thank L.E. Anderson,
GR. Brassard, ii.R. Buck, H.-A. Crum, F. Bowers, H.O. Hill, D. Horton,
B.M. Murray, C. Delgadillo M., A.J. Sharp, W.C. Steere, D.H. Vitt and
H.L.k. Whitehouse, among others. I am grateful to the curators of
the herbaria mentioned in the text for loan of specimens. Especial
thanks are given to P.M. Eckel for rendering the diagnosis into Latin
and for doing the illustrations.

212 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 44, No. 4
LITERATURE CITED

Argent, G.C.G. 1973. <A taxonomic study of African Pterobryaceae
and Meteoriaceae I. Pterobryaceae. Jour. Bryol. 7: 353-378.

Bartram, EB. 1924. Studies in Tortula as represented in southern
Arizona. Bull. Torrey Bot. Cl. 51. 335-340.

: gi Notes on the genus Husnotiella Cardot. Bryologist
293 hh—l e
- 1949. Mosses of Guatemala. Fieldiana: Bot. 25; 1-/:12.

Berthier, J. 1978. Analyse des capacites morphogenes du filament
des Zubryales, pp. 223-21, in C. Suire (ed.), Congres Inter-
national de Bryologie. J. Cramer, Vaduz, Germany.

Best, Gl. 1905. A lesson in systematic bryology. Bryologist
Se Aer, Dla Li.

Breen, RS. 1963. Mosses of Florida, an Illustrated Manual.

Univ. Florida Press, Gainsville, Florida.

Britton, =.G. 1913. West Indian Mosses. I. Bull. Torrey Bot. Cl.
LO: 653-676.

Cardot, J. 1899. Etudes sur la flore bryologicque de 1'Americue du
Nord. Revision des types d'Hedwig et de Schwaegrichen. Bull.
Herb. Boiss. 7: 300-380, pl. VII-X.

Carlcuist, S. 1966. The biota of long-distance dispersal. III.
Loss of dispersibility in the Hawaiian flora. Brittonia 18:
310-335.

- 1971. Island Biology. Columbia Univ. Press, New York.

Crum, H.A. 1951. The Appalachian-Ozarkian element in the moss
flora of Mexico with a check-list of all known Mexican mosses.
Univ. Michigan, Ann Arbor, Michigan. Available from: University
Microfilms, Ann Arbor, Michigen; Publication no. 3486. 504 pp.
Dissertation.

- 1956. Two new species of Barbula (Musci) from the South-
west. Southw. Nat. 1: 35-38.

- 1965. Barbula eustegia, a moss new to Canada. Canad.
Field-Nat. 79: 157.

& E.B. Bartram. 1958. A survey of the moss flora of
Jamaica. Inst. Jamaica Bull., Sci. Ser. 8: 1-90.

& WeCe Steere. 1957. The mosses of Porto Rico and the
Virgin Islands. New York Acad. Sci., Sci. Surv. Porto Rico
Virgin Islands ’7(4): 395-599.

’ & LeEe Anderson. 1973. A new list of mosses of
North America north of Mexico. Bryologist 76: 85-130.

During, H.J. 1977. <A taxonomical revision of the Garovaglioideae
(Pterobryaceae, Musci). J. Cramer, Vaduz, Germany.

Flowers, S. 1973. Mosses: Utah and the West. Brigham Young Univ.
Press, Provo, Utah.

Gangulee, H.C. 1972. Mosses of Zastern India and Adjacent Regions,
A Monograph. Fascicle 3 (Syrrhopodontales, Pottiaceae &
Dicrenales). H.C. Gangulee, Calcutta.

Grout, A.J. 1938a. The species concept. Bryologist 41: 49-50.

- 1938b. Moss Flora of North America North of Mexico.
1(3): 187-192, pl. 69-90. A.J. Grout, Newfane, Vermont.

1979 Zander, Barbula and Pseudocrossidium 213

Hedwig, J. 1787-1797. Descriptio et adumbratio microscopico-
analytica muscorum frondosorum nec non aliorum vegetantium
e classe cryptogamica Linnaei novorum dubiisque vexatorun.
Leipzig.

Hilpert, F. 1933. Studien zur Systematik der Trichostomaceen.
Bot. Centralbl. Beih. 50(2): 585-706.

Kindberg, N.C. 1888-1891. lInumeratio Bryinearum Exoticarum Quam
Alphabetice Disposuit. Linkoeping.

Koch, L.F. & He-Aw Crum. 1950. Mosses of Baja California. Rev.
Bryol. Lichénol. 19: 188-192.

Lawton, EH. 1971. Moss Flora of the Pacific Northwest. Hattori
Botanical Laboratory, Nichinan, Japan.

Loeske, L- 1910. Studien zur Vergleichenden Morphologie und
Phylogenetischen Systematik der Laubmoose. Max Lande, Berlin.

Magill, Ro=. 1976. Mosses of Big Bend National Park, Texas.
Bryologist 79: 269-295.

Manuel, M.G. 1974. A revised classification of the Leucodontaceae
and a revision of the subfamily Alsioideae. Bryologist 77:
531-550.

Mayr, E. 1942. Systematics and the Origin of Species. Columbia
Univ. Press, New York.

Moenkemeyer, We. 1927. Die Laubmoose Europas, vol. 4 in L. Raben-
horst, Kryptogamenflora von Deutschland, Osterreich und der
Schweiz. Leipzig.

Muller, C. 1849. Synopsis Muscorum Frondosorum. Vol. I. Berlin.

Pianka, E.R. 1970. On r- and K-selection. Amer. Natur. 104: 592-

D97-
Podpera, Je 1954. Conspectus Muscorum Europaeorum. Ceskosl. Akad.
Ved, Prague.

Pursell, ReA- 1973. Un censo de los musgos de Venezuela.
Bryologist 76: 473-500.

Saito, K. 1971. Notes on four species of the genus Barbula. Jour.
Jap. Bot. 46: 55-59.

- 1975. A monograph of Japanese Pottiaceae (Musci). Jour.
Hattori Bot. Lab. 39: 373-537.
Steere, W.C. 1938. Barbula, pp. 173-185 in A.J. Grout, Moss Flora
of North America North of Mexico, 1(3). A.J. Grout, Newfane.
- 1948. Contribution to the bryogeography of Ecuador. I.
A review of the species of musci previously reported.
Bryologist 51: 65-167.
- 1978. The Mosses of Arctic Alaska. J. Cramer, Vaduz,
Germany.

Steere, W.C. & HoA. Crum. 1977. New combinations and new taxa of
mosses proposed by Nils Conrad Kindberg. Mem. New York Bot.
Gard. 28(2): 1-220.

Swartz, O. 1806. Flora Indiae Occidentalis aucta atcue illustrata
sive descriptiones plantarum in prodromo recensitarum.
Erlangen.

Theriot, I. 1931. Mexican mosses collected by Brother Arséne
Brouard III. Scithson. Misc. Coll. 85(4): 1-55.

214 PH YT. OL OG LtA Vol. 44, No. 4

« 1939-1941. Complement au catalogue des mousses de Cuba
et revision de plusieurs genres I-IV. Mem. Soc. Cub. Hist.
Nat. 13: 202-222, 265-282, Ly: 349-372, 15: 211-236.
- 1944. Musci hispaniolenses. Rev. Bryol. 14: 7-25.
Van der Pijl, L. 1972. Principles of Dispersal in Higher Plants.
2nd Ed. Springer-Verlag, New York.
Van der Wijk, R., WD. Margadant & P.A. Florschittz. 1959-1969.
Index Muscorum. Reg. Veg. 17, 26, 33, 48, 65. Utrecht.
Weber, WeA. & L-D. Simone. 1977. Tetraphis pellucida and
T. geniculata: scindulae as diagnostic features in bryophytes.
Bryologist 80: 166-167.
Jelch, WeH.e 1950. <A contribution to the bryophyte flora of Cuba.
Bryologist 53: 238-243.
Whitehouse, H.L.K. 1966. The occurrence of tubers in European
mosses. Trans. Brit. Bryol. Soc. 5: 103-116.
- 1973. The occurrence of tubers in Pohlia pulchella
(Hedw. ) Lindb. and Pohlia lutescens (Limpr.) Lindb. fil.
Jour. Bryol. 7: 533-510.
- 1976. Does Ceratodon purpureus (Hedw. ) Brid. have tubers?
Jour. Bryol. 9: 177-184.
Wilezek, Re & F. Demaret. 1976. Trois Barbula propaguliféres de
Belgique. Dumortiera 5; 1-3.
Zander, ReH. 1968. Barbula inaequalifolia Tayl. new to North
America. Bryologist 71: 41-h4.
- 1976. Notes on Pottiaceae in Middle America. Bryologist
7193 227-2316
- 1977. The tribe Pleuroweisieae (Pottiaceae, Musci) in
Middle America. Bryologist 80: 233-269.
- 1978a. New combinations in Didymodon (Musci) and a key to
the taxa in North America north of Mexico. Phytologia 41:
11-32.
- 1978b. A synopsis of Bryoerythrophyllum and Morinia
(Pottiaceae) in the New World. Bryologist 61: 539-560.
- 1978c. Synopsis of the genus Tuerckheimia (Pottiaceae).
Misc. Bryol. Lichenol. 8(2): 25-28.
& WeCe Steere. 1978. Tortula scotteri sp. nov. from the
Northwest Territories of Canada. Bryologist 81: 463-467.

NOTES ON NEW AND NOTEWORTHY PLANTS. CXXIX

Harold N. Moldenke

AEGIPHILA MEMBRANACEA var. BOLIVIANA Mold., var. nov.

Haec varietas a forma typica speciei pubescentibus distincte
longioreque brunneo—hispidulis vel villosulis recedit,.

This variety differs from the typical form of the species chiefly
in having the conspicuous pubescence on the branches, branchlets, and
larger venation on the lower leaf-surface longer and stiffly brown-
villosulous or hirsutulous, spreading at right angles to the substrate.

The type of the variety was collected by William R. Anderson (no,
11929) in roadside thickets (capoeira) 5--10 km. northwest of Guay-
aramerin on the road to Cachuela Esperanza, El Beni, Bolivia, on Jan-
uary 31, 1978, and is deposited in the Britton Herbarium at the New
York Botanical Garden. The collector describes the plant as a slender
unbranched shrub 2.5 m. tall, the fruits yellow.

JUNELLIA JUNIPERINA var. CAMPESTRIS (Griseb.) Mold., comb. nov.
Verbena juniperina var. campestris Griseb., Pl. Lorentz. 193, 1874.

LANTANA CANESCENS f£. GRANDIFOLIA Mold., f. nov.

Haec forma a forma typica speciei laminis foliorum distincte ova-
libus usque ad 11 cm. longis 5 cm. latis recedit.

This form differs from the typical form of the species in its much
larger leaves, the blades of which are distinctly oval, to about 11
cm. long and 5 cm. wide.

The form is based on Herrera 211 collected in the Quebrada de
Cules, Rio Cules, dept. Famailla, Tucuman, Argentina, on March 4, 1945,
and is deposited in the Britton Herbarium at the New York Botanical
Garden.

PAEPALANTHUS JAUENSIS var. CAULESCENS Mold., var. nov.

Haec varietas a forma typica speciei habitu distincte caulescente
recedit.

This variety differs from the typical form of the species in that
it is distinctly caulescent, the stems often to at least 8 cm. in
length and densely foliose throughout, the leaves erect to ascending.

The type of the variety was collected by Julian A, Steyermark, Vic-
tor Carreno Espinosa, Roy McDiarmid, and Charles Brewer-Carfas (no,
115893), growing in tufts, the leaves grass-green, at 2460--2500 n.
altitude on the Cumbre de Aprada-tepui, lat. 5°22' N., long. 62°20' E.,
Bolivar, Venezuela, on February 25, 1978, and is deposited in my per-
sonal herbarium. The collectors note that the plant seems related to
"Paepalanthus jauensis and duidae but stems elongated and caulescent;
see also Syngonanthus phelpsae var. elongatus but bracts have differ-
ent color, etc."

SYNGONANTHUS COWANI var. TABULATUS Mold., var. nov.
Haec varietas a forma typica speciei caulibus elongatis rosetta
215

216 Pel TT Ol LO G@-isA Vol. 44, No. 4

foliorum medio ornatis recedit.

This variety differs from the typical form of the species in its
very diminutive stature, mostly only 2.5--5.5 cm. tall when in full
anthesis, the stems decidedly elongated and bearing a rosette of
leaves exactly similar to the basal rosette at or somewhat above the
midpoint.

The type of the variety was collected by Otto Huber (no. 1684) on
a small savanna in the woods around the southwest base of Cerro Yapa-
cana, 66°50' E., 3°40' N., at about 100 m. altitude, between February
14 and 28, 1978, and is deposited in my personal herbarium, The col-
lector notes: "Hierba diminuta de unos 5--7 cm de alto, muy comin en
esta sabana. Cabezuelas color blanco-gris&ceo....Dept. Atabapo,
cabecera del Cano Cotta hasta el pié occidental del Cerro Yapacana....
Sabana arenosa,..sObre terrenos planos parcialmente inundados dirante
la @poca de lluvias."

ADDITIONAL NOTES ON THE GENUS VITEX. XII

Harold N. Moldenke

VITEX Tourn,

Additional & emended bibliography: D. Dietr., Syn. Pl. 3: 610--612.
1843; Briq. in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam., ed. 1, 4 (3a): 132
& 169--172 (1894) and ed. 1, 4 (3a): 383. 1897; Engl., Syllab., ed. 2,
178 & 214 (1898), ed. 3, 188 & 233 (1903), ed. 4, 189 & 207 (1904),
ed. 5, 193 & 247 (1907), and ed. 6, 198 & 253. 1909; Gilg in Engl.,
Syllab., ed. 7, 314 & 386 (1912) and ed. 9 & 10, 340 & 419, 1924; te
Diels in Engl., Syllab., ed. 11, 339 & 418. 1936; Deodikar & Thakar, ©
Bull. Apicult. Lab. Mahabal. 1: 1--6. 1955; F. H. Wang, Pollen Gr.
China. 1960; Chaubal & Deodikar, Indian Bee Journ, 27: 1--28. 1965;
Palacios, An. Esc. Nac. Cienc. Biol. Mex. 16: 41--169. 1968; B. B.
Mukherjee, Veget. Hist. South. West Beng. [thesis]. 1969; Assemien,
Etud. Comparat. Fl. Act. Quat. Vég. Afr. Ouest [thesis]. 1971; Mukho-
padhyay, Pollen Morph. Verb. [thesis]. 1971; Serbanescu-Jitariu & Mit-
roiu, Act. Bot. Hort. Bucurest. 1972-73: 105, 108; °109, “"1267-a°219,
pl. 1, fig. 5. 1973; Shimakura, Spec. Publ. Osaka Mus. Nat. Hist. 5:
1--60, 1973; Thanikaimoni, Inst. Frang. Pond. Trav. Sect. Scient. Tech.
12 (2): 130. 1973; Fredoux, Assoc. Palynol. Lang. Frang. Trav. Docum.
Géogr. Trop. 16. 1974; Sowunmi, Grana 13: 145--186. 1974; Kooiman,
Act. Bot. Neerl. 24: [459], 461, & 462. 1975; L6pez-Palacios, Bol.
Soc. Venez. Cienc, Nat. 31: [353]. 1975; Lépez—Palacios, Revist. Fac.
Farm. Univ. Andes 15: 10 & 94--102, fig. [18]--[21]. 1975; Menninger,
Color Sky 10, 47, & 260. 1975; Meylan & Butterfield, N. Zeal. Journ.
Bot. 13: 4. 1975; Mold., Phytologia 29: 512 (1975); °SO:<Siaeeie7ea
31: 336, 376, 380, 383, 387--390, 392, 400, 403, 407, & 412 (;975),
and 32: 338. 1975; Molina R., Ceiba 19: 96, 1975; Ramachandran Nair,
Ramesh., & Sankara Subramanian, Curr. Sci. India 44: 214--216. 1975;
Saoji, Botanique 6: 253--260. 1975; Seabrook, Shrubs Your Gard. 130 &

1979 Moldenke, Notes on Vitex 217

[145]. 1975; Sharma, Bull. Bot. Soc. Bengal 29: 143. 1975; Timbal
1975: 85. 1975; Wyman, Gard. Journ. 25: [45] & 46. 1975; Zimmerm. &
Ziegler in Zimmerm. & Milburn, Transp. Pl. 1 [Pirson & Zimmerm., En-
cycl. Pl. Physiol., ser. 2, 1]: 502--503. 1975; Anon., Biol. Abstr.
Gb? Wel 7335. 29767 Anons" Forest. Abetr. 37:2: 555: (1976) and: 37740) :
9. 1976; L. H. & E. Z. Bailey, Hortus Third 1149 & 1161--1162. 1976;
Benjamin, Israel Minist. Agric. Agr. Res. Org. Div. Ornament. Spec.
Publ. 57: 12. 1976; Bultman & Southwell, Biotropica 8 (2): 79. 1976;
Cambie, Journ. Roy. Soc. N. Zeal. 6 (3): 332. 1976; Corner, Seeds
Dicot. 1: 276. 1976; Faden, Phytologia 34: 145. 1976; Finol U., Act.
Bot, ‘Venez. 11:25, 29, 46, 48, 50, 53, & 55. 19765 FosbergyoRhodara
78: 113. 1976; Gade, Journ. Biogeogr. 4: 275. 1976; Greuter, Candol-
lea 31: 222. 1976; Karavaev, Vestn. Mosk. Univ. Biol. Pochvoved, 31:
97--99. 1976; Keys, Chinese Herbs 295 & 388. 1976; Lakela, Long,
Fleming, & Genelle, Pl. Tampa Bay, ed. 3 [Bot. Lab. Univ. S. Fla. Con-
trib. 73:] 116--117, 154, & 183. 1976; Laurence & Mohammed, Journ.
Agr. Soc. Trin. Tob. 76: 345. 1976; Livingstone, Journ. Nat. Hist.
18: 529--544. 1976; Long & Lakela, Fl. Trop. Fla., ed. 2, 733, 738--
739, 934, & 961. 1976; Lépez-Palacios, Revist. Fac. Farm. Univ. Andes
17: 50--51. 1976; Malag. Heras, Act. Phytotax. Barcin. 18: 19 & 108.
1976; F. G. Mey., Journ. Arnold Arb. 57: 120. 1976; Mold., Phytologia
a220°512 (1976) 5-332:375 & 512°:€2976) ,' and 34s: 20, 246, 248, 24974252,
256, 2565 257 , 259 3+ 26L,y 264, 266—-268,..270,''279, & 512. 19765. Bay &
Majumdar, Econ. Bot. 30: 319. 1976; Saxena & Khotele, Journ. Bombay
Nat. Hist. Soc. 73: 29. 1976; Soukup, Biota 11: 2 & 19-—21. 1976;
Stargardt, Journ. Biogeogr. 4: 225. 1976; Srivastava, Fl. Gorak. 252
& 259. 1976; S. & D. Talalaj, Bull. Biol. Res. Cent. Baghdad 7: 32--
42. 1976; Thanikaimoni, Inst. Frang. Pond. Trav. Sect. Scient. Tech.
13: 246, 328, 371, & 384. 1976; E. H. Walker, Fl. Okin. South.” Ryuk.
883 & 893--894. 1976; Austin, Coleman-Marvis, & Richardson, Fla. Sci-
ent. 407°337. 1977; Batson, Genz’ East. Pls 146,. 147,) & 2034" £977;
Clay & Hubbard, Haw. Gard. Trop. Shrubs 185 & 294. 1977; Dittus, Bio-
ttepied "9: 2825 19772 "DD. ‘Te. Co", Biolv Abstr 64. 23ay 2977s Padees,
Phytologia 34: 145. 1977; Fundter & Wisse, Meded. Landbouwhogsch.
Wagen, 77 °(9): 205=-=209. 19773 "5S. Swede", "Biole Abstr. 632% IBSa 229775
Katyuzhanskaya, Khim. Prir. Soedin. Tashk. [6]: 763--767. 19773; Ko-
dand & E. & D. Venkata Rao, Biol. Abstr. 62: 6284. 1977; Kodanda & E.
& D. Venkata Rao, Indian Journ. Pharm. 39: 41, 1977; Kew Bull. Addit.
Ser. 5: 309, map 152. 1977; Lebrun & Stork, Ind. Cart. Répert. Pl.
Vasc. Afr. 133. 1977; Lewis & Elvin-Lewis, Med. Bot. 257, 332, & 514.
1977; Livingstone, Biol. Abstr. 63: 2659. 1977; L6pez-—Palacios, Fl.
Venez. Verb. 9--11, 22, 579--630, 639, & 646--654. 1977; McGregor &
al., Fl. Great Plains 569. 1977; Meher-Homji, Feddes Repert. Spec.
Nov. 88: 120 & 122. 1977; A. Le Mold., Phytologia 36: 87. 1977; Mold.,
Biol. Abstr. 64: 2438 & 6574. 1977; Mold., Phytologia 35: 277, 419, &
512 (C2977 }5 36 2 32) (3335) GG8 (38 405 41, 1455) BEY 1645 502, & Fk2
(1977), and 37: 275 & 512, 1977; Paradis & Houngnon, Bull. Mus. Natl.
Hist. Nat., ser. 3, 503 [Bot,. 34]:..183. 1977; Poppeton, Shuey, &
Sweet, Fla. Scient. 40: 384, 1977; Speta, Candollea 32: 142, 146, &
155, fig. 2x. 1977; B. C. Stone, Handerson's Malay. Wild Fla. Append.
16. 1977; Subramanian & Kalyani, Indian Forest. 103: 113 & 117. 1977;

218 PHY 2.0L 06404 Vol. 44, No. 4

Tupas & Sajise, Kalikasan 6: 233. 1977; Anon., Roy. Bot. Gard. Kew
Lib. Curr. Awaren, 8: 21 (1978) and 9: 23. 1978; Ching-Wei, China Re-
constr. 27 (2): 4. 1978; Croat, Fl. Barro Colorado 40 & 732. 1978;
Gibson, Wild Fls. Natal 92 & 93, pl. 92, fig. 8, & pl. 93, figad,
1978; Gomas, El-Moghazy, Halim, & El-Sayyad, Ornament. Hort. 4: 825.
1978; Gomas, El-Moghazy, Halim, & El-Sayyad, Pl. Med. 33: 277. 1978;
Gray & DeZeeuw, Internat, Assoc. Wood Anat. Bull. 2/3: 47. 1978;
Heathcote in Heywood, Flow. Pl. World 237, fig. 3. 1978; Hsiao, Pl.
Taiwan 4: 432. 1978; Khosla & Sareen, Indian Journ. Forest. 1: 174.
1978; Kurup, Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. 75: 325, 329; & 3320) 49763
Lawton, Journ. Ecol. 66: 183, 188--190, & 193, 1978; A. L. Mold.,
Phytologia 41: 80. 1978; Mold., Biol. Abstr. 65: 6769. 1978; Mold.,
Phytologia 38: 178, 307--308, & 511 (1978) and 39: 424 & 512. 1978;
Mound & Halsey, Whitefly World 78, 86, 98, 100, 115, 123, 137, 207,
305, & 314. 1978; Odebiyi & Sofowora, Lloydia 41: 245. 1978; Perkins
& Payne, Guide Poison. Pl. Fla. [Fla. Coop. Ext. Serv. Inst. Food
Agric. Sci. Circ. 441:] [53] & [66]. 1978; Pirone, Diseases Pests
Ornament. Pl., ed. 5, 524. 1978; Reitz, Klein, & Reis, Proj. Madeira
S. Catar. 42 & 86. 1978; Richards, Bot. Soc. Am. Misc. Ser. Publ.
156: 33. 1978; Sharma, Shetty, Vivekan., & Rathak., Journ. Bomb. Nat.
Hist.’ Soc. 75: 16.& 33. 1978; .Rs Fe Sm. Act. Bot. Venez. 133, 186,
208, & 240. 1978; Sprangers & Balasubram., Trop. Ecol. 19: post 92.
1078; Steyerm. & Huber, Fl. Avila 861, [865], & 868, fig. 301b. 1978;
St. John, Phytologia 39: 317. 1978; Subramanian & Misra, Indian Journ,
Chem/ Sect. B Org. Chem. 16: 615--616,. 1978; S. & D. Talalaj, Biol.
Abstr. 65: 4710. 1978; D. E. Clark, Sunset New West. Gard. Book, ed.
4, imp. 2, 498. 1979; Jones & Luchsinger, Pl. Systemat. 301--302.
1979; Katyuzhanskaya, Biol. Abstr. 67: 5013. 1979; A. L. Mold., Phy-
tologia 41: 302. 1979; Mold., Phytologia 41: 511 (1979), 42: 512
(1979), 43: 252, 272, & 512 (1979), and 44: 134 & 143--163. 1979.

In Menninger's work on flowering vines (1970) the index indicates
that Vitex is listed on p. 369, but actually it is the unrelated genus
Vitis (Vitaceae) that is there discussed. Similarly, items 9635,
9686, & 9902 cited by Farnsworth (1970) as applying to Vitex actually
apply to Vitis. The Endlicher (1838) reference in the bibliography
above is often cited as "1836--1856", but the pages involved here
were actually issued in 1838. Biological Abstracts (1977) erroneous-
ly spells the surname of R. B. Faden (1976) as "Raden". The Foreman
(1972) publication bears the erroneous date "1971" on its titlepage.
The index in the work by Pandeya, Puri, & Singh (1968) indicates a
mention of Vitex on p. 29, but I fail to find it on that page. Simi-
larly, the "p. 121" reference in the Kobayashi work (1970) appears
to be erroneous.

Brown (1954) informs us that "vitex, -icis" is the classical Latin
name for the chastetree native to Italy, Vitex agnus-castus L. Wang
(1961) states that plants of this genus, along with Corylus, Ostryop-
sis, and Deutzia, cover great expanses of the mountain slopes and
foothills in the deciduous broadleaf forests of the northern provinces
of China.

Miejer (1968) asserts that the leaves of Vitex are without oil-
glands, but he surely did not examine the leaves of a sufficient num-
ber of species. The chromosome number for the genus is reported as

1979 Moldenke, Notes on Vitex 219

x = 6 or 8. Martin (1946) reports that the seeds of Vitex contain

endosperm. Gibbs (1974) reports the presence of agnuside (an aucubin-

like glucoside) and aucubin, while saponins and tannins are absent or

probably so, shikimic acid is present, but L-bornesitol is absent.

Raffauf (1970) reports the presence of vitricene (C,H,.NO,) and
ears 2 at Ge eta

nishindine (C H,,NO).

Huang (19733 describes the pollen for the genus as "Grains 3-col-
pate; prolate to prolate-spheroidal; 27--40 x 18--33 mu; amb circular-
lobate; exine 2 mu thick; tectum with scabrate processes; sexine with
OL-pattern; nexine as thick as sexine". In a genus of 400 taxa as
now recognized one must wonder how reliable these descriptions are
when given for the genus as a whole. Voss (1895) considered the genus
as one of only 60 species in "wdrmeren Gegenden"; Ohwi (1965) regarded
it as containing 100 species "chiefly in the Tropics, few in temperate
regions of Europe and e. Asia". Jones & Luchsinger (1979), probably
due to a stenographic error, give "3" as the number of species in the
genus! The genus, according to Savage (1945), is genus number 811 in
the Linnean Herbarium. Jack (1820) comments rather unnecessarily
that the only other genus in the Verbenaceae with compound leaves
[known to him] is the genus Peronema, and that this is “abundantly
distinct". Actually, at least 5 other genera in the family have com-
pound leaves: Petraeovitex, Petitia, Pseudocarpidium, Teijsmannioden-
dron, and Viticipremna, albeit in some cases 1-foliolate.

Sharma (1975) reports an unidentified species of Vitex cultivated
as a hedge in the Punjab -- this is probably one of the varieties of
V. trifolia. In 1849 Hooker and Bentham regarded the "African oak"
and "African teak" of Africa as probably members of the genus Vitex,
but in this they were in error; the latter, at least, actually is
Oldfieldia africana Benth. & Hook. f. in the Euphorbiaceae.

The genus Tomex L., sometimes cited in the synonymy of Vitex, ac-
tually belongs, instead, in that of Callicarpa L. It is of interest
to note, in passing, that Caruel (1884) is among those botanists who
correctly accredit the name Vitex to Tournefort, rather than to Lin-
naeus, who merely adopted it.

Dalla Torre & Harms (1963), regarding it as a genus of 100 species,
divide Vitex as follows:

Sect. 1. Agnus castus Endl.
Subsect. 1. Terminales Briq.
Subsect. 2. Axillares Briq.
Subsect. 3. Glomerulosae Briq.

Sect. 2. Pyrostoma Schau.

Sect. 3. Chrysomallum Schau,

Sect. 4 Glossocalyx Clarke

Capuron (1972, p. 45) refers to a Section "Laniculatae", apparent-
ly a typographic error for Paniculatae Schau.

It is also of interest to note that Dietrich (1837) places Vitex in
his Family 57, Viticeae, and not in Family 58, Verbenaceae.

Sweet (1839) has pointed out that Wallrothia is a valid genus in
the Ammiaceae, so the homonym proposed in the Verbenaceae, if main-
tained as a separate genus, must be renamed.

Langsdale-Brown and his associates (1964) list several unidenti-
fied species from Uganda that inhabit the Butyrospermum-Hyparrhenia

220 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 44, No. 4

savannas, Acacia-Albizzia-Panicum-Chloris savannas, Albizzia-Combre-
tum woodlands, Vitex-Phyllanthus-Sapium-Terminalia woodlands, Combre-
tum-Hyparrhenia savannas, Borassus-Hyparrhenia rufa palm savannas,
Borassus-Hyparrhenia dissolute palm savannas, Albizzia-Combretum-
Terminalia-Hyparrhenia rufa savannas, and Hyparrhenia grass savannas
derived from Butyrospermum savannas in Africa. Kurz (1870 has listed
another unidentified species from the Andaman Islands. Kotschy (1865)
lists an unidentified species of the Chrysomallum section from Ethi-
opia, Irvine (1970) lists two from Gold Coast, Puri (1960) lists one
from India, Foreman (1972) one from New Guinea, Jaffré (1974) one from
New Caledonia, and Vergiat (1970) describes two from Ubangi which
"Pour faire bonne péche les Sangos frottent leurs filets avec des
feuilles de cette plante,. Les petites fourmis hantant les rameau
sont utilisées comme appat pour la p@che, on les répand sur l'eau.

La poudre obtenue en pilant les fruits avec les fourmis qui vivent

sur cette plante est vénéneuse. Antidote: décoction de racines de...
Bauhinia thonningii", Another species, unidentified, "C'est 1'écorce
brulée de cette espéce qui est utilisée, par les indigénes islamisées
de race Haoussa, pour la fabrication de leur encre, les cendres sont
diluées dans de l'eau natronée".

Vernacular names reported for the genus as a whole or for unidenti-
fied members of it include: "hamago zoku" (in Japan), "Keuschbaum",
"Keusch-lamm", and "Ménchspfeffer", as well as "Miillen" (in Germany),
"yénu-ka-bij", "shambhaloo-ka-bij", and "tukm-i-panjangusht" (in In-
dia), "aceituma" and "totumillo" (in Venezuela), "afetewa" and
“akwakora gyahina" (in Gold Coast), "burlya", "deniya", "gbabili",
"oko alya", and "tela" (in Africa), "wallrothia" (in England),
"muxillo-xyllo" (in Angola), "kachinori-—pini" (in Peru), and "pala
bikunda" (in western Africa).

Aristeguieta (1973) describes the Venezuelan members of the genus
as very ornamental and "bastante resistentes", suitable as street and
park trees. Dymock (1884) says of an unidentified species of Vitex in
western India that the "small fruit is considered by native physicians
to be astringent, resolvant and deobstruent, and useful for removing
obstructions of the brain and liver. It is also given in enlargement
of the spleen and dropsy.....The drug is imported from Persia". DeWit
(1967) says that the genus is reputedly aphrodisiac -- a curious
claim since the best-known species, V. agnus-castus, is widely re-
garded as an anti-aphrodisiac!

Hartwell (1971) reports an unidentified species in Angola is used
to treat tumors of the breast and another is used in Peru to treat can-
cerous ulcers. DeWildeman (1920) reports an unidentified species in
western Africa whose wood is used to make wooden utensils and in other
woodwork.

Vitex species are attacked by the fungi, Meliola viticicola Hansf.
(in Zaire) according to Hansford (1961), based on Hendrickx 2390, M.
paraensis P. Henn. (in Brazil), also according to Hansford, based on
Huber 4 at Stockholm, M. cookeana Speg. (in Zaire), also according to
Hansford, based on Vanderyst 38577, 43953, 44309, & 44340, Leptosphaer-
ia casta according to Anon. (1969), Ciferriella domingensis, Meliola
campylopoda, Mycosphaerella viticis, Olivea acitula, Phoma viticicola,

1979 Moldenke, Notes on Vitex 221

Pleurotus guaraniticus, Pucciniastrum clemensiae, and Vizella grandis
according to Anon. (1957), a leaf-spot, Cercospora weberi, according
to Pirone (1978), another leaf-spot, C. viticis (in Louisiana and Tex-
as), and a root-rot, Phymatotrichum omnivorum (in Texas) according to
Westcott (1971), and the white-flies, Aleurotrachelus viticis Corbett
(in Malaya), Dialeurodes dicksoni (in Malaya), and D. vitis Corbett
(in Malaya).

The Baileys (1976) refer to the plants of this genus as "vitexes"
and note that the cultivated ones "do well in any good soil. Propa-
gated by seeds in spring, layers, and greenwood cuttings under glass".

Anatomical studies made by Gray & DeZeeuw are reported by Richards
(1978) as follows: "The secondary xylem anatomy of the genus Vitex has
been studied comparatively to prepare a more precise definition of the
structural variation within the genus, to find possible relationships
of anatomical structure to geographical regions, and to determine
the possible cause or causes of the reported slow air-drying of the
wood of several species in this genus. The material examined was world-
wide in origin and more extensive than for any of the previous region-
al studies. Anatomical evidence obtained from this investigation
corroborates existing data that the wood structure of Vitex is essen-
tially homogeneous. The only exception is a slight trend for segre-
gating African species by the more common presence of multiperforate
perforation plates as well as low density and generally pale colored
wood. Multiperforate and scalariform perforation plates in vessel
elements were observed in many species, in contrast to previous reports
which indicated that these specialized perforations were very rare in
Vitex. The presence of multiple calcium crystals per parenchyma cell
in a majority of species studied is a possible diagnostic character
for the genus, while the presence of silica sand and specialized cell
wall sculpturing can be used for diagnostic features for certain spec-
ies within the genus. Unusual amounts of starch deposits observed in
the septate fibers of the heartwood in over half of the species studied
is suggested as a diagnostic character for the genus and as a possible
cause for the reported slow drying characteristics for these species."

The Helfer 304, distributed as a species of Vitex, actually is one
of Buddleia (Buddleiaceae), while Kostermans 24039 is Clerodendrum ser-
ratum (L.) Moon, Fosberg & Mueller-Dombois 50142 is Glossocarya scan-
dens (L. f.) Trimen, Prance, Rodrigues, Ramos, & Farias 8339 & 8344
are Metradorea sp. (Rutaceae), T. Anderson 133 is Peronema canescens
Jack, Oldham 679 is Premna microphylla Turcz., T. Anderson 183 and
Griffith 6065/1 are Teijsmanniodendron coriaceum (C. B. Clarke) Kosterm.,
E. D. Merrill 2852 is Viticipremna philippinensis (Turcz.) H. J. Lam,
Bernardi 3360 and R. V. Moran 7742 are in the Bignoniaceae, Frodin
NGF.26450 is in the Rubiaceae, and T. Anderson 131, Claussen s.n. [Min-
as Gerais], G. P. Cooper 111, Daniel & Tomas 3368, Gilbert 2168, Good-
land 389, Herb. Richard s.n., Hinton 16235, and Nadeaud s.n,. are not
verbenaceous,

To the lists of taxa excluded from the genus previously published by
me the following are to be added or emended:

Vitex aherniana Merr., Bur. Govt. Lab. Manila Publ. 6: 18. 1904 =
Teijsmanniodendron ahernianum (Merr.) Bakh.

222 PRY TOLLE G ta Vol. 44, No. 4

Vitex ahernianum Merr. ex Mold., Phytologia 5: 258, in syn. 1955 =
Teijsmanniodendron ahernianum (Merr.) Bakh.

Vitex ?bantamensis Koord. & Val., Bijdr. Booms. Java 7: 210. 1900 =
Vavaea bantamensis (Koord. & Val.) Koord. & Merr., Meliaceae

Vitex caribaea Hook. & Arn. ex Schau. in A, DC., Prodr. 11: 696, in
syn. 1847 = Vitis californica Benth., Vitaceae

Vitex bahiensis Schau. in A. DC., Prodr. 11: 687. 1847 = Arrabidaea
bahiensis (Schau.) Sandw. & Mold., Bignoniaceae |

Vitex bankae H. J. Lam in Lam & Bakh., Bull. Jard. Bot. Buitenz., ser.
3, 3: 62. 1921 = Teijsmanniodendron ahernianum (Merr.) Bakh.

Vitex bogariensis H. J. Lam ex Mold., Alph. List Inv. Names 58, in
syn. 1942 = Teijsmanniodendron ahernianum (Merr.) Bakh.

Vitex bogoiensis H. J. Lam ex Mold., Phytologia 28: 465, in syn.
1974 = Teijsmanniodendron ahernianum (Merr.) Bakh.

Vitex bogoniensis H. J. Lam ex Mold., Fifth Summ, 2: 714, in syn.
1971 = Teijsmanniodendron ahernianum (Merr.) Bakh.

Vitex bogoriensis H. J. Lam in Lam & Bakh., Bull. Jard. Bot. Buitenz., ©
ser. 3, 3: 60. 1921 = Teijsmanniodendron ahernianum (Merr.) Bakh.

Vitex clarkeana Gamble in King & Gamble, Journ, Asiat. Soc. Beng. 74:
845. 1908 = Teijsmanniodendron hollrungii (Warb.) Kosterm,

Vitex clarkeana King & Gamble ex Mold., Phytologia 5: 258, in syn.
1955 = Teijsmanniodendron hollrungii (Warb.) Kosterm,

Vitex coriacea C. B. Clarke in Hook. f., Fl. Brit. India 4: 586. 1885
= Teijsmanniodendron coriaceum (C,. B. Clarke) Kosterm.

Vitex curranii H. J. Lam, Verbenac. Malay. Arch. 207. 1919 = Teijs- |
manniodendron ahernianum (Merr.) Bakh, 7

Vitex curtifrutescens Elm., Leafl. Philip. Bot. 8: 2873. 1915 = Cla-
oxylon Spe, Euphorbiaceae |

Vitex hollrungii Warb., Engl. Bot. Jahrb. 18: 208. 1894 = Teijsmanni-
odendron hollrungii (Warb.) Kosterm.

Vitex holophylla Baker, Kew Bull. Misc. Inf. 1896: 25. 1896 = Teijs-
manniodendron holophyllum (J. G. Baker) Kosterm.

Vitex japonica Farnsworth, Pharmacog. Titles 5 (4): xii, sphalm. 1970
= Vitis japonica Thunb., Vitaceae

Vitex flabelliflora Hall. f., Meded. Rijks Herb. Leid. 37: 50. 1918 =
Teijsmanniodendron bogoriense Koord.

Vitex koordersii H. J. Lam in Lam & Bakh., Bull. Jard. Bot. Buitenz.,
ser. 3, 3: 64. 1921 = Teijsmanniodendron pteropodum (Miq.) Bakh.

Vitex lanceolata Turcz., Bull. Soc. Nat. Mosc. 36 (2): 224. 1863 =
Psychotria sarmentosa Blume, Rubiaceae

Vitex novae pommeraniae Warb. ex K. Schum. & Lauterb., Fl. Deutsch.
Schutzgeb. Sudsee 524, 1900 = Viticipremna novae-pommeraniae
(Warb.) H. J. Lam

Vitex novae-pommeraniae Warb., Engl. Bot. Jahrb. 13: 429. 1891 =
Viticipremna novae-pommeraniae (Warb.) H. J. Lam

Vitex novo-guineensis Kaneh. & Hatus., Bot. Mag. Tokyo 56: 116, fig.
B. 1942 = Teijsmanniodendron novo-guineense (Kaneh,. & Hatus.)
Kosterm,

Vitex novoguineensis Kaneh. & Hatus. apud Kosterm., Reinwardtia 1:103,
in syn. 1951 = Teijsmanniodendron novo-guineense (Kaneh. & Hatus.)
Kostern.

1979 Moldenke, Notes on Vitex 223

Vitex peralata Miq., Fl. Ind. Bat. Suppl. Sum. 242 & 567. 1862 =
Teijsmanniodendron pteropodum (Miq.) Bakh.

Vitex philippinensis J. J. Lam ex Mold., Résumé 388, in syn. 1959 =
Teijsmanniodendron pteropodum (Miq.) Bakh.

Vitex philippinensis Merr., Forest. Bur. Philip. Bull. 1: 52. 1903 =
Teijsmanniodendron pteropodum (Miq.) Bakh,

Vitex philippnensis Merr. ex Mold., Résumé 388, in syn. 1959 = Teijs-
manniodendron pteropodum (Miq.) Bakh.

Vitex premnoides Elm., Leafl. Philip. Bot. 8: 2874. 1915 = Mastixia
premnoides (Elm.) H. Hallier, Mastixiaceae

Vitex pteropoda Miq., Fl. Ind. Bat. Suppl. Sum. 242 & 567. 1862 =
Teijsmanniodendron pteropodum (Miq.) Bakh.

Vitex sarawakana H. H. W. Pearson, Kew Bull. Misc. Inf. 1907: 60.
1907 = Teijsmanniodendron sarawakanum (H. H. W. Pearson) Kosterm,

Vitex simplicifolia C. B. Clarke in Hook. f., Fl. Brit. India 4: 586.
1885 = Teijsmanniodendron hollrungii (Warb.) Kosterm.

Vitex smilacifolia H. H. W. Pearson, Kew Bull. Misc. Inf. 1907: 159.
1907 = Teijsmanniodendron smilacifolium (H. H. W. Pearson)
Kosterm.

Vitex subspicata Hall. f., Meded. Rijks Herb. Leid. 37: 52. 1918 =
Teijsmanniodendron subspicatum (H. Hallier) Kosterm.

Vitex tetragona Hall. f., Meded. Rijks Herb. Leid. 37: 53. 1918 =
Teijsmanniodendron sarawakanum (H. H. W. Pearson) Kosterm.

Vitex tridentata Menzies ex Mold., Phytologia 28: 465, in syn. 1974 =
Viola tridentata Menzies, Violaceae

Vitex venosa H. J. Lam in Lam & Bakh., Bull. Jard. Bot. Buitenz., ser.
3, 3: 61. 1921 = Teijsmanniodendron coriaceum (C. B. Clarke)
Kosterm,.

Vitex vinifera Farnsworth, Pharmacog. Titles 5 (3): vii, sphalm. 1970
= Vitis vinifera L., Vitaceae

Vitex zeylanica Burm. f., Fl. Ind. 138. 1768 = Stereospermum sp., Big-
noniaceae

Wallrothia divaricata Presl, Delic. Prag. 134. 1822 = Carum alpinum
Benth. & Hook., Ammiaceae

Wallrothia splendens Spreng. ex Schult. in L., Syst. Veg. 6: 557.
1820 -- in the Ammiaceae

Wallrothia tenuifolia DC. = W. splendens Spreng., Ammiaceae

Wallrothia tuberosa Spreng., Pl. Min. Cog. Pugill. 2: 52. 1815 = Ca-
rum alpinum Benth. & Hook., Ammiaceae

VITEX ACUMINATA R. Br.

Additional synonymy: Vitex melicarpa Janssonius, Mikrogr. Holz.
812, sphalm. 1926.

Additional bibliography: Wall., Numer. List 86. 1831; D. Dietr.,
Syn. Pl. 3: 612. 1843; Voigt, Hort. Suburb. Calc. 473. 1845; Schau.
in A. DC., Prodr. 11: 695. 1847; Buek, Gen. Spec. Syn. Candoll. 3:
501. 1858; R. Schomb., Fl. S. Austr. 52. 1875; Janssonius, Mikrogr.
Holz. 812. 1926; Willaman & Schubert, Agr. Res. Serv. U. S. Dept. Agr.
Tech. Bull. 1234: 237. 1961; Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.13: 569. 1968;
Mold., Phytologia 16: 491. 1968; Mold., Biol. Abstr. 50: 942. 1969;
Beard, West Austr. Pl., ed. 2, 113. 1970; Mold., Fifth Sum. 1: 349

224 PLY £2OUwC Rs Vol. 44, No. 4

(1971) and 2: 722 & 922. 1971; Serbanescu-Jitariu & Mitroiu, Act. Bot.
Hort. Bucurest,. 1972-73: 116. 1973; Mold., Phytologia 34: 280. 1976.

Dietrich (1843) describes this species as "foliolis ovato-oblongis
acuminatis glabris integerrimis; paniculae rachi stricta; ramis dich-
otomis; calyce subdentulo; staminibus inclusis". Recent collectors de-
scribe it as a tall shrub, "deciduous shrub-tree", or "upright green
tree", to 25 feet tall, the bark gray, flakey, the trunk 6 inches in
diameter, usually with several branches from the base, and the fruit
[immature?] green. They have encountered it in creekbeds with Eucalyp-—
tus camalduensis, in monsoon forests, and "rare growing against rocks",
flowering and fruiting in February and March. The corollas are said
to have been "mauve" in color on Swinbourne 686. A wood sample accom-
panies Perry 1052.

According to Bentham, V. acuminata usually has its petioles shorter
than the leaflets, the petiolules being very short or to 1/4 inch
long, and the flowers in a thyrsoid panicle, terminal or in the upper-
most leaf-axils only. Vitex glabrata, on the other hand, has the pet-
ioles over 2 inches long, the petiolules always 1/2 to 3/4 inch long,
and the flowers borne in loose, dichotomous, axillary cymes,

Serbanescu-Jitariu & Mitroiu (1973), based on Herb. Mus. Bot. Haun.
122 [Herb. Univ. Cluj 138426], describes the pollen of V. acuminata as
follows: "subprolat; 3-colpat; vazut apical 20,8--36,4 mu in dian.,
din profil inalt 26--52 mu, lat 20,8--33,8 mu. Polenul scuturat din
antere si vazut cu ochiul liber este galben-portocaliu, in apa la
microscop, portocaliu, iar in chloralhidrat, verzui-incolor. In gen-
eral prezinta caractere asemanatoare cu cele intilnite la V. agnus
castus cu deosebirea ca sporoderma este mai subtire, iar veruculli
mai mari. Colpii 3/4 din raza microsporilor, sint mai lungi si de
asemenea mai ingusti si foarte ascutiti la capete",

Material of V. acuminata has been misidentified and distributed in
some herbaria as V. glabrata R. Br. On the other hand, the A. Cunning-
ham 256, cited previously by me as V. acuminata, actually represents
V. glabrata.

Additional citations: AUSTRALIA: Northern Territory: Byrnes NB.556
(Ai--14365); Schomburgk s.n. [North Coast] (W--74072); Swinbourne 686
(Ai--10030). Queensland: Helms 122 (W--1271357); Re Ae Perry 1052
(Ai).

VITEX AGELAEIFOLIA Mildbr. ex Pieper, Engl. Bot. Jahrb. 62, Beibl. 141:
55. 1928 [not V. agelaeifolia Mildbr., 1922, hyponym].

Additional bibliography: Good & Exell, Journ. Bot. 69, Suppl. 2: 144
& 145. 1930; Fedde & Schust., Justs Bot. Jahresber. 57 (2): 402. 1938;
Schnell & Grout de Beaufort, Mém. Inst. Fond. Afr. Noire 75: [Contrib.
Etud. Pl. Myrmecod.] 9 & 45--47, pl. 10, fig. H--J. 1966; Mold., Phyto-
logia 16: 491. 1968; Mold., Fifth Summ. 1: 225 & 231 (1971) and 2: 710
& 922, 1971.

Illustrations: Schnell & Grout de Beaufort, Mem. Inst. Fond. Afr.
Noire 75: [Contrib. Etud. Pl. Myrmecod.] 47, pl. 10, fig. H--J. 1966.

Schnell & Grout de Beaufort (1966) describe the myrmecophily of this
species and illustrate the nodal and internodal openings to the inter-
nal nests in the branches, based on Jacques-Felix 2307 from Cameroons,

1979 Moldenke, Notes on Vitex 225

Lebrun 1847 from Zaire, Le Testu 5892 & 5945 from Gabon, and Le Testu
7785 from Cameroons.

Good & Exell (1930) describe the species as "a climbing shrub,
sporadic in abandoned native plantations", flowering and fruiting in
January.

The Vitex agelaeifolia Mildbr. (1922) of Subgenus Euvitex, Section
Axillares, Subsection Paniculatae, is a synonym of V. phaseolifolia
Mildbr.

VITEX AGELAEIFOLIA var. RUFULA Mold.

Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 16: 491. 1968; Mold.,
Fifth’ Summ, 12. 231. (2971): and*2:+ 710. &°922.. 1971.

Additional citations: ZAIRE: Germani 5232 (E--2168604).

VITEX AGNUS-CASTUS L.

Additional & emended synonymy: Vitex, sive Agnus Castus Gerarde,
Herbal, ed. 1, 3: 1387. 1597. Agnus Castus Cast. ex Schr6d., Pharm.
Med. 4: 10. 1649. Elaeagnon Theophrasti Lob. ex Schréd., Pharm. Med.
4: 10. 1649. Salix Amerina Dios., Matth. ex Schréd., Pharm. Med. 4:
10. 1649. Vitex Trag. ex Schréd., Pharm. Med. 4: 10. 1649. Vitex
foliis angustioribus cannabis modo dispositis K. Bauhin ex Schréd.,
Pharm. Med. 4: 10. 1649. Vitex, agnus castus Lonicer. Kreuterb., imp.
L277. 1679; Vitex agnus castes i; Sp. Pl.) edie Ly) imp. 15. 638,
1753. Vitex agnus castus Retz., Nom. Bot. 155. 1772. Vitex
agnuscastus L. apud Gussone, Fl. Sic. Prodr. 2: 147. 1828. Vitex
agnes-castus L. apud A. Wood, Class-book, [ed. 42], imp. 1, 539,
sphalm. 1861. Vitex agnus castus var. agnus castus Kurz, Forest Fl.
Brit. Burma 2: 270. 1877. Vites agnus castus L. apud B. Fedtsch, in
O. Aw & B. A. Fedtsch., Consp. Fl. Turkest. 5: 122, sphalm. 1913,
Vitex agnus custus Al-Rawi & Chakvavarty, Iraq Min, Agr. Tech, Bull.
15: 4, sphalm. 1964. Vitex agnus-castur Coon, Fragrances Frag. Pl.
117, sphalm. 1967. Vitex agnus-castus var. agnus-castus [L.] apud
Burlage, Ind. Pl. Tex. 184. 1968. Vitex agnucastus Farnsworth, Phar-
macog. Titles 5 (10): xxiv, sphalm. 1970. Vitex carone Bircher ex
Mold., Phytologia 28: 465, in syn. 1974, Vitex ilensis Runkewitz ex
Mold., Phytologia 28: 465, in syn. 1974. Vitex negundo Hausskn. ex
Mold., Phytologia 31: 412, in syn. 1975 [not V. negundo Curtis, 1832,
nor L., 1753, nor L. f., 1966, nor Lour., 1934, nor "(not L.) Matsum.",
1955, nor Noronha, 1790, nor Roxb., 1977, nor Royle, 1919, nor Willd.,
1918]. Vitex agnus-castus var. agnus-castus Thomas ex Mold., Phyto-
logia 34: 279, in syn. 1976. Vitex agnus-catus Lewis & Elvin-Lewis,
Med. Bot. 332, sphalm. 1977. Vitex angus-castus var. angus-castus
To. 1, a0 herp:

Additional & emended bibliography: Nicolaus in Mesue, Canon. Univ.
leaf 328 recto. 1510; Bartholom. Angl. [transl. Trevisa], Barthol.
Propriet. Rer. 1535; Camus, Achemin. Devot. 286. 1624; Camus, Homel,.
Festiv. 201. 1625; Cast., Hort. Mess. 24. 1640; J. Schrod., Pharm.
Med. 4: 10. 1649; Coles, Adam Eden. 1657; Lonicer, Kreuterb., imp. l,
77. 1679; Cup., Hort. Cathy 4. 16963 Cup, Hort. Cath. Suppl. Alt. 6,
1697; Culpepper, Engl. Physit. Enlarg. 1681; Rivin., Introd. Gen. Rem.
Herb. Ord. Pl. Irreg. Monop. [26]. 1690; Blackwell, Cur. Herb. 1: pl.

226 PET BO: Loe G, Fs Vol. 44, No. 4

139, 1751; Chomel, Abreg. Hist. Pl. Usuel., ed. 2, vol. 1-3. 1761;

Le, Sp. Pl., ed. 2, 890. 1763; Hasselq., Voy. Trav. Levant 280) 80007)
1766; [Retz.], Nom. Bot. 155. 1772; Ginanni, Istor. Civ. Nat. Pinet.
Ravenn. 251. 1774; Lam., Fl. Franc. 2: 363. 1778; Plenck., Icon. Pl.
Med. 6: 13, pl. 510. 1778; All., Fl. Ped. 1: 124. 17833 Gaertn,,
Fruct. Sem. Pl..1:..269, pl. 56. 1788; Lam; Encycl. Meths.Boteras
611--613. 1788; Ucria, Hort. Reg. Panhorm. 266. 1789; Poir. in Lam.,
Tabl. Encycl. Meth. Bot. 6: pl. 541. 1794; Russell, Nat. Hist. Aleppo,
ed. 2, 2: 256. 1794; Gmel.. in L., Syst. Nat., ed. 13, 2:: 963,00
Salisb., Prodr. 106. 1796; Raeusch., Nom, Bot., ed. 3; 182,;i007%
Balbis, Cat. Pl. Hort. Bot. Taur. 49. 1804; Desf., Tabl. Ecol. Bot,,
ed. 1, 53. 1804; Sibth. & Sm., Fl. Graec. Prodr. 1: 441, 1809s Witla
Enum. Pl. Hort. Berol. 2: 660. 1809; Stokes, Bot. Mat. Med. 3: 413.
1812; Balbis, Cat. Stirp. Hort. Acad. Taur. 81. 1813; Dest,,) Taam
Ecol. Bot., ed. 2, 64. 1815; Dierbach, Handb. Med. Pharm. Bot. 267,
461, & [463]. 1819; Pers., Sp. Pl. 33.360. 1819; A. Rich., Bots) Mees
1: 243. 1823; Dierbach, Arzneim. Hippok. 1824; A. Rich, [transl. G.
Kunze], Med. Bot. 1: 382--383. 1824; Spreng. in L., Syst. Veg., ed.
16: 2:, 759. 18253 As Rich. [transl. Gs Kunze], Med. Bots.2% 2a0e.
1826; Sweet, Hort. Brit., ed. 1, 1:.323. 1826; Gussone,; Fls Sic. fread.
2: 147--148. 1828; G. Don in Loud., Hort. Brit., ed. 1, 246. 1830;
Sibth. & Sm., Fl. Graec. 7: pl. 609. .1830; Sweet, Hort. Brit., ed, 2,
416. 1830; Bischoff, Grundr. Med. Bot. 305. 1831; Tenore, Syllog. Fl.
Nap. 86. 1831; Tenore, Syll. Vasc. Pl. 298. 1831; G. Don in Loud.,
Hort. Brit., ed. 2, 246. 1832; Loud,, Hort... Brit., eds 2a,oebe eee
Mohl, Ann. Sci. Nat., ser. 2, 3: 319. 1835; A. Dietr., Handb. Pharma-
ceut. Bot. 113 & 413. 1837; A. Dietr., Taschenb. Ausland. Arzneigew.
221 & 324. 1839; G. Don in Loud., Hort. Brit., ed. 3, 246. 1839;
Sweet, Hort. Brit., ed. 3, 551. 1839; Meisn., Pl. Vasc. Gen, 2: 2On,
1840; Spach, Hist. Nat. Veg. Phan. 9: 230--231. 1840; Bouchez, Nouv.
Corses 95. 1843;.D. Dietr.,. Syme Pl. .3:.612. 1843; Bertol,,. Fi.) deans
6: 455. 1844; Gussone, Fl. Sic. Syn. 2: 110. 1844; Schau. in A. DC.,
Prodr. 11: 684. 1847; Wackernagel, Vocab. Optim. 49. 1847; Bussemak.

& Daremb., Oeuvres d'Oribase 1--6. 1851-1876; Plinius Sec. [transl.
Bostock & Riley], Nat. Hist. vol. 1--6. 1865; Schnitzl., Iconogr. Fam.
Nat. 2: 137 Verbenac,[2]. 1856; Buek, Gen. Spec. Syn. Candoll. 3: 501.
1858; Reichenb., Icon. Fl. Germ. 18: 52--53, pl. 1293. 1858; Moris,
Fl. Sard. 3: 343. 1859; Tornabene, Atti Accad. Gioena Sci. Nat. Cat-
ania, ser. 2, 16: [Fl. Foss. Etna] 119, pl. 3Al. 1859; Dupuis, Nouv.
Fl. Usuel. Med. 2: 298, pl. 37, fig. 2. 1860; A. Wood, Class—book,
[ed. 42], imp. 1, 539. 1861; Rosenth., Syn. Pl. Diaph. 1862; A. Gray,
Man. Bot. North. U. S., ed. 3, Ixvii (1862) and ed. 4, imp. 1, lxvii.
1863; Bocq., Adansonia, ser. 1, 2: pl. 6. 1863; A. Wood, Class—book,
[ed. 42], imp. 2, 539. 1863; A. Gray, Man. Bot. North. U. S., ed. 4,
imp. 2, lxvii. 1864; A. Wood, Class-book, [ed. 42], imp. 3, 539 (1865),
[ed. 42], imp. 4, 539 (1867), and [ed. 42], imp. 5, 539. 1868; A. Gray,
Field For. Gard. Bot., ed. 1, imp. 1, 243 (1868) and ed. 1, imp. 2;
243. 1869; A. Wood, Class-book, [ed. 42], imp. 6, 539 (1869) and [ed.
42], imp. 7, 539. 1870; A. Gray, Man. Bot. North. U. S., eds 4, imp.

3, lxvii. 1870; Willkomm & Lange, Prod. Fl. Hisp. 2: 389. 1870; A.
Wood, Am. Bot. Flor., ed. 1, imp. 1, 237 (1870) and ed. 1, imp. 2,

1979 Moldenke, Notes on Vitex 227

237. 1871; Carr., Rev. Hort. 1870: 415. 1871; Moggridge, Fl. Mentone
pl. 14. 1871; Scotti, Fl. Med. Prov. Como. 1872; A. Wood, Am. Bot,
Flor., ed. 1, imp. 3, 237. 1872; A. Wood, Class-book, [ed. 42], imp.
8, 539. 1872; Maout & Decaisne, Gen. Syst. Bot. 615. 1873; A. Wood,
Am. Bot. Flor., ed. 1, imp. 4, 237. 1873; Ces., Passer. & Gib., Comp.
Fl. Ital. 327.1874; A. Wood, Am. Bot. Flor., ed. 1, imp. 5, 237
(1874) and ed. 1, imp. 6, 237. 1875; A. Wood, Class-book, [ed. 42],
imp. 9, 539. 1876; S. Kurz, Forest. Fl. Brit. Burma 2: 269--270 & 612.
1877; DeGubernatis, Mythol. Pl. [Fr. transl.] 5. 1878; Puschmann
[transl.], Alexander Tralles vol. 1--2. 1878 & 1879; Boiss., Fl. Or-
dent.,<impi:L; 4: '535..1879; A. Gray, Field For. Gard. Bot.,; easll,
imp. 3, 243. 1880; Gamble, Man, Indian Timb., ed. 1, 296 & 522. 1881;
Nyman, Consp. Fl. Eur. 563. 1881; A. Wood, Class-book, [ed. 42], imp.
10, 539. 1881; Arcang., Compl. Fl. Ital., ed. 1, 561 & 886. 1882;
Saint-Lager, Cat. Pl. Vasc. Fl. Bass. Rhone 637--638. 1883; Strobl,
Oesterr. Bot. Zeitschr. 33: 407. 1883; Dymock, Veg. Mat. Med. W. In-
dia 499--500 & 785. 1884; Caruel in Parlatore, Fl. Ital. 6: 335--336
(1884) and 6: 337. 1885; Hoffm. & Auracher, Romaniscii. Forsch. 1:
49--105. 1885; Vesque, Ann. Sci. Nat. Paris, ser. 7, 1: 336, 341, &
343. 1885; LeGrand, Fl. Anal. Berry 72. 1887; Nicholson, I1l. Dict.
Gard. 4: 186. 1887; Tornabene, Fl. Sic. 419. 1887; Thome, Fl. Deutschl.
&: 1/2. 1888; 0. Be: Willis:in.A. Wood, Am. Bot Flor s, ed. 2, 23%. 1889;
Battandier & Trabut, Fl. Alger. 717. 1890; Tornabene, Fl. Aetnea 3:
175--176 (1891) and 4: 486. 1892; Dymock, Warden, & Hooper, Pharma-
cog. Ind. 3: [411i] & 75—76. 1893; Arcang., Compl. ‘Fi. Ital., eds Z,
444 & 833. 1894; Israelson, Mat. Med. Klaud. Galen. [thesis]. 1894;

L. H. Bailey in A. Gray, Field For. Gard. Bot., ed. 2, 342. 1895;
Guirke in Engl., Pflanzenw. Ost-Afr. C: 339. 1895; Voss in Vilm., Biumen-
gdrt. 1: 829. 1895; C. Bicknell, Fl. Bord. San Remo 217. 1896; Engi.,
Syllab. Pflanzenfam., ed. 2, 178. 1898; Dorveaux, Prompt. Méd. Simp.
Thib. Lespl. 163. 1899; Solered., Syst. Anat. Dicot. 712, 713, & 716.
1899; Battandier & Trabut, Fl. Anal. Synop. Alg. 271 & 459. 1902; Col-
lett, Fl. Siml. 380. 1902; Halacsy, Consp. Fl. Graec. 2: 461. 1902;
Paque, Fl. Anal. Descr. Prov. Namur Luxemb. 448. 1902; Engi., Syliab.
Pflanzenfam., ed. 3, 188 (1903) and ed. 4, 189. 1904; Baerecke, Anal.
Key Ferns Flow. Pl. Atl. Sect. Middl. Fla. 115. 1906; Brandis, Indian
Trees, imp. 1, 504. 1906; Engl., Syllab. Pflanzenfam., ed. 5, 193.
1907; Jahandiez, Vieux Gattilier. 1908; Schimmel & Co., Semi-Ann. Rep.
Apr. 121--122. 1908; D. H. Scott in Solered., Syst. Anat. Dicot.
[transl. Boodle & Fritsch] 1: 631 & 634. 1908; Solered., Syst. Anat.
Dicot. Ergdnz. 255. 1908; Engl., Syllab. Pflanzenfam., ed. 6, 198.
1909; Hansel, Chem. Zentr. 1: 1477. 1909; Hatton, Craftsm. P1.-Book
368, fig. 727. 1909; Rouy, Fl. France 11: 218. 1909; Hansel, Journ.
Chem. Soc. 1: 401. 1910; Rolland, Fl. Populaire 8: 37--3S. 1910; C.K.
Schneid., Illustr. Handb. Laubholzk. 2: 594--595, fig. 384 o & p (1911)
and ‘Reg. 1332 1912; Gard. Chrons; ser. 35.51: 52, fig. 28. 19125 Cilg
in Engl., Syllab. Pflanzenfam., ed. 7, 314. 1912; Budge, Syrian Anat.
Path. Therapeut. 1: [Book Med.] 607, fol. 288a (1913) and 2: 723 &
730. 1913; Bean, Trees Shrubs Hardy Brit. Isles, ed. 1, 2: 663. 1914;
H. S. Thompson, Fl. Pl. Riviera 179, pl. 23. 1914; Wangerin, Justs
Bot. Jahresber. 40 (1): 862. 1914; Sommier & Caruana Gatto, Fl. Melit.

228 PY cE Or hae Gok Vol. 44, No. 4
ij

Nov. 234. 1915; Kirtikar & Basu, Indian Med. Pi., ed. 1. 1918; Gilg
in Engl., Syllab. Pflanzenfam., ed. 8, 319. 1919; Philippson, Peter-
manns Mitt. 65: 168--173 & 204--207. 1919; Hubert, Trav. Lab. Mat.
Méd. Paris 13: [Verbenac. Utal. Mat. Méd.] 78. 1921; Knoche, Fl. Bal-
ear., imp. 1, 1: 59. 1921; Lam & Bakh., Bull. Jard. Bot. Buitenz.,
ser. 3, 3: 48. 1921; Lazaro & Ibiza, Compl. Fl. Espaii., ed. 3, 3: 298,
fig. 874. 1921; Fedde & Schust., Justs Bot. Jahresber. 43: 159. 1922;
Voronov, Mater. Mikol. Fitopat. Ross. 4 (1): 60. 1922; Knoche, Fl.
Balear., ed. 1, 3: 188, 261, 314, 327, 334, & 410. 1923; Schnarf, 6s-
terr. Bot. Zeitschr. 72: 242--245. 1923; Gilg in Engl., Syllab. Pflan-
zenfam., ed. 9 & 10, 340. 1924; Parker, Forest Fl. Punj., ed. 2, 395.
1924; Pamp., Bull. Soc. Bot. Ital. [31]: 22 & 75. 19253. Wangerin;
Justs Bot. Jahresber. 52 (1): 482. 1924; Javorka, Magyar Fl. 856.
1925; Bartlett, Papers Mich. Acad. 6: 59. 1926; Fioro, Nuov. Fl. Anal.
Ital. 2: 468. 1926; Janssonius, Mikrogr. Holz. 753 & 812. 1926; Krause,
Justs Bot. Jahresber. 44: 1220. 1926; Fedde, Justs Bot. Jahresber.

44: 1537. 1927; Cyrén & Hayek in Karst. & Schenck, Vegetat.-bild. 18

(H 6/7): pl. 32a. 1928; Hottes, Book Shrubs, ed. 1, 343--345. 1928;
Gard. Chron., ser. 3, 85: 103--104. 1929; Hayek, Prodr. Fl. Penins.
Balc. 2: 235. 1929; Wangerin, Justs Bot. Jahresber. 50 (1): 68. 1929;
Bouloumoy, Fl. Liban Syrie 259, pl. 320, fig. 1. 1930; Pampanini,
Prodr. Fl. Ciren. 385. 1930; Hottes, Book Shrubs, ed. 2, 403--405.
1931; W. Trelease, Wint. Bot., ed. 3, imp. 1, 335. 1931; Vansell &
Eckert, Univ. Calif. Agr. Exp. Sta. Bull. 517, imp. 1, 52. 19313; Cou-
tinho, Fl. Port., ed. 2, 600. 1932; Javorka & Csapody, Icon. Fl. Hung.
pl. 418, fig. 2845. 1932; G. Klein, Handb. Pflanzenanal. 3 (1): 589,
597, 610, & 654. 1932; Krdusel, Justs Bot. Jahresber. 51 (1): 643.
1932; Wilder, Frag. Path 132 & 407. 1932; Benthall, Trees Calcut. 354.
1933; Fedde, Justs Bot. Jahresber. 51 (2): 385. 1933; G. Klein, Handb.
Pflanzenanal. 4 (1): 748. 1933; Fedde, Justs Bot. Jahresber. 52 (1):
826. 1934; Jahandiez & Maire, Cat. Pl. Maroc. 3: 611. 1934; Jex-Blake, —
Gard. East Afr., ed. 1, 117. 1934; Diels in Engl., Syllab. Pflanzen- -
fam., ed. 11, 339. 1936; Makins, Ident. Trees Shrubs 17 & 259, fig. 5
D. 1936; Wangerin, Justs Bot. Jahresber. 56 (1): 668. 1936; Zangheri,
Fl. Veg. Pinet. Raven. 189. 1936; L. H. Bailey, Stand. Cycl. Hort. 3:
3481. 1937; Parks, Tex. Agr. Exp. Sta. Bull. 115: 113. 19374)laneer
Justs Bot. Jahresber. 57 (1): 696 (1937) and 58 (1): 845. 1938; Ember-
ger, Arb. Maroc. 295--296. 1938; Fedde, Justs Bot. Jahresber. 57

(2): 911 (1938) and 58 (2): 668. 1939; Jex-Blake, Gard. East Afr., ed.
2, 135. 1939; Alexopoulos, Mycologia 32: 349. 1940; W. Trelease, Pl.
Mat. Decorat. Gard. Woody Pl., ed. 5, imp. 1, 146. 1940; Oppenheimer &
Evenari, Florul. Cisiord. 2: 363. 1941; Vansell & Eckert, Univ. Calif.
Agr. Exp. Sta. Bull. 517, imps, 2, 76.1941; T.:H., Everett, Gabaimarey
Trees Shrubs 120. 1942; Hottes, Book Shrubs, ed. 4, 403--404. 1942; Van
Melle, Descrip. Rev. Shrubs 55 & 177. 1943; Van Melle, Shrubs Trees
Small Place 55 & 177. 1943; Anon., Pl. Disease Reporter Agr. Res.

Serv. Tech. Bull. 1234. 1944; E. L. D. Seymour, New Gard. Encycl., ed.
3, 1292. 1944; Darlington & Janaki Ammal, Chromos. Atl. 270. 1945; A.
C. Martin, Am. Midl. Nat. 36: 608 & 609, pl. 50. 1946; E. L. D. Sey-
miur, New Gard. Encycl., ed. 4, 1292. 1946; O. Fernandez, Chem. Abstr.
41: 4197. 1947; 0. Fernandez, Ion 7: 2--10. 1947; Sampaio, Fl. Port.,

|
{

1979 Moldenke, Notes on Vitex 229

ed. 2, 504. 1947; Hara, Enum. Sperm. Jap., imp. 1, 1: 191. 1948; Knob-—
fpeh, ‘Read’ Biol. Sci: hic 19483; Be Ns bbe Mold. (Pil. bite Ze a7,
42, & 44. 1948; Parsa, Fl. Iran 4 (1): 538--540, fig. 254. 1949; Bro-
din [ed.], Agnus Castus Middl. Engl. Herb. 1950; Fernald in A. Gray,
Man. Bot., ed. 8, 1045. 1950; Hottes, Book Shrubs, ed. 5, 403--405.
1950; Jex-Blake, Gard. East Afr., ed. 3, 125. 1950; Metcalfe & Chalk,
Anat. Dicot. 1031 & 1033. 1950; Bean, Trees Shrubs Hardy Brit. Isles,
Sa oF503: Sk. (295145 °ES. LeoD. Seynour,. New-Gard. (Racycl: sed 2.5¢- 42592.
1951; B. C. Biackburn, Trees Shrubs East. N. Am. 302 & 356. 1952;
Hottes, Book Shrubs. [ed. 6, imp. 1], 403--404. 1952; Monserrat, Col-
lect. Bot. 3: 412. 1953; Weiss & O'Brien, Ind. Pl. Diseases U. S. 5:
1178. 1953; Bor & Raizada, Some Beaut. Indian Climb. [136]. 1954; R.

W. Br., Compos. Scient. Words 833. 1954; Guinet & Sauvage, Trav. Inst.
Scient. Chérif., Ser. Gen., 2: 121. 1954; Pételot, Pl. Méd. Camb. Laos
Vietn. 2: 251 (1954) and 4: 171. 1954; Roberty, Pét. Fi. Ouest-Afr.
178. (1954: Core, Pi» Tax. 402.1955; Lapraz, Collect. Bots 45°346.
1955; Vines, Trees Shrubs Woody Vines. 1955; Bean in Chittenden, Dict.
Gard. 4: 2249 & 2250. 1956; Darlington & Wylie, Chrom. Atl., imp. l,
323. 1956; Parker, Forest Fl. Punj., ed. 3, 590. 1956; Rehd., Han.
Cult. Trees Shrubs, ed. 2, 805. 1956; Wyman, Shrubs Vines Am. Gard.

351 & 352. 1956; Angely, Bot. Aplic. Farm. 267 & 311. 1958; Hottes,
Book Shrubs, [ed. 2, imp. 2], 403--404. 1958; Humbert, Fl. Sahara Sept.
Cent. [406] & 407, fig. 149. 1958; Hottes, Book Shrubs, [ed. 2, imp.
3], 403--404. 1959; Viertel, Trees Shrubs Vines no. 407. 1959; Ember-
ger in Chadefaud & Emberger, Trait. Bot. 2: 828, 830, & 832. i960; Hat-
too, Handb>.2i. ‘Flof.Ora. 368, figs J27& 7285 1960; Beli¢, Bergant-
Dolar, & Morton, Journ. Chem. Soc. Lond. 1961: 2523--2525. 1961; Buia,
Fl. Mic. Illustr. Rep. Pop. Rom. 401. 1961; Darlington & Wyllie, Chro-
mos. Atl., imp. 2, 323. 1961; Fournier, Quat. Fl. France 807--808, fig.
3353. 1961; Willaman & Schubert, Agr. Res. Serv. U. S. Dept. Agr.

Tech. Bull. 1234: 237. 1961; Anon., Hort. Abstr. 32: 202. 1962; Enari,
Ornament. Shrubs Calif. 170. 1962; Hartl, Beitr. Biol. Pfl. 37: 294.
1962; Kariyone, Ann. Ind. Rep. Pl. Chem. 1959: 94. 1962; Lonicer,
Kreuterb., imp. 2, 77. 1962; Turrill, Curtis Bot. Mag. 174: pl. 400.
1962; Boiss.; Fl. Orient., imp. 2, 4: 535. 1963; J. Bush-Br., Shrubs
Trees lIiome Landsc. 161, 195, & 197. 1963; Graf, Exotica 3: 1481 & 1734.
1963; Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.6: 534. 1963; Huber in Hutchins. & Dalz.,
Fl. W. Trop. Afr., ed. 2, 2: 448. 1963; Maheshwari, Fl. Delhi 281.
1963; Quezel & Santa, Nouv. Fl. Alg. 2: 780. 1963; E. L. D. Seymour,
Wise Gard. Encycl., ed. 6, 1292. 1963; Al-Rawi & Chakravarty, Iraq ftiin.
Agr. Tech. Bull. 15: 4. 1964; Castagnou & al., Bull. Soc. Pharm. Bor-
deaux 103: 123/ 1964; Kariyone, Ann. Ind. Rep. Pl. Chem. i960: 101.
1964; Melchior in Engl., Syllab. Pflanzenfam., ed. 12, 2: 435. 1964;
Radford, Ahles, & Bell, Guide Vasc. Fl.. Carol. 282. 1964; E. L. D.
Seymour, New Gard. Encycl., ed. 7, 1292. 1964; R. L. Taylor, Pl. Colo-
nial Days 22, 102, & 106. 1964; W. Trelease, Wint. Bot., ed. 3, imp. 2,
335. 1964; Wayside Gardens, For Autumn Plant. 115 & 117. 1964; J. & L.
Bush-Br., Am. Gard. Book, ed. 4, 278. 1965; Karitone, Ann. Ind. Rep.
Pl. Chem. 1961: 130. 1965; Pitschmann & Reisigl., Fl. Stidalp. 189.
1965; Anon., Delect. Sem. Hort. Bot. Cant. Thbilis. Georg. 25. 1966;
Arevalo, Fl. Espan. 81. 1966; Burkill, Dicti. Econ. Prod. Malay Penins.

230 PRY hE OohcO GRA Vol. 44, Wo.

2: 2277 & 2278. 1966; T. H. Everett, Reader's Digest Compl. Book Gard.
447 & 605. 1966; Everett, Random House Dict., imp. 1, 250. 1966; Grif-
fith & Hyland, U. S. Dept. Agr. Pl. Invent. 167: 177. 1966; Guest & Al
Rawi, Fl. Iraq 1: 84 & 106. 1966; Kandelaki, Vestn. Gruzinsk. Bot.
Ob8é. 3: 81. 1966; Lovell, Gleanings Bee Cult. 94: 355--356. 1966; Po-
lunin & Huxley, Flow. Medit. 42 & 154--155, pl. 16, fig. 394. 1966;
Thornberry, Agric. Handb. 165: 479. 1966; Capite, Ann. Fac. Agrar. ;
Univ. Perugia 22: 111--126. 1967; Capite, Vitex Agn. Oss. Isto-anat
[1]--18, fig. 1--9. 1967; Cole, Hogan, & Oebker, Proc. 7th Nat. Agric.
Plastics Conf. Ky. 1966, 38--41. 1967; Coon, Fragrance Frag. Pl. 117.
1967; D'Arcy, Rhodora 69: 439. 1967; H. C. D. deWit, Pl. World High.
Pl. 2: 185. 1967; Esfandiari. Prem. Liste Pl. Herb. Minist. Agr. Iran
253. 1967; Everett, Random House Dict., imp. 2, 1250. 1967; Grieve,
Modern Herb. 188. 1967; Hyland, U. S. Dept. Agr. Pl. Invent. 168: 26 &
248. 1967; Korr, Biol. Abstr. 51: 11428. 1970; E. Lawrence, South.
Gard., ed. 2, 219 & index. 1967; Lovell, Biores. Index 1967: 274. 1967;
Patzak & Rech. in Rech., Fl. Iran 43: 5 & 8. 1967; Rendle, Classif.
Flow. Pl., ed. 2, 2: 505. 1967; Wilson & Bell, Fragrant Year 186 & 187.
1967; R. E. Alston in Mabry, Recent Adv. Phytochem. 1: 311. 1968; A-
non., Hortic. Abstr. 38: 469. 1968; Burkill, Dict. Econ. Prod. Malay
Penins. 2: 2277 & 2278. 1966; Burlage, Ind. Pl. Tex. 184--185, 206,
209, 214, 221, 222, 224, 225, 229, 235, 237, & 238. 1968; Cole, Hogan,
& Oebker, Hortic. Abstr. 38: 469. 1968; Dean, Trees Shrubs Heart Dix-
ie, ed. 2, 210. 1968; Gunawardena, Gen. Sp. Pl. Zeyl. 147--148. 1968;
Hossaini, Vox. Sang. 15: 410--417. 1968; NMold., Phytologia 16: 490--
495. 1968; Mold., Résumé Suppl. 16: 1, 2, 4, 7, 13, & 29 (1968) and 17:
8, 14--16, & 53. 1968; Munz, Suppl. Calif. Fl. 102. 1968; A. & I.
Nehrling, Easy Gard. Drought-Resist. Pl., imp. 1, 170, 226, & 227.
1968; Sherk & Buckley, Ornament. Shrubs Canada 164. 1968; Spring Hill
Nurseries [Tipp City, Ohio], Fall Sale Cat. 1968: 23. 1968; W. Trelease,
Pl. Nat. Decorat. Gard. Woody Pl., ed. 5, imp. 2, 146. 1968; Uphof, P|
Dict. Econ. Pl., ed. 2, 122 & 545. 1968; H. Walt., Veget. Erde 2: 133.
1968; Anon., Commonw. Mycol. Inst. Ind. Fungi 86. 1969; Bolkh., Grif,
Matvej., & Zakhar., Chromos. Numb. Flow. Pl., imp. 1, 717. 1969; Brum-
mitt & Ferguson, Reg. Veg. 61: 190. 1969; Capite, Hortic. Abstr. 39:
873. 1969; Farnsworth, Blomster, Quimby, & Schermerh., Lynn Index 6:
267. 1969; Fior, Nostr. Fl., ed. 3, 571. 1969; Horowitz, Pollen Spores
ll: 360, 364, 367, & 370. 1969; Hyland, U. S. Dept. Agr. Pl. Invent.
173: 164. 1969; Jeffrey in Takhtajan, Flow. Pl. 245 & 310. 1969; A. L.
Mold., Phytologia 18: 128. 1969; Polunin, Field Guide Flow. Eur. 343

& 626, pl. 106-1087. 1969; G. W. Thomas, Tex. P1/ Ecolog. Summ. 78.
1969; J. V. Watkins, Fla. Landsc. Pl., imp. 1, 306. 1969; Yeo in Synge,
Suppl. Dict. Gard., ed. 2, 551. 1969; Anon., Biol. Abstr. 51 (20: B.A.
S.I.C. S.233. 1970; Azab, Megahed, & El-Mirsawi, Bull. Soc. Ent. Egypt.
54: 322. 1970; Barbey, Arbor. Ornament., ed. 4, 105. 1970; Baytop &

al., Univ. Eczacilik. Fak. Mecm. 6: 27--34. 1970; El-Gazzar & Wats.,

New Phytol. 69: 483 & 485. 1970; Farnsworth, Pharmacog. Titles 5 (10):
xxiv & item 12080. 1970; Kobayashi, Bull. Govt. For. Exp. Sta. Tokyo
226: 108 & 216. 1970; McGourty [ed], 1200 Trees [Plants Gard. 26 (2):]
53. 1970; "M. K.", Biol. Abstr. 51: 11428. 1970; Mold.ein Correll &
Johnston, Man. Vasc. Pl. Tex: [Contrib. Tex. Res. Found. 6:] 1340, 1797,
1813, 1833, 1836, 1838, 1846, 1853, 1864, 1878, & 1879. 1970; E. L. D.

1979 Moidenke, Notes on Vitex rae X |

Seymour, New Gard. Encycl., ed. 8, 1292. 1970; Viertel, Trees Shrubs
Vines no. 407. 1970; Brandis, Indian Trees, imp. 2, 504. 1971; R. C.
Clark, Ann. Mo. Bot. Gard. 58: 232. 1971; Farnsworth, Pharmacog Titles
5, Cumul. Gen. Ind. 1971; Hartwell, Lloydia 34: 387--388. 1971; Long
& Lakela, Fl. Trop. Fla. 738, 739, & 961. 19713; A. Léve, Taxon 20:
S530 07s Mold., Fifth Summ. bo 20, 2b, 245 25527, 3ie 32, A850,
Ph 64a) G25 64,5:;66¢: 106,;/ £07,109, 12k, 131,1.3335¢0179,. (2905203,
fO5—“208;,: 215, 252, -25%5) 266,90 267, 2695. 313,):328, 373, 376, 38557t
386 (1971) and 2: 491, 602, 709--713, 715, 717, 719--724, 726--728,
73%, 232.0776; 784, 922, & 970. L97Ls Perrot-&: Paris, Pl, Médic..1:
103, fig. 1--7. 1971; Polunin, Pflanz. Europ. 277 & 514, pl. 106. 1971;
Priszter, Delect. Sem. Spor. Pl. Hort. Bot. Univ. Hung. 59. 19713; Wy-
mn; Gards. Encyel. 5) imp.ii1,; 3305, 39354: 3975" 3985.6 227k. 297k. D.
Adams, Flow. Pl. Jamaic. 636, 796, & 846. 1972; Anon., U. S. Dept.
Agr. Home Gard. Bull. 181: 3 & 20. 1972; R. Bailey, Good Housekeep.
EM Encye1 «Gard. 152, 2327.) 19725. R..@s: & NM. Lia Beas Moody Pi. He.
288 & 289. 1972; Dymock, Warden, & Hooper, Hamdard 15: 330 & 349.
1972; Encke & Buchheim in Zander, Handw6rterb. Pflanzennam., ed. 10,
525 & 553. 1972; Farnsworth, Pharmacog. Titles 7 (4): xxvi & 222
(1972) and 7 (12): xviii. 1972; Fletcher in Hillier, Man. Trees
Shrubs, ed. 2, 416 (1972) and imp. ed., 416. 1972; Hara, Enum. Sperm.
Jap: imps. 25; is 191. 1972; Hold. Phytologia’ 232: 413, 414,/ 419, 427,
430, 434, 437, & 438. 1972; Palmer & Pitman, Trees South Afr. 3: 1949.
1972; Picci, Archiv. Bot. Biogeogr. Ital. 48: 50. 1972; Polunin, Con-
cise Flow. Eur. 75, 106, & 107, pl. 1087. 1972; Rouleau, Taxon Index
Vols. 1-20 part 1: 382. 1972; Skinner, Ornament. Pl. Coastal Northw.
76. 1972; Stalter, Castanea 37: 225. 1972; R. R. Stewart, Annot. Cat.
in Nasir & Ali, Fl. W. Pakist. 608. 1972; Townsend, Kew Bull. 27:
148, fig. 1 (left). 1972; Trease & Evans, Pharmacog., ed. 10, 564.
1972; Tutil in Tutin & al., Fl. Eur. 3: 122 & 370. 1972; Wyman, Gard.
Entycl.;. imp. 2,330;; 393,.)397,. 398, 7665: 1024, & 2b7k. 19725. Anon.,
Biol. Abstr. 56 (4): B.A.S.I.C. S.280. 1973; Anon., Hort. Bot. Univ.
Monaster. Ind. Sem. 1972/73: 711. 1973; Fossi Innamorati, Webbia 28:
120. 1973; Frohne & Jensen, System. Pflanzenr. 203, 261, & 305. 1973;
Hegnauer, Chemotax. Pfl. 6 [Chem. Reihe 21]: 661--664, 666, & 677.
1973; "H. R.", Biol. Abstr. 56 (4): 1847. 1973; J. Hutchins., Fan.
Flow. Pl., ed. 3, 487 & 966. 1973; Marco & Mossa, Annali di Bot. 32:
196. 1973; Mold., Phytologia 25: 225 & 244. 1973; Quézel & Pamukcuog-
lu, Feddes Repert. Spec. Nov. 84: 195. 1973; Schuler, Gardn. Basic
Book Trees Shrubs [305] & 319. 1973; Serbanescu-Jitariu & Mitroiu,
Act. Bot. Hort. Bucurest. 1972-73: 108, 109, & 116, pl. 1, fig. 5.
19733,.J..V.Aatkins, Fl. Landsc. Pl.,.ed., 1, imps‘ 4,: 306. 19735, Wedge,
Pl. Names, ed. 1, 4 & 13. 19733; Williamson, Sunset West. Gard. Book,
ed. 3, imp. 11, 440. 1973; Benjamin, Gan Vanof [Gard. & Landscape]

29 (11/12): 9 & 11. 1974; Bolkh., Grif, Matvej., & Zakhar., Chromos.
Num. Flow. Pl., imp. 2, 717. 1974; El-Gazzar, Egypt. Journ. Bot. 17:
75 & 78. 1974; Gibbs, Chemotax. Flow. Pl. 3: 1753--1755 (1974) and 4:
2297. 1974; Howes, Dict. Useful Pi. 52, 166, & 264. 1974; Knoche, Fl.
Balear., imp. 2, 1: 59 (1974) and imp. 2, 3: 188, 261, 314, 327, 334,
& 410. 1974; Little, Woodbury, & Wadsworth, Trees P. Rico Virg. Isls.
2 [Agric. Handb. 449]: xii, 854, 864--866, 999, 1007, 1008, 1011,
1013, 1016, 1019, 1020, & 1024, fig. 684. 1974; Lust, Herb Book, ed. l,

232 PHY TOVOGCTA Vol. 44, No. 4

487 & 605. 1974; Mold., Phytologia 28: 427, 441, 443, 452, & 465.
1974; J. F. Morton, 500 Pl. South Fla. [151]. 1974; Napp-Zinn, Anat.
Blat. 1116. 1974; Troncoso, Darwiniana 18: 395 & 412. 1974; J. V. Wat-—
kins, Fla. Landscape Pl., imp. 5, 306, 362, & 368. 1974; Wedge, Pl.
Names, ed. 2, 18. 1974; Whitney in Foley, Herbs Use Delight [205].
1974; Wilder, Frag. Gard. 132 & 407. 1974; Anon., Ind. Sem. Exp. Sta.
Ornament. Gard. Israel 7. 1975; [Farnsworth], Pharmacog. Titles 7,
Cumul. Gen. Ind. [118]. 1975; Gerarde, Herbal, imp. 3, 3: 1387. 1975;
Kooiman, Act. Bot. Neerl. 24: [459] & 462. 1975; Mold., Phytologia
31: 392 & 412. 1975; A. & I. Nehrling, Easy Gard. Drought-Resist. Pl.,
imp. 2, 170, 226, & 227. 1975; Seabrook, Shrubs Your Gard. 130 & [145]
1975; Zimmerm. & Ziegler in Zimmerm. & Milburn, Transp. Pl. 1 [Pirson
& Zimmer., Encycl. Pl. Physiol.,. ser. 2, 1]: 502. 1975; Litt eee,
Bailey, Hortus Third 1161--1162. 1976; Benjamin, Israel Minist. Agric.
Agr. Res. Org. Div. Ornament. Spec. Publ. 57: 12. 1976; Greuter, Can-
dollea 31: 222. 1976; Lakela, Long, Fleming, & Genelle, Pl. Tampa Bay,
ed. 3 [Bot. Lab. Univ. S. Fla. Contrib. 732] 116, 154, & 183° 207e,
Long & Lakela, Fl. Trop. Fla., ed. 2, 738, 739, 938, & 96Lo 197G,
Malag. Heras, Act. Phytotax. Barcin. 18: 19 & 108. 1976; Mold., Phy-
tologia 34: 249, 250, 270, & 279. 1976; Molina R., Ceiba 19: 96. 1976;
Soukup, Biota 11: 20. 1976; Batson, Gen. East. Pl. 147. 1977; Lebrun
& Stork, Ind. Cart. Répart. Pl. Vasc. Afr. 133. 1977; Lewis & Elvin-
Lewis, Med. Bot. 332. 1977; Lépez-Palacios, Fl. Venez. Verb. 580 &
654. 1977; McGregor & al., Fl. Great Plains 569. 1977; Mold., Phytolo- ©
gia 36: 36. 19773; Speta, Candollea 32: 142, 146, & 155, fig 2x. 1977;
Gomaa, El-Moghazy, Halim, & El-Sayyad, Ornament. Hort. 4: 825. 1978;
Gomaa, El-Moghazy, Halim, & El-Sayyad, Pl. Med. 33: 277. 1978; Kayyuz-
hanskaya, Khim. Prir. Soedin. Tashk. [6]: 763--767. 1977; Heathcote in
Heywood, Flow. Pl. World 237, fig. 3. 1978; Mold., Phytologia 38: 308.
1978; A. L. Mold., Phytologia 41: 80. 1978; Mound & Halsey, Whitefly
World 123. 1978; D. E. Clark, Sunset New West. Gard. Book, ed. 4, imp. ©
2, 498. 1979; Jones & Luchsinger, Pl. Systemat. 302. 1979; Katyuzhan-~
skaya, Biol. Abstr. 67: 5013. 1979; Mold., Phytologia 43: 272 (1979)
and 44: 134. 1979.

Additional & emended illustrations: Lonicer, Kreuterb., imp. l, 7/7.
1679; Blackwell, Cur. Herb. 1: pl. 139 (in color). 1751; Plenck, Icon.
Pl. Med. 6: pl. 510. 1778; Gaertn., Fruct. Sem..Pl. 1: pl. 560017865
Poir. in Lam., Tabl. Encycl. Méth. Bot. 6: pl. 541. 17945" Sibtmees
Sm., Fl. Graec. 7: pl. 609. 1830; Reichenb., Icon. Fl. Germ. 18: pl.
1293. 1858; Tornabene, Atti Accad. Gioena Sci. Nat. Catania, ser. 2,
16: [Fl. Foss. Etna] pl. 3 Al. 1859; Dupuis, Nouv. Fl. Usuel. Med. 2:
pl. 37, fig. 2. 1860; Moggridge, Fl. Mentone pl. 14. 1871; Hatton,
Craftsm. Pl.-Book 368, fig. 727. 1909; C. K. Schneid., Illustr. Handb.
Laubholzk. 2: 592 & 593, fig. 384 o & p. 1911; H. S. Thompson, Fl.

Pl. Riviera pl. 23. 1914; Nash, Addisonia 1: pl. 18. 1916; Lazaro & Ib-
iza, Compl. Fl. Espan., ed. 3, 3: 298, fig. 874. 1921; Cyrénm & Hayek in
Karst. & Schenck, Vegetat.-bild. 18 (H 6/7): pl. 32. 1928; Hottes, Book
Shrubs, ed. 1, 344. 1928; Bouloumoy, Fl. Liban Syrie pl. 320. 1930;
Hottes, Book Shrubs, ed. 2, 404. 1931; Javorka & Csapody, Icon. Fl.
Hung. pl. 418, fig. 2845. 1932; Makins, Ident. Trees Shrubs 17, fig. 5
D. 1936; W. Trelease, Wint. Bot., ed. 3, imp. 1, 335. 1931; Hottes,
Book Shrubs, ed. 4, 404. 1942. [to be continued}

BEGONIA OF ECUADOR

Lyman B. Smith and Dieter C. Wasshausen
Smithsonian Institution
Washington, D. C., U. S. A.

This revision is preliminary to a detailed manuscript for
"Flora of Ecuador" edited by Gunnar Harling and Benkt Sparre.

It enables us to place a number of new species on early record
and to lay a framework for further study as more herbaria are
consulted. So far we have studied in any depth only the herbaria
of AA, AAU, GB, GH, NY, S, and Us.

Our key is frankly artificial because the distinctions of
placental form are highly impractical due to a lack of both pis-
tillate flowers and fruit in a very large proportion of the
specimens examined. For a taxonomic key to the sections see
Irmscher in Pflanzenfam. ed. 2. 21: 579-580. 1925.

1. Flowering plant leafless.
2. Inflorescence small, few-flowered, irregular; apical stipules
imbricate. 33. B. parcifolia
2. Inflorescence large, many-flowered, regularly dichotomous.

3. Cortex yellow-brown, sublustrous, finely striate or rugulose
when dry; stem tough, woody, ca. 3 dm long; capsule-wings
subequal. 34. B. compacticaulis

3. Cortex bluish gray, lustrous, smooth but crustose; stem
soft, hollow, to 4 m long; capsule-wings very unequal.

35. B. erythrocarpa
1. Flowering plant leafy.
4, Blades peltate.
5. The blades subentire to doubly dentate but not lobed.
6. Blades strongly asymmetric, oblique, doubly dentate; leaves
fasciculate at the end of the short stem.
36. B. asympeltata
6. Blades symmetric or nearly so.

7. The blades broadly ovate or elliptic to suborbicular, 8-24
em wide, nearly as wide as long; leaves fasciculate; stem
short. 37- B. serotia

{- The blades ovate, much longer than wide; plant caulescent,
mostly scandent.

8. Umbo close to the broadly truncate blade-base; blade to
2h em long, 7-11 cm wide; stamens few; largest capsule-
wing falciform, ascending. [- Be aeranthos

8. Umbo about equidistant from the rounded base and sides of
the blade or the blade subcordate at base.

9. Stamens free or on a low torus.
10. Inflorescence dichotomously branched.
11. Blade-base more or less indented; margins crenate-
dentate; stamens numerous, clavate. 9. B. ynesiae
ll. Blade-base broadly rounded; margins subentire.
233

234 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 44, No. 4

12. Cortex gray, friable.
13. Filaments slender, longer than the elliptic
anthers. 10. B. pululahuana

13. Filaments short or lacking; stamens clavate.
ll. B. tropaeolifolia
12. Cortex reddish, persistent; stamens clavate; fila-
ments short to almost lacking. 12. B. sodiroi
10. Inflorescence unbranched, not more than 3-flowered.
14. Peduncles solitary, axillary.
15. Outer staminate tepals 14-15 mm long; stamens
numerous; cortex gray, crustose. 13. B. hitchcockii
15. Outer staminate tepals not over 6 mm long; stamens
few.
16. Blades subentire, bicolorous. 14. B. truncicola
16. Blades coarsely dentate, concolorous.
15. B. segregata
14. Peduncles several and secund from leafless branches;
stamens few. 17. B. dodsonii
9. Stamens on a long column, numerous; outer staminate
tepals 8-20 mm long.
17. Blades coarsely dentate; cortex reddish brown; outer

staminate tepals dentate. 18. B. maurandiae
17. Blades subentire; cortex gray, crustose; outer stami-
nate tepals entire. 19. B. geminiflora
5. The blades strongly lobed, digitate-nerved; stem stout,
erect. 35. B. erythrocarpa

4, Blades basifixed.
18. The blades strongly lobed, digitate-nerved; stem erect;
internodes distinct.

19. Stem gray, crustose, stout; blade-lobes 4-5, attenuate;
inflorescence 2-3-dichotomous; capsule-wings only slightly
unequal. 35. B. erythrocarpa

19. Stem not crustose. '

20. Petiole-apex bearing a dense ring of slender trichomes;
blade-lobes irregularly sinuate or lobed; ovary-wings
narrow. 38. B. ludwigii

20. Petiole-apex without a ring of trichomes.

21. Inflorescence to 7 times dichotomous; flowers more than
100; tepals 4 mm long; capsule-wings equal.
3. B. parviflora
21. Inflorescence only a few times dichotomous; flowers
relatively few; tepals 10-25 mm long; capsule-wings
very unequal. 4h, B. acerifolia
18. Blades not strongly lobed.

22. The blades straight or nearly so, the longest nerve
continuing the direction of the petiole.

23. Blades digitate-nerved, generally less than twice as long
as wide and widest below the middle, sometimes combined
with oblique blades on the same plant.

2h. Leaves fascicled; petioles to 45 cm long; stem short;
internodes mostly shorter than the stipules.
25. Tepals subacute, usually dark red; stamens oblong.

1979 Smith & Wasshausen, Begonia of Ecuador 235

30. B. froebelii
25. Tepals rounded, pale.

26. Staminate tepals 6-8 and pistillate tepals 6 or if
less then some deeply lobed; capsule-wings very
unequal, the largest subtriangular, acute or
subacute.

27. Blades triangular-acute; tepals 8-13 mm long;
inflorescence elongate, its branches secund.

28. B. aequatorialis

27. Blades rounded throughout or apiculate; tepals 20-30
mm long; inflorescence short, few-flowered, irregu-
larly branched. 29. B. octopetala

26. Staminate tepals 4 and pistillate tepals 5, never
lobed; blades shallowly lobed.

28. Upper blade-lobes semiorbicular, their sinuses nar-
row; blades sparsely vestite beneath; inflorescence
once dichotomous. 39. B. triramosa

28. Upper blade-lobes subtriangular, their sinuses broad;
inflorescence racemose or subracemose.

33- B. parcifolia
oh, Leaves separated by distinct internodes; plants caules-
cent.
29. Stem scandent.

30. Inflorescence dichotomously branched.

31. Blades broadly rounded or minutely cordate at base,
4-15 cm long, sometimes undulate but otherwise en-
tire; capsule-wings very unequal. 6. B. glabra

31. Blades deeply cordate at base, 4-7 cm long, crenate-
dentate; capsule-wings subequal, small; stamens
numerous, clavate. 9. B. ynesiae

30. Inflorescence simple, not more than 3-flowered.

32. Stamens few, free or on a low torus.

33. Peduncles solitary, axillary. 15. B. segregata
33. Peduncles several and secund from leafless
branches. 16. B. secunda
32. Stamens many on a long column; outer staminate tepals
dentate. 18. B. maurandiae

29. Stem erect or ascending.
34. The stem short, very much exceeded by the peduncles;
blades strongly vestite beneath; tepals red, 20-35
mm long. 30.8. froebelii
34. Stem elongate; peduncles very short; blades glabrous
or nearly so; tepals pale, 3-9 mm long.
35. Stipules and bracts fimbriate; blades narrow, atten-

uate; capsule-wings very unequal. 45. B. fischeri
35. Stipules and bracts crenate; blades ample, apiculate;
capsule-wings equal. ho. B. tiliifolia

23. Blades pinnate-nerved, generally at least twice as long
as wide and widest near the middle, rarely combined with
oblique blades on the same plant; plants caulescent,
usually erect.

36. Inflorescence long and narrow, many-flowered; blades

236 PE eT OCA Vol. 44, No.

slightly asymmetric with the abaxial side somewhat the
wider.

37- Plant pubescent; tepals elliptic or ovate; pistillate
tepals 4-5; pistillate bracteoles serrate, about equal-
ing the ovary; largest capsule-wing ovate, ca. 1 em
wide. 4. B. buddleiifolia

37. Plant nearly glabrous; tepals suborbicular; pistillate
tepals 2; pistillate bracteoles obscurely undulate or
entire, very ample, accrescent; largest capsule -wing

faleate, 2-4 cm wide. 27. B. rossmanniae
36. Inflorescence broad and regularly dichotomous or few-
flowered.

38. Blade-bases subsymmetric with both sides cuneate or
broadly rounded; anthers suborbicular or obovate, much
shorter than the filaments; capsules alate.

39. Blade-base cuneate, then narrowly rounded; blade
oblanceolate, 10-28 em long; capsule-wings subequal.
46. B. maynensis
39. Blade-base broadly rounded; blade elliptic, 4-6. 9 em
long; capsule-wings very unequal; (also scandent).
8. B. holtonis
38. Blade-base strongly asymmetric.
4O. The blade-base with both sides meeting the petiole at

the same point, one side cuneate or both rounded.

41. Blades with one lateral cusp on the larger side,
obliquely cordate at base; pistillate tepals 4.

47. B. harlingii
41. Blades with only a terminal cusp.
hO,. Inflorescence 2-5 times dichotomous; capsule-wings
unequal.

43. Larger basal blade-lobe overlapping the petiole
and the blade often appearing dimidiate, sharply
serrate; inflorescence 5-dichotomous.

48. B. guaduensis

43, Larger basal blade-lobe strongly divergent from the
petiole; blades obscurely serrulate; inflorescence
2-3-dichotomous (herbarium specimens not always
obviously climbing). 31. B. consobrina

hO,. Inflorescence unbranched or once dichotomous;
capsule-appendages equal.

4, Blades glabrous; capsule alate; tepals 2-3 mm long.

1. B. semiovata

44, Blades subdensely vestite with coarse tumid-based

hairs; capsule horned; tepals 15-25 mm long.
20. B. longirostris
4O. The blade-base dimidiate with one side decurrent on
the petiole.
4S. Stipules persistent; plant glabrous; ovary and
capsule ellipsoid or globose, unequally alate.
5. B. foliosa
45, Stipules deciduous; plant vestite especially on the
branchlets and blade-nerves; ovary and capsule

4

1979 Smith & Wasshausen, Begonia of Ecuador 237

turbinate, equally 3-horned.
46. Stamens i staminate tepals 11-16 m long.
47. Staminate tepals very unequal, ovate, acute;

blades glabrous above. el. B. tetrandra

47. Staminate tepals subequal, oblong, deeply retuse;
blades hirtellous above. ee. B. valvata

46. Stamens more than 4; staminate tepals 3-8 mm long;
blades variable. 23. B. urticae

22. Blades oblique to transverse, their longest nerve making
an angle with the petiole.

48. Blade-base cuneate on one side; blade pinnate -nerved
(climbing habit not always evident in herbarium
specimens).

49. Peduncle less than 1 cm long; inflorescence densely few-

flowered. 43. B. albomaculata
49. Pedunecle much more than 1 cm long; inflorescence laxly
2-3-dichotomous. 32. B. consobrina

48. Blade-base cordate.
50. Stipules and bracts fimbriate, persistent; inflorescence
Simple or once dichotomous.
51. Plant low, soft, annual or of shorter duration, tepals
2-4 mm long. 2. B. humilis
51. Plant medium, firm, perennial; staminate tepals to
8 mm long; pistillate tepals 3-6 mm long (blades also
straight). 4S. B. fischeri
50. Stipules and bracts entire, sometimes quickly
deciduous; inflorescence mostly many-flowered.
52. Stem short, stout, exceeded by the petioles; peduncles
much exceeding the leaves (blades also straight).
30. B. froebelii
52. Stem long, slender, much exceeding the petioles;
peduncles slightly if at all exceeding the leaves.
53. Stipules inconspicuous, quickly deciduous, stems
glabrous.

54. Inflorescence simple, 3-flowered (staminate) or
1-flowered (pistillate); capsule turbinate, equally
3-horned. eh. B. mariae

54. Inflorescence once or more often twice dichotomous.

55. Staminate pedicels much enlarged toward apex;
capsule turbinate, equally 3-horned.
25. B. fuchsiiflora
55. Staminate pedicels very slender throughout; capsule
ellipsoid, unequally 3-alate. 49. B. piurensis
53. Stipules conspicuous, persistent; inflorescence 1-3
times dichotomous.

56. Inflorescence with many flowers in dense terminal
clusters; stem, petioles, blades and inflorescence-
branches villous; capsule exalate. 26. B. exalata

56. Inflorescence lax throughout; stem, petioles, blades
and inflorescence-branches sparsely pubescent to
glabrous; capsule alate.

57. Stipules, bracts and bracteoles narrow, bracteoles

238 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 44, No. 4

deciduous. 50. B. microcarpa
57. Stipules, bracts and bracteoles ample; bracteoles
persistent. 31. B. pastoensis

Section DORATOMETRA (Kl.) A. IC.
(Section Poecilia A. IC.)

1. B. SEMIOVATA Liebm., Kjoeb. Vidensk. Meddel. 1852: 22.
1853. B. spruceana A. DC., Ann. Sci. Nat. IV. 11: 142. 1859.

B. flexuosa A. DC., loc. cit. B. guyanensis A. IC., loc. cit.
B. guyanensis var. glaberrima C. DC., Bot. Gaz. 20: 540. 1895.

Type: Oersted 209 (Holotype, C; photo, F), Nicaragua.

Ecuador: Cotopaxi, Esmeraldas, Guayas, Los Rios, Napo,
Pastaza, Pichincha, Tungurahua. Mexico to Guiana and Peru.

2. B. HUMILIS Dryand. in Ait., Hort. Kew. 3: 353. 1789. B.
lucida Haworth, Saxifrag. Enum. 197. 1821. B. meyeniana Walp. in
Nov. Act. Leop.-Carol. 19, Suppl. 1: 409. 1843. B. subhumilis
A. DC., Ann. Sci. Nat. IV. 11: 124. 1859... B. pavoniana As TGs
Op. cit. p. 142.

Type: Kew Hortus s n (Holotype, BM; photo, GH), West Indies.

Stems and petioles glabrous or (B. subhumilis) with a few
fine hairs toward their apices.

Ecuador: Los Rios, Morena-Santiago, Napo, Zamora-Chinchipe.
West Indies to Peru and Brazil.

Section SCHEIDWEILERIA (Kl.) A. IC.

3. B. PARVIFLORA Poepp. & Endl., Nov. Gen. & Sp. 1: 7, pl.
12. 1835. B. micrantha Steud., Nomencl. ed. 2. 1: 194. 1840.
Scheidweileria parviflora (Poepp. & Mndl.) Kl. Begon. 59. 1855.
Begonia myriantha Britton, Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 18: 35. 1891.

Type: Poeppig s n (Holotype, W), Peru.

Ecuador: Bolivar, Cotopaxi, Loja, Morona-Santiago, Napo,
Pastaza, Pichincha, Santiago-Zamora, Tunguruahua. Colombia to
Bolivia.

Section PILDERIA (Kl.) A. DC.

4, B. BUDDLEIIFOLIA A. DC., Ann. Sci. Nat. IV. 11: 141. 1859.
Pilderia urticaefolia Kl., Monatsb. Berlin Akad. 127. 1854.
Begonia urticaefolia Hort. ex Kl., Monatsb. Berlin Akad. 127.
1854, nomen. B. lantanaefolia A. DC., Ann. Sci. Nat. IV. 11:
141. 1859. B. pilderia A. DC. in DC. Prod. 15, pt. 1: 380. 1864.
B. urticifolia (i) Warb., Pflanzenfam. 3, Abt. 6a: 144. 1894,
non Smith 1790.

Type: Spruce 3998 (Holotype, G; photo, GH), Peru.

Ecuador: Morona-Santiago, Pastaza, Santiago-Zamora, Tungurahua
Venezuela, Colombia, Peru.

Section LEPSIA (K1l.) A. DC.

5. B. FOLIOSA H.B.K., Nov. Gen. & Sp. Pl. 7: 183, pl. 642.
1825. ? B. elegans H. B. K., op. cit., 182. B. putzeysiana A.
DC., Ann. Sci. Nat. IV. 11: 139. 1859. B. jamesoniana A. 1.,
loc. cit. B. foliosa H. B. K. var. rotundata L. B. Smith &
Schubert, Caldasia 4, no. 18: 192, pl. 17. 1946; var. putzeysiana

2579 Smith & Wasshausen, Begonia of Ecuador 239

(A. DC.) L. B. Smith & Schubert, loc. cit.; var. australis L. B.
Smith & Schubert, op. cit. p. 194, pl. 17.

Type: Humboldt & Bonpland s n (Holotype, P; photo, US),
Colombia.

Ecuador: Azuay, Carchi, Morona-Santiago, Pastaza, Pichincha,
Tungurahua. Venezuela, Colombia.

Section PRITZELIA (Kl.) A. DC.
(Section Wageneria A. DC.)

6. B. GLABRA Aubl. Pl. Guian. 2: 916, pl. 349. 1775. B.
scandens Sw. Prod. 86. 1788. B. elliptica H. B. K., Nov. Gen. &
Bp. 720 100, | pls Gay. 1625. ‘B: “lucida Otto & Dietr., Allg.
Gartenz. 16: 162. 1848. B. mortiziana Kunth & Bouché, Ind. Sem.
Hort. Berol. 16. 1848. B. physalifolia Liebm., Kjoeb. Vidensk.
Meddell. 1852: 19. 1853. :

Type: Aublet s n (Holotype, BM; photo GH), French Guiana.

Ecuador: Cotopaxi, Esmeraldas, Guayas, Los Rios, Manabi, Napo,
Oro, Pastaza, Pichincha, Santiago-Zamora, Tungurahua. Southern
Mexico and the West Indies to Guiana, Peru and Bolivia.

(.- B. AERANTHOS L. B. Smith & Schubert, Mem. N. Y. Bot. Gard.
8: 36, ER 2 a-e. 1952.

Type: Camp E-1317 (Holotype, NY; photo, US), Ecuador.

aa Zamora -Chinchipe fEsditiecc:Yanhoea ys

Section MEIONANTHERA A. IC.

8. B. HOLTONIS A. DC., Ann. Sci. Nat. IV. 11: 141. 1859. 7B.
umbrata A. DC. in IC. Prod. 15, pt. 1: 396. 1864. B. foliosa H.
B. K., var. amplifolia L. B. Smith & Schubert, Caldasia L, no.
oa clube: pl. 17. 1946. B. schimpfii Irmsch., Bot. Jahrb. 74:
604. 1949

Type: Holton 725 (Holotype, G; isotype, GH), Colombia.

Ecuador : : Azuay, Bolivar, Guayas. Colombia.

Section GOBENIA A. Ic.

9. B. YNESIAE L. B. Smith & D. C. Wasshausen, sp. nov. AB.
sodiroi C. DC., cui affinis, foliorum laminis margine crenato-
dentatis, basifixis profunde cordatisque vel peltatis et basi
plus minusve indentatis differt.

Plant climbing, perennial, glabrous; stem flexuous, woody;
cortex red becoming gray, rimose and friable on old stems; inter-
nodes 1-3 cm long. Stipules persistent, broad, to 5 mm long, en-
tire, thin, brown. Petioles to 9 cm long, red. Blades broadly
ovate, acute or acuminate, 4-7 cm long, crenate-dentate, basi-
fixed and deeply cordate or peltate and more or less indented at
base, pale beneath. Peduncles usually single and axillary, 1.5-
4 em long, very slender. Inflorescence several times dichoto-
mous; bracts persistent, like the stipules. Staminate pedicels
2-5 mm long; tepals 4, red, the outer broadly ovate, obtuse, 12
mm long, entire, the inner elliptic, ca. 10 mm long. Stamens
many on a low torus, clavate with short or no filaments, the en-
larged connective enveloping the pollen sacs. Pistillate pedi-
cels to 10 mm long in fruit; bracteoles suborbicular, covering

240 Pi XY 2-010) GA Vol. 44, No.

the young ovary; tepals 6, ovate, subequal, 4 mm long. Ovary 4-
celled, subglobose; wings subequal, small; placentae bilamellate,
ovuliferous throughout; styles less than 1 mm long, the stigmatic
tissue reniform. Pl. l.

Type: Ecuador: Pichincha: Canton Quito: Alaspongo; trail
Nono to Gualea; dense forest, alt. 3124 m, Ynes Mexia 7706
(Holotype, AA; isotype, US).

Paratypes: Corazon (7), André 3661 (NY). Quito-Mindo road,
ek side Andes, rainforest, Prescott 1467 (NY); L494 (NY); 1505

NY).

10. B. PULULAHUANA C. DC., Bull. Herb. Boiss. II. 8: 325.
1908.

Type: Sodiro 589 (Holotype, G; photo F), Ecuador.

Ecuador: Loja, Napo, Pichincha.

11. B. TROPAEOLIFOLIA A. DC., Ann. Sci. Nat. IV. 11: 120. 1859

Var. TROPAROLIFOLIA.

Type: ‘Triana 3637 (Holotype, G; photo US; isotype, BM).

Peduncle and inflorescence glabrous.

Ecuador: Not yet found.

Var. PUBERULA L. B. Smith & Schubert, Lloydia 13: 87. 1950.

Type: Steyermark 54173 (Holotype, GH; isotype, F).

Pedunele and inflorescence puberulous.

Ecuador: Oro.

12. B. SOBIROL GC. DC., Bull. Herb. Boiss. II. 8: 323. 1905,

Type: Sodiro 588 (Holotype, G; photo, F), Ecuador.

Eeuador: Cotopaxi, Napo, Pichincha.

13. B. HITCHCOCKII Irmsch., Bot. Jahrb. 74: 620. 1949.

Type: Hitchcock 21800 1/2 (Holotype, US), Ecuador.

Ecuador: Napo, Tungurahua.

14. B. TRUNCICOLA Sodiro ex C. DC., Bull. Herb. Boiss. II. 8:
323. 1908.

Type: Sodiro 587 (Holotype, G; photo, F), Ecuador.

Ecuador: Carchi, Cotopaxi - Pichincha.

15. B. SEGREGATA L. B. Smith & Schubert, Begonian 27: 22h,
pl. 1960.

Type: Alston 8455 (Holotype, BM), Colombia.

Ecuador: Carchi. Colombia.

16. B. SECUNDA L. B. Smith & D. C. Wasshausen, sp. nov. AB.
maurandiae A. DC., cui affinis, foliorum laminis subintegris,
pedunculis aliquot e ramis exfoliatis secunde portatis, tepalis
masculinis suborbicularibus minoribus differt.

Plant climbing, perennial; stem flexuous, woody, yellow-brown,
sulcate, laxly and minutely glandular; internodes ca. 2 cm long.
Stipules persistent, broadly ovate to suborbicular, acuminate, 2
mm long, entire, thin, brown, nerveless, glabrous. Petioles to
6 ecm long, glabrous. Blades basifixed, ovate, attenuate, trun-
cate or slightly retuse at base, 8 cm long, 4 cm wide, subentire,
subglabrous, pale beneath. Peduncles several and secund from
leafless branches, 2 cm long, filamentous, glabrous. Inflores-
cence 3-flowered with the single staminate flower central; bracts
persistent, like the stipules. Staminate pedicel 2 mm long;
tepals 4, the outer subreniform, 3.5 mm wide, entire, red, very

1979 Smith & Wasshausen, Begonia of Ecuador 241

sparsely pubescent, the inner saccate, 1.5 mm long, white. Sta-
mens few, nearly free; filaments longer than the anthers; anthers
ellipsoid with the enlarged connective enveloping the pollen
sacs. Pistillate pedicels 15 mm long, longer in fruit;
bracteoles persistent, ample, covering the ovary and capsule;
tepals 5 (7), suborbicular, fleshy, the outer 1.5 mm long, the
inner smaller, reniform. Ovary subglobose; wings very unequal,
the largest falcate, ascending, to 10 mm wide and 5 mm high in
fruit; placentae bilamellate, ovuliferous throughout; styles less
than 1 mm long, the stigmatic tissue reniform. Pl. 2.

Type: Ecuador: Pichincha: Tandapi, epiphytic on tree trunk
in forest, I. Holmgren 847 (Holotype, S; photo, US).

17. B. DODSONII L. B. Smith & D. C. Wasshausen, sp. nov. AB.
truncicola Sodiro ex C. IC., cui valde affinis, foliorum laminis
grosse sSinuato-dentatis concoloribus differt.

Plant climbing, perennial; stem slightly flexuous, woody,
gray-crustose on thicker parts, climbing to 5 m level (! Dodson).
Stipules persistent, ovate, acuminate, 5 mm long, brown,
glabrous. Petioles to 7 cm long, glabrous. Blades peltate,
ovate, acuminate, evenly rounded at base, to 11 cm long, 4.5 cm
wide, coarsely sinuate-dentate, concolorous, very sparsely pubes-
cent beneath when young. Peduncles several from leafless branch-
es, 2 cm long, filamentous, glabrous. Inflorescence 3-flowered
with the single staminate flower central; bracts persistent, like
the stipules. Staminate pedicel 5 mm long; tepals 4, entire,
orange (! Dodson), the outer suborbicular, 5 mm long, the inner
broadly obovate, if mm long. Stamens few, free, broadly clavate
with filaments shorter than the anthers; the connective envelop-
ing the pollen sacs. Pistillate pedicels 10 mm long in fruit;
bracteoles persistent, broadly elliptic, entire or sparsely den-
tate, covering the fruit; tepals 5 (7), elliptic, ca. 1 mm long.
Ovary subglobose, white (! Dodson); wings very unequal, the
largest 10 mm wide and 4 m high in fruit; styles less than 1 mm
Sees: @ Fl. 3<

Type: Ecuador: Pichincha: Canton Santo Domingo, Centinela,
12 km east of Patricia Pilar, alt. 600 m, C. H. Dodson, TI. Dodson
& A. Embree 7115 (Holotype, SEL; isotype, US).

18. B. MAURANDIAE A. IC., Ann. Sci. Nat. IV. 11: 119. 1859.

B. hederacea A. DC., Ann. Sci. Nat. IV. 11: 120. 1859.

Type: Triana 386 (Holotype, K; isotype, GH), Colombia.

Ecuador: Azuay, Carchi, Imbabura, Napo, Pichincha, Santiago-
Zamora, Tungurahua. Colombia.

19. B. GEMENEFLORA L. B. Smith & D. C. Wasshausen, sp. nov.

A B. hitchcockii Irmsch., cui affinis, tepalis masculinis ellip-
ticis, staminum columna elongata differt.

Plant climbing, perennial; stem flexuous, woody, gray-crus-
tose, hirtellous; internodes ca 2 cm long. Stipules of stem
large, soon disintegrating, those of branches persistent, ovate,
acuminate, 2 mm long, l-nerved, brown, glabrous. Petioles to 7
em long, soon glabrous. Blades peltate, ovate, acute or acumi-
nate, evenly rounded at base, 10 cm long, 6 cm wide, subentire,
sparsely puberulent beneath around the umbo, pale beneath.

242 PY Lote Gis Vol. 44, No. 4

Peduncles 4 cm long, sparsely pubescent, soon glabrous. Inflo-
rescences unisexual with evidently the single staminate flower
suppressed in one and the 2 lateral pistillate in the other;
bracts persistent, elliptic, 3 mm long, entire, thin, brown
pubescent. Staminate pedicel 3 mm long, pubescent; tepals i
entire, red, the outer broadly elliptic, 20 mm long, sparsely
pubescent, the inner shorter. Stamens many on a 12 mm long
column; filaments about equaling the anthers, stout; anthers
obovoid with the connective enveloping the pollen sacs. Pistil-
late pedicels 2 cm long; bracteoles persistent, suborbicular,
covering the fruit; tepals 5 (7), elliptic, 2 mm long. Ovary
subglobose; wings very unequal, the largest 15 mm wide and 6 mm
high in fruit; styles less than 1 m long. Pl. 4.

Type: Ecuador: Pichincha: Road from Santo Domingo to Quito,
Cornejo Astorga (Tandapi), climbing in shrub vegetation, alt. ca.
1800 m, Harling, Storm & Strom 9262 (Holotype, US; isotype, S$).

Section CASPARYA (A. DC.) Warb.
(Semibegoniella C. DC.)

20. B. LONGIROSTRIS Benth., Pl. Hartweg. 185. 1845. Casparya
grewiaefolia A. DC., Ann. Sci. Nat. IV. il: 117. 1859. C. grewi-
aefolia var. jamesoniana A. DC.; var. voniana A. DC. in I.
Prod. 15, pt. 1: 272. 1864. C. longirostris (Benth.) A. IC.,
loc. cit. Begonia grewiaefolia (A. DC.) Warb. in Pflanzenfam. 3,
Abt. 6a: 146. 1894. Semibegoniella jamesoniana (A. DC.) Cc. D.,
Bull... Herb. Boise. IL. $3,327. 1908. C. sodiroi C.: DOs, Boss
cit. Begonia colombiana L. B. Smith & Schubert, Caldasia 4, no.
16: 29, pl. 6. 1946.

Type: Hartweg s n (Holotype, K; photo, GH), Ecuador.

Ecuador: Imbabura, Napo, Pastaza, Pichincha. Colombia.

21. B. TETRANDRA Irmsch., Bot. Jahrb. 74: 626, pl. 7. 1949.

Type: Lobb s n (Paratype, W), Peru; Hitchcock 21889 (Para-
type, US), Ecuador.

Ecuador: WNapo, Pastaza, Tungurahua. Peru.

22. B. VALVATA L. B. Smith & Schubert, Mem. N. Y. Bot. Gard.
8: 40, fig. 2 P-i. 1952.

Type: Camp E-1560 (Holotype, NY), Ecuador.

Ecuador: Morona-Santiago.

23. B. URTICAE L. f., Suppl. 420. 1781. 3B. columnaris Benth.,
Pl. Hartweg. 131. 1844. Sassea glabra Kl., Monatsber. Berlin
Akad. 128. 1854. Casparya columnaris beta glabra (K1.) A. DC.
in DC. Prod. 15, pt. 1: 274. 1864. Begonia monticola C. I.,
Bull. Herb. Boiss. II. 8: 325. 1908. B. torresii Standi.,
Journ. Washington Acad. Sci. 17: 313. 1927. B. chiriquensis
Standl. in Woodson & Schery, Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 27: 32l.
1940. 3B. columnaris Benth. var. glabra (Kl.) L. B. Smith &
Schubert in Macbride, Fl. Peru in Field Mus. Pub. Bot. 13, pt.
4: 187. 1941.

Type: Mutis s n (Holotype, M?), Colombia.

Keuador: Azuay, Carchi, Imbabura, Loja, Morona-Santiago,
Napo, Pichincha, Zamora-Chinchipe. Venezuela and Costa Rica to
Peru.

1979 Smith & Wasshausen, Begonia of Ecuador 243

24. B. MARTAE L. B. Smith, Phytologia 27: 213, pl. 2. 1973.

Type: John J. & Marie L. Wurdack & Tillett 2782 (Holotype,
US; isotype, VEN), Venezuela.

Ecuador: WNapo. Venezuela.

25. B. FUCHSIIFLORA (A. DC.) Warb. in Pflanzenfam. 3, Abt.
6a: 146. 1894, as "fuchsiifolia"; Baranov & Barkley, Phytologia
26: 220. 1973. Casparya fuchsiaeflora A. DC., Ann. Sci. Nat. IV.
11: 116, 1859.

Type: Jameson 415 (Holotype, G; photo, F), Ecuador.

Ecuador: Imbabura, Napo.

Section APTERON C. IC.
26. B. EXALATA Cc. DC., Bull. Herb. Boiss. II. 8: 326. 1908.
Type: Sodiro 597 (Holotype, G; photo, F), Ecuador.
Ecuador: Bolivar, Pichincha.

Section ROSSMANNIA (K1.) A. Dc.
27. B. RCSSMANNIAE A. DC. in DC. Prod. 15, pt. 1: 333. 1864.

Type: Ruiz & Pavon s n (Holotype, BM), Peru.

Ecuador: Morona-Santiago, Napo, Pastaza, Santiago-Zamora,
Tungurahua. Colombia to Peru.

Section EUPETALUM (Lindl.) A. DC.
(Section Huszia A. IC.)

28. B. AEQUATORIALIS L. B. Smith & Schubert, Lloydia 13: 85.
1950.

Type: Steyermark 52878 (Holotype, GH; isotype, F), Ecuador.

Ecuador: Azuay, Chimborazo.
_ 29. B. OCTOPETALA L'Hérit., Stirp. Nov. 101. 1788. B. grandi-
flora Knowles & Westcott, Flor. Cab. 1: 51. 1837. Huszia octo-
petala (L'Hérit.) K1., Begon. Monatsber. Berlin Akad. 121. 1854.
B. octopetala L'Herit. ssp. ovatiformis Irmsch. Bot. Jahrb. 76:
15- 1953.

Type: Dombey s n (Holotype, P), Peru.

Ecuador: Bolfvar, Cafiar, Cotopaxi, Loja, Pastaza. Peru.

30. B. FROEBELII A. DC., Gard. Chron. 2: 552. 1874.

Type: Froebel Hortus s n (Holotype, G?), Ecuador.

Ecuador: Canar, Chimborazo.

31. B. PASPOERNSIS A. DC., Ann. Sci. Nat. IV. 11: lel. 1959.

Type: Triana 3031 (Holotype, K; photo, US), Colombia.

Ecuador: Bolivar. Colombia.

Section RUIZOPAVONIA A. Ic.
32. B. CONSOBRINA Irmsch. in Diels, Biblioth. Bot. 29: Heft
116: 111. 1937.
Type: Diels 995 (Holotype, B; photo, US), Ecuador.
Ecuador: Morona-Santiago, Napo, Pastaza, Santiago-Zamora,
Tungurahua.

Section BEGONIA
(Section Begoniastrum A. DC.)

244 PHY TODO GLA Vol. 44, No. 4

33. B. PARCIFOLIA C. DC., Smithsonian Misc. Coll. 69, no. 12:
10. 1919. 5B. nervidens Irmsch., Bot. Jahrb. 74: 614. 1949.

Type: Townsend 947 (Holotype, US), Ecuador.

Ecuador: Loja, Oro.

34. B. COMPACTICAULIS Irmsch., Bot. Jahrb. 74: 612. 1949. B.

riseocaulis sensu L. B. Snith & Schubert, Mem. N. Y. Bot. Gard.
8 (1): 38. 1952, ex parte, non Irmsch. 19h9. Pe Se

Type: Hitchcock 20315 (Holotype, US), Ecuador.

Ecuador: Chimborazo.

35. B. ERYTHROCARPA A. DC., Ann. Sci. Nat. IV. 11: 121. 1659.
B. griseocaulis Irmsch. in Diels, Biblioth. Bot. 29, Heft 116:
lle. 1937. B. pennellii L. B. Smith & Schubert, Field Mus.
Publ. Bot. 13 (4): 196. 1941. B. lobato-peltata Irmsch. Bot.
Jahrb. 76: 86. 1953.

Type: Weddell 4729 (Holotype, G), Bolivia.

Ecuador: Azuay, Chimborazo. Peru, Bolivia.

36. B. ASYMPELTATA L. B. Smith & D. C. Wasshausen, sp. nov.
Inter species ecuadorenses quoad habitum acaulem haud tuberifer-
um et foliorum laminis peltatis B. serotinam accedit sed foliorum
laminis valde asymmetricis, grosse duplicato-serratis, base emar-
ginatis plicatisque differt.

Plant herbaceous, perennial. Stem erect, stout, 6 cm high,
covered with the remains of old stipules. Leaves few, fascicu-
late at apex of stem. Stipules imbricate, persistent, broadly
ovate, acute, ca. 1 cm long, entire, thick, glabrous, brown and
rugose when dry, evidently fleshy when live, lateral nerves ob-
secure. Petioles 4-6 cm long, laxly puberulent. Blades peltate,
oblique and strongly asymmetric, 9-11 cm long, 5-7.5 cm wide,
emarginate and plicate at base, pale beneath, sparsely puberulent
on both sides. Peduncle terminal, erect, 15 cm long, much ex-
ceeding the leaves, glabrous in age. Inflorescence laxly 3-
dichotomous, 12 em wide, glabrous in age; bracts unknown. Stam-
inate flowers unknown. Pistillate pedicels 15 mm long; bracte-
oles unknown; tepals 5, subequal, oblanceolate, subacute, ca. /
mm long, entire. Ovary broadly ellipsoid, 9 mm long in fruit;
wings subequal, broadly ovate, obtuse; placentae bilamellate;
styles 3, subfree, bifid; stigmatic tissue linear, continuous,
twice spiraled on each branch. Pl. 6.

Type: Ecuador: Los Rios: Hacienda Clementina, river side in
virgin forest, epiphyte, alt. 150 m, Gunnar Harling 201 (Holo-
type, 8; photo, US).

37. B. SEROTINA A. IC., Ann. Sci. Nat. IV. 11: lel. 1859.-Bs
parmata Irmsch., Bot. Jahrb. 76: 190. 1953.

Type: Jameson 594 (Holotype, K), Ecuador.

Ecuador: Chimborazo, Cotopaxi, Guayas, Manabi.

38. B. LUDWIGII Irmsch. in Diels, Bibloth. Bot. 116: 113.
1937.

Type: Diels 1204 (Holotype, B), Ecuador.

Ecuador: Chimborazo, Oro.

39. B. TRIRAMOSA Irmsch., Bot. Jahrb. 74: 613. 1949.

Type: Rose 22493b ("224936") (Holotype, US).

Ecuador: Chimborazo.

1979 Smith & Wasshausen, Begonia of Ecuador 245

40. B. XEROPHYTA L. B. Smith & D. C. Wasshausen, sp. nov. A
B. parcifolia C. DC., cui verisimiliter affinis, foliorum
laminis cum sinu basali aperto, floribus masculinis 6-plo
majoribus differt.

Plant herbaceous, perennial. Stem erect, stout, known only
from 4 cm. Leaves few, fasciculate at apex of stem. Stipules
imbricate, persistent, broadly ovate to reniform, brown and ru-
gose when dry, evidently fleshy when live, puberulent, ciliate.
Petioles to 10 cm long, fleshy (7), red, puberulent. Blades
basifixed, oblique and strongly asymmetric, broadly ovate to sub-
reniform, deeply cordate at base, 15-23 cm wide and 13-16 cm
high, shallowly lobate and duplicate-serrate, laxly puberulent
above, white-tomentulose beneath. Peduncles terminal, erect, to
30 cm long, much exceeding the leaves, fleshy (2), red, puberu-
lent. Inflorescence subracemosely 3-flowered; bracts deciduous,
suborbicular, 2 cm long, fimbriate, thin, red. Staminate pedi-
cels 4-5 cm long; tepals 4, the outer elliptic, obtuse, 18-30 m
long, 15 mm wide, entire, red outside, white inside; the inner
broadly obovate, truncate or slightly retuse, 25 mm long, white
to very pale pink (! Asplund). Stamens over 100 on a low torus;
filaments 7 mm long; anthers elliptic, 2 mm long. Pistillate
flowers (young) subsessile; bracteoles like the bracts; tepals 5,
the 2 outer elliptic, much larger than the inner, red. Ovary
ellipsoid; wings subequal, evenly rounded; styles 3, bifid;
stigmatic tissue linear, spiral. Pl. 7.

Type: Ecuador: Loja: Between Loja and San Lucas, very steep
and dry slope, alt. ca. 2100 m, Erik Asplund 18036 (Holotype, §;
photo, US).

41. B. SPARREANA L. B. Smith & D. C. Wasshausen, sp. nov. A
B. parcifolia C. DC., cui parum affinis, foliorum laminis haud
lobatis, cum sinu basali aperto, inflorescentiis folia subaequan-
tibus, tepalis femineis 4, exterioribus subaequalibus differt.

Plant herbaceous, perennial. Stem erect, known only from 4+
em. Leaves few, fasciculate at apex of stem. Stipules imbri-
cate, deciduous, ovate, filiform-attenuate, 10 mm long, entire,
thin, nerved, brown, pubescent. Petioles 3-7 cm long, slender,
laxly pubescent. Blades basifixed, oblique, deeply cordate at
base, to 15 cm long, 10 cm wide, evenly rounded except at apex,
finely setose-serrate, sparsely pubescent above and very sparsely
beneath. Peduncles 5-7 cm long, about equaling the leaves, laxly
pubescent. Inflorescences simply racemose or unequally dichoto-
mous with one branch simple and one racemose, laxly pubescent;
bracts persistent, like the stipules but elliptic and rounded.
Staminate pedicels 5-7 mm long; tepals 4, entire, the outer sub-
orbicular, 9 mm long, slightly colored, the inner lance-ovate, 8
mm long, white. Stamens ca. 25, free; filaments 2 mm long; an-
thers elliptic, 1 mm long, the connective apex slightly produced,
broadly rounded. Pistillate pedicels 8 mm long; bracteoles like
the bracts; tepals 5, the 4 outer broadly elliptic, rounded and
apiculate, 7 mm long, the inner one elliptic, acute, smaller.
Ovary ellipsoid; wings slightly unequal, triangular with a hori-
zontal upper margin; placentae bilamellate; styles 3, free,

246 PHY 20h 0 Ged Vol. 44, No. 4

slender, bifid; stigmatic tissue linear, continuous, twice
spiraled on the arms. Pl. 8.

Type: Ecuador: Morona-Santiago: Gualquiza, Mision Bomboiza,
Mision Salesiana, primary and secondary tropical rainforest,
alt. ca. 700-800 m, Benkt Sparre 19025 (Holotype, S; photo, US).

40, B. TILIIFOLIA C. DC., Bull. Herb. Boiss. II. 324. 1908,
as "tiliaefolia”.

Type: Sodiro 584 bis (Holotype, G); 554e (G, paratype; F,
photo), Ecuador.

Ecuador: Carchi, Cotopaxi, Pichincha. Panama, Colombia.

43. B. ALBOMACULATA C. DC. ex Huber, Bol. Mus. Para 4: 593.
1906, description legal but useless.

Type: Hortus Museu Goeldi s n (Holotype, MG), Peru. Det. C.
DC.: Sodiro 590a (G; F, photo). Type not seen, identification
by photo of Sodiro 590a.

Ecuador: Oro, Pichincha. Peru.

4), B, ACERIFOLIA H.B.K., Nov. Gen. & Sp. 7: 186, pl. O44.
1825. B. dolabrifera C. DC., Bull. Herb. Boiss. II. 8: 324.
1908.

Type: Humboldt & Bonpland s n (Holotype, P; photo, US),
Ecuador.

Ecuador: Azuay, Bolivar, Chimborazo (7), Loja.

45. B. FISCHERI Schrank, Pl. Rar. Hort. Acad. Monac. 2: pl.
59. 1820.

Var. FISCHERI. B. patula sensu Kl., Begon. 30. 1855, non
Haworth 1819. B. tovarensis Kl., Begon. 31. 1855.

Type: Munich Hortus s n (Holotype, M), Brazil.

Blades all reniform and oblique.

Ecuador: Not yet found.

Var. KLUGII Irmsch., Bot. Jahrb. 76: 99. 1953.

Type: Klug 3389 (Holotype, US), Peru.

Blades or some of them ovate and straight.

Ecuador: Loja, Morona-Santiago, Pastaza, Zamora-Chinchipe.
Peru.

46. B. MAYNENSIS A. DC., Ann. Sci. Nat. IV. 11: 126. 1859.

Type: Spruce 4859 (Holotype, G; photo, F), Peru.

Ecuador: Napo, Pastaza, Santiago-Zamora, Zamora-Chinchipe.
Peru.

47. B. HARLINGII L. B. Smith & D. C. Wasshausen, sp. nov. Ab
omnibus speciebus ecuadorensibus foliorum laminis lateraliter
unicuspidatis, pedunculis brevibus, inflorescentia pauciflora,
tepalis femineis 4 differt.

Plant ascending, perennial, 20-26 cm high; stem nearly
straight, red, pubescent; internodes to 5 cm long. Stipules
deciduous, oblong, acute, 12 mm long, 1l-nerved, entire, thin,
green. Petioles to 33 mm long, pubescent. Blades straight,
strongly asymmetric with one side lanceolate and evenly curved,
the other elliptic with a single lateral cusp, cordate, acumi-
nate, to 13 cm long, 6 cm wide, coarsely serrate, thin, pubescent
on the nerves beneath. Peduncles axillary, to 18 mm long. In-
florescence few-flowered, glabrous, bracts deciduous, elliptic,
10 mm long. Staminate pedicel 9 mm long; tepals 4, entire,

279 Smith & Wasshausen, Begonia of Ecuador 247

white, the outer broadly ovate, 9 mm long, the inner oblong, ob-
tuse, 6 mm long. Stamens about 20, free; filaments short; an-
thers oblong, ca. 2 mm long; connective produced, obtuse. Pis-
tillate pedicels 6 mm long in fruit; bracteoles deciduous, like
the bracts; tepals 4, punctulate, the (young) outer broadly
ovate, 5 mm long, the inner oblong. Ovary ellipsoid, punctulate;
wings subequally alate, the wings triangular with the upper mar-
gin horizontal; placentae bilamellate; styles 4, highly connate,
bifid, the stigmatic tissue continuous, once spiral. Pl. 9.

Type: Ecuador: Los Rios: Hacienda Clementina, virgin forest,
Samana, alt. 750 m, G. Harling 487 (Holotype, S; photo, US); 521
(Paratype, S; photo, US; flowers malformed and bisexual as if
diseased).

48. B. GUADUENSIS H.B.K., Nov. Gen. & Sp. 7: 178. 1825. B.
ottonis Walpers, Repert. Bot. Syst. 2: 212. 1843. B. serrati-
folia C. DC., Smithsonian Misc. Coll. 69, no. 12: 7. 1919.

Type: Humboldt s n (Holotype, P; photo, US), Colombia.

Ecuador: Santiago-Zamora, Zamora-Chinchipe. Colombia,
Venezuela, Peru.

hQO. B. PIURENSIS L. B. Smith & Schubert, Field Mus. Pub. Bot.
13, pt. 4: 197. 1941.

Type: Stork 11393 (Holotype, UC; isotype, GH), Peru.

Ecuador: Chimborazo. Peru.

50. B. MICROCARPA A. DC. in DC. Prod. 15, pt. 1: 311. 1864.

Type: Spruce 5070 (Holotype, G; photo, F), Ecuador.

Ecuador: Province unknown. Colombia.

248

Pied Ti Ob.0 Gotta

Plate 1.

Begonia ynesiae L. B. Smith & Wasshausen

Vol. 44, No.

1979

Plate 2.

—— \
— f]
——— //

Begonia secunda L. B. Smith & Wasshausen

250 PR VW RGidioo ease Vol. 44, No.

Plate 3.

Begonia dodsonii L. B. Smith & Wasshausen

1979 Smith & Wasshausen, Begonia of Ecuador 251

Plate 4.

Begonia geminiflora L. B. Smith & Wasshausen

252 PH YT Ob O16, A Vol. 44, No. 4

Plate 5.

Cy Cy y) ) y Y 4

fe! se
Nee
> 24 /

Begonia compacticaulis Irmscher

1979 Smith & Wasshausen, Begonia of Ecuador 253

Plate 6.

wie

Begonia asympeltata L. B. Smith & Wasshausen

254 PA YT. OL, OG TA Vol. 44, No. 4

Plate {.

Begonia xerophyta L. B. Smith & Wasshausen

2979 Smith & Wasshausen, Begonia of Ecuador 255

Plate 8.

Begonia sparreana L. B. Smith & Wasshausen

256

PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 44, No.

Plate 9.

Ss \W
i I i.
|

bill }
y
/

|

Begonia harlingii L. B. Smith & Wasshausen

STUDIES IN THE HELIANTHEAE (ASTERACEAE). XVIII.

A NEW GENUS HELIANTHOPSIS.

Harold Robinson
Department of Botany
Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C., 20560.

Though the genus Helianthus L. was the first one proposed of
those now placed in the subtribe Helianthinae, the genus was
never broadly interpreted, and the concept was soon mostly
restricted to a natural group of herbaceous species native to
North America. Most of the closely related elements in the
Neotropics have been placed in such genera as Simsia Pers. or in
the broadly circumscribed Viguiera H.B.K. Nevertheless, a
distinctive group of shrubby species from the Andes of Ecuador
and Peru, having a deciduous pappus like that of typical
Helianthus, has continued to be included in the genus.
Continuing studies of the Andean Heliantheae have shown the need
to treat the disjunct group as a separate genus which is named
here as Helianthopsis.

The present action rests on two basic conclusions, first,
that the Andean group is not directly related to typical
Helianthus of North America, and second, that it should not be
included in a further broadened concept of the genus Viguiera.
Actually, the problem of a polyphyletic Helianthus has been
clearly stated for many years. Heiser (1957), in his study of
South American Helianthus, concluded that Viguiera was the likely
ancestral genus in the complex and that the two elements of
Helianthus were separately derived. The deciduous pappus with
obsolete squamellae in Helianthus versus a persistent pappus
with prominent squamellae in Viguiera was the only difference
then recognized for separating the genera, but Heiser argued
against reducing Viguiera into synonymy in order to restore a
phyletic concept. Nevertheless, Heiser did nothing more with
the South American Helianthus than to rather informally propose
a new subgenus, Viguieropsis, distinguished from the North
American species by the shrubby habit.

An important character is now known which confirms the
polyphyletic nature of Helianthus. The styles of the South
American species have short tips without an appendage. The
North American species have a long slender appendage present on
the point of the style, a feature evident in even those species
that have become cultivated or established in South America. In
reality, typical Helianthus seems to find its closest relative
in the genus Simsia, which also has a slender style appendage
(Robinson & Brettell, 1972), but which has generally slender
style branches which often coil when dried. It is significant

257

258 Pa ¥vE 0: bao G Ed Vol. 44, No. 4

that typical Viguiera also possesses a short but distinct append-
age on its style (Robinson, 1977), and future trends will almost
certainly require a narrowing rather than a broadening of that
genus.

The present generic delimitation of Helianthopsis follows
what has been called Helianthus in the Andes, and though the
traditional separation from Viguiera is thus maintained, some
clarification is necessary. In spite of the evident close
relation of Helianthopsis with Andean elements presently placed
in Viguiera, the division does seem to be a natural one. In
Helianthopsis, the species that show superficial resemblance to
Viguiera are all members of the specialized pale-anthered group.
The less shrubby scarcely tomentose H. matthewsii would not
immediately be recognized as a member of the genus, but it has
the typical pappus form. Helianthopsis hutchisonii actually has
a Viguiera-type pappus but has leaf pubescence, head structure
and anther color which indicate its place in the pale-anthered
series remote from anything in Viguiera. In Viguiera, only V.
sodiroi (Hieron.) Blake and some specimens of V. incana (Pers.)
Blake are likely to be mistaken for Helianthopsis because of the
presence of tomentum, but they are perennial herbs, they have an
obvious Viguiera-type pappus, and they are much like other
species of Andean Viguiera in the way the lower lateral veins run
subparallel to the leaf margin. The leaves and stems of both
species tend to have at least some coarser pubescence unlike that
of Helianthopsis.

Other generic names that have been used for Andean
Helianthinae with exappendiculate styles are Leighia Cass. and
Syncretocarpus Blake. Leighia originally included Helianthopsis
microphylla, but the type was the herbaceous Mexican species,

L. elegans Cass. (= Viguiera linearis (Cav.) Sch.Bip., Blake
1918). Syncretocarpus was established for a group of Peruvian
species. The characteristic margin on the achene of Syncreto-
carpus was simply a differentiated zone rather than a Verbesina-
type wing as suggested by Blake (1916), and the relationship of
the genus is entirely within the Viguiera complex. Still, the
suffrutescent habit and well-developed Viguiera-type pappus
indicate a position apart from Helianthopsis.

In establishing the new genus, the informally proposed sub-
genus Viguieropsis has seemed an unlikely candidate for eleva-
tion. In any case, the name Helianthopsis seems best as a
reflection of the historical placement of the species.

Helianthopsis H.Robinson, genus nov. Asteracearum (Heliantheae).
Plantae frutescentes mediocriter ramosae. Folia opposita

vel alterna; laminae ovatae vel anguste oblongae plerumque

distincte pubescentes supra dense vel perdense pilosae subtus

tomentosae vel lanatae inferne trinervatae, nervis marginem non

parallelis. Inflorescentiae terminales pauce capitatae.

Squamae involucri plerumque triseriatae in part herbaceae;

1979 Robinson, Genus Helianthopsis 259

paleae subconduplicatae obtusae vel breviter acutae. Flores
radii numerosi asexuales; corollae flavae 2-3-lobatae supra
papillosae. Flores disci numerosi hermaphroditi; corollae flavae
vel superne nigrescentes 5-lobatae, faucis anguste campanulatis
inferne plerumque scabridis; filamenta glabra; thecae antherarum
plerumque nigrescentes; appendices antherarum abaxialiter glandu-
liferae et interdum setiferae; rami stylorum obtusi exappendicu-
lati, linis stigmataceis solitariis. Achaenia disci distincte
compressa striata; aristae pappi base articulatae facile decid-
uae; squamellae paucae vel nullae.

Type species: Helianthus microphyllus H.B.K.

Twenty species are presently recognized in the genus. Also,
as described, Helianthus argenteus H.B.K., from Azuay in Ecuador,
has the characters of Helianthopsis. A photograph of the type
shows solitary heads that are sometimes on rather long erect
peduncles, a character that is rather unusual for the genus. No
material matching the latter species has been seen in the present
study, and it is omitted from the listing and key.

The genus is distributed from northern Ecuador southward to
central Peru with a major concentration of species in Cajamarca
and adjacent areas of northern Peru. In addition, Heiser (1957)
cites a specimen of H. imbaburensis from Narino in southwestern
Colombia.

The phytogeographic approach has proven useful in the study
of the species concepts, though not as clearly as in the case
of Monactis (Robinson, 1976). The break betweem Ecuadorian and
Peruvian elements of Helianthopsis is particularly marked, and no
species is presently known from both countries. Furthermore,
the black-anthered species of Ecuador and Peru seem to form two
thoroughly distinct natural groups, and the pale-anthered species
of Ecuador are obviously more closely related to each other than
to those of Peru. The center of diversity is evidently in Peru
with only the H. lehmannii group being restricted to Ecuador.

No species with reflexed palea tips are known from Ecuador,
though the character is seen in both black-anthered and pale-
anthered species from Peru. Opposite leaves are found in many
Peruvian species including some that are primarily alternate
such as H. stuebelii and H. sagasteguii, the latter being one of
the pale-anthered species. No opposite leaves have been seen in
any specimens from Ecuador. In both H. lehmennii and H. grandi-
ceps of Ecuador the anther appendages apparently vary in color
from yellow to black. In Peruvian species, with the possible
exception of H. discolor, the color of the anther appendages
seems to be a reliable species character.

The following key attempts to de-emphasize use of opposite
versus alternate leaves since the character is evidently varia-
ble and is poorly represented in many specimens.

260 PHY T°0 LO 6-T-a Vol. 44, No. 4
Key to the species of Helianthopsis

1. Anther thecae at maturity not black. Most involucral bracts
with prominent pale costae below and herbaceous distally.
Disk corolla never black distally. Heads not solitary.

2. Ecuadorian species. Tips of paleae never recurved. Heads
often densely clustered.

3. Leaves lanceolate, entire or slightly serrulate above
H. pseudoverbesinoides

3. Leaves mostly ovate, serrulate or serrate mostly at widest
part of blade.

4, Outer involucral bracts with distinctly reflexed tips
H. hypargyrea

4, Outer involucral bracts without reflexed tips
H. imbaburensis

2. Peruvian species. Tips of paleae often recurved. Heads
usually laxly disposed.

5. Heads with disk mostly 5-7 mm wide. Corolla lobes scarcely
emergent beyond paleae.

6. Leaves ovate-lanceolate, not much reduced in inflorescence,
not more densely pubescent below H. matthewsii

6. Leaves narrowly lanceolate, reduced in inflorescence,
obviously tomentose below H. verbesinoides

5. Heads with disk mostly 10-15 mm wide. Mature corollas
with upper throat emergent beyond paleae.

7. Leaves lanceolate, entire, reduced in inflorescence.
Stems puberulous H. hutchisonii

7. Leaves broadly ovate, serrate, moderately reduced in
inflorescence. Stems hirsute H. sagasteguii

1. Anther thecae black at maturity. Outer involucral bracts
without distinct pale costae basally. Disk corolla
yellow or distally blackened.

8. Ecuadorian species. Leaves alternate; with blades large,
often to 9-10 cm long and 5-7 cm wide, margins never
reflexed; paleae glabrous on outer surface.

1979 Robinson, Genus Helianthopsis 261

9. Peduncles and involucres densely lanate. Corolla lobes
longer than wide, nearly glabrous on outer surface
H. lehmannii

9. Peduncles hirsute with interspersed shorter hairs visible.
corolla lobes equilaterallly triangular, densely
pubescent on outer surface.

10. Numerous outer involucral bracts with reflexed narrow
tips, mostly greenish H. grandiceps

10. Few or no differentiated outer involucral bracts, tips
obtuse to short-acute, involucre blackish with outer
surfaces sometimes partly subglabrous H. nigrescens

8. Peruvian species. Leaves alternate or opposite; blades
often small, never more than 7 cm long or 4.5 cm wide.
margins often reflexed; paleae usually pubescent on outer
surface.

11. Anther appendages completely black. Leaf blades ovate or
broadly oblong.

12. Stems and undersurfaces of leaves white-lanate. Paleae
narrowly pointed and strongly recurved at tip
H. lanata

12. Stems and undersurfaces of leaves mostly tomentose,
usually yellowish or dingy white. Paleae sharply acute
and erect to slightly recurved at tip H. stuebelii

11. Anther appendages partly to completely yellow.

13. Paleae all with sharply reflexed tips. Leaves ovate to
broadly ovate H. senex

13. Paleae with tips erect or incurved, rarely reflexed.

14. Leaves densely puberulous or short-pilose below,
pubescence not covering surface H. viridior

14. Leaves distinctly tomentose or lanate below.
15. Leaf blades ovate.
16. Leaf tips distinctly acuminate or narrowly acute.
Heads raised on distinct peduncles. Rays with

styles present H. acuminata

16. Leaf tips short-acute to obtuse. Heads short-pedun-
culate or subsessile. Rays without styles.

262 PHYTOLOGILIA Vol. 44, No. 4

17. Leaves opposite, petiole 10-20 mm long H. jelskii

17. Leaves mostly alternate, petiole 3-5 mm long
H. lodicata

15. Leaf blades narrowly oblong to linear or linear-lanceolate,.

18. Stems mostly puberulous. Heads solitary on tips of
slender branches; anther appendages often partially
blackened; tips of a few paleae reflexed

H. discolor

18. Stems densely lanate. Heads usually more than 1 on tips
of branches; anther appendages yellow; tips of paleae
all erect or incurved.

19. Upper leaf surface subglaucous with very dense very
minute puberulence, surface not rugulose. Heads
distinctly pedunculate on branches with some reduced

leaves H. microphylla

19. Upper leaf surface coarsely puberulous, somewhat rugulose.
Heads short-pedunculate or subsessile, clustered at
tips of normally leaved branches H. subnivea
The twenty recognized species of Helianthopsis are as
follows.

Helianthopsis acuminata (Blake) H.Robinson, comb. nov.
Helianthus acuminatus Blake, Jour. Wash. Acad. Sci. 16: 219.
1926. Peru (Huanuco, Junin). The type and one other speci-
men (Hutchison 4153) have been seen, the latter differing by
the lack of opposite leaves. Both specimens have distinct
though probably non-functional styles in the ray flowers,

a feature that seems unique in the subtribe.

Helianthopsis discolor (Blake) H.Robinson, comb. nov.
Helianthus discolor Blake, Jour. Wash. Acad. Sci. 16: 220.
1926. Peru (Cajamarca, Huanuco, La Libertad). The specimen
seen from Cajamarca (Soukup 4548) has sericous pubescence on
the leaves and often multiple aristae on the achenes. Also,
some of the heads have pale anthers, but the latter heads are
apparently defective.

Helianthopsis grandiceps (Blake) H.Robinson, comb. nov.
Helianthus grandiceps Blake, Contr. U.S. Nat. Herb. 22: 621.
1924, Ecuador (Azuay, Chimborazo, Loja).

Helianthopsis hutchisonii H.Robinson, sp. nov.
Plantae frutescentes ad 2 m altae inferne pauce vel non

1979 Robinson, Genus Helianthopsis 263

ramosae. Caules purpurascentes inferne dense cinereo-puberuli
superne sparse puberuli. Folia alterna, petiolis 3-10 mm longis;
laminae ovato-lanceolatae plerumque 4-7 cm longae et 0./7-2.3 cm
latae base anguste rotundatae et sensim breviter acuminatae
margine integrae apice anguste acutae supra velutinae subtus
tenuiter albo-tomentosae fere ad basem trinervatae. Inflores-
centiae terminales perlaxe ramosae, ramis elongatis superne
tenuibus, bracteis anguste ellipticis vel linearibus 8-20 mm
longis et 1-3 mm latis. Capitula hemisphaerica 12-14 m alta et
sine radiis ca. 15 mm lata. Squamae involucri ca. triseriatae
ca. 20 anguste oblongae vel lineares 4-9 mm longae et 1.5-3.0 mm
latae inferne pallide 2-4-costatae supra medium herbaceae apice
acutae extus dense hirtellae intus in partibus herbaceis dense
puberulae; paleae oblongo-ovatae ca. 9 mm longae pallide 4-6-
costatae margine late scariosae apice acutae distincte reflexae
extus minute puberulae. Flores radii ca. 12; corollae flavae
12-13 mm longae et 4 mm latae extus dense minute hispidulae,
limbis glanduliferis, tubis 1-2 mm longis. Flores disci ca.

50; corollae flavae ca. 8 mm longae, tubis ca. 1 mm longis sub-
glabris, faucis cylindraceis ca. 6 mm longis extus dense
scabridulis et pauce tenuiter glandulo-piliferis, lobis triang-
ularibus ca. 1.0 mm longis et 0.9 mm latis intus valde papillosis
extus dense scabridulis; filamenta in parte superiore ca. 0.3 m
longa; thecae antherarum ca. 3 mm longae non nigrescentes;
appendices antherarum ovatae ca. 0.45 mm longae et 0.4 mm latae.
Achaenia radii sterilia ca. 3 mm longa glabra, squamellae pappi
numerosae. Achaenia disci ca. 4.3 mm longa et 1.6 mm lata dense
sericeo-setifera; aristae pappi 2 ca. 3.5 mm longae mediocriter
deciduae; squamellae pappi 10-12 late lineares ca. 1.5 mm longae
subpersistentes. Grana pollinis 35-37 pm in diametro longe
spinosa.

TYPE: PERU: Cajamarca: Celendin: Opposite Balsas & upstream
1 km. Common border of Dept. Amazonas, on Rio Maranon. Alt.
ca. 800 m. To 2m. 29 May 1964. P.C.Hutchison & J.K.Wright
5436 (Holotype US, Isotypes F, UC, USM).

Helianthopsis hutchisonii is notable in the genus for the
Viguiera-type pappus, a feature that does not seem to reflect
any close relationship to species presently placed in Viguiera.
Both the leaf-venation and the pubescence is strictly of the
Helianthopsis type. Im fact, H. hutchisonii is evidently a
specialized member of the pale-anthered series of Helianthopsis,
and it seems quite close to H. sagasteguii n. sp., having the
same type of reflexed tips on the paleae. Differences of the
new species include the shorter pubescence on the stems and
leaves, the narrower entire leaves and the more open inflores-
cence with narrow reduced bracts. The new species also seems to
occur at lower elevations than other members of the genus.

Helianthopsis hypargyrea (Blake) H.Robinson, comb. nov.
Helianthus hypargyreus Blake, Bot. Gaz. 74: 421. 1922.

264 PEP POLO G:4A4 Vol. 44, No.
Ecuador (Azuay, Chimborazo, Tungurahua).

Helianthopsis imbaburensis (Hieron.) H.Robinson, comb. nov.

Helianthus imbaburensis Hieron., Bot. Jahrb. 21: 348. 1895.
Ecuador (Imbabura), Colombia (Narifio).

Helianthopsis jelskii (Hieron.) H.Robinson, comb. nov.
Helianthus jelskii Hieron., Bot. Jahrb. 36: 490. 1905. Peru
(Cajamarca).

Helianthopsis lanata (Heiser) H.Robinson, comb. nov. Helianthus
lanatus Heiser, Brittonia 8: 291. 1957. Peru (Ancash, Lima).

Helianthopsis lehmannii (Hieron.) H.Robinson, comb. nov.
Helianthus lehmannii Hieron. in Sod., Bot. Jahrb. 29: 39.
1900. Ecuador (Canar, Chimborazo, Pichincha).

Helianthopsis lodicata (Cuatr.) H.Robinson, comb. nov.
Helianthus lodicatus Cuatr., Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. 77: 144.
1964, Peru (Cajamarca).

Helianthopsis matthewsii (Hochr.) H.Robinson, comb. nov.
Helianthus matthewsii Hochr., Bull. N. Y. Bot. Gard. 6: 296.
1910. Peru (Amazonas, Cajamarca).

Helianthopsis microphylla (H.B.K.) H.Robinson, comb. nov.
Helianthus microphyllus H.B.K., Nov. Gen. et Sp. ed. fol.
4: 173, pl. 375. 1818. Leighia microphylla Cass., Dict. Sci.

Nat. 25: 436. 1822. Viguiera microphylla Hieron., Bot. Jahrb.
36: 490. 1904. Peru (Cajamarca).

Helianthopsis nigrescens (Heiser) H.Robinson, comb. nov.
Helianthus nigrescens Heiser, Brittonia 8: 287. 1957.
Ecuador (Azuay).

Helianthopsis pseudoverbesinoides (Hieron.) H.Robinson, comb.
nov. Helianthus pseudoverbesinoides Hieron. in Sod., Bot.
Jahrb. 29: 40. 1900. Ecuador (Bolivar, Chimborazo,
Tungurahua).

Helianthopsis sagasteguii H.Robinson sp. nov.

Plantae frutescentes as 2 m altae inferne pauce ramosae in
caulibus inflorescentiis petiolis et superficiis superioribus
foliorum dense hirtellae vel hirsutae. Caules inferne fusces-
centes vel atro-purpurascentes. Folia alterna inferne interdum
opposita, petiolis 1-3 cm longis; laminae late ovatae plerumque
5-12 cm longae et 3-9 cm latae base late rotundatae vel sub-
truncatae ad medium breviter acuminatae margine distincte
serratae vel dentatae apice anguste acuminatae supra velutino-
hirtellae subtus dense areolate tomentosae fere ad basem valde

1979 Robinson, Genus Helianthopsis 265

trinervatae. Inflorescentiae terminales divaricate ramosae pauce
capitatae, ramis ultimis plerumque 2-3 cm longis, bracteis ovatis
1.5-4.5 cm longis et 1.0-3.5 cm latis. Capitula hemisphaerica
ca. 12 mm alta et sine radiis ca. 15 mm lata. Squamae involucri
ca. triseriatae ca. 20-25 anguste oblongae vel lineares 6-11 mm
longae et 2-3 mm latae inferne pallide 2-4-costatae supra medium
herbaceae apice argute acutae extus hirtellae intus in partibus
herbaceis dense puberulae; paleae oblongo-ovatae 6-7 mm longae
pallide 4-6-costatae margine late scariosae apice acutae
distincte reflexae extus minute puberulae. Flores radii 12-14;
corollae flavae 12-14 mm longae et 4.5 mm latae extus dense
hispidulae, limbis glanduliferis, tubis ca. 2 mm longis. Flores
disci 65-80; corollae flavae 3.5-6.0 mm longae, tubis 0./-2.0 mm
longis subglabris vel sparse hispidulis, faucis cylindraceis ca.
2-3 mm longis extus dense scabridulis et pauce tenuiter glandulo-
piliferis, lobis triangularibus 0.7-1.2 mm longis et 0.6-1.0 m
latis intus superne papillosis extus dense scabridulis;
filamenta in parte superiore ca. 0.3 mm longa; thecae antherarum
ad 2.3 mm longae non nigrescentes; appendices antherarum ovate
ad 0.5 mm longae et 0.4 mm latae. Achaenia radii sterilia ad

2.8 mm longa apice pauce squamulifera. Achaenia disci ad 3./7

mm longa et 1.4 mm lata dense sericeo-setifera vel glabra;
aristae pappi 2 plerumque 2.0-2.5 mm longae facile vel medio-
criter deciduae; squamellae pappi pauce vel nullas ad 0.8 mm
longae. Grana pollinis ca. 30 um in diametro longe spinosa.

TYPE: PERU: Cajamarca: Celendin: Canyon Rio Maranon above
Balsas 11 1/2 km below summit of road to Celendin. Shrub to
2m. Stems, leaves densely puberulent. Rays bright golden.
Disks yellow (dull). Aspect of plant silvery. Abundant. Alt.
2630 m. 27 May 1964. P.C.Hutchison & J.K.Wright 5397
(Holotype US, Isotypes F, UC, USM). PARATYPE: PERU: Cajamarca:
Celendin: Hda. El Limén (Celendin-Balsas). Alt. 2150 m. ladera
de arbustos. Aubarbusto piloso de flores amarillas. 5 May 1970.
Sagastegui 7415 (US, HUT).

Helianthopsis sagasteguii is similar to H. hypargyrea in
general aspect, and is in the same group having pale anther
thecae. However, the two species do not seem to be immediate
relatives. The paleae of H. sagasteguii have strongly reflexed
tips and the inflorescence is rather lax, two characters of the
Peruvian members of the pale-anthered group not found in the
species from Ecuador. The new species is the only member of the
series presently known to have some opposite leaves, but the
specimen is more complete than most. The heads examined show
great variation in achene pubescence and pappus structure, but
the typical Helianthus-type pappus predominates, and the
squamellae, when present, never seem to fill the entire lateral
margin.

Helianthopsis senex (Blake) H.Robinson, comb. nov. Helianthus
senex Blake, Jour. Wash. Acad. Sci. 16: 220. 1926. Peru

266 PHY FO LO 6 EA Vol. 44, No. 4
(Huanuco).

Helianthopsis stuebelii (Hieron.) H.Robinson, comb. nov.
Helianthus stuebelii Hieron., Bot. Jahrb. 21: 249. 1895.
Peru (Cajamarca).

Helianthopsis subnivea (Blake) H.Robinson, comb. nov. Helianthus
subniveus Blake, Contr. U.S. Nat. Herb. 22: 621. 1924.
Helianthus niveus Hieron., Bot. Jahrb. 21: 350. 1895. not
H. niveus Brandegee 1889, Peru (Cajamarca).

Helianthopsis verbesinoides (H.B.K.) H.Robinson, comb. nov.
Helianthus verbesinoides H.B.K., Nov. Gen. et Sp. ed. fol.
Ay £73; 1816. Peru (Piura).

Helianthopsis viridior (Blake) H.Robinson, comb. nov. Helianthus
viridior Blake, Jour. Wash. Acad. Sci. 16: 221. 1926. Peru
(Junin).

Literature Cited

Blake, S. F. 1916. Compositae novae imprimis andinae Weber-
bauerianae. Beibl. Bot. Jahrbllch. 119: 47-51.

- 1918. A revision of the genus Viguiera. Contr. Gray
Herp, Dee 543° 1=205, “pls 1=3.

Heiser, C. B. 1957. A revision of the South American species
of Helianthus. Brittonia 8 (4): 283-295.

Robinson, H. 1976. Studies in the Heliantheae (Asteraceae).
VII. Notes on the genus, Monactis. Phytologia 34 (1):
33-45.

. 1977. Studies in the Heliantheae (Asteraceae). VIII.
Notes on genus and species limits in the genus Viguiera.
Phytologia 36 (3): 201-215.

Robinson, H. and R. D. Brettell 1972. Studies in the
Heliantheae (Asteraceae). II. A survey of the Mexican and

Central American species of Simsia. Phytologia 24 (5):
361-377.

1979

267

Robinson, Genus Helianthopsis

>

P4AASTAN

i

Wes
Helianthopsis hutchisonii H.Robinson, Holotype, United
States National Herbarium. Photos by Victor E. Krantz, Staff
Photographer, National Museum of Natural History.

268 PLBLE- TO. L990 G2A Vol. 44. No. 4

fh heather ssn ds fe.

Urner hr fypel py tne Kx

Helianthopsis sagasteguii H.Robinson, Holotype, United
States National Herbarium.

1979 Robinson, Genus Helianthopsis 269

BR PRGA YRS ECE EI AT ERE IE NT OEE:
D6 Gh O08 oS Eo i 2 98 2 eae bees

Helianthopsis enlargements of heads: Top. H. hutchisonii.
Bottom. H. sagasteguii.

STUDIES IN THE HELIANTHEAE (ASTERACEAE). XIX.

FOUR NEW SPECIES OF CALEA FROM BRASIL.

Harold Robinson
Department of Botany
Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C., 20560.

Recent efforts to identify specimens of Calea from Bahia
have resulted in the recognition of the following four previously
undescribed species from Brasil. All four species share the
characters of the broad but natural concept of Calea that excludes
Alloispermum Willd. (Robinson, 1978). The achenes are prismatic
without striations, the pappus is radially symmetrical with
numerous squamae, the disk corolla lobes are smooth with reddish
ducts along the margins which join at the sinuses, and the anthers
are yellowish. Disk corolla lobes of the genus are often elongate,
but some Brasilian species have lobes scarcely longer than wide.
Two of the new species lack paleae and are technically members of
Geissopappus which has been placed in the synonymy of Calea by
Robinson (1975). It should be noted that some of the traditional
species of Calea in Brasil such as C. pilosa Baker of Bahia, lack
paleae and should have been placed in Geissopappus. While the
epaleaceous species seem to form a somewhat unnatural group, it
is notable that they are all from the Guiana area or from eastern
Brasil, and they all have short pappus squamae, none having the
long aristae that are most common elsewhere in the genus.

Calea eitenii H.Robinson, sp. nov.

Plantae herbaceae perennes ascendentiter ramosae ca. 30 cm
altae. Caules teretes subcarnosi in sicco rugulosi. Folia
opposita, sessilia vel subsessilia; laminae inferne 2-5-lobatae
in marginis lobarum integrae apice obtusae vel breviter acutae
supra superne et fere ad marginem scabridulae subtus subcarnosae
et distincte glandulo-punctatae. Inflorescentiae unicapitatae
longe pedunculatae, pedunculis 10-15 cm longis superne antrorse
scabridis. Capitula late campanulata 10-12 mm alta sine radiis
ca. 12-15 mm lata. Squamae involucri biformes, exteriores herb-
aceae ca. 4 late oblongae vel suborbiculares 3-6 mm longae apice
rotundatae margine superne reflexae base raro lobatae intus fere
ad marginem scabridulae extus subcarnosae glandulo-punctatae,
squamae interiores fusco-virides interdum marginaliter rubres-
centes papyraceae subimbricatae late oblongae 7-12 mm longae et
4-5 mm latae apice late rotundatae margine anguste distincte
scariosae extus glabrae, canalis resiniferis 7-11; paleae scari-
osae anguste lanceolatae vel lineares 6-7 mm longae apice anguste
acutae. Flores radii ca. 123; corollae flavae, tubis ca. 3 mm

270

1979 Robinson, New species of Calea 27h

longis glabris, limbis anguste oblongis ca. 13 mm longis et 3 mm
latis extus distincte glandulo-punctatis apice distincte trilobat-
is, lobis plerumque retusis. Flores disci 20-25; corollae flavae
5.5-6.5 mm longae extus glabrae, tubis subdistinctis 1.0-1.5 mm
longis, faucis anguste campanulatis 2.5-3.0 mm longis, lobis ca.
1.0 mm longis et 0.7 mm latis; thecae antherarum ca. 2.5 mm longae;
appendices antherarum ovatae ca. 0.4 mm longae et 0.33 mm latae
extus glanduliferae. Achaenia 2.5-3.0 mm longa plerumque in
costis breviter setifera inferne leniter angustiora; squamae

pappi ca. 14-16 anguste lanceolatae vel lineares aristatae plerum-
que 4-5 mm longae margine serrulatae vel erosae extus laeves.
Grana pollinis ca. 35 pm in diam. spinulosa.

TYPE: BRASIL: Minas Gerais: Municipio de Jaboticatubas: Serra
do Cip6. Along road at km 121. 19°18-19'S, 43°35'W. Alt. ca.
1200 m. Flat grassy meadow on thin soil derived from quartzite
("itacolomite"). Rays golden-yellow. Disk flowers with yellow
petals and orange to broan anthers. 25 Nov. 1965. G. & L.T.
Eiten 6891 (Holotype US).

Both Calea eitenii and the following C. kirkbridei initially
seem close to C. multiplinervia Less. because of the solitary
long-pedunculate heads and the narrow leaves or leaf-segments.

The latter species differs, however, by the prominent longitudinal
veins of the leaf which extend fully into the petioliform base,
and by the long pilosity of the stems and leaf veins. The two new
species actually seem closest to each other, but C. eitenii is
notably distinct in the dissection that is evident in the leaves,
the tips of the rays, and sometimes in the basal lobes of the
outer involucral bracts. Also, C. kirkbridei lacks the herbaceous
outer bracts of the involucre and lacks glands on the rays or
anther appendages.

Calea kirkbridei H.Robinson, sp. nov.

Plantae herbaceae perennes erectae non vel pauce ramosae ca.
0.5 m altae. Caules brunnescentes vel rubrescentes subhexagonales
glabri. Folia opposita sessilia; laminae anguste oblongae vel
lineares 1.0-5.5 cm longae et 2.0-4.5 mm latae base anguste
cuneatae margine integrae apice breviter acutae utrinque glabrae
subtus subcarnosae fere ad basem obscure ascendentiter trinervat-
ae. Inflorescentiae unicapitatae longe pedunculatae, pedunculis
ca. 20 cm longis superne antrorse scabridis. Capitula late
campanulata ca. 1 cm alta sine radiis ca. 1.0-1.2 cm lata.
Squamae involucri ca. 15 brunnescentes subcoriaceae exteriores
subherbaceae subaequales oblongae vel anguste oblongae 6-9 mm
longae et 2-4 mm latae apice rotundatae vel obtusae margine
anguste scariosae minute sparse puberulae extus base puberulae
superne glabrae, canalis resiniferis 5-7; paleae scariosae
lanceolatae ca. 8 mm longae apice breviter acutae. Flores radii
ca. 83; corollae flavae glabrae, tubis 2.5-3.0 mm longis, limbis
oblongis 11-12 mm longis et 4.0-4.5 mm latis. Flores disci ca.
20; corollae flavae 5.0-5.5 mm longae extus glabrae, tubis sub-

272 BukieY TjOiEYOee lok Vol. 44, No. 4

distinctis ca. 1.5 mm longis, faucis anguste campanulatis ca. 2.5
mm longis, lobis 1.0-1.5 mm longis et ca. 1.0 mm latis; thecae
antherarum 1.8-2.0 mm longae; appendices antherarum ovatae ca.
0.4 mm longae et 0.3 mm latae extus non glanduliferae. Achaenia
4,.0-4.5 mm longa plerumque in costis breviter setifera inferne
angustiora; squamae pappi ca. 12 anguste lanceolatae aristatae
3-4 mm longae margine serrulatae vel erose denticulatae extus
persparse papillosae. Grana pollinis 30-32 in diam. spinulosa.
TYPE: BRASIL: Minas Gerais: Serra do Espinhago. Eastern
slopes of Pico do Itambé, first large sandstone outcrops below the
summit; elev. ca. 1700 m; sandstone and adjacent meadows, with
both sandy soil and overlying humus. 11 Feb. 1972. W.R.Anderson,
M.Stieber & J.H.Kirkbride Jr. 35792 (Holotype US).
For the distinctions of the sp species see the discussion under
Cc. eitenii.

Calea harleyi H.Robinson, sp. nov.

Plantae suffrutescentes ascendentiter ramosae ca. 50 cm altae,.
Caules rubrescentes hexagonales inferne sensim teretes sparse
minute scabriduli glabrescentes. Folia opposita, petiolis 2-5 mm
longis indistinctis; laminae anguste ellipticae plerumque 3.0-4.5
cm longae et 0.4-1.0 cm latae base anguste cuneatae margine utrin-
que 2-3 (4) -serratae apice anguste acutae supra minute scabridul-
ae in nervo primario prominentes subtus subcarnosae glandulo-
punctatae plerumque in nervis sparse scabridulae fere ad basem
ascendentiter trinervatae. Inflorescentiae in ramis terminales
tricapitatae vel subumbellatae, ramis plerumque 5-17 mm longis
scabridulis. Capitula campanulata 8-10 m alta et 4.5 mm lata;
Squamae involucri ca. 18 flavescentes vel brunnescentes subcori-
aceae exteriores non herbaceae subimbricatae minute ovatae vel
late oblongae 1.5-7.0 mm longae et 1.5-3.5 mm latae apice rotund-
atae margine distincte anguste scariosae extus glabrae, canalis
resiniferis plerumque 9-11; paleae nullae. Flores radii nulli.
Flores disci ca. 10; corollae flavae ca. 4 mm longae extus glabr-
ae, tubis distinctis ca. 1.5 mm longis, faucis campanulatis ca.

1 mm longis, lobis ca. 1.5 mm longis et 0.8 mm latis; thecae
antherarum ca. 1.5 mm longae; appendices antherarum ovatae ca.
0.4 mm longae et 0.25 mm latae extus glanduliferae. Achaenia
3.0-3.5 mm longa sparse scabrida; squamellae pappi ca. 12 ca. 0.5
mm longae et 0.4 mm latae margine et apice erose denticulatae
extus papillosae. Grana pollinis ca. 27 pm in diam. spinulosa.

TYPE: BRASIL: Bahia: Serra do Sincora. ca. 6 km N. of Barra
da Estiva on Ibicoara road. Grassland with low shrubs and
scattered woodland. Alt. ca. 1100 m. Approx. 41°18'W, 13°35'S.
Decumbent subshrub. Flowers yellow, ray florets absent. 29 Jan.
1974, R.M.Harley, S.A.Renvoize, C.M.Erskine, C.A.Brighton &
R.Pinheiro 15586 (Holotype US). PARATYPES: BRASIL: Bahia: Serra
do Sincora. ca. 14 km N. of Barra da Estiva, near the Ibicoara
road. Mixed vegetation with low scrub and dry grassland, and
scattered woodland, occasionally disturbed or burnt-over. Alt.

1979 Robinson, New species of Calea 273

1100 m. Approx. 41°918'W. 13935'S. Low subshrub with ascending
stems. Capitula yellow, flowers yellow. 2 Feb. 1974. Harley et
al. 15842 (US); Serra do Rio de Contas. 10 km N. of town of Rio
de Contas on road to Mato Grosso. Woodland along small stream,
normally damp grassland, now dry, and dry cerrado/carrasco wood-
land on slopes of surrounding quartzitic hills. Alt. ca. 1000 nm.
Approx. 41950'W. 13°28'S. Subshrub with swollen woody root to ca.
50 cm. Phyllaries yellow, florets yellow. 19 Jan. 1974. Harley
et al. 15266 (US); Serra da Agua de Rega. Cerrado, ca. 24 km N.
of Seabra, road to Agua de Rega, ca. 1000 m elev. Ascending herb,
the stems to ca. 50 cm long. 25 Feb. 1971. H.S.Irwin, R.M.Harley
& G.L.Smith 31073 (US).

Calea harleyi has a resemblance to C. hypericifolia Baker of
Goyas, but the latter differs in numerous details and does not
seem closely related. The leaves of the Goyas species are not as
pointed and are not toothed, the midvein of the leaf is not
prominent above, the hairs of the stems and leaves are longer and
more slender, the glands on the leaf-undersurface are smaller and
more superficial, the head has larger herbaceous bracts at the
base, rays are present, and the pappus squamae are smaller.
Actually, there is closer relationship to C. pinheiroi described
below, but that has broader leaves with a less carnose under-
surface and less prominent veins on the upper surface, the hairs
of the stems and leaves are denser and longer, and the individual
parts of the inflorescence show two orders of branching with the
ultimate branches short.

Calea pinheiroi H.Robinson, sp. nov.

Plantae suffrutescentes multo ramosae ad 25 cm altae. Caules
brunnescentes inferne teretes et obscure striati superne hexagon-
ales hispiduli. Folia opposita, petiolis 3-5 mm longis; laminae
ovatae plerumque 1.5-2.5 cm longae et 1-2 cm latae base obtuse
cuneatae vix vel non acuminatae margine utrinque grosse obtuse
4-6-crenato-serratae apice obtusae supra sparse scabrae et dense
scabridulae subtus pallidiores glandulo-punctatae in nervis et
nervulis valde scabro-pilosae fere ad basem patentiter trinervat-
ae. Inflorescentiae in ramis terminales corymbosae, ramis
hispidulis, ramis ultimis ca. 3 mm longis. Capitula campanulata
7-8 mm alta et 4-5 mm lata; squamae involucri ca. 18 brunnescent-
es subcoriaceae exteriores non herbaceae subimbricatae minute
ovatae vel laté oblongae 1.5-7.0 mm longae et 1.5-3.0 mm latae
apice rotundatae margine distinct anguste scariosae extus glabrae,
canales resiniferis plerumque 7-9; paleae nullae. Flores radii
nulli. Flores disci ca. 8; corollae flavae ca. 3.5 mm longae
extus glabrae, tubis distinctis ca. 1.3 mm longis, faucis late
campanulatis ca. 1 mm longis, lobis 1.3-1.5 mm longis ca. 0.7 m
latis; thecae antherarum ca. 1.5 mm longae; appendices antherarum
ovatae 0.3 mm longae et 0.23 mm latae extus glanduliferae.
Achaenia 2,5-3.0 mm longa sparse scabridula; squamellae pappi
16-18 ca. 0.4 mm longae et 0.3 mm latae margine et apice erose

274 Play ef 0/1006 oA Vol. 44, No. 4

denticulatae. Grana pollinis ca. 27 um in diam. spinulosa.

TYPE: BRASIL: Bahia: Serra do Curral Feio. 16 km NW. of
Lagoinha (which is 5.5 km SW of Delfino) on side road to Minas do
Mimoso. Small stream with marsh on white sand, and surrounding
cerrado on sandstone rock exposures. Alt. 950-1000 m. Approx.
41°920'W. 10022'S. Subshrub to 25 cm. Capitula yellow. 8 March
1974. R.M.Harley, S.A.Renvoize, C.M.Erskine, C.A.Brighton &
R.Pinheiro 17020 (Holotype US).

For the distinctions of the species see the discussion under

Cc. harleyi.

Calea barrosoana H.Robinson, nom. nov. Meyeria longifolia DC.
Prodr. 5: 671. 1936. Calea longifolia (DC.) Baker in Mart.,

Fl. Bras. 6 (3_: 260. 1884, not C. longifolia Gardn., Lond. Jour.

Bot. 7: 418. 1848. Blake (1930) provided a new name, C. angusta,

in a similar situation involving the various species called

C. angustifolia, but apparently no name has been provided for

Meyeria longifolia whose combination in Calea is preoccuppied.

Literature Cited

Blake, S. F. 1930. Notes on certain type specimens of American
Asteraceae in European Herbaria. Contr. U.S. Nat. Herb.
26: 227-263, i-ix.

Robinson, H. 1975. Studies in the Heliantheae (Asteraceae). VI.
Additions to the genus, Calea. Phytologia 32 (5): 426-431.

. 1978. Studies in the Heliantheae (Asteraceae). IX.
Restoration of the genus Alloispermum. Phytologia 38 (5):
411-412.

1979 Robinson, New species of Calea 2h

"y pe
Plora of %rezil
STATS OF MINAS GPRAIS
c . 3
Mumicf{pio de Jeboticatubss: Serra do Cipd.
UNITED STATES

Rlong roed st in 121, 19918-19'S, 43°35'd.
Alt. ce. 1200 ms, Flet crassy mesdow on thin
soil derived from quartzite ("itecolomite").

268769 Thies n®; rays golden-yellow. Disk flowers with
2687693 Siow ts and orange to brown anthers.
ov
®B* George “iten & Liene T. “iten, n® 6691
NATIONAL HERBARIUM

Calea eitenii H.Robinson, Holotype, United States National
Herbarium, Photos by Victor E. Krantz, Staff Photographer,
National Museum of Natural History.

276 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 44, No. 4

a

THE NEW YORK BOTANICAL GARDEN
Plante of the P’ £0 do Bras

e Pianaite do Brasi

UNITED STATES

2818539

re . % pe WAR Anderson. M Stieber JH Kirkbride. J Li Feuruary s972
NATIONAL HERBARIUM eee a
/ eos ¢ Exe nos

— tungs trom the Nations! Soence F

Calea kirkbridei H.Robinson, Holotype, United States National
Herbarium.

1979 Robinson, New species of Calea 207

NATIONAL HERBARIUM

Calea harleyi H.Robinson, Holotype, United States National
Herbarium,

278 PHY TO L042 6 Vol. 44, No. 4

UNITED STATES

2776953

NATIONAL HERBARIUM

Calea pinheiroi H.Robinson, Holotype, United States National
Herbarium,

1979 Robinson, New species of Calea 279

Cee sr se 8 ee ee ee eee es ee ae a ae UCU he Se re eer!’ ce ee ee ee eee eee

Calea, enlargements of heads: Top left. C. eitenii. Top
right. C. kirkbridei. Bottom left. C. harleyi. Bottom right.

C. pinheiroi.

STUDIES IN THE HELIANTHEAE (ASTERACEAE). XX.

NOTES AND NEW SPECIES IN CLIBADIUM.

Harold Robinson
Department of Botany
Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C., 20560.

Clibadium is a genus of about forty species, including some
which are common and widely distributed in the Neotropical Region.
In spite of the absence of most of the US collections, which are
on loan, it has been necessary to make preliminary studies toward
the eventual treatments of the Heliantheae for the Floras of
Ecuador and Peruse. Recent Harling collections from Ecuador prove
to include two previously undescribed species which are treated
below. Comments are also provided on the following three species.

Clibadium caudatum Blake, is one of two species described
from Panama which was inexplicably omitted from the recent
treatment of that genus in Panama (Stuessy, 1975). Material of
the species might key to C. asperum (Aubl.) DC. in that treatment,
but could not be that species. The type of Blake's species was
from an alluvial bottom near Bohio in the Canal Zone, and a recent
collection (Nee 6963) from near Salamanca in the Province of Colon
shows the characteristic broad leaf blades with caudate tips and
appressed pubescence. The specimens apparently represent a
distinctive element from low elevations in central Panama.

Clibadium eggersii Hieron., described from western Ecuador,
seems to be the oldest name for at least the elements with
appressed pubescence that have been treated under the names,

C. pittieri Greenm., C. polygynum Blake and C. propinquum Blake
(Wulffia sodiroi Hieron.). The species seems to range geographic-
ally from Costa Rica in Central America to areas of lower eleva-
tion on both sides of the Andes in Colombia and Ecuador. The
species is particularly distinctive in the rather globose mature
heads with a large number of ray florets (up to 40) in the axils
of comparatively narrow bracts.

Clibadium sessile Blake was the second species described
from Panama that was omitted from the recent treatment of the
genus in that country (Stuessy, 1975). Descriptions and the
locality in Chiriqui indicate that C. subauriculatum Stuessy
is a synonym.

Clibadium manabiense H.Robinson, sp. nov. Plantae frutes-
centes 2,.0-2.5 m altae mediocriter ramosae. Caules fulvescentes
teretes leniter striati appresse scabriduli. Folia opposita,

280

1979 Robinson, Notes on Clibadium 281

petiolis 7-25 mm longis; laminae ovatae vel anguste ovatae plerunm-
que 8-16 cm longae et 2.0-8.5 cm latae base cuneatae sensim
breviter anguste acuminatae margine multo crenato-serrulatae

apice late breviter acuminatae supra sparse appresse strigosae
subtus dense scabro-pilosae inferne ascendentiter trinervatae.
Inflorescentiae in ramis terminales corymboso-cymosae, ramis

dense appresse strigosis, ramis ultimis 0-2 mm longis. Capitula
4-6 mm alta et 4-5 mm lata; squamae involucri steriles basilares

2 et squamae femineae exteriores ovatae apice distincte acuminatae
ca. 4 mm longae et 2 mm latae margine breviter ciliatae extus
breviter strigosae; paleae masculinae anguste oblongae vel anguste
ellipticae ca. 3.5 mm longae et 0.7-1.0 mm latae margine et apice
breviter ciliatae. Flores radii 9-13; corollae tubiformes 1.8-
2.0 mm longae base leniter angustiores superne sparse puberulae
et persparse setiferae, lobis 4 ca. 0.3-0.5 mm longis. Flores
disci ca. 153 corollae 3.0-3.5 mm longae, tubis angustis ca. l

mm longis extus glabris, faucis abrupte late campanulatis ca. 1.5
mn longis plerumque glabris, lobis 5 aequilateraliter triangular-
ibus ca. 0.6 mm longis et latis intus ubique valde papillosis
extus breviter laxe setiferis et sparse puberulis; thecae anther-
arum ca. 1.2 mm longae; appendices antherarum extus minute puber-
ulae vel subglanduliferae. Achaenia radii biconvexa ca. 2mm
longa et 1.5 mm lata superne laxe setifera, articulis apicalibus
angustis ca. 0.5 mm longis valde contortis. Achaenia disci
sterilia 2 mm longa inferne glabra apice dense pilifera. Grana
pollinis 23-25 pm in diam. spinosa.

TYPE: ECUADOR: Manabi: Road Sto Domingo - Chone, Flavio
Alfaro, alt.'ca 100 m.s.m. On. the roadside. Shrub, ca. 2.— 2.5
m high. Flower-heads dirty white. Anthers dark brown-violet.

11 V 1968. G.Harling, G.Storm & B.Str¥m 9410 (Holotype GB:
Isotype US).

Clibadium manabiense seems most distinct in the markedly
acuminate tips of the bracts in the head. The heads having 9-13
female flowers and 15 male flowers, and the presence of paleae in
the disk are also notable. The number of flowers in the head
are reminiscent of the species group containing C. grandifolium
Blake and C. pacificum Cuatr. occurring at lower elevations from
Costa Rica to western Colombia, but the latter two have much
larger leaf blades with broadly rounded to subtruncate bases,
more appressed hairs on the leaf undersurface, and mostly non-
paleaceous male flowers. The setae of the disk corolla lobes
and the upper surfaces of the ray achenes seem less rigid and
less strict in C. manabiense than in such species as C. surinanm—
ense L.

As delimited by reddish resin, there are five resin ducts in
the throats of both the ray and disk corollas. The ducts of the
disk corollas are particularly prominent and extend into the
basal halves of the lobes.

282 BH YAP Ovby O Gr TyA Vol. 44, No. 4

Clibadium harlingii H.Robinson, sp. nov.
Plantae frutescentes ad 3 m altae mediocriter ramosae,.

Caules pallide fulvescentes teretes striati dense scabriduli.
Folia opposita, petiolis 6-10 mm longis; laminae oblongae vel
oblongo-ovatae plerumque 7-13 cm longae et 2.5-5.0 cm latae base
breviter acutae vel obtusae non decurrentes margine multo serrul-
atae apice breviter acuminatae supra dense appresse scabridae
subtus erecto-patentiter scabro-pilosae, nervis secundariis
pinnatis utrinque ca. 6 valde ascendentibus. Inflorescentiae
terminales in ramis tripartitis dense glomeratae, ramis dense
antrorse longe strigosis, glomerulis ca. 10-12-capitatis.
Capitula ca. 4 mm alta et 3-4 mm lata; squamae involucri steriles
basilares 3 latae ovatae 4-5 mm longae et ca. 2.5-3.0 mm latae
apice acutae extus breviter strigosae; squamae femineae ovatae
vel oblongae apice acutae vel breviter acuminatae 3-4 mm longae
margine breviter ciliatae extus superne breviter strigosae; paleae
masculinae subscariosae ovatae vel rhomboideae ca. 3 mm longae et
1.5 mm latae acutae margine breviter ciliatae. Flores radii 5-8;
corollae tubiformes 1.5-1.8 mm longae base leniter angustiores
plerumque glabrae superne persparse puberulae, lobis plerumque 2
ca. 0.5 mm longis. Flores disci 5-9; corollae ca. 3 mm longae
cylindraceae extus superne sparse puberulae et in lobis dense
breviter strigosae, tubis ca. 0.7 mm longis, faucis ca. 1.5 mm
longis, lobis 5 oblongo-ovatae plerumque 0.6 mm longis et 0.4 mm
latis intus superne et fere ad marginem papillosis; thecae anth-
erarum ca. 1.2 mm longae; appendices antherarum glabrae. Achaen-
ia radii subtrigona 2.0-2.5 mm longa et ca. 1.5 mm lata glabra,
callis apicalibus prominentibus ad 0.5 mm altis et 0.7 m latis.
Achaenia disci sterilia ad 2.2 mm longa ubique pilifera, pilis
superioribus densioribus. Grana pollinis 25-27 um in diam.
spinosa.

TYPE: ECUADOR: Carchi: Road Tulcan - Maldonado, ca. 13 km
south east of Maldonado, mountain rain forest, alt. ca 2600 m.s.m.
Shrub, ca 3 mhigh. 1 III 1974. G.Harling & L.Andersson 12363
(Holotype GB: Isotype US).

Clibadium harlingii is thoroughly distinct in the glomerate
form of the inflorescence, the pinnate venation of the leaves,
and the glabrous ray achenes, but the species has a number of
other peculiarities as well. The ray achenes of Clibadium seem
to always have an apical projection of some type, though it is
often small and contorted or easily deciduous. In C. pediculatum
Aristeg. of Venezuela it is long and narrow and is persistent at
Maturity. The new species seems unique in the thickened broad
form of the apical projection or callus, and a smaller but
distinet callus is present on the sterile disk achenes. The disk
corolla lobes of the new species have small but distinct papillae
on the inner surface toward the tips and margins, a notable
contrast with some species such as C. manabiense where the lobes
are evenly papillose on the whole inner surface.

The resin ducts of C. harlingii, as indicated by reddish

1979 Robinson, Notes on Clibadium 283

resin, are restricted to the fiye veins in the throat of the disk
corolla.

The above new species were obtained in a collection of
Ecuadorian Heliantheae recently obtained from Dr. G. Harling at
GUteborg. The genus Clibadium was particularly well-represented,
as indicated by the following records. The numbers cited under
5000 are by Holguer Lugo S., those above 5000 are from the Harling
series: Clibadium eggersii Hieron., Pastaza 2481, Napo 3094;

C,. laxum Blake, from the lowlands of Fe ee El ure and Pichincha

Blake, from Pastaza and fone urabnn on the a 5 side of the
Andes, 4605, 10153; C. microcephalum Blake, from Pastaza, 4554,
10114; C. sprucei Blake, from Chimborazo in central Ecuador, ir, 763:
C, surinamense L., material with shorter leaves tips from Bolivar
and El Oro on the western side of the Andes, 9670, 14194, 14335,
material with narrowly acuminate leaf tips from Morona-Santiago,
Napo and Pastaza on the eastern side of the Andes, 152, 224, 228,
1027, 1338, 1343, 1360, 1371, 1385, 1396, %1414,- 2426, 1703, 2315,

ae) eee! SS SS See CS SS ESS

12679, 13823; Cc. " sylvestre (Aub1. ) “Wait. eran Napo, 2052, 2129,
7031.

Four specimens of Ecuadorian Clibadium have also been
obtained from the Marie Selby Botanical Gardens which I had
previously failed to identify correctly: Clibadium cordatum Cuatr.,
from Carchi near the Colombian border, Madison et al. 4940; C.
laxum Blake, from Pichincha, Dodson et al. 7589, 7691; C. surinam-
ense L., from Los Rios, Dodson et al. 7037. Some earlier Ecuador-
ian collections of C. laxum have been seen in herbaria under the
name C. terebinthaceum (Sw.) DC.

Literature Cited

Stuessy, T. F. 1975. Melampodiinae. in R. E. Woodson, R. W.
Schery, et al., Flora of Panama. Part IX. Family 184.
Compositae. Ann Missouri Bot. Gard. 62: 1062-1091 (1976).

284 Pub YE OLD Gok vA Vol. 44, No. 4

siren Svates Narwwar Hewneanie
4 Clibadium mansbiense HRbinsn, Holdpe
&

Specimes ceomued tor o vfudy of the Compusitoe tobe Helaxtheoe

ON ence ee &

FLORA OF ECUADOR

MANABI Road Sin D %
my ey & Peadalde wh, on 2 = 2 t %:
i kethers 4a. 65 £
-

HE 3. HABLING, G STORM & & STROM

Clibadium manabiense H.Robinson, Holotype, University of
GBteborg. Photos by Victor E. Krantz, Staff Photographer,
National Museum of Natural History.

1979 Robinson, Notes on Clibadium 285

FLORA OF ECUADOR

Clibadium harlingii H.Robinson, Holotype, University of
G8teborg.

286 Pf. I. Os1-90 Gi DA Vol. 44, No. 4

be i “ee § 2 +
as*

Clibadium, enlargements of heads: Top. C. manabiense.

Bottom. C. harlingii.

NEW SPECIES OF VERNONIEAE (ASTERACEAE). II.

FIVE NEW SPECIES OF VERNONIA FROM BAHIA

Harold Robinson
Department of Botany
Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C., 20560.

Brazil is probably the primary center of diversity for the
tribe Vernonieae. The genus Vernonia is particularly well-
represented with over 150 described species. The numerous species
make identification of specimens difficult, even without the
complication of the inevitable undescribed species. Repeated
efforts have failed to obtain names for many species, and five of
these, all from Bahia, are treated here. These species all share
inflorescence types with elongate cymes and anther appendages
lacking glands, but they fall into two subgroups on the basis of
inflorescence-shape and pollen surface-structure.

Vernonia harleyi and V. mattos-silvae have the heads
congested on distinctly scorpioid branches and the pollen is
spinulose and weakly lophorate. In V. morii, V. nobilis and
V. persericea the branches of the inflorescence are nearly
straight or fractiflexed with heads 1-2 at each isolated node,
and the pollen is strongly lophorate with the crests rather
evenly fringed with numerous minute spines.

Vernonia harleyi H.Robinson, sp. nov.

Plantae suffruticosae vel fruticosae mediocriter ramosae ad
1.5 m altae. Caules dense breviter albo-tomentosi distincte
5-angulati. Folia alterna, petiolis distinctis 5-25 mm longis;
laminae ovatae vel oblongo-ovatae plerumque 5-10 cm longae et
2.5-6.0 cm latae base rotundatae vel subtruncatae margine dis-
tincte crenatae vel duplo-crenatae apice obtusae supra in sicco
atro-virides subtiliter rugulosae albo-pilosulae subtus dense
breviter albo-tomentosae et dense glandulo-punctatae, nervis
secundariis utrinque ca. 6 plerumque 45° ascendentibus. Inflore-
scentiae multo ramosae, ramis valde scorpioideo-cymosae dense
albo-tomentosis. Capitula congesta 2-3-seriata sessilia 4-5 mm
alta et ca. 3 mm lata, bracteis subinvolucralibus minutis indis-
tinctis ca. 1 mm longis subulatis; squamae involucri ca. 20 bi-
tri-seriatae non patentes oblongae 1.5-3.0 mm longae plerumque
1 mm latae apice breviter acutae extus dense albo-tomentosae.
Flores ca. 20 in capitulo. Corollae lavandulae ca. 4 mm longae
extus parce glanduliferae, tubis ca. 2 mm longis superne infund-
ibularibus, faucis 0.5-0.7 mm longis, lobis 1.3-1.5 mm longis ca.
0.4 mm latis superne dense pilosulis, pilis uniseriatis in
cellulis apicalibus elongatis basilaribus brevibus; thecae
antherarum ca. 1.3 mm longae inferne breviter acutae; appendices

287

288 Pa YT 0.2. Oe TA Vol. 44, No. 4

antherarum ovatae ca. 0.3 mm longae et 0.15 mm latae non glandul-
iferae. Achaenia ca. 1.2 mm longa dense breviter setifera; setae
pappi ca. 30-32 plerumque 2.5 mm longae, setae in seriebus exter-
ioribus numerosae anguste lineares 0.3-0.5 mm longae. Grana
pollinis ca. 30-35 pm in diam. indistincte lophorata spinulosa.

TYPE: BRASIL: Bahia: 19.5 km SE of the town of Morro do
Chapeu on the BAO52 road to Mundo Novo, by the Rio Ferro Doido,
with water worn horizontally-bedded sandstone at soil surface,
with damp sand, sedge marsh, exposed rock & waterfall. Vegetation
open scrub to closed low woodland in the drier areas. Alt. ca.
900 m. 2.3.77. Harley no. 19296 (Holotype US). PARATYPES:
BRASIL: Bahia: Rio do Ferro Doido, 19.5 km SE of Morro do Chapeu
on the BA 052 highway to Mundo Novo. Other data as in 19296.
Shrub to ca. 1m with slightly resinous-scented leaves. Leaves
rugose, dark green above, white-tomentose beneath. Phyllaries
grey-green. Corollas bluish-purple. 1 March 1977. Harley
19184 (GA, US); Municipio de Maracas. Rod. BA 026, a 6 km a SW.
de Maracas. Afloramento de rocha granitica. 900 m de altitude.
Folha SD-24 (14-40a). Subarbusto, 1.5 m de altura. Flores
1ilafs. 26 Abril 1978. Mori et al. 9933 (US).

In the distinctly scorpioid-cymose branches of the inflores-
cence the new species resembles Vernonia scorpioides Pers. but
the distinctly crenulate leaf margins, the dense white tomentun,
the obtuse leaves, and the short-acute involucral bracts are all
different.

Vernonia mattos-silvae H.Robinson, sp. nov.

Plantae fruticosae mediocriter ramosae 1 m altae. Caules
fulvescentes teretes striati vix angulati dense cinereo-puberuli
vel pilosuli. Folia alterna, petiolis 1.0-2.5 cm longis; laminae
ovatae vel anguste ovatae plerumque 5-8 cm longae et 1.5-3.0 cm
latae base anguste cuneatae vel longe acuminatae margine multo
serrulatae apice anguste acuminatae supra in sicco atro-virides
parce puberulae subtus cinereo-subtomentosae subdense glandulo-
punctatae, nervis secundariis utrinque ca. 5 plerumque 50-60°
ascendentibus. Inflorescentiae multo ramosae, ramis valde
scorpioideo-cymosae sordide subtomentosis. Capitula congesta
2-3-seriata sessilia 6-7 mm alta et 3-4 mm lata, bracteis
subinvolucralibus linearibus attenuatis 4-5 mm longis; squamae
involucri ca. 20 ca. triseriatae vix patentes lanceolatae 2-5
mm longae base 1.0-1.5 mm latae apice longe attenuatae margine et
extus sericeae apice subglabrae. Flores ca. 15 in capitulo.
Corollae lavandulae 5-6 mm longae extus inferne glabrae, tubis
2.5-3.0 mm longis superne infundibularibus, faucis ca. 1 mm longis
extus parce glanduliferis, lobis ca. 2 mm longis et 0.4 m latis
extus superne parce setiferis et glanduliferis, pilis uniseriatis
in cellulis apicalibus elongatis; thecae antherarum ca. 1.5 mm
longae inferne breviter acutae; appendices antherarum oblongo-
lanceolatae breviter acutae ca. 0.5 mm longae et 0.18 mm latae
non glanduliferae. Achaenia ca. 1.3-1.- mm longa parce breviter

1979 Robinson, New species of Vernonia 289

setifera; setae pappi ca. 25-30 plerumque 4 mm longae, squamae
exteriores in fimbriis brevibus 0.10-0.15 mm longae. Grana
pollinis ca. 35 pm in diam. indistincte lophorata spinulosa.

TYPE: BRASIL: Bahia: Municipio de Macarani km 18 da Rod. Mai
quinque / Itapetinga. Faz. Lagoa. Regiao de mata Mesdfila.
Pastaria. N.V.: Caminho-de-rocga préto. Arbusto, 1 m de altura.
Inflorescéncia 1ilas. 2 agésto 1978. L.A.Matto Silva, T.S. dos
Santos & J.L.Hage 182 (Holotype US).

Vernonia mattos-silvae is evidently close to V. scorpioides
Pers., showing the distinctly scorpioid branches of the inflores-
cence. The new species is most distinct by the long-attenuate
tips of the subinvolucral and involucral bracts, the sparse
pubescence of the achenes and corolla lobes, and the greatly
reduced outer series of the pappus. The bases and tips of the
leaf blades are also more narrowly acuminate. The pubescence and
leaf margins place the new species closer to V. scorpioides than

to V. harleyi n. sp.

Vernonia morii H.Robinson, sp. nov.

Plantae fruticosae mediocriter ramosae ad 2 m altae. Caules
brunnescentes teretes vel subteretes striati inferne tenuiter
arachnoideo-tomentosi superne sparse vel dense obtuse hirtelli.
Folia alterna, petiolis brevibus vel nullis inferioribus interdum
ad 1 cm longis; laminae ellipticae vel elliptico-ovatae plerumque
6-11 cm longae et 2.5-4.5 cm latae base cuneatae vel breviter
acuminatae margine irregulariter subundulatae vel minute serrulat-
ae apice breviter argute acuminatae supra saepe rugulosae sparse
pilosae et scabridae subtus sparse vel dense puberulae in nervis
et nervulis priminulae, nervis secundariis utrinque ca. 8 plerum-
que 60-70° patentibus leniter arcuatis. Inflorescentiae pauce
vel mediocriter ramosae, ramis vix arcuatis sparse vel dense
obtuse hirtellis, bracteis foliiformibus ad 8 cm longis et 4 cm
latis supra scabris vel dense pilosis subtus plerumque dense
puberulis. Capitula remota uniseriata sessilia vel subsessilia
axillaria vel extra-axillaria; involucra late campanulata plerun-
que 7-10 mm lata et 7-12 mm longa superne non post anthesin
constricta; squamae involucri brunnescentes ca. 65=75 ca. 7-seri-
atae plerumque appressae 1.5-10.0 mm longae et base 1-3 mm latae
Margine dense tenuiter fimbriatae extus sparse sericeae vel
puberulae et sparse glanduliferae saepe glabrescentes, bracteae
exteriores ovato-lanceolatae argute acutae interiores sensim
oblongo-lanceolatae obtusae vel retusae et mucronatae, bracteae
interiores superne utrinque densius scabridulae. Flores 20-30 in
capitulo. Corollae plerumque eburnae vel albae interdum lavand-
ulae plerumque 11-12 mm longae extus glabrae, tubis 6-7 mm longis
superne anguste infundibularibus, faucis ca. 1 mm longis, lobis
ca. 3.5 mm longis et 0.6 mm latis margine superne sparse pilifer-
is, pilis uniseriatis in cellulis apicalibus elongatis tenuibus;
thecae antherarum ca. 3.5 mm longae inferne obtusae; appendices
antherarum ovato-lanceolatae subacutae ca. 0.5 mm longae et 0.2

290 PY. T DL Se Vol. 44, No. 4

mm latae non glanduliferae. Achaenia 3.5-4.0 mm longa 10-costata
in costis glabra inter costis glandulifera et sparse appresse
setifera; setae pappi facile deciduae ca. 50-55 et 7-10 mm longae
inferne tenues vix contiquae superne mediocriter incrassatae et
angulatae, squamae exteriores numerosae distinctae lineares plerum-
que 2.0-3.5 mm longae. Grana pollinis ca. 45 pm in diam valde
lophorata, cristis minute multo spiniferis, spinis majoribus
nullis.

TYPE: BRASIL: Bahia: Municipio de Maracas. Rod. BA 026, a 6
km a SW de Maracas. Afloramento de rocha granitica. 900 m de
altitude. Folha SD - 24 (14-40a). Arbusto 1.5 m de altura.
Flores brancas. Vegetagao secundaria. 26 Abril 1978. Mori et
al. 9959 (Holotype US). PARATYPES: BRASIL: Bahia: Saida de
Itirugu / Maracas. Arb. de 2 m alt., fl. em capitulo verde,
estames brancos. 20/05/969. J.A. de Jesus & T.S.Santos 440 (US);
Encruzilhada, margem do Rio Parod, Mata Cipd. Planta de 1m
altura; flores cremes; invdlucro verde. 23.5.1968. R.P.Belem
3610 (US); 19.5 km SE of the town of Morro do Chapeu on the BA
052 road to Mundo Novo, by the Rio Ferro Doido, with water worn
horizontally-bedded sandstone at soil surface, with damp sand,
sedge marsh, exposed rock & waterfall. Vegetation: open scrub to
closed low woodland in the drier areas. Alt. ca. 900 m. Subshrub
to 60 cm. Leaves scabrid, rugose, yellow-green above, pale
beneath. Phyllaries pale green. Florets pale lilac. 2.3.77.
Harley 19242 (US); Ca. 1 km N of Agua de Rega, road to Cafarnaim,
elev. ca. 1000 m, Acacia caatinga on slopes. Subshrub ca. 1m
tall. Heads cream. 28 February 1971. H.S.Irwin, R.M.Harley &
G.L.Smith 31251 (US); same data, Shrub ca. 2 m tall. Irwin et
al. 31260 (US).

Vernonia morii seems rather common in the eastern half of
Bahia in spite of the previous lack of a name. The closest
relative may be V. ammophila Gardn. of central Minas Gerais
westward into Goyas. The latter species differs by the usually
obtuse to rounded leaf-tips, the usually magenta-colored corollas,
the more densely tomentose stems, the more glabrous somewhat
exsculpate upper leaf surfaces, and the coarser more crowded and
sharply edged pappus setae. The squamae of the outer pappus are
usually broader and seem somewhat more persistent. Also, the
inner involucral bracts lack the tendency for retuse and mucronate
tips. One specimen of V. ammophila (Classen, Minas Gerais) has
been seen showing more acute leaf-tips and slender marginal
hairs on the corolla lobes reminiscent of the new species, and
some integradation may occur between the species in that area.

Another close relative is V. rugulosa Sch.Bip. ex Baker of
Minas Gerais. No material has been seen but an excellent photo-
graph of the Berlin type distributed by the Field Museum shows
the undulate membraneous tips of the larger involuvral bracts
after which the species was named. There is no tendency toward
such differentiated tips of the bracts in any material seen of
the new species. The photograph and description indicate that

1979 Robinson, New species of Vernonia 291

V. rugulosa has generally more petiolate leaves and glabrous
achenes, but these features need to be checked when more material
is available.

Vernonia nobilis H.Robinson, sp. nov.

Plantae fruticosae divaricate ramosae ad 3 m altae. Caules
brunnescentes teretes pauce striati sparse albo-puberuli in nodis
inferioribus non deflecti. Folia alterna, petiolis 3-5 mm longis;
laminae ovatae 2-5 cm longae et 1.4-2.4 cm latae base rotundatae
Margine subintegrae vel irregulariter undulatae apice acutae vel
perbreviter acuminatae supra virides rugulosae parce puberulae
subtus sordide tomentosae vel lanatae et glandulo-punctatae,
nervis secundariis utrinque 6-7 mediocriter ascendentibus.
Inflorescentiae diffusae foliosae inferne saepe triramosae, ramis
fractiflexis. Capitula in axillis solitaria sessilia 1.5-1.8 cm
alta et ca. 0.8-2.0 cm lata base leniter tomentosa; squamae
involucri ca. 75-80 multiseriatae lanceolatae 2-13 mm longae base
0.7-1.8 mm latae superne subulatae et patentes vel reflexae apice
argute acutae extus rubrotinctae dense appresse pilosulae. Flores
35-40 in capitulo. Corollae violaceae 11-16 mm longae praeter
apicem glabrae, tubis 6-8 mm longis angustis superne infundibular-
ibus, faucis ca. 1 mm longis, lobis saepe inaequalibus plerumque
4-5 mm longis et 0.5 mm latis superne dense antrorse spiculiferis
et parce micro-piliferis, spiculis unicellularibus; thecae
antherarum 3.5-4.5 mm longae inferne acutae; appendices antherarum
lanceolatae ca. 0.8 mm longae et 0.25 mm latae non glanduliferae
margine plerumque anguste inflexae. Achaenia ca. 3 mm longa dense
longe setifera; setae pappi ca. 30-35 et 10-12 mm longae, setae
in seriebus exterioribus numerosae anguste lineares plerumque
2 mm longae. Grana pollinis ca. 45 pm in diam. valde lophorata,
cristis minute multo spinuliferis, spinis majoribus nullis.

TYPE: BRASIL: Bahia: Vicinity of Machado Portello. June
19-23, 1915. J.N.Rose & P.G.Russell 19966 (Holotype US).
PARATYPES: BRASIL: Bahia: Same data as holotype. Rose & Russell
19906 (US); Piauhy - Ceara: Picos to Campo Salles. Shrub about
3' high. Brushy borders. April 8-11, 1933. J.R.Swallen 4278
(US).

Vernonia nobilis has been found in two widely separated
localities, one in the interior of Piauhy or adjacent Ceara, and
the other in eastern Bahia near Salvador. Such a potential range
would suggest other collections exist, but none have been seen
and no described species of Vernonia seems particularly close.
The specialized interests of the collectors in cacti and grasses
might indicate that specialized habitats are involved.

It is possible that V. nobilis is closely related to the
recently described Mattfeldanthus mutisioides H.Robins. & King
of Bahia. The corollas of the former seem more reddish than most
Vernoniae though not as reddish as indicated for Mattfeldanthus.
The corolla lobes are somewhat unequal, but no pattern is evident
as in Mattfeldanthus where the outer four lobes of the peripheral

292 PEeST PLO ee A Vol. 44, No. 4

flowers are always shorter. The most obvious resemblance between
the two is in the branching of the inflorescence. Multiple
innovations are present in both, a character not seen in other
members of Vernonia. In Mattfeldanthus the single extra branch is
present under all fully developed heads observed. In V. nobilis
the one or two basal nodes of the inflorescence seem to have
characteristically three or even four branches. The vegetative
stems of V. nobilis are straight while the branches of the
inflorescence are deflected at the nodes. The achene pubescence
is longer in the new species than in Mattfeldanthus, and the
corolla lobes are much less rigid and less sharp~pointed,.

Vernonia persericea H.Robinson, sp. nov.

Plantae suffrutescentes inferne non vel pauce ramosae ad 2 m
altae. Caules brunnescentes teretes anguste striati subdense
sericei vel subhirtelli. Folia alterna subsessilia, petiolis ca.
1 mm longis; laminae oblongo-ovatae plerumque 2.5-5.0 cm longae
et 1.2-3.0 cm latae base rotundatae margine integrae anguste
reflexae apice abrupte breviter acuminatae supra atro-virides
evanescentiter pilosae inferne in nervis persistentiter sericeae
subtus perdense sordide sericeae, nervis secundariis utrinque ca.
6 distaliter ascendentibus. Inflorescentiae multo ramosae, ramis
serialiter cymosis subtiliter deflectis dense sordide sericeis
vel subhirtellis. Capitula in seriebus solitaria vel geminata
sessilia 7-8 mm alta et ca. 5-7 mm lata, bracteis subinvolucral-
ibus anguste ovatis 5-10 mm longis minute apiculatis in vestimento
foliiformibus; squamae involucri exteriores 25-30 multiseriatae
leniter patentes anguste lineares vel filiformes 2-5 mm longae
apice anguste acutae non reflexae extus dense sericeae, squamae
interiores ca. 10 lineari-lanceolatae 6-7 mm longae inferne ca.

1 mm latae apice acutae extus sericeae. Flores ca. 10 in capitulo.
Corollae violaceae 5-6 mm longae praeter apicem glabrae, tubis

2-3 mm longis anguste infundibularibus, faucis subnullis, lobis
ca. 3 mm longis et 0.5 mm latis superne dense breviter spiculi-
feris, spiculis uni- et bi-seriatis; thecae antherarum 1.8-2.0 mm
longae inferne obtusae; appendices antherarum ca. 0.3 mm longae
et 0.2 mm latae non glanduliferae. Achaenia immatura ca. 1.5 m
longa dense longe setifera; setae pappi ca. 40 et ca. 4 mm longae,
setae in seriebus exterioribus distinctae anguste squamiformes

cae 0.5 mm longae. Grana pollinis 45-50 pm in diam. valde
lophorata, cristis minute multo spinuliferis, spinis majoribus
nullis.

TYPE: BRASIL: Bahia: Coastal Zone. Parque Nacional de Monte
Pascoal. On NW slopes of Monte Pascoal. Rain forest, changing
to disturbed areas with scattered trees and woodland, dominated
by Pteridium at higher altitudes. Alt. 200-586 m. This plant
growing at summit of mountain among shrubs and trees. Herb to
2m. Leaves slightly coriaceous, mid-green above, pale below
with pale buff hairs. Corolla pale magenta. 12 Jan. 1977.
Harley et al. 17865 (Holotype US).

1979 Robinson, New species of Vernonia 293
Vernonia persericea is one of a group including V. geminata
Less., V. coulsonii Sch.Bip. ex Baker, V. edmundii Barroso, and
many others. The distinctive features are the narrow outer rows
of involucral bracts without reflexed tips and the subsessile
oblong-ovate leaf blades with an abrupt acumination. The marked-
ly sericeous vestiture is also notable. Additional features
include the leaf undersurface with no glandular punctations, and
the filaments of the anthers being inserted just below the sinues
of the disk corolla lobes. The bracts of the inflorescence are
reduced, but are larger than the scarcely evident bracts of
V. geminata and its closest allies.

294 Poh YT OCL1O' Gia Vol. 44, No. 4

2851639

NATIONAL HERGARIUM

Vernonia harleyi H.Robinson, Holotype, United States National
Herbarium. Photos by Vistor E. Krantz, Staff Photographer,
National Museum of Natural History.

1979 Robinson, New species of Vernonia 295

UNITED STATES

2850013

NATIONAL HERBARIUM

Vernonia mattos-silvae H.Robinson, Holotype, United States
National Herbarium.

296 PiBeE*T OoLcO-Goi-z Vol. 44, No. 4

UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM

1Y WASHINGTON
IARVEN

Vernonia nobilis H.Robinson, Holotype,,United States National
Herbariam.

1979 Robinson, New species of Vernonia 297

2850005

NATIONAL HERSARIUM

v

Vernonia morii H.Robinson, Holotype, United States National
Herbarium.

298 BBE OubeolGe iad Vol. 44, No. 4

te Staves Nave waaiune

, i Wid
Ver nema persericea h obinan Hole hype

Specimes cxomuved for o ttedy of the Compotitoe tribe Vernoniege

we
-
EX HERBARIO KEWENSI
BRAZIL: ESTADO DA BAHIA
: TA
\
Yormy :
7 {
apt i lac 2%}
RUM. Haney. SJ. Ma RM mR. T AD & RS Pasmerncs
66, of
Harley No € Ae
5 ' x R.
Bes . a
Pex $ Boh i A. 7

UNITEO STATES

2851631

5 i Ae corlLaceous
bove, cale below with pale buff

lla pale magenta.

NATIONAL HERBARIUM

12 January 1977 Harley et al 17865

Vernonia persericea H.Robinson, Holotype, United States
National Herbarium,

1979 Robinson, New species of Vernonia 299

b/d SS
Z ‘4 * e

a
es
Os fi

A LS p34

’
gl I
te ee

Vernonia, enlargements of heads: Top left. V. harleyi.
Top right. V. mattos-silvae. Bottom left. V. morii. Bottom

right. V. persericea,

NEW SPECIES OF VERNONIEAE (ASTERACEAE). III.

ADDITIONS TO PIPTOCARPHA

Harold Robinson
Department of Botany
Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C., 20560.

Piptocarpha is a wide-spread genus in the Neotropical
Region with most of the approximately 50 species (Jones, 1977) in
South America. Numerous Andean species have been described in
recent years, including the unique P. cuatrecasasiana (Aristeg.)
Badillo (Aristeguieta, 1963, 1964; Badillo, 1974) having hairs
inside the corolla. Recent studies involving Brazilian species
include those of Cabrera (1957) and Barroso (1959), the latter
with a key to the species in the Rio de Janiero area. Three
further additions to the Brazilian flora given below include two
new species and one transfer from the genus Stifftia.

Piptocarpha matogrossensis H.Robinson, sp. nov.

Plantae subarborescentes vel arborescentes multo ramosae ca.
4 m altae et 10 cm latae. Caules teretes subtiliter striati
dense minute sordide lepidoti. Folia alterna, petiolis 7-17 m
longis saepe leniter arcuatis; laminae coriaceae oblongo-ellipt-
icae plerumque 4.5-7.5 cm longae et 1.4-3.3 cm latae base anguste
rotundatae vel breviter cuneatae plerumque inaequales margine
integrae apice obtusae vel anguste rotundatae supra in sicco
flavo-virides glabra in nervis primariis anguste lepidotae in
nervulis prominulae subtus dense sordide lepidotae, nervis
secundariis utrinque ca. 7 plerumque 20-30° ascendentibus.
Inflorescentiae axillares subglomeratae breviter corymbosae sub-
umbellatae, ramis 1-4 mm longis dense sordide lepidotis. Capit-
ula ca. 6-9 in axillo 10-12 mm alta; involucra anguste campanulata
ca. 7 mm alta et 3 m lata in partibus interioribus decidua;
Squamae involucri ca. 25 et ca. 5-6-seriatae confertae ellipticae
1-6 mm longae et ad 2 mm latae apice breviter acutae in squamis
mediis margine scariosae, squamae exteriores et apices squamarum
interioris extus appresse lepidotae margine pauce fimbriatae.
Flores 5-8. Corollae albae? ca. 6 mm longae plerumque glabrae,
tubis 1.5-2.0 mm longis, faucis ca. 1.5 mm longis leniter
infundibularibus, lobis ca. 2.5 mm longis et 0.5 mm latis superne
pauce glanduliferis et dense substellato-piliferis; thecae
antherarum ca. 3.5 mm longae base caudatae argute acutae, caudis
ca. 1 mm longis; appendices antherarum oblongo-lanceolatae ca.
0.6 mm longae et 0.2 mm latae non glanduliferae. Achaenia ca. 4
mm longa glabra sublaevia in superficiis interioribus leniter
costata; carpopodia minuta; setae pappi tenues cinereae (appear-

300

1979 Robinson, Additions to Piptocarpha 301

ing white on specimen) 90-100 plerumque 6 mm longae, setae exter-
iores paucae lineares 0.5-1.0 mm longae. Grana pollinis ca. 35

m?
P TYPE: BRAZIL: Mato Grosso: Vicinity of Barro do Gargas, ca.
45 km N. on road to Xavantina. Cerrado. Small tree to ca. 4mx
10 cm. Pappus gray-brown. Occasional. Elev. 300-300 m. Oct.
15, 1964. Irwin & Soderstrom 6926 (Holotype US).

Both geography and the general description place the new
species close to P. senescens Baker, but the leaves of the latter
are noted as 5-6 inches long by 2 1/2 - 3 wide, as being distinct-
ly denticulate, and being subcoriaceous or comparatively flexuose
for a member of the genus. Other suggested differences are the
more brownish and more lepidote pubescence on the leaf under-
surface. The carpopodium seems small compared to those of many
other species, and the secondary veins are less prominent on the
underside.

Piptocarpha santosii H.Robinson, sp. nov.

Plantae fruticosae (subscandentes?) mediocriter ramosae.
Caules subteretes vix angulati dense ferruginose stellate toment-—
osi. Folia alterna, petiolis 2-3 cm longis crassis dense stellate
tomentosis; laminae subcoriaceae suborbiculatae 8-12 cm longae et
ca. 6-9 cm latae base plerumque aliquantum inaequales late rotund-
atae vel vix cordatae margine integrae vel remote minute denticu-
latae apice breviter apiculatae supra subtiliter rugulosae scab-
ride pilosulae in nervis dense stellato-tomentosae subtus sordide
subdense stellato-tomentosae, nervis secundariis utrinque ca. 8
plerumque recte patentibus. Inflorescentiae axillares subglomer-
atae breviter corymbosae, ramis ultimis 1-4 mm longis ferrugineo-
tomentosis. Capitula ca. 8 in axillo 12-14 m alta ca. 5 m
lata; involucra turbinata 8-9 mm alta superne constricta
aliquantum persistentia; squamae involucri ca. 30 et ca. 6-seri-
atae dense confertae ellipticae vel late ellipticae 1.5-7.0 mm
longae et 1.5-2.0 mm latae in squamis mediis suborbiculatae ad
4 mm latae margine late scariosae, squamae exteriores extus
tomentosae, interiores extus plerumque subglabrae-subapice
appresse substellate pubescentes margine fimbriatae. Flores ca.
9. Corolla albae firmae ca. 8-9 mm longae plerumque glabrae,
tubis ca. 3.5 mm longis, faucis ca. 1.5 mm longis leniter infund-
ibularibus, lobis 3.0-3.5 mm longis et ca. 0.5 mm latis superne
glanduliferis et pauce substellato-piliferis; thecae antherarum
ca. 3.5 mm longae base caudatae argute acutae, caudis ca. 0.5 mm
longis; appendices antherarum lanceolatae 0.9 mm longae et base
0.25 mm latae non glanduliferae. Achaenia 3.5-4.0 mm longa
distincte 10-costata glabra; carpopodia prominentia; setae pappi
tenues albae 75-80 plerumque 6-7 mm longae, squamae exteriores
numerosae lineares ad 1 mm longae. Grana pollinis ca. 35-37 pm
in diam. indistincte lophorata spinulosa.

TYPE: BRAZIL: Bahia: Eunapolis Colonia estrada do rio do
peixe do W. Arbusto raminoso fl. branca involoco verde.

302 Po oT. 0 L)/0:6-I74 Vol. 44, No. 4

Mata. 18.5.71. T.S.Santos 1670 (Holotype US).

The new species is unusual in the suborbicular leaves with
nearly perpendicular spreading secondary veins. The stellate
pubescence seems to be more highly developed than in any other
species of the genus. The hairs are less branched on the sten,
are densely branched on the petioles, and are more laxly but more
stellately branched on the undersurface of the leaf.

Piptocarpha stifftioides H.Robinson, nom. nov.

Stifftia axillaris Barroso & G.da Vinha, Loefgrenia 44: l.
1970. Not Piptocarpha axillaris (Less.) Baker. The species
first aroused suspicion because of the axillary inflorescences
such as are common in most Brazilian species of Piptocarpha.
Nevertheless, careful examination has been necessary to confirm
the relationship. The glabrous leaves and the stout rather
reddish pappus setae are similar to Stifftia which is also
native in eastern Brazil, however, a position in the Vernonieae
rather than the Mutisieae is indicated by the small thin anther
appendages, the slightly lophorate and spinulose pollen grains,
the thinly and irregularly thickened endothecial cells, and the
long style branches with pubescence along their entire external
surface. The position in Piptocarpha is evident in the distinct-
ive form of the achenes, the few somewhat stellate appressed
hairs on the tips of the corolla lobes, and in the often slightly
unequal bases of the leaf blades. The species has blunt-tipped
anther bases, but the basal portion is evidently sterile tissue
and thus represents a tail. Most species of Piptocarpha have a
very sharp tail, but blunt tails have been seen on specimens
from Bahia determined as P. pyrifolia Baker. The species is
unusual in the genus by having only 1-3 heads in the axils of
each leaf.

Literature Cited
Aristeguieta, L. 1963. Tres especies de Compositae de Venezuela
nuevas para la ciencia. Acta Biologica Venezuelica 3 (24):
363-369.
- 1964. Compositae. Flora de Venezuela 10: 1-939.
Badillo, V. M. 1974. Blumea viscosa y Piptocarpha cuatrecasas—

iana dos nuevas combinaciones en Compositae. Rev. Fac.
Agron. (Maracay). 7 (3): 9-16.

Barroso, G. M. 1959, Flora da cidade do Rio de Janeiro,
Compositae. Rodriguésia 21-22 (33-34): 69-155.

Barroso, G. M. & S. G. da Vinha 1970. Stifftia axillaris, uma
espécie nova de Compositae. Loefgrenia 44: 1-2.

1979 Robinson, Additions to Piptocarpha 303

Cabrera, A. L. 1957. Compositae brasilienses novae. Arquivos
do Jardim Botanico do Rio de Janeiro. 15: 69-85.

Jones, S. B. 1977. Chapter 17. Vernonieae - Systematic review.
in Heywood, V. H., J. B. Harborne & B. L. Turner. The
Biology and Chemistry of the Compositae. 503-521.

304 PH YD 0 Li OrGoLa Vol. 44, No. 4

-~ * - eats .
pees i] ao ©
UNITED STATES - is
up States Neveywat Maspasrup
2§18420 a pare) + U py:
M plocare hd malogre sess RED a 5, Wei typ
f 2 OlC VRE ink cing #7
Specimen crammed tor @ study of the Compontoe tribe Vernomece bs sah Kel Ns renee cient saga eee meee ae
NATIONAL HERBARIUM oe rast ba tanta Treas. sen. easoneh, moet ep

4. ROME we

Piptocarpha matogrossensis H.Robinson, Holotype, United
States National Herbarium. Photos by Victor E. Krantz, Staff

Photographer, National Museum of Natural History.

1979

UNITED STATES

2832002

NATIONAL HERBARIUM

Robinson, Additions to Piptocarpha 305

HERBARIO CENTRO DE PESQUISAS DO CACAU

Nebuee -Seme
Corrmositae

Bane fem@pol{n ©o’onia er roda do rio do peixe
to We

Arbuste raminoso fl. branca involeco verie. Ne
ta.

Lege Te Se Se 1565071. 1670.

Piptocarpha santosii H.Robinson, Holotype, United States

National Herbarium.

306

P.B.4)T:0 L) OGoi'h

me

Piptocarpha, enlargements of heads:

Bottom. P. santosil.

Top.

Vol. 44, No. 4

P. matogrossensis.

THE CORRECT GENERIC PLACEMENT OF
ALBIZIA CARBONARIA BRITTON

Christine J. Niezgoda & Lorin I. Nevling, Jr.

Field Museum of Natural History, Chicago, Illinois 60605

A survey of the pollen of tribe Ingeae (Mimosoideae) by
Scanning Electron Microscopy and light microscopy was initiated
to determine the usefullness of this character in the taxonomy of
the tribe. The tribe is characterized by pollen that regularly
occurs in 16-20-24-28-32-grained polyads. Almost all the high
number polyads occur in New World taxa; the majority of the Old
World genera have 16-grained polyads only. During the course of
this study an interesting polyad was found in the genus Albizia
The characteristic polyad of Albizia is composed of 16 pollen
grains which agrees with the results of other recent pollen
studies. Guinet (1969) in his treatment of the Mimosoideae
reported the pollen of all the species of Albizia that he ex-
amined as polyads with 16 grains. Sorsa (1969), in a similar
study, listed only one species from Africa (Albizia amara ssp.
sertocephala) as having an occa@ional 32-grained polyad. A
sample of this species' pollen contained 16 grains per polyad
consistently with only one 32-grained polyad observed. It would
seem that this chance occurrence may be the result of an aberrant
division. Such irregularities commonly are found in other genera
of the Ingeae.

As an extension of the pollen study, the stigmatic surfaces
also were examined. It was noted that stigma size usually cor-
responds to the diameter of the polyad, and the stigmatic area
can accomodate only one polyad. Such a system of pollination
coupled with the fertilization of all the ovules by a single
polyad would ensure maximum seed production with the least amount
of energy expended. There should be many ovules/ovary in Albizia
flowers as there is a significant correlation between morpholo-
gically permanent tetrads, polyads, and pollinia and high ovule
number (Walker, 1971b). Under these circumstances it would be
expected that a polyad of 16 grains should produce a maximum of
16 seeds per pod with correspondingly higher numbers for larger
polyads. All available fruits on Albtzta herbarium specimens at
Field Museum were examined to see if a correlation could be esta-
blished between. seeds/pod and grains/polyad. The results of the
examination agreed with predictions: the 16-grained polyad spe-
cies of Albizia had fruits with 10-14 seeds. However, one speci-
men, an Albizta from Central and South America, did not seem to
fit the otherwise established pattern (less than 16 seeds per
fruit). This species had 25 seeds/pod which would not correlate
with a fertilization by a single 16-grained polyad. Subsequent

307

308 Pea LTtOL eG sa Vol. 44, No.

examination of the flowering material revealed that the polyads
were consistently 32- rather than 16-grained. Either this is a
unique species of Albizia or it has been incorrectly placed.

In examining the material it was found that specimens of
this species have been previously identified as three separate
species of Albizta, A. carbonarta, A. filteina, and A. malaco-
carpa. The oldest epithet is malacocarpa published in 1925 by
Standley in the Flora of El Slavador but it lacks a species de-
scription. Subsequently, the name was validly published by
Standley in North American Flora in 1928. However, in 1926,
Britton established A. carbonaria for a tree that was growing at
the Rio Piedras Forest Station in Puerto Rico. At a later date,
1936, Britton and Killip in the Mimosaceae and Caesalpinaceae
of Colombia placed A. malacocarpa in synonomy with A. carbonarta.
The third epithet, filicina, is handwritten on specimens in the
herbarium at Field Museum as sp. nov. Standley. There has been
no publication of this epithet.

Native to Colombia, Albizia carbonaria, has been introduced
in El Slavador and Puerto Rico (type specimen). It is also found
in Venezuela, Panama, and Costa Rica. Traditionally the genus
Albtzta had been classified as entirely Old World, being native
to Asia and possibly Africa. But this distinction has been ob-
scured as it has become very widespread in the New World due to
the cultivation of many species as ornamentals (for example, A.
jultbrissin). Morphologically the genus is most closely allied
to Pithecellobtum (primarily New World) and is distinguished from
it primarily on fruit characters.

Albtata - Fruit broadly linear, straight, plano-compressed,

thin, not dehiscent, or 2-valved, continuous
inside, the valves neither elastic not twisted
(Hutchinson, 1964).

Legume oblong, flattened, straight, tapering at
the base and apex, nonseptate, chartaceous to
coriaceous, dry, indehiscent to tardily dehis-
cent, the valves thin, slightly thickened at the
margins (Elias, 1974).

Pithecellobiwn - Fruit compressed, circinate, variously twisted,
falcate, or rarely nearly straight, 2-valved or
rarely not opening or splitting into joints,
valves often twisted but not elastically re-
volute (Hutchinson, 1964).

Legume straight or curved, flattened to terete,
2-valved, dehiscent (or indehiscent), the valves
continuous or interrupted within, dehiscence
occurring along both sutures at the same time or
proceeding from on the adaxial suture to the ab-
axial suture (usually incomplete), the valves
being contorted after dehiscence (Elias, 1974).

|

1979 Niezgoda & Nevling, Albizia carbonaria 309

A. carbonaria - Legume 8-11 cm. long, about 2 cm. wide, densely
puberulent, stipitate, narrowed at the base, at
length dehiscent (Standley, 1928 - as A. malaco-
carpa).

Pod flat, linear-oblong, 7-10 cm. long, 14-18 cm.
wide, pubescent, short-pointed, narrowed at the
base, the valves with thickened margins, its
stalk about 1 cm. long (Britton, 1926).

Examination of fruiting specimens of A. carbonaria further re-
veals that the fruit is septate (note written on specimen - author
unknown). In the Flora of Panama (Schery, 1950) a question is
raised as to its placement: "On the basis of certain characters
A. carbonarta might well be considered Pithecellobium (or Samanea,
if this be recognized as distinct from Pithecellobtum) instead of
Albtzzia. Yet the legume better fits Albtzzia." The separation
of Albtzta from Pithecellobium based solely on fruit morphology
is considered questionable by Elias (1974).

It has been traditional for workers in the Mimosoideae to use
fruit characteristics as a major indicator of generic relation-
ships or as determiners of generic boundaries, The widespread use
of the fruit character has not resulted in a stabilized taxonomy
that reflects, at least to some extent, natural relationships.

We believe that fruit was chosen as a "key character" simply be-
cause they are generally large, easily observable, and forestall
the need to make extensive dissections of small (usually) flowers.
In our opinion floral morphology affords better opportunities for
determining relationships as they appear to be intimately asso-
ciated with particular pollination strategies. The fruit appears
to be a secondary evolutionary character more closely attuned to
habitat than to a set generic ground plan. What is needed to de-
monstrate this, is a broad survey that attempts to correlate fruit
type with habitat and seed dissemination type. The latter would
be difficult to perform because of our very limited knowledge of
this subject within the Mimosoideae. Until such time as the pro-
posed correlation can be demonstrated or disproven, we believe
that prudence would tend to dictate that we "forget the fruit".

The individual pollen grains of tribe Ingeae are not differ-
entiated to a great extent. However, with the exception of the
larger genera (Inga and Pithecellobtum), the pollen is consistent
in the number of grains per polyad having either 16- or 32-grained
polyads (Table 1). Of the genera having 32-grained polyads,
Affonsea, Enterolobiun, Inga, Pithecellobiun, Pseudosamanea, and
Samanea, only Pithecellobiun possesses the morphological features
that would allow the placement of A. carbonaria within the genus.
Figures 1-4 are Scanning Electron micrographs of the 32-grained
polyad of A. carbonaria, the characteristic 16-grained polyad of
Albizta, and the 32-grained polyad of Pithecellobtum for compari-
son.

310 MEY LOL) 6 A Vol. 44, No. 4

In summary, the genus Albizia is not well defined nor separ-
ated easily from some members of the Ingeae. The characters of
the fruit are limited intheir value in segregation of genera and
useless when only flowering specimens are available. All Old
World Albtzta species have pollen that is consistently in 16-
grained polyads. To date, with the exception of A. carbonaria,
all the New World species that have been examined conform in this
character. Therefore, we are transferring A. carbonaria to Ptth-
ecellobtum, the genus most closely allied to Albizia in morpho-
logical and palynological characters. We are limiting the genus
Albtzta to those species which only have 16 pollen grains per
polyad.

Pithecellobtum carbonaria (Britton) Niez. §& Nevl.

Albtzta carbonarta Britton, Sci. Surv. Porto Rico §& Virgin
Islands 6: 348, 1926. (TYPE: C. ZL. Batee ein,

Albtzta malacocarpa Standley, Fl. Salvador 96, 1925; nomen
nudum. N. Am. Flora 23: 44, 1928. (TYPE: Calderon
2042).

LITERATURE CITED

Elias, T. S. 1974. The Genera of Mimosoideae (Leguminosae) in
the Southeastern United States. Jour. Arnold Arb.
55(1): 67-118.

Guinet, P. 1969. Les Mimosacees etude de Palynologie Funda-
mentale, Correlations. Evolution. Inst. Franc.
Pondichery Trav. Sci. Tech. 9: 1-293.

Hutchinson, J. 1964. The Genera of Flowering Plants. Vol 1.
516 pp. Clarendon Press, Oxford.

Schery, R. W. 1950. Leguminosae subfamily Mimosoideae. Jn:
R. E. Woodson, R. W. Schery, et al., Flora of Panama.
Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 37: 184-314.

Sorsa, P. 1969. Pollen Morphological Studies on the Mimosaceae.
Ann. Bot. Fenn. 6: 1-34.

Walker, J. W. 1971b. Pollen Morphology, Phytogeography, and
Phylogeny of the Annonaceae. Contrib. Gray Herb.
Harvard 202: 1-132.

1979 Niezgoda & Nevling, Albizia carbonaria 311

TABLE 1:

GENUS POLLEN GRAINS/POLYAD DISTRIBUTION
Af fonsea 32 New World
Albtzta 16 Old §& New World
Archidendron 16 Old World
Calltandra 8 or 16* Old §& New World
Cedrelinga 16 New World
Enterolobtum 32 New World
Inga 16 to 32 New World
Lyst Loma 16 New World
Pithecellobtum 16 to 32 Old & New World
Pseudosamanea 32 New World
Samanea 32 New World
Sertanthes 16 Old World
Wallaceodendron 16 Old World

ee we ee ee eee eR eK eK eK RM eM Be em eM em em em em em ee Re em eee emer rr err eee emer reer err rr errr eee

*Calltandra as presently circumscribed consists of at least two
genera. Those with an 8-grained polyad may not belong in the
Ingeae.

The pollen data comes from a compilation of our studies, Sorsa,
and Guinet; the distribution data is from Hutchinson.

312 PHY. FO. :0, CG. tA Vol. 44, No. 4

FIGURES 1-4. - Scanning Electron Micrographs (line = 10 u):
1 & 2, Ptthecellobium carbonarta; 3, Ptthecellobium daulense;

4, Albtzta retusa.

PSEUDOSTELLARIA JAMESIANA- COMB. NOV.,
A NORTH AMERICAN REPRESENTATIVE OF A EURASIAN GENUS

William A. Boban and Ronald pach”

Stellaria jamesiana Torrey is a common and conspicuous element
in the forest flora of the Southern Rocky Mountains of Colorado and
across the western United States in the mountains of Wyoming, New
Mexico, western Texas, Utah, Nevada, northern Arizona and in the
@ascade-Sierra ranges of Washington, Oregon and California. It has
always held an anomalous position in that genus because of its
shallowly notched petal with a U-shaped sinus. For this reason
Shinners (1962) transferred the taxon to Arenaria. His preoccupa-
tion with the petal character unfortunately may have caused him to
ignore equally obvious characters which ally S. jamesiana not so
much to Arenaria as to Pseudostellaria Pax (1934), a Eurasian genus
likewise characterized by having shallowly notched petals. Further-
more, Pseudostellaria displays perennial rhizomes with napiform tu-
bers scattered along them as swellings or in fascicles at the bases
of the aerial stems. Because of the fragility of the attenuate stem
bases most specimens of Stellaria jamesiana are collected without
underground parts. In most species of Pseudostellaria the showy
flowers are usually barren, the few fruits being borne on cleisto-
gamous flowers from the lower leaf-axils. In Stellaria jamesiana
most of the flowers are barren but a few are fertile and evidently
not cleistogamous.

The chromosome numbers reported for Pseudostellaria are 2n=32
for P. europaea (Favarger 1961) and 2n=12, 14 for P. palibiniana
(Lee 1969) suggesting base or secondary base numbers for the genus
to be x=6, 7 and 8. Many more counts are needed. Léve, Love &
Kapoor (1971) reported 2n=26 for S. jamesiana. We consider this
count unreliable because no voucher specimen was deposited in COLO
and several others by the same student collector were misidentified.
Hartman has determined the chromosome number of S. jamesiana recent-—
ly inmaterial from Wyoming: Carbon County, ca. 3.2 mi W of Sandstone
Ranger Station, T13N R88W S12, 2500 m.s.m., July 1979, Hartman &
Coffey 8957 (RM) to be 2n=ca.96, which would suggest a base number
of x=8 or 16. This harmonizes with the reports for Pseudostellaria.

In S. jamesiana the rhizomes sometimes have only swellings
along their length, but well-developed individuals have massive
clusters of napiform tubers a centimeter or more wide and up to

Ani. of Colorado Museum, Campus Box 218, Boulder CO 80309
Rocky Mountain Herbarium, Univ. of Wyoming, Laramie, WY 82070
313

314 Pin yor 01. Ona Vol. 44, No. 4

ten cm long. The few fruit-bearing flowers are almost always the
first blossoming members of simple dichasia. The mature ovary con-
tains two seeds plus one or two aborted ovules. Seed ornamentation
consists of low, smooth, elongated ridges from which several short,
narrow ones ''flow'' pectinately from their slopes to meet those of
adjacent ridges.

The capsule is extraordinary because of its mode of dehiacence.
The pedicel becomes deflexed from its base, turning the apex of the
capsule toward the ground. Upon dehiscence the seeds fall away and
the capsule valves spread out flat and their tips roll back and un-
der several turns, creating the aspect of a round saucer lacking
any points, the shiny insides of the valves being fully exposed.
Whether this is unique to the species or may be matched in other
species of Pseudostellaria remains to be seen.

Accordingly, we propose the following transfer:

PSEUDOSTELLARIA JAMESIANA Torrey (Weber & Hartman, comb. nov., based
on Stellaria jamesiana Torr., Ann. Lyc. N. Y. 2:269. 1827.

In proposing Pseudostellaria, Pax described its phytogeography
as follows: "Die etwa 10 Arten umfassende Gattung stellt ein Ter-
tiarrelikt Ostasiens dar'' and listed the species as occurring in
China, adjacent Japan, Korea, eastern Tibet, Transbaicalia, Himalaya,
Afghanistan and Altai. The distribution of the more recently segre-
gated European species, P. europaea Schaeftlein, from SE Austria,

N Jugoslavia and NW Italy, is that of an outlier of an essentially
Asiatic genus. A few additional species have been added from the
areas mentioned by Pax. This realignment of Stellaria jamesiana
with Pseudostellaria reinforces the emerging pattern of the Southern
Rocky Mountain Flora as one having a strong Asiatic element probably
dating back to the Tertiary, a feature which greatly impressed Sir
Joseph Hooker a century ago when he visited Colorado with Asa Gray
(Huxley 1918, p. 220).

Literature Cited

FAVARGER, C. 1961. Le nombre chromosomique du Pseudostellaria
europaea Schaeftlein. Phyton (Horn) 9:252-256.

HUXLEY, LEONARD. 1918. Life and letters of Sir Joseph Dalton
Hooker. Vol. 2. 569 pp. Appleton, N. Y.

LEE, Y. N. 1969. Chromosome number of flowering plants in Korea
(2). J. Korean Res. Inst. Better Living 2:141-145.

LOVE, ASKELL, DORIS LOVE and BRIJ M. KAPOOR. 1971. A century of
Rocky Mountain orophytes. Arctic Alpine Res. 3:139-165.

PAX, F. 1934. Caryophyllaceae, in Engler & Prantl, Nat. Pfl.—Fam.
60.) 2,016C? 275-367

SHINNERS, LLOYD H. 1962. New names in Arenaria (Caryophyllaceae).
Sida 1:49-52.

BOOK REVIEWS

Alma L. Moldenke

"COASTAL VEGETATION" 2nd Edition by V. J. Chapman, viii & 292 pp.,
115 b/w fig., 31 tab. Pergamon Press, Oxford, Toronto, & Elms-
ford, New York 10523. 1976. $9.50 flexicover & $17.50 cloth-
bound,

This new edition has been increased in scope from just British coast-
al vegetation to that of both sides of the North Atlantic, even in-
cluding the tropical mangroves of southern Florida. This book from
the typewriter and (wet) field studies of a learned ecologist should
be of use to university students in Great Britain, northern Europe and
the eastern United States, The text considers basic ecological prin-
ciples affecting coastal vegetation such as zonation, succession,
community analysis and autecology in sand dunes and their slacks, the
drift line, shingly beaches, coastal cliffs, salt marshes and the
mangroves that replace them in the tropics. They are mainly treed,
with Rhizophora mangle and Avicennia germinans dominant, This edition
offers much valuable material to readers.

"PLANTS CONSUMED BY MAN" by B. Brouk, x & 479 pp. & 391 b/w line
draw. Academic Press, London, San Francisco, & New York, N. Y.
20003 6° 197 5F>'$39. 25.

So very much valuable and interesting information on this topic
has been incorporated into the illustrated concise outline form of
this book on over 300 plants used the world over as Cereals and pseudo-
cereals, Vegetables including macrofructifications of fungi, Fruits,
Nuts, Plant extracts of starch, oil, protein, sugar, gums, vegetable
food dyes, wood, smoke, Flavourings, Beverages, Fumitories and mas-
ticatories, Fermentative microorganisms in cheeses, vinegars. At the
close of each chapter there is a morphological survey of the specif-
ic plant structures involved. This is virtually an encyclopedia with
readily available accurate information often enhanced by derivation
of terms and early history of use.

"BEHAVIOUR ASPECTS OF PARASITE TRANSMISSION" edited by Elizabeth U.
Canning & C. A. Wright, xi & 219 pp., 6 b/w tab., 44 fig. & 42
photo. Academic Press, London & New York, N. Y. 10003. 1973.
$20.00.

This book, an interesting first in this interdisciplinary field,
is published as Supplement I of the Zoological Journal of the Linnean
315

316 P Hed -TsO4byOnG oA Vol. 44, No.4

Society of London Volume 51, 1972, so making available the 13 papers,
their useful bibliographies and their questions-answers to a much
larger and later audience than was privileged to attend this sympos-
ium. The first editor represents the British Section of the Society
of Protozoologists and the second the British Society of Parasitolo-
gists and also the Linnean Society, The papers cover such topics as
behavior of digenetic trematodes, monogeneans and larval nematodes;
circadian and seasonal rhythms in blood parasites (microfilariae,
plasmodia, trypanosomae, diurnal carriers of loa to man and crepus-
cular or nocturnal carriers to monkeys); host-finding and media of
tsetse flies in their "following swarms"; human behavior in the trans-
mission of parasitic mainly tropical diseases and their radiations

as graphically described by a medical naturalist, sense organs in
trematode micromedia and hematophagous insects; etc. Students and
researchers in parasitology, entomology, ethology, human and animal
medical problems will find valuable material here. The print is par-

ticularly easy to read.

"GUIDE TO THE NATIONAL WILDLIFE REFUGES" by Laura & William Riley,
xv & 653 pp., 181 b/w line-dot maps & 27 color photos. Anchor
Press of Doubleday, Garden City, N. Y. 11530 & New York, N. Y.
LOOL? ..°'2979.; : $LA.95.

"The [more than 380] national wildlife refuges of the United
States are unmatched by those of any other country in the geographic
span they cover, the diversity of habitat they provide, and the variety
and numbers of wild creatures they harbor...... The book tells where
these refuges are, how to get there, what there is to see and do,
where a visitor can stay or camp nearby, best times to visit, any
special equipment needed, and how to get more information." This
collection of carefully compiled information should prove helpful for
travel planning and for folks who respect Nature as do the authors.

"TREES OF THE NORTHEAST COLORING BOOK" by Stefen Bernath with captions
by Mildred E. Faust, ii & 46 pp., 45 b/w & 2 color end plates of
drawings. Dover Publications, New York, N. Y. 10014. 1979.
$1.50 paperbound.

There seems to be a market especially among hobbyists who like to
visualize things and have their distinctive characteristics pointed
out correctly by outline drawings such as these, For 45 conifer and
broadleaf trees, their general outline, their leaf shape and arrange-
ment, their flowers, seeds and fruits, and their barks show in the
outlines as distinctive characters. The captions give common and
scientific names and items of interest.

1979 Moldenke, Book reviews 317

"CENTRAL PARK -— A Photographic Guide" by Victor Laredo (photographs).
& Henry Hope Read (text), xiii & 80 pp., 121 b/w photos & 1 map.
Dover Publications, New York, N. Y. 10014, 1979. $4.50 paper-
b ound e

That "Central Park is one of the world's great urban parks" is
proven in the text, legends and well printed nostalgic (back to a few
years, to a few or more decades, or to a century or more) photographs,
There are the bird watchers peering through their binoculars, the now
vanished conservatory and greenhouses, statuary of many kinds and times
including the Egyptian obelisk, "Cleopatra's Needle", with its hiero-
glyphs continually being eroded away as prophesized by its translator,
Dr. Charles E. Moldenke, the zoo with the people often as interesting
as the animals, and the silent background foliage and branches of
trees and shrubs in all seasons.

"THE STARS BELONG TO EVERYONE -— How To Enjoy Astronomy" by Helen Saw-
yer Hogg, xii & 274 pp., 36 b/w fig., 24 pl. & 8 tab. Doubleday
& Company, New York, N. Y. 1976. $12.50.

This author surely knows how to share her childhood enthusiasms for
the stars above. They ripened into a longtime professional career at
the University of Toronto and a weekly newspaper column on "The Stars"
for the "Toronto Star".

"This book attempts to give explanations for celestial happenings.
The magnificence of nature is all around and above us. I hope this
book will add to your enjoyment of it."'’ The book unfolds interesting
surveys of the heavenly bodies and special items culled from litera-
ture accessible to the researcher. In the chapter on "Natural Events
in the Earth's Atmosphere" there is an illustration of the Leonid
shower of 1833 as seen over Niagara Falls, but a larger, better printed
one would have been much more effective.

"GROUNDWATER POLLUTION IN EUROPE" edited by John A. Cole, xi & 547
pp., 138 b/w fig. & 46 tab. Water Information Center, Hunting-
ton, NO’ Y. 117436! 11974.) °$26200.

Here are the proceedings of a conference organized by The Water
Research Association in Reading, England, in September 1972. that
should be available to many more advanced students, technicians, hy-
drologists and those government officials responsible for water avail-
ability and safety in their areas. There are 54 papers grouped topic-
ally with 14 well presented discussions with such papers as "Safeguarding
the Water Supplies in Uppsala, Sweden", "Colliery Spoil Heaps", re
nitrates "Travel Time from Surface to Well", "Studies for the Preven-
tion of Oil Pollution near Bratislava, Czechoslovakia" and "Flow
Tracing Using Isotopes". As human population, desires and technology
increase the application of such studies becomes increasingly important.

318 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 44, No. 4

"TLLUSTRATED ENCYCLOPEDIA OF INDOOR PLANTS" by Kenneth & Gillian
Beckett, 224 pp., 128 color & 278 b/w draw. Doubleday & Company,
Ince; Garden Citys: N. Ye. 11530. 19766, ,$12.95%

"There must be some basic urge in all of us to have some living
greenery around us. Walk around any city area from shopping mall to
office blocks and plants are there, living happily in central heating
and with artificial light.....This desire for a little bit of garden
indoors seems to have begun last century when people moved from the
countryside into the towns and became nostalgic for what they had
lost. N

The introduction gives general instructions for plant selection
and care. It is followed by a helpful glossary and the very distinct-
ive color plates. The text covers over 800 genera and 2000 species ar-
ranged alphabetically by scientific name, common name, plant family
and brief descriptive and growing notes. The line drawings are partic-
ularly well done. The index at the back lists alphabetically the com-
mon names and their scientific equivalents, The genus Clerodendrum
is still represented by the incorrect spelling, Clerodendron, through-
out; the specific epithet of C, thomsonae is correctly spelled in the
index but not in the text. This publication will prove handy to have
in the house along with the potted plants., even if you should not
believe plate labels 22 and 23 (which are reversed) and 32 (which ac-
tually depicts Clerodendrum speciosissimum rather than C. splendens.

"TERRESTRIAL VEGETATION OF CALIFORNIA" edited by Michael G,. Barbour &
Jack Major, xi & 1001 pp., 60 b/w fig., 90 photo, 39 maps & 131
tab. A Wiley-Interscience Publication of John Wiley & Sons,
London, Sydney, Toronto & New York, N. Y. 10016. 1977. $47.50.

"Statewide review chapters on climate, flora, and the geological
history of major vegetation types preface the main portion......and
are first subdivided into six floristic provinces: Californian (9),
Sierran (3), Pacific Northwest (3), Great Basin (2), Hot Desert (2),
and Channel Islands" (1), with the numbers after each indicating the
number of papers about subdivisions or distinctive features. '"Photo-
graphs have been limited to cases where a real sense of the vegetation
can be thereby conveyed" helping one to recall plants from lists. Each
vegetation chapter begins with a diagrammatic state map highlighting
the major locations of the vegetation types discussed and in the back-
pocket there is a 1 : 1 million detailed map by Kiichler which should
excellent. My review copy of this excellent, valuable book came with-
out the back-pocket and map, leaving me feeling cheated. Neverthe-
less, I would so much appreciate a few hundred free hours to mull over
this study while recalling our previous trips to California and espec-
ially those "in the field" all over the state under the guidance of
our son Andy mentioned in the preface for his "innovative review of
pollination ecology and vegetation” that had to be omitted along with
other chapters when this tentative work swelled beyond a feasible
size. This book will prove to be of inestimable value to teachers

1979 Moldenke, Book reviews 319
and/or students in all schools in California and to researchers
elsewhere of comparable vegetation areas.

"TAXONOMY, PHYTOGEOGRAPHY AND EVOLUTION" edited by D. H. Valentine,
xi & 431 pp., 43 b/w fig., 39 tab., 1 photo & 59 maps. Academic
Press, London NW1l & New York, N. Y. 10003. 1972. $25.75.

Under the aegis of the Linnean Society of London, the Botanical
Society of the British Isles and the International Organization of
Plant Biosystematists, this symposium was held at the University of
Manchester for the presentation of 26 papers to 200 members and guests
from 18 nations and since then for the students and researchers who
have had or will have access to these important presentations. The
introductory section of the book contains an important paper by Steb-
bins on "Ecological Distribution of Centers of Major Adaptive Radiation
of Angiosperms" setting forth the principle of genetic unitormitarian-
ism with the processes of evolution operating in the past essentially
as they do now but on different phenotypes. The next section is on
major geographical disjunctions in relation to evolution and migra-
tions with particularly important papers by KornaS, by Hara, and by
Solbrig among others. The next section is on endemism and treats the
flora of the Canary Islands, the relicts of Crete, the origin of en-
demics in the California flora, and the role of hybridization in the
Hawaiian Islands. Another section deals with geographical evolution
in certain genera [Raven on Epilobium, van Steenis on Nothofagus,
etc.] and families. The last section has Baker's interesting
"Migration of Weeds". This is truly a worthwhile publication.

"THE HOG BOOK" by William Hedgepeth, v & 273 pp., 19 b/w photo & 26
fie. Doubleday & Co., Inc., Garden City, N. ¥, 11530. 1976.
$10.00 clothbound & $6.96 paperbound.

This "hogology" might appeal to some readers who like their infor-
mation on porcine husbandry, history and art slurped with some sup-
posed mystique and odd conversation.

"Okosystemforschung" edited by Heinz Eilenberg. xiv & 280 pp., 101
b/w fig., 25 tab. & 3 photo. Springer Verlag, New York, N. Y.,
Heideiberg & i Berlin 33. 1973. $12.40 or DM.39 paperbound.

The 17 papers herein comprise the report of the symposium under the
auspices of the German Botanical Association and the Association for
Applied Botany at Innsbruck. They deal with various phases of biomass
production in benthic plants, bacteria, zooplankton, the end products,
Phragmites communis, Utricularia vulgaris and some land plants. The
last paper, by the editor, is a very carefully organized "Klassifica-
tion der Okosysteme nach funktionalen Gesichtspunkten" on several

320 BAN 22-0 eae Vol. 44, No. 4

leveis: mega-, makro-, neso-, mikro- and nano-. I am most impressed
with the detailed, carefully constructed figures, such as fig. 1 which
is a model of an integral ecosystem. This is an important work for
ecologists and their students to be aware of.

"GRASSLAND SIMULATION MODEL" edited by George S. Innes, xxvi & 298
pp-, 87 b/w fig., 1 map, 45 tab. & 3 photo. Springer-Verlag,
Heidelberg, 1 Berlin 33 & New York, N. Y. 10010. 1978. $22.80.

Appearing as Volume 26 in the Ecological Series, this study planned
before 1968 is the major open-literature description of a comprehen-
sive, pioneering ecological modeling effort, "one of the major outputs
of the United States Grassland Biome Study, a contribution to the In-
ternational Biological Program....The extensive development of grazing-
land system models awaited the advent of iarge, fast electronic compu-
ters.....because of the complexity of the systems being analyzed and
the nature of the models used to simulate systems. The objectives of
the model were to simulate biomass dynamics in a variety of grassland
types and the response of the system to irrigation, fertilization, and
cattle grazing. Some of the papers are: on SIMCOMP as the computer
language used, on abiotic, mammalian and grasshopper consumers, decompo-
sition and nitrogen-flow submodels, on sensitivity analyses and crit-
iques.

Such IBP reports as this are important.

"AN ILLUSTRATED GUIDE TO POLLEN ANALYSIS" by P. D. Moore & J. A. Webb,
iv & 133 pp., 33 b/w fig., 8 tab., 1 map & 48 photo. pl. Halsted
Press of John Wiley & Sons, Inc., New York, N. Y. 1978. $19.95.

This text will prove to be of increasing importance for coilege and.
university courses and for palynoiogical research in "the field",
laboratories and herbaria because of the descriptions, keys, glossary
and wide range of excellent illustrations making it an excellent lab
manual. Applications of pollen analysis are varied and important as,
for instance, in tracing the history of plant species, groups and com-
munities and therefore habitats, climatic history and man's influence
upon the environment. Other already successful applications have been
in dating deposits. studying pollen and spore air contents and their
effect upon man's own health and that of his cattle and crops, melisso-
palynology and criminology. Directions are given for pollen
countings and pollen diagram constructions as well as for the inter-
pretations of these diagrams or collations of spectra as dynamic
records of vegetational history.

PHYTOLOGIA

A cooperative nonprofit journal designed to expedite botanical publication
LIBRARY
DEC, 4 1979

Ee tes Ag a
dent, We SP
NEV fUrk}

CONTENTS BOTANICAL GARDEN

STEYERMARK, J. A., A new species Le Roupala (Proteaceae) from

PAPO ROME dk ehh oe Lee he th tact ei aee duel GAO OU RASS OE 321
ST. JOHN, H., Resurrection of Viola lanaiensis Reckes Pe

Plant TRESS 1a Sn 58 hos, iba SOR CAD Seen a, cee aaa 323
WUNDERLIN, R. P., Consideration of Barklya and the subtribes of

the Cercideae (Caesalpinioideae: Fabaceae) ............. 325
MOLDENKE, H.N., Notes on new and noteworthy plants. CXXX ..... 328
MOLDENKE, H.N., Additional notes on the genus Vitex. XIII ....... 329
FOSBERG, F. R., & SACHET, M.-H., Maesa (Myrsinaceae) in Micronesia. 362
Rane. 1. BOOK fERIEWE 550 oo bale Fie Po ate ae eee 370

Published by Harold N. Moldenke and Alma L. Moldenke

303 Parkside Road
Plainfield, New Jersey 07060
US.A.

Price of this number $2.00; for this volume $11.00 in advance or $12.00
after close of the volume; $3.00 extra to all foreign addresses;
512 pages constitute a complete volume; claims for numbers
lost in the mails must be made immediately after
receipt of the next following number
for free replacement. af

dO ay
A

yi Sh av rd
A ? ¢
{ i
‘ ' ;
.
'
’
t
.
*
ew |
:
. a: :
4 {
»
%
t ‘
: ay
'
¢
Ti
54 4h
*
'
"
¥
‘
‘
> '
'
‘ ‘
.
t~
,
‘
je i
;
> ,
‘
o
“% }
lh boi
h 1 44 i
t Me .

A NEW SPECIES OF ROUPALA (PRUTEACEAE)
FROM VENEZUELA

Julian A, Steyermark
Instituto Botdénico, Caracas
Venezuela

ROUPALA GRIOTII Steyermark, sn. nov,

Arbor 3-metralis, ramis bubalino-tomentosis; foliis petiolatis,
petiolis 1,2-6 cm longis tomentosis; laminis rigide coriaceis in-
tegerrimis subtus vallido-viridibus late ovatis vel late ellipti-
cis apice longiaciminatis basi acutis 8-15 cm longis 3-8.5 cm lat-
is supra glabris subtus pallido-strigillosis vel glabrescentibus;
nervis lateralibus utroque latere 5-6 apicem versus curvatis ante
marginem desinentibus ubique tenuibus subtus leviter impressis;
inflorescentiis axillaribus 15-20 cm longis 2=-2.5 cm latis multi-
floris, rhachidi pallido-brunneo-tomentosis, pedunculis 1.5-2.5
cm longis; perianthio 10-13 mm longo, tubo 7-8 mm longo supra med=
ium 2 mm lato basin versis 1.5 mm lato extus dense pallido-brunneo
villosulo intus glabro, lobis ligulatis 6-7 mm longis 1.1 mm latis
extus dense pallido-brunneo-villosulis intus glabris; antheris
lineari-oblongis 3-4 mm longis ©.5 mm latis; pistillo 9.5 mm longo,
stylo 8 mm longo glabro; ovario ovoideo 1.5 mm longo 1.2 mm lato
minute strigilloso; disco 4-lobato 0,8=-C.9 mm alto, lobis del-
toideo-orbicularibus subobtusis 0.7 mm longis 0,8 mm latis; ped-
icellis frugiferis 2 mm longis tomentellis; fructu oblique obovoid-
eo zpice rotundato abrupte aniculatoque basi abrupte angustato sub-
stipitato 1,5-2 cm longo 1-1.3 cm lato extus minute pallido-tomen-
telloso; seminibus suborbiculari-ovatis extremitatibus rotundatis
alatis 13 mm longis 10.5 mm latis, corpore brunneo triangulari-
obconico 7 mm longo 8 mm lato, ala 2-4 mm lata,

Type. VENEZUELA: TERKRITGRIG FEDERAL AMAZONAS: gallery forest bor-
dering tree savanna with Platycsrpum orinocense, vecindades del rfo
Coro-Coro y del aeronuerto de Yutaje, lat. 5°35'N, long. 66°10° W,
alt. 250 m, 22 Feb 1979, “tree 3 m tall; leaves coriaceous, stiff,
deep green above, pale green below; flowers with green style and
yale brown, reflexed perianth", Julian A, Steyermark, Marcel Griot
Casanova, and Parker Redmond 117920 (Holotype: VEN).

This snecies is related to R. montana Aubl., from which it may
be distinguished by the densely brown tomentose rachis, flowers
With spreading hairs, shorter peduncle and pedicels, and smaller,
differently shaped frmit. From &. dissimilis Pittier, placed un-
der synonymy of R. montana by Sleumer (Bot. Jahrb. 76 (2): 170=
171. 1954, Proteaceae americanae), RK, griotii differs in the short-
er pedicels, pubescent teal Us leaf-blades, and more densely

322 PHY 208 Ve Te Vol. 44, No. 5

tomentose pubescence of spreading hairs on rachis, pedicels, and
verianth. It also resembles Panopsis suaveolens (Kl. & Karst.)
Pittier, but that species has strongly revolute leaves which are
rounded to subcordate at the base,

Roupala griotii is named in honor of Marcel Griot Casanova, an
enthusiastic plant collector, and highly competent, versatile air
pilot, who has successfully guided the author several times to
interesting collecting grounds in the Territorio Federal Amazonas
of Venezuela, :

RESURRECTION OF VIOLA LANAIENSIS BECKER
HAWAIIAN PLANT STUDIES 90

Harold St. John
Bishop Museum, Box 19000A, Honolulu 96819, Hawaii, USA.

The recent collection of the Lanai violet in flower
by S. L. Montgomery had caused the writer to reexamine
it and compare it with Viola Helena Forbes & Lydgate,
the similar plant on Kauai. Rock (1911: 6) described the
Lanai plant as V. Helena, var. lanaiensis, and Skottsberg
accepted this classification. Independently, and using a
different type specimen, Becker(1916: 214) classed the
latter as V. lanaiensis Becker. Skottsberg studied two
collections of V. Helena and ten of var. lanaiensis,
many of these specimens being meager.

The writer has now investigated these to plants, and
notes the differences between them, which he considers
sufficient to recognize each as a species.

Viola Helena Forbes & Lydgage, Bishop Mus., Occas. Papers
4(3): 218, and figure, 1909; Skottsb., Gdteborg Bot.
Trddg., Meddel. 13: 506-510, 1940; St. John, Pacif.
frp, ‘Bot. Gard. 2: 238; i973.

This has the stipules 11-13 mm long, the base narrowly
lanceolate, the tip acuminate, and it is remotely short
glandular ciliate; well formed blades linear lanceolate,
the secondary veins almost straight, running directly to
the teeth; upper petal 9 mm long; lateral and lower
petals bearded; capsule valves 9-10 mm long.

Holotype: Hawaiian Islands, Kauai Island, Wahiawa
Mountains, May 1908, J. M. Lydgate (BISH).

Specimens Examined, all from Kauai: Wahiawa Mts., along
bank of stream, Aug. 1909, C. N. Forbes 214.K.

Viola lanaiensis Becker, Bot. Centralbl., Beih. 34:

214, 1916.

V. Helena Forbes & Lydgate, var. lanaiensis Rock,
Coltege of Hawaii, Publi., Bull. Ls: 6-7, 282%;
Skottsb., Gdteb. Bot. Trddg., Meddel. 13: 508-
Si, tige. 36-39, 2940; St. John, Pacit. “ece.
BOL, Gara. , Mem,...i2°238, 1973.

This is distinguished by having the stipules 8-10
mm long, the base boradly deltoid, the tip long acum-
inate and long fimbriate; well formed blades narrowly
elliptic and acute at each end; secondary veins of blades
arcuate, the outer half diffusing, and only indirectly
connected to the teeth; upper petal 14 mm long; petals
glabrous; capsule valves10.5-13.5 mm long.

Holotype: Hawaiian Islands, Lanai Island, 1851-55,
J. Remy 532 (L.).

323

324 PEY TOLee La Vol. 44, No. 5

Specimens Examined, all from Lanai: Kaiholena Valley,
June 1913,-C. N. Forbes 24.1.5 dune 1913, 197.1. 5
Mts., e. end, June 1912, 282.L.; upper part of
mountain, Sept. 21, 1916, A. S. Hitchcock 14,651;
Hauola Gulch, 2,000.8t,;alts;,;:30.Aug. 1979, 5. i.
Montgomery; Kaiholena, 3/17/14, G. C. Munro 111;
Lanaihale, Munro; Lanai Hale and Haalelepakai,
bogay ground, 3,200 ft alt.,: July 25, ;Y910, J.2F,
Rock 8,046 (holotype of V. Helena, var. lanaiensis
Rock.

The Lanai plant still has the Kauai one as its
closest relative, but it is concluded that they are
distinct species. Both are shrubs with woody stems.

Literature Cited

Becker, W., 1916. Violae Asiaticae et Australienses
I, .Bot; .centralbl.,..Beih; . 34(2)+..208-215.

Forbes, Charles N., 1909. Some New Hawaiian Plants.
Bishop Mus., Occas. Papers 4(3): 213-223, illus-
trated.

Rock, Joseph F. 1911. Notes Upon Hawaiian Plants
With Descriptions Of New Species And Varieties.
College -of Hawaii;.Pubi.; .Bull.:1: 1-20; iilwes
trated.

Skottsberg, C. 1940. Observations on Hawaiian
Violets. Gdteb. Bot. Trddg., Meddel. 13: 451-528,
figs. 1-46.

CONSIDERATION OF BARKLYA AND THE SUBTRIBES OF THE
CERCIDEAE (CAESALPINIOIDEAE: FABACEAE)

Richard P. Wunderlin
Department of Biology, University of South Florida
Tampa, FL 33620

The proper placement of Barklya syringtfolta F. Muell.,
Prince's Feather, a spectacular plant of northeast and eastern
Queensland and the north coast of New South Wales, Australia,
has been dubious until recently. Bentham (1864) referred the
monotypic genus Barklya to the Sophoreae, although remarking
that it approaches some Caesalpinioideae near Bauhinia in leaf
and floral morphology, but has the petal aestivation descending
and the embryo curved as in the Papilionoideae. Baillon (1870)
found the petal aestivation to be irregular and intermediate be-
tween the two types, but never with the uppermost overlapping
both laterals and as a result referred it to the Caesalpinioideae.
Hutchinson (1964) placed it in the Cadieae of the Fabaceae
(=Papilionoideae of authors). Yakovlev (1972) referred it to the
caesalpinioid tribe Bauhinieae along with Griffonta and Bauhtnta.
Inclusion of Barklya with Grtffonta and Bauhtnta by Yakovlev was
made on the basis of the crescentic hilum of the seed as in Bau-
hinta and unknown elsewhere in the Fabaceae as well as in the
similarities in leaf morphology. Corner (1976) also noted the
unusual hilum of Barklya along with several anatomical features
of the seed which suggests a relationship with Bauhinia from
which he questions if it is distinct. Roger Polhill (pers. com.),
in reviewing the placement of Barklya in the Sophoreae, also
suggests it may be better placed in the Cercideae. Peter Gold-
blatt (pers. comm.) reports a chromosome number of 2n=26 which
is in line with the Cercideae (2n=24, 26, 28), but not the Cadieae
(2n=18, 20, 22). After examining specimens of flowering and
fruiting material of Barklya syringifolta, the author has found
the species to be easily accommodated within Bauhinta on the
basis of seed, floral, and leaf morphology and the transfer to
that genus is propposed.

Bauhtnia syringtfolita (F. Muell.) Wunderlin, comb. nov.
Basionym: Barklya syringtfolta F. Muell., Journ. Linn.
Sec.) Bet, 3° 156. 2559;

The tribe Cercideae, or Bauhinieae of some authors, has
always been considered as a natural alliance of genera since
Bentham (1840, 1865) even though there has been considerable dis-
agreement as to the number of genera (Wunderlin, 1976). However,
recent studies by the author have shown that the tribe can be

325

326 Poy oo CE, LOLENE Vol. 44, No. 5

divided into two discrete subtribes which are recognizable on
the basis of fruit and seed morphology. The following classifi-
cation is proposed.

Tribe CERCIDEAE Bronn, De Formis Pl. Legum. 131. 1822.

Type genus: Cerets L.
Subtribe CERCIDINAE

Trees or shrubs, unarmed and without tendrils, rarely

with hooked branches below inflorescences; fruits with
narrow dorsal wing or semilunate with gynophore and persist-
ent style appearing confluent with dorsal margin or oblique
and with laterally attached gynophore and persistent style;
seeds with circular hilum, funicular aril-lobes absent.

1. Cerets L. - 6 species in warm temperate northern
hemisphere.

2. Grtffonta Baill. - 4 species in tropical west
Africa.

3. Adenolobus (Harv. ex Benth.) Torre & Hillc. - 2

species in southwestern Africa.

Subtribe BAUHINIINAE (Benth.) Wunderlin, stat. nov.
Basionym: Tribe Bauhtnteae Benth., Hook. Journ. Bot.
2206. 1846;

Type genus: Bauhtnta L.

Trees or shrubs (sometimes semiscandent) with or with-
out intrastipular spines (rarely shrubs with tendrils) or
lianas (rarely vines) with or rarely without simple tendrils;
fruits flat, woody to thin-valved, dehiscent or indehiscent,
never with dorsal wing, nor semilunate with gynophore and
persistent style appearing confluent with dorsal margin,
nor oblique with laterally attached gynophore and persistent
style; seeds with crescentic hilum, funicular aril-lobes
present.

4. Bauhtnta L. - Ca. 225 species, pantropical.

It is evident that the large and diverse genus Bauhinta
should be further subdivided into a number of infrageneric units
and such a revision is in preparation in collaboration with
Professor Kai and Supee Larsen of the Botanical Institute,
Aarhus University, Aarhus, Denmark.

LITERATURE CITED

BAILLON, H. 1870. Legumineuses tm Histore des Plantes. 2: 21-
384. Paris.

BENTHAM, G. 1840. IV.-Contributions toward a flora of South
America.- Enumeration of plants collected by Mr. Schomburgk
in British Guiana. Hook. Journ. Bot. 2: 38-99.

. 1864. Leguminosae tm Flora Australiensis: a descript-
ion of the plants of the Australian Territory. 2: 1-425.

1979 Wunderlin, Barklya JaT

London.

1865. Leguminosae tm G. Bentham and J. D. Hooker.
Genera Plantarum. 1: 434-600. London.

CORNER, E. J. H. 1976. The Seeds of Dicotyledons. Cambridge
University Press. New York. 31lpp.

HUTCHINSON, J. 1964. lLeguminales tn The Genera of Flowering
Plants. 1: 221-489. London.

WUNDERLIN, R. P. 1976. Enumeration and typification of genera
in the Cercideae. Rhodora 78: 750-760.

YAKOVLEV, G. P. 1972. Contributions to the system of the order
Fabales. Bot. Zhurn. 57: 585-595.

NOTES ON NEW AND NOTEWORTHY PLANTS. CXXX

Harold N. Moldenke

In order to bring the nomenclature of the Verbena Family more in
line with current taxonomic practice, the following transfers are in
order:

ACANTHOLIPPIA TRIFIDA var. REICHEI Mold., stat & nom. nov.

Lippia gracilis R. A. Phil., Anal. Univ. Chile 90: 620. 1896 [not

L.. gracilis Schau., 1847].

DURANTA REPENS £. CANESCENS (Mold.) Mold., stat. nov.
Duranta repens var. canescens Mold., Phytologia 1: 436. 1940.

DURANTA REPENS £,. GRANDIFLORA (Mold.) Mold., stat. nov.
Duranta repens var. grandiflora Mold., Phytologia 2: 17. 1941.

DURANTA REPENS £, INTEGRIFOLIA (Tod.) Mold., stat. nov.
Duranta integrifolia Tod., Nuov. Gen. Sp. 27. 1858.

DURANTA REPENS £, MICROPHYLLA (Desf.) Mold., stat. nov.
Duranta microphylla Desf., Cat. Hort. Paris, ed. 3, 392. 1829.

DURANTA REPENS £. SERRATA (Mold.) Mold., stat. nov.
Duranta repens var. serrata Mold., Phytologia 7: 81. 1959.

DURANTA REPENS f£. VARIEGATA (L. H. Bailey) Mold., stat. nov.
Duranta repens var. variegata L, H. Bailey, Man. Cult. Pl., ed. 1,
632. 1924.

LIPPIA PALMERI f. SPICATA (Rose) Mold., stat. nov.
Lippia palmeri var. spicata Rose in Vasey & Rose, Contrib. U. S.
Nat. Herb. 1: 75. 1890.

PETREA VOLUBILIS f. PUBESCENS (Mold.) Mold., stat. nov.
Petrea volubilis var. pubescens Mold., Feddes Repert. Spec. Nov.
43: 45-—46. 1938.

TETRACLEA COULTERI £. ANGUSTIFOLIA (Woot. & Standl.) Mold., stat. nov.
Tetraclea angustifolia Woot. & Standl., Contrib. U. S. Nat. Herb.
1G? LIVS LTS.

VERBENA LASIOSTACHYS £. SCABRIDA (Mold.) Mold., stat. nov.
Verbena lasiostachys var. scabrida Mold., Am. Midl. Nat. 24: 753.
1940.

VERBENA LASIOSTACHYS £. SEPTENTRIONALIS (Mold.) Mold., stat. nov.
Verbena lasiostachys var. septentrionalis Mold., Am. Midl. Nat.
eae F536 29450.
328

1979 Moldenke, New & noteworthy plants 329

VERBENA LITORALIS f. ALBIFLORA (Mold.) Mold., stat. nov.
Verbena litoralis var. albiflora Mold., Phytologia 1: 432. 1940.

VERBENA LITORALIS £. CONGESTA (Mold.) Mold., stat. nov.
Verbena litoralis var. congesta Mold., Phytologia 20: 80. 1970.

VERBENA PERENNIS f£. JOHNSTONI (Mold.) Mold., stat. nov.
Verbena perennis var. johnstoni Mold., Phytologia 2: 150. 1946.

VERBENA PLICATA £, DEGENERI (Mold.) Mold., stat. nov.
Verbena plicata var. degeneri Mold., Phytologia 2: 24--25. 1941,

VITEX GLABRATA f. BOMBACIFOLIA (Wall.) Mold., stat. nov.
Vitex bombacifolia Wall., Numer. List [48], no. 1749, hyponym.
1629; Cs Bs Clarke’ -in Hook. ‘f), Fl. Brits India 4: 588. 1885.

VITEX GLABRATA £, PALLIDA (Wall.) Mold., stat. nov.
Vitex pallida Wall., Numer. List [48], no. 1751, hyponym. 1829;
CG, Bb. Clarke in Hooks "£2, -Fid BEE. \Tadia 4; °588. 1883.

VITEX HARVEYANA f£. GEMINATA (H, H. W. Pearson) Mold., stat. nov.
Vitex geminata H, H. W. Pearson in Thiselt.-Dyer, Fl. Cap. 5:
213——214, 1901.

ADDITIONAL NOTES ON THE GENUS VITEX. XIII

Harold N. Moldenke

Vitex Tourn.

Additional & emended bibliography: R. Br., Prod. Fl. Nov. Holl.,
imp. 1, 1: 511--512 (1810) and imp. 2, [Isis 1819:] 511--512. 1819;
Jack, Malay. Misc., imp. 1, 47. 1820; Jack, Descrip. Malay. Pl.,
imp. 1, 47. 1822; Jack, Calc. Journ. Nat. Hist. 4 (13): 40--41.
1843: W. Griff.. Notul. Pl. Asiat. 4: 173, 178--179, 181, 740, &
764. 1854; Koord. & Valet., Meded. Lands Plant. Bat. 42 [Bijdr.
Booms. Java 7:] 164 & 198--211. 1900; Pobéguin, Pl. Méd. Guin. 340.
1906; King & Gamble, Journ. Asiat. Soc. Beng. 74 (2 extra): 841--857.
1908; Béjaud, Essenc. Forest. Camb. 348. 1928; Dop in Lecomte, Fl.
Gén. Indo-chine 4: 776 & 811--848. 1935; Hansford, Proc. Linn. Soc.
Lond, 153: 9. 1941; Hansford & Deight., Mycol. Paper IMI.23: 70.
1948; R. Br., Prod. Fl. Nov. Holl., imp. 3, 511--512. 1960; Rougeot,
Inst. Franc. Afr. Noire IFAN. 14 (4). 1962; F. G. Browne, Bull.
Ent. Res. 54: 229--266. 1963; Aubrév., Bois For. Trop. 93: 30. 1964;
Schnell, Mém. Soc. Bot. France 113: 121--132, fig. 61. 1966; Jack,
Descrip. Malay. Pl., imp. 2, 7: 47. 1977; Jack, Malay. Misc., imp.
2, 47. 19773; Mold., Phytologia 44: 216--232. 1979.

Bentham (1876) comments that "In Benth. Fl. Austral. v. 66 drupa

330 BAY TOLAGLA Vol. 44, No. 5

Viticis errore 4-pyrena dicitur; endocarpium undique continuum est
v. rarissime vix separabile”".

Pobéguin (1906) cites Kouroussa 230, 232, 682, 810, & 1255, Tel-
iko 799, and Timbo 741 from the Republic of Guinea as unidentified
species of Vitex known locally as "ba coudou né", "coudou", and

"koukoui".

VITEX AGNUS-CASTUS L.

Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 44: 218, 220, &
225--232. 1979.

Additional & emended illustrations: A. C. Martin, Am. Midl. Nat.
36: 609, pl. 50. 1946; Parsa, Fl. Iran 4 (1): 539, fig. 254. 1949;
Hottes, Book Shrubs, ed. 5, 404 (1950), [ed. 6, imp. 1], 404 (1952),
and [ed. 6, imp. 2], 404. 1954; Humbert, Fl. Sahara Sept. Cent.
[406], fig. 149. 1958; Hottes, Book Shrubs, [ed. 6, imp. 3], 404.
1959; Viertel, Trees Shrubs Vines no. 407. 1959; Hatton, Handb.

Pl. Floral Orn. 368, fig. 727. 1960; Fournier, Quat. Fl. France
807, fig. 3353. 1961; Humbert, Fl. Sahara Sept. Cent., imp. 2,
[406], fig. 149. 1962; Lonicer, Kreuterb., imp. 2, 77. 19623; Tur-
rill, Curtis Bot. Mag. 174: pl. 400 (in color). 1962; Graf, Exotica
3: 1481. 1963; R. L. Taylor, Pl. Colonial Days 22. 1964; Polunin &
Huxley, Flow. Medit. 42, pl. 16, fig. 394. 1966; Capite, Vitex Agn,
Oss. Isto-anat. 8, 9, 11, 13, & 15, fig. 1--9. 1967; W. Trelease,
Wint. Bot., ed. 3, imp. 2, 335. 1967; Wilson & Bell, Fragrant Year
186. 1967; A. & I. Nehrling, Easy Gard. Drought-Resist. Pl. 227.
1968; Polunin, Field Guide Flow. Eur. pl. 106. 1969; Polunin, Flow.
Europe pl. 106-1097 (in color). 1969; J. V. Watkins, Fla. Landsc.
Pl., ed. 1, imp. 1, 306. 1969; Viertel, Trees Shrubs Vines no. 407.
1970; Perrot & Paris, Pl. Médic. 1: fig. 1--7 (in color). 1971;
Polunin, Pflanz., Europ. pls 106: Cin. toler).1971; Be. G. & Me in
Br., Woody Pl. Md. 289. 1972; Polunin, Concise Flow. Eur. 106, pl.
1087 (in color). 1972; Townsend, Kew Bull. 27: 148, fig. 1 (left).
L972; J. Hutchins,, Fam. Flow. Pl., ed. 3, 487, fies 243.450
Serbanescu-Jitariu & Mitroiu, Act. Bot. Hort. Bucurest. 1972-73:
109, pis 1, fig.:5...1973s:J,. Vi: Watkins, Fiss:Landsc.:Pl.,eoee
imp. 4, 306. 1973; Little, Woodbury, & Wadsworth, Trees P, R. Virg.
Isls.2 [Agric. Handb. 449]: 865, fig. 684. 1974; J. V. Watkins,
Fla. Landsc, Pl., ed. 1, imp. 5, 306. 1974; Gerarde, Herbal, impiya,
3: 1387. 1975; Seabrook, Shrubs Your Gard. 130 (in color). 1975;
Batson, Gen. East. Pl. 147. 1977; Speta, Candollea 32: 155, fig.
2x. 1977; Heathcote in Heywood, Flow. Pl. World 237, fig. 3. 1978;
D. E. Clark, Sunset New West. Gard. Book, ed. 4, 498. 1979.

Recent collectors describe this species as a large, fast-growing,
deciduous shrub, 1.5--7 m. tall, aromatic, spreading or dense, with
several stems, the branches erect to ascending, the foliage pungent-
spicy when crushed, with the aroma of lavender or garden sage, the
flowers pleasantly lavender-scented when bruised. The corollas are

said to be "lilac" in color by Blackburn (1952) and Graf (1963),
"violet or blue" by Dean (1968), "light hyssop-violet" by Turrill
(1962), "pale-violet" by Makins (1936) and Munz (1968), and "bright-
violet" by Parker (1924). They are said to have been "violet-blue'

——————— Or hr OC rl eee

1979 Moldenke, Notes on Vitex 331

on Shinners 8582, “blue-violet" on Gillis 8449, "light-purple" on
Bayliss BS.6236, "purple or lighter" on Witham 304, "mauve" on
Bayliss BS.5095 & 7270 and Sykes 16/68, “bright-mauve" or "laven-
der-mauve" on Bayliss BS.4542, and “purplish outside, dark-purple
within on Abedin 7403.

Recent collectors have found this plant growing in thickets,
Pinus sylvestris forests, in partial shade on blackland clay, in
sandy loam, on seashores, on mostly limestone soil, in dry river-
beds, and on dry riverbanks, at altitudes of sealevel to 1300
meters, flowering from June to August, in fruit in July, August,
and October.

Embarger (1960) reports the chromosome number of Vitex agnus-
castus as 2n = 24 and the same number is reported by Paterman
(1935), while Sugiura (1936), Paterman (1938), and Sharma &
Mukhopadhyay (1963) report 32; Darlington & Wylie (1956) say"x =
6, 8". Léve (1971) reports the number as 2n = 32, based on
Murin & Sheikh s.n. from Iraq. Trelease (1967) illustrates the
longitudinal and cross-section views of the twigs, as well as the
appearance of the leaf-scars and buds. His reference, however, to
C. K. Schneider's "ff, 191" seems to be an error since that figure
in Schneider's work has nothing whatever to do with Vitex agnus-
castus. Similarly, Imboden's statement that this is a "tree or
shrub glabrous to tomentose or villous throughout -- from Baja
California to Sonora [Mexico] and Chihuahua to Oaxaca" is quite
erroneous -- probably meant to apply to V. mollis H.B.K. instead.
Etchison adds that "This is an aromatic tree that grows to 30
feet [and] is found in dry sunny situations. I doubt if Vitex
agnus-castus ever attains a height of more than 15 feet. Theo-
phrastus, however, according to Knobloch (1948), in his " &fini-
tions of the various classes into which plants may be divided" as-
serts that V. agnus-castus is one that "increases in stature under
cultivation, so that they become trees and yet they belong to the
class of shrubs".

Speta (1977) says that "an der Ansatzstelle der Filamente be-
finden sich mehrzellige, verzweigte Haare, deren Kerne dicht mit
feinen Kristallamellen angefiillt sind".

Serbanescu-Jitariu & Mitroiu (1973) describes the pollen, based
on Herb. INCEF 3335, as follows: "subprolat; 3-colpat; vazut api-
cal 26--46,8 mu in diam., din profil inalt 33,8--46,8 mu, lat 26--
33,8 mu. Polenul scuturat din antere si vazut cu ochiul liber,
este galben, tn apa la microscop, portocaliu brun, iar in chloral-
hidrat, galben-cenusiu. Sporoderma crassisexinata cu o grosime de
2,6 mu; exina prezinta fn sect. opticd o structura4 tehilat-bacula-
ta, iar suprafafa este aciperita cu veruculi neuniform distribuiti.
Colpii 2/3 din raza microsporilor, sint ingusti si ascufiti spre
capete,."

Battandier & Trabut (1902) report that V. agnus-castus occurs
in the littoral zone in Algeria and Tunisia; Maire asserts that it
is both "cultivated and escaped" in Egypt; Fedtschenko (1913)
lists it as cultivated in Turkestan (Russia). Bayliss records it
as wild in Zululand and as cultivated in the "subtropic area of

332 PA YoS Pe e-re Vol. 44, Nos Se

South Africa" [Transvaal]; Knoche (1974) lists it as cultivated in
the Balearic Islands. Marco & Mossa (1973) describe it as Euro-
mediterranean and report it as "rare" on Sardinia. Innamorati
(1973) found it in Morocco, while Roberty (1974) lists it as cul-
tivated in what was French West Africa. Humbert (1958) encountered
it in the northern and central Sahara: "Sud oranais, rare (Vallée
de la Zousfana et probablement ailleurs; lits d'oueds, bord des
mares", Speta (1977) records it from the island of Brac, Jugo-
slavia. Bischoff (1831) asserts that it is sometimes cultivated
in Germany; Priszter (1971) says that it is cultivated in Hungary
and offers seed of it as his seed no. 1672 in trade. Molina (1976)
lists it as cultivated in Honduras, while Adams (1972) reports it
cultivated on Jamaica. Sherk & Buckley (1968) refer to it as
"hardy" in Canada only in the province of British Columbia. Rad-
ford & al. (1964) found it "rare in pastures" in Darlington County,
South Carolina, where it flowers in June and July. McGregor & al.
(1977) report it from Cleveland, Custer, Grady, and Payne Counties,
Oklahoma. Hyland (1967) reports it cultivated in Maryland, grown
from seed no, 263177 from Israel, 17720 from Baja California
Norte, Mexico, 269411 from Afghanistan, 307618 from Turkey, and
259959 collected by Gentry in Mexico.

Sweet (1826), Bean (1956), and Fletcher (1972) tell us that V.
agnus-castus is "said to have been cultivated in the British Isles
since 1570", introduced from Sicily; Loudon (1832) give the date
as "1590". Stalter (1972) found it in Georgetown County, South
Carolina; Greuter (1976) reports it from Psaya island in the Aege-
an Sea. Patzak & Rechinger (1967) give its natural distribution
as "Regio Mediterranea, Asia austro-occidentalis et centralis us-
que ad Turcomaniam et montes Pamir-Alaz", asserting that the type
population "Habitat in Siciliae ad Napolis paludosis".

Bicknell (1896) found the species "along roads and torrents" in
western Liguria (northwestern Italy), while Sommier & Caruana Gat-
to (1915) record it from Comino, Cozo, and Malta islands, noting
that "A Malta a quasi distrutto. A Gozo forma ancora in alcuni
luoghi dei piccoli boschetti. Varia a fiori bianchi." Huber says
that it "is occasionally cultivated" in west tropical Africa;
LeGrand (1887) lists it from France and southern Germany; Pampan-
ini (1930) lists it doubtfully from Cyrenaica: "La presenza del V.
Agnus-castus spontaneo a Tocra mi @ incerta perché il Dotti H.
Scaetta lo segnal6d senza alcuna indicazione in Proposito, mentre
in seguito....lo indicd come coltivato." Lakela & al. (1976) re-
port it "planted, escaping locally" in the Tampa Bay area of Flori-
da, blooming there in spring and summer; Bouloumoy (1930) lists
it from streamsides in Lebanon and Syria. Parker (1924) writes
that it is cultivated on the plains of the Punjab where "It is
very hardy both as regards cold and drought", Horowitz (1969)
calls it "a hydrophile among trees on the banks of the Jordan
river" in Palestine. Munz (1968) notes that it is "Found in al-
kali sink e. of Weedpatch, Kern Co.", California; Maheshwari
(1963) reports it from "shrubberies of parks and gardens" in Delhi,
India. Linnaeus (1753) and Raeuschel (1797) report it from Sicily.

1979 Moldenke, Notes on Vitex 333

According to Bayliss it flowers in the autumn in South Africa.
Quézel & Pamukcuoglu (1973) report finding it growing with Phrag-
mites communis, Holoschaemus vulgaris, Paliurus australis, and
many Ephedra fragilis in maritima zone areas, Picci reports it
from Molara island off the coast of Sardinia. The Browns (1972)
found it becoming naturalized in Maryland. Dean (1968) avers
that it "Grows in gardens, roadsides, waste places" on the coast-
al plain from Florida to Texas and north to North Carolina [U.S.A.]
Bailey (1972) reports that "Like Buddleia, this species may die
back to the ground in severe winters" but actually is hardy in
Zone 7 in the United States.

Turrill (1962) says "a V. negundo L. foliolis lanceolatis vel
anguste lanceolatis, corolla circiter 8 mm. longa, staminibus
styloque exsertis, corollae lobis plusminusve aequilongis inter
alia recedit". Jafri & Ghafoor, in a personal communication to
me, add that "in V. agnus-castus the leaflets are 5--7 and the
cymes sessile or subsessile, forming a subcylindrical narrow in-
florescence, the flowers fragrant, while in V. negundo the leaf-
lets are 3--5, the cymes are often somewhat lax and panicled,
forming a pyramidal inflorescence, and the flowers are not frag-
rants"

Palmer & Pitman (1972) remind us that "“agnus-castus" is derived
from the Greek hagnos and the Latin castus, both signifying
"chastity". They also note that "The generic name Vitex is said
to be derived from the Latin vieo, meaning ‘to plait', because of
the flexibility of the shoots. Pliny used the name for a willow-
like species which has ever since been known as the 'chaste tree",
for the remarkable reason that it is believed to have the power
of subduing the passions. ‘For that the dames of Athens', Pliny
assures us, ‘during the feasts of the goddess Ceres....made their
pallets and beds with the leaves thereof, to coole the heat of
lust and to keep themselves chaste for the time'."

Little, Woodbury, & Wadsworth (1974) give a rather detailed
distribution for V. agnus-castus: "Native of the Mediterranean
region from southern Europe and Morocco to western Asia including
Turkey, Iraq, and Pakistan, but widely planted for ornament and
escaping from cultivation and naturalized in tropical and subtrop-
ical regions including West Indies. Also southeastern United
States from Florida to Texas and California and north to New York
and beyond, where the plants are killed to the ground in winter."

Emberger (1938) says "Le Gattilier est répandu dans tout le
bassin méditerranéen jusqu'en Asie Centrale. Le centre de dis-
persion du genre est l1'Asie Sud-orientale. Notre espéce est la
seule Verbénacée ligneuse d'Europe et de 1'Afrique septentrionale
[this is untrue: other woody Verbenaceae in north Africa are found
in the genera Chascanum, Svensonia, Clerodendrum, Lantana, Premna,
and Vitex].....11 n'est pas douteux que cette espéce est chez nous
un survivant tertiaire." He also says that "Ce petit arbre habite
le bord des riviéres et le lit des Queds intermittents de la
plaine et des basses montagnes de tout le Maroc jusque dans 1*‘Anti-
Atlas, mais dépasse rarement l'altitude de 1.000 métres. I1

334 Po Pcl Oo lL Oe lo Did Vol. 44, No. 5

forme, avec le Laurier-rose et les Tamarix le fond décoratif de
notre végétation ripicole."

Van Melle (1943) reviews the characters of V. agnus-castus and
V. negundo as cultivated shrubs, telling us that they are both
"highly decorative, tender-wooded shrubs which, in mild climates,
grow to a considerable height and width but are best treated in
our zone by way of die-back shrubs; that is, pruned close to their
base every spring and then permitted to put on their annual
growth, to a height of 3 or 5 feet, on which they will bear their
showy terminal panicles of small, fragrant flowers which, in the
better forms, are a good lavender-blue.

"In V. Agnus-castus these are arranged the more showily in
panicled spikes, appearing in July to September; in V. Negundo
they come in loose panicles, in July and August.

"In both kinds the total effect of the foliage is grayish, the
leaves having a gray-woolly hairiness on the lower surface.......
They are effective, but rather exotic-looking and erect shrubs,
not easily blended in the border and perhaps better used by way of
garden accent plants or ‘cut-back' garden hedge-rows. They flower
at a time when there is not much else in bloom among the shrubs
and, in the better, lavender-blue forms, contribute a worth-while
decorative note to the small landscape.

"They thrive well in light, sandy soils, in full sun. Being
coarse-rooted and difficult to dig with a ball of earth, they are
best transplanted bare-rooted, in the spring.

"When they are treated as die-backs, the tenderness of the top-
growth need not worry one, The roots are hardy enough; and should
an occasional plant be lost in severe winters, these shrubs are
worth planting again."

Spach (1840), speaking of it in France, says: "Cette espéce....
est commune dans 1'Europe méridionale, aux borde des ruisseaux et
dans l'autres localités humides; elle fleurit en juillet et en
aofit. On la cultive comme arbrisseau d'ornament, mais, dans le
nord de la France, elle ne résiste pas aux hivers rigoureux, 4
moins d'@tre plantée dans une situation abritée."

Among the many vernacular names reported for V. agnus-castus
are the following: "Abraham-balme", “Abraham's balm", "Abrahamsbaum}
“agneau chaste", "agno casto", “agno-casto", “agnos", "agnus",
“agnus castro", "agnus castus", “agnusperma", "agonos", “aignel
chaste" ,.."alfadgi", “alfagit, ;"alfagradi", “alec”, .amerigecs
"angarf", “aoubré dé pébré", “arbor Abrahae", "arbre au poivre",
"arbre-au-poivre", “ariegna", "Arvore de vastidade", "athlak",
"bangaleh", "bantafelon", “bardé", “barmagh aghaji", “"bish", "blue
vitex", "bou mettin", "castém", "chaste-lamb-tree", "chaste tree",
"chaste-tree", "chastetree", “chast-lamp-tree", "chast tree",
"chast-tree", "chencherenche", "common chaste-tree", “common
chastetree", "daribrahim", "elaeagnon Theophrasti", "elcaseiro",
"el-kharom&a", “erba dé la chinchas", "European chaste tree",
"felfel", "felfélé barri", "folfol es-saq@leba", "gang",
"satillier", "gatillo casto", "gattilier", "gattilier commun",
"gatt-saonzé", "gemeiner Miillen", "gonak", "gwanik", "hab-el-faked}

1979 Moldenke, Notes on Vitex 335

"habbolfaghd", "hemp tree", "hemp-tree", "hemptree", "herbe
sainte", "hhabb el faged", "incienso japonés", "indian-—spice",
"indianspice", "kafé Ebrahim", "kaff maryam", "kaf mariem", "kaf
Miryam" [=the hand of Mary], "kef-mariem", "Keuschbaum", "Keusch-
Lamm", "Keuschlamm", "Keuschlammstrauch", "Keuschstrauch",
"kherouac", "lacanu", "lagomu", "lecristicum", "le gattilier",
"lignu castu", "ligos", "ligus", "ligusperma", "lygea", "mala di
suerta", "malagueta", "marmandai", "marwand", "marwandi", "Mexican
lavender", "Ménchspfeffer", "Ménchspfefferbaum", "monk's pepper",
"monks' pepper", "monks pepper tree", "monks peppertree", "monk's
pepper tree", "monk's pepper-tree", "monk's-pepper tree", "Millen",
"non's peppertree", "palo santo", "pandj-angosht", "panjangusht",
"parkleuys", "pébré", "pébrié", “pébrié fé", "pébri® saoubadjé",
"petit poivre", "phontafelyoune", "pichot pé@bré", "pichoun pé@bré",
"pimenteira silvestre", "piper agreste", "piperella", “piper
monachorum", "poivier", "poivre des moins", "poivre sauvage",
"rénuka", "sage tree", '" sage-tree", "sagetree", "salix alexandrina’
"salix amerina", "salix graeca", "salix grossa", "salix marina",
"salix maritima", "sambhalu-ke-bij", "sanguis ibis", "saulle de
mer", "saulx de Gaule", "saulx gauloise", "sauz gatillo",
"sauzgatillo", "Schaafmiillen", "Schafmiille", "shadjaraté Ebrahim",
"shajerat Ebrahim", "the chaste tree", "totsane", "tree of
chastity", "true chastetree", "vitex", "vitex agnus castus", "vitex
arborea", "vitgé", "vitice", "wild-lavender", "wild pepper",
"ycearea", "yerba Louisa", "zalitzunkia", "zoukhamcate-acabéé",
"zuccatorium", "zuccozaria", "zucoraria", and "zu-khamsata aurak"
[=the five-halved].

Many authors have listed medicinal and economic uses -- or pur-
ported ones -- for Vitex agnus-castus. Hartwell (1971) says that a
broth made from the herbage is used to treat "superfluities of
uterus" and hardness of the liver or spleen, an elixir is used for
tumors, a decoction and sitzbath for hardness of the uterus and
induration of the spleen, an oil and ointment for various "hard-
nesses or stiffnesses", and fomentations and cataplasms for indur-
ation of the spleen, corns, and chronic indurated tumors. Parks
(1937) tells us that "The leaves and blossoms are used by Latin
people as a preventive against moths". Innamorati (1973) says that
it is used "per le malattie delle vie urinarie e dei rene". Ac-
cording to Grieve (1967) "The fresh ripe berries [drupes] are
pounded to a pulp and dused in the form of a tincture for the re-
lief of paralysis, pains in the limbs, weakness, etc.", while Polu-
nin & Huxley (1966) report its use as an anti-aphrodisiac, but
carefully point out that "fresh seeds have an aromatic pungency
that some consider aphrodisiac". They also report the plant's use
in the treatment of eye diseases and stomach-ache and as a source
of yellow dye. Uphof (1968) asserts that the “herb has been used
for centuries as an antiaphrodisiac" and as the source of a vola-
tile oil; the young twigs are used in basketry; the fruits are em-
ployed as a substitute for pepper and are also supposed to be anti-
aphrodisiac; "the plant was regarded since antiquity as a symbol
of chastity".

Polunin (1969) asserts that V. agnus-castus is a plant of "Damp

336 PREY eL.0 ¢t:4 Vol. 44, No. 5

places on the littoral, by streams" in Mediterranean Europe,
flowering there from June to September -- "A shrub well known since
classical times and associated with chastity; it is used medic-
inally and is a source of a yellow dye. The fruits are used for
seasoning and the twigs for basket-making". De Capite (1969) de-
scribes the leaf, stem, and root anatomy in detail and reports

that an alcohol extract from the leaves is active, the ether ex-
tract even more active, and the aqueous extract inactive against
Micrococcus pyogenes albus, but no activity is seen against
Escherichia coli. ;

Lewis & Elvin-Lewis (1977), along with Arevalo (1966), repeat
the statement that the seeds have supposed antiaphrodisiac proper-
ties in "decreasing libido", while Al-Rawi (1964) reports the
bitter-tasting seeds are boiled in ghee and given to horses in
the treatment of colic, while the entire plant is used in the
treatment of eye and stomach disorders and "pains due to chills;
one who has caught a cold takes a bath in water boiled with the
leaves", Lust (1974) avers that the plant "exhibits hormone-like
properties", Burkill (1966) states that V. agnus-castus is "a plant
used by the Romans and Greeks, both internally and for poulticing",
its oil containing "cineol and other substances". According to
Tornabene (1891), speaking of this species: "De virtute antivenerea
hujus speciei, quam veteres et praesertim Graeci extollebant, su-
pervacaneum est loqui, cum inter res commentitias nunc habeatur.
Medici laudarunt ut remedium ad hysteriam et gonorrhaeam; sed hoc
quoque exoletum." Hartwell (1971) reports a poultice made from the
leaves useful in treating inflammatory tumors, while the poultice
made from the seeds is used to treat hard tumors, hardness of the
liver and spleen, scirrhus of the liver, and induration of the liv-
er.

Trease & Evans (1972) also mention the antiaphrodisiac proper-
ties of the fruits, "formerly official in Spanish pharmacopeia....
In 1657 the apothecary Richard Tomlinson wrote ‘it cohibits the
motion of the sperm, and allayes venereous fancies in the night as
well as Rue seed, for which cause the Athenian matrons in their
Feasts to Ceres, the better to custodite their chastity strewer
their beds with its leafs'. The constituents resemble those of the
European vervain." The long-used drug made from this plant is
known as "agnus castus" or "semen agni casti". Dymock & al. (1893)
report that "The berries [really drupes!] are imported into India
and are considered to be astringent, resolvent, and deobstruent,
and useful for removing obstructions of the brain and liver; they
are also given for enlargement of the spleen and dropsy...The seed..
has been found to contain a peculiar bitter principle called Cas-
tine, a volatile acrid substance, a large quantity of free acid and
fat oil. In Greece the fresh and rather unripe berries are said
to be added to the must of the grape to render the wine more intox-
icating, and prevent it from turning sour."

Lonicer's herbal (1679) summarizes the uses of Vitex agnus-
castus in his day as follows: "Die Natur der Schaaffmiille ist zu
erwdrmen und zusammen zu ziehen....Der Same geniitzt / benimmt die

1979 Moldenke, Notes on Vitex 337

Wassersucht ; legt die Unkeuschheit. Ist gut wider gifftige Stich
und Bisz der Thier. Wer dieser Blatter undersich in sein Bett-
statt legt / dem vertreibt es alle Fleischliche Anfechtung. Ist
vielleicht desz Strohes’/ darauf die Barfiisser Miinch ligen. Diser
Beerlin eins Quintlins schwer mit Wein getruncken / zuvor gestossen
/ treibet den Weibern ihre Krankheit / zertheilt die Winde im

Leib / und léschet die Begierde der Ehelichen Wercke ausz. Fiir
gifftiger Thier Bisz soll man diese Frucht gebrauchen/ Desz-
gleichen die Weiber / so iibel sdugen / dann es mehret ihnen die
Milch/ Es bekompt auch wol denen Miltz- und Leberslchtigen / so
sich vor der Wassersucht besorgen. Zu viel gebraucht / schwachet
es das Haupf und macht schlaffen. Das Laub zertnirscht / den

Safft heraus getruckt / damit gesalbet / heilst die Spinnenstich.
Das Laub in Wein gesotten / mit Honig vermischt / und den Mund da-
mit gewaschen / heilet Mund- und Zahngeschwar. Mit Wasser gesot-
ten / und damit gewaschen / heilet es alle Risz und Schrunden am
Hindern / sonderlich den Weibern / so etwas an heimlichen Orten
entziindet werden / denen soll man ein Fomentum oder Bahung ausz
dem Laub machen / und sie dariiber setzen. Es schreibt Dioscorides /
dasz / wer dieses Baums Zweige in der Hand habe / der sei sicher
vor den W6lffen." Emberger (1938) notes only the one supposed use:
"Les fruits remplacent le Poivre et ont la réputation d'étre
antiaphrodisiaques. Pour cette raison le Gattilier était pour

les Anciens le symbole de la pureté", Spach (1840) says: "Les
feuilles ont une odeur désagréable. La fruit, auquel les anciens
attribuaient, sans trop de raisons, des vertus anti-aphrodisiaques,
a une saveur dcre et aromatique, analogue 4 celle du poivre: ce
fruit s'emploie en guise d'épices, dans des contrées ot le
Gattilier abonde."

Burlage (1968) asserts, erroneously, that V. agnus-castus is
a "Native of China and India". He asserts also that the seeds are
"reported to be sedative and a perfume is made from the flowers",
Perrot & Paris (1971) repeat that "La plante est trés anciennement
réputée comme anaphrodisiaque, d'ot son nom, 1'infusé est sédatif
et antispasmodique....La plante renferme une huile essentielle, un
glucoside chromogénique, l'agnoside, et des pigments flavoniques".
Lazaro (1921) repeats that "Los frutos se usaron como antiafrodis-
iacos". Bouchhez (1843) says that the plant "s'en servent pour
lier les mains de leurs morts". Parsa (1949) reports that "le
bain de feuilles bouillies dans l'eau est employé pour guérir les
enfants qui ont attrapé froid"; also "employé contre les maladies
du 1'oeil et les coliques" and "les graines sont données aux
chevaux contre la colique une noire. Un tissu bouillie avec ses
feuilles prend une teinte noire."

Bush-Brown (1963) points out that V. agnus-castus tolerates
sandy soil, dry places, and city conditions. The Nehrlings (1968)
affirm that it is fairly drought-resistant, more rugged than ap-
pearances would indicate, surviving heat and poor or dry soils in
the bright sun, and is actually better performing under such con-
ditions than most cultivated shrubs. The stems winterkill, but
the roots send up new shoots that flower in the same year -- it is

338 Perro Loe 2 Vol. 44, No. 5

best to cut the plant back to stubs each year.

Gomma & al. (1978) found in the leaves and fruits five flavonoids
(casticin, isovitexin, isovitexin xyloside, orientin, and isoorien-
tin) and two iridoids (aucubin and agnoside). In preliminary tests
these compounds showed a marked inhibitory activity against 3 bac-
terial pathogens. Fernandez (1947) found rubber in the roots.
Schimmel (1908) found cineol, sabinene, and a quinone in the vol-
atile oil from the leaves and this volatile oil was also analyzed
by Hansel (1910). Gibbs (1974) reports leucocyanin absent from the
leaves, the HCl/methanol test negative, and negative results with
the juglone test in the leaves, bark, and wood, but "a blue fluor-
escence" results. Kariyone (1965) found that the so-called
"vitexin" from the seeds of Vitex agnus-castus differs from the
"vitexin" obtained from V. lucens and so he proposes the former
henceforth be known as "casticin", it being 5,3'dihydroxyl-3,6,7,4'
tetramethoxylflavone. He also isolated agnuside from the leaves
(1964) which he says is "probably the p-hydroxbenzoic ester of
aucubin" (1962). Katyuzhanskaya (1977) describes the composition
of the organic acids isolated from CO,-extracts of V. agnus-castus
fruit. Belic Gal. "CP961L) “alsé rae ated casticin from Yugoslavian
material of this species. Cole & al. (1968) sprayed plants of this
species with Dow latex 12-R. a styrene-butadiene latex, in two con-
centrations, the control plants sprayed with water, After one year
the plants sprayed with the chemical in lower concentration had
made significantly more growth than the controls; those sprayed
with the higher concentration did not significantly increase growth,
possibly owing to a slight phytotoxicity.

Alexopoulos (1940) records the fungus, Phoma viticis Celotti,
on the leaves of V. agnus-castus, Voronov (1922) records Lepto-
sphaeria casta Voronov from the dry twigs, and Thornberry (1966)
lists Cercospora viticis Ell. & Ev. (a leaf-spot) and Phymato-
trichum omnivorum (Shear) Dug. (a root-rot) from Louisiana, Texas,
and Oklahoma. Kobayashi (1970) found that Valsa ceratosperma
(Tode) Maire makes black pustules on the bark of cankered or dead
stems and branches of this host in Japan. Mound & Halsey (1978)
assert that it is host to the whitefly, Bemisia tabaci (Gennadius)
Takahashi in Egypt; this based on a report by Azab & al. (1970).

Guinet & Sauvage (1954) cite Becibissa 409 and Lejouad 497
from Morocco; Maheshwari (1963) cites his no. 220 from Delhi, In-
dia; Patzak & Rechinger (1967) cite Sintenis 645 from Iran; and
Jafri & Ghafoor, in a personal communication to me, cite Abedin
7403 from cultivation in Pakistan,

It is perhaps worth noting that the Blackwell polynomial cited
by Gmelin (1796) seems definitely to belong to the synonymy of
V. agnus-castus var. diversifolia (Carr.) Schelle, but the illus-
tration given by Blackwell (1751) shows leaflets that are plainly
and completely entire and therefore illustrate the typical form
of V. agnus-castus L.

Material of V. agnus-castus has been misidentified and distrib-
uted in some herbaria as V, macrophylla Hort., V. negundo L.,

1979 Moldenke, Notes on Vitex 339

V. pseudonegundo Hand.-Mazz., and V. rehmannii Gitirke. On the
other hand, the Fogg s.n. [July 18, 1969], distributed as typical
V. agnus-castus, actually represents f. latifolia (Mill.) Rehd.,
Griffith 6059 and Zohary, Amdursky, & Grizi s.n. [14.11.1951] are
var. pseudo-negundo Hausskn., Pratt s.n. [October 7, 1964] is Vv.
negundo L., N. Chevalier 12 is V. negundo var. intermedia (P'ei)
Mold., and Stefani s.n. [10 mai 1903] is not verbenaceous. Jerabek
s.n. [June 1945], cited below, is a mixture with Petrea volubil-
is £. pubescens (Mold.) Mold. and Herb. Missouri Bot. Gard.
116201 is a mixture with something non-verbenaceous (probably
Aleurites moluccanum). The illustration in Viertel (1970) is
labeled as depicting V. agnus-castus, but shows all the leaflets
plainly sessile.

Additional citations: NORTH CAROLINA: Rockingham Co.: Leonard
& Russ 2562 (Au--284927, B1--251048,, Ld, N, Tu--179458, Ws).
ARKANSAS: Nevada Co.: D. M. Moore 420469 (Ws). LOUISIANA: East
Baton Rouge Par.: Taylor s.n. [May 18, 1899] (Lv). Tangipahoa
Par.: H. R. Wilson 232 (Lv). OKLAHOMA: Payne Co.: Harn 56 (Au--
122932). TEXAS: Bastrop Co.: Duval 134 (Au--291212). Brown Co.:
McKnight 16 (Au--244321, Ld). Tarrant Co.: A. Ruth 993 (Ws).
Travis Co.: Correll & Correll 34288 (Ld); Harpin, Waldorf. &
Barkley 13081 (B1--53477). OREGON: Benton Co.: W. M. Smith s.n.
[VIII/9/1959] (Se--197037). MEXICO: Nuevo Le6én: Etchison 55
(Au--297432). FRANCE: Boulos s.n. [17.5.1961] (Gz); Lamaroux s.n.
[Provence] (T). SPAIN: Sennen 36008 (Ws). AUSTRIA: Noé s.n.
(Pd). GREECE: Kuntze s.n. [Cyclopi, 16/6/67] (W--2506585); Nit-
zelius s.n, [Litochoron, 8/10/1963] (Go); Saint-Lager 3 (Ba);
Zuccerini sen. (T). AEGEAN ISLANDS: Chios: Liidtke 595 (Mu), 596
(Mu). Kos: Sauer & Sauer 13894 (Mu). ITALY: Robertson s.n,.
[Scala di Salonse, 1829] (T); Tenore s.n. [1840] (Mu--614). CYP-
RUS: Casey 1632 (Ba). CORSICA: Aellen 1856 (Ws). YUGOSLAVIA:
Dalmatia: Servola s.n. (Mu--615). Fiume: Noé 329 [Reichenb, Fl.
Germ. 2289] (N). Illyria: Tommasini s.n. [Monpalcone] (Ba). Is-
tria: Untchj s.n. [Pola, 8-9-88] (Mi), s.n. [2.8.1899] (Gz).
RUSSIA: Transcaspia: Michelson 87 (Mu). MOROCCO: D. Fairchild 74
(W--1349467), 82 (W--1349471); Garnett 38/7 (Mu). EGYPT: G.
Maire 141 (Gz); Romee s.n. [18.3.1968] (Gz). SOUTH AFRICA: Cape
Province: Bayliss BS.5095 (W--2670629), BS.7270 (Mu). TURKEY:
Manissadjian 290 (Mu), 326 (Mu); Stutz 453 (N). AFGHANISTAN: WwW.
Griffith 6059 (Mu--1342). INDIA: State undetermined: Herb.
Schreber s.n. [India orientalis] (Mu--603). CULTIVATED: Alabama:
Justice 525 (Ba). Arizona: Simonian 361 (Tu--172595); Thornber
s.n. [June 13, 1903] (Au). California: Jerabek s.n. [November
1944] (Sd--34534), s.n.[June 1945] (Sd--36463); McClintock s.n.
[July 14, 1943] (Ba); Moran 2458 (Ba); Witham 304 (Sd--71836).
Egypt: Boulos & Tanadros s.n. [Dokki] (Gz); Hassib s.n. [22/12/
1927] (Gz); Mahdi 34 (Gz), 146 (Gz), s.n. [4.8.63] (Gz, Gz), s.n.
[18.8.63] (Gz, Gz), s.n. [10/11/63] (Gz, Gz), s.n. [9/6/65] (Gz,
Gz, Gz), s.n.[23.5.65] (Gz, Gz, Gz), s.n. [18/8/68] (Gz, Gz, Gz),
sen. [3/6/70] (Gz, Gz, Gz), sen. [10/12/72] (Gz, Gz, Gz); Runke-
witz sen. [18/11/1933] (Gz); Sisi s.n. [22/5/1973] (Gz, Gz); V.

340 P-B ¥°T*O FeOtert 6 Vol. 44; Noss

Tackholm s.n. [28/10/1959] (Gz, Gz); T&ckholm & Elsayed 269 (Gz),
337 (Gz), s.n. [8/1/1961] (Gz, Gz), sin. [28/11/1961] (Gz), sind
[17/5/1962] (Gz, Gz, Gz), s.n. [24/5/1962] (Gz, Gz). Florida:
Gillis 8449 (Ac, Ba, Ft, Ft); Meebold 27509(Mu); P. O. Schallert
365 (B1--208625). Germany: Herb. Schreber s.n. (Mu--674). Ken-
tucky: Denniston s.n. [June 24, 1929] (Ws). Louisiana: Boyd s.n.
[June 3rd 1898] (Lv); Joor s.n. [Baton Rouge] (W--2607108); Pecoy
s.n. [May 19, 1899] (Lv); Pratt s.n. [May 20, 1899] (Lv). Mexico:
Imboden 74 (Au--297434). New Zealand: Sykes 16/68 [Herb. Bot.
Div. DSIR 173231] (Ld), 630/65 [Herb. Bot. Div. DSIR 157634] (Ac).
North Carolina: Biltmore Herb. 1786 [Sept. 27, 1897] (Ws); LeClair
sen. [June 26, 1937] (N); D. Pratt s.n.[10/17/64]- (Lv); P. O.
Schallert s.n. [7/10/31] (Ws). Pakistan: Abedin 7403 (Kh, Ld).
Poland: Baenitz s.n. [Silesia, 15.9.1910] (Gz, Gz). South Africa:
Bayliss BS.4542 (Ba, N, W--2616806), BS.6236 (Mu, N, W--2744925).
South Carolina: Rodgers & Mullens 67086 (B1--215442, N, Se--234702).
Texas: Hansen, Hansen, & Nee 1811 (Ws); Purvis 8 (Au--248392); R.
Runyon 4258 (Au--269633, Au--269643, Au--269673), 5445 (Au--270204),
124761 (Au--269536); Saichuk 73 (Lv); Shinners 8582 (Ba). Virgin-
ia: Allard 11391 (Se--134451). LOCALITY OF COLLECTION UNDETERMIN-
ED: Happe s.n. [in Europa australi] (Mu--607); Herb. Missouri Bot.
Gard. 116201 (E).

VITEX AGNUS-CASTUS f. ALBA (West.) Rehd.

Additional & emended synonymy: Agnus castus, flore albo Cup.,
Hort. Cath. 4. 1696. Vitex agnus castus albidus Desf., Tabl. Ecol.
Bot., ed. 1, 53. 1804, Vitex agnus-castus albidus Desf., Tabl.
Ecol. Bot., ed. 2, 64. 1815. Vitex agnus-castus b. flore albo
Gussone, Fl. Sic. Prodr. 2: 147, in syn. 1828. Vitex agnus-castus
var. alba Rehd. ex C. K. Schneid., Illustr. Handb. Laubholzk. 2:
594. 1911. Vitex agnus-castus cv. "Alba" Enari, Ornament. Shrubs
Calif. 170. 1962. Vitex albiflora Hort. ex Turrill, Curtis Bot.
Mag. 174: pl. 400, in syn. 1962.

Additional bibliography: Cast., Hort. Mess. 24. 1640; Cup.,
Hort. Cath. 4. 1696; Cup., Hort. Cath: Suppl. Alt. 6. 1697; -Desty.
Tabl. Ecol. Bot., ed. 1, 53 (1804) and ed. 2, 64. 1815; Gussone,
Fl. Sic. Prodr. 2: 147--148. 1828; Voss in Vilm., Blumengart. 1:
829. 1895; Baerecke, Anal. Key Ferns Flow. Pl. Atl. Sect. Middl.
Fla. 115. 1906; C. K. Schneid., Illustr. Handb. Laubholzks 23° 594%
1911; Sommier & Caruana Gatto, Fl. Melit. Nov. 234. 1915; Makins,
Ident. Trees Shrubs 259. 1936; W. Trelease, Pl. Mat. Decorat. Gard.
Woody Pl., ed. 5, imp. 1, 146. 1940; E. L. D. Seymour, New Gard.
Encycl., ed. 3, 1292 (1944), °ed.°4, 1292. (1946), and.ed.°5, 1292;
1951; Blackburn, Trees Shrubs East. N. Am. 302. 1952; Bean in Chit-
tenden, Dict. Gard. 2249, 1956; Wyman, Shrubs Vines Am. Gard. 351
& 352. 1956; Hatton, Hand, Pl. Flor. Orn. 368, fig. 727. 19608.
nari, Ornament. Shrubs Calif. 170. 1962; Turrill, Curtis Bot. Mag.
174: pl. 400. 1962; E. L. D. Seymour, New Gard. Encycl., ed. 6,
1292 (1963) and ed. 7, 1292. 1964; Everett, Reader's Digest Compl.
Book Gard. 447. 1966; Mold., Phytologia 16: 494. 1968; A. & I.
Nehrling, Easy Gard. Drought-Resist. Pl., imp. 1, 226. 1968; W.

1979 Moldenke, Notes on Vitex 341

Trelease, Pl. Mat. Decorat. Gard. Woody Pl., ed. 5, imp. 2, 146.
1968; Mold. in Correll & Johnston, Man. Vasc. Pl. Tex. [Contrib.
Tex. Res. Found. 6:] 1340 & 1878. 1970; E. L. D. Seymour, New Gard.
Encycl., ed. 8, 1292. 1970; Mold., Fifth Summ 1: 31, 61, 205-—-207,
266, 373, 385, .&' 386 .(1971) -and..23, 710-713, 7175. & 9224, 1974;
Priszter, Delect. Sem. Spor. Pl. Hort. Bot. Univ. Hung. 59. 1971;
Wyman, Gard. Encycl., imp. 1, 1171 (1971) and imp. 2, 1171. 1972;
Fletcher in Hillier, Man. Trees Shrubs, ed. 2 & imp. ed 2, 416.
1972; Mold., Phytologia 23: 419 & 427 (1972) and 25: 244, 1973;
Williamson, Sunset Gard. Book, ed. 3, imp. 11, 440. 1973; A. & I.
Nehrling, Easy Gard. Drought-Resist. Pl., imp. 2, 226. 1975; L. H.
& E. Z. Bailey, Hortus Third 1162. 1976; D. E, Clark, Sunset New
West. Gard. Book, ed. 4, imp. 2, 498. 1979; Jones & Luchsinger,
Pl. Systemat. 302. 1979.

Gussone (1828) reports this color form of the species from
Sicily. Desfontaines (1804) calls it the "vitex agnus castus 4
fleurs blanches" and "vitex agnus-castus blanc" (1815). Priszter
(1971) lists it as cultivated in Hungary, offering seeds in ex-
change as his seed no. 1673. Cornman's collection, cited below,
cultivated in Massachusetts, was gown from seed secured in New
Jersey. The form has been collected in anthesis in September.

Additional citations: CULTIVATED: Massachusetts: Cornman A.A.
976-34-B (Ba). New Jersey: A. L. Moldenke s.n. [Plainfield, Sept.
7, 1968] (Ps--367), s.n. [Plainfield, Sept. 1, 1972] (Ps--1438).

VITEX AGNUS-CASTUS f£. CAERULEA (Rehd.) Mold., Phytologia 44:135.
1979.

Additional synonymy: Vitex agnus-castus var. caerulea Rehd. ex
C. K. Schneid., Illustr. Handb. Laubholzk, 2: 594. 1911. Vitex
agnus-castus caerulea Trelease, Pl. Mat. Decorat. Gard. Woody Pl.,
ed. 5, imp. 1, 146. 1940. Vitex agnus-castus caerulea [Rehd.]
ex Correll & Johnston, Man. Vasc. Pl. Tex. 1878. 1970. Vitex
agnus-castus caerulea Rehd. ex Mold., Fifth Summ, 2: 712, in syn.
1971.

Additional bibliography: Voss in Vilm., Blumengart. 1: 829.
1895; Battan. & Trabut., .Fhl..An ak.«»Synop, Algw2/1. 19025. Baer-—
ecke, Anal. Key Ferns Flow. Pl. Atl. Sect. Middl. Fla. 115. 1906;
W. Trelease, Pl. Mat. Decorat. Gard. Woody Pl., ed. 5, imp. l,
146. 1940; Hatton, Handb. Pl. Flor. Orn. 368, fig. 727. 1960;
Burlage, Ind. Pl. Tex. 184. 1968; Mold., Phytologia 16: 492 & 494,
1968; W. Trelease, Pl. Mat. Decorat. Gard. Woody Pl., ed. 5, imp.
2, 146. 1968; G. W. Thomas, Tex. Pl. Ecolog. Summ. 78. 1969; Cor-
rell & Johnston, Man. Vasc. Pl. Tex. [Contrib. Tex. Res. Found.
6:] 1878. 1970; Mold. in Correll & Johnston, Man. Vasc. Pl. Tex.
[Contrib. Tex. Res. Found. 6:] 1340. 1970; Mold., Fifth Summ, 1:
50, 2615190, 206 5+207 ¢.& 373 (2971) and 23. J09——712) 711 po 2226
1971; Mold., Phytologia 34: 250 (1976) and 44: 134. 1979.

The corollas are uniformly described as "blue" in this form,
as opposed to the "purple", "purplish", or "lavender" of the typi-
cal form. It has been collected in flower and fruit in July.

The flowers are described as being "pleasantly scented".

342 PHY TOLVOG TA Vol. 44, No. 5

Additional citations: LOUISIANA: Catahoula Par.: C. Allen 2167
(Lv). CULTIVATED: Louisiana: DeWolf 915 (Ba). North Carolina:
P, O. Schallert 351 (Se--112297, Se--113560), s.n. [7/25/40] (Ws).

VITEX AGNUS-CASTUS var. DIVERSIFOLIA (Carr.) Schelle

Additional synonymy: Vitex foliis digitatis serratis spicis
verticillatis Blackwell apud Gmel. in L., Syst. Nat., ed. 13, 2:
963. 1796. Vitex agnus castus var. diversifolia Schelle ex C. K.
Schneid,, Illustr. Handb. Laubholzk. 2: 594, 1911. Vitex foliis
digitatis serratis spicis verticillatis L. apud Zangheri, Fl. Veg.
Pinet. Raven, 189, in syn. 1936. Vitex lat. serrat. folio
Gerarde, Herbal, ed. 3, [45]. 1975.

Additional bibliography: Blackwell, Cur. Herb. 1: pl. 139.

1751; Gmel. in L., Syst. Nat., ed. 13, 2: 963. 1796; C. K. Schneid.,

Illustr. Handb. Laubholzk. 2: 594. 1911; Zangheri, Fl. Veg. Pinet.
Raven. 189. 1936; Mold., Phytologia 16: 494. 1968; Mold., Fifth
Summ.) 1¢°373,;'385,. & 386 (1971) and 2: 710) 712, 720,°6° 922.

1971; Mold., Phytologia 28: 452. 1974; Gerarde, Herbal, ed. 3,
[45] & 1387. 1975; Mold., Phytologia 34: 270. 1976,

Illustrations: Gerarde, Herbal, ed. 3, 1387. 1975.

Linnaeus (1796) plainly accredits the polynomial cited above to
"Blackwell herb. t. 139". The reference is sometimes mis-cited as
occurring on "p. 1122". The Blackwell illustration (1751), how-
ever, is of the typical form of the species, the leaflets being
plainly and completely entire-margined.

The Woodbury collection, cited below, was probably taken from
cultivated material, although the label accompanying it does not
so indicate.

Additional citations: CULTIVATED: Egypt: Hassib s.n. [22/12/
1927] (Gz, Gz). Florida: Woodbury s.n. [Coconut Grove, July 20,
1948] (Ws). Missouri: Piehl s.n. [19 Oct. 1968] (Ws).

VITEX AGNUS-CASTUS f£. LACINIOSA (Ces.) Mold., stat. nov.

Synonymy: Vitex agnus castus P laciniosa Ces. in Ces., Passer.,
& Gib., Comp. Fl. Ital. 327. 1874. Vitex laciniosa Arcang., Compl.
Fl. Ital., ed. 1, 886. 1882 [not V. laciniosa Turcz., 1863].

Vitex agnus-castus var. laciniosa Ces. ex Mold., Phytologia
25%, 4194 E972;

Bibliography: Ces., Passer., & Gib., Comp. Fl. Ital. 327. 1874;
Arcang., Compl. Fl. Ital., ed. 1, 561 & 886 (1882) and ed. 2, 444
& 833. 1894; Mold., Phytologia 23: 419, 437, & 438. 1972.

The original description of this variety is merely "Foglioline
laciniata, Qua e 14 colla specie". I have not seen any original
material, so it is entirely possible that his taxon may be identi-
cal with var. diversifolia (Carr.) Schelle.

VITEX AGNUS-CASTUS f. LATIFOLIA (Mill.) Rehd.

Additional synonymy: Vitex agnus-castus PB latifolia Sweet, Hort.
Brit., ed. 1, 323. 1826. Vitex agnus castus 2. latifolia G. Don
in Loud., Hort. Brit., ed. 1, 246. 1830. Vitex agnus-castus f.
macrophylla Hatton, Craftsm. Pl.-book 368, fig. 728. 1909. Vitex
agnus-castus var. latifolia (Mill.) Loud. ex Turrill, Curtis Bot.

Oe —_—

1979 Moldenke, Notes on Vitex 343

Mag. 174: pl. 400. 1962. Vitex agnus-castus latifolia (Mill.)
Loud. ex Enari, Ornament. Shrubs Calif. 170, in syn. 1962.

Vitex agnus-castus cv, "Latifolia" Enari, Ornament, Shrubs Calif.
170. 1962. Vitex agnus castus latifolia Nehrling, Easy Gard.
Drought-—Resist,. Pl., 225, in syn, 1968. Vitex agnus-castus
"Latifolia" McGourty, Plants Gard. 26 (2): 53. 1970. Vitex albida
Lam., in herb.

Additional bibliography: Pers., Sp. Pl. 3: 361. 1819; Sweet,
Hort. Brit, , ed.,\4s 2: 323.,.1826;.G,. Don.in-Loud sz, Bett. Bests
Qed, iL, 246 4.1830; ‘Sweet, Hort. Brits, ed. 2, 416, 16902 -Lamag
Bort, Britayjved. 2,,)531., 16323 Loud.,; Arb... Fructis. Brits 3s. ee:
1838; Sweet, Hort. Brit., ed. 3, 551. 1839; Buek, Gen. Spec. Syn.
Candoll. 3: 502. 1858; Tornabene, Fl. Aetnea 3: 175 (1891) and 4:
486. 1892; Hatton, Craftsm. Pl.-book 368, fig. 728. 1909; C. K.
Schneid., Illustr. Handb. Laubholzk,. 2: 594, 1911; E. L. D. Sey-
mour, New Gard. Encycl., ed. 3, 1292 (1944), ed. ¢ ,1292 (1946),
and ed. 5, 1292. 1951; Blackburn, Trees Shrubs East. N. Am. 302 &
356. 1952; Hatton, Handb. Pl. Flor. Orn. 368, fig. 728. 1960;
Enari, Ornament. Shrubs Calif. 170. 1962; Turrill, Curtis Bot,

Mag. 174: pl. 400. 1962; E. L. D. Seymour, New Gard. Encycl., ed.
6, 1292 (1963) and ed. 7, 1292. 1964; Wayside Gardens, For Autumn
Plant. 115 & 117. 1964; Everett, Reader's Digest Compl. Book Gard.
447. 1966; E. Lawrence, South. Gard., ed. 2, 219. 1967; Mold.,
Phytologia 16: 494. 1968; Mold., Résumé Suppl. 17: 8. 1968; A. & I.
Nehrling, Easy Gard, Drought-Resist. Pl., imp. 1, 226. 1968; Spring
Hill Nurseries (Tipp City, Ohio), Fall Sale Cat. 23. 1968; McGourty,
1200 Trees [Plants Gard. 26 (2):] 53. 1970; E. L. D. Seymour, New
Gard. ;Encycl,,..ed.s 8, 1292. 1970; Mold., Fifth. Summy ‘1%, 23, 27,

50, 205--208, 266, 267, 373, 376, 385, & 386 (1971) and 2: 710--
TLdghh 205. 42h 5 °:923,5 7245 731578494 922. 1971s Anon. Ue Seueee,
Agr. Home Gard. Bull. 181: 3 & 20. 1972; Fletcher in Hillier, Man.
Trees Shrubs, ed. 2, 416 (1972) and imp. ed., 416. 1972; Mold., Phy-
tologia 23: 437. 1972; Skinner, Ornament. Pl, Coastal Northw. 76.
1972; Williamson, Sunset Gard. Book, ed. 3, imp. 11, 440. 1973;
Whitney in Foley, Herbs Use Delight [204]. 1974; Mold., Phytologia
31: 392. 1975; A. & I. Nehrling, Easy Gard. Drought-Resist. Pl.,
imp. 2, 226. 1975; Wyman, Gard. Journ. 25: [45] & 46. 1975; L. H.

& E. Z. Bailey, Hortus Third 1162. 1976; Molds, Phytologia 34: 270.
1976; D. E. Clark, Sunset New West. Gard. Book, ed. 4, imp. 2, 498.
1979.

Additional illustrations: Hatton, Craftsm. Pl.-book 368, fig.
728. 1909; Hatton, Pl. Flor. Ornam. 368, fig. 728. 1960; Spring
Hill Nurseries (Tipp City, Ohio), Fall Sale Cat. 23 [in color].
1968; McGourty, 1200 Trees [Plants Gard. 26 (2):] 53. 1970; Wyman,
Gard,, Journ, 23%. (45.1975.

Recent collectors describe this plant as a tomentose shrub, to 6
feet tall, with a strong aromatic odor ,and numerous annual stems
from a perennial base, flowering in June and August, fruiting in
October. The corollas are said to have been "light-lavender" on
DeWolf & Gruns 2152 and "lilac" on Fogg s.n., while Pancho says
"corolla-lobes RHS [Royal Horticultural Society, London] Wisteria

344 PHYTOLO CG TS Vol. 44, No. 5

Blue 640". Lawrence (1967) reports that in the southern United
States this form of the species starts blooming between June 6
and 21 and ends its period of anthesis in July. Common names re-
corded for it are "broadleaf chaste-tree" and "broad-leaved
chaste-tree", The Spring Hill Nursery (1968) describes it as a
"Distinctive hardy 4 ft. shrub with star-like foliage and magnif-
icent large, deep, lavender spire-like blooms in July and August,
Delightful change of pace for the foundation", They offer it at
$2.50 for a 2-foot plant or $1.65 for a 1--1 1/2-foot plant. The
Nehrlings (1975) assert that it is somewhat hardier than the
typical form and is propagated chiefly by cuttings. They claim
that V. agnus-castus var. macrophylla has still larger leaves and
still deeper-colored corollas, but, lacking more definite evidence,
I am regarding the latter as identical to the wild broad-leafleted
form, Hatton (1960) claims that the form with broad leaflets, like
the typical narrow-leafleted form, has had its seeds considered
anti-aphrodisiac since ancient times. This is probably true, since,
contrary to claims in horticultural literature that it is a culti-
var ("cv."), it is wild and surely native throughout Mediterran-
ean Europe and is even known in fossil form there,
Vitex albida appears to be based on an unnumbered Schultes col-
lection from cultivated material in Germany and deposited in the
Munich herbarium. The specific epithet chosen implies that the
corollas were whitish, but there is no evidence of this on the
preserved specimen or its label.
Material of f. latifolia has often been misidentified and dis-
tributed as typical V. agnus-castus L. On the other hand, the
Jerabek s.n. [November 1944], distributed as this form, actually
does represent, instead, typical V. agnus-castus L.
Additional citations: CULTIVATED: Germany: Schultes s.n. (Mu--
1343). Massachusetts: DeWolf & Bruns 2152 [Arnold Arb. 453-51-A]
(Ba). Missouri: Piehl s.n. [19 Oct. 1968] (Ws). New Jersey: Mol-
denke & Moldenke 29213 (Ld). New York: E. C. Baldwin s.n. [Aug.
15, 1944] (Ba). New Zealand: Syles 16/66 [Herb. Bot. Div. DSIR
173231] (ld). Oklahoma: L. C. Anderson 2390 (Ws). Pennsylvania:
Fogg s.n. [July 18, 1969] (Ba); J. V. Pancho 200 (Ba). South Car-
olina: Rodgers & Mullens 67086 (Au--259510, Ld, Ws). MOUNTED IL-
LUSTRATIONS: Kelly Ornamentals fig. 45 [in color] (Z); Wayside
Gardens fig. 184 [in color] (Z); Wayside Gardens, For Autumn
Planting 117 [in color] (Z).

VITEX AGNUS-CASTUS var. PSEUDO-NEGUNDO Hausskn.

Additional synonymy: Vitex agnus castus var. pseudo-negundo
Hausskn. in Bornm., Beih. Bot. Centralbl. 22 (2) [Pl. Strauss. 3]:
117. 1907. Vitex agnus-castus ssp. haussknechtii var. pseudo-
negundo (Hausskn.) Bornm., ex Parsa, Fl. Iran 4 (1): 540. 1949.
Vitex pseudonegundo Hand.-Mazz. ex Parsa, Fl. Iran 4 (1): 540, in
syn. 1949, Vitex agnus var. pseud. Hausskn. ex Parsa, Fl. Iran 4
(1): 540, in syn. 1949. Vitex hybrida Mold., Résumé 384, in
syn. 1959. Vitex? hybrida Mold. apud R. R. Stewart,

1979 Moldenke, Notes on Vitex 345

Annot. Cat. in Nasir & Ali, Fl. W. Pakist. 608, in syn. 1972.
Vitex angus-castus var. pseudo-negundo (Hausskn.) Hand.—-Mazz., in
herb.

Additional & emended bibliography: Hand.-Mazz., Ann. Hofmus.
Wien 27: 408, pl. 19, fig. 1. 1913; Fedde & Schust., Justs Bot.
Jahresber. 43: 159. 1922; Parsa, Fl. Iran 4 (1): 540. 1949; Al-
Rawi, Iraq Min. Agr. Tech. Bull. 14: 149. 1964; Guest & Al-Rawi,
Fl, Iraq 1: 84 & 106. 1966; Kandelaki, Vestn. Gruzinsk. Bot. Ob8€.
3: 79--87. 1966; Patzak & Rech., Fl. Iran 43: 5--6 & 8. 1967;
Brummitt & Ferguson, Reg. Veg. 61: 190. 1969; Mold., Phytologia
16: 493 & 494 (1968) and 17: 16. 1968; Daoud & Skeikh, Bull. Coll.
Sci, Univ. Baghdad 11 (2): 24--44. 1970; El-Gazzar & Wats., New
Phytol. 69: 483 & 485. 19703. Anon., Biol.’ Abstr. 52 <{5)2 BlA,Set.
C, $.238 & $.240. 1971; Love, Taxon 20: 353. 19713 Motd.,. FLeen
Sumy. °° 208, 266, 267," & “269 C1971) <dnd 23 FIZ, 719, J2a5 7, =
S22, Loris “N, BF. Ge’, Blots AbSete. “S22 2S? PTt= Bootes,

Taxon Index Vols. 1-20 part 1: 382. 1972; R. R. Stewart, Annot.
Cat. in Nasir & Ali, Fl. W. Pakist. 608. 1972; Townsend, Kew Bull.
27: 148 & 149, fig. 1 (center). 1972; Anon., Biol. Abstr. 56 (4):
BOASS ST 265 °95280 2 ‘19732 "Ag RS", Biel . Abatre S6r 18477 1973
Mold., Phytologia 25: 244 & 245 (1973) and 28: 441,.443, & 452.
1974; El-Gazzar, Egypt. Journ. Bot. 17: 75 & 78. 1974; [Farns-
worth], Pharmacog. Titles 7, Cum. Gen. Ind. [118]. 1975; Koiiman,
Act. Bot. Néerl, 24: 462. 1975; S. & D. Talalaj, Bull. Biol. Res.
Cent. Baghdad 7: 32--42. 1976; S. & D. Talalaj, Biol. Abstr. 65:
4710. 1978.

Illustrations: Hand.-Mazz., Ann. Hofmus. Wien 27: pl. 19, fig.
1. 1913; Townsend, Kew Bull. 27: 148, fig. 1 (center). 1972.

Recent collectors describe this plant as a bush or shrub, 1--4
m, tall, and have found it growing along roadsides, on riverbanks
and streamsides, in gravelly sandy-clay or rocky sandy-clay loam,
in dry forests and desert washes, in dry depressions and low bushy
woods, and in the gravel of wadi beds, at altitudes of 11--2300
meters, flowering from May to November, fruiting in March, August,
September, and November. Guest & Al-Rawi (1966) assert that it
is very abundant (10--20 percent) in the Asphodeletum aestivi eco-
logic association on gently sloping hillsides and also is common
among arborescent species along the sides of mountain streams in
the forest zone associated with Paliurus spina-christi and Nerium
oleander.

The chromosome number is reported by Léve (1971) as 2n = 32,
Based on Murin & Sheikh s.n. from Iraq. The Talalajs (1978) re-
port isolating a volatile oil of possible economic importance from
the plant. The corollas are said to have been "blue" on Andersen
& Petersen 443 and Qaiser & Ghafoor 1525, "violet" on Ali 1074 and
Qaiser 209, “lavender" on Long 417, "purple" on Ali & al. 1957,
and "purple with the throat white" on Koelz 13223.

Stewart (1972) quotes Parker to the effect that this plant is
cultivated in gardens on the plains of Pakistan and is best recog-
nized by its “cylindric panicles of bright violet" flowers. The
leaflets on Rechinger 10714 are extra large, greatly resembling

346 PHY. T O-L,0:G dA Vol. 44, No. 5

those of V. negundo L.

Patzak & Rechinger (1967) distinguish this taxon from its close
relatives in the area which it naturally occupies as follows:
Flores plerumque in inflorescentias simplices vel paniculatas dis-

positae; cymae sessiles vel subsessiles; folia plerumque 5--
7-na.
Labium inferius corollae intus non barbatum....V. agnus-castus.
Labium inferius..corollae,intus barbatumenis's «oi b'dcc ods 00k baneen
V. agnus-castus var. pseudo-negundo,.
Flores plerumque laxe paniculatae; cymae manifeste stipitatae;
foliola plerumque 3-~5-04e dvict cviceccliceaceceucccenVe MEGRNOGS

Jafri & Ghafoor, in a personal communication to me, separate

them similarly:
Leaflets 3--5; cymes often somewhat lax and panicled, forming a
pyramidate inflorescence; flowers not fragrant....V. negundo.
Leaflets 5--7; cymes sessile or subsessile, forming a subcylindri-
cal narrow inflorescence; flowers fragrant.
Lower corolla-lobes glabrous or slightly pubescent at the base
POL Visit. id. ds a caklse cede dae 4600 caddenrstee daceaels Ree
Lower corolla-lobes densely ciliate or pubescent.cccccccsececvccese
V. agnus-castus var, pseudo-negundo,
Townsend (1972) separates them thus:
Lower lip of corolla glabrous, or with a few sparse hairs at the
basal angles OGL wsidds cdieded ic oddids cédcgesee Ve AGRUS Rene
Lower lip of corolla bearded with a semicircular line of hairs at
the base
Inflorescence with the lateral cymes more congested; inner sur-
face of calyx with the intermediate veins more or less
zigzag above or tending to merge into the reticulate secon-
dary venation extending from the middle of the tube upwards;
petiolule.of central leaflet ..to 1 cm. long. seasccsenanceuen
V. agnus-castus var. pseudo-negundo.
Inflorescence with the lateral cymes laxer; inner surface of the
calyx with the intermediate veins straight and almost
reaching the sinuses, the secondary venation at most
looping-anastomosing and never reticulate in the tube; peti-
olule of central leaflet to 2 cm. long....eeeeeeeVe negundo.

Handel-Mazzetti (1913) cites Bornmiiller 1536, Handel-Mazzetti
1970, and Sintenis 1305 from Mesopotamia and lists the variety al-
so from Iran. Jafri & Ghafoor cite S. I. Ali 1074, Azher 32 & D-5,
Hamid Ali 5 & C-7, Nath 2430, Qaiser 203 & G-2, Qaiser & Ghafoor
1525, and Sultanul Abedin 6727 from Pakistan, where, they say, it
is called "marwan" and flowers from May to July. They give its
overall distribution as southwest Asia eastward to Afghanistan and
Pakistan. Stewart (1972) cites, also from Pakistan, Aitchison 446,
Harsukh 20615, Lace 3619, Patzak & Rechinger s.n., and Popov 308.
Patzak & Rechinger (1967) cite the following: IRAQ:Bornmiiller 1536;
Guest 800, 865, & 1953; Haley 58; Helbaek 1225 & 1786; Makki 557;
Rechinger 9612, 10714, & 11246; Sutherland 16; Thesiger 1202. IRAN:
Bent & Wr. 503-609; Bornmuller 5128; Grant 15895; Koelz 15444 &
18447; Rechinger 1308, 3996, 5362, & 5778; Shar 1305E; Stapf S.Ne;

1979 Moldenke, Notes on Vitex 347

Stutz 959. RUSSIA: Turkmanskaya: Litw. 2407. AFGHANISTAN: Gabriel
37/3; Kerst. 265; Koeie 2090; Koelz 13223; Lindb. 1960/931; Rechin-
ger 19268 & 32403; Volk 1320. PAKISTAN: Aitchison 446; Bhola s.n.;
Harsukh 20615; Lace 3619; Popov 308; Stewart, Blatt, & Fz. 1435 &
s.n. They give the overall distribution as "Asia austro-occiden-
talis a Turcia et Syria et Kurdistan orientem versus usque ad Af-
ghanistan et Pakistan."

Material of this variety has been widely misidentified as typi-
cal V. agnus-castus L, or as V. negundo L.

Additional citations: EGYPT: Bot. Dept. Herb. s.n.[Kharga Oasis,
Feb. 1931] (Gz, Gz). ISRAEL: Amdursky 280 (N)3; Zohary, Amdursky,
& Grizi s.n. [14.11.1951] (Ba). JORDAN: V. Tackholm s.n. [6/8/
1962] (Gz), s.n. [July 1962] (Gz, Gz). IRAQ: Agnew & Barkley s.n,.
[27-5-1962] (N, N); -F. A. Barkley 32Ir3356 (N); Barkley & Agnew
3290 (N); Barkley, Wahab, & Oraha 6824 (N); Brahim M. 6119 (N);
K. H. Rechinger 10714 (Mu). IRAN: Haltenorth s.n. [27.9.1960]
(Mu); K. H. Rechinger 43617 (Mu); Rechinger & Rechinger 5778 (Ba).
AFGHANISTAN: Andersen & Petersen 443 (N); Griffith 6059 (Pd);
Koelz 13223(W--2193776); L. E. Long 417 (W--2189847); Podlech
16145 (Mu), 16825 (Mu), 17162 (Mu), 18545 (Mu), 18581 (Mu), 19196
(Mu), 19901 (Mu), 21692 (Mu); K. H. Rechinger 19268 (Mu), 32403
(Mu), 37025 (Mu), 37547 (Mu). PAKISTAN: Baluchistan: Abedin &
Hussain 6727 (Kh); Qaiser 209 (Kh); Qaiser & Ghafoor 1525 (Kh);
K. H. Rechinger 29984 (Mu), 30985 (W--2637734); Rechinger, Rech-
inger, Aellen, & Esfandiari 3996 (Ba, Mu). Northwest Provinces:
Ali 5 (Kh), 1074 (Kh); K. H. Rechinger 19617 (Mu). Sind: Ali, Far-
rofi, & Abedin 1957 (N). West Punjab: Iman 32 (Kh).

VITEX AGNUS-CASTUS var. PSEUDO-NEGUNDO f£. ALBIFLORA Mold.
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 15: 87. 1967; Mold.,
Fifth Summ, 1: 266 (1971) and 2: 922. 1971.

VITEX AGNUS-CASTUS £,. ROSEA Rehd.

Additional synonymy: Vitex agnus-castus var. rosea Rehd. apud
Turrill, Curtis Bot. Mag. 174: pl. 400. 1962.

Additional bibliography: Voss in Vilm., Blumengartn, 1: 829,
1895; Blackburn, Trees Shrubs East. N. Am. 302. 1952; Wyman, Shrubs
Vines Am, Gard. 351 & 352. 1956; Mold., Phytologia 8: 26--27. 1961;
Turrill, Curtis Bot. Mag. 174: pl. 400. 1962; Everett, Reader's
Digest Compl. Book Gard. 447. 1966; Mold., Fifth Summ. 1: 207 &
373 (1971)and 2: 712, 721, & 922. 1971; Wyman, Gard. Encycl.,
ings. 1, Livi €197k) and dmp. 2; 1L7L. 19725) Mold... Phytelogia 23:
437 (1972) and 34: 250. 1976; D. E. Clark, Sunset New West. Gard.
Book, ed. 4, imp. 2, 498. 1979.

The corollas on the Brown collection, cited below, are said to
have been "pink" when fresh.

Additional citations: LOUISIANA: Winn Par.: C. A. Brown 7920
CL).

VITEX AGNUS-CASTUS f£. VARIEGATA Mold.
Additional synonymy: Vitex agnus-castus cv. "Variegata" L. H. &

348 PH Y,#: 0:10 6,6,48 Vol. 44, No. 5

E. Z. Bailey, Hortus Third 1162. 1976.

Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 16: 495. 1968; Brum-
mitt & Ferguson, Reg. Veg. 61: 190. 1969; Mold., Fifth Summ, 2:
710, 711, 922, & 970. 1971; L. H. & E. Z. Bailey, Hortus Third
1162. 1976.

VITEX AJUGAEFLORA Dop

Additional bibliography: Wangerin, Justs Bot. Jahresber. 56 (1):
668. 1936; Fedde & Schust., Justs Bot. Jahresber. 56 (2): 286.
1937; Mold., Phytologia 16: 495. 1968; Mold., Fifth Summ, 1: 303
& 373 (1971) and 2: 712 & 922. 1971.

Additional citations: INDOCHINA: Annam: Poilane 6844 (W--
2602629--cotype).

VITEX ALTISSIMA L. f., Suppl. Pl., imp. 1, 294. 1791.

Additional & emended synonymy: Mail-elou Rheede, Hort. Malab.

5: 1--2. 1685. Mail-eloii Rheede, Hort. Malab. 5: pl. 1. 1685.
Vitex trifolia major indica, fructu carnoso, floribus minoribus &
rarioribus Breyn, Prod. Fasc. Rar. Pl., ed. 1, 2: 106. 1688.
Mailelou Rheede apud Adans., Fam. Pl. 2: 12 & 200. 1763. Vitex
appendiculata Willd., Gesell. Naturforsch. Freunde Berlin, ser. 2,
4: 203. 1803 [not V. appendiculata Rottb., 1885]. Vitex altissima
Roxb. ex Wall., Numer. List [48], no. 1755, hyponym. 1829. Vitex
appendiculata Wight ex Wall., Numer. List 86, no. 1755C. 1831.
Vitex latifolia Wight ex Wall., Numer. List 86, no. 1755C. 1831;
Steud., Nom. Bot., ed. 2, 2: 777. 1840 [not V. latifolia Blume,
1837, nor Lam., 1788, nor Mill., 1768]. Vitex pubescens ® appen-
diculata Wight ex D, Dietr., Syn. Pl. 3: 611, in syn. 1843. Vitex
altissima Heyne ex Mold., Phytologia 5: 197, in syn. 1955. Vetex
altissina Kurup, Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. 75: 325, sphalm.
1978.

Additional & emended bibliography: Rheede, Hort. Malab. 5: 1--2,
pl. 1. 1685; Breyn, Prod. Fasc. Rar. Pl.; ed. 1, 2: 106 (1688)
anded, 252: 106.: 17393; Adans., Fam. Pl. 2:3. 12>&.200.: 17635) 55
£., Suppl. Pl. 5 imp. 1, 294.. 17813) Lam. ,)Eneycl.\Meth.- Bots, 227 5n8
1788; Raeusch., Nom. Bot., ed. 3, 182. 1797; Willd., Gesell. Na-
turforsch. Freunde Berlin, ser. 2, 4: 203. 1803; Roxb., Hort. Beng.
46. 1814; Moon, Cat. Indig. Exot» Pl. Ceyl. 1: 46. 1824; Sweet,
Hort. Brit., ed. 1, 1: 323 (1826). and ed. 2,5:4164,1830;)Cs Don ae
Loud., Hort. Brit., ed. 1, 246. 1830; Wall., Numer. List 86. 1831;
G. Don in Loud., Hort. Brit., ed. 2, 246. 1832; Loud., Hort. Brit.,
ed. 2, 551. 18323; G. Don in-Loud,,: Hort... Brits, ed. 3, 246208389
J. Grah., Pl. Bomb. 155--156. 1839; Sweet, Hort. Brit., ed. 3, 551.
1839; Thwaites, Enum. Pl. Zeyl. 2: 244. 1839; D. Dietr., Syn. Pl.
3: 611. 1843; Voigt, Hort. Suburb. Calc. 469. 1845; Buek, Gen.
Spec. Syn. Candoll. 3: 501 & 502. 1858; Thwaites & Hook. f., Enum,
Pl. Zeyl., imp. 1, 244. 1861; Gamble, List Trees Darj. Dist. 61.
1878; Gamble, Man. Indian Trees, ed. 1, 297, 298, & 522. 1881; Tri-
men, Journ. Ceyl. Br. Roy. Asiat. Soc. 9: [Syst. Cat. Flow. Pl.
Ceyl.] 69. 1885; Trimen, Handb. Fl. Ceyl. 3: 356--358. 1895; Nairne,
Flow. Pl. West. India 247. 1894; Cooke, Fl. Presid. Bombay. ed. 1,

1979 Moldenke, Notes on Vitex 349

3: 428 & 429. 1905; Brandis, Indian Trees, imp. 1, 503 & 504, fig.
1755) 29065: J.,°C.. & M. Willis, Rev...Cat. Flow. Pl..Ceyl. .[ Parad.
Man. Bot. 2:] 69. 1911; H. J. Lam, Verbenac. Malay. Arch. 369 &
[371}].,.4919;.Lam.,&. Bakh, ,.. Bull. Jard,. Bot... Buitenz., ser. 3, 3:
48. 1921; Troup, Silvicult. Indian Trees 2: 776. 1921; Alston in
Teimen, Handb...F1.:Ceyl. 6:, Suppl.) 232... 19315. kL. £.4. Suppl. Pia
imp. 2, 294. 1936; Alston, Kandy Fl. 64 & [65]. 1938; Kanjilal,
Das, Kanjilal, & De, Fl. Assam 3: 479, 483, & 561. 1939; P. A.
Russell, U. S. Dept. Agr. Pl. Invent. 159: 26 & 221. 1957; Cooke,
Fl. Presid. Bombay, ed. 2, imp. 1, 2: 508--510. 1958; Abeywickra-
ma, Ceyl. Journ. Sci. Biol. 2: 217. 1959; Worthington, Ceyl.

Trees, 346, ».1959;..Puri,.Indian. Forest. Ecol, 1:2. 3b, 148,149, 153;

& 176. 1960; Gaussen, Legris, & Viart, Ind. Counc. Agr. Res. Veg.
Map Ser. 1: 24, 40, & 41. 1962; Thwaites & Hook. f., Enum. Pl.
Zeyl., imp. 2, 244. 1964; Qureshi, Sympos. Ecol. Res. Humid Trop.
Veg. 127 & 128. 1965; Burkill, Dict. Econ. Prod. Malay Penins. 2:
2277. 1966; Cooke, Fl. Presid. Bombay, ed. 2, 2: 508--510. 1967;
Ellis, Swaminathan, & Chandrabose, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 9: 12.
1967; Gaussen, Legris, & Viart, Ind. Counc. Agr. Res. Veg. Map
Ser. 4: 26. 1967; Kammathy, Rao, & Rao, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 9:
208 & 224. 1967; Ramaswamy, Bull. Boc. Soc. Beng. 21: 96. 1967;
Sebastine & Vivekanathan, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 9: 166, 167, &
178. 1967; Vajravelu & Rathakrishnan, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 9: 43
& 44. 1967; _J. L. Ellis, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 10: 1-7. 1968;
Gunawardena, Gen. Sp. Pl. Zeyl. 147. 1968; Mold., Phytologia 16:
495--496 (1968) and 17: 11--13, 23, 45, 47, 50, 54, & 56. 1968;
Mold., Résumé Suppl. 16: 10. 1968; Vajravelu, Joseph, & Chandra-
sekaran, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 10: 78. 1968; Legris & Blasco,
Inst. Frang. Pond. Trav. Sec. Scient. Techn. 8 (1): 67. 1969; Ag-
arwal, Wood-yield, Pl. India 6/7--68. 1970; Blasco, Inst. Franc.
Pond. Trav. Sec. Scient. Techn. 10: 149, 173, & 426. 1971; Bran-
dis, Indian Trees, imp. 2, 503 & 504, fig. 175. 1971; Mold., Fifth
Sums Le 269,.:279;,...281,) 303,328, ° 337, & 373, 42971) and:22. 570;
7326343557205 726; °728,. 7294::922; 969. & S70, 2971+ Anon... Biot,
Abeer. .253; (10). B.A.S.1.C...5+266., 19725) Mold, Biol, AbsEr., 535
52524.«1972; Mold.,. Phytologia .23:. 423 & 438. 19725. Hegnauer,
Chemotax. Pfl. 6 [Chem. Reihe 21]: 663. 1973; R. R. Rao, Stud.
Flow. Pl. Mysore Dist. [thesis] 2: 755. 1973; Rao & Razi, Journ,
Mysore Univ. B.26: 103. 1973; Serbanescu-Jitariu & Mitroiu, Act.
Bot. Hort. Bucurest,. 1972-73: 116. 1973; Vartak, Bull. Indian
Nat. Sci. Acad. 45: 253. 1973; Mani, Ecol. Biogeogr. India [Illies,
Monog. Biol. 23:] 189, 200, & 772. 1974; Mold., Phytologia 28:
445, 460, 465, & 468. 1974; Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.25: 380.
1975; Menninger, Color Sky 10. 1975; Zimmerm. & Ziegler in Zimmern.
& Milburn, Transp. Pl. 1 [Pirson & Zimmerm., Encycl. Pl. Physiol.,
sere<2,/\L] 24502u 1975;.-L,- He & Ee: 2. Bailey, Hortus Third 1162,
1976; Meher-Homji, Feddes Repert. Spec. Nov. 88: 120. 19773; Sub-
ramanian & Kalyani, Indian Forest. 103: 113 & 117. 1977; Kurup,
Journ. Bombs Nat. Hist... Soc. 75: 325, 329, & 332. 1978;. Sharma,
Shetty, Vivekan., & Rathakrish., Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc. 75:
16 & 33. 1978; Speangers & Balasubramanian, Trop. Ecol. 19: post

350 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 44, No. 5

92. 1978.

Additional illustrations: Rheede, Hort. Malab. 5: pl. 1. 1685;
Brandis, Indian Trees, imp. 1, 503, fig. 175. 1906; Alston, Kandy
Fl. [65], fig. 347. 1938; Worthington, Ceyl. Trees 348. 1959;
Brandis, Indian Trees, imp. 2, 503, fig. 175. 1971.

Recent collectors describe this species as a large shrub or
small to very large tree, 2,.5--33 m. tall, spreading, the bole
often to 1.2 m. long, the crown to 10 m. wide, the trunk fluted,
15--90 cm. in diameter, the branches compressed, channelled,
drooping, the branchlets tetragonal, dark-green, sulcate, the wood
smooth, heavy, weighing 58--60 pounds per cubic foot, even-
textured, varying from light olive-gray to brownish-gray or
grayish-brown, capable of being seasoned, quite durable in water,
very tough, disease-resistant, termite-proof, polishing well, not
easily split, not readily warping, the bark varying from brown or
tan to dull-brown, pale orange-brown, light-tan, ochraceous, yel-
lowish, gray, grayish-white, yellowish-gray, or "creamish-yellow",
fissured or cracked longitudinally, peeling off in narrow strips
2--3 cm. wide or in 2 x 2.5 inch scales, leaving sandy-colored
scars, loose, rough, yellow and fibrous within, the living bark
soft, yellow or d ek-yellow, 5--10 mm, thick, the leaves compound,
usually trifoliolate ("tripalmate"), papyraceous, acuminate,
bronze-colored, usually appearing in March, the old leaves decid-
uous at about the same time, the inflorescence terminal, panicu-
late, flexuous or pendulous, the "cymes scorpioid", the flowers
small, few, fragrant, the calyx pale-rusty or pale-brown, with a
dull-violet base, the filaments pale-purple or white, the anthers
black, the connective blackish, and the fruit drupaceous, round or
spherical, about the size of a pea or 3/8ths inch long, at first
green, later turning dark-blue, blue-black, purplish, purple, or
black, smooth, often with small white dots, the pericarp fleshy,
juicy at maturity.

The corollas are described as "white, tinged with blue” by
Nairne (1894), Cooke (1905), and Sharma & al. (1978), "pale-violet
or white" by Worthington (1959), or "cream-colored, with a white
lip" by the Baileys (1976). Collectors also describe the corollas
in various ways: "white" on Saldanha 13974, "white with prominent
purple lip" on Saldanha 16938, “white, lower lip bluish-purple" on
Cramer 4366, "blue" on Hladik 855, Mueller-Dombois & Comanor
67072528, Ripley 135, Stevens 472, and Sweeney s.n., "bluish" on
Fosberg & Sachet 53010 and Saldanha 14365, "pale-blue" on Comanor
567 and Kostermans 23289 & 23478, “bluish-purple" on Jayasuriya
1262, “bluish-purplish" on Sumithraarachchi DBS.508, "purplish-
blue" on Sumithraarachchi DBS.462 and Waas 1267, “purplish-blue,
lower lip blue" on Jayasuriya 1990, "purple" on Cooray 69111730R
and Ramamoorthy & Gandhi F.F.P.2752, “bluish-purple with middle
lobe of lower lip deep-purple" on Amaratunga 1023, "lilac" on
Bernardi 14304, "violet-blue with lower lip a darker shade, white
around margin" on Davidse & Jayasuriya 8393, “pale-violet" on
Amaratunga 175, Bernardi 15240, and Kostermans 26007, "very light-
pink, lower lobes dark-violet with a yellow stripe at base of tube,

1979 Moldenke, Notes on Vitex 351

the tube with maroon tinge" on Davidse 7338, "mauve-pink" on Ama-
ratunga 268, “lower lip purple, side lobes and upper 2 lobes
purplish-white"on Saldanha 16553, “limb border lavender, paler
within, center lavender" on Fosberg & Jayasinghe 57119, and
"corolla-tube dull pale-violet, white-hairy, with darker longi-
tudinal dashes under the lip. 4 upper petals outside pale, inside
light-blue, lip outside light-blue, inside with yellow base,
further up violet-blue" on Jacobs XI.K.6.

Recent collectors have encountered V. altissima on steep for-
ested slopes and exposed windswept rocky outcrops, in dry decidu-
ous secondary forests and dry forests in general, in evergreen or
semi-evergreen forests, wet deciduous forests, intermediate for-
ests, and "disturbed uneven forests yo 10 m. tall", in jungles and
dry-zone jungles, at the edges of forests or jungles, and in the
forested margins of rock outcrops, on sandy, light-colored, sandy-
pebbly, or "brown-red clayey-lateritic-loamy" soil, even in regions
of more than 56 inches annual rainfall, from sealevel to 1100 m.
altitude, in flower in January and from March to November, in fruit
in April and from July to January.

Ramamoorthy & Gandhi, as well as Saldanha, report the species
as "common" in Mysore, India, although the latter collector also
found it only "occasional" in some localities. Ellis & al. found
it growing along roadsides in Kerala, citing their nos. 20488 &
24004; Vajravelu & al. (1968) list it as "common" in Kerala, citing
Joseph 17138, and (1967) "common" also in Madras, citing their
no. 24106. Sebastine & Vivekanathan (1967) refer to it as "rare"
in the Cheevapara region of Kerala, but as a "common tree on [the]
western slopes of the Devicolam range", citing their no. 25337.
Ellis (1968) found it in Andhra Pradesh, citing his no. 25554,
Kurup (1978) asserts that it inhabits "tropical wet rainforests
in [the] western Ghats, forming [the] top storey with Messua ferrea,
Hopea parviflora, etc."" Agarwal (1970) records it from "Bombay,
Canara, Madras forest distrs., Cochin (Kerala), and Ceylon". Shet-
ty & al. (1978) refer to it as "common" and cite Rathakrishnan
37981 and Sharma 35725. Speangers & Balasubramanian (1978) found
it growing in dry tropical semi-evergreen forests of southeastern
India with Canthium dicoccum, Manilkara hexandra, Hemidesmus
indicus, etc., in monsoon stream areas,

Gaussen & al. (1967) found V. altissima "in the intermediate
storey of the Toona-Garuga Series"; Ramaswamy (1967) cites his no,
2707 from Savandurga. Kammathy & al. (1967) encountered the tree
in dry deciduous forests in Mysore, citing Barnes s.n, Qureshi
(1965) records it from Madras, while Gamble (1881) says that the
"Tree [is] only found in the southern $81 forests". Puri (1960)
lists it from the top and middle layers of tropical evergreen
forests of several luxuriant strata with an understorey of many
ferns and tall herbs in northern Kanara of the western coast of
Malabar; in the top storey of southern tropical wet evergreen
forests in southern Coimbatore the tree is 10--25 m. tall. In As-
sam, Kanjilal & al. (1939) report that it ascends to 4000 feet al-
titude, the hard close-grained wood "valuable for building con-
struction, furniture, carts, boats, oil-mill pestles, etc."

392 P 8ST O LeOM ask Vol. 44, Noes

Nairne (1894) describes the species as "plentiful" in southern
Concan and Canara, asserting that it is "A beautiful tree when in
flower". Clarke (1885) gives its distribution as the "Deccan
Peninsula, especially the west side, up to 4000 ft., common".
Troup (1921) tells us that "The tree stands a moderate amount of
shade, especially in youth; it produces root-suckers. Growth,
according to Gamble, 8 to 9 rings per inch of radius, giving a
mean annual girth increment of 0.7 to 0.78 in." It is also said
to "regenerate anywhere around". Cooke (1958) gives its distri-
bution as only west peninsular India and Ceylon, citing Dalzell

& Gibson s.n., Law s.n., and Stocks s.n. from Concan and Dalzell
& Gibson s,.n., Talbot s.n., and Woodrow s.n. from Kanara, where
he says that it is "plentiful" and "abundant" in evergreen for-
ests, and that its wood is used for building purposes, furniture,
and carts, being in much demand in northern Kanara.

The Baileys (1976) give the species’ distribution as Pakistan,
India, and Sri Lanka, asserting that it is a "Valuable timber
tree used in cabinet work and building construction". Agarwal
(1970) says that "It is considered very good for house-construc-
tion, flooring, in well-construction, for carts, felloes of wheels,
furniture and rarely for sleepers [=railroad ties]. It can be
tried for tool handles." Railroad ties made of this wood are
said to last 30 years.

In Sri Lanka most authors and collectors describe the species
as abundant. Thwaites & Hooker (1861) say that it is "Common in
forests, up to an elevation of 3000 feet", citing Thwaites C.P.
1958, and noting that "This tree produces one of the most valuable
timbers in the island for building and other purposes". Worthing-
ton (1959) lists it from the "low country, dry zone, but also
found elsewhere, the wood used for furniture, wagons, and railroad
ties". He collected it in the submontane region on the dry zone
border. Hallier (1918) found it in cultivation, citing his no.
C.241, deposited in the Hamburg herbarium. Trimen (1895) comments:
"A valuable timber-tree. Wood hard, heavy, close-grained, smooth,
tough, durable, grey; the carpenters distinguish several varieties.
The bark is used as a fomentation in rheumatic swellings. The
wood affords a yellow dye, which is not much employed". It would
be interesting to know if the carpenters' varieties correspond in
any way with the two taxonomic varieties here accepted.

Also in Sri Lanka Bernhardi says "arbor obvia tota in insula
frequens, cortice claro, inflorescentiae candalabriformes". Da-
vidse & Sumithraarachchi, as well as Comanor and Sohmer, refer to
V. altissima as "common" in the forests, but Fosberg & Jayasinghe
refer to it as "infrequent". Cooray calls it a common subcanopy
tree in low-stature evergreen forests dominated by Mischodon zey-
lanicus on reddish soil. Cramer reports it "common in open dry
country", while Fosberg & Sachet found it "common at edge of for-
est around extensive granite outcrops". Kostermans reports it com-
mon in both deciduous and evergreen forests, while Hladik reports
it "common in dry zone near irrigation tank [lake] where under-
growth has been cut"; Mueller-—Dombois encountered it as com-

1979 Moldenke, Notes on Vitex 353

mon in shallow sand between outcropping rocks along roadsides; he
and Jayasuriya report it "rather common in jungle forests", while
he and Comanor affirm that it is a “prominent upper canopy tree
at forest edges next to villu grassland". Ripley describes it

as common in "flushes", Sumithraarachchi came upon it in jungles.

Sweet (1826), Don (1830), and Loudon (1832) all assert that V.
altissima was introduced into English gardens from Sri Lanka in
1802. It is also cultivated in Maryland and Florida, on the basis
on material imported from India by Menninger and represented by
P, A. Russell 194521. Jacobs XI.,K.6 was collected from cultivated
material in Java.

Vernacular names reported by recent collectors and/or authors
include the following: “ahoi", °*“anhvi", “arong", “ashoi"; “banalgay”,
"bulgi", “inhet-longhing", "jadh-gach", "kada-manakku",
"kaddamanakku", "kaddamananakku", "maila", "mairole", "mayilei",
"mee-yan", "meeyan-mililla-gass", "milla", "mililla-gass", "miyan-
milla", "mon-awal", "sapu-miila", "selong-phang", "tall chaste-
tree", "tallest chaste-tree", and "tin-patte".

Linnaeus" original (1781) description of V. altissima is: "VITEX
foliis ternatis integerrimis, panicula verticillata: spicis verti-
cillatis, bacca trisperma. Habitat in vastis sylvis Zeylonae.
Konig. Foliola ovata, utrinque acuminata, supra glabra, subtus
pubescentia." K6nig 77, in part, from Sri Lanka, in the Linnean
Herbarium in London, is the nomenclatural holotype. It is worth
noting here that Moon (1824) correctly maintains V. altissima as
a distinct species separate from what he calls V. pubescens (=V.
pinnata) . both in Sri Lanka. The V. pubescens of Vahl, referred to
in the synonymy above, is V. pinnata and it is to this taxon that
Moon was obviously referring. The date of publication of the V.
pubescens Heyne is erroneously given as "1824" by Santapaugh &
Waugh (1963).

The Cooray 69111730R collection, cited below, was gathered as a
voucher for ecologic observations. Similarly, Ripley 78, 135, &
247 were collected as vouchers for primate ecology studies. Lewis,
on the label accompanying the collection cited below, comments that
this "tree [is] taller and straighter than the ordinary ‘milla’.

It is worth noting here that Kostermans 23478 is only very
sparsely puberulent, rather than pubescent, on the lower leaf sur-
faces. Worthington (1959) erroneously refers to the fruits as
"berries" -- they are drupes. The illustration given by Alston
(1938) certainly looks more like V. negundo L, than it does V.
altissima! Fosberg 56373 is accompanied by a label asserting that
the plant was a "somewhat depressed spreading somewhat woody herb,
flowers orange, closed in afternoon, occasional in fencerow along
weedy roadside" -- obviously a case of mixed labels or some other
stenographic mixup. Similarly, the label with Sohmer 8237 in the
New York and Washington herbaria asserts that the plant had
"flowers orange”, A letter to me from Dr. Sohmer, dated June 17/7,
1977, says "I have gone back to my field book and find that for my
collection 8237 I had only the following notation down: '50 ft.
high tree’. There is nothing about flower color in my notes, and

354 PRE EOkO.oi Vol. 44, No. 5

I assume that either an enthusiastic typist added the notation to
the label that you saw, or it was mistakenly transferred from
somewhere else."

Rheede's illustration (1685) is often cited as representing f,.
juv. alata, but it plainly depicts the typical adult form of V.
altissima, The name, V. pinnata has been applied mistakenly to
V. altissima by many authors and collectors, notably by Alston
(1931, 1938) and Abeywickrama (1959) among authors and by Amaratun-
ga, Cooray, Cramer, Dittus, Hladik, Mueller-Dombois, Mueller-
Dombois & Comanor, Ripley, Sohmer, Waas, and Worthington among
collectors. It has also been misidentified as V. trifolia by
Sohmer, Sumithraarachchi, and others,

The Kostermans 24109 and Moldenke & al. 28188, 28189, 28220,
28228, & 28238, distributed as typical V. altissima, actually
represent f£. subglabra Thwaites, while Flock 362 and Rodgers MRC.
164 are V. bunguensis Mold.

Additional & emended citations: INDIA: Karnataka: Collector un-
determined s.n. [Mysore] (Pd); Ramamoorthy & Gandhi H.F.P.2752
(W--2653611); Saldanha 13974 (N), 14365 (N), 15116 (W--2653612),
16553 (N), 16938 (N)3; W. D. Stevens 472 (Ln--232352); Talbot s.n.
[N. Canara] (Pd). Kerala: Hohenacker 115 (B, Mu--620, Mu, Mu, N,
S, S), sen. [prope Mangalore] (B); Stocks, Law, &c. s.n. [Malabar,
Concan, &c.] (Br, Mu--622, N, Pd, S, W--2497091, W--2497123).
Tamil Nadu: Kostermans 26007 (W--2828795); G. Thomson s.n. [Mont.
Nilghiri & Kurg] (M, Mu--621, Pd, S); R. Wight 2325 (B, Mu--1344,
Mu--1345, Pd, Pd, S, S). State undetermined: Wallich 1755 (Pd),
1755c (Pd). SRI LANKA: Amaratunga 175 (Pd), 268: (Pd), 1023 (Pd);
Bernardi 14304 (W--2765949), 15240 (N, W--2808311); Comanor 567
(N, W--2762569), 576 (N, Pd, W--2762570); Cooray 69111730R (Ac, N,
W--2612109); Cramer 4366 (W--2807756); Davidse 7338 (Ld, W--
2803773), 7446 (Ld, W--2806274); Davidse & Jayasuriya 8393 (Ld,
W--2808657)’; Davidse & Sumithraarachchi 8153 (Ld), 9075 (Ld, W--
2808696); Dittus WD.69102302 (W--2765146, W--2803412), WD.71090606
(W--2805422); F. R. Fosberg 56373 (N, W--2811402); Fosberg & Ja-
yasinghe 57119 (ld); Fosberg & Sachet 53010 (Ld, N), 53011 (Tu);
Gardner s.n. [Jaffna, C.P.1958] (Pd, Pd); Hladik 855 (Pd, W--
2761100); Jayasuriya 1262 (Ac, Ld), 1990 (Ld, W--2807845); Koster-
mans 23289 (Ac), 23478 (Ac, N); J. P. Lewis s.n. [Mulliativu] (Pd,
Pd); Moldenke, Moldenke, Dassanayake, & Jayasuriya 28329 (Gz, Ld,
Pd, W--2764534)3; Moldenke, Moldenke, & Jayasuriya 28256 (Ac, Pd,
W--2764523); Mueller-Dombois 67081404 (Pd, W--2586025A), 68102114
(N); Mueller-Dombois & Comanor 67072507 (Pd, Pd, W--2586024A),
67072528 (Pd, W--2586023A); Reitz 30027 (Ac, W--2762786); Ripley
78 (Pd, W--2719624), 135 (Pd, W--2719619), 189 (Pd, W--2715939),
247 (W--2719625); Sohmer 8210 (N, W--2808328), 8237 (Lc, N, W--
2807754); Sohmer & Jayasuriya 10673 (N); Sumithraarachchi DBS.462
(W--2807746), DBS.508 (W--2807761); Thwaites C.P.1598 (Pd); Waas
1267 (W--2807769); Wirawan s.n. [Wilpattu, 15.9.68] (Pd, W--
2612111); Worthington 383 (K), 1325 (K), 3764 (K), 4506 (K), 4906
(K), 5013 (K),5552 (K), sen. [Kandy, Oct. 24, 1957] (K). THAILAND:
Phengklai, Tamura, Niyomdham, & Sangkachand 4269 (Z). CULTIVATED:

1979 Moldenke, Notes on Vitex 355

Florida: Gillis 8390 (Ft, Z). Java: Herb. Hort. Bot. Bogor.
IV.A.64 (W--449140); Jacobs XI.K.6 (Ba).

VITEX ALTISSIMA £. juv. ALATA (Willd.) Mold., Phytologia 28: 468.
1974.

Synonymy: Vitex alata Willd., Gesell. Naturforsch. Freunde
Berlin, ser. 2, 4: 203. 1803 [not V. alata Kurz, 1885, nor Roxb.,
1803, nor Schau., 1885, nor Wall., 1947]. Vitex alata Roth ex G.
Don in Loud., Hort. Brit., ed. 1, 246. 1830. Vitex appendiculata
Rottl. ex’C. B. Clarke in Hook. £., Fl. Brit. India 4: 584,;*in
syn. 1885 [not V. appendiculata Willd., 1803]. Vitex altissima
yar. alata’ Trim, ex J. Cy & Ms Willis, Rev. Cat Fiow. Pl. Ceyly
69. 1911. Vitex altissima var, alata (Willd.) Mold., Revist.
Sudam. Bot. 5: 2. 1937. Vitex altissima f. alata (Willd.) Mold.,
Phytologia 22: 126. 1971.

Bibliography: Rheede, Hort. Ind. Malab. 5: 1--2, pl. 1. 1685;
Brey, Prod. Fasc. Rar. Pi. , eds 2,;.106..- 17395 Adans., Fan. Pie 2*
12 & 200. 17633; Willd., Gesell. Naturforsch. Freunde Berlin, ser,
2, 4: 203. 1803; Roxb., Hort. Beng. 46. 1814; Roth, Nov. Pl. Sp.
316. "16215 Sweet, Hort. Briti, eda, le 323° 4826) and et. 24
416. 1830; G. Don in Loud., Hort. Brit., ed. 1, 246 (1830) and ed.
2, 246, 1832; Loud,, Hort. Brits, ed. .2,°3551, 18325~C. Donia
Loud,, Hort. Brit.’,' ed. 3, ‘246. 1839; Je-Crahy, Pi. Bonk. 156.1639;
Sweet, Hort. Brit. ed 3,5 S5P 1899? De Dieters, Syn.’ PES eee
1843; Schau. in A, DC., Prodr. 11: 685. 1847; Buek, Gen. Spec. Syn.
Candoll. 3: 501. 1858; Dalz. & Gibs., Bomb. Fl. 201. 1861; Thwaites
& Hook. f., Enum. Pl. Zeyl., imp. 1, 244. 1861; Kurz, Forest Fl.
Brit. Surma’ 2 269, 272, ‘6 GiZS 1877s; €.- Be .Ctarke tn Hooks 2y,

Fl. Brit. India 4: 584. 1885; Nairne, Flow. Pl. West. India 247.
1894; Trimen, Handb. Fl. Ceyl. 3: 358. 1895; Cooke, Fl. Presid.
Bombay, ed. 1, 428 & 429. 1905; Brandis, Indian Trees, imp. 1, 504.
1906; J. C. & M. Willis, Rev. Cat. Flow. Pl. Ceyl. [Perad. Man.
Bot. 2:] 69. 1911; Lam. & Bakh., Bull. Jard. Bot. Buitenz., ser.
35°32 ‘48. 29293 Mold.; Revist. Sudam. Bot, Ss) 2, £9375 Molds, (Ge
ogr. Distrib. Avicenn. 40. 1939; Mold., Prelim. Alph. List Inv.
Names 49 & 50. 1940; Mold., Alph. List Inv. Names 52. 19425; Mold.,
Known Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 1, 55, 75, & 102. 1942; Men-
ninger, 1947 Cat, Flow. Trees 25. 1946; Menninger, Introd. Offer
Flow. Tree Coll. [1]. 1946; Razi, Journ. Mysore Univ. 7 (4): 64.
1946; Mold., Alph. List Inv. Names Suppl. 1: 16. 1947; Mold., Known
Geogr. Distrib. Verbenac., ed. 2, 128, 165, & 200. 1949; Menninger,
1953 Cat. Flow. Trees 16. 1953; Menninger, 1955 Price List n.p.
1954; Mold., Phytologia 5: 200--202. 1955; Cooke, Fl. Presid. Bom-
bay, ed. 2, imp. 1, 508 & 510. 1905; Puri, Indian Forest Ecol. 155.
1960; Dale & Greenway, Kenya Trees 593. 1961; Thwaites & Hook. f.,
Enum. Pl. Zeyl., imp. 2, 244. 1964; Cooke, Fl. Presid. Bombay, ed.
2, imp. 2, 508 & 510. 1967; Agarwal, Wood-yield. Pl. India 67.
1970; Brandis, Indian Trees, imp. 2, 504. 1971; Mold., Phytologia
22: 126. 1971; Anon., Biol. Abstr. 53 (10): B.A.S.I.C. S.266. 1972;
Mold., Biol. Abstr. 53: 5252. 1972; Mold.,: Phytoloagia 23:' 423.
1972; Rao & Razi, Journ. Mysore Univ. B.26: 103. 1973; Mold.,

356 PH L200 LO G LA Vol. 44, No. 5

Phytologia 28: 465 & 468. 1974; Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.25: 380.
1975; Menninger, Color Sky 10. 1975.

Although long regarded as a separate species or as a distinct
variety of V. altissima L.f. by numerous authors in the past, it
seems from field observation that this taxon is merely a "juvenile
form" of V. altissima distinguished by its leaves having more or
less broadly winged petioles, the wings being 8--16 mm. wide,
continuous, dilated, basally cordate and subamplexicaul. Such
leaves are also found on the turions or "watersprouts" often pro-
duced on the periphery of the stumps of cutdown mature individu-
als. They may also be seen on seedlings and on the "suckers"
sent up from underground runners. Some authors have also ob-
served that the leaves on non-flowering branches of mature trees
may have somewhat broader margins on their petioles than are seen
on those of neighboring flowering branches on the same tree. This
was confirmed by my wife and myself in the field in Sri Lanka.

In our experience, however, these nowhere approach the width of
the wings seen on the juvenile plants, turions, and seedlings. On
seddlings the lowermost leaves may even be unifoliolate. Some
authors (e.g., Clarke, 1885) assert that in this juvenile form the
leaves are often 5-foliolate instead of the normal 3-foliolate

of mature trees,

Numerous writers describe the flowers and fruits of "Vitex
alata", but it seems most likely that they are referring, not to
this form, but to V. limonifolia Wall., V. peduncularis Wall. or
V. peduncularis var. roxburghiana C. B,. Clarke, which are the taxa
regarded as "V. alata" by Kurz, Roxburgh, Schauer, and Wallich.

Agarwal asserts that "V. alata Heyne" grows in the western part
of peninsular India and is "common on [the] Western Ghats in
evergreen forests", the wood described as grayish-brown, moderate-
ly hard, rough, capable of being seasoned, taking a fair polish,
appearing to be durable, and weighing 26 kg. per cubic foot. He
adds that "Although from the available records its useful proper-
ty is not found but from the specimens it appears that it can be
usefully exploited for cabinet work & in construction purposes".
Cooke (1958), under the name V. altissima var, alata Trimen, as-
serts that it differs from the typical variety in having its "Peti-
oles always rather broadly winged, widened and cordate at the base;
leaflets very finely pubescent above, densely grey-pubescent be-
neath; flowers more laxly arranged", flowering in April and May,
citing it from Concan (Nimmo s.n.), Deccan (Bhiva s.n.), "S. M.
Country" (Law s.n.), and Kanara (Talbot s.n.). It would appear
from this that he, at least, had seen flowering specimens with the
"juvenile" leaf characters.

Dale & Greenway (1961) aver that "Vitex alata Heyne, an Indian
species, has been collected from the Gogoni forest, Kwale district
[Kenya]: it should not be regarded as indigenous without further
collection",

Puri (1960) found what he called V. altissima var. alata in the
"first storey with Lagerstroemia, Sideroxylon, and Holigarna spp.
in dense evergreen tropical forests" in northern Kanara. He adds

1979 Moldenke, Notes on Vitex 357

that there "The middle storey is poor or absent; likewise ground

cover except for seedlings of the trees". This implies that the

trees were not only flowering, but were producing fruit and
seedlings.

Sweet (1826) and Loudon (1832) agree that "V. alata Roth" was
introduced into cultivation in England from the "E. Indies" in
1818, but Don (1830) gives the date of introduction as 1820.

Clarke (1885) describes "V. alata] Heyne" as having “leaves 3-
foliolate [but some branches, apparently of this, collected by
Shuter, Law, and Stocks, have some of the leaves 5-foliolate],
leaflets subsessile broadly lanceolate subentire mature glabrate
above thinly pubescent beneath, wing of the petiole broad cordate
at base, panicles terminal compound fulvous-villous, corolla
scarcely 1/4 in., drupe 1.5 in. diam." He cites Rottler s.n,.
and Van Royen s.n. from Madras and Cleghorn s.n. from Mysore, com-
menting: "Scarcely differs from V. altissima but by the wing of
the petiole, which is 1/3 -- 2/3 in. wide, continuous [in V.
altissima sometimes winged upwards], dilated, cordate and subam-
plexicaul at the base; leaflets 2 1/2 in.wide [in V. altissima 1
S74 2H, ¥"

Trimen (185) gives the same description given by Cooke, but
adds this interesting comment to the effect that "var. alata_Tri-
men....is kept as a species in Fl, B. Ind., but not given for
Ceylon. Mr. J. P. Lewis informs me that it has a different hab-
it of growth to the ordinary tree, being taller and straighter.
He found a few trees only at Vavaddai and Neduchaddikkulam".
This, again, implies that at least Lewis had seen tall mature
trees with the petiolar characters of alata.

Lam & Bakhuizen van den Brink (1921) distinguish the two taxa
(regarded by them as 2 separate species) as follows:

Petioles 3.8--6.2 cm. long, winged toward the apex, the wings
rotundate, altogether 0.8--l1 cm. broad; leaflets somewhat
pubéscéat ‘Beneath. Fe).. ook. TESCO be eas bee eceeedlGr7e520e

Petioles 7--15 cm. long, winged toward the base, sometimes also
towards the apex, the wings 0.4--1.5 cm. broad; leaflets
pubescent beneath... secs hicsviccestadenvevssevsetevseudlaca

Nairne (1894) says for "V. alata": “scarcely differs from the
last [V. altissima], but the wing of the petiole is more pro-
nounced, and the leaflets sometimes 5, flowers pale-yellow, or
tinged blue [in V. altissima white tinged with blue]. S. M.
country and Wari (D.). Konkan (Lisboa)." Here, again, it is
implied that flowering trees with the alata characters have been
seen, and, furthermore, that the corollas differ in color.

In this connection, Dr. Richard J. Brumpton, in a letter to me
dated March 28, 1975, says: "I have read with interest your re-
port and conclusions about Vitex alata as the juvenile form of V.
altissima,.......Let me confess that my interest is genetic rather
than taxonomic; the kind of observation which you cite begs the
whole question of ‘control of differentiation', It is indeed hard
to imagine the mechanism capable of switching the phenotype between
juvenile and adult stages. (In this part of Britain we see an al-

358 PH F-3O heOee eA Vol. 44, No. 5

lied phenomenon in that the leaves on lower branches of holly are
more heavily thorned than those in the upper part of the tree)."
In this connection it is worth pointing out here again that juve-
nile leaves with very different morphological characters are often
seen in Acacia and Eucalyptus, even with differences in phyllotaxy
in some cases, and numerous juvenile forms of gymnosperms have
been awarded formal nomenclatural status [vid., Rehder, Man. Cult.
Pl., ed. 2 (1940) 53, 54, 59, 60] as well as the well-known case
of Moultonia singularis Balf. f. & W. W. Sm.

Clarke (1885) says after his description of "V. alata Heyne":
"Dalz. & Gibs. Bomb. Fl. 201, not of Schauer, nor of Kurz", imply-
ing, I suppose, a binomial, V. alata, accredited to Dalz. & Gibs.
and one accredited to Kurz; however, since he does not actually
write out these homonymous binomials I am not recognizing them as
having been effectively published and they do not appear in the
synonymy given by me. Vitex alata Schau. is a synonym of V. li-
monifolia Schau.; V. alata Roxb. is V. peduncularis f. juv.
roxburghiana (C. B. Clarke) Mold.; and V. alata Wall. is V. pedun-
cularis Wall,

The only common or vernacular names listed for V. altissima f.
juv. alata are "baruna", "milla", and "winged chaste-tree", The
Mail-elou Rheede, often included in its synonymy, apparently be-
longs, rather to that of typical V. altissima L. f.

On Worthington 2332 the lowest leaves are unifoliolate., The
collections represented by Alston 1328 and Moldenke & al. 28122,
28192, & 28252 were all (according to their accompanying labels)
taken from "a young plant" or a "sapling'’ and Moldenke & al.

28223 from "watersprouts from a cutdown stump - neighboring mature
trees without broad wings". Meijer & Balakrishnan 135 bears labels
reading "tree bole 15 ft., crown 20 ft., girth 6 ft., bole fluted
and twisted at base, inner bark orange-brown, sapwood ochre, hard"
-- obviously taken from a mature tree, but there are no inflores-
cences on the herbarium sheets and the leaves are all of the alata
type! Most important, however, is the R, Wight collection, cited
below, from India which has the broadly alate petioles of alata and
also inflorescences in full anthesis!

Material of V. altissima f. juv. alata has often been identified
and distributed in herbaria as typical V. altissima L, f. or as its
f. subglabra Thwaites. On the other hand, the J. P. Lewis s.n.,
distributed as "V. alata", actually seems to be typical V. altis-
Sima Lt i

Citations: INDIA: Andhra Pradesh: Santapau 20799 (Xa); Santapau
& Wagh 20697 [Wagh 2748] (Xa); Wagh 1306 (Xa), 2859 (Xa). State
undetermined: R. Wight s.n. [Peninsula Ind. orientalis] (N). SRI
LANKA: Alston 1328 (Pd); Collector undetermined s.n. (Pd); Fosberg
& Ripley 51942 (Pd, W--2764803); Kénig 77 in part [Herb. Linn.
811/3] (Ls, N--photo, Z--photo); Meijer & Balakrishnan 135 (Pd,
W--2716026); Moldenke, Moldenke, Dassanayake, & Jayasuriya 28192
(Ac, Gz, Kh, Ld, Pd, Tu, W--2764435); Moldenke, Moldenke, & Jaya-
suriya 28223 (Ac, E, Gz, Kh, Ld, Pd, Tu, W--2764478), 28252 (E, Pd,
Tu, W--2764516); Moldenke, Moldenke, Jayasuriya, & Sumithraarach-

1979 Moldenke, Notes on Vitex 359

chi 28122 (Ac, Gz, Kh, Ld, Pd, W--2764553); Mueller-Dombois & Co-
manor 67062530 (W--2586022A), 68102501 (W--2612108); Ripley 246
(Pd); Worthington 2332 (K). GREATER SUNDA ISLANDS: Java: Backer
s.n. [Sept. 1903] (Bz--24714); Koorders & Koorders-Schumacher
44484b [449%] (Bz--23800), 44720b (Bz--23799). Sumatra: Bal 30
(Bz--23801); Teijsmann 4287 H.B. (Bz--23802). CULTIVATED: Flori-
da: Menninger s.n. [Stuart, August 8, 1946] (N); H. N. Moldenke
21477 (Z). India: Voigt s.n. [H. B. Seramp.] (Cp, N--photo, Z--
photo). Java: Herb. Bur. Agric. Manila IV.A.64 (N); Herb. Hort.
Bogor. XI.K.7 (Bz--25856, N), XI.K.7a (Bz, Bz, Bz, N), XII.B (VI)
28 (Bz--25857, Bz--26246, Bz, Bz, N). Netherlands: Herb. Lugd.-
bat. 908267-237 (Le); Royen 87 (E--photo, Le, N, N--photo, Z--
Photo), 777 (Le).

VITEX ALTISSIMA £. SUBGLABRA Thwaites

Additional & emended synonymy: Vitex zeylanica Turcz., Bull,

Soc. Imp. Nat. Mosc. 36 (2): 223. 1863 [not V. zeylanica Burm,
f., 1768]. Vitex altissima var. zeylanica (Turcz.) C. B. Clarke
in Hook. f., Fl. Brit. India 4: 584. 1885. Vitex altissima var.
zeylanica Clarke ex J. C. & M. Willis, Rev. Cat. Flow. Pl. Ceyl.
69. 1911.

Additional & emended bibliography: Thwaites & Hook. f., Enum,
Pl. Zeyl. 244. 1861; Trimen, Journ. Ceyl. Br. Roy. Asiat. Soc.

9: [Syst. Cat. Flow. Pl. Ceyl.] 69. 1885; Trimen, Handb. Fl.Ceyl.
3: 358. 1895; J. C. & M. Willis, Rev. Cat. Flow. Pl. Ceyl. [Per-
ad. Man. Bot. 2:] 69. 1911; Mold., Phytologia 16: 496. 1968; Mold.,
Fifth Summ, 1: 281 & 373 (1971) and 2: 713, 731, & 922. i973
Mold., Phytologia 23: 438. 1972.

This is a form of questionable validity, It is described as
having its mature leaf-blades "quite glabrate beneath" and 5 in
number, In several collections cited below they are, indeed,
apparently completely glabrous on both surfaces, but in others the
depressions in the veinlet reticulation beneath are microscopic-
ally puberulent much as might be seen if the hairs were all mechan-
ic ally brushed off from the typical form. Most of the specimens
seen by me have 3 leaflets. More field work is needed to ascer-
tain if this form is worth maintaining. Trimen (1895) says that
it "is scarcely worth notice". Clarke (1885) cites Thwaites s.n.
and Walker s.n. from Sri Lanka.

It should be noted, that Burman's V. zeylanica is actually a spe-
cies of Stereospermum in the Bignoniaceae, but it effectively pre-
cludes the use of the epithet, "zeylanica", by Turczaninow (1863)
and therefore also by Clarke (1885). Turczaninow's V. zeylanica
is based on Gardner 674 from Sri Lanka,

Recent collectors describe V. altissima f. subglabra as a large
subcanopy tree, 4--20 m. tall, the trunk 1 m. or more in girth,
to 20 cm. in diameter, with steep buttresses, the bole 15 feet
tall, the crown 20 feet wide, the bark "ochraceous-rosy-red" or
light pinkish-brown, with many cracks, soft, 1 mm. thick, the liv-
ing, bark orange-brown, 3 mm. thick, the inner bark yellow when
freshly cut, the sapwood ochre, the leaves 3- or 5-foliolate, the

360 PEE O8 LOG AEA Vol. 44, No. 5

fruit green "when mature" [more probably when immature!], borne in
"bunches on scorpioid cymes". They have found it growing in
jungles and jungle margins, in submontane forests on steep hill-
sides, in low-stature evergreen forests dominated by Mishodon
zeylanicus on reddish soil, "amongst cultivated land" and in "for-
est confines in open" in the wet zone, at low altitudes to eleva-
tions of 2500 feet. Kostermans refers to it as "common" and the
Moldenkes refer to it as "rather abundant", bur Bernardi claims

it to be "rare", It has been collected in anthesis in January,
May, and June, and in fruit in January and October, Worthington
comments that in the wet zone in Sri Lanka the leaves have "very
long drip-points" as compared to those in drier districts.

The corollas are said to have been "pink" on Kostermans 24109,
"pale-violet" on Amaratunga 1343, and "pale-blue and lilac" on
Bernardi 14183. Moldenke & al. 28238 exhibits one leaf with 5
leaflets; no. 28189 was taken from a tree where only some
branches had somewhat alate leaves, others non-alate, and the same
situation was found on the tree from which no. 28188 was taken; the
trees from which nos, 28228 and 28238 were taken had many leaves
exhibiting narrow wings on the petioles,

It should be mentioned that, in spite of what Clarke asserts
(1885), Thwaites, in the 1861 work cited by Clarke, actually does
not propose a trinomial name for the subglabrous-leaved tree. His
statement (for V. altissima) is merely "Folia subglabra vel subtus
molliter pubescentia, petiolo saepe plus minus alato".

The only vernacular name specifically reported for this form is
"milla".

Material of this form has been identified as typical V. altissi-
ma lL. f. by many workers and also as V. pinnata L. and so distrib-
uted in herbaria. On the other hand, the Collector undetermined
Sen. at Peradeniya and Ripley 246, distributed as this form, actu-
ally represent f. juv. alata (Willd.) Mold.

Additional citations: SRI LANKA: Amaratunga 1343 (Pd); Bala-
krishnan & Jayasuriya NBK.886 (N, Pd, W--2720184); Bernardi 14183

(W--2766472); Kostermans 24109 (Ac, Pd, W--2716116); Meijer 412
(Pd, W--2718562); Moldenke, Moldenke, & Jayasuriya 28220 (Ac, Gz,
Kh, Ld, Pd, Tu, W--2764494, Z), 28228 (Ac, E, Gz, Kh, Ld, Pd, Tu,
W--2764489), 28238 (Ac, E, Gz, Kh, Ld, Pd, Tu, W--2764480); Molden-
ke, Moldenke, Jayasuriya, & Sumithraarachchi 28188 (Ac, E, Gz, Kh,
Ld, Pd, Tu, W--2764443), 28189 (Ac, E, Gz, Kh, Ld, Pd, Tu, W--
2764442); Mueller-Dombois 68102114 (Ld, Pd, W--2612110); Sohmer,
Jayasuriya, & Eliezer 8271 (Lc, N, W--2807753); Waas & Peeris 540a
(W--2803418); Walker s.n. [Ceylon] (Pd--type); Worthington 2528
(Eh. S622 (isn

VITEX ALTMANNI Mold.
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 15: 227. 19673; Mold.,
Fifth Summ,..13,.328, (1971). and 2:; 922. 1971,

VITEX AMANIENSIS Pieper
Additional bibliography: Fedde & Schust., Justs Bot. Jahresber.

—

1979 Moldenke, Notes on Vitex 361

57 (2): 402. 1938; Mold., Phytologia 15: 227. 1967; Mold., Fifth
Summ. 1: 238 (1971) and 2: 922. 1971.

Tanner describes this species as a tree, 8 feet tall, growing
in groups, the stem single, the flowers aromatic, and the corol-
las "mauve". He encountered it in thickets on rich brown loan,
flowering in October. He records the vernacular name, "mnegege",
and asserts that the roots are used medicinally for "sharp pains
in the stomach", the roots being boiled and the resulting liquid
drunk,

Additional citations: TANZANIA: Tanga: Tanner 3315 (N).

VITEX AMBONIENSIS Giirke

Additional & emended bibliography: Giirke in Engl., Pflanzenw.
Ost-Afr. C:. 340. 1895; J. G. Baker in Thiselt.-Dyer, Fl. Trop.
Afr. 5: 317, 329, & 330. 1900; Fedde & Schust., Justs Bot. Jahres-
ber. 57 (2): 403. 1838; H. N. & A. Le Mold., Pl. Life 2: di, i946;
J. Ke Jacks., Journ. Ecol. 44: 353. 1956; Dale & Greenway, Kenya
Trees Shrubs 593. 1961; Watt & Breyer-Brandwijk, Med. Poison Pl.
S. East. Afr., ed. 2, 1055 & 1454, 1962; Mold., Phytologia 16:

496 (1968) and 17: 42. 1968; Van der Schijff, Check List Vasc. Pl.
Kruger Natl. Park 81. 1969; Mold., Fifth Summ. 1: 234, 238, 241,
245,5::246,:.2483) 252, 2575 & 373-(1971), and 2:,.713, 720,;,789,, 9225

& 923. 1971; Palmer & Pitman, Trees South, Afr. 3: 1950, 1951,
1954--1955, 1957, & 1962. 1972.

Additional illustrations: Palmer & Pitman, Trees South. Afr. 3:
1954. 19/72.

Ward encountered this species in sandy soil in the green-tree
veld, at 200 feet altitude, flowering in November, and describes
it as a shrub, 18 feet tall, with mauve corollas. Dale & Greenway
(1961) assert that in Kenya it inhabits the scrub and forest edge
in the coastal districts. They record the vernacular name,
"mufudu", and cite Jeffery K.152, Napier 6327, and Van Someren 64
from Kenya. Van der Schijff (1969) cites Lam 27, "C.5434", and
Van der Schijff 152, 740, 2902, & 3689 from Kruger National Park,
Watt & Breyer-Brandwijk (1962) list the vernacular name, "mialali",
and note that the plant is a Swahili antidote for snake-bite.

Palmer & Pitman (1972) list the common names, "Amboni vitex"
and “mupfumbu-pfumbu", and say that the species "enters South Af-
rica in the north eastern Transvaal and northern Zululand, and
South West Africa in the Caprivi Strip, growing in coastal and in-
land bush, often on quartzite ridges, in scrub forest, and in
savannah, In Zululand it is a particularly common species around
False Bay. In South Africa it is usually a small or medium-sized
tree, either bushy or straggling, or a shrub, although in tropical
Africa it is reported up to 14 m. high. The bark is rough and gray
or brown, the branches slender, and the young twigs covered with
yellow-brown or mustard-coloured hairs...The flowers are white, li-
lac or purple, or sometimes 2-coloured, with a calyx that is red-
brown and velvety -- as are the bracts....The fruits, ripe about
April, are large -- up to 3.8 cm. in diameter -- oval, green spot-
ted with white when young, turning purple, with a conspicuous sau-
cer-like calyx. They are said to be inedible." [to be continued]

MAESA (MYRSINACEAE) IN MICRONESIA

By F. R. Fosberg and Marie—Héléne Sachet

The genus Maesa has many, mostly ill-distinguished species
in the Indo-Pacific region. Four of these, one with three vari-
eties, occur in Micronesia, all probably endemic. We present a
tentative treatment with descriptions and a key. Two of the
species and one variety are described here as new.

Maesa Forsk., Fl. aeg.-arab. 66, 1775.--Mez. Pflanzenr. IV,
236: 15-54, 1902.--A. C. Smith, Jour. Arn. Arb. 54: 3-36, 1973.

Shrubs or small trees, leaves simple, margins entire to
dentate, pinnately veined, with secretory canals in the tissues,
sometimes appearing as glandular lines or areolations on the
surfaces; flowers in simple or branched racemes, these one or
more in an axil, or in loose terminal panicles, with bracts at
bases and apices of pedicels; flowers 4- or 5-merous, sepals
imbricate or not at bases, margins often glandular-erose, sur-
faces usually gland-dotted; corolla deeply or shallowly lobed,
tube included in or somewhat exserted from the calyx; anthers
inserted in front of and below corolla lobes; ovary inferior
or partly so, ovules many on a central placenta, hypanthium with
or without longitudinal ridges or glandular lines, style short,
from a lobate disk, stigma subcapitate to somewhat lobate; fruit
baccate, crowned by persistent calyx, seeds loose or coherent in
a mass embedded in pulp.

A. C. Smith (Jour. Arn. Arb. 54: 3-6, 1973) in discussing
the Fijian Maesa species, has aptly described the taxonomic
problems presented by this genus. The Micronesian species,
though fewer, are fully as difficult. Here is offered a tenta-
tive treatment of the Micronesian species with a key which, it
is hoped, may enable others to name specimens and possibly de-
limit populations in the field. Two new species and one new
variety are described.

A character used in this key which may be unfamiliar,
perhaps peculiar to the Myrsinaceae and especially to Maesa,
is the presence of what have been called "nervilliform lines"
(Mez), "resiniferous lines" (Mez), or "secretory canals"

362

1979 Fosberg & Sachet, Maesa in Micronesia 363

(Smith) in the tissue of the leaves. These are not always evi-
dent in dried specimens though frequently more so in cleared
preparations. In certain species, including 3 out of the 4
Micronesian ones, they show up as fine sinuously parallel lines
forming a network or areolation, easily mistaken for a venation
pattern. However, this areolation, dark in color, is seen, when
magnified, to be independent of the network of veins. In the
following key and descriptions, it is only mentioned if it shows
up at least on the under surface of relatively young leaves in
dried specimens. The areolation is usually somewhat elongate
parallel to the principal side veins.

Key to Micronesian Taxa

1. Flowers tetramerous, young growth pilose.........ssseeeeeee
eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee & Maesa canfieldiae

1. Flowers pentamerous, young growth scurfy to subglabrous...2-

2. Nervilliform lines forming an areolation with cells
elongate parallel to the lateral nerves.........++++++3

3. Immature fruit with prominent vertical dark
lines, stigma included in calyx, lenticels large,
abundant on branches.................- Maesa walkeri

3. Immature fruit not lineate, stigma slightly
exserted from calyx in young fruit, lenticels
present but small and not abundant ......-...eeeees
POP e P ET or ere Pere rye eee e ee

2. Nervilliform areolation lacking or at least not easy
to see, (Meesa caroOligensia) ss xsc0 50s cannds tesanne tee ene

4. Pedicels about 1 mm long or 1leSS....-.eeeeeeeeeeees
we cccceceeeeees Maesa carolinensis var. subsessilis

4. Pedicels over 1 m, elongating*‘to 3-4 mm, becoming
eet Lee) 40) TSW e os bed Gh aka wee meee eee

5. Leaves mostly broadly obovate, contracted
to an acute or attenuate baS€... eee eeeeeeeeees
weeeeeeeee Maesa carolinensis var. carolinensis

364 Pe YP Oo LO C*Fra Vol. 44, No. 5

5. Leaves mostly broadly ovate to very broadly
elliptic, base founded to subcordate ...... has
Maesa carolinensis var. kusaiensis

Maesa canfieldiae Fosberg & Sachet, n. sp.

Frutex vel arbuscula ramulis bruneolis minute lenticellatis
brevi-pilosis, folia oblonga vel anguste ovata vel obovata acu-
minata marginibus subintegris supra sparse strigulosis infra
costis venisque brevi-pilosis nervilliformi-lineolatis longi-
areolatis, petiolis 1-1.5 cm, racemis axillaribus solitariis 1-2
cm longis vix ramosis sparse pilosulis, bracteis pedicellorum
grandis vix connatis late ovato-deltoideis hispidulis lineatis,
flore 4-mero, corolla tubo 203 plo lobis, bacca globosa lineata.
(Typus: Angaur, Canfield 693 (US)).

Shrub or small tree, with slightly zigzag brown minutely
lenticellate shortly pilose branchlets; leaves oblong to nar-
rowly ovate or narrowly obovate, apex prominently acuminate,
base rounded, margin subentire, upper surface sparsely appressed
hirtellous, under surface paler, pilosulous on midrib and prin-
cipal veins, with fine "nervilliform lines" parallel with main
nerves, forming an elongate areolation quite visible to naked
eye, petiole 1-1.5 cm, shortly pilose; racemes axillary, soli-
tary, 1-2 cm long, not or very rarely branched, sparsely
pilosulous, rhachis-bracts minute, acuminate, notably pilosulous,
pedicels 1-2 mm long, bracts at their summits large, broadly
ovate-deltoid, slightly carinate, slightly connate at least on
one side, hispidulous, lineate, margin slightly glandular-erose;
flowers 4-merous, calyx lobes broadly ovate, obtuse, lineate,
glandular, hypanthium strongly glandular, corolla with tube 2-3
times the length of the lobes, sub-urceolate, strongly and
closely lineate, lobes rounded to obtuse, some slightly mucronu-
late, anthers included, orbicular, on short filaments, inserted
part-way up tube, style very short, included in calyx in fruit,
stigma truncate, depressed in center; immature fruit globose,
with many raised longitudinal dark brown lines, mature fruit
globose, about 5 mm diameter, white, juicy, sweet, edible; seeds
obpyramidal, mature ones unavailable.

This species is known only from Angaur, Palau, and is said
by the local inhabitants to have only been known to them since
World War II. It may well be an introduction from elsewhere,
but we have not been able to match it. It seems closest to

1979 Fosberg & Sachet, Maesa in Micronesia 365

to obtuse or slightly bluntly acuminate, lower surface minutely
puncticulate, veins 5-8 on a side, petiole 2-4 cm; racemes slen-
der, up to 10 cm, scarcely scurfy, very densely flowered, pedi-
cels to 4 mm, becoming reflexed, rhachis bracts ovate-triangular,
bracts at summit of pedicel very broadly ovate, with very wide
hyaline margins, margins of bracts and calyx lobes glandular-
erose, calyx lobes broadly triangular-ovate, obtusish to acute,
scarcely auriculate, black-dotted; corolla tube slightly exceed-
ing calyx, lobes rounded, with dark veins when dry; style some-
what exserted from calyx in young fruit, stigma small, peltate.

Endemic to Ponape.

Caroline Is.: Ponape: s.l., Kanehira 837 (US), 1634 (US), 1557
(P); Langar, Hallier 92 (HBG, US); Paue, Monte Santo, 700 n,
Ledermann 13586a (B, syntype, here designated as lectotype);
Patapat, Abh. des Tols, 20-600 m, Ledermann 13187 (B, syn-
type).

Maesa carolinensis var. kusaiensis Fosberg & Sachet, n. var.

Folia late ovata vel late elliptica basi rotundata vel
subcordata, rachidibus racemorum juniorum spadiceis-—furfuraceis
a var. carolinensis divergens. (Typus: Hosokawa 6341 (US)).

Leaves broadly ovate to very broadly elliptic, base rounded
to subcordate, apex obtuse to broadly and bluntly slightly acum-
inate, petiole 1-3 cm; racemes only very shortly or scarcely
pedunculate, rhachis and pedicels brownish scurfy when in flower.
Otherwise as in var. carolinensis.

Endemic to Kusaie.

Caroline Is.: Kusaie: without loc., Kanehira 1359 (US); H. F.
Moore 82 (US); Malemu, utwa, Fenkol-sanroku, VII. 31,
1933, Hosokawa 6341 (US, holotype, 2 sheets).

Maesa carolinensis var. subsessilis Hosokawa, Jour. Jap. Bot.
13: 612-613, 1937.

Leaves as in var. carolinensis but usually somewhat nar-
rower (except in Hallier 93 and Evans 1263), petiole 1-2 cn,
racemes usually fascicled, on dwarf branchlets, 2-4(-5) at a
node, not pedunculate, not or scarcely scurfy, pedicels mostly

366 PH. YT! 0 L:0.G,5yA Vol. 44, No. 5

M. papuana Warb., to which it keys in Mez monograph (Pflr. IV,
236: 16-23, 54, 1902), and to M. tetrandra (Roxb.) A. DC., to
which it keys in Backer and Bakhuizen, Flora of Java 2: 195,
1965. From M. papuana it differs in the abundant pilose rather than
scurfy indument and the much larger leaves with longer petioles.
From M. tetrandra it differs in the rounded rather than ovate-
triangular corolla lobes, the included rather than exserted
stamens, the much shorter leaf-pubescence, and the prominent
rather than obscure or absent nervilliform areolation. It agrees
with both these species in the long corolla tube and tetramerous
flowers.

Caroline Is.: Palau Is.: Angaur I.: along road NE of boat
basin, 3 m, Canfield 693 (US, holotype); along old road,
parallel to and W of airstrip, 4 m, Canfield 210 (US);
0.6 mi. E of boat basin, 3 m, Canfield 416 (US); along
road above S bank of NW lake, 10 m, Canfield 759 (US);
along road 1/4 mi. W of S end of airfield, 3 m, Canfield
767 (US).

Named for the collector of all of the known specimens, Miss
Joan Canfield, former Smithsonian Peace Corps volunteer botanist
who made notable collections in Palau in 1977-1979.

Maesa carolinensis Mez, Bot. Jahrb. 56; 535, 1921.

Shrub or small tree, young parts and racemes glabrous to
somewhat scurfy, twigs rather prominently lenticellate; leaves
with medium to broad blades, not noticeably nervilliform-
areolate, margins entire to slightly undulate, petioles much
shorter than blades; racemes 1 to usually several in an exil,
nearly as long as leaf blades, pedicels becoming reflexed,
bracts minute, those at summit of pedicel to 2 mm long; flowers
5-merous, corolla tube included in calyx; immature and mature
fruit without vertical lines or ridges, about 3 mm diam. (Type:
Ponape, Ledermann 13586a (B)).

Endemic to Eastern Caroline Islands, one variety each on
Truk, Ponape and Kusaie.

Maesa carolinensis Mez var. carolinensis

Glabrous, leaves tending to be broadly obovate, up to 24
cm long contracted to an acute or attenuate base, apex rounded

1979 Fosberg & Sachet, Maesa in Micronesia 367

less than 1 mm long, even in fruit; calyx lobes rounded, tending
to become acute in young fruit, disk very small, stigma included
in persistent calyx.

Endemic to Truk Group.

Caroline Is.: known from Moen, Dublon, Fefan, Tadiu, Eten, Tol
islands. Vernacular name "erenippoi."

Caroline Is.: Truk: s.1. Koidzumi in 1915 (US); Moen I., 100-
400 m, Evans 1263 (US, BISH); Dublon I., Hosokawa 6540 (US);
Tol I. Hosokawa 8322 (US, isotype); Mt. Tumital, Fosberg
24454 (US, BISH, Fo); "auf dem Tolowan," Hallier 93 (HBG,
US).

Maesa palauensis Mez, Bot. Jahrb. 56: 536, 1921.

Maesa sp., Kawagoe, Bull. Kagoshima Imp. Coll. Forestry 3:
188, 1918.

Shrub or small tree, branchlets slightly zigzag, only
moderately lenticellate, youngest parts rusty scurfy; leaves
very broadly elliptic or ovate to suborbicular, apex bluntly
somewhat acuminate or acutish to obtuse or rounded, base obtuse
to rounded or subtruncate, margin irregularly slightly undulate,
slightly revolute, main veins 6-8, nervilliform areolation of
under side of young leaves tending to be dark and areolae some-
what elongate parallel to direction of main veins, crossed by
occasional heavier veins, petiole 2.5-5 cm long; racemes 3-8
cm long, not pedunculate, well-developed ones with one to sev-
eral branches near base at nearly 90° to rachis, not particu-
larly scurfy even when young, bracts at bases of pedicels about
1 mm long, ovate triangular, the pair at summit of pedicels
similar, slightly broader, slightly acuminate or not; calyx
lobes triangular-ovate, usually somewhat acuminate, somewhat
hyaline-margined, slightly glandular-erose; coralla tube in-
cluded or somewhat exserted from calyx, lobes rounded; style
included in calyx, even in fruit, very short, stigma scarcely
larger than style, obscurely lobate, center tending to be de-
pressed, disk lobate, decurrent on style; fruit globose, fleshy,
about 3 mm thick, white or pinkish white, crowned by somewhat
appressed or connivent calyx lobes, at least when immature not
lineate. (Type: Palau, Koror, Ledermann 14084 (probably
destroyed)).

368 PRY TO LL O'e te Vol. 44, No. 5

Most easily distinguished from M. carolinensis by the
visible nervilliform areolation on young leaves and the more
frequently branched racemes.

Known only from the Palau Islands, widely distributed there.
Vernacular names "ngalibeab," "detimel," "bleagd."

Caroline Is.: Palau: "Coral Is." Kanehira 2547 (US); S Babel-
daob, Airai Munic., along airport road W of Gihmel R.,
Canfield 579 (US); NE Koror, 1/2 mi. S of Koror-Babeldaob
bridge, 4 m, Canfield 569 (US); 5-10 m, "ngalibeab"
(sterile), Fosberg 32100 (US, BISH, Fo, NY); north section,
25 m, Hosaka 3324 (US, BISH, Fo, NY); Ngermid, Salsedo 344
(US); Tor Uil I.: between Koror and Malakal, 3 m, "detimel,"
Fosberg 47604 (US, BISH, Fo); Todai-yama, Kanehira 1869
(US, P); Urukthapel: east end of island, 1 n, Fosberg
32020 (US, BISH, Fo, NY, L); s.1., Dutton 89 (US, BISH, Fo);
south side of SW peninsula 1-2 m, Fosberg 32228 (US, BISH,
Fo, NY, L); Dutton 89 (US, BISH, Fo); Peliliu: Tuyama s.n.
in 1937; Blackburn 284 (US, BISH); Purple Beach, east coast,
coral spit, 2 m, Fosberg 32007 (US, BISH, Fo, NY, L);
Angaur: northwest corner of island, 25 m, Fosberg 25898
(US, BISH, Fo, NY, L); NW Angaur, S of NW Pond, 10 n,
Canfield 698 (US); roadside midway between Lakes A & D,

10 m, Canfield 207 (US).

Maesa walkeri Fosberg & Sachet n. sp.
Mesa sp. Fosberg, Checklist Guam Pl. 79, 1960.

Frutex vel arbuscula, ramulis castaneis, conspicue albo-
lenticellatis, glabris praeter pars juvenibus spadiceo-
furfuraceis; folia ovata vel late-ovata plerumque acuta basi
rotundata vel subcordata saepe inaequalibus, marginibus leviter
dentatis vel subintegris, petiolis gracilis 1-3 cm; racemis
axillaribus maxime 9 cm raro ramosis, pedicellis 2-4 mm, post
anthesin reflexis, bracteis deltoideis; lobis corollis 5,
orbicularibus in sicco venosis; bacca globosa lineata 5-6 mm
diametro. (Typus: Rota, Fosberg 31858 (US)).

Shrub or small tree, to at least 3 m tall, branchlets
reddish brown, conspicuously white-lenticellate, not or scarcely
zigzag, glabrous except youngest growth brown-scurfy; leaves
ovate to broadly ovate, varying greatly in size from plant to
plant, 5-12 cm long, apex usually bluntly acute, rarely

1979 Fosberg & Sachet, Maesa in Micronesia 369

obtusish, base rounded to truncatish or subcordate, frequently
the two sides somewhat unequal, margins shallowly dentate to
subentire, midrib red, nerves 5-9 on a side, reddish, tending to
be somewhat closer together near base, nervilliform areolation
clear beneath, somewhat elongate parallel to nerves, petioles
slender, 1-3 cm long; racemes up to 9 cm long, usually much less,
rarely branched, with pedicels nearly to base, bracts firm, tri-
angular, acute, pale or, rarely, black margined, pedicels be-
coming reflexed in fruit, 2-4 mm long; calyx lobes broadly ovate,
acutish, slightly glandular-erose; corolla white, tube subequal
with calyx, lobes orbicular, auriculate, abundantly marked with
dark red or brown veins when dry; anthers orbicular, about 0.5
mm across, on short filaments; style about 0.5 mm long, funnel-
shaped at apex, stigmatic margin irregularly 5-lobed; fruits
globose or subglobose with numerous fine vertical lines or ridges
when almost mature or mature, 5-6 mm in diameter, fleshy, trans-
lucent white or pink when mature, soft, with little flavor but
somewhat refreshing when eaten; seeds dark brown, roughly
tetrahedral, angular, about 1 mm long, surface dull, cellular-
reticulate.

Probably closest to M. palauensis, but differing in un-
branched racemes and conspicuously lined immature fruits. Known
only from Rota and Guam in the southern Marianas.

Marianas Is.: Rota: road to Sabana area, 200-400 m, Sachet 1800
(US, BISH); west end of island above Songsong, 200-300 an,
Sachet 1778 (US, BISH, POM, MO, L); second terrace from
top, 320m, Fosberg 31858 (US, holotype, BISH, Fo, NY, L,
isotypes); trail up to Sabana region, 150-250 m, Evans 2134
(US, BISH, Fo, NY, L).

Guam: south peak of Mt. Lamlam, 380 m, Fosberg & Evans
46243 (US, BISH, Fo, MO, L); ridge south of Mt. Lamlan,
385 m, Fosberg 35331 (US, BISH, Fo, NY, L); track from
Cetti Bay lookout to top of Mt. Lamlan, 200-405 m, Evans
1721 (US, BISH, Fo, NY, L); Mt. Lamlam, 370 m, Fosberg
46249 (US, BISH, Fo, NY); Moran 4708 (US), Moore 243 (US).

Dedicated to Dr. Egbert H. Walker, for many years a leading
authority on the Myrsinaceae.

BOOK REVIEWS

Alma L. Moldenke

"WHY BIG FIERCE ANIMALS ARE RARE. An Ecologist's Perspective" by.
Paul Colinvaux. viii & 256 pp. Princeton University Press,
Princeton, New ,Jersey 08540. 1978. $9.50.

This is a small, easy-to-read collection of essays that seem
deceptively more like written out chats easy to pick up but hard
to put down because of the effective explanations to basic ques-
tions like the title, why the sea is blue, and many more. "A111
the machinations of life in ecosystems must be products of the
process of natural selection.....which designs species," Every
species has its niche (place in the grand scheme of things) and
its breeding strategy to leave the largest possible number of sur-
viving offspring, yet the total numbers remain the same because
the number of habitats (for niches) is about the same - resulting
in "a tenuous peaceful coexistence of the living things on earth,
But eventually one kind of animal [guess?] found it possible to
keep occupying new niches at will, always adding the niche-spaces
of others to its own......inevitably hostile to the interest of
almost all the other kinds, for it engages in aggressive compet-
ition, instead of peaceful coexistence." There is much, much
more that you will find on reading and rereading this book. Do
get yourself a copy.

"POPULATIONS IN A SEASONAL ENVIRONMENT" by Stephen D. Fretwell,
xxiii & 217 pp., 64 b/w fig. & 13 tab. Princeton University
Press, Princeton, New Jersey 08540. 1972. $14.00 cloth-
bound & $4.95 paperbound,

This is the fifth of the valuable Monographs in Population Bi-
ology series produced by this press under the general editorship
of R. J. MacArthur who with E. 0. Wilson also authored the first
and now most famous monograph, "The Theory of Island Biogeography™.

The preface explains the use of the hypothetico-deductive phil-
osophy and the construction and validity of a model. The first
three chapters demonstrate a population analysis technique that
accommodates seasonal features - important since most Organisms
live in some kind of seasonal environment. The next group con-
siders how a bird species population behaves during a particular
season. One of the objectives of population ecology is "to find
systems in nature analogous to those we work under ourselvesS---+..35
perhaps man's economic and social life can be subjected to the same
kind of comparative analysis that his physiology now receives."
There is important reading here.

370

1979 Moldenke, Book reviews cwal

"A GUIDE TO THE BIRDS OF VENEZUELA" by Rodolphe Meyer de Schauen-
see and William H. Phelps, Jr. & plates by Guy Tudor et al.,
xxii & 425 pp., 40 color & 13 b/w plates & 41 line draw.
fig. Princeton University Press, Princeton, New Jersey
08540. 1978. $50.00.

Just over three decades ago the then younger Phelps showed us
some of the bird wonders of Venezuela. His skills and interests
were conspicuously evident then. He continues his famous father's
interest so that their joint and separate collections comprise "the
finest scientific collection of Venezuelan birds in the world."
South America has about 33% of the birds of all the world and
"little Venice" or Venezuela has 44% of them from 20 orders, 81
families, 589 genera, 1296 species and 2102 subspecies and this
book has almost every species well illustrated, mostly in color.The
concomitant text gives family characteristics briefly, scientific
names, common English and Spanish names, sizes, basic features,
habits, habitats and ranges. Endpaper maps show areas adjacent to
Venezuela and most of the place names mentioned in the text. This
study will prove of great use to the many, many birdwatchers and
ornithologists visiting Venezuela and surrounding areas as well as
the biology students at the local colleges and university. It
will supercede the 1954 English and Spanish editions of Kathleen
D. Phelps' "Aves de Venezuela, cien de las mas conocidas".

"SYSTEMATIC BIOLOGY - Proceedings of an International Conference",
xiii & 632 pp., 60 b/w fig. & 19 tab. National Academy of
Sciences Publication 1692, Washington, D. C. 20418. 1969.
$16.00.

Although this conference, held at the University of Michigan,
sponsored by the National Research Council, was convened back in
1967, these papers and their discussions originating from it still
make important reading for students of systematics. Fortunately
the book is still available. Some major topics covered are: the
role of systematics in biology (E. Mayr), an historical review (F.
Stafleu), its principles and concepts, systematics of plant popu-
lations (B. Ornduff), ecological aspects of the systematics of
plants and of animals, molecular data in microbial, plant (J. Hun-
ziker) and animal systematics, isolating mechanisms, comparative
morphology, comparative animal behavior, comparative cytology,
biometrical and computer techniques. E. 0. Wilson ends his clear-
ly analytical summary of these important Papers with his inviting
challenge: for "pure systematics.....[whose] proprietary goals.....
are among the most interesting and difficult in modern science,
and they should occupy us, the best minds we can attract to join
us, and our successors for many years to come."

372 PH Y:t:O0 2b O65 b Vol. 44, No. 5

"THE PLANT COLLECTORS OF NORTHERN MEXICO" compiled by Irving W.
Knobloch, vi & 98 pp. Latin American Studies Center Monograph
Series No. 17, Michigan State University, East Lansing, Mich-
igan 48824. 1979. $3.00 paperbound.

For about 300 collectors in this area there are given vital
statistics and notes such as "He started his Mexican collecting in
1885 and continued this for 26 years.....He distributed 500,000
sheets of 20,000 species of which 12% were said to be new" for
PRINGLE, Cyrus Guernsey and are followed by abbreviations for the
herbaria housing these collections and sources of this information.
There are people who worked with the U. S. - Mexican Boundary Sur-
vey. There are those for whom plant collecting was not only a
satisfying dedication but also very strenuous indeed as indicated
by such phrases as "died at sea", "drowned in Costa Rica", "starved
to death", and "he worked at the Academy of Natural Sciences in
Philadelphia for 69 years", It is helpful to have the contents of
this publication so readily and reasonably available now.

"THE UNQUIET LANDSCAPE" edited by Denys Brunsden, John C. Doornkamp
& D. Ingle-Smith, 168 pp., 76 color & 148 b/w photo, 10 color
& 14 b/w maps, 39 color & 38 b/w fig. Halsted Press of John
Wiley & Sons, New York, N. Y. 10017. 1977. $12.95 paperbound,.

The British Geomorphological Research Group originally publish-
ed this study serially starting in 1975 in the Geographical Magazine
(London). This all-in-one reasonably priced edition makes these
beautiful photographs and the descriptive, explicative text by 21
different specialists available to many more general readers, teach-
ers, students, and scientists in geomorphology and related fields.
Mountains, rift valleys, volcanoes, landslides, rivers, deltas,
lakes, seacoasts, coral islands and reefs, glaciers, deserts, savan-
nas, equatorial forests, Karst landforms and man-made landforms are
all presented very effectively. "Man's remodelling of the landscape
has been achieved in the space of only 10,000 years. Furthermore,
the potency of his influence will become increasingly felt with con-
tinued growth of population and technology." The world map of tem-
perate landforms omits showing the mediterranean area in western
Chile, one site of the recent comparative studies undertaken by the
International Biological Program.

"BIOLOGICAL PHYSICS" by D. C. S. White, xviii & 293 pp., 118 b/w
fig., 14 tab. & 3 photo. Halsted Press of John Wiley & Sons,
Inc., New York, N. Y. 10016. 1974. $11.95 paperbound.

"This book is an introduction to the physical principles encoun-
tered by biologists [that] originated as a set of papers provided to
undergraduates at the University of York [U. K.] attending a lec-
ture course on Physics for Biologists during their undergraduate
Biology degree."" The physical topics covered are: vectors, mechan-

1979 Moldenke, Book reviews 373

ics, deformation of solids, motion of fluids, surface tension, en-
ergetics and control in biological systems, heat, electricity,
Magnetism, electronics, apparatics, sound, light and radioactivity
with multiple biological applications and problems. Solutions, not
just the answers, are given at the back of the book for the problem-
questions. There are also given useful tables, making the book
really helpful, especially for individual study or review.

"INTRODUCTION TO MATHEMATICS FOR LIFE SCIENTISTS" by Edward Batsch-
elet, xiv & 495 pp. & 200 b/w fig. Springer-Verlag, New York,
N. Y. 10010. 1973. $9.80 paperbound.

This.work was originally published in 1971 as Volume 2 in the
Biomathematics series edited by Krickeberg, Lewontin, Meyman and
Schreiber. There seems to be a newer edition dated 1975 with the
paperbound edition priced at $11.95 and hardcover at $27.60 which I
have not yet seen. The text here at hand is designed for an intro-
ductory course for all kinds of biology and medical majors, for a
reference source to find mathematical methods suitable to their re-
search problems, for self study and as a guide for teachers. Refer-
ences to pertinent literature are very helpful. Omitting statistics
and computer methodology which are usually presented in separate
courses and understood more readily after the current text is as-
similated, this book covers: real numbers; sets; relations; power,
periodic, exponential and logarithmic functions; limits; graphical
methods; differential and integral calculus; probability; matrices
and vectors; and complex numbers,

"THE ILLUSTRATED ENCYCLOPEDIA OF TREES - Timbers and Forests of the
World" edited by Herbert Edlin, Maurice Nimmo et al., 256 pp.,
390 color photo, 410 color draw., 91 b/w line draw. & 3 maps.
Harmony Books of Crown Publishers, New York, N. Y. 10016.
1978. -$15.95.

This book provides a "feast for the eyes" with its 800 beautiful
color illustrations of over 250 species of trees. The concommitant
text was prepared by fourteen botanical and forestry experts of the
United Kingdom. The first section deals with the structure and
functioning of the living tree, the forest ecosystem, reaping the
timber harvest, and the uses and products of wood. Trees can be
the universal providers if man does not waste them and does replace
them. "If man is to continue to base his economy on the resources
he draws from the guardian forest, then he must become its dedicated
protector." There follows a guide to conifers, a guide to the
broadleaved trees of temperate and mediterranean areas, and then a
guide to the tropical and southern hemisphere trees, including
palms. Coverage is worldwide. This attractive and informative en-
cyclopedia has a useful glossary and index and is reasonably priced.
Botanical and forestry institutions, schools, even on the elementary

374 Pre Yr orn Bert we Vol. 44, No. 5

level, as well as high schools and colleges, should find this book
a good acquisition for their libraries as should the local public
libraries.

"BIRDS OF PREY OF THE WORLD" text by Mary Louise Grossman & John
Hamlet, photography by Shelby Grossman, 496 pp., 54 full-color
plates & 478 b/w photo, 425 range maps & 646 flight silhou-
ettes. Bonanza Books of Crown Publishers, Inc., New York,

N. Y. 10016. 1964. $25.00.

The glories of this oversize book (new printing?) are the ex-
cellent, numerous color and black/white photographs highlighting so
many different activities and features of hawks and owls the world
over. The interesting and carefully prepared, detailed text
blends well with the illustrations. The Prehistory Chapter tells
of the origin of birds in the Mesozoic and of the many kinds that
developed during different epochs of the Cenozoic as summarized in
an illustrated 2-page chart. The fine Predators and Man Chapter
traces, through cave paintings and other art forms, these birds’
influence on superstitions and religions. The Ecology and Survival
Chapters describe and with almost motion-picture effect show how
several successful adaptations work, The Conservation Chapter re-
lates many incidents on "man as predator upon the birds of prey,
for in his enthusiasm to control their abundance in any locality,
he has resorted to every annihilative device born of his inventive
brain. From a variety of traps and subtle poisons to high-powered
rifles and shotguns, he has now equipped himself with machines that
outdistance all he pursues across land and water - he even ascends
into the air, himself to hunt like a bird of prey....[Man has] the
ability to kill to extinction, but also.....knowledge, and with it,
responsibility."

The second part of this book is taxonomic, presenting Orders
Falconiformes and Strigiformes with descriptions, illustrations,
distribution maps and regional guides. For students of ornithol-
ogy and ecology and "birders' looking for more information or re-
lated pursuits in bad weather this book is a treasure store!

"GARDENER'S DELIGHT" by John Seymour with illustrations by Peter
Morter, 96 pp., 43 color pl. Harmony Books of Crown Publishers,
Ine., ‘New York, N.° Ys? LOLS, 29 7960"$5.95~

This book is truly a delight for any gardener anywhere, plant
lover, book lover, natural art enjoyer, and anyone interested in
the 16th/17th century herbals, in alleged healing qualities of
plants and in the history of plant food preparations. It makes a
charming and inexpensive gift to give or to receive. Each beauti-
fully colored and well drawn plate appears on the right hand side
page with the plant's scientific and common name(s) and one or
more illustrations. On the matching left hand is the common name(s),

1979 Moldenke, Book reviews 375

family, plant growth type, description often with historical quotes
from Parkinson, Gerard, Culpeper, etc., preparation and use of the
food and lastly planting directions. This may not sound "charming"
and "delightful", but it most certainly is! The plate on spearmint,
Mentha spicata, does not show consistently sessile leaves; nor

does that of the peppermint, M. piperata, consistently show petio-
late leaves. Are the plants or the drawings inconsistent?

"BACK ROADS OF OREGON" by Earl Thollander, 208 pp., 85 maps, 116
b/w & 6 color draw. Clarkson N. Potter, Inc., distributed by
Crown Publishers, Inc., New York, N. Y. 10016. 1979. $14.95
clothbound & $8.95 paperbound.

Like the artist-author's other books in this series, this new
one "is a travel guide, and on-the-spot pictorial record of land-
scapes and places seen......1 drew this book not only because of an
urge to describe to everyone what wonderful things I have seen in
Oregon, but also to help others, in my small way, discover the
beauty of the natural world. Without strong support from concerned
people, preserving and managing the natural areas that remain will
be difficult." There is beauty, charm and intimacy in the backroad
sites chosen for sketches and words about the lakes and creeks,
the mountain ranges and canyons, the wild flowers and sagebrush,
the state parks and farmlands, the mighty rivers and ocean shores.

"TMMS' OUTLINES OF ENTOMOLOGY" Sixth Edition by O. W. Richards &
R. G. Davies, 254 pp. & 95 b/w fig. Chapman & Hall, Ltd.,
London EC4P 4EE & distributed: in the U.S.A. by Halsted Press
of John Wiley & Sons, New York, N. Y. 10017. 1978, $24.95
clothbound,

The various editions of this outline have been very useful es-
pecially for agriculture, forestry, entomology and biology students
as a summary of and companion to Imms' "General Textbook of Entomo-
logy" particularly in British-influenced schools and technical
institutes, It could now become more widely used in the United
States. This outline's 6th edition matches the text's 10th edition
of 1977 and is entirely reset with many small modernizations in
the physiology, phylogeny and bibliography sections. On page 105
the bedbug genus is misspelled,

"THE DYNAMICS OF ARTHROPOD PREDATOR-PREY SYSTEMS" by Michael P.
Hassell, vii & 237 pp., 82 b/w fig. & 7 tab. Princeton Uni-
versity Press, Princeton, New Jersey 08540. 1978. $16.00
clothbound & $6.95 paperbound.

This study is No. 13 in that fine series of Monographs in Popu-
lation Biology,of small size, easy-to-read printing, data set into

376 PH YE Oc Ge A Vol. 44, No. 5

reasonable mathematical models, text well and convincingly written,
and concepts clearly developed by these techniques. With arthro-
pods much of the data can be collected from caged specimens not
only for predator—parasites that feed directly on their prey but
also for insect parasitoids (14% of known species, mostly hymen-
ops and dips) in which only the adult female searches for hosts

for ovipositing. Some of this material is extrapolated for bio-
logical control of crop and food pests. Even the dangers of
accidental importation of hyperparasitoids are plotted.

"CASTE AND ECOLOGY IN THE SOCIAL INSECTS" by George F. Oster & Ed-
ward 0. Wilson, xv & 353 pp., 1 color plate, 86 b/w fig., &
3 tab. Princeton University Press, Princeton, New Jersey
08540. 1978. $20.00 clothbound & $7.50 paperbound,.

This important new study, a prolegomenon, of the theory of
caste evolution among social insects is presented as Number 12 in
the Monographs in Population Biology. The entire book is organ-
ized around a series of mathematical models having "two purposes:
(1) to provide an unambiguous conceptual structure for the theory,
and (2) to serve as a guide for future empirical research....We
have chosen to view the evolution and ecology of insect castes
from the perspective of ergonomic efficiency -.....the only theme
that is both unifying and sufficiently explicit to offer some hope
of empirical verification -.......Natural selection generally acts
to increase ergonomic efficiency".

"We feel justified in making optimization theory the corner-
stone of caste theory. The rigidity of caste systems, their stabil-
ity through evolutionary time, and the existence of literally
thousands of species that can be examined as independent evolution-
ary experiments make the theoretical enterprise feasible." In
between these statements in the text are the examples from those
termites, wasps, ants and bees whose caste systems have been evalu-
ated with intelligent results well worth the reading and possibly
further pursuing.

"TERRESTRIAL ENVIRONMENTS" by J. L. Cloudsley-Thompson, iii & 253
pp., 23 b/w fig., 2 tab. & 6 maps. Croom Helm Ltd., London
SW.1l & U.S.A. distributor Halsted Press of John Wiley & Sons,
Inc., New York, N. Y. 10017. 1979. $12.95 paperbound.

The original 1975 hardcovered edition was enthusiastically re-
viewed in a previous issue of this journal; now this moderate (but
not inexpensive) flexible-covered, small-margined edition is
available to ecology students and teachers and ecologists especial-
ly who want their own (extra) small-sized copy (perhaps) to mark
up with their own notes. Accordingly, this new edition is also
enthusiastically welcomed as it delineates "the more important
terrestrial habitats of the earth, with special respect to their
influence on the fauna".

fu PHYTOLOGIA
G |
| A cooperative nonprofit journal designed to expedite botanical publication

Vol. 44 December 1979 No. 6

CONTENTS

NIEZGODA, C. J., & NEVLING, L. L., Jr., Some problematic species

OE RUB aGe io das eta fe iw RW Ghar Peta eee ane rer: Te J
CROAT, T. B., Matayba apetala (Sapindaceae) new for the flora of

PMIMDINUES fo x's akin in clash de ee dal Bh Ore hah ee ee ah OR ie EE 381
MOLDENKE, H.N., Notes on new and noteworthy plants. CXXXI.... . 384
MOLDENKE, H. N., Additional notes on the genus Vitex. XIV ....... 385
BARNEBY, R. C., A new Disciphania (Menispermaceae) from

French Guiana ..... EAS, CR eee PATROL ALR PEA E> 418

OSWALD, F. W., A new form of Helianthus from south-west Florida ... 419
MOLDENKE, A. L., Book reviews.......... rt ne ae 421

: -
ny o ow’
s 7 * -
.

a
»
ead

DEC i 4 1979

BOTANICAL GARDEN
Published by Harold N. Moldenke and Alma L. Moldenke

303 Parkside Road
Plainfield, New Jersey 07060
U.S.A.

Price of this number $2.00; for this volume $11.00 in advance or $12.00
after close of the volume; $3.00 extra to all foreign addresses;
512 pages constitute a complete volume; claims for numbers
lost in the mails must be made immediately after
receipt of the next following number
for free replacement.

SOME PROBLEMATIC SPECIES OF ALBIZIA

Christine J. Niezgoda § Lorin I. Nevling, Jr.

Field Museum of Natural History, Chicago, Illinois 60605

Like most genera of the Mimosoideae, Albtzta is ill-separa-
ated from its relatives (Fosberg, 1965). It is a difficult group
whose taxonomy is not firm as the traditional means of distin-
guishing the genus on the basis of the legume is inconvenient
and sometimes misleading. In a previous paper we proposed to
limit the genus Albizta in the New World to those species which
have 16-grained polyads (for further discussion see Niezgoda §
Nevling, 1979). An expanison of the study of Albizia carbonartia
brought several other species of Albizia to our attention. These
are characterized by having 32 pollen grains per polyad rather
than 16.

In the New World there are 28 species of Albizta that are
described from this area and an additional six Old World species
that have become naturalized and widespread through deliberate
cultivation. Eleven of these native species have been trans-
ferred from other mimosoid genera, primarily Pithecellobtum
(apparently the closest relative to Albizta). Of those that
have been described since 1925, eighteen have been the work of
Britton and his collaborators (Killip, Rose and Wilson). Flower-
ing material was available from about half of these species and
the majority have a polyad of 16 grains (Table 1). Aside from
Albizia carbonarta, we found three additional species with 32-
grained polyads: A. longepedata; A. marthae; and A. ntcoyana.

The confusing Albtzta longepedata has gone through a long
history of nomenclatural changes. The plants of this species
have been placed in six genera with three epithets. The earliest
valid name, Acacta guachapele H.B.K., was later transferred by
Bentham into Lystloma. A new epithet, longepedatun, was esta-
blished in Ptthecellobiwn by Pittier, who later created Samanea
samaningua for the same species complex. Macbride, following the
earlier recognition of Pithecellobtum by Pittier, made an addi-
tional combination P. samaningua. Later Macbride also recognized
Ptthecellobtum guachapele referring back to the earliest valid
epithet. Two of the Pithecellobtwn combinations, P. longepedatun
and P. samaningua have subsequently been transferred into Albtata.
Additionally, Harms established a new genus Pseudosamanea, with
type species P. guachapele, based on Acacta guachapele.

347

378 PHY TOL 6eT A Vol. 44, No. 6

It is obvious from these numerous combinations that many of
the authors were doubtful as to the correct generic placement of
this species. Additionally, Schery (1950) notes, ''This species
A. longepedata is quite distinct from other species of Albtzta in
Panama, differing primarily by its pronouncedly umbellate, long-
pedicellate flowers". Britton and Rose, who made the original
combination in Albtzta refer to this species under Pseudosamanea
at a later date (1936). Pseudosamanea is a monotypic genus that
is easily distinguished from other genera in the Ingeae by the
enlarged and sterile central flower in mature inflorescences. It
is our opinion that this is the proper placement of this species
and we recognize Albtzta longepedata as a nomenclatural synonym
of Pseudosamanea guachapele.

Pseudosamanea guachapele (H.B.K.) Harms, Notizb. 11: 54,
1930.

Acacta guachapele H.B.K., Nov. Gen. & Sp. 6: 281, 1824.
(TYPE: Humboldt & Bonpland s.n.).

Lystloma guachapele (H.B.K.) Benth., Trans. Linn. Soc.
30:°533, 1875.

Ptthecellobtum longepedatum Pittier, Contr. U.S. Nat.
Herb. 20: 464, 1922. (TYPE: C. Werekle s.n. US).

*Samanea samantngua Pittier, Arb. y Arbust. n. Venez.
dec 4-5: 54, 1925. (TYPE: Prttver 11442).

Albtata -longepedata (Pitt.) Britton § Rose, Tropical
Woods 11: 14,. 1927.

Pithecellobtum samaningua (Pitt.) Macbr., Candollea
6: 4, 1934.

Pithecellobtum guachapele (H.B.K.) Macbr., Field. Bot.
Vol .([i3S, Part Sti): S4.. 1983,

(see also: Pitthecellobtum guachapele (H.B.K.) Cowan,
Mem. N.Y. Bot. Gard. 10(1): 144, 1958.)

Albtzta guachapele (H.B.K.) Dugand, Phytologia 13: 389,
1966.

* Another citation for this name is: Bol. Cient. y Tecn. Mus.
Com. Venez. 1: 54. 1925. This is an incorrect reference as
the journal consisted of only two issues, both published in
1927. The first volume has only 48 pages. After the first
two volumes it was continued as Trabajos del Museo Comerical
de Venezuela.

1979 Niezgoda & Nevling, Species of Albizia 379

The other two species, Albizia marthae and A. ntcoyana, were
described lacking fruiting material. There are very few collec-
tions of either of these species and none with mature fruits.
Also the placement of A. (?) ntcoyana was considered questionable
at the time of publication. There are no substantial morphologi-
cal characters present to separate these species of Albizta from
Pithecellobium. However, the presence of 32-grained polyads sup-
ports their transfer from Albizia to Pithecellobtum.

Pithecellobtum marthae (Britton § Killip) Niez. & Nevl.,
comb. nov.

Albizia marthae Britton & Killip, Ann. N.Y. Acad. Sci.
35: 133, 1936. (TYPE: 4H. H. Smith 296 US).

Pithecellobium nicoyanum (Britton & Rose) Niez. & Nevl.,
comb. nov.

Albizia ntcoyana Britton §& Rose, N. Am. Fl. 23: 47, 1928.
(TYPE: A. Tonduz 13885).

LITERATURE CITED

Britton, N. & J. Rose. 1936. Mimosaceae and Caesalpiniaceae of
Colombia. Ann. N.Y. Acad. Sci. 35: 101-208.

Fosberg, F. R. 1965. Revision of Albizta sect. Pachysperma
(Leguminosae-Mimosoideae). Reinwardtia 7(1): 71-90.

Niezgoda, C. J. & L. I. Nevling, Jr. 1979. The Correct Generic
Placement of Albizia carbonarta Britton. Phytologia
44: 307-312.

Schery, R. W. 1950. Leguminosae subfamily Mimosoideae. Jn:
R. E. Woodson, R. W. Schery, et al., Flora of Panama.
Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 37: 184-314.

380 PA? FOU? 1A Vol. 44, No. 6

TABLE 1: Species of Albizta found in the New World.

SPECIES POLYAD # OTHER PLACEMENTS
A. adtnocephala 16 = Ptthecellobium
A. bertertana = Acacta
A. carbonarta 32 = Pithecellobtum*
A. cartbea 16 = Pithecellobtum
A. colombtana
A. cortpatensts = Pithecellobtum
A. cubana
+A. dtstachya 16
A. (?) dubta
+A. faleatarta 16 = Adenanthera
A. guachapele 32 = Pseudosamanea
A. hasslert 16 = Ptthecellobium
A. hummeltana
A. tdtopoda 16 = Pithecellobtum
+A. jultbrisstin 16
+A. Lebbeck 16
A. longepedata 32 = A. guachapele
A. (?) longtpes
+A. lLophantha 16
A. lundellit
A. malacocarpa 32 = A. carbonarta
A. marthae 32
A. (?) ntcoyana 32
A. ntopotdes 16 = Pithecellobium
A. (?) obltqua
A. ocetdentalts 16
A. ortegae
A. pauctptnnata
A. pedicellata
A. plurtjuga
A. polyecephala 16 = Pithecellobtum
+A. procera 16
A. (?) purpusit 16
A. rubtginosa = A. Lundellit
A. stnaloensts
A. tomentosa 16 = Pithecellobtum

+ Old World species.

The new combination in Pithecellobium was incorrectly published
in Phytologia 44: 307-312, the following is the correct citation:

Pithecellobtum carbonartum (Britton) Niez. §& Nevl.

MATAYBA APETALA (SAPINDACEAE) NEW FOR THE FLORA OF PANAMA

Thomas B. Croat
Missouri Botanical Garden

Since completion of the Sapindaceae in the Flora of
Panama (Croat, 1976), a species of Matayba, M. apetala
(Macfad.) Radlk. has been collected in the Canal Zone. This
species is otherwise known only from the West Indies (Great
er Antilles) and Central America north of Guatemala. It
has been collected in Belize and as far north as the state
of Veracruz in Mexico. The Panama locality is noteworthy in
being somewhat disjunct and even more noteworthy is the fact
that the species was collected in the Canal Zone in an area
that has in general been well collected. It was first dis-
covered there by Gene Sullivan, who was making his first
collecting trip in the tropics. Since the species was not
treated in the Flora of Panama, a complete description
follows:

Matayba apetala (Macfad.) Radlk., Sitzungsber. Math.-Phys.
Cl. Kénigl. Bayer. Akad. Wiss. Munchen 9:535. 1879.

Cupania apetala Macfad., Fl. Jam. 1:162. n. 2. 1837.
TYPE: Jamaica (not seen).

C. oppositifolia A. Rich., Fl. Cub., in Ramon de la Sagra,
Hist. ete°de Cuba I. 292. tabs'32 1845. “EYPE: ‘Cuba,
Guanaba, in Vuelta de Abajo (not seen).

]a

» Mexicans Turez., Bull.’ Mose. 31(1) 2405.9 2856), -YPR:
Mexico, Veracruz, near Mirador, 3,900 ft. Linden 734
(not seen).

Ratonia apetala Griseb. non Wright, Fl. Brit. W. Ind. Isl.
126. 1864. TYPE: Same as Cupania oppositifolia A.
Rich.

Matayba mexicana (Turcz.) Radlk., Sitz. Bayer. Akad. 9:536.
n. 462.3879.

M. oppositifolia (A. Rich.) Britton, Scient. Surv. Porto
Rico V:4(1924) 528.

M. apetala f. oppositifolia Radlk. in Urb., Symb. Antill.
I 354. 1899. TYPE: Same as Cupania oppositifolia
A. Rich.
381

382 Perr OL Oe ee Vol. 44, No.

Cupania verapazensis Lundell, Wrightia St20 19722 etree
Guatemala, Baja Verapaz, Union Barrios, Contreras 11333
(LL, holotype). Sie

Matayba verapazensis (Lundell) Lundell, Phytologia 34:370.
1976.

Trees (5-)10-23 m high, 9-50 cm dbh; branchlets densely
ferruginous with short, minute, appressed trichomes, becom-
ing glabrous in age. Leaves parapinnate, opposite or sub-
opposite, 8-25 cm long; petioles subterete, weakly flattened
and margined adaxially, 2-5.5 cm long; rachis margined;
leaflets 4-17, oblong-elliptic, to oblanceolate, usually
acuminate with a bluntly rounded tip, sometimes obtuse, acute
or narrowly rounded at the apex, narrowly acute to attenuate
and often unequal at the base, (3-)6-12 cm long, 1-3.5 cm
wide, subcoriaceous, glabrous on the upper surface, the mid-
rib raised, the reticulate veins often prominulous, gla-
brous or sparsely appressed-pubescent below, later glabrous,
often glandular dotted, sometimes subpapillose, the primary
lateral veins 7-12, scarcely more prominent than the lesser
veins, spreading at gq 45-60° angle and joining a collective
vein near the margin, the leaf axils usually with a few
foveolate domatia, the margin entire, revolute. Inflores-
cence terminal and upper axillary, the flowers in slender
racemiform panicles 4-20 cm long, as long as or longer than
the subtending leaves; rachis densely ferruginous, appressed-
pubescent; bracts deltoid, minute; peduncles usually 2-4 mm
long; pedicels slender, 1.5-3 mm long; peduncles pedicel
and calyces densely appressed-pubescent. Flowers with the
calyx lobes ovate to elliptic to broadly ovate, acute to
obtuse at the apex, 7-10 mm long; petals greenish yellow,
yellow-green, or greenish, rudimentary or to 1 mm long, obo-
vate, emarginate at the apex, clawed at the base, puberulent;
disc puberulent; stamens 8, filiform, glabrous to sparsely
puberulent in the lower 2/3, 2-3 mm long, the anthers ovoid,
basifixed, glabrous, 0.5 mm long; ovary pubescent. Capsules
distinctly stalked, reddish, 10-12(-20) mm long, sparsely
appressed-pubescent when young, glabrescent, the stalk
usually 3-4 mm long; seeds ellipsoidal, shiny black, 6-10 mm
long, the aril fleshy, light orange, extending to the lower
1/3 of the seed.

Matayba apetala ranges from Mexico (Veracruz) and
Belize to Honduras on the Atlantic slope at low elevations.
The species also occurs in the Greater Antilles and in Pan-
ama, where it was collected only in premontane wet forest in
the Canal Zone. It is to be expected on the Atlantic slope
of Nicaragua and Costa Rica. It is distinguished from other

1979 Croat, Matayba apetala 383

Central American species by its smaller, often more numerous
leaflets, and the frequent presence of axillary domatia on
the lower blade surface.

Panamanian collections examined: CANAL ZONE: Naval
Pipeline Road N of Gamboa, from entrance to 5 km from gate,
Sullivan 104 (MO). 6 km from gate Croat 37030 (AAU, C, CAS,
CR, COL, DUKE, F, GH, K, LL, MEXU, MISSA, MO, NY, P, PMA,
ESA, §, U, G,. VEN).

A new key to the Panamanian species of Matayba is pro-
vided.

a. Leaflets often foveolate in the axils beneath (with a
distinct pit); leaflets usually more than 3 pairs or
with the margin serrate.

bs Leaflets with the margin serrate, usually in less
than 3 pairs... . .M. scrobiculata (HBK) Radlk.

bb. Leaflets with the margin entire, usually in more
than 3 pairs... . .M. apetala (Macfad.) Radlk.

aa. Leaflets with the axils beneath glabrous or barbulate,
not foveolate; leaflet margins entire.

es Beatlets.2 . . » «\..M. kennedyi Creat
cc. Leaflets usually 4 or more (2 or 4 pairs).

d. Lower surface of the leaflets with the vein
axils barbulate; petiolules and leaf rachis
glabrous or inconspicuously tomentose; disc of
the flower tomentose; capsules glabrous out-
side... .. . «M. glaberrina Radlk.

dd. Lower surface of the leaflets with the axils
glabrous; petiolules and leaf rachises with
coarse, long, brownish trichomes, disc of the
flowers glabrate; capsules densely brown-tomen-
tose outside . . .M. ingaefolia Standley

LITERATURE CITED:

Croat, T. B. 1976. Sapindaceae in Woodson & Schery, Flora
of Panama. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 63:393-540.

NOTES ON NEW AND NOTEWORTHY PLANTS. CXXXI

Harold N. Moldenke

ERIOCAULON MELANOCEPHALUM f. LONGIPES (Griseb.) Mold., stat. nov.

Eriocaulon melanocephalum var. longipes Griseb., Cat. Pl.
Cub. 226. 1866.

LANTANA PEDUNCULARIS £. HMACROPHYLLA (Mold.) Mold., stat. nov.

Lantana peduncularis var. macrophylla Mold., Phytologia 14:
325, 1967

LIPPIA ROSMARINIFOLIA £. LATIFOLIA (Mold.) Mold., stat. nov.
Lippia rosmarinifolia var. latifolia Mold., Phytologia 14:
Ji « AGOT

PAEPALANTHUS CAPILLACEUS £. PROLIFERUS (Gleason) Mold., stat. nov.

Paepalanthus capillaceus var. proliferus Gleason, Bull.
Torrey Bot. Club 58: 328. 1931.

PAEPALANTHUS PERPLEXANS var. STEYERMARKII Mold., var. nov.

Haec varietas a forma typica speciei laminis foliorum
junioribus utrinque perspicue longiterque argenteo-villosis re-
cedit.

This variety differs from the typical form of the species in
having its upper (younger) leaves conspicuously silvery-villous
on both surfaces with long and loose hairs.

The type of the variety was collected by Julian A. Steyer-
mark, Victor Carrefo Espinosa, Roy McDiarmid, and Charles Brewer-
Carias (no. 115640) in dense growth bordering a stream and
zajna toward the eastern side of Cumbre del Ptari-tepui, lat. 5°
45" N., 61°45" W., to the north of Mision de Santa Teresita de
Kavanayen, at 2360--2420 m. altitude, Bolivar, Venezuela, on Febru-
ary 23, 1978, and is deposited in my personal herbarium. The col-
lectors note "leaves gray-green with gray hairs, heads gray-white
with black and gray involucre" and have annotated the holotype as
"Paepalanthus n. sp. aff. perplexans Mold."

SYNGONANTHUS GLANDULOSUS f. EPAPILLOSUS (Mold.) Mold., stat. nov.
Syngonanthus glandulosus var. epapillosus Mold., Phytologia
26: 177--189. 1973.

VITEX TRIFLORA f£. QUINQUEFOLIOLATA (Mold.) Mold., stat. nov.

Vitex triflora var. quinquefoliolata Mold., Phytologia 1:
104. 1934.

384

ADDITIONAL NOTES ON THE GENUS VITEX. XIV

Harold N. Moldenke

VITEX Tourn.

Additional & emended bibliography: Woodville, Med. Bot. Suppl.,
Gay Se 2F pl. 137. T6323 Wight, leon. Pi, Tad. Graent. 43)
11--12, pl. 1465--1467. 1849; Menzel, Jahrb. Preuss. Geol. Landes-
apse. 342° 625> pl. 5,-fig. 936. 1953: 8. Hatiier> Peace. fries
Herb. Leid. 37: 40--54. 1918; S. & G. Mangenot, Bull. Jard. Bot.
Brox. 27%° 653. 1957: Balle & Hallé, Adansonia; ‘ser. 2, P [237]

& 265. 1961; H. N. Andrews, U. S. Geol. Surv. Bull. 1300: 224.
1970; Kutuzkina, Paleont. Journ. Acad. Nauk USSR 3: 156--158, fig.
L & 2. 1970; Palmer & Pitman, Trees South. Afr.; ede" 2, 33° T9476
1949--1963. 1972; Napp-Zinn, Anat. Blatt. A (1): 410 & 653. 1974;
ER. Lancaster, Medit. Pl. Gard. 131.°1977;~ Fournet, Fi.’ ilftuser,
Phan. Guad. Mart. 1391--1393, fig. 662. 1978; Troncoso in Burkart.
Fl. Giustr. Entre’ Ries 352230; 231, °290, & 292——294, tise 1306.
1979; Mold., Phytologia 44: 329--361. 1979.

Balle & Hallé (1961) report the mistletoes, Globimetula braunii
and Phragmanthera capitata, as parasitizing two unknown species of
Vitex in Ivory Coast.

VITEX AGNUS-CASTUS L.

Additional bibliography: Woodville, Med. Bot. Suppl., ed. 3, 2:
pl. 137. 18323 Stapf, Ind. Lond. 6: 476. 19313 °R. Paneascrers mecre.
Pl. Gard,i3k. 1977) Fourmet, FL. tiluser. “Pian. “Guad. fiare. 2 soe
& 1393. 1978; Mold., Phytologia 44: 330--348. 1979; Troncoso in
Barkare; FL. Tlastr. Entre Bios 52°292.- 1979.

Additional illustrations: Woodville, Med. Bot. Suppl., ed. 3, 2:
pl. £37. 18325 RY Laneaster, Medit; Pl. Gard. 191 tin coler) ners.
Fournet (1978) records this species cultivated in Guadeloupe

and Martinique.

VITEX ALTISSIWA L. f.

Additional & emended bibliography: Wight, Icon. Pl. Ind.Orient.4
(3): 11, pl. 1466. 1849; H. Hallier, Meded. Rijks Herb. Leid. 37:
44--45. 1918; Mold., Phytologia 44: 348--360. 1979.

Emended illustrations: Wight, Icon. Pl. Ind. Orient. 4 (3): pl.
1466. 1849.

VITEX ALTISSIMA f. juv. ALATA (Willd.) Mold.
Additional bibliography: Stapf, Ind. Lond. 6: 478. 1931; Mold.,
Phytologia 44: 348 & 355--360. 1979.

VITEX AMBONIENSIS Giirke
Additional & emended bibliography: Palmer & Pitman, Trees South.
Afr., eds 2,.1950, 1951,)4955, 1957, & 1962. 1972; Mold.; Phytolo—
gia 44: 361. 1979.
385

386 PRY TOVeGrEA Vol. 44, No. 6

Emended illustrations: Palmer & Pitman, Trees South. Afr., ed.
2, 1954. 1972.

The Tanner 3315, distributed as V. amboniensis, seems actually
to be V. amaniensis Pieper, while Richardson & Livingstone s.n.
[30 October 1960] is V. doniana var. parvifolia (Engl.) Mold. and
Watt 17 is V. mombassae Vatke.

Additional citations: RHODESIA: Leveridge s.n. [Herb. Rhodes.
85922] (Mu). SOUTH AFRICA: Natal: Ward 2731 (Mu).

VITEX AMBONIENSIS var. AMANIENSIS Pieper

Additional & emended bibliography: Pieper, Engl. Bot. Jahrb.
Beibl. 141: 69. 1928; Fedde & Schust., Justs Bot. Jahresber. 57
(2): 403. 1938; Mold., Phytologia 8: 29. 1961; Mold., Fifth Summ.
1s 238,.41971), and :2:,923..4971.

VITEX ANDONGENSIS J. G. Baker

Additional synonymy: Vitex andongensis Baker & Hiern ex Mold.,
Fifth Summ. 2: 713, in syn. 1971.

Additional & emended bibliography: J. G. Baker in Thiselt.-
Dyer, Fl. Trop. Afr. 5: 317 & 329--330. 1900; Mold., Phytologia
15: 89. 1967; Mold., Fifth Summ. 1: 245 (1971) and 2: 713 & 923.
1971,

Baker (1900) cites only the type collection, Welwitsch 5696,
from Angola, in the herbarium of the British Museum, London.

Additional citations: ANGOLA: Loanda: Welwitsch 5696 [F. G.
Mey. photo 2994] (Gz--photo of type, N--photo of type).

VITEX ANGOLENSIS Giirke

Additional & emended bibliography: J. G. Baker in Thiselt.-
Dyer, Fl. Trop. Afr. 5: 316 & 325. 1900; Good & Exell, Journ. Bot.
68: Suppl. 144. 1930; Mold., Phytologia 15: 227. 1967; Mold.,
Fifth Summ. 1: 245 (1971) and 2: 923. 1971.

Baker (1900) cites only the type collection, Welwitsch 5758,
from Angola, deposited in the herbarium of the British Museum,
London.

Good & Exell (1930) have encountered the species in "shrub-
grown thickets and on decayed ant-hills", citing their nos. 2263
& 2264 and listing the local vernacular name, "muvomba".

Additional citations: ANGOLA: Huila: Welwitsch 5758 [G. F. Mey.
photo 2992] (Gz--photo of type, N--photo of type).

VITEX APPUNI Mold.

Synonymy: Vitex appunii Mold. apud Lépez-Palacios, Revist.
Fac. Farm. Univ. Andes 15: 94. 1975.

Additional bibliography: H. N. & A. L. Mold., Pl. Life 2: 48.
1948; Mold., Phytologia 15: 227. 1967; Mold., Fifth Summ, 1: 128,
131, & 179 (1971) and 2: 923. 1971; Lépez-Palacios, Revist. Fac.
Farm. Univ. Andes 15: 94--95. 1975; Lépez-Palacios, Fl. Venez.
Verb. 582--585 & 654, fig. 136. 1977.

Illustrations: Lépez-Palacios, Fl. Venez. Verb. [584], fig.
136. 1977.

1979 Moldenke, Notes on Vitex 387

Recent collectors refer to this species as a tree 5 m. tall,
the flowers very abundant and showy, attracting large quantities
of insects, and have found it in flower in April. The corollas
are said to have been “blue-purple" on Aristeguieta 6083. The
vernacular names, "guarataro" and "totumillo", have been recorded
for it. Lopez-Palacios (1975) says that it "Es un arbolito bajo,
hasta de unos 8 m., que solo se he registrado en las sabanas
secas del Edo. Guadrico [Venezuela]. Como el tipo proviene de la
Guyana Britanica, es posible que se encuentre en el amolio espa-
cio existente entre el Gudrico y Roraima."" In his 1977 work he
cites from Guarico: Aristeguieta 4257 & 5027, Aristeguieta & Ta-
mayo 5071, and Aristeguieta & Zabaia 7025, all in the Caracas
herbarium. /

Material of this species has been misidentified and distribu-
ted in some herbaria as V. capitata Vahl and V. orinocensis H.B.K.
Additional citations: VENEZUELA: Guadrico: Aristeguieta 6083

(N).

VITEX AUREA Mold.

Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 15: 227. 1967;
Mold., Fifth Summ. 1: 262 (1971) and 2: 923. 1971.

Croat describes this species as a tree, 5 m. tall, with green
fruit in January, and found it in cultivation at 1200 m. altitude.

Additional citations: CULTIVATED: Madagascar: Croat 28777 (N).

VITEX AXILLARIS Wall.

Synonymy: Vitex ? axillaris Wall., Numer. List [48], no. 1760,
hyponym. 1829.

Additional bibliography: Wall., Numer. List [48], no. 1760.
1829; C. B. Clarke in Hook. f., Fl. Brit. India 4: 588. 1885;
Mold., Phytologia 15: 228. 1967; Mold., Fifth Summ. 1: 284 (1971)
and @'923. 19713 Mold. ,. Phytolopiac234 429; 4972.

According to Clarke (1885) the Wallich collection on which this
name is based is not represented in the Wallich Herbarium at Kew.
Jackson in Hook. f. & Jacks., Ind. Kew., imp. 1, 2: 1213 (1895)
was the first to remove the question-mark placed after the gener-
ic name by Wallich. Nothing else is known to me of this taxon and
until the Wallich type is located, it is not possible to dispose
of the binomial satisfactorily.

VITEX BAKERT B. L. Robinson, Prot. Ams) Acad. Sei. bbe 53b./ 1916,
Synonymy: Vitex diversifolia J. G. Baker in Thiselt.-Dyer, Fl.
Trop. Afr. 5: 323. 1900 [not V. diversifolia Kurz, 1870].
Bibliography: J. G. Baker in Thiselt.-Dyer, Fl. Trop. Afr. 5:
316 & 323... 1900;' B, Ls. Robinson; Pree. Ams Acad. Sei. 512; 33Rs
1916; Lely, Useful trees N. Nigeria 116. 1925; Hutchins. & Dalz.,
Fl. W. Trop. Afrs, ed. 1, 275 :&.276. 1936; Dalz., UsefulWPily Wi
Afr. 457. 1937; H. N. & A. L. Mold., Pl. Life 2: 49. 1948; Fedde &
Schust., Justs Bot. Jahresber. 60 (2): 576. 1941; Worsdell, Ind.
Lond. Suppl. 2: 500. 1941; Kerharo & Bouquet, Pl. Méd. Tox. Céte
Iv. 234. 1950; Mold., Phytologia 6: 133. 1958; Kershaw, Journ.

388 PH RTO pee a4 Vol. 44, No. 6

Ecol, Brit. 56: 473. 1968; Mold., Fifth Summ. 2: 713 & 727. 1972
Mold., Phytologia 34: 261. 1975.

Illustrations: Lely, Useful Trees N. Nigeria 116. 1925.

This taxon has sometimes in the past been regarded as being
conspecific with V. simplicifolia Oliv.., but it differs markedly
from at least the type collection of that species. Baker (1900)
describes it as "A small tree; branchlets densely clothed with
short whitish pubescence. Leaves 3-foliolate or simple, subcori-
aceous, green and obscurely pubescent above when mature, densely
matted beneath when young and less distinctly so when mature;
leaflets obovate-cuneate or when solitary suborbicular, entire;
end leaflet shortly stalked, 4--5 in. long, more than half as
broad; main petiole 2--3 in. long. Cymes axillary, long-
peduncled; branchlets densely villous; pedicels very short. Calyx
campanulate, 1/8 in. long, densely villous; teeth minute. Corolla
small, very hairy outside. Fruit globose, the size of a small
cherry or plum, with a calyx 1/2 in. diam." He based it on Bar-
ter 1096 from Nigeria and 1644 from the Niger Republic. MHutchin-
son & Dalziel (1936) describe it as "A small tree, densely pale-
pubescent, with small hairy flowers 1/4 in. long, greenish with
blue-purple corolla-lobes, in peduncled axillary cymes, and
violet-black plum-like fruit," citing Barter 1096 & 1644, Dalziel
176, Dent Young 206, Kitson 689, Lely P.197, and Vogel 97,report-—
ing it common on savannas, flowering from January to May. They
give its overall distribution as French Sudan, Gold Coast, and
Nigeria. Dalziel (1937) records it from French Sudan, Gold Coast,
Togo, and Nigeria, noting that "The fruits are violet-black, cup-
ped like an acorn, with thin edible pulp and a large 3--4-seeded
stone. The twigs are used in N. Nigeria as tooth-sticks". He
records the local vernacular names, "buji", "bummehi", "bummeji",
"bummere", "dinyar biri", "‘dunyar biri", "idjoli", "kuru",
"nambalerri", and "panyero buda". Kershaw (1968) reports that in
Nigeria it grows in association with Combretum binderianum and
Crossopteryx febrifuga in the limestone areas.

Kerharo & Bouquet (1950) tell us that this "Petit arbre assez
fréquent dans les formations de savanes de Cote d'Ivoire et de la
Haute-Volta........est utilisé en médecine indigéne contre les
maladies de peau (décocté d'écorce en lotion) et comme odontalgi-
que". They list the following common names: "ara", "awon",
"awondolo", "dinehiar beurhi", "koto kiama", "kotoni", "m'bli",
and "m'bliassoua".

Citations: SUDAN: Bahr-el-Ghazal: Schweinfurth 1519 (N--cotype,
N--photo of cotype, S--cotype, Z--photo of cotype). NIGERIA:
Northern: Chaloner, Elliott, & Molsla s.n. [Dec. 1965] (Ln--
245526).

VITEX BALBI Chiov.

Additional bibliography: Dale & Greenway, Kenya Trees Shrubs
592 & 593. 1961; Mold., Phytologia 15: 228. 1967; Gillett, Numb.
Check-list Trees Kenya 47. 1970; Mold., Fifth Summ. 1: 241 (1971)
ane. 25923. 29/1.

1979 Moldenke, Notes on Vitex 389

Dale & Greenway (1961) cite Balbo 55, 78,& 861 from “East and
west Mt. Kenya" and describe this little-known species as follows:
"Tree. Leaves 5-foliolate with a stout petiole to 5 in. long,
cylindrical and densely tomentose; leaflets sessile or subsessile,
the terminal leaflet shortly petiolulate, coriaceous, obovate,
the terminal to 5 in. long and to 2 in. wide, the laterals to 2
in. long and to 1 in. wide, apex rounded or obtuse and cuspidate,
margin entire or minutely and irregularly undulate subcrenulate,
lamina sparsely scabrid puberulous above, pubescent villose below,
copiously on the nerves and veins. Flowers in axillary panicles
with peduncles to 3 1/2 in. long, pedicels 1/10 in. long densely
tomentose; corolla tube curved, 1/6 in. long, lobes 5, entire;
ovary globose and hairy. Drupe obovate, 2/3 in. long, speckled
with black".

These same authors provide a very useful key to the Kenyan spe-
cies of this genus as recognized by them. It is well worth re-
peating here:

1. Panicles terminal, sometimes from upper leaf-axils as well.
2. Leaflets 3--5, markedly discolorous, 1--3 leaflets
SEAIEEA 66s keto dds becuse r Bea eb es SEM hea © = clawerees 5 eee
2a. Leaflets 3, not discolorous.
3. Leaflets glandular-puberulous on the veins beneath........
V. lamiana.
3a. Leaflets usually scabrid and more or less rugose above
and densely to sparsely pubescent beneath.V. strickeri.
la. Inflorescences all axillary.
4, Leaflets glabrous, usually 5, sometimes up to 7, all dis-
tinctly stalked.
5. Leaflets membranous, elliptic or lanceolate-obovate, acute
or cuspidate; cymes lax, with a very long peduncle......
V. carvalhi.
5a.Leaflets leathery, obovate-cuneate, slightly apiculate,
rounded, or emarginate; cymes dense, peduncle to 3 in.
LORE onic nse 8 Se ours obs nee Viele ee ete & are aie ateein 6 aieln/. ee ee
4a. Leaflets more or less pubescent or tomentose, at least be-
neath.
6. Ovary glabrous, with sessile glands or sometimes with a
few scattered hairs; leaflets 5.
7. Leaflets sessile or subsessile, the terminal one with a
petiolule.up to. 1/4380 Vonescred. baie ess Pe haa:
7a.Leaflets distinctly petiolulate.
8. Leaflets oblong to narrowly elliptic, base acute,
apex shortly acuminate, scabrous above; a savanna
ELGCCGc i. cans disc oni ca es tus ams wees a woke reads Va SReers.
8a. Leaflets oblong-elliptic, base rounded or subacute,
sometimes oblique, apex shortly acuminate, pubescent
above; a high forest timber tree........V. keniensis.
6a. Ovary densely clothed with more or less erect hairs,
glands often present but more or less concealed by hairs;
leaflets 3--7, normally 5.
9. Leaflets sessile or subsessile, pubescent above.

390 PHY 70 LOG TA Vol. 44, No. 6

10. Bracts lanceolate or oblanceolate; leaflets 3--5,
obovate-elliptic or oblong-elliptic....V. mombassae.

10a. Bracts linear; leaflets 5, obovate.........V. payos.

Qa. Leaflets petiolulate, glabrous above.

11. Leaflets 3--5, usually 3, elliptic-lanceolate or ob-
long, apex acute or acuminate..........V. tangensis.

lla. Leaflets 5--7, usually 5, oblanceolate-elliptic to
oblong-lanceolate, apex acute........V. amboniensis

VITEX BARBATA Planch.

Additional & emended bibliography: J. G. Baker in Thiselt.-
Dyer, Fl. Trop. Afr. 5: 316 & 323. 1900; Roberty, Pet. Fl. Ouest-
Afr. 178. 1954; Gledhill, Check List Flow. Pl. Sierra Leone 30.
1962; Mold., Phytologia 16: 496. 1968; Mold., Fifth Summ. 1: 210,
2154 2475, 218, 220, -& 226: (197)). and. 21.714 6 923. 1971s

Hutchinson & Dalziel (1936) list this species from French Su-
dan, Sénégal, Gambia, French Guinea, Sierra Leone, and Gold
Coast, citing Chevalier 496, 510 bis, 511, 12460, 12467, & 12990,
Dalziel 8061, Heudelot 30, Ingram s.n., Kitson 835, and Scott
Elliot 4881 & 5189.

Material of V. barbata has been misidentified and distributed
in some herbaria as V. pachyphylla J. G. Baker.

Additional citations: GABON: Krukoff 119 (N).

VITEX BEFOTAKENSIS Mold.
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 15: 228. 1967;
Mold., Fifth Summ. 1: 262 (1971) and 2: 923. 1971.

VITEX BENTHAMIANA Domin

Additional synonymy: Vitex trifoliap parviflora Benth. ex K.
Schum. & Hollr., Fl. Kaiser Wilh.-land 121--122. 1889.

Additional bibliography: K. Schum. & Hollr., Fl. Kaiser Wiln.-
land 121--122. 1889; F. M. Bailey, Compreh. Cat. Queensl. Pl. 386.
1913; Wangerin, Justs Bot. Jahresber. 56 (1): 668. 1936; Fedde &
Schust., Justs Bot. Jahresber. 56 (2): 286. 1937; H. N. & A. L.
Mold., Pl. Life 2: 50. 1948; Mold., Phytologia 15: 228. 1967;
Mold. Fifth Summ. 1: 349 (1971) and. 2: 729, 730, °%& 923. 29733

Perry describes this plant as an erect shrub, 8 feet tall,
with pink corollas, and found it growing in creekbeds with Eucal-
yptus camalduensis, flowering in May.

Additional citations: AUSTRALIA: Queensland: R. A. Perry 1061
(Ai, W--2156492, Z--photo).

VITEX BENUENSIS Engl.

Additional bibliography: Fedde & Schust., Justs Bot. Jahresber.
59) (2) %» 417.,19393:,Mold., Phytologia 15: 228.:1978s:Mold., Pitea
Summ. 1: 224 (1971) and 2: 923. 1971.

VITEX BEQUAERTI DeWild.
Synonymy: Vitex bequaertii DeWild. apud Fedde & Schust.,
Justs Bot. Jahresber. 42: 252. 1920.

1979 Moldenke, Notes on Vitex 391

Additional bibliography: Fedde & Schust., Justs Bot. Jahres-
bets “42% 252,; 19203: B. Ne & Ay Lo .Moid?) th ste 22450. 1948s
Mold., Phytologia 15: 228. 1967; Mold., Fifth Summ. 1: 231 (1971)
aud iA24923 « (1971.

VITEX BERAVIENSIS Vatke

Additional bibliography: Wangerin, Justs Bot. Jahresber. 53
(2): 644. 1925; Mold., Phytologia 16: 496 (1968) and 17: 17, 22,
& 23. 1968; Mold., Fifth Summ.-1: 262 (1971) and.2s°713,9714%% 738;
&.923. 1971.

Additional citations: MADAGASCAR: Hildebrandt 3085a (Mu--1532-
cotype).

VITEX BERAVIENSIS var. ACUMINATA Mold.

Emended synonymy: Vitex arborea Bréon ex Mold., Phytologia 5:
213, in syn. 1955 [not V. arborea Brown, 1806, nor Desf., 1847,
nor Fischer, 1829, nor Roxb., 1814].

Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 15: 91 (1967) and
172 173 22, °& 23. 19683 Mold.,: Fifth Summ. 1: 262 (1971) and 2:
¥ia, 718, Vib, & 923. 1972;

It should be noted here that the V. arborea accredited to Brow
in the synonymy above belongs in the synonymy of V. heptaphylla
A. L. Juss., that ascribed to Desfontaines and to Fischer is V.
negundo f. albiflora Mold., while that credited to Roxburgh is
V. pinnata L.

VITEX BERAVIENSIS f£. PILOSA Mold.
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 16: 496. 1968; Mold.,
Fifth Summ. 1: 262 (1971) and 2: 714 & 923. 1971.

VITEX BERAVIENSIS f£. VILLOSA Mold.
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 16: 496. 1968;
Mold., Fifth Summ. 1: 262 (1971) and 2: 714 & 923. 1971.

VITEX BETSILIENSIS Humbert
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 16: 496. 1968; Mold.,
Fifth Summ. 1: 262, 263, & 373 (1971) and 2: 714 & 923. 1971.

VITEX BETSILIENSIS ssp. BARORUM Humbert

Synonymy’ Vitex barorum Bernardi ex Mold., Fifth Summ. 2: 714,
in syn. 1971. Vitex barorum Humbert ex Capuron, Adansonia, ser. 2,
L2s -526eh67Zs

Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 15: 91. 1967; Mold.,
Fifth Summ. 1: 263 & 373 (1971) and 2: 714 & 923. 19713; Capuron,
Adansonia, ser. 2, 12: 52. 1972.

Bernardi describes this plant as a large shrub or small tree,
the leaves very coriaceous, ferrugineous-tomentose beneath, and
found it growing at 1100--1200 m. altitude, fruiting in November.

Additional citations: MADAGASCAR: Bernardi 11228 (Ac, N).

VITEX BOGALENSIS Wernham
Additional bibliography: Fedde & Schust., Justs Bot. Jahresber.

392 PE ¥en Osi70 CAs Vol. 44, No. 6

42: 252. 1920; Mold., Phytologia 15: 228. 1967; Mold., Fifth Summ.
Ls. 22680197 1) and 2359235251972,

It should be noted here that the Missouri Botanical Garden
photograph A.856, cited below, consists not only of a picture of
Vitex bogalensis, but also one of Phyllanthus kaesneri Hutchins.

Additional citations: CAMEROONS: Talbot 1046 [Mo. Bot. Gard.
photo A.856, in part] (N--photo of type, W--photo of type).

VITEX BOJERI Schau.

Additional bibliography: Buek, Gen. Spec. Syn. Candoll. 3: 501.
1858; Wangerin, Justs Bot. Jahresber. 56 (1): 668. 1936; H. N. &
A. L. Mold., Pl. Life 2: 50. 1948; Mold., Phytologia 16: 496.
1968; Mold., Fifth Summ. 1: 263 & 426 (1971) and 2: 714, 717, &
923. 1971.

Additional citations: MADAGASCAR: Bojer s.n. [Be-zon-zong]
(Mu--625--isotype).

VITEX BOJERI var. SUBORBICULARIS Mold.
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 15: 92. 1967; Mold.,
Bifth Summ. bs 263° (1971). and 2: 923.°1971.

VITEX BRACTEATA S. Elliot

Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 15: 229. 1967;
Mold.4/) Fifth Suaims.(1 .263°¢1971) - and: 2% .923.°1972.

Bernardi describes this species as an erect shrub or small
tree, the branches dark-green, the leaves "hispid" [this is not
true!], coriaceous, "like those of a Petrea", the flowers borne on
long slender pedicels, the corollas wine-red, and encountered it
in sandy woods, flowering in November.

Additional citations: MADAGASCAR: Bernardi 11505 (Ac).

VITEX BREVILABIATA Ducke

Additional bibliography: Fedde & Schust., Justs Bot. Jahres-
ber. 53 (1): 1076. 1932; Mold., Phytologia 15: 229. 1967; Moka,
Fifth Summ. 1: 179 (1971) and 2: 923. 1971.

VITEX BREVIPETIOLATA Mold.
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 15: 229. 1967;
Mold... FiEth Summ.) 12179 (297 Djecandeee 92s. 297i

VITEX BUCHANANII J. G. Baker

Additional synonymy: Vitex buchanani "Bak. ex Guerke" apud
Richards & Morony, Check List Fl. Mbala 239. 1969.

Additional & emended bibliography: J. G. Baker in Thiselt.-
Dyer, Fl. Trop. Afr. 5: 315 & 319. 1900; Fedde & Schust., Justs
Bot. Jahresber. 57. (2): 402.1938; H. N. & A. Ls Mold.) ‘Pi. eiire
2: 51. 1948; Mold., Phytologia 15: 229. 1967; Richards & Morony,
Check List Pl. Mbala 239. 1969; Mold., Fifth Summ. 1: 238, 246,
250) 6-252 (1971) [and 22 714547265. SA 025g 197 b.

Recent collectors describe this plant as a "herbaceous plant",
small shrub, or tree, 4--6 m. tall, forming thickets, the young

1979 Moldenke, Notes on Vitex 393

twigs hairy, the leaflets 3--5, slightly rough above, hairy be-
neath, the petioles hairy, the flowers borne in lateral panicles
on old wood, and have found it growing in coastal sandy grassland-
bushland, in woodland on steep banks above cliffs, in thickets
on sand dunes, and among rocks in sandy soil, at altitudes from
sealevel to 1300 m., flowering in February. Schlieben found it
“abundant between boulders". The corollas are said to have been
"pale-green, with [a] dark mark on [the] upper petal" on Richards
19024. Buchanan 318 in the United States National Herbarium is
marked "V. buchanani Baker, n. sp.", but actually is not one of
the collections on which Baker based the taxon.

Richards & Morony (1969) cite Richards 4484, 10928, 18988, and
19204 from Tanzania, no. 18988 being from Crocodile Island.

The B. J. Harris 6180, distributed as V. buchananii, actually
is V. mossambicensis Giirke, while Ludanga DSM.225, Schlieben 6008,
and Wingfield, Kabuye, & Vollesen 3468 are V. schliebeni Mold.

Additional citations: TANZANIA: Tanga: Harris & Tadros BJH.
5586 (Z)3; Schlieben 1614 (Mu). ZAMBIA: Mrs. H. M. Richards 19024
(N). MALAWI: J. Buchanan 318 (W--74078).

VITEX BUCHANANII var. QUADRANGULA (Giirke) Pieper

Additional synonymy: Vitex buchanani var. quadrangula (Giirke)
Pieper, Engl. Bot. Jahrb. Beibl. 141: 54. 1928.

Additional bibliography: Fedde & Schust., Justs Bot. Jahres-
bers 5/7 (2)2-402. 1938; Molds; Phytolopia' 1S: 2295°9b7 5 Molds;
Fifth jsammieL:- 233°&*250 (1971) and 22714, 726507809235 rk

VITEX BUCHNERI Gurke

Additional & emended bibliography: Giirke, Engl. Bot. Jahrb. 18:
166. 18945 J. G.. Baker in’ Thiselt.—Dyer, Fl.) Trop. Afe. 52 S4b7 8
331." 1900; BH. N. & A. Le Mold., Pl. Life 2: 525 2946; Mota, Pay
tologia 15: 229. 1967; Mold., Fifth Summ. 1: 231 & 245 (1971) and
23 925.5 2974.

Material of this species has been misidentified and distribu-
ted in some herbaria as V. camporum Buettn.

Additional citations: ZAIRE: Liben 1926 (E--2168606).

VITEX BUDDINGII Mold.

Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 15: 229. 1967; Mold.,
Fifth Summ. 1: 328 (1971) and 2: 923. 1971.

Additional citations: GREATER SUNDA ISLANDS: Borneo: Budding 227
[Boschbouwproefst. bb.27010] (N--isotype).

VITEX BULUSANENSIS Elm.

Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 8: 29--30. 1961;
Mold, , Fifth /Semm:: 1:.318:.(197))and 22.923.) 1971.

Additional citations: PHILIPPINE ISLANDS: Luzon: Elmer 17004
(Mi--isotype).

VITEX BUNGUENSIS Mold., Phytologia 35: 419. 1977.
Bibliography: Mold., Biol. Abstr. 64: 2438. 1977; Mold., Phyto-

394 Poh YeF0O One ieeA Vol. 44, No. 6

logia (352;489 (1977)5 362 36¢(1977), and 443)354, 2979.

Collectors describe this plant as a tree, 30--50 feet tall,
aromatic, gnarled, with brown-lined bark, or as a "trailer with
woody stems", the leaves digitate, fragrant, entire or sometimes
all coarsely dentate [=juvenile?]. They have encountered it in
anthill thickets and at the edge of thickets, at 150 m. altitude,
flowering in January.. The corollas are said to have been
"purple/white" on Rodgers MRC.164. The vernacular name, "mpujwa}
is recorded for the species. Flock 363 exhibits all coarsely
dentate leaflets, but Wingfield later visited the locality where
it was collected and found all the leaves entire-margined; he
concludes that perhaps the toothed ones represent a juvenile
state. Most of the material cited below was originally misiden-
tified and distributed as the south Indian and Sri Lankan yitex
altissima L. f,

The specific epithet adopted by me for this species was chosen
because of the locality where the type collection was gathered as
given on its accompanying label when sent to me. Unfortunately,
this was published before the following comments from Robert Wing-
field of the University of Dar-es-Salaam were received by me:
"Since this plant is not confined to the Bungu area, and since
there are 3 other 'Bungu' sites in the Tanzanian gazetteer,
whereas this Bungu is not yet on any map or gazetteer, may I
suggest you choose some other name? E.g. as a possibility,
'zanjensis', from zanj the old Arab name for the Kenya-Tanzania
coastal region and in Zanzibar & Zinjanthropus - or something
still less obscure."

Citations: TANZANIA: Tanga: Flock 362 (Tz); Minjas & Raya DSM.
1908 (Z--type); Rodgers MRC.164 (Tz), s.n. (Tz).

VITEX BURMENSIS Mold.
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 15: 93. 1967; Mold.,
Fifth Summ. 1: 284 (1971) and 2: 923. 1971.

VITEX CAESPITOSA Exell in Good & Exell, Journ. Bot. 69, Suppl. 2:
145--146. 1931.

Additional & emended bibliography: Good & Exell, Journ. Bot.
69, Suppl. 2: 145--146. 1931; Mold., Phytologia 15: 230. 1967;
Mold., Fifth Summ. 1: 245 (1971) and 2: 923. 1971.

This species is based on Gossweiler 3302 deposited in the her-
barium of the British Museum in London, re-determined as "V. doni-
ana Sweet?" The original description reads as follows: "A caes-
pitose undershrub with annual shoots. Leaves glossy on both
faces, coriaceous, translucent. Flowers whitish-violet. Leaflets
up to 12 x 4.5 cm., the outer ones smaller; petioles up to 7 cm.
long; inflorescences 4--4.5 cm. long; pedicels usually about 0.5
mm. long; bracteoles 3--4 mm. long; calyx 3 mm. long, measuring to
the end of the calyx-teeth, slightly zygomorphic; corolla 7 mn.
long, the upper lip measuring about 2 mm.; stamens 3--3.5 mm.
long; ovary 1.5 mm. in diam. with style attaining 4--5 mm. in
length; fruit up to 10 x 6 mm. This species seems nearest to Vi

1979 -Moldenke, Notes on Vitex 395

puberula Baker, also from Angola, but can be distinguished by
having three leaflets instead of five, by the opposite leaves,
and by the abruptly acuminate leaflets."

Citations: ANGOLA: Luanda: Gossweiler 3302 [Mo. Bot. Gard.
photo A.857] (N--photo of type, W--photo of type).

VITEX CALOTHYRSA Sandw.

Additional synonymy: Vitex callothyrsa Lépez-Palacios, Revist.
Fac. Farm. Univ. Andes 15: 97, sphalm. 1975.

Additional bibliography: Fedde & Schust., Justs Bot. Jahres-
ber) 58 (2)2-330..1938; Mold. ; Phytologia 15: °230s 19673 Mold.,
Fitth Suen 15° 128, 133, & 1790 (2971) and: 2) 7255' 767 4 & 923.
1971; Lépez-Palacios, Revist. Fac. Farm. Univ. Andes 15: 95 &

o7') (£4eg.°18). 19753 Mold.; Phytologia 31: 412... 1975; Lépez=
Palacios, Fl. Venez. Verb. 579, 581, 585--588, & 654, fig. 137.
197 1,

Illustrations: L6pez-Palacios, Revist. Fac. Farm. Univ.

Andes 15: [fig. 18]. 1975; Lépez-Palacios, Fl. Venez. Verb. [586],
Pees ESS 1977.

Loépez-Palacios (1975) says: "Aunque el Dr. Moldenke cita V.
calothyrsa como de Bolivar y del Territorio Amazonas.....nunca he
visto ejemplares de Bolivar; todas las colecciones que yo he
examinado, inclusive el tipo, Spruce 3356, provienen del Terri-
torio Amazonas. Es, pues, un error la ubricaciGn del Rio Paci-
moni en Bolivar.......3; también debe advertirse el lapsus de la
cita de William 14993 como del Brasil....que procede de la isla
de Trapichote, en el Delta del Ventuari, Alto Orinoco, Territorio
Amazonas (Ven.), pero a lo mejor esta ejemplar es V. compressa."
In his 1977 work he cites from Amazonas, Venezuela: Maguire, Wur-
dack, & Bunting 37402, 37403, & 37413, Spruce 3356, Vareschi 7779,
and Wurdack & Adderley 42328.

Additional & emended citations: VENEZUELA: Amazonas: Spruce
3356 [Macbride photos 17564, 30185, & 34229] (B--isotype, Bm--
isotype, Br-—-isotype, Cb--isotype, Cb--isotype, Ed--isotype, F--
663043—-photo of isotype, F--876591—photo of isotype, F--923106—-
photo of isotype, F--976277--photo of isotype, K--type, K--isotype,
Kr--photo of isotype, Kr--photo of isotype, Kr--photo of isotype,
Lu--isotype, N--isotype, N--photo of isotype, N--photo of isotype,
N--photo of isotype, P--isotype, V--isotype, X--isotype, W--photo
of isotype); Ll. Williams 14993 in part (Ve--12874). GUYANA: R.
Schomburgk s.n. [British Guiana] (Ut--3253678).

VITEX CANESCENS Kurz

Additional synonymy: Vitex heterophylla f. tomentosa Jenkins,
in herb.

Additional & emended bibliography: Kurz, Forest Fl. Brit. Burma
2: 269, 270, & 612. 1877; Gamble, Man. Indian Timb., ed. 1, 296 &
522.. 1881; C; B. Clarke in Hook. f£., Fl, Brit. India 42 586.°> 1885;
Brandis, Indian Trees, imp. 1, 504. 1906; Kanjilal, Das, Kanjilal,
& De, Fl. Assam 3: 479, 481--482, & 561. 1939; Biswas, Indian
Forest Rec., ser. 2, Bot. 3: 42. 1941; Mold., Phytologia 16: 496--

396 PH ¥\cPh Os Lad Ga tk Vol. 44, No. 6

497. 1968; Sawyer & Cherms., Nat. Hist. Bull. Siam Soc. 23: 126.
1969; El-Gazzar & Wats., New Phytol. 69: 483 & 485. 1970; Brandis,
Indian Trees, imp. 2, 504. 19713 Mold., Fifth Summ. 1:279, 5264,
290, 293,:298;, 303, & 373 (1971) and 2:..714 & 923. 1971; El-
Gazzar, Egypt. .Journ. Bots 17::/5-& 784-1974.

Recent collectors describe this plant as a shrub or deciduous
tree, 4--12 m. tall ["200--250 feet tall" according to King's
collector], the trunk 7--30 cm. in diameter at breast height, of-
ten buttressed, the bark rough and furrowed, fawn-gray, the wood
cream or cream-gray, hard, the blaze "tan over tan", the leaves
light glossy-green above, paler beneath, the flowers with a slight
odor, usually produced before the leaves, the buds yellow-green
with a brown hue, the calyx light-green, and the fruit light-green
with a red-brown tinge. They have encountered it in mixed bamboo/
deciduous forests, sandy open forests, rocky deciduous forests,
stunted pyric swamp forests, and "in the open sun in scrub with
occasional trees to 15 m. tall along with Bauhinia and Lantana",
at altitudes of 6--1330 m., flowering in January and from March
to June, fruiting in March and June to October.

The corollas are said to have been "light-tan or buff" on
Squires 814, “cream" on Maxwell 75-48, "white" on King's Collector
s.n., and “lobes with purple veins and dots" according to Kanjilal
& al. (1939). The leaves are used as cattle fodder in Assam.
Vernacular names recorded for the species are "arekdal", "borkeng-
thing", "ching moi", "dieng-sartudkhar", "mathokhrai", "panch-
pati", "phung-arong", "teta", and "than-thang".

Maxwell 72-109 has the leaves exceptionally hairy. A bark
specimen accompanies Squires 814. King 5493 serves as a voucher
for a wood collection. The inflorescence is very dense on Squires
814, but very loose on Jenkins s.n. and King's Collector s.n. The
new leaves are said to unfold in April in Thailand. Sawyer &
Chermsirivathana (1969) report "phytocenoses 1,3,4; 330--710 m."
in this species.

Clarke (1885) cites Griffith 6066 and Masters s.n. from Assam,
McLelland s.n. & Kurz s.n.from Pegu and Ava in Upper Burma. He
comments that "Vitex canescens, Wall. Cat. 1757, is not in Wal-
lich's Herbarium; Kurz does not state whether he intended or guessed
his own V. canescens to be the same as Wallich's or no."

Material of V. canescens has been misidentified and distributed
in some herbaria as V. pubescens Vahl.

Additional citations: INDIA: Assam: Jenkins s.n. [Assam] (Mu--
691, Mu--1133, Pd); King's Collector s.n. [April 1893] (Mu--3801).
THAILAND: R. M. King 5493 (W--2435951); Maxwell 72-60 (Ac), 72-109
(Ac), 75-303 (Ac). INDOCHINA: Annam: Squires 814 (Mu). Cambodia:
Pierre 648 (W--2602822). NEW GUINEA: Papua: Schodde 2755 (Ba).
CULTIVATED: Florida: Gillis 8682 (Go, Z).

VITEX CAPITATA Vahl

Additional & emended synonymy: Vitex bignonioides Humb. & Bonpl.
apud Steud., Nom. Bot. Phan., ed. 1, 888. 1821. Vitex bignonioides
- Kunth apud Spreng.,in L., Syst... Veg., eds 16, 2: 757s 1825.8 Beeree

1979 Moldenke, Notes on Vitex 397

bignonioides H.B.K. apud Loépez—Palacios, Fl. Venez. Verb. 589, in
syn. 1977. Vitex wicttrockiana [Moldenke] apud Lépez-Palacios,
Fils) Venez, Verb. 654;. im syn. 1977.

Additional & emended bibliography: Pers., Sp. Pl. 3: 361. 1819;
Steud, ,) Noms.» Bot. Phan,., ed, 1, 858. 1821; Sweet, Hort... Brits, ed.
2,416.5,1630; Loud, Hort. Brat.,, e6s.) 2, 551.) 48325; Sweet, Hece.
Brat. werd, 2 591.-183993; BD. ABiere: Syn PLS: 6122. 1849sSehaucs
Eagmaea,205..484. 18475. Schau. in, A. DC.,)Prodr. 11:4689. 2847;
Buek, Gen. Spec. Syn. Candoll. 3: 501. 1858; Pittier, Contrib. U.
S. Nat. Herb. 20: 483 & 487. 1922; Knuth, Feddes Repert. Spec.
Now. Beih,, 432, [Init..FL.. Venez), 607..19273.H. Ns & Acc. Mobdy,
Pi, ite 2: 89. 1948; J.) AeiSteverm.,- AcE. (Bot... Veneg: + be0254,
1966; Mold., Phytologia 16: 497. 1968; Mold., Résumé Suppl. 16: 3,
53, & 29. 1968; - Dennis, Kew Bull. Addit. Ser. 3::177) & 289,.1970;
Lasser, Act. Bot... Venez. 4: 48.1970; Mold., Fifth Summ. 1:..112,
P27 ObeA-285 133,179, .&. 303 CEST DR) atid) 27.549, 026, £45 yp Fo bees
1971; Barrios & Briceno, Mem. II Congres. Venez. Bot. 155, 170,
4733-477, & 179. 19743. Bowes,.Dict. Useful Pl. 96, 19743 Mold.;
Phytologia 28: 452 (1974) and 31: 383. 1975; Lépez-Palacios, Re-
vist. Fac. Farm. Univ. Andes 15: 95--96. 1975; Lépez-Palacios, Fl.
Venez. Verb. 581, 589--594, 626, & 654, fig. 138. 1977.

- Additional illustrations: Lépez-Palacios, Fl. Venez. Verb.
Pao) «tae. 1538... .1977.

Recent collectors describe this species as an unarmed shrub or
small tree, 1.5--25 m. tall, the trunk erect, simple, cylindric,
12--30 cm. in diameter; leaves decussate-opposite, 3--5 digitate-
ly foliolate, mostly 5-foliolate, calyx dark-green, filaments
deep-blue to amethyst, anthers dark-purple, fruit at first green,
later red or purple, more or less spherical, 1 or 2 produced per
cyme, the old fruit brown. They have found it growing on granite
cliffs, in sandy disturbed soil of mata de cipd, in dry scrub, and
in small patches of woods on savannas, at 50--900 m. altitude,
flowering from March to June and in November, in fruit from March
to July. Veillon notes: "apamate blanco-canalete". The corollas
are said to have been "blue" on Curran 1797, Gentry & al. 11148,
and Murga Pires & al. 14336, "violet" on Fosberg 45241, "“light-
red" on Mori & al. 11070, “bright-purple" on Collector undeter-
mined 15 and Senaratna 193, "azul-arroxeado" on Murga Pires & al.
14387, "azul a ametistina, con pelos blancos en la base del lébula
inferior" on Ruiz-Teran & al. 10858, and "petals and stamens
purple" on Prance & al. 11225. Murca Pires and his associates
say: "arvore pequena, comu 4s vezas''; Mori and his associates call
it "common" and describe the "frutos pretos".

Sweet (1830) and Loudon (1832) both assert that V. capitata was
introduced into cultivation in England in 1822 from Trinidad,
while V. bignonioides was introduced in 1826 from Caracas, Venezu-
ela. Pittier (1922) also keeps the two taxa distinct, keying
them out as follows:

1. Leaflets sessile or almost so; corolla-tube only twice as long
asthe. calyx: Venesuel aves. 6.6 aks ass nse meamee sp DIgnonioides.
la. Leaflets distinctly petiolulate; corolla-tube much longer than

398 Ff PRO-10 6PA Vol. 44, No. 6

the calyx.
2. Corolla woolly in the throat; calyx distinctly but shortly
repand-dentate; Trinidad & Venezuela..........V. capitata.
2a. Corolla almost glabrous in the throat; calyx hardly denticu-
lates Guyands. csc cceveccseuectssesvesseesV¥. SChombULgKionse

Vernacular names recently reported for V. capitata include
"acietuno", "calisaya morada", "escolilla", "five leaf fiddle
wood", "flor azul", "guarataro", "headed-flowered chaste-tree",
"mariquita", "piedrero", "piqueguaro", "trumpet-flow'd chaste-
tree", and "trumpet-flowered chaste-tree".

Dennis (1970) reports the following fungi as parasitizing this
species: Phyllachora taruma Speg. and Uredo viticis Juel, both in
Trinidad.

Lopez—-Palacios (1975) notes that "En lo que respecta a las
localidades citadas por el Dr. Moldenke.....hay que anotar lo
siguiente: El Edo. Zamora ya no figura en la actual nomenclatura
de la divisi6n territorial; hoy corresponde al Edo. Barinas.
Ademas de los Estado alli citados colecciones antiguas y recientes
atestiguan su existencia en los de Anzoategui (Pittier 14884);
Portuguesa [Tamayo s.n. (VEN.34114]; Sucre (Steyermark & otros
107814 y Aristeguieta 5555). Lasser 225, acreditada erréneamente
por Moldenke para Monagas (Phytologia 5: 264) [It is not so ac-
credited there!], procede de Santa Barbara de Barinas. Williams
12696 es un ejemplar muy pobre (2 hojas y un inflorescencia en
VEN. y apenas 3 foliolos sueltos en NY.); me dan fuertas dudas de
que sea V. staheli por sus cimas divericadas, el tamano de los
foliolos, y el excepcional porte del Arbol (18 m.), ya que las
citas de los restantes ejemplares colectados en Venezuela no pasan
do los 11 m. En P he visto un Chaffanjon M.11 ‘borde de 1'Oreno-
que', con una cedula anexa que dice 'Mariquita-Calysaya morada'.
Parece que con ella se quiere indicar nombres vulgares." Ldépez-
Palacios (1977) cites the following collections from Venezuela:
Amazonas: Chaffanjon ll, Spruce 3746, Vareschi s.n. Anzoategui:
Aristeguieta & Agostini 5555, Pittier 14884. Apure: Badillo 1372,
Smith V.1460, Trujillo 2120, Vélez 2688. Aragua: Bonpland 741,
Ll. Williams 10188. Barinas: Lasser 225, Lépez-Palacios 3145,
Smith V.1526, Veillon 87. Bolivar: Aristeguieta 5283, 5842,
Cardona 2872, Grosourdy Cat. 13 s.n., Little 15961, Pittier 12849,
Ruiz-Teran, Carabot, & Morales 10560, 10858, Steyermark 86791,
94269; Ll. Williams 11642, 12046, 12696, 12849. Carabobo: Fer-
nandez-Yépes F.679, Saer 868. Delta Amacuro: Little 15950. Gu-
arico: Aristeguieta 4183, 4187, 6083, Burkart 16206. Lara: Pit-
tier 11756. Monagas: Aristeguieta 1729, F. D. Smith 230, Steyer-
mark 61777, Wurdack & Monachino 39451. Portuguesa: Tamayo s.n.
Sucre: Steyermark & al. 107840.

Material of this species has been misidentified and distribu-
ted in some herbaria as V. montevidensis Cham., V. schaueriana
Mold., and V. trifoliolata L. f. On the other hand, the Little,
Ortega U., Samaniego V., & Vivar C. 548, distributed as V. capita-
ta, actually is V. moronensis Mold., while Prance, Forero, Pena, &
Ramos 4623 is V. schomburgkiana Schau. and Aristeguieta 6083 seems

1979 Moldenke, Notes on Vitex 399

better placed as representing V. appuni Mold. The Williams 12696,
cited by me as V. capitata in a previous publication, seems bet-
ter regarded as V. stahelii Mold. as pointed out by Lépez-—Palac-
ios.

Additional & emended citations: COLOMBIA: Bolivar: Romero-
Castafieda 1636 (N). VENEZUELA: Amazonas: Curran 868 (N), 1797
(N). Anzoategui: Aristeguieta & Agostini 5555 (N). Barinas:
Gentry, Morillo, & Morillo 11148 (W--2786426)3; Lasser 225 (Ca--
734623, N, Ve--12850); Loépez-Palacios 3145 (Ld, N); Veillon 87
(W--2654202). Bolivar: Aristeguieta 5842 (N); Gentry & Berry
14725 (N), 15103 (N); Ruiz-Teran, Carabot, & Morales 10858 (Ac);
Ruiz-Teran, Carabot, Morales, & Jahn 10560 (Tu); Ruiz-Teran & L6-
pez-Palacios 11658 (Mi). Delta Amacuro: Curran 1810 (N). Mona-
gas: F. R. Fosberg 45241 (Ld). BRAZIL: AmazGnas: Murga Pires,
Cavalcante, Magnago, & Silva 14387 (Ld). Bahia: Mori, Mattos
Silva, Kallunki, & Santos 9925 (Ld); Mori, Mattos Silva, Santos,
Kallunki, & Pennington 9441 (Ld); Mori, Santos, & Thompson 11070
(Ld, N). Minas Gerais: Glaziou 14160 (B, Br, Cb, Cp, K, N, N--
photo, P, P, P, W--1112492, Z--photo). Roraima: Murga Pires,
Cavalcante, Magnago, & Silva 14336 (Ld); Murga Pires, Leite, &
Lima s.n. [Herb. IPEAN 14610 (79)] (Ld); Prance, Forero, Pena, &
Ramos 4623 (S); Prance, Steward, Ramos, & Monteiro 11225 (Ld, N);
Ruiz-Teran & LOpez-Palacios 11034 (Ld). CULTIVATED: Sri Lanka:
Collector undetermined 15 [125/46] (Pd, Pd, Pd); Moldenke, Mol-
denke, & Jayasuriya 28144 (Ac, Ld, Pd, W--2764413); Senaratna
193 (Pd).

VITEX CARBUNCULORUM Smith & Ramas
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 15: 230. 1967;
Mold., Fifth Summ. 1: 284 & 298 (1971) and 2: 923. 1971.

VITEX CARVALHI Gurke

Additional & emended bibliography: Giirke in Engl., Pflanzenw.
Ost-Afr. C: 339. 1895; J. G. Baker in Thiselt.-Dyer, Fl. Trop.
Afye 5 5).396,6°326. )4.900;,.H.. N. & As dis) Mold., Pl, (shite, 2s. 534
1948; Dale & Greenway, Kenya Trees Shrubs 592 & 593. 1961; Mold.,
Phytologia 15: 230. 1967; Gillett, Numb. Check-list Trees Kenya
47. 1970; Mold., Fifth Summ. 1: 241 & 252 (1971) and 2: 923. 1971.

Baker (1900) cites only the type collection, Carvalho s.n.,
from Mozambique. Dale & Greenway (1961) cite Tiede 23 from Kenya.

VITEX CAULIFLORA Mold.
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 15: 230. 1967;
Mold., Fifth Summ. 1: 263 (1971) and 2: 923. 1971.

VITEX CAULIFLORA var. LONGIFOLIA Mold.
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 15: 95. 1967; Mold.,
Fifth Summ. 1: 263 (1971) and 2:-923. 1971.

VITEX CAULIFLORA var. VILLOSISSIMA Mold.
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 15: 95. 1967; Mold.,

400 Pa T° T"8 EVOrG rs Vol. 44, No. 6
Fifth Summ. 1: 263 (1971) and 2: 923. 1971.

VITEX CESTROIDES J. G. Baker
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 16: 497. 1968;
Mold., Fifth Summ. 1: 263 (1971) and 2: 715 & 923. 1971.

VITEX CHARIENSIS A. Chev.
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 15: 230. 1967; Mold.,
Fitth: Somme le 227 (L971) and’ 2: 923. 2971.

VITEX CHARIENSIS var. LATIFOLIA A. Chev.
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 15: 95. 1967; Mold.,
Pitth Sumi. '1:-227 C1971) and ‘25 923. 15971.

VITEX CHRYSLERIANA Mold.

Additional bibliography: H. N. & A. L. Mold., Pl. Life 2: 53.
1948; Mold., Phytologia 15: 230--231. 1967; Mold., Fifth Summ. 1:
17S °CL 974) and 29235 DOLL.

VITEX CHRYSOCARPA Planch.

Additional & emended bibliography: Hook. f. & Benth. in Hook.,
Niger Fl. 486. 1849; J. G. Baker in Thiselt.-Dyer, Fl. Trop. Afr.
5: 316° & 325. 1900; Hutchins. & Dalz., Fl. W: Trop. Afr.,° ea 3
2: 275 & 276. 1936: Dalz., Useful Pl. W. Trop. Afr. 456. 29377
N. & Al Ls Mold., PL. Life 2: 90% 1948; Roberty, Pet. Fis Ouser
Afr.°178. 1954; Huber in Hutchins. & Dalz., Fl. W. Trop. Ate] Ga.
2, 2: 446 & 448. 1963; Mold., Phytologia 16: 497 (1968) and 17:
27.) 1968; Mold., Fifth Summ. 1: 210;'°215, ‘217; 219,° 2215 °222 752
& 246° (1971) and 2:°715, 731, & 923. 1971; Moid., Phytologia’Z2-
420. 1972; Gray & DeZeeuw, IAWA Bull. 1974 (2): 25, fig. 2. 1974.

Illustrations: Gray & DeZeeuw, IAWA Bull. 1974 (2): fig. 2.
1974.

Hooker & Bentham (1849) list this species as "Vitex (Chryso-
mallum) chrysocarpa" and cite Vogel s.n. from Nigeria. Dalziel
(1937) records the vernacular names, "balamagnian", "bu-kudu-né",
"insuo-koto", and "kuru", noting that in Togo the wood of this
plant is used to make fishing gear.

Additional citations: ZAIRE: Toussaint 534 (E--2168607).

VITEX CHRYSOMALLUM Steud.

Additional bibliography: D. Dietr., Syn. Pl. 3: 612. 1843;
Buek, Gen. Spec. Syn. Candoll. 3: 501. 1858; H. N. & A. L. Motds,
Pl. Life 2: 72. 1948; Mold., Phytologia 16: 497--498. 1968; Mold.,
Fifth Sum. 1:° 263° 8426’ (L971) and’ 22° 713, 715, “116, 722, =
S24 1971.

VITEX CHRYSOMALLUM var. LONGICALYX Mold.
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 15: 96. 1967;
Mold. Fifth ‘Sum, 1: 263° (1971) and 2: 924. T97L.

VITEX CHRYSOMALLUM var. TOMENTELLA Mold.
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 15: 96. 1967; Mold.,

1979 Moldenke, Notes on Vitex 4O1
Fifth Summ. 1: 263 (1971) and 2: 924. 1971.

VITEX CILIATA Pierre

Additional & emended bibliography: Pellegrin, Mem. Soc. Linn.
Normand. 26 [ser. 2, 1 (3); Fl. Mayombe 2]: 49--50, pl. 2. 1928;
Saint Aubin, For. Gabon [194] & 206. 1963; Mold., Phytologia 15:
231 6 £967) Mold. ,;* Fifth Summ, 19°226° & '227°-€1971) sand 2: 7358
924. 1971.

Additional & emended illustrations: Pellegrin, Mem. Soc. Linn.
Notmand 2° 26: [Sers -2,°1°(3)3° Fl. Mayomb.. 2): pid 22 1928s Gaint
Aubin, For. Gabon opp. [194]. 1963.

Saint Aubin (1963) records the vernacular names, "angona",
"evino", and "nto", for this species but all also applied to V.
Pachyphylla J. G. Baker. Vitex ciliata seems to be based on Le
Testu 1701 from Gabon, although Pellegrin (1928) also cites Klaine
3257 from the same country.

VITEX CILIO-FOLIOLATA A. Chev.
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 15: 231. 1967; Mold.,
Prtth Sammy le 220 G97) and 2: 924. -1971.

VITEX CLEMENTIS Britton & P. Wils.

Additional’ bibliography: H. N. & A. Le Mold.; PL. Life 2: 83.
1946%° Adain’ in Leon & Alain, Fl. Cuba, “imp. 13.4: 317 “Sesee,
1957; Mold. ;°Phiytologia : 453 °231.- 19675 Mold. Fifth Sam. 2 98
(1971)> and 22°924. 19713°Alain in LeGn & Alain, ‘Fl. Cuba, “imp. °2;
Ber siy *&. Sib 1974.

VITEX COCHINCHINENSIS Dop

Additional bibliography: Wangerin, Justs Bot. Jahresber. 56 (1):
669. 1936; Fedde & Schust., Justs Bot. Jahresber. 56 (2): 286.
1937; Mold., Phytologia 15: 231. 1967; Mold., Fifth Summ. 1: 303
(19F2) and 27/9245 “LOTE.

VITEX COFASSUS Reinw.

Additional & emended synonymy: Cofassus Rumpf, Herb. Amboin. 3:
28--30, pl. 14, fig. B. 1743. Cofassus alba Rumpf, Herb. Amboin.
3: 28. 1743. Cofassus femina Rumpf, Herb. Amboin. 3: 28. 1743.
Cofassus mollis Rumpf, Herb. Amboin. 3: 28. 1743. Cofassus pal-
lida Rumpf, Herb. Amboin. 3: 28. 1743. Vitex punctata Schau. in
A. DC.; Prodr.. 12+ 687. 1847 [net-V. punctata Mete.,. 2920] s.0 Vitex
cofassus typica H. J. Lam apud Worsdell, Ind. Lond. Suppl. 2: 500.
1941. Vitex cofassi Hall. £. ex Mold., Fifth Summ. 2: 715, in syn.
1971. Vitex cofassus "Reinw. ex Bl." apud Foreman, Div. Bot.

Dept. For. N. Guin. Bot. Bull. 5: 63. 1972. Vitex cafassus Reinw.,
in herb.

Additional & emended bibliography: Rumpf, Herb. Amboin. 3: 28--
30, pl. 14, f4e8 Ba. 17435 Moon; Cats. Indig, lBsots.Plosteyi. sls. 46.
1824; Blume, Bijdr. Fl. Ned. Ind. 14: 813. 1826; D. Dietr., Syn.
Pl. 3: 611. 1843; Buek, Gen. Spec. Syn. Candoll. 3: 502. 1858;
Thwaites & Hook. f., Enum. Pl. Zeyl. 244. 1861; Hassk., Neuen Schl.

402 PB. Y.7)8 LOA Vol. 44, No. 6

48. 1866; Heyne, Nutt. Pl. Nederl. Ind., ed. 1, 112--113. 1917;

H. Hallier, Meded. Rijks Herb. Leid. 37: 47--48, 51, & 85. 1918;
Lam & Bakh., Bull. Jard. Bot. Buitenz., ser. 3,..33 48s 1921-

Fedde & Schust, Justs Bot. Jahresber. 47 (2): 246. 1927; Fedde,
Justs Bot. Jahresber. 47 (2): 423. 1929; Fedde & Schust., Justs
Bot. Jahresber. 60 (2): 576. 1941; Van Royen, Nova Guinea, ser. 2,
10: 240. 1960; Mold., Phytologia 16: 498. 1968; Mold., Resumé
Supp... t7¢..6. 1968; Uphof,. Diet. Econ. Pl... eds 2, 5454 290
Begemann, Lex. Nutzh. 4: 2470--2471 (1969) and 5: 2631. 1969;
Worthley & Schott, Life Sci. 8: 225--238. 1969; Farnsworth, Phar-
macog. Titles 5 (8): xvii & item 8792 (1970) and 5, Cumul. Gen.
Ind... 197.iL:, Mold.» Fifith.Summs be 319, .320,,.328,:331,).32a. 3000
339, 340, 373, & 468.(1971) and.2:,.715,:716, 722,.726, 788, "esgeen
1971; Versteegh, Meded. Landbouwhogesch. Wagen. 71-19: 10 & 62.
1971; Foreman, Div. Bot. Dept. For. N. Guin. Bot. Bull. 5: 14, 63,
178, & [179]. 1972; Hartley, Dunstone, Fitzg., Johns, & Lamberton,
Lloydia 36: 294. 1973; Mold. in Woodson, Schery, & al., Ann. Mo.
Bot. Gard. 60: 131 & 148. 1973; Farnsworth, Pharmacog. Titles 9
(1): xxviii. 1974; Mold., Phytologia 28: 452 & 465 (1974) and 34:
267. 1976; Fundter & Wisse, Meded. Landbouwhogsch. Wagen. 77 (9):
205--209; 1977.

Additional illustrations: Foreman, Div. Bot. Dept. For. N.

Guin. Bot. Bull. 5: [179]. 1972; Fundter & Wisse, Meded. Landbouw-
hogsch. Wagen. 77 (9): 208 & 209. 1977.

Recent collectors describe this species as a large, tall, canopy
tree, 8--37 m. tall, freely branched, sometimes branching 0.5 m.
from the base, at other times with a bole 3--5.5 m. high, crooked,
very much grooved and flanged; trunk often very gnarled and irregu-
lar, 25--75 cm. in diameter at breast height, with a girth to 3 m.,
with or without buttresses, the buttresses (if present) thick,
equal, to 4 m. high and 2.5 m. long; outer bark pale-gray, gray,
gray-brown, or pale brownish-gray to brown, light-brown, or yellow-
ish-brown, often banded, sometimes "cream-powdery", close, soft,
rather smooth or rough, very fibrous, scaly or "stringy-flakey",
about 1/4 inch thick, peeling off in large, thin, fibery flakes or
shredding into thin papery scales, the under bark brown, the inner
bark, white, yellow, or yellow-straw, with conspicuous rings of
fibers; crown light-green, sparse, spreading; branches heavy; wood
hard, white or straw-color, without odor or exudate, the sapwood
yellow or pale-yellow, the heartwood gray- or dark-brown, sharply
defined; lenticels large, numerous; slash wood hard, light-brown
or yellow; slash bark hard, "fawn-colored with flecks"; blaze pale-
brown or '"4-layered: orange-white, yellow, white with orange
channels, and yellow"; buds green, covered with short hairs; leaves
light yellowish-green, sometimes reddish-margined, or else dark-
or mid-green and glossy or rather dark dull-green above, paler or
light-green and dull beneath; inflorescences terminal, paniculate,
their branches green; flowers scented or scentless; corolla-throat
hairy; fruit oval or irregularly globular, about 8 mm. long and 7--
10 mm. wide, shiny, at first light- or dull-green to gray-green
or even yellowish-white, blue or black to reddish-purple when ripe,

1979 Moldenke, Notes on Vitex 403

fleshy, shiny.

Collectors have found this species growing in open fields, on
the sides of beaches, and in swamp margins on flat plains, in
rainforests and lowland rainforests on clayey soil, in burned-
over secondary forests, in valley bottoms, coastal forests and
well-drained primary forests, in forests on sandy loam soil, al-
luvial rainforests, and along open roadsides on volcanic clay
soil with Morinda, Thelypteris, and Scleria, as well as in “alluv-
ial freshwater-tidal forest ecotones" and "ridge forests on
shallow soil over conglomerate rock", from sealevel to 550 m.
altitude, flowering from February to July, as well as October to
December, fruiting in February, April to July, September, and
October. Kajewski refers to it as "common in rainforests" and
Walker & White report it "common in lowland rainforests".

The corollas are said to have been "white" on Herb. Brit.

Sol. Isls. Prot. 6697 & 6830 "whitish-blue on Kuswata & Soepadmo
111, "blue" on Herb. Brit. Sol. Isls. Prot. 5967, "lilac-blue" on
Gillis 10995, "purplish-blue on Fryar 3347, "mauve-blue" on
Schodde & Craven 4497, “blue and purple" on Robinson 302, "purple"
on Canfield 567, Collector undetermined 343, and Sutrisno 35,
"mauve'’ on Croft & Lelean LAE.65427, Floyd 6633, and Walker &
White 20, "violet" on Brass 21950, “lavender" on Brass 21909,and
"yellow" on Herb. Brit. Sol. Isls. Prot. 6785.

Vernacular names reported for this species include “afas",
“ahsane;*'“aneano”, "“a* sane”, “bai-ah”, “bitum",« “fata” father’s
"sofasa", “gofassa", "gupasa", "kofasa", "namavue", "New Guinea
teak", "ridohokko", "sassuwar", and "vitex". A wood sample ac-
companies Schodde & Craven 4497. Robinson 302 is said to repre-
sent the Cofassus femina of Rumpf's (1743) plate 14 B, which ex-
hibits both 1- and 3-foliolate leaves. The type of the species
itself is probably a Rumpf collection from Amboina.

Kajewski notes that the "exceptionally strong timber [is] used
by natives [in the Solomon Islands] for making large wooden bowls
and platters for feasts, pounding food in [a] manner similar to
mortar". Wood anatomy characters are given in detail by Fundter
& Wisse (1977) who cite NGBW nos. 809, 843, 1335, 9436, & 10074
from New Guinea. Foreman (1972) cites NGF.577, 2862, 16422,
19690, 45643, 45748, & 48608, Kajewski 1033 & 1843, Rechinger
3748, Schodde & Craven 365l, 4004, & 4119, Wat. 6-B, and Wat. Yale
29, all from Bougainville island.

Heyne (1917) gives detailed notes on the uses of this species
in Indonesia and differentiates the characteristics of the three
forms of the species noted by Rumpf (1743). For Cofassus alba he
lists the vernacular name, "gofasa perampoean", for Cofassus mas
"gofasa batoe", and for C. femina “gofasa gaba-gaba". From Ceram
he lists also the local names, "gofasa tikar" and "gofasa mérah".
Hallier (1918) records the name, “adjie bitie" from Celebes,
"matatakum" from New Guinea, and "gafussu", "govasa-batu-baum",
and "govasa-gaba-baum" from the Molucca Islands. He cites Heyne
2821 from Celebes, Elbert 2732 from Buton, DeVriese & Teijsmann 5
& 6, Forsten s.n., and Reinwardt 1465 from the Moluccas, and

404 Pu YY, TOLD Gvi# Vol. 44, No. 6

Weinland 155 from New Guinea. Lam (1919) cites Boerlage 503 and
Robinson 302 from Amboina, Hulstijn 404 from Sula Besi, and Hul-
stijn 414 from Mangoli. Uphof (1968) gives the range of the spe-
cies as "Malay Archipelago, Celebes, Moluccas etc." and notes
that its wood is "durable, resistant to sea-water and moist soil;
used for building vessels." Begemann (1969) describes the wood
characters in detail, gives the distribution as "Neu-Guinea und
den Salomon-I[nseln, aber auch in Malaysia, dem Sarawak und in
Indonesien heimisch", and notes that "Das Holz wirt generell zu
den gleichen Zwecken wie Teak.....verwandt, speziel aber im Boots-
und Schiffbau, als Bau- und Konstruktionholz mit einer mittleren
Beansprechung, zum Innenausbau, als Fussboden und Perkett, fur
M6bel, Leitungsmaste und Schwellen....Die Lieferméglichkeiten
sind beschrankt. Der Hauptabnehmer dieses Holzes ist nach wie
vor Australien."

Hartley and his associates cite their nos. 963lb & 10154, Ver-
steegh (1971) reports that the slash of this wood turns dark-green
on exposure and the living bark yellow, and that in the English
and Indonesian trade the wood goes by the name of "gofassa".

Foreman (1972) gives detailed descriptions of the tree, its
bark, leaves, flowers, fruits, and wood (density 44 lbs. per cubic
foot). He affirms that "The timber is strong, hard, durable and
does not warp after cutting. It is used in boat building and has
been used for panelling. The poor form restricts its attractive-
ness to saw millers. It is used much for carvings and drums.....
The wood is very similar to that of Viticipremna novaepommeranae
(Vitex quinata) which has been cut extensively on New Britain,
but that species has a much better form than Vitex cofassus." He
gives its distribution as "Moluccas, Micronesia, New Guinea,
throughout the Solomon Islands and Bismark Archipelago." The Gil-
lis collection, cited below, was gathered from cultivated material
in Florida, grown from the seed of Fairchild 319 from Maripa is-
land in the Moluccas.

It should be pointed out here that Foreman (1972) is in error
in synonymizing Viticipremna novae-pommeraniae (Warb.) H. J. Lam
with Vitex quinata (Lour.) F. N. Will.

It is also worth noting here that according to Merrill (1917)
Cofassus mas Rumpf is in part Vitex cofassus and in part V. parvi-
flora A. L. Juss. Actually, on p. 28 Rumpf says: "Post Metrosi-
deri species hoc celebre tignum suum obtinet locum, cujus tres
nobis obvenere species: Prima mas seu rubra; Secundo alba, seu
pallida: Tertio mollis, quae femina esse putatur, quae omnes parum
forma, modoque crescendi differunt, excepto lignorum colore."" On
his pl. 14 fig. A and B are drawn as attached to each other --
"A", above, is trifoliolate and probably represents V. parviflora,
while "B", below, is unifoliolate and probably represents V. co-
fassus. As to the names he cites, it seems that Cofassus mas and
C. rubra probably represent "A" or V. parviflora, while C. alba,
C. pallida, C. mollis, and C. femina probably represent "B" or
V. cofassus. "A" is drawn with flowers, "B" with fruit. "A" is
marked "folia maris" on the plate and "B" is marked "femina".

1979 Moldenke, Notes on Vitex 405

The Blume (1826) reference cited in the bibliography above is
eften mistakenly cited).as "82.3". "92" $13", or "L825", that. of
Moon (1824) is sometimes cited as "1821"; that of Thwaites & Hook-
er (1861) as "246" or "1839"; and that of Foreman (1972) by the
misleading title-page date of "1971".

Additional citations: PALAU ISLANDS: Aimiriik: Kanehira 1977
(W--1656936). Koror: Canfield 567 (W--2835869, W--2835970).
Palau: Hosokawa 7051 (W--2036330). MOLUCCA ISLANDS: Amboina: C.
B. Robinson 302 (W--654620). Ceram: Kuswata & Soepadmo 111
(N). Halmahera: Herb. Neth. Ind. For. Serv. bb.23772 (N), _ bb.
23773) (N).) Ternate: Herb: Neth. Ind. For. Serv. /bb-23185. () .
AROE ISLANDS: Kobroor: Herb. Neth. Ind. For. Serv. bb.25296 (N).
NEW GUINEA: Papua: Brass 21909 (W--2603087), 21950 (W--2603093).
Territory New Guinea: Fryar 3347 (N, W--2211051); Schodde &
Craven 4497 (Ac); Weinland 155 (Mu--3963); Womersley 2913 (N),
3313 (W--2211054). BISMARK ARCHIPELAGO: New Britain: Floyd 6633
(W--2603222); Frodin NGF.26866 (Iu); Henty & Lelean NGF.49499
(Mu); Womersley & Kazakoff NGF.7082 (W--2603189). New Ire-
land: Croft & Lelean LAE.65427 (Mu). SOLOMON ISLANDS: Guadal-
canal: Walker & White B.S.I.P.20 (W--2157870, W--2157871). Mal-
aita: Kajewski 2381 (W--1752235). New Georgia: Maenu'u s.n.
[Herb. Brit. Sol. Isls. Prot. 5967] (W--2578788). Ulawa: Teona
suns [Herbs Brit. Sol..<Isls.. Prot.:'6269] (W-=2575326).. 0 Yeabel:
Beer collectors s.n. [Herb. Brit. Sol. Isls. Prot. 6830] (W--
2578424), s.n. [Herb. Brit. Sol. Isls. Prot. 6697] (W--2578661),
s.n. [Herb. Brit. Sol. Isls. Prot. 6785] (W--2578460), s.n. [Herb.
Brit. Sol. Isls. Prot. 7778] (W--2578379). CULTIVATED: Florida:
Gillis 10995 [Pl. Introd. 139401 M.10573] (Ld). India: Herb.
Hort. Bot. Calcut..s.n.. (Pd). .Java:..Sutrisno(35 (Herb: |} Here.
Bogor. XIII.J.87] (N). Sri Lanka: Collector undetermined 343
(Pd), <satice (Pe):

VITEX COFASSUS f£. ANOMALA Mold.
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 15: 98. 1967; Mold.,
Fifth) Samni.cL: '328,°333, & 3/3 (19/1). and; 27 (924.1 7970.

VITEX COFASSUS var. PUBERULA H. J. Lam

Additional bibliography: Fedde & Schust., Justs Bot. Jahres-
ber. 47° €2) :,.246. (1927) and 60. (2): 5/76. 19413; Mold... Phytologia
15¢. 9850 19675' Mold... Fifth Summ. 1: 334, 338; & 340 (1971) aad.2:
715 .&. 924... 2971.

VITEX COLUMBIENSIS Pittier

Emended synonymy: Vitex colombiensis Pittier apud A. W. Hill,
ind. Bews Suppi.) 72252. 1929.

Additional & emended bibliography: Pittier, Contrib. U. S. Nat.
Herb. 20: 483--485. 1922; Fedde & Schust., Justs Bot. Jahresber.
53 (1): 1076. 1932; Record & Mell, Timbers Trop. Am. 525--527.
1924; Mold., Phytologia 15: 232. 1967; Mold., Fifth Summ. 1: 120
(1971) and 2: 778 & 924. 1971.

Lopez—Palacios, in a personal communication, lists the follow-

406 EH ef O-L OO Crile Vol. 44, No. 6

ing vernacular names for this species: "Totumillo costeno segin
Duque-Jaramillo; Aceotuno en Bolivar, y en la regidn de Uraba
posiblemente sea a esta especie a la que se denomina Truntago
(-negro; -blanco; tena), Jorge Ignacio del Valle, o. c.: 275".

VITEX COMPRESSA Turcz.

Additional & emended bibliography: Pittier, Contrib. U. S. Nat.
Herb. 20: 483 & 485. 1922; Pittier, Man. Pl. Usual. Venez. 94 &
451. 1926; Knuth, Feddes Repert. Spec. Nov. Beih. 43: [Init. Fl.
Venez.] 607. 1927; Fedde & Schust., Justs Bot. Jahresber. 53 (1):
1076. : 1932; Pittier, Sapl. Pl. Usual. Venez: 55. 19393 H.. ae
A. Li’ Mold.) Pls Life: 2: 61.1948; Macbr.,* Field ‘Mus. Publ.- aoe
13 (5): 692 & 693. 1960; Mold., Phytologia 16: 498. 1968; J. A.
Steyerm., Act. Bot. Venez. 3: 83. 1968; Uphof, Dict. Econ. Pl.,
ed. 2, 122, -255, & 545.1968; Mold., Fifth Summ, 1; 111, 112,03
126,° 1315" 153, (134, -144,°179,. 373, & 470° (1971) and 2: 714) 92r5
730, & 924. 1971; Loépez-Palacios, Revist. Fac. Farm. Univ. Andes
15: 95--97. 1975; Mold., Phytologia 34: 259. 1976; Soukup, Biota
11: 20. 1976; Loépez-Palacios, Fl. Venez. Verb. 579, 581, 595--
601, 639, 648, & 654, fig. 139. 1977;.R. F. Sm., Act. Bot. Vener
13: 186,° 2085 & 240, 1973.

Illustrations: L6pez-Palacios, Fl. Venez. Verb. [596], fig.
139. 29773 B..F.-Sm., Act.) Bot. Vemes. 13:°240.° 1978%

Recent collectors describe this species as a small or tall
tree, 2.5--30 m. tall, erect, unarmed, leafy, the trunk 8--30 cm.
in diameter at breast height, the leaves firmly membranous, rich-
green above, "concha arenosa en textura", the lower petal 3-
lobed, the filaments white, pilose, the anthers deep-purple or
black, the line of dehiscence cream-color, and the fruit green
[immature?], fleshy, depressed at the apex, bland. They have
found the plant growing in periodically inundated forests (varzea),
primary forests in the warm zone, on stream banks, on savanna-
covered slopes with dry thickets, and between rocks on sand of
river banks, at altitudes of 10--300 m., flowering in February,
April, June, and August, in fruit in April and from June to Sep-
tember.

The corollas are said to have been "rose" on Cavalcante 2482
and Murga Pires & al. 14414, "purple" on Blanco 998, "light-
purple, the throat light yellowish-green" on Ruiz-Teran & Lopez-
Palacios 11701, “pale-blue, the lower lip dark-blue with a yel-
low spot" on Lanjouw & Lindeman 2028, and "lateral lobes light-
blue, central lobe dark-purple with a yellow spot inside” on Mori
& al. 8137. Macbride (1960) says that V. compressa "Becomes a
stout tree to 30 meters tall, the straight trunk to a meter in
diameter; flowers blue to purple, fragrant". He lists it from
Peru with a question, adding that it is found naturally "To Co-
lombia, Trinidad and Brazil".

Vernacular names reported for the species include "aceituno",
"suaratare", “guarataro", "guateloro", “hakiaballi",
"kalebashout", "pachaca", "totumillo", “totumillo blanco",
"totumillo sarnito", and "totumo". Uphof (1968) refers a "Guiana
Chaste Tree" to Vitex divaricata Sw., but it seems more probable

1979 Moldenke, Notes on Vitex 407

that this name belongs to V. compressa. Smith (1978) lists V.
compressa from Lara, Venezuela.

Lépez-Palacios (1977) cites the following collections from Ven-
ezuela: Amazonas: Ll. Williams 14993. Anzoadtegui: Pittier 15069
& 15118. Aragua: Montaldo 3076, 3403, & 3425; Stauden 17; Trujil-
lo 3413; Ll. Williams 10257. Barinas: Marceno-Berti & Lezama 219.
Bolivar: Aristeguieta 5315 & 5844; Bernardi 7400; Little 17596 &
17618; Steyermark 86381, 86621, 86722, 86916, 94217, 94239, &
94269. Carabobo:Karsten s.n.; Steyermark & Carreno 106876. Fal-
con: 3lanco 925 & 998; Ruiz-Teran 467 & 701; Steyermark & Manara
110731. Guarico: Aristeguieta & Agostini 6407; Ruiz-Teran & L6-
pez-Palacios 11701. Lara: Badillo 409; Smith V.1753; Steyermark
56822. Miranda: Steyermark & Steyermark 110042. Monagas: Aris-
teguieta & Vera 7524. Portuguesa: Trujillo 3901. Sucre: Steyer-
mark & Manara 107898. Trujillo: Curran 761; Pittier 10848; Tru-
jillo & Bunting 2819. Yaracuy: Bernardi 6955; Madriz 38. Zulia:
Aristeguieta & al. 6846; Delascio & Benkosky 3084; Tejera E.117;
Trujillo 4242.

Additional & emended citations: COLOMBIA: Caqueta: Romero-
Castaneda 4094 (N). Guajira: Trujillo 4242 (Ut--333344b). Magda-
lena: Romero-Castaneda 1057 (W--2104673), 9051 (N); H. H. Smith
2107 (Ld). VENEZUELA: Aragua: Vogl 814 (Mu). Bolivar: Aristegu-
ieta 5844 (N); J. A. Steyermark 94217 (N, W--2438641). Falcdn:
Aristeguieta, Blanco, & Carrillo 6846 (N); C. A. Blanco 925 (N,
W--2777220, N), 998 (N); Steyermark & Manara 110731 (N). Guarico:
Ruiz-Teran & Lopez-Palacios 11701 (Ld). Miranda: Steyermark &
Steyermark 110042 (N); Trujillo 2819 (Ld). Zulia: Aristeguieta,
Blanco, & Carrillo 6846 (Ac); Budowski 2 (Ld, N). GUYANA: D. H.
Davis 726 (N). GUYANAN ISLANDS: Thomas: Mori, Bilten, Persaud,
Boyan, Roberts, Jugernauth, & Dwarka 8137 (Ld, N). SURINAM: Lan-
jouw & Lindeman 2028 (W--2796107); Lindeman 5443 (Ld, W--2640856) ;
J. P. Schulz 7709 (N). BRAZIL: Parad: Cavalcante 2482 (Ld, N);
Murga Pires & Leite 14845 (Ld). Roraima: Murga Pirex, Cavalcante,
Magnago & Silva 14414 (Ld).

VITEX CONGENSIS A. Chev.
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 15: 232. 1967;
Moid: 5 Faitth Samm, 12 (259 60231, (1971):and, 23. 776; &-924eyi9/1:

VITEX CONGESTA Oliv.
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 15: 232. 1967; Mold.,
Fifth Summ. 1: 263 & 468 (1971) and 2: 648 & 924. 1971.

VITEX CONGOLENSIS DeWild. & Th.-Dur.

Additional & emended bibliography: J. G. Baker in Thiselt.-
Dyer, Fl. Trop. Afr. 5: 316 & 325. 1900; Fedde & Schust., Justs
Bot. Jahresber. 57 (2): 402. 1938; H. N. & A. L. Mold., Pl. Life
2: 61. 1948; Mold., Phytologia 16: 498. 1968; Mold., Fifth Summ.
bs 2245: 231, O87 265 (E971) and: 22) 710, 7175: 718): 7769 hGr924 + DOs

Recent collectors describe this species as a small tree, 40--50
feet tall, or as a shrub, 3--4 m. tall, the trunk 20--70 cm. in

408 POM ReT ee BUOsesTIA Vol. 44, Wo. 6

diameter, and have encountered it on sandy plains, along rivers,
and on savannas with Hymenocordia acida, at 470 m. altitude,
flowering in March, fruiting in November. A vernacular name re-
ported for it is "kpar-seh".

Baker (1900) cites Schweinfurth 3442 from Zaire as the type of
what he called V. aesculifolia J. G. Baker and notes that "Vitex
CONGOLENSIS 2 lace ae es is not separable from V. ferruginea, Schu-
mach. & Thonn., by the description. It was collected by Dewévre
at Bokakata in the northern part of the Congo Free State [Zaire]".

Material of V. congolensis has been misidentified and distrib-
uted in some herbaria as V. rufa A. Chev. and V. thonneri DeWild.

Additional citations: LIBERIA: G. P. Cooper 355 (W—1378523).
ZAIRE: Carlier 286 (Mu); Louis 3509 (N), 13889 (W--20911lo); Luy-
ten 29 (Mu).

VITEX CONGOLENSIS var. GILLETII (Giirke) Pieper

Additional bibliography: Fedde & Schust., Justs Bot. Jahresber.
52 (2)s 2402. 198858. N.Ye Ay D.oMold., Pi. Life 2: Gi ,eoaR
Mold.,: Phytologia 15: 232. 1967; Mold., Fifth Summ. 1: 231 (1972)
and {25 717 &-924..°2971.

VITEX COOPERI Standl.

Additional bibliography: Fedde & Schust., Justs Bot. Jahresber.
57 | (2)22 404.1936; HL ON. 16 A. sh Molds, Pl. -Liften2 3545-98
Kribs, Comm. For. Woods, ed. 2, 161--162, fig. 474 (1959) and ed.
3, 161--162, fig. 474. 1968; Mold., Phytolcgia 16: 498. 1968;
Mold., Résumé Suppl. 16: 4. 1968; Whitmore & Hartshorn, Lit. Rev.
Com. Trop. Trees 95. 1969; Gibson, Fieldiana Bot. 24 (9): 234--
235. 1970; Farnsworth, Pharmacog. Titles 6 (9): xii & title 15746.
1971; Mold., Fifth Summ. 1: 81, 84, 86, 89, & 91 (1971) and 2:
924. L971; Saez R.-& Nassar C., Revist. Biol. Trop.’ 16¢ 137,923783
Farnsworth, Pharmacog. Titles 6, Cum. Gen, Ind. [122]. 1973; Mold.
in Woodson, Schery, & al., Ann. Mo. Bot. Gard. 60: 131, 134--135,
& 148. 1973; Janos in Sanders & al., Endomycor. 437--446. 1975;
Molina &.:,.Ceiba 19: 96. -1975; Anon., Forest. Abstr. 37! Sae
(1976) and 37 (10): 9. 19763; Croat, Fl. Barro’ Colorado 40° @.742.
1978.

Illustrations: Kribs, Comm. For. Woods, ed. 2, fig. 474 (1959)
and ed. ‘33 £ig 0474. 1968%

Recent collectors describe this species as a tree, 30--80 feet
tall, the trunk 12--30 inches in diameter, fluted at the base, the
flowers fragrant, and have found it growing from sealevel to 50 n.
altitude, flowering from June to August. The corollas are said to
have been "blue" on Woodson & Schery 937 and "lavender" on Allen
5294.

Whitmore & Hartshorn (1969) report V. cooperi from "lowland
forests from Guatemala to Panama". Croat (1978) tells us that on
Barro Colorado Island, Panama, it flowers and fruits "in the wet
season". He gives its overall distribution as "Guatemala to Panama;
sea level to 600 m. In Panama, known from tropical moist forest
in the Canal Zone and Darién and from premontane wet forest in

1979 Moldenke, Notes on Vitex 409

Chiriqui (Progreso); reportedly fairly common on the Atlantic
watershed around Gatun Lake (Fisher 1) and no doubt more wide-
spread and common than collections indicate." Gibson (1970) re-
ports it from damp thickets in Izabal, Guatemala, as well as the
Atlantic coast of Honduras, Nicaragua, Costa Rica, and Panama.
She notes that "This has been confused with V. floridula Duchass.
& Walp. of Panama, which has larger flowers and short-pedunculate
cymes. It more closely resembles the West Indian V. divaricata
Sw. which has slightly larger flowers and glabrate pedicels and
calyxes."" She distinguishes the Guatemalan species as follows:
"Leaflets 3; calyx cupuliform, subtruncate, remotely and minutely
Seniseul ste 4.6% 43s 1G SeE Gels eee eelecus ceneseeVefameroeEs
Leaflets 5 (rarely 7); calyx campanulate, lobate or dentate.
Leaflets glabrous beneath or nearly so; calyx with triangular-
oblong to linear, often reflexed lobes 1.5--2.5 mn.
GE Saino clei nics 6 ce pea ble a ee ab oe ess bs aes bae Veeeenree.
Leaflets tomentulose and velutinous beneath; calyx with acute
SBOE biO.5——honmn, bEGNE Eee acs kx ce bwe en eek ones ci Veer
Janos (1975) calls V. cooperi "rare" in northeastern Costa
Rica. He has found that inoculations of Endomycorrhiza into the
roots of this species significantly improve growth and the abil-
ity to survive attack by native insects "owing to the more vigor-
ous growth of their axillary buds."
Vernacular and common names reported are "“cua-ja", "cuajada",
"raja bien", "rajate bient", and "yellow manwood".
Additional citations: COSTA RICA: Puntarenas: P. H. Allen 5294
(N, Ws). PANAMA: Canal Zone: Stern & Chambers 159 [Yale wood
51651] (E--1739902). Chiriqui: Woodson & Schery 937 (W--1209356).

VITEX COURSI Mold.

Additional bibliography: Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.13: 570.
1968; Mold., Phytologia 16: 498. 1968; Mold., Fifth Summ. 1: 263
(1971) and 2: 716 & 924. 1971.

VITEX CRENATA A. Chev.

Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 15: 240. 1967; Ver-
giat, Journd Agr. Trop. Bot... Apph..17: 337. 1970; Mold., Fitth
Summ. 1: 227 (1971) and 2: 924. 1971.

Vergiat (1970) records the vernacular names, "alya", "bili",
and "bili betena", for this species, describing it merely as an
"Arbre de savane, 4 feuilles crénetées vers le summet. Floraison:
grappes de fleurs lilas. Fructification: grappes de trois a quat-
re fruits noir violacé, de la grosseur d'une cerise, comestibles."
He asserts that "La décoction des feuilles est bue contre la
dysenterie. La décoction de l1'écorce contre la toux, on l'emplois
aussi pour laver les pieds enfles. L"'eau de macération de 1'écor-
ce, aspirée par le nez, excite les sécrétions nasales. Les ra-
clures fraiches des racines pilées avec des graines de...Amblygo-
nocarpus Schweinfurthii,servent a confectionner des petits tampons
que l'on maintient appliqués sur les dents dont on souffre." He
says that an unidentified species of Vitex in the same area of

410 Pow YeTiorLo Grn Vol. 44, No. 6

what used to be called French Equatorial Africa exhibits the same
medicinal properties as V. crenata.

VITEX CUSPIDATA Hiern

Additional bibliography: Bouquet, Invent. Pl. Med. Tox. Cong.
Braz. 33. 1967; Mold., Phytologia 15: 240. 1967; Mold., Fifth
Summs bs 231°6.245 | (1971) 'and! 2: 1924511971.

Meyer's photograph of the type collection, cited below, actual-
ly shows the holotype of the species preserved in the herbarium
of the British Museum, London. ;

Citations: ANGOLA: Cuanza Norte: Welwitsch 5665 [F. G. Meyer
photo 2991] (Gz--photo of type, N--photo of type).

VITEX CYMOSA Bert.

Additional synonymy: Vitex cymosa "Bert. ex Spreng.'
Fl, Angi} Paran., -ed, 1, 580, +2965.

Additional & emended bibliography: D. Dietr., Syn. Pl. 3: 612.
1843; Schau. in A. DC., Prodr. 11: 688. 1847; Buek, Gen. Spec. Syn.
Candoll. 3: 501. 1858; Kuntze, Rev. Gen. Pl. 3 (2): 258. 18985
Briq. in Chod. & Hassl., Bull. Herb. Boiss., ser. 2, 4: 1169.

1904; Briq. in Chod. & Hassl., Plant. Hassler. 2: 505. 1904; Peck=
olt, Bericht. Deutsch. Pharm. Gesell. 14: 481. 1904; Fedde &
Schust., Justs Bot. Jahresber. 39 (2): 320. 1913; Pittier, Contrib.
U. S. Nat. Herb. 20: 484. 1922; Pittier, Man. Pl. Usual. Venez. 94
& 451. 1926; Knuth, Feddes Repert. Spec. Nov. Beih. 43: [Init. Fl.
Venez.] 607. 1927; Pittier, Supl. Pl. Usual. Venez. 55. 19395
Chardon, Mycologia 32: 199--200. 1940; Pérez-Arbeladez, Pl. Util.
Colomb., ed. 1, 442. 1947; Michalowski, Serv. Tecn. Interam. Coop.
Agr. Bol. 174 (1954), 173 (1955), and 189. 1955; Pérez-Arbelaez,
Pl. Util. Colomb., ed. 2, 745. 1956; Cuatrecasas, Revist. Acad.
Colomb. Cienc. 10: 241. 1958; R. C. Foster, Contrib. Gray Herb.
184:°171. 1958; Macbr., Field Mus. Publ. Bot. 13 (5): 692=-695 4
697. 1960; Martinez-Crovetto, Bonplandia 1: 198. 1963; Angely, Fl.
Anal. Paran., ed. 1, 580. 1965; Mold., Phytologia 16: 498. 1968;
Mold., Résumé Suppl. 16: 4. 1968; A. L. Mold., Phytologia 18: 128.
1969; Mold., Fifth Summ. 1: 91, 128, 179, 184, 188, 203, & 373
(1971) and 2: 531, 715--717, 725, & 924. 1971; Mold., Phytologia
23: 418. 1972; Altschul, Drugs Foods 246. 1973; Mold. in Woodson,
Schery, & al., Ann. Mo. Bot. Gard. 60: 131, 136--137, & 148. 1973;
Mold., Phytologia 28: 452. 1974; Troncoso, Darwiniana 18: 395 &
412. 1974; Kooiman, Act. Bot. Neerl. 24: 462. 1975; Lépez-Palacios,
Revist. Fac. Farm. Univ. Andes 15: 97. 1975; Zimmerm. & Ziegler in
Zimmerm. & Milburn, Transp. Pl. 1 [Pirson & Zimmerm., Encycl. Pl.
Physiol., ser. 2, 1]: 503. 1975; Lépez-Palacios, Revist. Fac.
Farm. Univ. Andes 17: 50--51. 1976; Mold., Phytologia 34: 256.
1976; Lépez-Palacios, Fl. Venez. Verb. 581, 582, 602--606, 649, &
654, Fig.°140. 1977 %

Additional illustrations: Lépez-Palacios, Fl. Venez. Verb. [603],
fig. 140. 1977.

Recent collectors describe this species as a shrub, 2--4 m. tall,
or a large tree, 10--23 m. tall [or to "86 m." according to Berg &

apud Angely,

1979 Moldenke, Notes on Vitex 411

al.], the trunk 25--50 cm. in diameter, the stems and/or branches
arching, the bark light-colored, finely fissured, the flowers
showy, "visitadas por abundantes abejas y abejorros", the calyx
dark-blue, and the fruit about 24 mm. long and 14 mm. wide, at
first green or greenish, then red or reddish-black, finally
maroon, dark red-brown, or black, and fleshy, "vinoso", falling
off at the slightest touch when ripe. They have found the plant
growing in gallery forests, tropical moist forests, rain forests,
primary forests on terra firma, and "disturbed forests with Pro-
sopis and Scheelea", on floodplains, in degraded cerrado, along
quebradas on streamsides and riverbanks, at lake margins, in
small patches of low wet woods, on creek margins, and in both
whitewater and blackwater flooded varzea river margins, at alti-
tudes of 16--550 m., in flower from January to March and June to
November, in fruit in January, April, and June to August. Ander-
son reports finding it "emergent from water in dense inundated
vegetation of trees and vines or riverine forests"; Prance found
it overhanging rivers.

The corollas are said to have been "blue" on Anderson 10982,
McDaniel & al. 2683, and Prance & al. 5372, 14144, & 15080,
"lavender-blue" on Anderson 10874, "blue-lilac" on Fernandez &
Jaramillo 7105, “blue with white center" on Prance & al. 59124,
"lilac" on Hatschbach & Scherer 30433, "violet" on Schunke 2413,
"purple" on Campbell & al. 22456, and "deep-purple" on Haught
4039.

Fosberg reports finding the species "occasional". The leaves
are extraordinarily large on Berg & al. P.19703. Steinbach says:
"fruta.....del tamanmo de un olivo, a que se parece también alyo
en el gusto. Es fruta muy sana". In Colombia Fosberg reports
the fruit eaten by the natives, "but [they] are of very flat
taste". Schunke asserts that the wood is used for farmhouse con-
struction in Peru. Chardon (1940) reports it attached by the
parasitic fungus, Phyllachora toruma Speg., the report based on
Muller 166 & 225.

Peckolt (1904) says of Vitex cymosa: "In den Staaten Bahia,
Matto Grosso, Minas und Para [Brazil] vorkommend mit den Tupybe-
nennung Taruma -- Olfrucht. Urwaldbaum, bis 20 m hoch, mit
schéner, dicht belaubter Krone, fiinf- bis siebenzdhligen, ober-
seite gldnzend griinen, unterzeits weissfilzigen Bldttern. Bltiten
blau. Kugelrunde, weisse, fast transparentée saftige Steinfrucht
von der Grosse einer Herzkirsche. Ein wohlschmeckendes Waldobst;
vom Safte wird mit gleichen Teilen Zucker ein Hustensirup berei-
tet. Das Dekokt der Rinde wendet man an bei sekunddrer Syphilis.
Das Holz dient zu Bauten." It is problematic whether this white
pleasant-tasting fruit tree of Brazil is conspecific with the
black and not especially good-tasting fruit tree passing under
this name in other regions.

Vernacular names reported for V. cymosa include "aceituna",
"aceituna del monte", "aceituno", "cormunon", "cuajado", "pechiche}
"taruma", “tarima", "taruma", "tarumao", "“veludo", and "zaruma".

Altschul (1973) cites Steinbach 6428 from Bolivia; Macbride

412 Pi S EO: ByvOnes iA Vol. 44, No. 6

(1960) cites Weberbauer 5341 from Lima, Peru, giving the species’
overall distribution as "To Colombia, Brazil, Bolivia, Patagonia"
—- "Patagonia" obviously an error for "Paraguay". Lopez-Palacios
(1977) cites the following collections from Venezuela: Zulia:
Aristeguieta & al. 6763, Karsten s.n., Muller 1114, Pittier 10477
& 10491, Plée 7 & 12, Tamayo 4575. Zulia or Falcon: Curran 744.
He comments that "La especie es bastante caracteristica. En Ven-
ezuela, que yo sepa, solo ha sido registrada en los Edos. Zulia y
Falcén. La referencia que el Dr. Moldenke.....hace para el Edo.
Bolivar parece basarse en alguna mala interpretacién, quizas Car-
dona 2119, que es V. staheli." He also says: "No he tenido opor-
tunidad de examiner los tipos de Vitex cymosa Bert. y Vitex fla-
vens HBK., pero el material que se les asigna en los herbarios es
tan similar, que hace pensar que con coespecificos o que el mater-
ial he sido mal interpretado."

Material of V. cymosa has been misidentified and distributed
in some herbaria as Godmania aesculifolia (H.B.K.) Standl. or as
Bignoniaceae sp. On the other hand, the Mexia 6177, distributed
as V. cymosa, actually is V. gigantea H.B.K., while Fiebrig 5382 &
5807, Jorgensen 3786, and Vattuone & Bianchi L.170 are V. megapo-
tamica (Spreng.) Mold., and Mexia 5251 & 5474 are V. mexiae Mold.

Additional citations: PANAMA: Darién: Duke & Bristan 8244 (E--
1864914). COLOMBIA: Caldas: Fernandez-Pérez & Jaramillo Mejia
7105 (N, W--2844805). Guajira: Saravia T. 2339 (W--2587516).
Cundinamarca: Gentry, Daly, Leén, & Barbosa 18107 (Ld). Magdalena:
F. R. Fosberg 39401 (Ac); Haught 4039 (N); Romero 1029 (W--
2104654); H. H. Smith 1936 (Ld). VENEZUELA: Zulia: Aristeguieta,
Blanco, & Carrillo 6763 (Ac, N); Budowski 14 (Gz, N)3; H. M. Curran
102 (N), 206 (N), 235 (N). PERU: Tumbes: Schunke Vigo 2413 (N).
BRAZIL: Amaz6nas: Berg, Bisby, & Monteiro P.19703 (Ld, N); McDan-
iel, Fernando, Leonel, & Quintino 2683 (W--2667277); Prance, Maas,
Atchley, Steward, Woolcott, Coelho, Monteiro, Pinheiro, & Ramos
14144 (Ld, N)3; Prance, Maas, Woolcott, Coelho, Monteiro, & Ramos
15080 (Ld, N)3; Prance, Philcox, Forero, Coelho, Ramos, & Farias
5291 (Ac). Mato Grosso: Hatschbach & Scherer 30433 (Ld, N, W--
2705990); Prance & Silva 59124 (N); Prance, Silva, & Murga Pires
59124 [L.S. 120] (N); Prance & Schaller 26286 (N); R. P. Richards
6511 (N). Para: W. R. Anderson 10874 (Ld, N), 10982 (Ac, N);
Campbell, Ongley, Ramos, Monteiro, & Nelson P.22456 (Ld, N).
Parana: Hatschbach & Haas 15809 [4317] (Ld, Ld, W—2536540). Ron-
d6nia: Prance, Forero, Wrigley, Ramos, & Farias 6719 (E--2135202);
Prance, Philcox, Forero, Coélho, Ramos, & Farias 5291 (N), 5372
(Ld. N). BOLIVIA: El Beni: E. Schmidt 155 (Mu); Werdermann 2336
(E—999946). PARAGUAY: Hassler 12307a (Ws). CULTIVATED: Egypt:
Tackholm & Elsayed s.n. [1/6/1961] (Gz, Gz).

VITEX DEGENERIANA Mold.

Additional; biblioggsaphy: H. N. & ALL. Mold., Pl. Life Zegaae
1948; Mold., Phytologia 15: 241. 1967; Mold., Fifth Summ. 1: 224
C1972 pcan 28245. D9FEs

1979 Moldenke, Notes on Vitex 413

VITEX DENTATA Klotzsch

Additional & emended bibliography: J. G. Baker in Thiselt.-
Dyer; Fl. Trop. Afr: 5: 316 & 320—321. 1900; Mold:; ‘Phytologia
a5: 241. 19675° Mold. 3 Fitth Sam. 15° 252° (1971) ‘atid 2: "9249 ' 19722

VITEX DINKLAGEI Girke

Additional bibliography: H. N. & A. L. Mold., Pl. Life 2: 56.
1948; Mold., Phytologia 15: 241. 1967; Mold., Fifth Summ. 1: 224
(197%) and (22/924; 1971.

VITEX DIVARICATA Sw.

Additional synonymy: Tanaecium paniculatum Sieb. apud Buek,
Gen. Spec. Syn. Candoll. 3: 469. 1858. Vitex divaricata var.
divaricata [Sw.] apud Alain in Le6én & Alain, Fl. Cuba, imp. 1, 4:
318. 1957. Vitex divaricata var. divaricata [Alain] ex Mold.,
Résumé 383, in syn. 1959. Vitex divaricata var. divaricata Alain
ex Mold., Fifth Summ. 2: 716, in syn. 1971. Vitis divaricata
Mold. ex Lopez-Palacios, Fl. Venez. Verb. 606, in syn. 1977.

Additional & emended bibliography: Raeusch., Nom. Bot., ed. 3,
is? Erol; OB: Dietr.,-Synt PL. -9e6L1L. 18439; Schau: ila DEG,
Prodr. 11: 691. 1847; Buek, Gen. Spec. Syn. Candoll. 3: 469 & 501.
1858; Urb., Symb. Antill. 7: 357. 1912; Fedde & Schust., Justs Bot.
Jahresber. 40° (2): 336.1915; Pittier, Contrib. U. S. Nat. “Herb.
20: 484. 1922; Pittier, Man. Pl. Usual. Venez. 386 & 451. 1926;
Knuth, Feddes Repert. Spec. Nov. Beih. 43: [Init. Fl. Venez.] 607.
1927; Fedde & Schust., Justs Bot. Jahresber. 57 (2): 404. 1938;
R. W. Br., Compos. Scient. Words 833. 1954; Cocker & Shaw, Journ.
Chem. Soc. Lond. 1962: 5194--5197. 1962; Anon., Hortic. Abstr. 34:
151. 1964; Little & Wadsworth, Comm. Trees Puerto Rico [U. S. Dept.
Agr. Handb. 249:] 476 & 486--487, fig. 230. 1964; J. A. Steyern.,
Act. Bot. Venez. 1 (2): 13 & 17. 1966; D'Arcy, Rhodora 69: 439.
1967; Kariyone, Ann. Ind. Rep. Pl. Chem. 1962: 136. 1967; Mold.,
Phytologia 16: 498--499. 1968; Mold., Résumé Suppl. 17: 2. 1968;
Upho£, *Dict.Beon. PL., ed. 2, £22,255, 8 545. 1968 5 ‘Dennis, cen
Bull. Addit. Ser. 3: 289. 1970; Gibson, Fieldiana Bot. 24 (9):
234. 1970; Moid., Fifth Summ. 1: 98, 101,./106,;. 107, B09, Dib, 412,
E235 393, 0%. SOL: (1971) and. ‘2: 639, 716, 732, ° 6 924. 29713 Maids,
Phytologia 23: 416 (1972) and 25: 228. 1973; Hegnauer, Chemotax.
Pfl. 6 [Chem. Reihe 21]: 672. 1973; Alain in Ledn & Alain, Fl.
Cuba, imp. 2, 2: 317--318. 1974; Howes, Dict. Useful Pl. 96. 1974;
Little, Woodbury, & Wadsworth, Trees Puerto Rico Virg. Isls. 2:
[U. S. Dept. Agr. Handb. 449] : 854, 990, & 1023. 1974; Lopez-
Palacios, Revist. Fac. Farm. Univ. Andes 15: 97--100 (1975) and
Be. 50; -£9763.-L. Hst& Bo Zs: Bailey, Hostus Third 1162. 1976s) ian—
rence & Mohammed, Journ. Agr. Soc. Trin. Tob. 76: 345. 1976; Lépez-
Palacios, Fl. Venez. Verb. 581, 582, & 606--610, fig. 141. 1977;
Fournet, Fl. Illustr. Phan. Guad. Mart. 1392--1393, fig. 662. 1978.

Additional illustrations: Lépez—Palacios, Fl. Venez. Verb. [607],
fig. 141. 1977; Fournet, Fl. Illustr. Phan. Guad. Mart. 1392, fig.
662. 1978.

Recent collectors describe this species as a very handsome tree,

414 Po Yt bsOue GA Vol. 44, No. 6

6.5--13 m. tall, the trunk 10--20 cm. in diameter at breast height,
the bark light-tan, the lateral leaflets often caducous, thus
giving the leaves a 1-foliolate appearance, the flowers fragrant,
hairy in the center, the stamens lavender, the immature fruit
green or yellow-green, turning brownish, fleshy. They have found
it growing in dry or montane forests, at forest edges, in clear-
ings, and along roadsides from near sealevel to 1000 m. altitude,
flowering in May and June, fruiting in July and August.

Vernacular names recently reported for V. divaricata are
"aceituno", "black fiddle wood", "higiierillo", "totumillo", and
"white fiddlewood". Uphof (1968) lists "Guiana chaste tree", hut
this name more probably applies to V. compressa Turcz. instead.
Raeuschel (1797) makes the remarkable (and completely erroneous)
statement that V. divaricata is a native of "India orient."

The corollas are said to have been "blue" on Little 13698 and
Purseglove P.6439, "violet-blue" on Proctor 17797, "purplish-blue"
on Little 13081, “violet with blue lip" on Proctor 20929, and "4
petals pale-lavender, the fifth dark-purple, center white" on Wag-
ner 560.

Lépez-Palacios describes the species as an "Arbol ca. 12 m.
Hojas por lo general 1-folioladas y cuando 3-folioladas los folio-
los laterales pequenos (0.5--5 x 0.2--4 cm.), el foliolo central
generalmente obovado o eliptico; cimas divaricadas con 2 bracteas
pequenas; caliz 5-apiculado; corola lila, el pétalo central un poco
mas oscuro y ligeramente amarillo y barbelado en la base, el tubo
con lineas moradas al interior; 4 estambres didinemos, filamentos
arqueados con pequenisimos pelos glandulares; tecas negras apici-
fijas, divergentes, con dehiscencia longitudinal; polen blanquecino;
estilo bifurcado en el apice......frecuente también ls parta adya-
cente del Edo. Mérida, alt. 50 m.; fl. Oct." he also comments
that "El Dr. Moldenke cita en sus trabajos 11 Vitex para Colombia.
Yo he agregado ademas a Vitex divaricata Sw.....Garcia Barriga &
Lozano 18443 (COL), Reyes, Tibi a Petrolea, junio 1--3 de 1968, 50
m., que he colocado aqui por la forma de sus inflorescencias y de
sus hojas, y por su vecindad al Lago de Maracaibo, regién en donde
se he registrado para Venezuela." He also notes (1977) that "Mol-
denke.....cita para este taxon el Edo. Sucre. Es posible que se
atribuyan a esta Estado las dos colecciones paralelas citadas ar-
riba, Jahn 483 y Withford 43, ambas de Puerto La Cruz, del Distri-
to Federal, no de Sucre, ni tampoco la poblacién homénima del Edo.
Anzoadtegui." He cites from Venezuela the following collections:
Aragua: Pittier 8628, Ll. Williams 10111 & 11119. Distrito Feder-
al: Clemente 784, Jahn 483, Vivas 37, Whitford 43. Falcén: Ruiz-
Teran 461. Mérida: Lépez-Palacios & Bautista 3410, Ruiz-Teran 576
& 2197. Zulia: Lépez-Palacios 2999. Knuth (1927) cites Pittier
8628 from "Miranda"; he also cites Jahn 483. Steyermark (1966)
records the species from Sucre.

The Baileys (1976) describe the flowers as "violet or blue" and
note that the wood is used for making shingles and the leaves to
yield tannin. Cocker & Shaw (1962) report that the heartwood con-
tains esters and their long-chain alcohols and acids in which the

1979 Moldenke, Notes on Vitex 415

C compounds predominate. Uphof (1968) adds that the leaves con-
tain 14 percent tannin. Dennis (1970) reports that the tree is
host to the parasitic fungus, Phyllachora taruma Speg., in Trini-
dad and "Colombia".

Fournet (1978) regards V. multiflora Miq. as a synonym of V.
divaricata Sw.

The C. V. Morton 4785, distributed as Vitex divaricata, actual-
ly is not verbenaceous.

Additional & emended citations: PUERTO RICO: R. A. Howard 16646
(S); Little 13081 (N, W--2633021), 13275 (N, W--2633046), 13698
(N, W--2632845); Sintenis 2601 (Ac); Vélez 319 (Lv); R. J. Wagner
560 (Ws). VIRGIN ISLANDS: Tortola: Little 16400 (N). LEEWARD
ISLANDS: Guadeloupe: L'Hérminier s.n. [V-VI 1893] (N). Marie Gal-
ante: Proctor 20929 (Ld, W--26138-5). WINDWARD ISLANDS: St. Lu-
cia: R. A. Howard 11558 (Ld); Proctor 17797 (W--2585081). MTRINI-
DAD AND TOBAGO: Trinidad: Purseglove P.6439 (N). VENEZUELA: Dis-
trito Federal: Jahn 483 (Ve, Ve, W--1065393). Zulia: LOpez-Palac-
965452999) (Ac,.Ny°Z).

VITEX DIVARICATA var. CUBENSIS Urb.

Additional bibliography: Fedde & Schust., Justs Bot. Jahres-
ber. 40°(2):°336 1915; Urb., Arkiv Bot. 21A: (17): 110. 1929s° Fedde
& Schust., Justs Bot. Jahresber. 57 (2): 404. 1938; Alain in Leon &
Alain, Fl. Cuba, imp. 1, 4: 317--318. 1957; Mold., Phytologia 15:
104. 1967; Mold., Fifth Summ. 1: 98 & 373 (1971) and 2: 716 & 924.
1971; Leon & Alain, Fl. Cuba, imp. 2, 2: 317--318. 1974.

Day encountered this plant growing in potreros. Alain (1974)
lists it from "Rocas’y sabanas: probable en toda Cuba."

Additional citations: CUBA: Havana: E. H. Day 481 (N). Province
undetermined: Sagra 504 (P). HISPANIOLA: Dominican Republic: Mar-
sano’s.n. [April 19,°2962], (Jz).

VITEX DIVERSIFOLIA Kurz, Rep. Veg. Andam. App. A: 45 & 75. 1870
[not V. diversifolia J. G. Baker, 1900].

Additional & emended bibliography: Kurz, Rep. Veg. Andam. App.
A: 45. &95. 16703 CC. B. Clarke’ in ‘Hook. £., Fis<Brit. Indiac479585.
1885; Brandis, Indian Trees, imp. 1, 504. 1906; Mold., Phytologia
16: 499. 1968; Brandis, Indian Trees, imp. 2, 504. 19713; Mold.,
Fifth Summ. 1: 285 (1971) and 2: 924. 1971.

In view of the controversy about the validity of the name herein
used for this taxon, it may be worth quoting Clarke (1885) whose
description is "leaves simple and 3-foliolate glabrate, leaflets
sessile oblong cuneate at both ends entire, panicles terminal ful-
vous-strigose, bracts ovate prominent, corolla 1/3 in. Andaman
Islands; Kurz. Branchlets and shoots fulvous-strigose, or subtomen-
tose. Leaflets attaining 5 by 1 3/4 in., above with minute thinly-
scattered white glands, beneath finely reticulated, microscopically
white-tomentose in the depressions, obscurely puberulous on the
midrib; nerves 6--8 pairs; petiole 1 1/2 in. Panicles 2--3 in.,
upper leaves graduating into bracts; upper bracts 1/4 in. Calyx
1/8 in., campanulate, subtruncate, fulvous-strigose. Corolla ful-

416 PU VFL, oO: Gok a Vol. 44, No. 6
vous-villous, subtomentose. Drupe not seen." He bases the name
on Kurz Andam. Rep. App. A 45 and B 14". Kurz (1870) describes
the! plant. merely as: "30: ft. takl,/ 12: foot bole, 2++2.1¢42i88,
girth, Port Blair seashore" and "Steep hill sides along the
northern coast of Port Blair from South Point to Flat Shallows,
rather frequent.'"' The original for the "B: 14" reference cited
by Clarke (1885) has not been located by me -- the name does not
occur in the Appendix B following the Appendix A in the 1870
work by Kurz referred to here.

Additional citations: ANDAMAN ISLANDS: South Andaman: Kurz s.
n. [South Andaman] (Mu--1137--isotype, Z--isotype).

VITEX DJUMAENSIS DeWild.
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 15: 241. 1967;
Mold. 5S Fifth Samm, } 12.231 (1971).:and42::924.-1971.

VITEX DONIANA Sweet

Additional synonymy: Vitex umbrosa H. T. ex Sweet, Hort. Brit.,
ed. Lio: 323. in syn. 1826 [net V.. umbrosa Sw., 1788]... Veeem
cienkowski Kotschy & Peyr. apud Palhinha in Ficalho, Pl. Uteis
Afr. Portug. 238. 1947. Vitex umbrosa "G. Don ex Sabine" apud
Cuf., Senckenb. Biol. 43: 283, in syn. 1962. Vitex cienkowskii
Kotsehy & Perr. apud Uphof,. Dict..Econ..Pl., ed. 2, 545, injsyua
1968. Vitex odoniana Legris, Trav. Sect. Scient. Techn. Inst.
Frang. Pond. 3 (5): 24, sphalm. 1969. Vitex cuneata Schum. in
herb. Vitex umbrosa Sabine, in herb.

Additional & emended bibliography: Sweet, Hort. Brit., ed. l,
13323 (1826). andedi.2,,4165718305 Louded Bort. Beit..cedeied
551.°18323;, Schaus.in A. DC., -Prodr. 11: .694-——-695.. 1847; Hookiige
& Benth. in Hook., Niger Fl. 486--487. 1849; Buek, Gen. Spec.
Syn. Candoll. 3: 501. 1858; Schweinfurth, Heart Afr. 1: 221. 1874;
Jy Ge Baker in Thiselt.—Dyer, Fl.Trop.:Atr. 5: .316; 317,232
327, & 328. 1900; Volkens, Notizbl. Bot. Gart. Berlin 5, App. 22
(2):,.34--35, fig. 1. 19095 Rein, Tropenpfl. .152) 329. &. 382. 09223
Kirtikar & Basu, Indian Med. Pl., ed. 1, 1936. 1918; Sturtev., N.
Y. Dept. Agr. Ann. Rep. 2 (2), imp. 1, [Notes Edible Pl.] 598.
1919; Fedde & Schust., Justs Bot. Jahresber. 42: 252. 19203; Good
& Exell, Journ. Bot. 68: Suppl. 144. 1930; Irvine, Pl. Gold Coast
xlii, xlix, lvii, lxvi, & 436-—-437. 1930; Hutchins. & Dales, 9Fes
W. Trop. Afr., ed. 1, 2: 268 & 275--277, fig. 273. 19363 Wanger—
in, Justs Bot. Jahresber. 56 (1): 669. 1936; Hansford, Proc. Linn.
Soc. Lond. 153: 9. 1941; Palhinha in Ficalho, Pl. Uteis Afr. Por-
tug. 238. 1947; Hansford & Deight., Mycol. Paper IMI.23: 70.

19483 Ho N. & As ‘L.. Moldsy Pl.) Life 2s. 535.56,.8& 65. 19465, Rees
Williams, Usef. Ornament. Pl. Zanzib. 18, [20], 351,-484, & 4855
fig. 4. 1949; Kerharo & Bouquet, Pl. Méd. Tox. Céte Iv. 233--234.
1950; Snowden, Grass Comm. Mtn. Veg. Uganda 94. 1953; Roberty,
Pet. Fl. Ouest-Afr. 178--179. 1954; J. K. Jacks., Journ. Ecol.
44: 349 & 360. 1956; Alain in Ledn & Alain, Fl. Cuba, imp. 1, 4:
317 & 318. 1957; Dale & Greenway, Kenya Trees Shrubs 592--595,
fig. 108. 1961; Hansford, Sydowia Ann. Myc., ser. 2, Beih. 2: 690

1979 Moldenke, Notes on Vitex 417

& 695. 1961; Irvine, Woody Pl. Ghana 1lxxxii, lxxxviii, & 761--762.
1961; J. D. Chapm., Veg. Mlanje Mtns. 38. 1962; Cuf., Senckenb.
Biol. 43: 283 & 329. 19623 S.. 6.C. Manguénot, Rev. Cytol. Biol.
Veg. 25: 411--447. 1962; Rougeot, Inst. Frang. Afr. Noire IFAN.14
(4); 1962; F. G. Browne, Bull. Ant. Res. 54: 229--266. 19633; Aub-
rév., Bois For. Trop. 93: 30. 1964; Langsdale-Br., Osmoston, &
Wils., Veg. Uganda 55. 1964; Burkill, Dict. Econ. Prod. Malay
Penins. 2: 2278 & 2279. 1966; Amico, Webbia 22: 492, 503, 515, &
523. 1967; Bouquet, Invent. Pl. Méd. Tox. Cong. Brazz. 33. 1967;
Kershaw, Veget.. Act... Geobot, 152 244,. 251-—253,. 257,. 258, & Zol.
1967; Ornduff, Reg. Veg. 50: 86 & 121. 1967; Amico & Bavazzano,
Webbia 23: 280 & 302. 1968; Astle, Kirkia 7: 95. 1968; Kershaw,
Journ, Ecol. [Brit.] 56: 473,477, & 482., 1968; Mold., Phytologia
16: 499. 1968; Mold., Résumé Suppl. 16: 8 (1968) and 17: 4. 1968;
Uphof, Dict. Econ. Pl., ed. 2, 545. 1968; Begemann, Lex. Nutzh.

4; 2260--2261 (1969) and 5: 2564 & 2631. 1969; Cohic, Ann. Univ.
Abidjan (E) 2: 100 & 112. 1969; Bolkhov., Grif, Matvej., & Zakhar.,
Chromos. Numb. Flow. Pl. imp...i, J17.. 1969; Hyland, U...5. Dept.
Age. Pl. Invent. 173: 169. 1969: Legris, Trav. Sect. Seient. Techn.
Inst. Frang. Pond. 3 (5): 24. 1969; Richard & Morony, Check List
Pl. Mbala 239. 1969; Roberts, Commonw. Forest. Inst. Paper 44: 39,
AOS P27. ¢& 199. 1969°.Drar, Pup. Garra Uniy, Herb, 3: Lit. 1970;
Gillett, Numb. Check-list Trees Kenya 47. 1970; Latham & Dugerdil,
Adansonia, ser. 2, 10: 564. 1970; Gameel, Rev. Zool. Bot. Afr. 84.
1971; Mold. 2ifth Summ. 1:..98,.209,. 240,. 215--222,. 224—-227, 231,
233,,. 234.4 238. 240,241, 245,247, 29s 2o2n easy ode) eee, ee
(1974) .and..2:2 715, 7565) 319, d245, F2oe 130, 926q & 9On well. Den
Outer, Meded. Landsbouwhogs. Wagen. 72-19: 8 & 58--59. 1972;

Encke & Buchheim in Zander, Handwérterb. Pfl.-Namen, ed. 10, 525.
1972s" Hedrick, Sturtev. Notes Edible. Pl... imp. 2; ° 398. 1972; Le=
walle, Bull. Jard. Bot. Nat. Belg. 42 [Trav. Univ. Off. Bujumb.
Fae. gete Ci20):. 25, 26, BBs, B96 Shorehe f ese ee eel Ne
Thomas, Notes Afric. 134: 50. 1972; Altschul, Drugs Foods 247.
1973; Greenway, Kirkia 9 (1): 37. 19373; Sowunmi, Grana 13: 184 &
[189]. 1973; Bolkh., Grif, Matvej., & Zakhar., Chromos. Num. Flow.
Pl1., imp. 2, 717. 1974; Alain in Leén & Alain, Fl. Cuba, imp. 2, 2:
317% 318. 19743: Mold... Phytologia.28: 442 & 452. 1974; Jaeger. &
Mold., Phytologia 30: 387, 389, & 402--403. 1975; Lebrun & Stork,
Ind. Cart. Répart. Pl. Vasc. Afr. 133. 1977; Paradis & Houngnon,
Bull... Mus. Natl. Hist. Nat. Paras, ser. 3,503 [Bot. 341: 163.
1977; Wickens, Kew Bull. Addit. Ser. 5: 309, map 152. 1977; Law-
ton, Journ. Ecol. 66: 183, 188--190, & 193. 1978; Mound & Halsey,
Whitefly World 86 & 115. 1978.

Additional illustrations: Hutchins. & Dalz., Fl. W. Trop. Afr.,
eds 1, .28,277,,fig- 273» 1930; BR. O, Williams, Uset. Ornament. Pi.
Zanzib. [20] & 484, fig. 4. 1949; Dale & Greenway, Kenya Trees 594,
fies 108.1961.

[to be continued]

A new Disciphania (Menispermaceae) from French Guiana

R. C. Barneby
New York Botanical Garden

DISCIPHANIA (verosimiliter sect. Sarcostephana) UNILATERALIS
Barneby, sp. nov., a congeneribus omnibus foliorum
unilateraliter secus caulem dispositorum lamina
oblongo-elliptica 3--4-plo longiori quam latiori primo
intuitu diversa. -- FRENCH GUIANA. Trois Sauts: forét
primaire, région de Zidock ville, 12.1.1975 (fr), Grenand
653. -- Holotypus, NY.

A small slender vine of virgin forest, glabrous throughout,
the leaves all turned to one side of the weakly scandent
canaliculate hornotinous stems; petioles 2--4 cm, twisted at both
ends; leaf-blades membranous, when dry dull brownish-olivaceous,
in outline oblong-elliptic 13--17 x 4--5 cm, 3--4 times as long
as wide, at base broadly cuneate, at apex acuminate (the obtuse
acumen 8--10 mm), from base weakly 5-nerved, the stronger (inner)
lateral pair of nerves ascending through no more than 1/4 of
blade, the midrib giving rise to + 8 pairs of major secondary
nerves, the tertiary reticulation fine and lax, the ultimate
areoles much > 1 mm diam; inflorescence ¢ unknown; inflorescence
?: peduncle + 6 cm, twisted at both ends; spike + 20-flowered,
the axis in fruit + 8 cm; flower unknown; drupe grapelike
plumply ovoid-ellipsoid + 15--17 mm, the ripe exocarpic skin
chocolate-brown, the mesocarp gelatinously juicy, the endocarp
(of sect. Sarcostephana) in broad view 15 x 11 mn, its
dorsoventral crests + 1 mm, its 3 latero-marginal wings 2--2.5 mm
wide. -- N. V. (Wayapi): alasiku.

The genus Disciphania, instantly recognized in tribe
Tinosporeae by its sessile flowers and peculiarly crested
endocarp, is most highly developed in upper Amazonia and the
Peruvian-Ecuadorian Andes (Barneby, 1970, p. 124--sequ.) and has
not been recorded hitherto either from the Guianas or from
northeastern Brazil. The discovery of a Disciphania on the upper
Oiapoque river near 539 W., 29 N. is in itself a notable event and
it can cause no surprise that the species is an undescribed one.
So far as can be told from the fruiting specimen before me, D.
unilateralis belongs probably to sect. Sarcostephana Barneby, but
is unique in that group, as indeed in the whole genus, in its
narrowly oblong-elliptic leaves which, by a twist of the petiole,
are arranged unilaterally along the slenderly scandent stems.

I am indebted to the Director of Herbier du Centre
ORSTOM (CAY) for communicating the type to NY through Dr. B. A.

Krukoff. Literature Cited

Barneby, R. C. 1970. Revision of Neotropical Menispermaceae
tribe Tinosporeae. Mem. N. Y. Bot. Gard. 20 (2): 81--158.
418

A NEW FORM OF HELIANTHUS FROM SOUTH-WEST FLORIDA

Fred W. Oswald

HELIANTHUS TUBEROSUS f. OSWALDIAE Oswald, f. nov.

Haec forma a forma typica speciei differt habente
tubera grandes nodis numerosis; nodi plerumque
stipitati. Cutis perpallida bruneola, crassa duraque.
Tubera fasciculata proxime infra vel prope caules,
jlla infra rhizomatibus nullis. Tubera nova pullulantia
statim juxta plantas adultas. Caules purpureo-rubri
pilis rigidis niveis. Folia viridia, lutescentia ad
fusca post anthesin, plantae mox effectae incrementa
nova foliacea angulo caulium supernorum sub semino-~
capitulis siccatis, aliquando reflorentes floribus
mendosis.

This form differs from the typical form of the
species in having tubers large with numerous knobs;
the knobs’ generally stalked. Skin very light tan,
thick and tough. Tubers clustered immediately below
or near stems, those below lacking rhizomes. New
tubers sprouting promptly next to matured plants. Stems
purple-red with stiff whitish hairs. Leaves green,
turning yellow to brown after the flowering season,
soon developing new leafy growths from the angle of
the upper stems below the dried seed heads and oce#
casionally reflowering with imperfect blossoms.

In f. nebrascensis Cockerell, and alexandri
Cockerell, the skin is thin. In purpurellus Cockerell,
the tubers are purple-red. In fusiformis Cockerell,
the tubers are occasionally knobbed, but not stalked.
In var. multituberculatus Cockerell, the tubers are
completely covered with unstalked protuberances.
Stems are purple-red but leaves do not become red as
in albus Cockerell. Leaves puberulent underneath, not
densely softehairy as in var. subcanescens Gray.

Fast growing, tall, much-branched and many~f lowered
plants; the heavy tops often bending the purple-red
stalks to earth.

The holotype of this form was collected by the au-
thor and his wife on July 4, 1979, 110 feet west of

419

420 en. FeO, O26 Tk Vol. 44, No.

Magnolia Drive and 300 feet south of Bayshore Road,
North Fort Myers, Florida, and is deposited in the
Lundell Herbarium at the University of Texas, Austin,
Texas.

This tall sunflower is named in honor of Eileen
Wolde Oswald, co#discoverer with the author.

BOOK REVIEWS

Alma L. Moldenke

"THE NATURAL HISTORY OF THE LAND OF THE BIBLE" by Azaria Alon,
276 pp-, 88 color & 173 b/w photos. Doubleday & Company,
Inc., Garden City, N. Y. 11530 & New York, N. Y. 10017.
1978. $12.95.

Welcome to this recent import from Israel originally published
there in 1969, with its easy to read print, excellent and at-
tractive illustrations, and quite accurately written text about
this mediterranean land, its mountains and deserts, its plants
and animals as they appear today and as they probably were in
Biblical times.

We wish that the author had used the spelling "sycomore",
rather than "sycamore", for what he correctly pictures and de-
scribes as Ficus sycomorus L. rather than any Platanus species.
The generic names for the carob, loquat and broom-rape, and the
specific names for the styrax and medlar, are misspelled. When
identifying the Biblical "rose of Sharon" and "lilies of the
field" Alon favors Pancratium maritimum, a late summer bloomer,
while we Moldenkes choose Tulipa sharonensis and/or possibly T.
montana, both end of winter bloomers as the text infers for this
so-called "rose" and Anemone coronaria L. for the lilies.

These and many other details about Bible plants are provided in
our "Plants of the Bible" now obtainable from Ronald Press of
John Wiley & Sons. Alon's book makes a delightful and worthwhile
souvenir of the land of the Bible.

"AGROMETEOROLOGY" by J. Seemann, Y. I. Chirkov, J. Lomas, and B.
Primault, viii & 324 pp., 89 b/w fig., 1 photo, 2 maps, &
56 tab. Springer-Verlag, Heidelberg, D-1000 Berlin 33 &
New York, N. Y. 10010. 1979. $53.90.

This book, whose creation was urged by the Commission for
Agrometeorology of the World Meteorological Organization, is an
introduction to this new field of science to indicate its nature,
its economic importance especially in the undeveloped countries,
its present-day problems, its potential for instigating academic
major departments in the world's colleges, technical agricultural
schools and universities, and its prospects for channeling new
agrometeorological literature into more readily available sources.
"Agriculture interfaces with a complex dynamic system of natural
conditions, among which meteorological factors [most important -
air, light, heat and moisture] are the most prevalent and the
most changeable." Some of the topics well discussed with their
illustrative figures, table, models, etc. are: solar radiation

421

422 Poe TO Oe 2 A Vol. 44, No. 6

and radiation measurement technology, heat transport in the air
and heat flux in the soil; climates of pastures, grain crops,
trees, greenhouses and improving climate for agricultural purposes,
animal husbandry and produce in transport. A useful start.

"EARLY MAN AND THE OCEAN: A Search for the Beginnings of Naviga-
tion and Seaborne Civilizations" by Thor Heyerdahl, x & 438
pp., 26 b/w fig., 3 maps & end page color maps. Doubleday &
Company, Inc., Garden City, N. Y. 11530 or New York, N. Y.
1000/7. 1979. §12,95.

The author of "Kon-Tiki". "Aku-Aku", "The Ra Expeditions", etc.
has edited these writings and speeches "to form a coherent book....
[that] would give guidance to the many people who have followed
the discussions about human migration routes and cultural origins
that developed in the wake of the primitive vessels Kon-Tiki and
Ra when they, contrary to expert opinion given in advance, managed
to traverse the Pacific and the Atlantic oceans." For a series of
pages he lists 53 characteristic cultural traits of the pre-
European civilizations of Asia Minor, Egypt, Cyprus and Crete that
are matched with those in Mexico and Peru at the "receiving end of
the Canary Current", This report is interesting and logically
presented. Folks and students interested in the seas as early
highways, in the nature and spread of cultures with their crops,
tools, etc. will find this book fascinating.

"SUCCESSFUL GARDENING WITH PERENNIALS" by Helen Van Pelt Wilson,
xix & 289 pp., 14 color & 73 b/w photos, 16 fig., 24 tab. &
1 map. Doubleday & Company, Inc., Garden City, N. Y. 11530
& New York, N. Y..10017. 1976. $9.95.

This author is well recognized in gardening and landscaping
literature and exhibitions. This book measures up well with its
feeling for plants, its effective choices along with their handling
and the attractive arrangements. Among others, there are chapters
on Chrysanthemums - the Fina] Brilliance, the Ever-Beautiful
Peonies, Where Shade Prevails, and there are charts or tables on
Perennials fpr Your Small Garden, Control Chart, etc. The writing
style is pleasant, the content accurate, and the illustrations
well chosen.

"BIOCHEMISTRY AND PHYSIOLOGY OF PLANT HORMONES" by Thomas C.
Moore, xii & 274 pp., 164 b/w fig., 13 photos & 9 tab.
Springer-Verlag, Heidelberg, D-1000 Berlin 33 & New York, N.
¥s,.2001L0. , 19795, $22.80.

Thi book is an excellent text or major reference source "for a
one-term intermediate-level or advanced course dealing with hor-

1979 Moldenke, Book reviews 423

monal regulation of growth and development of seed plants for
students majoring in biology, botany and applied botany fields
such as agronomy, forestry, and horticulture." For the plant
hormones - auxins, gibberlins, cytokinins, abscisic acid and

other growth inhibitors, ethylene and the hypothetical florigens -
the well printed and well composed text provides: definitions,
discovery, chemistry, occurrence, biosynthesis, metabolism, trans-
port, physiological effects and mechanisms of action. The vari-
ous chapters are helpfully illustrated and provided with key
bibliographic references.

"INTERCELLULAR COMMUNICATIONS IN PLANTS: STUDIES ON PLASMODESMATA"
edited by B. E. S. Gunning & A. W. Robards. xv & 387 pp., 90
b/w fig., 85 photos & 26 tab. Springer-Verlag, Heidelberg,
D-1000 Berlin 33, & New York, N. Y. 10010. 1976. $29.60.

At a conference convened by the Department of Developmental
Biology in the Australian National University a series of papers -
often with initially reported research - was presented to "about
40 specialists in various disciplines, all with a common interest
in intercellular communication in plants." Editorial elimination
of duplication and insertions to insure complete coverage of both
texts and discussions has produced a monographic study of consid-
erable value. The chapters/papers deal mainly with plasmodesmata
in higher plants, algae, viruses, fungi, parasites and their ori-
gin and development; physico-chemical assessment of plasmodesnmatal
transport and cytochemical evidence for ion transport; transport
of solutes through the plasmodesmata in Chara nodes making it -
and others - by definition syncetial, across roots, and to and
from phloem; and plasmodesmata in growth and development. The op-
tical microscopes limited students of long ago to seeing Volvox
cells "holding hands through the chinks in cellulose walls" while
today's electron microscopes provide much more details as shown
in the many fine illustrations in this book. There are 9 tabular
pages measuring the diameter and frequency of plasmodesmata in
dozens of plants. "For the future, the main message must be to
correlate structure and function by a multi-disciplinary attack
on symplastic transport with the same cells and tissues....;
further progress will require the improvement of existing techni-
ques and the development of new ones." A fine study.

"CONCEPTS OF SPECIES" edited by C. N. Slobodchikoff. xv & 368 pp.,
37 b/w fig., 4 tab., 2 maps. Halsted Press of John Wiley &
Sons, Ine., New-York, N.Y. LO0L6.) 1976... $27.50;

This collection of 21 papers - usually taken from journals - is
topically grouped with the editor's comments and is presented as
Volume 3 of the Benchmark Papers in Systematic and Evolutionary
Biology. It will surely help "students of systematics and evolu-

424 PH yoo (nr mse 4 Vol. 44, No. 6

tionary biology to expand their understanding of the problems
posed by the species question" and to provide easy access to many
different species concepts - phenetic, morphological, taxonomic,
biological, typological, aggregate, real, evolutionary, etc. -
all within the covers of one publication and closing with Steb-
bins' pertinent and clever fairy tale from "Taxon".

"MEXICAN WILDERNESS & WILDLIFE" by Ben Tinker, xii & 131 pp., 20
b/w draw., 4 maps, & 10 tab. University of Texas Press,
London & Austin, P. 0. 7819, Texas 78712. 1978. $9.95.

This book is authenticated (not that it is needed) by a Fore-
word by A. Starker Leopold and it is embellished by excellent
natural habitat sketches of the creatures by wildlife artist
Doris L. Tischler. The major game and predatory animals are
well known to and described by the author from his multiples
roles as American cattle rancher in Sonora, hunter and government
appointed Game Guardian. The book closes with a guide to big
game habitats and wildernesses. It offers interesting, informa-
tive and easy reading for folks who like the Sonoran and Baja
areas, naturalists, conservationists and hunters - strangely
enough!

"PHYSIOLOGY AND BIOCHEMISTRY OF SEEDS in Relation to Germination"
Volume I by J. D. Bewley & M. Black, xi & 306 pp., 124 b/w
fig. & 4 tab. Springer-Verlag, D-1000 Berlin 33, Heidel-
berg & New York, N. Y. 10010. 1978. $45.00.

This volume in careful reporting details "the biochemical
and physiological phenomena that occur in a germinating seed and
the activities that are uniquely related to germination such as
food mobilization and early growth of the seedling." The defin-
ition of germination used herein "consists of those processes
which begin with water uptake and which successfully terminate
with the emergence of the radicle or hypocotyl through the
seed coverings.'"' Mobilization of food reserves is not strictly
a component of germination but it is uniquely associated with
the germinating seed. Basic seed structure and the structures
of a wide range of different seed types are checked histologic-—
ally and cytologically for the nutrient, hormone, DNA, RNA, en-
zyme, and their precursor chemicals stored. How these are mobil-
ized upon the stimulation first of water absorption is best
presented in cereals such as barley. A great amount of research
in many different laboratories is well integrated here.

The main topic for the proposed Volume II is dormancy. It,
too, should prove a worthwhile publication.

?
44

PHYTOLOGIA

A cooperative nonprofit journal designed to expedite botanical publication

Vol. 44 December 1979 No. 7
CONTENTS

ROBINSON, H., Studies in the Heliantheae (Asteraceae). XXI. Additions
to Alloispermum, Galinsoga, and Tridax ............... 425
ROBINSON, H., Studies in the Heliantheae (Asteraceae). XXII. Two new
Species DFC Bld JONI EVA | ES Ro? hay Ae ehaei eek eeeey a 436
ROBINSON, H., Two new genera of Vernonieae (Asteraceae) from Brasil,
Heterocy psela and PSeudostiyjeig so. Cake as Be ee BS 442
KING, R. M., ROBINSON, H., & BARROSO, G. M., Studies in the
Eupatorieae. (Asteraceae). CLXXVII. A new genus,

WVEOTULTVATRTINS | NCEE Eee ae he ete ene Rati a Ae ie oe Rt A 451
KING, R. M., & ROBINSON, H., Studies in the Eupatorieae (Asteraceae).
CLXXVIII. Additions to Eitenia and Lomatozoma ....... 455
KING, R. M., & ROBINSON, H., Studies in the Eupatorieae (Asteraceae).
CLXXXIV. A new species of Arrojadocharis............. 463
KING, R. M., & ROBINSON, H., Studies in the Eupatorieae (Asteraceae).
CLXXXV. Additions to the genus Lasiolaena............ 466
MOLDENKE, H. N., Notes on new and noteworthy plants. CXXXII ... 473
MOLDENKE, H. N., Additional notes on the genus Vitex. XV........ 474

IRWIN, H. S., & BARNEBY, R. C., New names in Senna P. Mill. and
Chamaecrista Moench (Leguminosae Caesalpinioideae )

precursory to the Chihuahuan Desert Flora ............. 499
FOSBERG, F. R., & SACHET, M.-H., Correction to Maesa (Myrsinaceae)
| BE DEF OU EGE 6 ko ase On EE Aa aaa pen SAS Ueae Fed AOR ae 502
MOLDENGRE Ack: Book seyiews sii pinay Wee ok Li eeate Uae 502
Index to authors im Volume Forty-four? i353). otk eae a EA 505
Index to supraspecific scientific names in Volume Forty-four......... 505

Publication <ates eo) CBs oe eek ola ok hae Pare Se eee eas mei ip

Published by Harold N. Moldenke and Alma L. Moldenke

303 Parkside Road = T IR RARY

Plainfield, New Jersey 07060
DEC 27 1979

U.S.A.
Price of this number $2.75; for this volume $11.00 in advance or $12.00
after close of the volume; $3.00 extra to all foreignjaddyesses;) 2 K
512 pages constitute a complete volume; Ett A rs
lost in the mails must be made immediate AN ICRE GARDEN

receipt of the next following number. K

STUDIES IN THE HELIANTHEAE (ASTERACEAE). XXI.
ADDITIONS TO ALLOISPERMUM, GALINSOGA, AND

TRIDAX.

Harold Robinson
Department of Botany
Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C., 20560.

A number of new species have been encountered in recent years
which belong to various genera in the subtribe Galinsoginae of the
Heliantheae. In each of the cases, the traditional generic limits
have been a problem, and some tentative solutions are offerred.
The three genera in which the new species are placed, are as
follows.

Alloispermum

During the initial listing of the species when the genus was
resurrected from the synonymy of Calea (Robinson, 1978a), the
concepts of the South American species were particularly inadequ-
ate. The area seemed to be dominated by a highly variable A.
caracasanum with two minor segregates. A single specimen collect-
ed by Lehmann in Ecuador and some laxly cymose material collected
by Cuatrecasas in Colombia were regarded as only extremes of A.
caracasanum, while A. pachense was kept separate. Since that time,
one species, A. steyermarkii, with extremely long-pointed involuc-
ral bracts, has been described from Venezuela (Robinson, 1978b),
two specimens have been seen from a widely disjunct area in
southern Peru, the Cuatrecasas collection has been recognized as
a first Colombian record of the otherwise Ecuadorian A. sodiroi,
and the Lehmann collection from Ecuador has been re-examined and
found to be distinct. The concepts of A. lindenii (Sch.Bip. ex
Wedd.) H.Robins. and A. steyermarkii H.Robins. remain unchanged,
but the studies have indicated the need for the following two new
species, new combination and new synonymy.

Alloispermum caracasanum (H.B.K.) H.Robins. is re-interpreted to

include C. pachensis Hieron. The latter was originally
described for material that lacked ray flowers. Such discoid
forms have sometimes been treated as Calea caracasana forma
discoidea B.L.Robins. These occur sporadically throughout the
range of the species, and they seem best treated at the level of
a forma.

There are more significant variations in A. caracasanum.
The typical element has five ays in the head and glabrous outer

?

426 Pe TPO LO: Da Vol. 44, No. 7

surfaces of the involucral bracts. Specimens with 8 rays in the
heads and pubescent outer surfaces of the involucral bracts are

rather common in Colombia, but the two characters are not always
correlated.

Alloispermum lehmannii H.Robinson, sp. nov.

Plantae subscandentes? mediocriter ramosae. Caules brunnes-
centes teretes sparse hirsuti, pilis sub nodis densioribus. Folia
opposita, petiolis plerumque 1-2 mm longis; laminae lanceolatae ad
5-6 cm longae et 1.0-1.7 cm latae base anguste rotundatae vel
breviter obtusae margine subintegrae apice argute acuminatae
supra dense scabridulae subtus subdense pilosae fere ad basem
trinervatae,nervis secundariis ad marginem subparallelibus. In-
florescentiae laxe corymbosae, ramis 3.5-5.5 cm longis pilosis,
pilis erecto-patentibus superioribus densioribus. Capitula ca. 7
mm alta sine radiis ca. 8 mm lata; squamae involucri ca. 20 ca.
3-seriatae subcoriaceae marginaliter rubro-tinctae ovatae vel
late oblongae plerumque 3-4 mm longae et 2.0-2.5 mm latae apice
rotundatae subscariosae extus glabrae; paleae scariosae suboblong-
ae ca. 3 mm longae apice obtusae. Flores radii ca. 73; corollae
albae? ca. 8 mm longae, tubis ca. 2 mm longis dense hispidulis,
limbis oblongis ca. 6 mm longis et 4 mm latis apice valde tri-
lobatae extus inferne pilosulis. Achaenia radii ca. 2 mm longa
glabra; pappus nullus. Flores disci 25-30; corollae flavae
3.5-4.0 mm longae extus plerumque dense pilosulae, tubis ca. 1.2
mm longis, faucis abrupte campanulatis ca. 1.7 mm longis superne
sparse pilosulis, lobis 0.6-0.7 mm longis et latis; thecae
antherarum ca. 1.2 mm longae, cellulis endothecialibus in pariet-
ibus tranversalibus 3-4-noduliferis; appendices antherarum non
glanduliferae. Achaenia disci ca. 2.5 mm longa sparse setifera;
Squamae pappi ca. 15 subulatae plerumque 3.0-4.8 mm longae.

Grana pollinis 30-32 pm in diam.

TYPE: ECUADOR: Tungurahua: Am Tungurahua-Volcan. 2000 nm,
30.10.1879. Lehmann 330 (Holotype US). The specimen was deter-
mined as Calea integrifolia Hemsl. by Klatt.

Alloispermum lehmannii is most notably distinct by the small
disk corollas and short paleae. The single specimen also shows
a more flexuous habit and more elongate branches of the inflores-
cence than is characteristic of the related A. caracasanum. The
type locality on the Volcan Tungurahua seems distinctly isolated
from the ranges of A. catacasanum and A. sodiroi to the north.

Alloispermum sodiroi (Hieron.) H.Robinson, comb. nov. Calea
sodiroi Hieron., Bot. Jahrb. 29: 51. 1900. Sabazia sodiroi
(Hieron.) Turner, Wrightia 5 (8): 305. 1976. The species is most
obviously distinct from A. caracasanum by the strongly cymose
lax inflorescence with the obviously older terminal heads being
greatly over-topped by the lateral branches. Dr. Cuatrecasas
also informs me that his recent collection of an 8-rayed form
from Cundinamarca, Colombia (Cuatrecasas & Jaramillo 28792), is

1979 Robinson, Alloispermum, Galinsoga, & Tridax 427

a more herbaceous subscandent plant. In contrast, A. caracasanum
is definitely a shrub. The paleae of the latter are also less
toothed or lobed.

The transfer of the species from Calea to Sabazia by Turner
(1976) raises the question of why this species was singled out
from among its relatives such as A. caracasanum, but it also
points up the serious problem of generic distinction between
Sabazia and Alloispermum. A brief review of the species has not
shown me any simple answer with an obvious point of separation,
but it has left me with the impression of a rather uniform
Alloispermum having larger plants, distinctly branching inflores-
cences, ray achenes always lacking a pappus while a pappus is
normally present on the disk achenes, and endothecial cells with
multiple thickenings. Sabazia, as represented by its type, S.
humilis (H.B.K.) Cass. (Longpre, 1970), is a smaller herbaceous
plant with a strong tendency toward solitary long-pedunculate
heads, it has a pappus that is short or lacking, and has mostly
single thickenings on the transverse walls of the endothecial
cells. Problems arise in such species as Sabazia palmeri (A.Gray)
Urbatsch & Turner of Mexico, which has the habit of Alloispermun,
but has a distinct pappus on the ray achenes, and in S. trianae
(Hieron.) Longpre of Colombia and S. densa Longpre of Costa Rica
which have the habit of Sabazia but have the pappus and some
other features of Alloispermum, It is not certain that the habit
differences represent a single phyletic trend. The pollen sizes
show a tendency to be larger in Alloispermum, but they are also
larger in the southern species of Sabazia. The species of Sabazia
from Mexico that have been examined, including S. palmeri, have
small dense papillae on the inner surfaces of the disk corolla
lobes. Alloispermum has consistently larger papillae on the
lobes and has a uniform pubescence to the outer surfaces of the
lobes. Sabazia densa and S. trianae also have larger papillae,
though not exactly as in Alloispermum. Sabazia acoma (Blake)
Longpre of Colombia has larger papillae, but differs by the lack
of hairs on the outer surfaces of the disk corolla lobes.

I am not prepared to see such extremes as Alloispermum and
typical Sabazia placed in the same genus. For the present, lL
have left in Sabazia all those species that lack the precise
characters of Alloispermum, having either solitary long-peduncul-
ate heads or a different form of pappus. For others who might
favor a broader genus concept, it should be noted that the name
Alloispermum has priority over Sabazia.

Alloispermum weberbaueri H.Robinson, sp. nov.

Plantae subscandentes suffruticosae ad 2 m altae mediocriter
ramosae. Caules brunnescentes teretes leniter striati sparse
hirsuti, pilis superioribus densioribus. Folia opposita, petiol-
is 3-8 mm longis; laminae lanceolatae 5.0-7.5 cm longae et 1-2 cm
latae base obtuse vel acute cuneatae margine integrae vel remote
serratae apice anguste acuminatae supra tenuiter pilosae subtus

428 Ba 2 Oi) CA Vol. 44, No. 7

tenuiter pilosae et in nervis dense hirsutae fere ad basem tri-
nervatae, nervis secundariis maxime ascendentibus. Inflorescent-
iae laxe corymbosae, ramis ultimis plerumque 2-5 cm longis sensim
dense pilosulis et interdum stipitato-glanduliferis. Capitula ca.
10 mm alta et sine radiis 8-10 mm lata; squamae involucri ca. 15
ca. 3-seriatae subcoriaceae flavescentes ovatae vel oblongae 3-7
mm longae et 2-3 mm latae apice subacutae subscariosae extus
glabrae; paleae scariosae lanceolatae 6-7 mm longae inferne 1.5-
2.0 mm latae apice anguste acutae margine in part erosae vel
dentatae. Flores radii plerumque 10-12; corollae albae 7-12 mm
longae, tubis 2.5-3.0 mm longis dense hispidulis, limbis oblongis
5-9 mm longis et 3-4 mm latis apice distincte trilobatae extus
inferne pilosulis. Achaenia radii 2.0-2.3 mm longa glabra; pappus
nullus vel raro unisquamellosus., Flores disci ca. 30-45; corollae
viridi-flavae ca. 6 mm longae extus plerumque dense pilosulae,
tubis 1.7-2.0 mm longis, faucis 3.0-3.5 mm longis superne sparse
pilosulis, lobis 0.7-0.9 mm longis et 0.6-0.7 mm latis; thecae
antherarum ca. 1.8 mm longae, cellulis endothecialibus in pariet-
ibus transversalibus 3-4-noduliferis; appendices antherarum non
glanduliferae. Achaenia disci ca. 2.3 mm longa plerumque sparse
setifera; squamae pappi plerumque ca. 20 subulatae plerumque ca.
4.5 mm longae raro nullae. Grana pollinis ca. 30-32 pm in diam.

TYPE: PERU: Ayacucho: Prov. Huanta: Choimacota Valley. Alt.
2900-3000 m. Evergreen bush-wood. Climbing shrub. Ray-fls.
white, disk-fls. yellow. Feb. 28-Mar. 10, 1926. A.Weberbauer
7581 (Holotype US). PARATYPE: PERU: Ayacucho: Ccarrapa, between
Huanta and Rio Apurimac; alt. 1200 meters; open hillside. Herb,
to 7 ft, with divaricate branches; rays white; florets greenish
yellow. May 5, 6, 1929. Killip & A.C.Smith 22422 (US).

Alloispermum weberbaueri is distinct among the South Amer-
ican species by the numerous rays in the heads. The rather lax
inflorescence and the more scandent habit further distinguish the
species from A. caracasanum. The paratype specimen is from the
same region as the holotype and is obviously the same species,
but it has no pappus on either the ray or disk achenes. The
latter condition evidently represents that calvous-achened
condition that occurs sporadically in the Asteraceae and which is
characteristic of the ray achenes of all species presently placed
in Alloispermum.

The species range in southern Peru is widely disjunct from
other members of the genus. The nearest approach is A. lehmannii
of central Ecuador.

Galinsoga

The genus has been revised recently by Canne (1977), and has
been broadened to include such elements as Sabazia trifida Fay
and Tricarpha durangensis Longpre. The genus is further extended
here to include the following related new species from Venezuela.

1979 Robinson, Alloispermum, Galinsoga, & Tridax 429

Galinsoga macrocephala H.Robinson, sp. noy.

Plantae herbaceae annuae? mediocriter ramosae ca. 30 cm altae.
Caules purpurascentes teretes leniter striati sparse albo-hirsuti.
Folia opposita, petiolis 2-5 mm longis; laminae ovatae plerumque
12-20 mm longae et 3-13 mm latae base obtuse cuneatae et perbrev-
iter acuminatae margine multo serrulatae apice acutae vel breviter
acuminatae supra in sicco atro-virides subtus pallidiores utrinque
dense pilosae fere ad basem ascendentiter trinervatae. Inflores-
centiae diffusae laxe plerumque alterne ramosae pauci-capitatae,
ramis 9-27 mm longis hirtellis et stipitato-glanduliferis. Capit-
ula late campanulata ca. 8 mm alta et 7-8 mm lata; squamae involu-
cri ca. 25 flavo-virides subimbricatae membranaceae late oblongae
3-6 mm longae et 2.0-2.5 mm latae apice obtusae vel acutae margine
anguste scariosae minute setuliferae extus glabrae 4-6-pallido-
maculatae; receptacula conica; paleae interiores minores scariosae
facile deciduae. Flores radii ca. 14; corollae rubro-purpuras-—
centes ca. 6 mm longae, tubis 4.5 mm longis dense breviter hispid-
ulis, limbis minute subquadratis ca. 1.5 mm longis et 1 mm latis
apice distincte trilobatis. Flores disci ca. 25; corollae flavae
3.5-4.0 longae, tubis angustis 2.0-2.5 mm longis dense breviter
hispidulis, faucis late infundibularibus ca. 1 mm longis inferne
sparse hispidulis, lobis ca. 0.4 mm longis et 0.3 mm latis extus
superne pauce breviter puberulis; thecae antherarum ca. 0.5 mm
longae; appendices antherarum anguste ovatae glabrae. Achaenia
obovata ca. 2.7 mm longa et 0.7 mm lata glabra; setae pappi
numerosae fusiformes perfacile deciduae plerumque 1.0-1.5 mm
longae. Grana pollinis 27-30 pm in diam.

TYPE: VENEZUELA: Merida: El Delgadito ad El Portochuelo,

2700 m. 18 XI 1976. A.Charpin, F.Jacquemoud & L.Ruiz-teran 13531
(Holotype US).

The new species has the general habit of Galinsoga, and it
keys to that genus in the partial key to the genera of the
Galinsoginae by Canne (1978). Also, the short ray flowers are
very reminiscent of the ray of G. quadriradiata R.& P., and the
anthers are small as in other members of the genus (Powell, 1965).
The readily deciduous setiform pappus of the new species differs
from the forms traditionally included in the genus, but a similar
form is found in one Mexican species, G. formosa Canne (=Sabazia
trifida Fay), included in the genus by Canne (1977). The new
species remains unique in the genus by the comparatively large
size of the heads. The peripheral paleae do not form complexes
with the inner involucral bracts as in typical Galinsoga.

The extremely deciduous nature of the pappus setae makes an
exact count impossible. A guess would be about 10 per achene,
and they are present on both the ray and disk achenes.

Tridax

After careful consideration, the following new species is
placed in the genus Tridax.

430 Pa rreo rer z Vol. 44, No. 7

Tridax moorei H.Robinson sp. nov.

Plantae herbaceae vel inferne lignosae perennes multo ramosae
ad 12 cm altae. Caules pallide rubrescentes teretes albo-strigosi.
Folia opposita, petiolis ca. 1 mm longis; laminae lineares 6-9 mm
longae et ca. 1 mm latae base anguste cuneatae margine integrae
apice anguste obtusae supra lucidae sparse strigoso-pilosae subtus
anguste subcarnosae plerumque in nervis primariis et marginis
strigoso-pilosae, nervis secundariis indistinctis subnullis.
Inflorescentiae diffusae in ramis terminales unicapitatae, pedun-
culis plerumque 1-3 cm longis strigoso-pilosis. Capitula campan-
ulata 7-8 mm alta et 5-6 mm lata; squamae involucri ca. 20 tri-
seriatae subimbricatae membranaceae flavescentes vel in parte
rubro-tinctae lanceolatae 2.5-5.5 mm longae plerumque 1.0-1.5 mm
latae apice acutae margine subscariosae et laxe fimbriatae extus
leniter striati et sparse pilosae; receptacula alte conica; paleae
lineares ca. 5 mm longae. Flores radii ca. 8; corollae albae,
tubis ca. 2.5 mm longis minute pilosulis, limbis oblongis ca. 5
mm longis et 2 mm latis apice distincte trilobatis. Flores disci
ca. 303 corollae albae? ca. 4.5 mm longae, tubis ca. 1 mm longis
dense scabridulis, faucis cylindraceis vel anguste infundibular-
ibus ca. 2.5 mm longis extus glabris, lobis triangularibus ca.

0.6 mm longis et 0.45 mm latis extus minute puberulis; thecae
antherarum ca. 1.5 mm longae, cellulis endothecialibus in pariet-
ibus transversalibus uni-noduliferis; appendices antherarum non
glanduliferae; ramis stylorum 1.0-1.3 mm longis. Achaenia ca. 2
mm longa dense setifera; setae pappi in achaeniis radii paucae
breves plerumque 0.5 mm longae; setae pappi in achaeniis disci ca.
16 anguste subulatae plerumque 3.5-4.5 mm longae barbellatae vel
subplumosae inferne aliquantum alatae. Grana pollinis ca. 30 pm
in diam.

TYPE: MEXICO: Hidalgo: Dist. Actopan: Slopes and summit of
Cerro de las Canteras, near Puerto de San Pedro, Km. 104 on high-
way from Pachuca to Actopan, alt. 2500-2700 m. In crevices of
cliffs on east face of summit. Flowers white. 12 October 1946.
H.E.Moore, Jr. 1487 (Holotype BH).

The Moore specimen has been held for a number of years as an
undescribed member of the Galinsoginae because precise generic
position was not clear. The barbellate to subplumose pappus
setae and the more or less solitary heads might indicate Tridax,
but the lack of inner lobes on the ray corollas and the lack of a
gland on the anther appendage are unusual for that genus. In the
partial key to the genera of the Galinsoginae by Canne (1978) the
species falls into Sabazia, but the species does not fit into the
concept of the latter genus derived from the present study of the
Alloispermum-Sabazia relationship. A position in Tridax ultimate-
ly seems best, with the realization that a new genus may eventual-
ly need to be established for the species.

1979 Robinson, Alloispermum, Galinsoga, & Tridax 431
Literature Cited

Canne, J. 1977. A revision of the genus Galinsoga (Compositae:
Heliantheae). Rhodora 79: 319-389,

- 1978, Circumscription and generic relationships of
Galinsoga (Compositae: Heliantheae). Madrofo 25: 81-93.

Longpre, E. K. 1970.-. The systematics of the genera Sabazia,
Selloa and Tricarpha (Compositae). Publ. Mus. Michigan State
Univ., Biol. series 4 (8): 283-383.

Powell, A. M. 1965. Taxonomy of Tridax (Compositae). Brittonia
17: 47-96.

Robinson, H. 1978a. Studies in the Heliantheae (Asteraceae). IX.
Restoration of the genus Alloispermum. Phytologia 38: 411-
412.

- 1978b. Studies in the Heliantheae (Asteraceae). XV.
Various new species and new combinations. Phytologia 41:
33-38 e

432

PHY t0.L.46. 7 2 Vol. 44, Neaat

7
|

ce

Alloispermun lehmannit H. Robinson, Holotype, United
States National Herbarium. Photos by Victor E. Krantz, Staff
Photographer, National Museum of Natural History. ,

1979 Robinson, Alloispermum, Galinsoga, & Tridax 433

PLANTS OF SOUTH AMERICA

PERU

Allotspermum weberbauert H. Robinson, Holotype, United
States National Herbarium.

434 Pye 2 Oe ote Vol. 44, No. 7

CONSERVA TORIC M BOTANIC UM GE SAVAE MELVETIONIM

UNITED STATES

2835987

NATIONAL HERBARIUM

Galtnsoga macrocephala H. Robinson, Holotype, United
States National Herbarium.

1979 Robinson, Alloispermum, Galinsoga, & Tridax 435

Tridax mooret H. Robinson, Holotype, Bailey Hortorium,
Cornell University.

STUDIES IN THE HELIANTHEAE (ASTERACEAE). XXII.

TWO NEW SPECIES OF CALEA FROM BRASIL

Harold Robinson
Department of Botany
Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C., 20560

A recent paper describing four species of Calea from Brasil
(Robinson, 1979), provided results of efforts to identify members
of the genus in Bahia and some adjacent parts of Brasil. Since
the completion of that paper, two additional new species have
been encountered, from Minas Gerais and Bahia, both showing
superficial resemblance to C. rotundifolia (Less.) Baker. The
new species from Minas Gerais proves to have represented in the
U.S. National Herbarium by a Belem collection received many years
ago under the latter name. Receipt of a second specimen of the
Belem collection and the recent collection of similar material by
R. M. King in Bahia, has led to the present re-evaluation. The
two new species are more closely related to each other than to
any other members of the genus, but they are amply distinct, as
noted below.

It has also been noted that the nom. nov. proposed in the
recent paper was superfluous, the name Calea marginata was
proposed for the latter homonym, Calea longtfolita (DC.) Baker, by
Blake in 1937 in the Journal of the Washington Academy of Sciences
22%. 387.

CALEA BELEMIT H. Robinson, sp. nov.

Plantae fruticosae ca. 1 m altae mediocriter ramosae.
Caules brunnescentes teretes subangulati perdense hirtelli.
Folia opposita, petiolis brevibus 2-4 mm longis; laminae coriaceae
orbiculares vel suborbiculares plerumque 2.5-5.0 cm longae et 2.0-
4.5 cm latae base late rotundatae margine multo grosse crenato-
serratae apice rotundatae vel vix obtusae supra erecte pilosae
subscabrae subtus hirtellae vel tenuiter pilosae in nervis et
nervulis valde reticulo-prominentes, nervis secundariis subpin-
natis, in binis submediis ascendentioribus. Inflorescentiae
terminales in ramis dense corymbosis, ramis plerumque oppositis
hirtellis, ramis ultimis 0-3 mm longis. Capitula interdum
tripliciter sessiliter aggregata cylindrica 14-17 mm alta et 3-4
mm lata; squamae involucri ca. 18 subimbricatae 5-6-seriatae
flavo-rufescentes late ovatae vel oblongae 2-10 mm longae et 2-3
mm latae apice breviter obtusae vel rotundatae minute fimbriatae
extus plerumque glabrae basilares vis herbaceae et pauce hirtell-
ae: paleae 1-2 bracteiformes ca. 10 mm longae. Flores 5 in
capitulo discoidei; corollae flavae ca. 7.5 mm longae extus
glabrae, tubis ca. 3 mm longis, faucibus late campanulatis ca. 2
mm longis, lobis oblongo-lanceolatis ca. 2.5 mm longis et 0.8 mm

1979 Robinson, New species of Calea 437

latis; thecae antherarum ca. 2.5 mm longae; appendices antherarum
extus glanduliferae. Achaenia 7.0-7.5 mm longa base longe
anguste stipitata inferne subcarnosa et glabra ceterum dense
setifera, setis leniter flexuosis biseriatis multi-cellularibus;
squamellae pappi ca. 15 anguste ellipticae superne subulatae ca.
3 mm longae ad 0.2 mm latae margine erosae extus minute spiculi-
ferae. Grana pollinis plerumque 50-55 pm in diam. valde breviter
spinosa.

TYPE: BRASIL: Minas Gerais: Rodovia BR 4, Km 924. Mata Cipd.
Planta de 1 m de altura. Capitulo amarelo, invdélucro esverdeado.
27.6.1968. R. P. Belem 3763 (Holotype US).

For the distinctions of the species see the discussion under
C. morit sp. nov.

CALEA MORII H. Robinson, sp. nov.

Plantae fruticosae 1-2 m altae mediocriter ramosae. Caules
brunnescentes subhexagonales perdense hirtelli. Folia opposita,
petiolis 2-9 mm longis; laminae late oblongae vel suborbiculares
2.5-6.0 cm longae et 1.6-5.3 cm latae base late rotundatae
margine subtiliter serrulatae apice late rotundatae vel obtusae
et minute mucronulatae supra hirtellae et sparse glandulo-
punctatae subtus dense breviter tomentellae et inter nervulas
dense glandulo-punctatae in nervis et nervulis valde reticulo-
prominentes. Inflorescentiae terminales in ramis densae
corymbosae, ramis plerumque oppositis perdense hirtellis vel
subtomentosis. Capitula plerumque tripliciter sessiliter
aggregata cylindrica ca. 12-14 mm alta et 3-4 mm lata; squamae
involucri subimbricatae ca. 18 ca. 5-seriatae latae ovatae vel
oblongae 3-9 mm longae ad 3 mm latae apice obtusae vel breviter
acutae margine et extus plerumque in partibus superioribus
tomentellae extus sparse glandulo-punctatae, bracteae interiores
praeter apicem glabrae, bracteae exteriores ad apicem vix
herbaceae; paleae 1-2 bracteiformes ca. 10 mm longae apice
breviter acutae glabrae margine plerumque uni-dentatae. Flores
4-5 in capitulo discoidei; corollae flavae ca. 7 mm longae, tubis
ca. 2.5-2.8 mm longis extus dense glandulo-punctatis, faucibus
distincte campanulatis ca. 2 mm longis extus glabris, lobis
oblongo-lanceolatis ca. 2.5 mm longis et 0.8 mm latis superne
dense glandulo-punctatis; thecae antherarum ca. 3 mm longae;
appendices antherarum extus glanduliferae. Achaenia 5.5-6.0 mm
longa base breviter stipitata inferne carnosa et subglabra
ceterum dense setifera et glandulo-punctata, setis leniter
flexuosis biseriatis multi-cellularibus; squamellae pappi ca. 13
anguste oblongae superne breviter subulatae vel subtruncatae ca.
3 mm longae extus minute spiculiferae. Grana pollinis plerumque
50-60 pm in diam. valde breviter spinosa.

TYPE: BRASIL: Bahia: Municipio de Rio de Contas. Base de
Pico das Almas, a 18 km ao NW de Rio de Contas. Elev. 1300 nm.
Common shrubs 1-1 meters tall, flowers yellow. July 22, 1979.
R. M. King, S. Mort, T. S. Santos & J. Hage 8097 (Holotype RB,

438 PB TOL, Oxby Th Vol. 44, No. 7

isotypes CEPEC, US). PARATYPES: BRASIL: Bahia: Munic{pio de Rio
de Contas. Base de Pico das Almas, a 18 km ao NW de Rio de
Contas. Elev. 1300 m. Shrub one meter tall, flowers yellow.
July 24, 1979. R. M. King, S. Mori, T. S. Santos & J. Hage 8121
(CEPEC, US); Municipio de Mucug@, a 3 km ao S de Mucugé. Na
estrada que vai par Jussiape. Elev. ca. 1000 m. Shrub 2 meters
tall, flowers yellow. July 26, 1979. R. M. King, S. Mort, T. S.
Santos & J. Hage 8161 (CEPEC, US).

Both C. belemit and C. morii can be distinguished readily
from C. rotundifolia by the lack of ray flowers and by the lack
of the more herbaceous-tipped lower involcral bracts. In both of
the new species, the outermost flowers of the heads sometimes
lack anthers, but the corollas are in no way asymmetric. The
only previously described discoid member of the species complex
is C. lantanotdes Gardn. which has 6-8 flowers in the head, and
has longer linear-lanceolate pappus setae that reach more than
3/4 the length of the corolla.

In comparison of the two new species, Calea belemit differs
from C. morii initially by the more rounded, more serrate, less
pubescent leaves, and by the mostly glabrous involucral bracts.
In details of the florets, C. belemit has the corollas glabrous,
the achenes narrow with a long-stipitate base, and the pappus
squamae narrowly elliptical with subulate tips. In C. mortz, the
tube and lobes of the corolla are densely glandular-punctate on
the outer surface, the achenes are broad with stout bases, and
the pappus squamae are more oblong with generally blunt or
retuse tips. Also, the throat of the corolla is generally short-
er and more abruptly expanded at the base in C. belemtt.

Literature Cited
Robinson, H. 1979. Studies in the Heliantheae (Asteraceae).

XIX. Four new species of Calea from Brasil. Phytologia
44 (4): 270-279.

Robinson, New species of Calea 439

PLANTAS ih) BRASIL
Regiio #
Calea rotundi‘olia Saker

Det. G. Barroso, 1971

vatee

2648074

Calea belemit H. Robinson, Holotype, United States
National Herbarium. Photos by Victor E. Krantz, Staff
Photographer, National Museum of Natural History.

440

Bobet Terk .o-esi ek

Calea mortt H. Robinson, Holotype,
Rio de Janeiro.

Vol. 44, No. 7

kim as NW de Ria» de

Jardim Bot&nico,

1979 Robinson, New species of Calea 441

ee

PTIrTT Trill l ils t iti eee eee

Calea enlargements of heads: Top. C. belemit. Botton.
C. morit.

TWO NEW GENERA OF VERNONIEAE (ASTERACEAE) FROM BRASIL

HETEROCYPSELA AND PSEUDOSTIFFTIA

Harold Robinson
Department of Botany
Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C., 20560.

Brasil is a major center of diversity for the Vernonieae,
and of the 70 genera listed by Jones (1977) in his review of the
tribe, 27 occur in that country. Many of the genera are endemic
to Brasil, including all of the typical element of the subtribe
Lychnophorinae. Additional undescribed genera are to be expected,
from both re-evaluation of previously described species, and from
the discovery of totally undescribed entities. Two genera of the
latter type are described here, Heterocypsela from the State of
Minas Gerais and Pseudostifftta from Bahia, the former distin-
guished by the markedly dimorphic achenes in the head, and the
latter showing an incrassate style form unlike those in any other
members of the Vernonieae.

HETEROCYPSELA ANDERSONII H. Robinson, genus et sp. nov.

Plantae herbaceae perennes 1.5 m altae. Caules fulvescentes
teretes striati glandulo-punctati et evanescentiter appresse
piliferi, pilis T-formibus sessilibus, internodis ad 7 cm longis.
Folia alterna membranacea inferiora base petioliformia superiora
subsessilia, petiolis ad 5 mm longis; laminae inferiores oblan-
ceolatae plerumque ca. 18 cm longae et ca. 6 cm latae base anguste
cuneatae attenuatae margine superne sensim argute serrulatae apice
subabrupte argute acuminatae; laminae superiores lanceolatae vel
oblongo-lanceolatae plerumque 7-14 cm longae et 2-4 cm latae base
subrotundatae vel obtusae margine argute serrulatae apice leniter
argute acuminatae supra sparse evanescentiter appresse piliferae
subtus dense glandulo-punctatae et densius appresse piliferae,
pilis T-formibus, nervis secundariis utrinque 8-10 ca. 45
ascendentibus, nervulis indistinctis. Inflorescentiae valde
cymosae, ramis secundariis ad 14 cm longis, ramis ultimis 5-30 mm
longis dense canescentiter piliferis. Capitula late campanulata
ca. 15 mm alta et 12-15 mm lata; squamae involucri 70 subimbri-
catae ca. 6-seriatae 3-8 mm longae, exteriores lineares vel fili-
formes laxe patentes, ceterum base ovatae vel oblongo-lanceolatae
ad 1.8 mm latae apice distincte caudato-acuminatae in acuminis
1.5-3.5 mm longae margine dense breviter fimbriatae vel superne
minute scabridulae extus scabridulae inferne callose albo-striatae
in medio viridi-vittatae albo-marginatae superne interdum rubo-
tinctae; receptacula plana glabra. Flores ca. 60-70 in capitulo.
Corollae disciformes purpureae anguste infundibulares ca. 9 mm
longae, tubis 3.5-4.5 mm seats Oe sensim angustis inferne

1979 Robinson, Heterocypsela & Pseudostifftia 443

glabris superne dense hirtellis, faucibus ca. 2 mm longis inferne
hirtellis superne sensim scabridulis, lobis recurvatis linearibus
ca. 3 mm longis et 0.4 mm latis extus scabridulis apice perdense
scabridulis; filamenta in parte inferiore tenua in parte super-
iore distincta ca. 0.2 mm longa; thecae antherarum ca. 2.7 mm
longae; appendices antherarum anguste ovatae ca. 0.5 mm longae et
0.3 mm latae apice subobtusae abaxialiter et in connectivis
sparse minute glanduliferae; basi stylorum distincte parve
noduliferi; styli superne in scapis et ramis dense longe scabrid-
ulae, ramis filiformibus ca. 2 mm longis. Achaenia biformia;
achaenia exteriora obcompressa triangularis ca. 3 mm longa et 2
mm lata glabra laevia in marginis lateralibus distincte alata;
cellulis superficialibus achaeniorum subquadratis 12-25 pm in
diam. in partibus collenchymatis crystalliferis; pappus multi-
setosus perfacile deciduus, setae plerumque ca. 4 mm longae

setae breviores ad 0.7 mm longae; achaenia interiora prismatica
immatura ad: 2 mm longa setifera; setae pappi aliquantum persis-—
tentes ca. 40 plerumque ca. 5 mm longae base tenues supra basem
latiores, seriebus exteriores nullis. Grana pollinis 40-50 pm in
diam. valde lophorata, cristis altis minute multo spinuliferis,
spinis majoribus nullis (reticulation mostly the V. cognata-type
of Stix, 1960, with polar areole, variations involve a wall
partially separating the area of the pore from the upper and
lower extensions of the colpar areole, and the polar areole
sometimes being 5-sided rather than 6-sided.

TYPE: BRASIL: Minas Gerais: 15 km by road W. of Janudria on
road to Serra das Araras; elev. 575-650 m; hill of raw jagged
limestone and tall forest at its base. Herb 1.5 m tall, with
perennial base; flowers purple; limestone. 20 April 1973.
William R. Anderson, P. A. Fryxell, S. R. Hill, R. Rets dos
Santos & R. Souza 9223 (Holotype UB, isotype US).

Heterocypsela is named after the strikingly dimorphic
achenes of the head, the most extreme example of such dimorphism
seen in the tribe. Two other genera of the tribe have some
achene dimorphism, Lychnophoropsts Sch. Bip. and Pithecoseris
Mart. in DC., both from Brasil and both members of the subtribe
Lychnophorinae, having clustered heads and only 3-15 flowers in
each head. In these genera the outer achenes differ only in
being glabrous and in having a somewhat differentiated pappus.
The pappus elements of the inner achenes are usually more per-
sistent and sometimes broader. As such, the two Brasilian genera
do not seem closely related to the new genus.

Heterocypsela is evidently more closely related to the
fleshy herbaceous Dipterocypsela Blake of Colombia. Both genera
have numerous flowers in the head and both have the outer achenes
obcompressed with wings on the lateral margins that extend
upward as short teeth beside the pappus. In Dipterocypsela the
comparatively immature condition of the inner flowers in the Type
leaves the question of dimorphism uncertain, but at least some
achenes inside the outer series seem to be as winged and glabrous

444 Poa RO L Ot God o Vol. 44, No. 7

as those of the outer series. The most basic distinction
between Heterocypsela and Dtpterocypsela is the actinomorphic
corolla of the former, the latter genus being one of the notable
examples of asymmetric corollas in the Vernonieae. Diptero-
cypsela also has the heads sessile on well-developed serially-
cymose inflorescence branches, and in spite of the general
similarity to Heterocypsela, it seems likely that the two genera
have arisen from different though related elements within the
large genus Vernonia.

The specimen of the new genus was originally put aside
because of the distinctive appearance of the long-pedunculate
heads and the long-attenuate involucral bracts. The species has
a superficial resemblance to Vernonia subulata Baker, but the
latter is an annual with dense spreading oxylepidous involucral
bracts that are evenly tapering from their base.

PSEUDOSTIFFTIA KINGII H. Robinson, genus et sp. nov.

Plantae erectae fruticosae vel subarborescentes ad 2 m altae
mediocriter ramosae. Caules teretes striati appresse fulvo-
puberuli vel sublepidoti. Folia alterna, petiolis ca. 5 mm
longis base subabrupte latioribus; laminae coriaceae distincte
obovatae vel cuneiformes plerumque 4.5-8.5 cm longae et 2.5-7.0
cm latae base distincte cuneatae margine integrae apice truncatae
vel leniter retusae supra et subtus appresse puberulae vel sub-
lepidotae, nervis primariis percurrentibus vel submucronatis,
nervis secundariis pinnatis utrinque ca. 8 ca. 45° ascendentibus,
nervis et nervulis utrinque prominulis. Inflorescentiae copiose
thyrsoideo-paniculatae in ramis dense corymbosae, bracteis
superioribus subulatis ca. 1.5 mm longis, ramis ultimis plerumque
1-3 mm longis sublepidotis. Capitula anguste campanulata vel
cylindrica uniflora, involucro ca. 7 mm alto et 2.5-3.0 mm lato;
squamae involucri ca. 18 subimbricatae ca. 5-seriatae valde
inaequilongae ovatae vel lineari-lanceolatae 1.5-6.0 longae et
1.0-1.7 mm latae superne rubrescentes margine dense fimbriatae
apice breviter acutae extus leniter distincte uni-costatae sub-
evanescentiter sublepidotae; squamae interiores facile deciduae;
receptacula glabra. Flores 1 in capitulo; corollae disciformes
purpureae subcarnosae anguste infundibulares 12-13 mm longae,
tubis 6-7 mm longis cylindraceis glabris, faucibus indistinctis
ca. 1.5 mm longis extus glandulo-punctatis, lobis leniter vel
distincte incurvatis lanceolatis 4.0-4.5 mm longis et 1.2-1.5 mm
latis extus dense glandulo-punctatis; filamenta in parte
inferiore tenua in parte superiore vix discriminentia ca. 0.4-
0.5 mm longa; thecae antherarum ca. 4 mm longae, cellulis endo-
thecialibus elongatis in parietibus transversalibus 1-3-
noduliferis; appendices antherarum lanceolatae ca. 1 mm longae
et 0.4 mm latae glabrae margine involutae apice subacutae; base
stylorum valde noduliferi, nodis abruptis ca. 1 mm latis et 0.4
mm altis; styli superne incrassati dense scabridi, ramis stylorum
lanceolatis ca. 2 mm longis. Achaenia prismatica ad 4.5 mm longa

1979 Robinson, Heterocypsela &:Pseudostifftia 445

10-costata dense breviter villosa glandulifera, setis distaliter
plerumque uniseriatis base plerumque biseriatis; carpopodia
breviter annuliformia ca. 0.6 mm lata et 0.1 mm alta, cellulis
subquadratis ca. 5-seriatis; setae pappi ca. 100 plerumque
uniformes capilliformes plerumque ca. 8 mm longae aliquantum
persistentes superne vix latiores extus leniter complanatae,
setae exteriores paucae breviores. Grana pollinis 60-70 pm in
diam. subregulariter spinosa.

TYPE: BRASIL: Bahia: Municipio de Mucugé. Estrada que liga
Mucugé. 17 km de Mucugé. Campo rupestre. Elev. ca. 1100 meters.
Small tree 2 meters tall, flowers purple, most past anthesis.

July 27, 1979. FR. M. King, S. A. Mori, T. S.. dos Santos @ J. Hage
8179 (Holotype RB, isotypes CEPEC, US). PARATYPES: BRASIL: Bahia:
Municfpio de Rio de Contas, a 10 km ao NW de Rio de Contas. Elev.
1000 meters. Subshrub branching from base, flowers white?,
mostly in pappus. July 21, 1979. R. M. King, S. A. Mort, T. S.
dos Santos & J. Hage 8084 (CEPEC, US); Pico das Almas. a 18 kms.
NW de Rio de Contas. Elev. 1600-1850 meters. Shrub 1% meters
tall, flowers white. July 24, 1979. R. M. King et al. 8145
(CEPEC, US); Serra do Sincora. By Rio Cumbuca, about 3 km. N of
Mucugé on the Andarai road. On conglomerate sandstone rock with
partly burnt-over vegetation among rocks by river and neighboring
hillside. Alt. ca. 850 m. Approx 41° 23'W, 13° 00'S. Shrub 2 m
high. Leaves mid-green with rusty tomentum. Flowers mauve. Feb.
57 1974 RS Me Hartey, 8... As Renvotze, Ce Mo Erskine’ C. A.
Brighton & R. Pinhetro 16024 (K).

The genus is named after the general resemblance to the
Mutisian genus Stifftia of eastern Brasil, especially S. untflora
Ducke. The new genus is clearly not Mutisian, however, having a
short transparent anther appendage, having spherical spinose
pollen with a single layer of distally branched baculae, and
having some prominent glandular-punctations, all being characters
indicative of the Vernonieae and rare or lacking in the Mutisieae.

Still, the new genus is not readily placed in the Vernonieae.
The resemblance to various members of Vernonta subgenus Criton-
topsts appears to be misleading. There are deciduous inner
involucral bracts and single-flowered heads in members of the
latter subgenus in the Andes and in the equivalent Mexican
subgroup Eremosts. These characters are similarly combined in
the new genus, but Pseudostifftia lacks the sharply differenti-
ated outer pappus series and the irregularly crested Lychnophora-
Type pollen that occurs in those subgroups of Vernonia. It is
the style of Pseudosttfftta that presents the most striking
differences, having a broadened upper portion bearing only short
scabridulae and broad tapering branches. This contrasts with
the long hairs and slender branches typical of other Vernonieae.
The style is more like various members of the Mutisieae and
Cynareae, though the scabrosity does not terminate below in a
pronounced rim. The size of the style has allowed some dissect-
ion, and the cells of the mesophyll seem to contain some unusual-

446 P. Bt de Ds Odes ok Vol. 44, No. 7

ly elastic and viscid substance. In section, the stigmatoid
tissue forms a pale strongly differentiated central cylinder that
is particularly evident in the broader upper part of the shaft.
The fleshiness seen in the style is reflected in the thick wall
of the corolla which remains with lobes somewhat incurved after
flowering. The filaments are also rather fleshy, and the anther
collar is scarcely differentiated. The endothecial cells are
unusually elongate compared to other members of the tribe, with
thickenings restricted to the upper and lower ends.

The pappus has a few shorter outer setae, but there is no
sharply demarcated outer series. Such a pappus is most closely
approached in the Vernonieae in the genus Fremanthus. The pollen
of the new genus also approaches the type seen in Fremanthus and
Lychnophora, but the surface is not at all lophorate and has
almost no groupings of spines. Actually, the spines are more
prominent than those observed in the typical Lychnophora-Type.
In addition to other differences, the habit of the new genus,
with its rather open thrysoid-panicle, in no way resembles the
inflorescences in members of the subtribe Lychnophorinae.

The new genus, in spite of some superficial resemblance to
some species of Vernonta, seems to represent an extremely
isolated element in the tribe. The style form may reflect the
relationship that is already recognized between the Vernonieae
and such tribes as the Cynareae and Mutisieae, but it is not of
the exact form seen in the latter tribes, while its thickness is
the primary difference from other Vernonieae. It is believed
that the incrassated styles in the various tribes reflect a
similar genetic potential within the subfamily, but that they do
not reflect a direct relationship between Pseudostifftta and the
other tribes.

The single species of the genus is individually distinctive
in the cuneate shape of the leaves, having tips that are usually
broadly truncate to slightly retuse. The very immature Harley
collection has somewhat more rounded leaf-tips, but it is evi-
dently the same species. The collection data on two of the
series of specimens indicates the flowers are white, but in these
plants all the corollas had apparently fallen.

Literature Cited
Jones, S. B. 1977. Vernonieae-systematic review. In V. H.
Heywood et al., eds. The Biology and Chemidtry of the
Compositae. 503-521.

Stix, E. 1960. Pollenmorphologische Untersuchungen an Composi-
ten. Grana Palynol. 2 (2): 41-104.

1979 Robinson, Heterocypsela & Pseudostifftia 447

qERUARIO
HVER SIDADE
= ORASILIA

Heterocypsela andersonii H. Robinson, Holotype, Herbdrio
Universidade de Brasilia. Photos by Victor E. Krantz, Staff
Photographer, National Museum of Natural History.

448 P BY. T.6 L Q16.7 A Vol. 44, No. 7

Heterocypsela andersonitt H. Robinson. Top. Enlargement
of heads. Bottom. Pollen grain with pole at top, line equals

10 pm.

1979 Robinson, Heterocypsela & Pseudostifftia 449

ASTERACEAE of BAHIA. BRAZIL

Pseudostifftia kingit H. Robinson, Holotype, Jardim
Botanico, Rio de Janeiro.

450 PueYT0:L 0 e'r's Vol. 44, No. 7

Top left. Enlargement
Pollen grain, line equals

Pseudostifftia kingit H. Robinson.
of heads. Top right. Styles. Bottom.

10 pm.

STUDIES IN THE EUPATORIEAE (ASTERACEAE). CLXXVII.

A NEW GENUS, MORITHAMNUS.

R. M. niae H; acbiisoa & G. M. tarvecs™

The multiflowered members of the Eupatorieae having spirally
inserted leaves, have their greatest concentration in the State
of Bahia, Brasil. The genera Agrianthus, Arrojadocharits, Bahtan-
thus, Lastolaena and Stylotrichum all occur in that region.
Material has now been seen of another member of this group from
Bahia which is named here as a new genus, Morithamus.

The new genus is immediately recognizable in the field by
its coarse leaves and candelabra-form branching. Closer
examination shows a pappus of reduced short setae that immediate-
ly would exclude the genus from the broad concept of Eupatortun.
The plant is extremely viscid, the inflorescence shows ascending
subfasciated branching with decurrent ridges, and the receptacle
is not conical, all characters shared with the apparent closest
relative, Bahianthus. The new genus is most obviously different
from the latter by the larger and more succulent stems and
leaves, the strictly eximbricate involucral bracts with firm
slender tips, the great size of the heads with over 100 flowers,
the setae on the ribes near the apex of the achene, and the short
pappus with setae of more regular width.

The resin ducts of Morithamus furnish some interesting
comparisons with those of other related genera. The new genus
has distinct ducts both above and below many of the veins in the
leaves. In Agrianthus, there are large ducts in the leaves,
perhaps the largest in the tribe, but they are in one series. In
Bahianthus, the leaves have only resiniferous pockets which are
not linked into ducts. In the corollas of the new genus, the
double ducts appear again, paired along each vein of the corolla
throat. In the other genera of the relationship, including
Agrianthus, Arrojadocharis, Bahtanthus, and Lastolaena, the ducts
along the veins of the corolla throat are single.

The genus is named in honor of Dr. Scott A. Mori, Curator of
the Herbarium at CEPEC in Itabuna, Bahia, who has greatly aided
in the collection of this and many other Asteraceae during recent
field work by the senior author.

spepartment of Botany, Smithsonian Institution
Washington, D.C., 20560.

2 jardin Botanico do Rio de Janeiro, Rio de Janeiro
ZC-20-6B Brasil. Bolsista do ONE

452 Pee? OL Oe Ts Vol. 44, No. 7

MORITHAMNUS CRASSUS R. M. King, H. Robinson & G. M. Barroso,
genus et sp. novum Asteracearum (Eupatorieae).

Plantae suffruticosae vel subarborescentes 1-2 m altae
mediocriter candelabriformiter ramosae viscosae. Caules incrass-
ati carnosi teretes subtiliter late striati glabri et glandulo-
punctati interdum in aspectu minute lepidoti. Folia dense
spiraliter inserta, petiolis ad ca. 2.5 cm longis distaliter
indistincte demarcatis; laminae carnosae obovatae plerumque 8-15
em longae et 2.5-4.5 cm latae base argute cuneatae in petiolis
superioribus decurrentes margine integrae apice obtusae et anguste
apiculatae supra et subtus glabrae dense glandulo-punctatae,
nervis secundariis aliquantum irregularibus subpinnatis valde
ascendentibus. Inflorescentiae abrupte terminales interdum
superatae ab innovatione lateralis, ramis elongatis corymbose
depositis ascendentibus, ramis ultimis 4-55 mm longis saepe
extra-axillaribus, bracteis subinvolucralibus plerumque remotis
linearibus ca. 7 mm longis. Capitula hemisphaerica ca. 9 mm
altae et 12-14 mm lata; squamae involucri ca. 35 eximbricatae
duplo-seriatae herbaceae lineares vel anguste lanceolatae ca. 7
mm longae extus dense glandulo-punctatae viscosae interiores
persistentes margine scariosae et in sicco reflexae; receptacula
plana vel leniter convexa glabra. Flores ca. 100 in capitulo;
corollae lavandulae ca. 5 mm longae extus plerumque glabrae,
tubis angustioribus ca. 1 mm longis, faucibus late cylindraceis
ca. 3.5 mm longis, ductis resiniferis in nervis binis valde
distinctis, lobis ovato-oblongis ca. 0.8 mm longis et 0.7 mm
latis intus brevibus extus superne glanduliferis et minute
cristiferis; filamenta glabra in partibus superioribus 0.20-0.25
mm longa crassa, cellulis oblongis vel linearibus in parietibus
valde annulate ornatis; thecae antherarum lavandulae ca. 2 mm
longae, cellulis endothecialibus quadratis vel brevioribus;
appendices antherarum oblongo-ovatae ca. 0.3 mm longae et latae;
basi stylorum glabri non noduliferi, rami stylorum filiformes
dense papillosi. Achaenia ca. 3 mm longa 5-costata base breviter
constricta plerumque glabra superne in costis dense setifera;
carpopodia breviter cylindrica ca. 0.1 mm longa et 0.4 mm lata,
cellulis ca. 5-seriatis quadratis ca. 25 pm latis, parietibus non
incrassatis non noduliferis; setae pappi uniseriatae 20-25
irregulares breves plerumque 0.5-1.0 mm longae subsquamelliformes
margine sub-barbellatae extus planae, cellulis apicalibus argute
acutis. Grana pollinis 27-30 pm in diametro breviter spinosa.

TYPE: BRASIL: Bahia: Municfpio de Mucugé. Estrada que liga
Mucugé com Andarai a 11 kms. Elevation ca. 1150 meters. Small
tree 1-2 meters tall, leaves very sticky, flowers pink. July 27,
1979. R.M.King, S.A.Mori, T.S.dos Santos & J.L.Hage 8166
(Holotype RB; isotypes CEPEC, US). PARATYPES: BRASIL: Bahia:
Municfpio de Mucug@. 22 km S of Andarai on road to Mucugé. Open
area of peaty marsh. Wetter areas predominantly sedge, grasses
and other monocots, on white sand and peat, with some small
shrubs with scattered rocky bluffs with scrub and small trees.

1979 King, Robinson, & Barroso, A new genus 453

Approx. 41° 20' W, 12° 57' S. Alt. ca. 1000 m. Sub-shrub 1.5 m.
Leaves rather fleshy, viscid. 16 February 1977. R.M.Harley, S.J.
Mayo, R.M.Storr, T.S.Santos & R.S.Pinhetro 18728 (K, US received
as Senecto sp.); Bahia: Serra do Andarai, sobre pedros. Dimitri
Sucrt 10865 (RB, US).

Acknowledgement

We would like to thank the following people for their help
in the project. Dr. Dourimar Nunes de Moura, Superintendent for
International Cooperation, Conselho Nacional de Desenvolvemento
Cientifico e Tecnologico (CNPq) Brasilia, Dr. Paulo Alvin,
Director of Research, and Dr. Scott A. Mori, Curator of the
Herbarium, both of the Centro de Pesquisas do Cacau (CEPEC),
Itabuna.

454 P BY 20 1, O.4 Te Vol. 44, No. 7

A BRAZIL

*
c

Morithamus crassus R. M. King, H. Robinson & G. M.
Barroso, Holotype, Jardim Botanico. Photo by Victor E.
Krantz, Staff Photographer, National Museum of Natural History.

STUDIES IN THE EUPATORIEAE (ASTERACEAE). CLXXVIII.

ADDITIONS TO EITENIA AND LOMATOZOMA.

R. M. King and H. Robinson
Department of Botany
Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C., 20560

Recent studies of Brazilian material have encountered some
previously undescribed species belonging to two of the small genera
of the subtribe Praxelinae, both genera being endemic to Brazil.
The new species of Eitenita represents a second for that genus, and
provides further insight into the limits of variation to be
expected. The new species of Lomatozoma brings the total for that
genus to four, and a key is provided for that genus, which until
recently was considered monotypic. The occurence of asymmetry in
corollas of both genera is notable, not having been present in
previously described members of Lomatozoma. This characteristic,
which is unusual in the tribe Eupatorieae, has nw been noted in
three genera of the subtribe Praxelinae: Eitenia, Lomatozoma and
Praxeltopsts.

The genus, Eitenta, judged on the basis of two species, is
closest to the genus, Eupatoriopsts, with which it shares the
elongate receptacle and the broad obcompressed mostly two-ribbed
achenes. The leaves also are similar in the trinerved condition
originating at the bases of the short petioles, a feature less
evident in most other members of the Praxelitnae. The original
description of Eitenta (King & Robinson, 1974) emphasized the
asymmetric corollas of the peripheral flowers and the long pappus
setae as distinctions from Eupatortopsts, both characters still
being valid. More subtle differences include the more cylindrical
throats of the corollas, the narrower anther thecae, the longer
papillae inside the throat of the corolla, especially along the
veins, and the less cylindrical receptacle. Re-examination of
the isotype of Eupatoriopsts has shown another major distinction
in the involucre of the latter, the bracts are thinner and more
persistent, mostly spreading rather than falling to allow release
of the achenes. In the latter feature, Eupatortopsis has parti-
ally reverted from the characteristic form of involucre in the
subtribe Praxeltinae.

EITENIA POLYSETA R. M. King & H. Robinson, sp. nov.

Plantae herbaceae annuae? erectae ca. 30 cm altae pauce vel
mon ramosae. Caules pallide rubrescentes teretes striati dense
hirsuti. Folia opposita, petiolis 1-2 mm longis; laminae 1.5-2.5
cm longae et 0.7-1.5 cm latae base breviter acutae margine argute
2-4-serratae vel lobatae apice argute acutae supra sparse pilosae
subtus subcarnosae distincte ee See plerumque in

456 Pa.7.2 9 4.08 2-8 Vol. 44, No. 7

nervis pilosae plerumque a caulibus valde ascendentiter trinerv-
atae, nervis subtus prominentibus. Inflorescentiae diffusae
inferne opposite ramosae, ramis ultimis 2-4 cm longis glabris vel
subglabris. Capitula cylindrica vel anguste campanulata ca. 8 mm
alta et 4 mm lata base pauce glandulo-punctatae; squamae involu-
cri 22-25 valde inaequales appressae omnino facile deciduae
lanceolatae 2-7 mm longae ad 1.3 mm latae margine anguste
scariosae apice caudato-attenuatae extus trinervatae glabrae.
Flores ca. 50 in capitulo; corollae albae in floribus exterior-
ibus asymmetricae in lobis exterioribus ca. 1.5 mm longae, tubis
ca. 1 mm longis glabris, faucibus intus papillosis, papillis in
nervis aliquantum longioribus, lobis plerumque ca. 0.6 mm longis
et 0.45 mm latis intus dense longe apiculate papillosis extus
sparse puberulis superne pauce glandulo-punctatis; thecae anther-
arum ca. 0.7 mm longae; appendices antherarum anguste oblongae
ca. 0.2 mm longae et 0.12 mm latae; appendices stylorum angustae,
papillis non patentibus. Achaenia obcompressa plerumque bicost-
ata raro tricostata ca. 2.3 mm longa superne ca. 1.0 mm lata in
costis marginalibus ubique longe setifera caeterum sparse breviter
setifera; setae pappi ca. 20 longiores plerumque 3.5 mm longae,
setae tenuiores breviores interdum alterna interspersae. Grana
pollinis defectiva 18-23 pm in diam.

TYPE: BRASIL: Goids: Serra dos Pirineus. ca. 10 km (straight
line) NE of Corumba de Goids; elev. 1050 m; woods and rocky
cerrado at base of waterfall on Rio Corumb4. Herb in open sand
near stream; flowers white. 15 May 1973. Anderson 10354
(Holotype UB). PARATYPE: BRASIL: Distrito Federal: Universidade
de Brasilia, disturbed cerrado. Elev. 975 m. 6 May 1966. d.S.
Irwin, J.W.Grear, R. Souza & R.Rets dos Santos 15645 (US).

The new species differs from FE. praxeloides by the more
densely hirsute stems, the more acute bases of the leaves, the
sharp tips of the leaf lobes, the predominantly opposite branch-
ing in the inflorescence, the basal involucral bracts being
generally larger and less numerous, the inner involucral bracts
having longer tapering attenuate tips, the corollas being whitish
rather than violet, and the setae of the pappus being more numer-
ous. The pappus of the new species has up to 20 setae, of which
10 or more are thick as in F. praxelotdes. The remaining inter-
spersed setae are shorter and very slender. The papillae along
the veins inside the throat of the corolla are not as long as in
E. praxeloides, being scarcely differentiated from the papillae
of the intervening surface.

Both species of Eitenta occur in the Goids area, but the new
species is from in and near the Federal District. FEzttenia
praxelotdes is from the Munic{pio of Parafso do Norte de Goids,
500 km to the north of the Federal District.

Both specimens of the new species have defective pollen and
the anthers are quite small. Correlated with, and perhaps partly
because of the lack or near lack of pollen, the long papillae of
the style appendages mostly remain appressed. In E£. praxelotdes,

1979 King & Robinson, Fitenia and Lomatozoma 457

pollen is present and not deformed, the papillae of the style are
spreading, and the corollas are distinctly pigmented, all indicat-
ing maintainence of active pollination mechanisms and a normal
sexual reproduction.

The genus Lomatozoma was recognized for over a century on
the basis of the dissected leaves and the short pappus of the
original species, L. artemisitifoltum. The paleaceous receptacle
was also noted. Recent additions to the genus (King & Robinson,
1975, 1978) have shown that the leaves are not always dissected
and that the receptacles are usually not paleaceous. The genus
has continued to be distinguished, however, on the basis of the
minute carpopodium, the non-conical receptacle, and the short
capillary pappus. The trichomes have been given little notice
previously, but recent studies show that they are the most unique
features of the genus. There are two types, both glandular. The
undersurfaces of the leaves in all four species bear glandular
dots of unusually large size. The other type of gland in the
genus is best developed in L. artemisiifoliwm where the stems
and leaves are covered with long-stipitate glands which are
uniseriate. The other species have comparatively minute glands
on the stems, various surfaces of the leaves, and on the involuc-
ral bracts which, on microscopic examination, also prove with few
exceptions to be uniseriate. As the exceptions suggest, these
glands are related to the biseriate glands found elsewhere in the
family. No other example of uniseriate hairs with glandular tips
is presently recorded for the Asteraceae.

LOMATOZOMA INAEQUALE R. M. King & H. Robinson, sp. nov.

Plantae herbaceae perennes ca. 40 cm altae multo ramosae.
Caules brunnescentes teretes striati perminute stipitato-glandul-
iferi inferne glabrescentes pallide corticati. Folia opposita,
petioles plerumque 2-6 mm longis; laminae ovatae plerumque 9-14
mm longae et 5-14 mm latae base truncatae vel breviter obtusae
margine utrinque 1-3-lobatae inter lobos inferiora profundius
divisae apice breviter obtusae supra perminute stipitato-glandul-
iferae subtus pallidiores dense glandulo-punctatae, glandulis
magnis globosis. Inflorescentiae diffusae laxe cymosae, ramis
tenuibus plerumque 1-5 cm longis perminute stipitato-glandulifer-
ae. Capitula cylindrica ca. 6 mm alta et 2.5-3.0 mm lata; squamae
involucri ca. 25 imbricatae omnino deciduae valde inaequales
ovatae vel anguste oblongae 1.5-5.0 mm longae et ca. 1.0 mm latae
superne margine et extus perminute stipitato-glanduliferae apice
acutae vel breviter acuminatae; receptacula superne convexa.
Flores 15-20 in capitulo; corollae lavandulae ca. 4 mm longae
juveniter superne leniter incurvatae, tubis ca. 0.5 mm longis
extus glabris, faucibus 2.5 mm longis intus in partibus interior-
ibus valdius papillosis, lobis inaequalibus interioribus 0.6-0.7
mm longis exterioribus ca. 0.9 mm longis intus perpapillosis
extus sparse puberulis; thecae antherarum ca. 1 mm longae; append-

458 PT Petooe bb sé Vol. 44, No. 7

ices antherarum ovatae ca. 0.25 mm longae et 0.12-0.15 mm latae
apice interdum subacutae. Achaenia ca. 2.2 mm longa plerumque in
costis lateralibus setifera superne densius et longius setifera
base dense spiculifera; setae pappi ca. 15 valde inaequales 0.4-
2.0 mm longae patentiter marginaliter scabridulae extus papillos-
ae, cellulis apicalibus argute acutis. Grana pollinis ca. 20 pm
in diam.

TYPE: BRASIL: Mato Grosso: Top and eastern slope of mountain
ca. 9 km NE of Barra do Garcgas; elev. 500-700 m; sandstone and
sandy soil with cerrado. Herb in crevices in sandstone; heads
pale blue, turning pink in press. 6 May 1973. Anderson 9826
(Holotype UB, isotype US).

Lomatozoma tnaequale is closely related to L. huntit, also
from Mato Grosso. Both species have shortly acute involucral
bracts with minute glands on the outer surface. The latter
species is most obviously distinct in the more deeply lobed and
often tripartite leaves. The new species is unique in the genus
in the partially zygomorphic nature of the corollas. The corollas
have the outer lobes larger and the inside surface of the throat
nearest the center of the head is more strongly papillose.

The four species of Lomatozoma can be distinguished by the
following key.

1. Stems and leaves densely pubescent with long gland-tipped
hairs; involucral bracts narrowly acute; paleae present
PML Se Macphee ahaa ad a Cie (a aa De aay alte, TEP re

1. Stems and leaves with only minute or sessile glands; involuc-
ral bracts with short-acute or rounded tips; paleae absent 2

2. Involucral bracts with mostly rounded or obtuse tips, minute
glands restricted to the margin; heads with 25-27 flowers
. . * . . * * . . . . > e . . . a > . ° . a L . andersontt

2. Involucral bracts with mostly short-acute to apiculate tips,
with minute glands on margins and upper outside surface;
heads. with 10-20. flowers vo; 14 665.6:60:~0, 6 9a) «eee tt

3. Leaves shallowly lobed; heads with 15-20 flowers; corollas
zygomorphic, with longer outer lobes, tip of corolla
dnourved.in. bude dio pes 0) Hk 4) we, Colne 2% deiencpl eee

3. Lower leaves tripartite or deeply lobes; heads with ca. 10 :
flowers; corollas symmetrical .......... J. huntit

1979 King & Robinson, Eitenia and Lomatozoma 459
LITERATURE CITED

King, R. M. and H. Robinson 1974. Studies in the Eupatorieae
(Asteraceae). CXXIV. A new genus, Eitenia. Phytologia

28 (3): 282-285.

1975. Studies in the Eupatorieae (Asteraceae). CXLVIII.
A new species of Lomatozoma. Phytologia 32 (3): 246-249.

1978. Studies in the Eupatorieae (Asteraceae). CLXXIII.
A new species of Lomatozoma. Phytologia 39 (3): 129-131.

Acknowledgement

We would like to thank the following people for their help
in the project. Dr. Dourimar Nunes de Moura, Superintendent for
International Cooperation, Conselho Nacional de Desenvolvemento
Cientifico e Tecnologico (CNPq) Brasilia, Dr. Paulo Alvin,
Director of Research, and Dr. Scott A. Mori, Curator of the
Herbarium, both of the Centro de Pesquisas do Cacau (CEPEC),

Itabuna.

460 Pe YE Ob OG EA Vol. 44, No. 7

+ HERBARIO
2 'B UNIVE RSIDAUE
DE @R/SILIA

neers
{PROGRAMA FLORA

Ev tenia polvsela RM Kins 3 1 Rhes Holehpe
Anderson 10354

Supatoriopsis hoffmenniana Hieron,

i. ”~ “s . s
(dup. teteS NM. Barronco, 1°74)

Botanical Garden ty WR, Anderson,
wis Gos Santos, and R. Sour

Eitenta polyseta R. M. King & H. Robinson, Holotype,
Herbdrio Universidade de Brasflia. Photos by Victor E.
Krantz, Staff Photographer, National Museum of Natural History.

1979 King & Robinson, Fitenia and Lomatozoma 461

fH HtRmARio
iv) UNIVERSIDA Ng
DE BRASILiA

PLANTS OF THE PLANALTO DO BRASIL
Cotiected for The New York Botunical Garden by W. RL Anderson
&, KR. Hit, BR. Reis dos Santos, and R. Soura

Extatio de Maio Grosso

Lomatozoma itnaequale R. M. King & H. Robinson, Holotype,
Herb4rio Universidade de Brasflia.

462 Ptb-Y) ToOu le OG) TA Vol. 44, No. 7

SEARLS TEP RES A EE a
BEET AED LEE EEE LED EES

Enlargements of heads: Top. Eitenta polyseta. Bottom.
Lomatozoma tnaequatle.

STUDIES IN THE EUPATORIEAE (ASTERACEAE). CLXXXIV.

A NEW SPECIES OF ARROJADOCHARIS.

R. M. King and H. Robinson
Department of Botany
Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C., 20560.

The genus Arrojadocharts was first described by Mattfeld
(1923) under the name Arrojadoa, to include a single species from
Bahia having linear spirally-inserted leaves, long peduncles, a
reduced pappus, and a short anther appendage. The genus was
placed in the subtribe Ageratinae as that subtribe was broadly
defined at that time. Close relatives of the genus were not
obvious, and Robinson and King (1977), in their review of the
tribe Eupatorieae, placed Arrojadocharis in the Piquerta Group
with other genera such as Ageratumn or Phania, having a reduced
pappus or anther appendage. The position was unsatisfactory
because the Piqueria Group is primarily Central American and
Andean with only a few unique elements in Brasil. Also, the
Group is opposite-leaved, with a few possible exceptions. Recent
collections from Bahia include material of a new species that
seems to resolve the question of the relationship of Arrojado-
charts.

The new species is similar to Arrojadocharits praxelotdes
Mattf. in the linear, ascending, spirally-inserted leaves with a
fine spreading whitish pubescence, and the eximbricate involucre,
but it differs notably in lack of long peduncles in the inflores-
cence and the presence of a well-developed pappus. The species
would have been placed technically in the broad concept of
Eupatortum and would seem an unlikely addition to Arrojadocharts.
Nevertheless, the most important set of characters given by
Mattfeld for his genus invlove the extremely high-conical recep-
tacle with paleae on the lower part. The new species has recep-
tacles and paleae of the same form. The defective pappus of the
Mattfeld species seems better interpreted as a reduction of the
type found among various of the Gyptoid genera, including
Agrianthus, Morithamus and Stylotrichum. In A. praxelotdes,
some of the specimens have no pappus, but those plants with a
pappus have short setae that are in no way squamiform.

The new species differs from A. praxelotdes by a few
additional minor characters such as the pubescence of the corolla,
but the difference in pubescence of the stems and leaves is of
particular interest. The fine whitish hairs of both species look
similar superficially, but those of A. praxelotdes have gland
tips while those of the new species are non-glandular. Problems
arise when it is noticed that the non-glandular hairs of the new
species have the cells uiseriate and they are thus not directly

464 PEYTOLOG TA Vol. 44, No. 7

equivalent to the similar sized hairs of the Mattfeld species.
Closer examination shows numerous shorter slender uniseriate
hairs among the gland-tipped hairs of A. praxelotdes, and there
are a few minute gland-tipped hairs scattered among the non-
glandular hairs of the new species. The actual difference proves
to be in the relative prominence of the two differing hair types.

The new species is named after T. S. dos Santos, on the
staff of the Herbarium at CEPEC in Itabuna, Bahia.

ARROJADOCHARIS SANTOSII R. M. King and H. Robinson, sp. nov.

Plantae herbaceae annuae vel breviter perennes ad 40 cm
altae ascendentiter interdum suffasciculate ramosae in caulis
foliis et bracteis involucri dense albo-hirtellae. Caules teretes
striati persparse glandulo-punctatae. Folia spiraliter inserta
sessilia linearia plerumque 10-15 mm long ad 1.3 mm lata margine
integra dense pilose fimbriata apice anguste acuta supra sparse
pilosa et glandulo-punctata subtus dense hirtella, nervis
parallelis utrinque prominulis. Inflorescentiae in ramis termin-
ales uni-capitatae vel pauci-capitatae, pedunculis 2-5 mm longis
dense pilosulis. Capitula late campanulata 7-8 mm alta et ca.
8-10 mm lata; squamae involucri ca. 20 eximbricatae 2-3-seriatae
subaequales lineares plerumque 5-6 mm longae et ad 1 mm latae
superne purpurascentes apice anguste acutae vel vix acuminatae
margine et extus dense pilosulis; receptacula peralte conica;
paleae inter flores exteriores praesentes bracteiformes sed
angustiores et plerumque glabrae. Flores ca. 50 in capitulo;
corollae intense lavandulae ca. 4.5 mm longae anguste infundibul-
ares extus sparse breviter glanduliferae, tubis ca. 1.2 mm longis
indistinctis, lobis ca. 0.8 mm longis et 0.6-0.7 mm latis
utrinque mamillosis vel papillis; thecae antherarum ca. 1.4 mm
longae; appendices antherarum breviter rotundatae ca. 0.15 mm
longae et 0.25 mm latae. Achaenia ca. 2.5 mm longa sparse minute
glandulifera et plerumque in costis subdense setifera; setae
pappi ca. 25 plerumque 2.5-4.0 mm longae extus minute spiculifer-
ae margine dense fimbriatae. Grana pollinis ca. 23 pm in diam.

TYPE: BRASIL: Bahia: Municfpio de Rio de Contas. Pico das
Almas, a 18 kms NW de Rio de Contas. Elev. 1600-1850 m. flowers
dark pink. 24 July 1979. R.M.King, S.Mori, T.S. dos Santos &
J.Hage 8143 (Holotype RB, isotypes CEPEC, US).

Literature Cited

Mattfeld, J. 1923. Compositae. In "Plantae LiUtzelburgianae
brasiliensis" (R. Pilger, ed.). Notizbl. bot. Gart. Mus.
Berl. 8: 428-451.

Robinson, H. and R. M. King 1977. Chapter 15. Eupatorieae-
systematic review. In The Biology and Chemistry of the
Compositae (V.H.Heywood, J.B.Harborne & B.L.Turner, eds.).
437-485.

1979 King & Robinson, Arrojadocharis 465

ASTERACEAE of BAHIA, BRAZIL

Arrojadocharis santosii R. M. King & H. Robinson, Holotype,
Jardim Botfnico, Rio de Janeiro. Photo by Victor E. Krantz,
Staff Photographer, National Museum of Natural History.

STUDIES IN THE EUPATORIEAE (ASTERACEAE). CLXXXV.

ADDITIONS TO THE GENUS ZASIOLAENA

R. M. King and H. Robinson
Department of Botany
Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C., 20560.

Recent efforts in the study of the Eupatorieae of eastern
and central Brasil would indicate that a great number of undescr-
ibed taxa remain in these inadequately collected areas. The
genus Lastolaena of Bahia is a particularly good example, where
the few known collections almost all represent new species, and
none of the previously known species has been recollected. It is
a symptom of the most preliminary stage of plant exploration.

The first member of the genus Lastolaena was recognized as
Eupatortum blanchetit Sch.Bip. ex Baker in the Flora Brasiliensis
(1876). Almost a hundred years later, King and Robinson (1972)
established the genus Lastolaena for E. blanehetit and for a
second previously undescribed species. A recent trip to Bahia by
the senior author has now resulted in the collection of two more
undescribed species. We provide here a review of the four
presently known species of the genus.

Lastolaena is most readily recognized by the spirally
arranged obovate tomentose leaf-blades occurring with heads
containing numerous pink or lavender flowers. The involucres are
slightly subimbricate, and the receptacles are distinctly conical
with at least some hairs. The style branches are usually dis-
tinctly broadened and flattened at the tips, as in the genera
Agrtanthus and Arrojadocharis which are apparently closely
related. There are no hairs on the shaft of the style and no
stipitate-glandular hairs on the corolla as in Stylotrichun, but
the latter is also probably closely related. The pappus setae
are almost subulate or awn-like in aspect with the lateral
margins forming a narrow wing below. The genus Bahtanthus super-
ficially seems like a glabrous variant of Lastolaena, but the
former differs in numerous significant details that indicate more
remote relationship, the inflorescence is subfasciculate in its
branching pattern, the receptacle is plane or only slightly
conical, the style branches are scarcely broadened or flattened
distally, the achenes are glabrous, and the pappus setae are more
irregular in width without the narrowly winged bases.

Key to the species of Lastolaena

466

1979 King & Robinson, Genus Lasiolaena 467

1. Leaves mostly ca. 6 mm wide, short-acute; undersurface thinly
covered with flaccid thin-walled hairs which are concen-
trated between the nerves, darker color and glandular dots
of nerves evident; anther appendages with entire margin

L. santostt

1. Leaves mostly 7-10 mm wide, obtuse; undersurface densely
covered with slender contorted wiry hairs which completely
cover the nerves, glandular dots of leaves obscure or
lacking; anther appendages minutely crenulate distally . 2

2. Heads each on a distinct peduncle; achenes sparsely pubes-
cent; apical cells of some pappus setae with rounded tips
L. duartet

2. Heads usually in pairs or in small clusters terminating
branches of the inflorescence; achenes densely pubescent;
apical cells of pappus setae with acute tips ...+.-.--.:- 3

3. Mature achenes ca. 2 mm long, bearing numerous setae on
lateral surfaces; corollas with slender hairs near tips
of lobes L. blanehettit

3. Mature achenes ca. 3 mm long, densely covered with glands
on lateral surfaces, without evident non-glandular setae;
corollas without slender hairs on lobes L. mortt

LASIOLAENA MORII R. M. King and H. Robinson, sp. nov.

Plantae fruticosae 1.0-1.5 m altae ascendentiter ramosae.
Caules obscure angulati superne dense tomentosi. Folia spiral-
iter inserta, petiolis 6-7 mm longis leniter demarcatis; laminae
late obovatae 17-25 mm longae et 10-15 mm latae base anguste
acuminatae margine superne pauce serrulatae apice breviter obtus-
ae vel rotundatae supra evanescentiter tomentellae non glandulo-
punctatae subtus dense albo-tomentosae, nervis secundarius paucis
valde ascendentibus. Inflorescentiae in ramis terminales dense
corymbosae, ramis brevibus dense tomentosis. Capitula 2-4 sess-
ilia in binis vel glomerulis congesta ca. 9 mm alta et 7 ™
lata; squamae involucri 20-25 leniter subimbricatae 2-3-seriatae
lanceolatae vel anguste lanceolatae 4-7 mm longae ad 1.5 mm latae
superne purpurascentes apice breviter anguste acuminatae extus
dense hyaline glandulo-punctatae et albo-tomentosae; receptacula
distincte conica hirsuta. Flores 12-18 in capitulo; corollae
lavandulae vel violaceae ca. 5 mm longae in faucibus et lobis
sparse glandulo-punctatae, tubis ca. 1.7 m longis, lobis ca. 0.8
mm longis et 0.6 mm latis; thecae antherarum ca. 1.7 mm longae;
appendices antherarum maturae oblongae ca. 0.5 mm longae et 0.35
mm latae deciduae margine distaliter leniter crenulatae. Achaen-
ia ca. 3 mm longa dense breviter glandulifera, setis non glandul-
iferis raris vel nullis; setae pappi 35-40 plerumque 3.0-4.5 mm

468 BimcE EO aO.6 th Vol. 44, No. 7

longae, cellulis apicalibus argute acutis non deformibus. Grana
pollinis ca. 25 pm in diam.

TYPE: BRASIL: Bahia: Munic{pio de Rio de Contas. Pico das
Almas, a 18 kms ao NW de Rio de Contas. Elev. 1600-1850 m.
flowers pink. 22 July 1979. R.M.King, S.Mort, T.S.dos Santos &
J.Hage 8110 (Holotype RB; isotypes CEPEC, US). PARATYPES: BRASIL:
Bahia: Municipio de Mucugé, a 3 km ao S de Mucugé. Na estrada que
vai par Jussiape. Elev. ca. 1000 m. Uncommon shrubs 1% meters
tall, flowers lavender. R.M.King, S.Mort, T.S.dos Santos & J.Hage
8157 (CEPEC, US); Municipio de Mucugé. Estrada que liga Mucugé
cam Andarai a 11 kms de primeiro. Elev. 1150 m. Shrub one meter
tall, flowers pink, mostly in bud. 27 July 1979. R.M.King,
S.Mort, T.S.dos Santos & J.Hage 8171 (CEPEC, US).

The species is most distinctive in the larger size of the
flower parts and the densely glanduliferous achenes which lack
setae. The number of flowers in the head is less than any other
species of the genus, but the number of setae in the pappus is
greater. The apical cells of the pappus setae are unmodified,
while those of the longer setae in L. blanchetii are congested
and obtuse. In LZ. duartet the longer pappus setae have apical
cells that are often enlarged with rounded ends. The number of
flowers in the heads of the new species are not quite as variable
as the cited span of numbers implies. The type and King 8171
tend to have 18 flowers in the head while King 8157 tends to have
12.

The anther appendages of the type specimen have proved so
fragile that none could be prepared intact. Inspection of the
less mature paratypes showed their appendages were not fragile
but were shorter. Under the compound microscope a zone of tissue
is seen that may represent an area of persisting intercalary
growth at the base of the appendage which may add to the length
of the appendage as the flower matures. Ultimately, at full
maturity, the zone appears to wither allowing the appendage to
dehisce. Such fragile appendages have not been noticed in other
species of the Asteraceae.

LASIOLAENA SANTOSII R. M. King and H. Robinson, sp. nov.

Plantae fruticosae ad 1 m altae ascendentiter interdum
fasciculate ramosae. Caules leniter angulati et striati dense
flaccide tomentosi. Folia spiraliter inserta, petiolis ca. 7 m
longis leniter demarcatis; laminae anguste obovatae ca. 15-20 mm
longae et 5-6 mm latae base anguste acuminatae margine superne
multo minute serrulatae apice breviter acutae supra glandulo-
punctatae et dense minute puberulae subtus plerumque in areolis
flaccide tomentosae in nervis et nervulis glandulo-punctatis,
nervis secundariis numerosis valde ascendentibus, anastomosis
densis. Inflorescentiae in ramis terminales pauci-capitatae
subumbellatae, ramis ca. 10-15 mm longis dense tomentellis.
Capitula in ramis solitaria late campanulata ca. 6 mm alta et
plerumque 6-8 mm lata; squamae involucri 30-40 leniter subimbri-

1979 King & Robinson, Genus Lasiolaena 469

catae 2-3-seriatae lineari-lanceolatae 3-5 mm longae ad 1 mm
latae superne purpurascentes apice anguste acutae herbaceae extus
glandulo-punctatae et flaccide tomentellae; receptacula distincte
conica sparse puberula. Flores 45-65 in capitulo; corollae
lavandulae ca. 4 mm longae in faucibus et lobis sparse glandulo-
punctatae, tubis ca. 1.3 mm longis, lobis 0.8-0.9 m longis et
0.5 mm latis; thecae antherarum ca. 1 mm longae; appendices
antherarum quadratae ca. 0.25 mm longae et latae margine integrae.
Achaenia ca. 2 mm longa dense breviter setifera et glandulifera;
setae pappi 25-27 plerumque 2.5-3.5 mm longae superne saepe
purpurascentes, cellulis apicalibus argute acutis non deformibus.
Grana pollinis ca. 23 jm in diam.

TYPE: BRASIL: Bahia: Municfpio de Rio de Contas. Pico das
Almas, a 18 kms NW de Rio de Contas. Elev. 1600-1850 m. Shrub
one meter tall, flowers pink. 24 July 1979. R.M.King, S.Mori,
T.S.dos Santos & J.Hage 8138 (Holotype RB; isotypes CEPEC, US).

Lastolaena santosti is notable for the distinctive form of
tomentum which consists of flaccid thin-walled hairs. The hairs
are collapsed when dry and they are often matted into small
plate-like sheets. The other three species of the genus all have
a denser tomentum of contorted, slender, firm-walled cells. The
comparatively thin tomentum covers the undersurface of the leaves
unevenly and the darker glanduliferous veins can be seen. The
upper surface of the leaves also has glandular-punctations, a
feature not evident in the other species. The leaves of
L. santosit are also distinctive in their sharper apices and the
fine serrulation of the upper margin.

Literature Cited

Baker, J. G. 1876. Compositae II. Eupatoriaceae. In Martius,
Flora Brasiliensis. 6 (2): 181-374.

King, R. M. and H. Robinson 1972. Studies in the Eupatorieae
(Asteraceae). XCVI. A new genus, Lastolaena. Phytologia
24 (3): 185-186.

Acknowledgement

We would like to thank the following people for their help
in the project. Dr. Dourimar Nunes de Moura, Superintendent for
International Cooperation, Conselho Nacional de Desenvolvemento
Cientifico e Tecnologico (CNPq) Brasilia, Dr. Paulo Alvin,
Director of Research, and Dr. Scott A. Mori, Curator of the
Herbarium, both of the Centro de Pesquisas do Cacau (CEPEC),
Itabuna.

470 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 44, No. 7

|

:

\

ASTERACEAE of BAHIA, BRAZIL

i No. 8119
ASTOI “AM .M. King H. Robinson HOLOTYPE
frio de Rao de Contras Pao das Almas a aoent a
x nece

Robert M King, Seotr A. Me

Lastolaena morit R. M. King & H. Robinson, Holotype,
Jardim Botanico, Rio de Janeiro. Photos by Victor E. Krantz,
Staff Photographer, National Museum of Natural History.

1979 King & Robinson, Genus Lasiolaena

ASTERACEAE of BAHIA. BRAZIL

Lastolaena santosii R. M. King & H. Robinson, Holotype,

Jardim Botanico, Rio de Janeiro.

471

472 PEBY £.0L O06 bid Vol. 44. No. 7

7

MPriiiiiilililiiliilitiiliiiliitit itty tee

SREREOGHERERSEUREGEEREBRZES

Lastolaena enlargements of leaves and heads. Top.
L. mortt. Bottom. L. santostt.

NOTES ON NEW AND NOTEWORTHY PLANTS. CXXXII

Harold N. Moldenke

GEUNSIA FARINOSA £. SERRATULA Mold., f. nov.

Haec forma a forma typica speciei laminis foliorum margine
distincte irregulariterque serrulata.

This form differs from the typical form of the species in hav-
ing its leaf-blades marginally very distinctly, although irregu-
larly, serrulate, especially on the upper half.

The type of the form was collected by Y. Fox (SAN.57700)
along tractor trail 1963 in the Longgun area, Sg. Sakong Kechil,
Sandakan Bay, Sandakan District, Sabah, Malaysia, on May 12, 1967,
and is deposited in my personal herbarium.

STACHYTARPHETA RHOMBOIDALIS var. PUBERULA Mold., var. nov.

Haec varietas a forma typica speciei ramis ramulisque lamin-
isque foliorum utrinque puberulis recedit.

This variety differs from the typical form of the species
chiefly in having its branches, branchlets, and leaf-blades de-
cidedly puberulent and the lower leaves often shortly petiolate.

The type of the variety was collected by Gates & Estabrook
(no. 69) in sandy soil on rocky campo near a stream on east-
facing hillside of exposed layered sedimentary rock and shallow
soil, 1500 m. altitude, at Chapada dos Veadeiros, 5 km. east of
Alto Paraiso, lat. 14° S., long. 47° W.. Goias, Brazil, on Janu-
ary 26, 1979, and is deposited in the herbarium of the University
of Michigan at Ann Arbor, Michigan. The collectors describe the
plant as a loosely branched shrub to 1 m. tall, the corollas
deep-purple with transparent dots, the style purple, and the
stigma green.

TEIJSMANNIODENDRON PTEROPODUM f£. CRISTATUM Mold., f. nov.

Haec forma a forma typica speciei alis petiolorum permagnis
latissime cristatis recedit.

This form differs from the typical form of the species in hav-
ing the wings on its petioles very much and quite uniformly en-
larged in the form of a crest, the crest extending from the apex
to the base of the petiole and about 5 cm. wide at the midpoint.

The type of the form was collected by G. Mikil (SAN.37769)
along a stream in primary forest on a steep valley side, Sg. So-
sopodon, Penampang District, Sabah, Malaysia, at about 800 feet
altitude, on December 16, 1963, and is deposited in my personal
herbarium.

VERBENA CAROLINA var. HIRSUTA (Mart. & Gal.) Mold., stat. nov.
Verbena hirsuta Mart. & Gal., Bull. Acad. Brux. 11 (2): 321.
1844.

473

ADDITIONAL NOTES ON THE GENUS VITEX. XV

Harold N. Moldenke

VITEX DONIANA Sweet
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 44: 386, 389, &
416-417. 1979.

Recent collectors describe this species as a tree, 3 to over 25
m. tall, often single-stemmed, or a middle-sized or very large
shrub, often solitary; trunk 30--100 cm. in diameter at breast
height; wood soft, light; sap colorless; bark rough; branchlets

glabrous; leaves "5-lobed" [i.e., composed of 5 leaflets], very
dark-green above, grayish beneath, glabrous; inflorescence "cov-
ered with rusty-brown hairs"; flowers in dense axillary cymes,
hairy, "on long pedicels [i.e., peduncles] in leaf-axils"; fruit
"the size of a cherry", green with lighter patches or white spots
when immature, blackish-purple when ripe, edible. The chromosome
number is reported by the Manguenots (1962) as 2n = 32. Gossweil-
er calls the plant a "wet hydrophyte". The corollas are said to
have been "white" by Den Outer (19720, "yellowish or white with
blue-purple corolla-lobes" by Hutchinson & Dalziel (1936), and
"petals dirty-white inside with a blue lip" by Williams (1949).
It is said to have been "blue to mauve" on Reckmans 1409 and
"white, upper petal purple" on Richards 25816.

Siwunmi (1973) describes the pollen as follows: "Pollen grains

isopolar, radially symmetrical; 3-colpate; lobate-oblate spher-
Oidal JY 25.7 t_ Bo25 022.2 pm). Sexine subtectate. NPC: 343.
Colpi ca. 17.6% 1.4pm long, width ca. 1.4¢ 0.1m. Apocolpium
diameter 8.0%0.lpm. Exine 2.0 ym thick (thinner at the colpi).
Sexine reticulate, reticulation finer at apocolpia than at meso-
colpia. Muri 0.42 O.lym wide, distinctly simplibaculate. Lu-
mina 0.7% 0.1mm wide. Tectal part of muri 0.6% 0.lym, baculate
zone 0.5% 0.lwm, foot layer 0.9% 0.1 wm thick", based on Jos
1965.

Recent collectors have encountered V. doniana in dry gulches,
on wooded savannas and secondary savannas in mesophyll forests,
at the edges of sandy bushland, on riverbanks and lake shores, in
the riverine forest belt, in gallery forests and light forests on
heavy loam, on shrubby savannas, in hard stony soil in open park-
lands, and in gullies in Brachystegia woodlands, at 700--1900 m.
altitude, flowering in January and February and from April to No-
vember, fruiting from January to April and in August. Greenway
(1973) describes it as dominant in mixed but mainly compound-
leaved Brachystegia microphylla wood on hillsides. Kershaw
(1967) says that in Nigeria, according to Keay (1948), this species
grows in open woodlands with Lophira alata, Terminalia glaucescens,
Daniella oliveri, Hymenocardia acida, Detarium senegalense, and
Afzelia africana as the characteristic species of trees. He also

474

1979 Moldenke, Notes on Vitex 475

lists it as found in the Isoberlinia-Parinari and Monotes-Parinari
associations, as well as in the fringing woodlands with Pterocar-
pus erinaceus, more characteristic of the southern Guinea zone in
Nigeria, but widespread in the northern zone where it is valued by
the natives for its edible fruit. Irvine (1970) asserts that it
occurs in the grass savannas as well as in deciduous and secondary
forests in Ghana, thriving especially in very dry and gravelly
soil. Lawton (1978) tells us that it is a member of the "chipya
ecological group of species growing in an open habitat where dry
season fires are intense."

Hutchinson & Dalziel (1936), including V. divaricata Baker in
the synonymy, record V. doniana from savanna forests and/ open country
from "Senegal to N. Nigeria and Lagos Colony! Also in Fernando ro:
Extends to E. Sudan, Upper Nile Land, and E. Africa; also Congo Ba-
sin and Angola." Crowfoot (1928) records it from northern and
central Sudan, Gillett (1970) from Kenya, Paradis & Hougnon (1977)
from Dahomey, Giirke (1895) from the Comoro Islands, Amico (1967)
from Zambezia in Mozambique, Bouquet (1967) from the Republic
of Congo, and Astle (1968) from Zambia. Drar (1970) records it
from Bahr El Ghazar, Sudan, citing his nos. 1069 & 1607; Gameel
(1971) also lists it from Sudan. Chapman (1962) refers to it as
"widespread, common" in Nyasaland. Rein (1911) says that it
"Kommt in den siidlichen Gegenden des weissen und blauen Nils und
am Sobat vor, ein grosser Baum mit fiinfteiligen Blattern, weissen,
sehr leichten Holz." Hyland (1969) lists it as cultivated in
Maryland, based on U. S. Dept. Agr. Pl. Invent. 307744 from
Nigeria. Sweet (1826) and Loudon (1832) report it introduced into
cultivation in England from Sierra Leone in 1824.

It is worth noting that Tackholm & Elsayed 86 and s.n. [23/6/
1961] and s.n. [22/11/1961] have extraordinarily long petiolules,
while Staner 1405 exhibits leaflets that are apically very much
acuminate-pointed. Gossweiler 9168 has insect-galled leaves.

Begemann (1969) describes the tree and its wood as follows:
"Ein sehr grosser Baum mit breit-ausladender Krone, der Hohen tber
25 m und Durchmesser zwischen 40 und 100 c/m erreicht. Der Schaft
hat hohe Wurzelanlaufe und ist nur selten gerade und zylindrisch
gewachsen. -- Die Rinde ist sehr diinn bis diinn und hellbraun bis
gelblich-grau. -- Splint und Kernholz gehen in einander tiber und
sind nur schwach zu unterscheiden. Der Split ist etwa 4 bis 6 c/m
breit und gelblich-grau, wogegen das Kernholz im frischen Zustande
cremefarben ist, spater auf hellbraun iibergehend. Jahresringe sind
mit blossem Auge kaum zu erkennen. Das Holz hat hdufig Silikat-
Einlagen und keinen besonderen Geschmack oder Geruch. Die Struk-
tur ist durchweg drehwlichsig, die Textur ziemlich grob un ungleich-
missig. Das Holz schwindet stark und gilt als bedingt dauerhaft,
wenn es nicht standig dem Wechset zwischen Feuchtigkeit und Trocken-
heit ausgesetzt wird. Es ist mittelschwer, hart, fest und nur sehr
wenig elastisch. Die Trocknung bedarf grosser Sorgfelt, da eine
starke Tendenz zum Reissen und Werfen besteht. Im trockenen Zu-
stande ist das Standvermégen im allgemeinen gut. Durch den Kris-
tallgehalt des Holzes ist die Bearbeitung erschwert und erfordert
einen grésseren Kraftaufwand. Werkzeuge stumpfen schnell. —-

476 P BaksTrOub Gstod é Vol. 44, No. 7

Trotzdem ldsst sich das Holz maschinell und von Hand gut bearbeiten.
Gehobelte Flachen werden durch den Drehwuchs erst mit Nachbearbeit-
ung glatt und haben matten Glanz. Die Oberfldchtenbehandlung be-
reitet keine Schwierigkeiten. Es empfiehlt sich, Schrauben und
Nagel zur Vermeidung von Rissbildung vorzubohren. Holzverbindung-
en mit Leim oder Zapfen sind leicht herzustellen und haltbar. Auch
schil- und messerfuhig. -- Spezifischen Gewicht um -.52 bein 15%
Feuchtigkeitsgehalt. Verwendung: Fir Aussenzwecke, wie auch als
Bau- und Konstruktionsholz wenig zu empfehlen; gut geeignet ftir Bau-
und Mébelschreinerei, als Kisten- un Bindholz, Mittellagen, ftir die
Sperrholz-Industrie u.4. -- Das Holz f4llt inwendig nicht sehr ast-
rein aud. Handel: Trotz ausreichendem Vorkommen in den Wuchsgebieten,
hat das Holz bisher im Import noch keine Bedeutung erlangt."

Jaeger & Moldenke (1975) refer to V. doniana as "Le plus grand
des Vitex de 1'Afrique Occidentale", growing to 25 m. tall, and
found "du SéneZal au Cameroun; trés répandi en Afrique tropicale de
préférence en savane et en terrain découvert".

Among the common and vernacular names applied to this tree, its
fruit, and/or its wood as reported by recent collectors and authors
are\the following: ."abisoa", "“abis(wa)", "ada", “adaga”, "atetewa 4
"“sfua"', VYakposso” ,~“anago", “anecho",, "aranga”, “black plum’,
"boume", "bugink", "bulgelwa", "chinkamba", "dagomba", "dinya",
"Don's chaste-tree", "dunya", "dyakossi", "edi", “ekarukei", "ewe",
"ios M£6","£opiti, "£641ti",, "“Eonejiti",. “eidjiko", “heifokoaees
"ingari", "kalembe", "kazonga", "Kenya oak", "koro", "koro ba",
"koto", "koto", "kratschi", “kukpweli", “kurain", "kurnyuk", “iedo”,
"lubai", "meru", "meru oak", "mfifya", "mfudu", "mfuru", "mfurulegea",
"mfuru ya mtoni", "mfuu", "mgwobe", "mkhulu", "mkunungu", "mpulu",
"mpuro", "m'purro", "mufudu", "mufufu", “mufuru", "mufutu", "muholu",
"muhomozi", "mukarukei", "munyamazi", "mutahuru", "muviru", "muvuru",
"narenga", "npindimbi", "nrindimbi", "nya", "nyarina", "odogo",
"of6n", “omufutu", “omuvyero", “ori", "orli", "“oyelo", "panyero",
"samanibir", "so", “sod",,."sokoro", ."tschaudjo",."uoli",. “yuele >
and "zeitun".

Volkens (1909) speaks of the inflorescences as white and comments
that "Aus den schwarzen, glatten, essbaren, kugligen Friichten und
den jungen Bl&ttern wird Tinte gekocht", the species inhabiting
"Galleriewdldern, Baumsteppen und auf Farmen" and being "weit ver-
breitet. Das weisse, mittelschwere Holz diirfte sich besonders fiir
M6bel gut eignen. In Oberguinea werden Schiffsplanken und Furniere
daraus gemacht, die Eingeborenen benutzen es fiir Bootsrippen". Bur-
kill (1966) says that the fruits are "said to be used as a substi-
tute for tea and coffee in tropical Africa". This is also claimed by
Rein (1911).

Irvine (1961) provides the longest discussion of the economic
uses of this species, saying that "The flowers and fruits attract
bees; hives are often put in the branches. It is specially planted
in N. T., the leaves being used for stock.....Also planted in vil-
lages [in]...N. Nigeria....for the edible fruits and young leaves,
used as a pot herb. A Sweetmeat (Hausa alewa) made from these and
other fruits, and a black molasses or beverage (e.g. tea substitute
in Sudan) can be prepared from them. Ink also made from young

1979 Moldenke, Notes on Vitex 477

leaves or fruit or sometimes bark, gum added. Bark and roots used
to prepare a cloth dye (for Adink(a)ra cloths) are cut up, boiled
with iron slag as mordant; poured into another pot, and boiled
till thick; egg or sugar then added. The bark is a substitute for
soap in S. Leone......lhe fruit-pulp is said to contain oil......
The timber is whitish to light brown, darkening later; it rather
resembles teak and is of medium weight and straight grain, nails
well, and is said to be durable. It is used in housebuilding,
furniture, boxes, crates, bowls, stools, shelves, and in Uganda
for knife-handles, chairs, and trumpets. A favourite wood for
making log beehives. It is useful for firewood; and the ashes for
soap-making -(S. Leone....).....dried leaves...medicinal...A decoc-
tion of pounded roots is used in Fr. Guinea for stomach troubles..
A decoction of the root-—bark is recommended as a drink or for
baths and is used on the Iv. Coast for children with rickets......
The bark is used in various Iv. Coast remedies for leprosy and
sterility. A bark decoction is used as a gargle....The bark is
used in W. Ashanti for stomach complaints. The bark and leaves
are sometimes given for diarrhoea and dysentery....The leaves
are used by the Moshi on the Iv. Coast to keep crocodiles from
water holes. A leaf decoction is drunk, or used as an enema for
dysenteric diarrhoea.....A leaf infusion is given for colds in
Guinea.....The pounded leaves are applied to the body as a febri-
fuge.....The tender leaves are chewed, or an infusion of leaves
and bark are used medicinally in Ghana. The fruits are used in

N. Nigeria for constipation....and are sometimes given for diar-
rhoea and dysentery. In S. Leone they are considered good for
conditions due to A and B avitaminosis, associated with sores at
the corners of the mouth and eyes, and sometimes in advanced
cases, with paralytic symptoms.....Loranthus growing on this tree
is used in N. Nigeria for leprosy.....In Katanga (B. Congo) the
tree is said to be used to induce conception...."

Dale & Greenway (1961) aver that the edible fruit is "sweet,
mealy, somewhat resembling a prune in taste. Wood white or
yellow-white to pale brown, darkening in age, even and straight
in grain, fine and uniform in texture, soft, moderately durable,
easy to work with tools; it smooths reasonably but does not take
a polish, nails satisfactorily and does not split, tenons, mor-
tises, recesses and moulds well; weight about 53 1b. per cu. ft.
air dry. The timber has some resemblance to teak, and is used
locally in West Africa for boat timbers (ribs, etc.), for small
canoes, house-building and so on. It is suitable for uses to
which poplars and deals are put, for interior fitting boxes,
crates, shelving, low-grade furniture, etc. It must not be ex-
posed to damp, and is not suitable for purposes calling for
great strength." Irvine (193) reports that in Gold Coast the
species is used for firewood, dye, ink, and the edibility of its
fruit. Williams (1949) found the fruit being eaten by children
in Zanzibar and the wood employed there for laths, roof-building,
planks, canoe-outriggers, and guitars. Thomas (1972) records
its use in treating yellow fever. Altschul (1973), Alain (1974),
Giirke (1895), and Watter & Breyer-Brandwijk (1962) all comment

478 PEZ.TOL OG i248 Vol. 44, No. 7

on the edibility of the fruit. Tanner reports the species used in
Tanzania to treat cases of prolonged labor during childbirth.
Sabine (1824) comments that although the fruit is edible, it is
inferior in quality to that of both the yellow and sugar plums of
tropical Africa. Schweinfurth (1874) reports that the "sweet,
olive-shaped fruit is relished exceedingly by natives of central
Africa’. Uphof (1968) repeats that the fruit is the size of an
olive and much esteemed. "A gum is used for compounding Mallam's
ink; also considered an antidote for arrow poison. Leaves used
as a substitute for tea in Trop. Afr." Watt & Breyer-Brandwijk
(1962) claim that in Zambia V. doniana is used as a remedy for
anemia and the root for gonorrhoea. Rein (1911) says that "Die
harten Friichte werden gerdstet und augfekocht als Ersatz fur Tee
und Kaffee genossen". Irvine (1930) reports the fruit sold in
native markets in Ghana.

Hansford (1961) reports V. doniana as a host for the fungus,
Meliola cookeana var. viticis (Hansf.) Hansf. in Uganda, based
on the type collection of the fungus, Hansford 799, and M. cook-
eana Speg. in Sierra Leone, based on Deighton 564, 987, 1551, &
1766. Cohic (1969) found it to be host to the insects, Aleuro-
tuberculatus nigeriae Mound, A. gambiae Gameel, and Bemisia
hancocki Corbett. Roberts (1969) reports it as host to the
larvae of the lepidopteron, Bunaea alcinoé (Stoll) and the
beetle, Premnobius cavipennis Eichhoff in Nigeria.

Baker (1900) separates his various taxa, now regarded by most
authors as being conspecific, as follows:

1. leaves usually S-feltlolates is sssiies ccstisccvascvoes¥, Goma
la. Leaves usually 5-foliolate.
2. lé@aflets, not corlacedusess cestsscssccesscsovee eV. GEWEVEEEs
2a. Leaflets coriaceous.
3. Corolla-tube as long as the calyx.............V. cuneata.
3a. Corolla-tube longer than the calyx.......V. cienkowskii.
As being typical of V. doniana he cites Heudelot 379 from Sene-
gal. As typical of V. dewevrei he cites Dewevre s.n. from Lower
Congo; of C. cuneata he lists Thonning s.n. from Upper Guinea,
and as typical of V. cienkowskii he cites Barter 1108, Millen
118, Rowland s.n., Scott Elliot 5211, and Vogel 67 from Upper
Guinea, Cienkowsky s.n., Heughlin s.n., Schweinfurth 1307 & 1890,
Scott Elliott 7179, and Speke & Grant 81 from Nile Land, Smith
s.n. from Congo, Welwitsch 5633, 5645, & 5746 from Angola, Kirk
1 from Zanzibar, Hildebrandt 1123 from Tanganyika, Kirk 40 from
Mozambique, and Buchanan 80, Kirk s.n., Meller 5,and Scott s.n.
from Nyasaland.

Good & Exell (1930) cite their nos. 5376 & 5376a from Angola
and 6305, 7851, 8652, & 9168 from Portuguese Congo, asserting
that the tree grows in wet situations and on riversides, often in
company with Canthium schimperianum. They note that it is "Wide-
spread in Tropical Africa". Palhinha (1947), speaking of an un-
identified species of Vitex in Portuguese Congo, says that "Esta
planta parece-me bastante proéxima, sefiao idéntida, a Vitex cune-
ata Sch. et Thonn., e igualmente afim da Vitex Cienkowski Kotschy
et Peyr., da qual difere pelas folhas maiores e inflorescéncias |
um pouco menores e mais fracas."

1979 Moldenke, Notes on Vitex 479

Roberty (1954) refers to V. doniana as "forme la plus commune”
in West Africa "surtout prés des riviéres ou marais. Trés vari-
able, 4 formes principales" -- after which he lists, apparently
as "forms", V. barbata Planch., V. chrysocarpa Planch., "V. doni-
ana s.s.", and V. grandifolia Giirke, but I regard these as four
separate and distinct species. To include them all under Vitex
doniana would most certainly render that taxon “"trés variable"!

Dale & Greenway (1961) cite Dale 3115, Graham 25 & 2226, and
Napier 5329 from Kenya. Hutchinson & Dalziel (1936) cite Berter
1108, Chevalier 2769, Chipp 463, 727, & 744, Dalziel 350, Heude-
lot 379, Lely P.134, Millen 118, Milne s.n., Pobéguin 682, Rowland
S.n., Scott Elliot 5211, Warnecke 156, and Yates 59. Lewalle
(1972) cites his no. 608; Astle (1968) cites his no. 2718 from
Zambia; Amico & Bavazzano (1968) cite their no. 455; Cufodontis
(1962) cites Kuls 256, 281, & 473. DeWildeman (1914) cites Hom-
blé 318 as the type of his V. homblei; Irvine (1930) cites Ir-
vine 151 & 194 from Ghana. The Don s.n. from Sierra Leone and
Heudelot s.n. from Senegambia cited by Hooker & Bentham (1849)
are most certainly V. doniana,

Material of V. doniana has sometimes been misidentified and
distributed in some herbaria as V. madiensis Oliv. On the other
hand, the Angil 2774, Lewalle 2200, Lowe 2049, Reekmans 2702,
Richards 25816, Tanner R.T.1758, 4272, & 4488, and Vigne 3541,
all distributed as typical V. doniana, are regarded by me as
representing var. parvifolia (Engl.) Mold., while Drar & Mahdi
1607 is not verbenaceous.

Additional citations: SIERRA LEONE: G. Don s.n. [Mo. Bot.
Gard. photo A.851] (N--photo of type, W--photo of type); Gledhill
DH.577 (Mu); Jaeger 1401 (Ac), 1756 (Ac), 9258 (1d). LIBERIA:

J. T. Baldwin 10989 (W--2672784, W--2672785). TOGO: Warnecke

156 (Mu--3857). NIGERIA: Blum 2502 (Ws). ZAIRE: Gerard 2504
(Mu); Louis 12487 (N), 12562 (W--2091094); W. Robyns 1144 (W--
1942516); Staner 1405 (W--2091224); Taton 7395 (Mu). BURUNDI:
Reekmans 1409 (E--2209171), 1414 (E--2209177). UGANDA: Bagshawe
813 (W--1505799). TANZANIA: Tanga: Tanner 4804 (Ba). ANGOLA:
Kongo: Gossweiler 9168 (W--1373601). Lunda: Gossweiler 14109
(W--2074458). ZAMBIA: Evrard 3951 (Mu); E. A. Robinson 3938 (Mu).
MALAWI: Brass 17074 (W--2061955); J. Buchanan 194 (W--806717).
CULTIVATED: Egypt: Drar s.n. [12/1/1960] (Gz); Tackholm & Elsay-
ed 86 (Gz, Gz), sen. [23/6/1961] (Gz, Gz), sen. [14/11/1961] (Gz),
sen. [22/11/1961] (Gz, Gz); Tackholm & Mahdi s.n. [17/5/1967]

(Gz, Gz).

VITEX DONIANA var. PARVIFOLIA (Engl.) Mold.

Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 15: 107--108. 1967;
Mold., Fifth Summ. 1: 224, 231, 234, 247, & 252 (1971) and 2:
715, 716, 924, & 968. 1971; Mold., Phytologia 28: 442 & 452
(1974) and 44: 386. 1979.

Recent collectors describe this plant as a "small shrub" or
as a small or large spreading tree, 5--20 m. tall, much branched,
with a thick bole and dense rounded crown, giving thick cover,
the stem single, upright, the bark gray, rough, lined or corruga-
ted, the sap.colorless, the wood white, soft to cut, with a

480 Pit? OL Ota Vol. 44, No. 7

brown "slip", the leaflets 5, coriaceous, dark or glossy bright-
green, the flowers aromatic, the calyx with pale-brown indumentun,
and the fruit (immature?) pale-green. They have found it growing
near lakes, in "abercorn" gardens, in light forests on sandy loam
soil, in open parkland on hard stony soil, in light forests on
hillsides with gravel and loam soil, and “in deep shade in well-
grown Brachystegia woodland with luxuriant rich undergrowth con-
taining evergreen shrubs", at 500--2165 m. altitude, flowering in
September and November, fruiting in February, March, May, and
November. Watmough speaks of it as "occasional" in Zambia.

The corollas are said to have been "mauve" on Tanner R.T.1758,
"violet" on Reekmans 2702, "pale yellow-mauve" on Richards 21451,
"white to pale-mauve" on Lewalle 2200, and “white, upper petal
purple" on Richards 25816.

According to Tanner the bark of this tree is used in the treat-
ment of leprosy in Tanzania. Material has been misidentified and
distributed in some herbaria as typical V. doniana Sweet, V. am-
boniensis Giirke, and V. madiensis Oliv.

Additional citations: SUDAN: Blue Nile: Kassas, Mobarak, Fadlal-
lah, Omar, & Osman E.1035 (Gz, Gz). Bahr El Ghazal: Drar & Mahdi
1069 (Gz). GHANA: Vigne 3541 (N). NIGERIA: Lowe 2049 (N). BU-
RUNDI: Lewalle 2200 (W--2595398); Reekmans 2702 (E--2200855).
TANZANIA: Tanga: Richards 25816 (Mu, N); Schlieben 1282 (Mu); Tan-
ner R.T.1758 (Ba, Ca--183319, N), 4272 (Ba), 4488 (Ba). ZAMBIA:
Angils 2774 (N); Richards 21451 (E--1836522); Richardson & Living-
stone s.n. [30 October 1960] (Au--220301); Watmough 209 (Mu).
CULTIVATED: Sudan: Drar & Mahdi 138 (Gz).

VITEX DRYADUM S. Moore

Additional bibliography: Fedde & Schust., Justs Bot. Jahresber.
39 (2): 320. 1913; Mold., Phytologia 15: 241--242. 1967; Mold.,
Fif th Suum,./1 = 252° (1971). and ‘2: 924. 1971.

The type of this species, Swynnerton 1062, from Gazaland, Mo-
zambique, in the British Museum herbarium has been photographed by
the Missouri Botanical Garden as their type photograph number A.
854. It is possible that V. oxycuspis var. mossambicensis Mold.
may belong here.

Additional citations: MOZAMBIQUE: Gazaland: Swynnerton 1062 [Mo.
Bot. Gard. photo A.854] (Gz--photo of type, N--photo of type).

VITEX DUBOISII Mold.
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 15: 212. 1967; Mold.,
Sirth Summ, 12.231 (1971). and 2: 924, L971.

VITEX DUCKEI Huber

Synonymy: Vitex duchei Huber, in herb.

Additional bibliography: H. N. & A. L. Mold., Pl. Life 2: 57.
1948; Mold., Phytologia 16: 499. 1968; Mold., Fifth Summ. 1: 1/79
(197%) “and ‘2s, 9242 1972

Recent collectors describe this species as a shrub, 80 cm. tall,
and have found it growing in sandy soil of capoeira, flowering in
June. The corollas are said to have been "purple and white" on
Campbell & al. P.22554. Material has been misidentified and dis-

1979 Moldenke, Notes on Vitex 481

tributed in some herbaria as "Bignoniaceae".

Additional citations: BRAZIL: Amaz6nas: Prance, Pena, Allen, &
Ramos 2706 (S). Para: Campbell, Ongley, Ramos, Monteiro, & Nelson
P.22554 (Ld, N, N); M. Silva 1634 (N).

VITEX DUCLOUXII Dop

Additional bibliography: Fedde & Schust., Justs Bot. Jahresber.
56 (2): 286. 19373; H. N. & A. L. Mold., Pl. Life 2: 57. 1948;
Mold., Phytologia 15: 242. 1967; Mold., Fifth Summ. 1: 290 (1971)
and 2:°924. (1971.

VITEX EBERHARDTII Dop

Additional bibliography: Fedde & Schust., Justs Bot. Jahresber.
56° (2): 286. 1937:'H. N. & A. Le. Moid., Pl. Life 2: 5/7. 19465 Mold,
Phytologia 15: 242. 1967; Mold., Fifth Summ. 1: 303 (1971) and 2:
S24 1972.

VITEX ELAKELAKENSIS Mold.
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 15: 242. 1967;
Mold., Fifth Summ. 1: 263 (1971) and 2: 924. 1971.

VITEX ELMERI Mold., Phytologia 38: 307--308. 1978.

Synonymy: Vitex elmari Mold., Biol. Abstr. 65: 6769, sphaln.
1978.

Bibliography: Mold., Biol. Abstr. 65: 6769. 1978; Mold., Phyto-
logia 38: 307--308. 1978; Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.33: 86. 1979.

Collectors have found this tree in flower in February.

Material has been misidentified and distributed in some herbaria
as the very closely related Vitex negundo L.

Citations: PHILIPPINE ISLANDS: Luzon: Elmer 5611 (N--type); £.
D. Merrill 3627 (N); Pancho & Apolinario 285 (Au--11005); Roth-
dauscher s.n. [Manilla, 1879] (Mu--1516, Mu--1517, Z).

VITEX EPIDICTYODES Mildbr.

Additional bibliography: Fedde & Schust., Justs Bot. Jahresber.
57 (2): 402. 1938; Mold., Phytologia 15: 242. 1967; Mold., Fifth
Summ. 1: 232, 238, & 250 (1971) and 2: 716 & 924. 1971; Mold., Phy-
tologia 31: 388. 1975.

Recent collectors refer to this species as a shrub, 3 m. tall,
the (immature?) fruit green, and have encountered it on savannas
and wooded savannas, at altitudes of 900 to 1200 m., fruiting in
December.

Material has been misidentified and distributed in some herbar-
ia as V. madiensis ssp. milanjiensis (Britt.) White.

Additional citations: BURUNDI: Reekmans 1391 (E--2209172), 2204
(E--2209186).

VITEX ERIOCLONA H. J. Lam

Synonymy: Vitex erioclona Lam. ex Uphof, Dict. Econ. Pil Bt. 2,
545, sphalm. 1968.

Additional & emended bibliography: H. J. Lam, Bull. Jard. Bot.
Buitenz, ,ser. 3, 3: 48 & 51. 1921; Fedde & Schust., Justs Bot.

482 P. Bet PVOrL 0:62 A Vol. 44, No. 7

Jahresber. 53 (1): 1076. 1932; Uphof, Dict. Econ. Pl., ‘ed. 2; °545,
1968; Mold., Phytologia 15: 242. 1967; Mold., Fifth Summ. 1: 328
(1971) and 2: 716. & 924. 1971.

Uphof (1968), crediting this species to Lamarck, says of it:
"Tree. Indonesia, esp. the Poso region. Wood easy to work,
durable; keeps a long time when in contact with the soil; used
for making small vessels".

VITEX EXCELSA Mold.

Additional bibliography: H. N. & A. L. Mold., Pl. Life 2: 43.
1948; Mold., Phytologia 15: 242. 1967; Mold., Fifth Summ. 1: 179
(1971) and 2: 924. 1971; Mold., Biol. Abstr. 64: 2433. 1977;
Mold., Phytologia 35: 277 (1977) and 36: 33. 1977.

VITEX EXCELSA var. PETIOLATA Mold., Phytologia 35: 277. 1977.

Bibliography: Mold., Biol. Abstr. 64: 2433. 1977; Mold., Phy-
roleeia 35: 277.,41977). apd: 36: 33.. 1977.

Collectors describe this plant as a "tree 111.5 feet tall",
with a trunk diameter of 36 inches, and have encountered it at 150
m. altitude, flowering in August. The corollas are said to have
been "lilac" in color on Ardstegui V.123, a collection said to
have been taken from the type tree. The immature leaves are
strikingly similar to those of V. panshiniana Mold. A vernacular
name reported is "quinilla colorada".

Citations: PERU: Loreto: Ardéstegui V.75 (N--type, W--2825839--
isotype), V.123 [field no. 104.1] (N, W--2825838).

VITEX FARAFANGANENSIS Mold.
Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 15: 242. 1967; Mold.,
Fifth. Summ. 1: 263 (1971) and 2: 924. 1971.

VITEX FERRUGINEA Schum. & Thonn,

Additional synonymy: Viter fosteri Aubréville, Ann. Acad. Sci.
Colon. 9: 237, sphalm. 1938.

Additional & emended bibliography: Schum. & Thonn. in Schum.,
Beskr. Guin. Pl. 62. 1827; Hook. f. & Benth. in Hook., Niger Fl.
487. 1849; Buek, Gen. Spec. Syn. Candoll. 3: 501. 1858; J. G. Ba-
ker in Thiselt.-Dyer, Fl. Trop. Afr. 5: 316 & 324--325. 1900;
Hutchins. & Dalz, Fl. W.x.Trop. Afr.,) eds: 15. 220275 & 276.495
Aubréville, Ann. Acad. Sci. Colon. 9: 257. 1938; H. N. & A. L.
Mold., Pl. Life 2: 60. 1948; Kerharo & Bouquet, Pl. Méd. Tox.
Céte Iv. 234. 1950; Metcalfe & Chalk, Anal. Dicot. 1036, fig. 248
H. 1950; Irvine, Woody Pl. Ghana 762--763. 1961; S. & G. Mangue-
not, Rev. Cytol. Biol. Veg. 25: 411--447. 1962; Huber in Hutchins.
& Dalz., Fl. W. Trop. Afr., ed. 2, 446--448. 1963; Ornduff, Reg.
Veg. 50: 86 & 121. 1967; Mold., Phytologia 16: 499. 1968; Bolkh.,
Grif, Matvej., & Zakhar., Chrom. Numb. Flow. Pl., imp. 1, 717.
1969; Roberts, Commonw. Forest. Inst. Oxf. Paper 44: 38 & 199.
1969; Gadella, Act. Bot. Neerl. 19 (3): 433. 1970; Gillett, Numb.
Check-list Trees Kenya 47. 1970; Anon., Biol. Abstr. 52: 89.
1971; Mold.,. Fifth Summ. 1: 216, 220-—223, 232,:234, 8.245) (9739
and 2: 717 & 924. 1971; Mold., Phytologia 23: 420 & 437. 1972;

1979 Moldenke, Notes on Vitex 483

Bolkh., Grif, Matvej., & Zakhar., Chromos. Numb. Flow. Pl., imp.
2, 717. 1974; Kooiman, Act. Bot. Neerl. 24: 462. 1975; Mold., Phy-
tologia 34: 261 (1976) and 44: 408. 1979.

Additional illustrations: Metcalfe & Chalk, Anat. Dicot. 1036,
fig. 248 H. 1950.

Recent collectors and authors describe this plant as a tree to
60 feet tall, softly rusty-pubescent, the leaves digitate, the
petioles densely rusty-pubescent; leaflets 5--7, sessile, 4 inches
long, 2 inches wide; flowers small, borne in cymes, densely pubes-
cent outside; corollas small, pubescent outside; fruits globose,
1/3 inch in diameter. The corollas are said to have been "white"
on Becquaert 17 and "blue/cream" on Malima 19. The species has
been found growing on savannas, flowering in July. Irvine (1961)
gives its distribution as from the Ivory Coast to Ghana. Kerharo
& Bouquet (1950) assert that in the Ivory Coast it enters into a
composition used to treat trypanosomiasis, reporting the local
names, "kpépésson", "mbolé", and "paintou".

The Manguenots (1962), as well as Bolkhovskikh and his associ-
ates (1974), give the chromosome number for the species (as V.
fosteri) as 2n = 32. Gadella (1970) -- whose surname is mis-
spelled "Gadelia" in the Biological Abstracts reference (1971) --
reports the chromosome number for V. ferruginea as 2n = 32, based
on Versteegh & Den Outer 562 from Ivory Coast. He also cites
seedling material, Van Steenbergen 205, both collections deposited
in the Wageningen herbarium

Roberts (1969) reports the following insects as attacking Vitex
ferruginea in Nigeria: Doliopygus erichsoni, D. interpositus,
Platypus hintzi, P. spinulosus, and Pycnatmon cribrata. Of the
last-mentioned he says: "Larvae of this species feed on Vitex fer-
ruginea,trees of all ages being attacked. They live singly between
two leaves held together with silk. At Ibadan larval development
takes at least 16 days and the pupal period from 12 to 17 days.
Larvae were found in February, June, September, and November."

It is of interest to note that Hutchinson & Dalziel (1931) kept
V. ferruginea and V. fosteri as separate species [although later
combined by Huber (1938)], distinguishing them from each other as
follows:

1. Leaves tomentose or densely pubescent beneath.......V. fosteri.
la. Leaves glabrous or thinly pubescent or minutely tomentellous

BOROSER ¢ oc 2 6:ce dire ee Eins waddle Wee 2d Od wees Se WERE ee ae eee ipen

Additional citations: ZAIRE: Becquaert 17 (W--1659331); Corbis-
ier-Baland 1293 (Gz, Gz, N); Lebrun 1478 (W--2091172). TANZANIA:
Tanga: Malima 19 (Ld).

VITEX FISCHERI Giirke

Additional & emended bibliography: J. G. Baker in Thiselt.-Dyer,
Fl. Trop... Afr. 5: 317 & 330—-331. 1900; H. N. & A. L. Mold., Pi.
Life 2: 59. 1948; Dale, Descrip. List Introd. Trees Uganda 70.
1953; Snowden, Grass Comm. Mtn. Veg. Uganda 94. 1953; Dale & Green-
way, Kenya Trees Shrubs 592 & 595. 1961; Langsdale-Br., Osmoston, &
Wils., Veg. Uganda 115 & 118. 1964; Mold., Phytologia 15: 242--243.
1967; Gillett, Numb. Check-list Trees Kenya 47. 1970; Mold., Fifth

484 Poet eh OCs A Vol. 44, No. 7

Summ. 1: 234, 238, & 242 (1971) and 2: 924. 1971; Mold., Phytolo-
gia 44 389. 1979.

Recent collectors describe this species as a tree, 20 feet
tall, with a single stem, the bark rough, and the sap clear, and
have encountered it in sandy soil of grassland, at 4000 feet al-
titude, fruiting in May. Tanner reports that the roots are “used
for infertility in women and for pain below the ribs". He reports
the vernacular name, "mhunda", in Tanzania. Girke (1895) refers
to the species as a tree or shrub with rather long-petiolate leaves
and 5 lanceolate-oval glabrous leaflets. Dale & Greenway (1961)
assert that it grows in wet savannas at 4000 to 6000 feet alti-
tude in Kenya, where it is know as "mkhulu", "moholu", "mohutu",
and "mufutumwe". Langsdale-Brown and his associates (1964) en-
countered it in undifferentiated semi-deciduous thickets and in
Albizzia-Chlorophora forests in Uganda.

Baker (1900) cites Scott-Elliot 7252 & 7411 from Uganda and
Fischer 476 and Stuhlmann 3394, 4137, & 4183 from Tanzania.

Additional citations: TANZANIA: Tanga: Shantz & Tanner 4235
(Tu--129104); Tanner R.T.4252 (Ba).

VITEX FLAVA Ridl.

Additional bibliography: Fedde & Schust., Justs Bot. Jahresber.
57 (2): 404. 1938; Mold., Phytologia 15: 243. 1967; Mold., Fifth
Summ. 1: 328 (1971) and 2: 925. 1971.

This species is based on Haviland 2025 from "along the path to
Tegora", Sarawak, collected on December 20, 1892. The collector
speaks of the plant as a small tree with yellow corollas. Ridley
(1929) notes that "This is most nearly allied to V. longisepala
King, of the Malay Peninsula, but that is densely hairy all over,
whereas this plant is almost completely glabrous with merely a
little deciduous pubescence, the bracts are much smaller and the
sepals and corolla are covered with yellow glands as is the ovary
and the leaves on both sides".

VITEX FLAVENS H.B.K.

Additional & emended synonymy: Vitex flavens Kunth apud Spreng.
in L., Syst. Veg., ed. 16, 2: 757. 1825. Vitex flavens Humb.é
Kunth apud D. Dietr., Syn. Pl. 3: 612. 1843.

Additional bibliography: Spreng. in L., Syst. Veg., ed. 16, 2:
757. 1825; D. -Dietr., Syn. -Pl. 3: 612. 18433 Schau. ,»Linnaea Ze:
484. 1847; Buek, Gen. Spec. Syn. Candoll. 3: 501. 1858; H. N. &

A. L. Mold., Pl. Life 2: 80. 1948; Braga, Pl. Nordest., ed. 2,
338. 1960; Macbr., Fieldiana Bot. 13 (5): 692, 694, & 695. 1960;
Mold., Phytologia 16: 499--500. 1968; Mold., Résumé Suppl. 16: 29.
1968; Mold., Fifth Summ. 1: 91, 120, 137, 144, & 179 (1971) and

2: 217, 727, & 925. 1971; Mold. in Woodson, Schery, & al., Ann.
Mo. Bot. Gard. 60: 131, 135--136, & 148. 1973; Lépez-Palacios,
Revist. Fac. Farm. Univ. Andes 17: 50--51. 1976; Soukup, Biota 11:
20. 1976; Mold., Phytologia 44: 412. 1979.

Recent collectors describe this species as a tree or small tree,
5--26 m. tall, the trunk "1 cm. in diameter at breast height"
[doubtless a very young tree or a typographical error for 1 dm.],

1979 Moldenke, Notes on Vitex 485

the bark gray, with many deep longitudinal furrows, and the
leaves opposite and compound, and have found it growing in dry
upland scrub and on "low semi-arid hills back of beach", at alti-
tudes of sealevel to 466 m., flowering in December. The corol-
las are said to have been "purple" on Dodson & Thien 1644 and
these collectors report the vernacular name, "pechinche", from
Ecuador.

Braga (1960) describes V. flavens as an "Arvore com félhas com-
postas, digitadas, de flores vistosas, em racemos, sendo o fruto
uma pequena drupa, 4-locular. Boa madeira." He regards V. pan-
shiniana Mold. as a synonym and calls the species "mama de
cachorro".

Lépez—Palacios, in a personal communication to me, says: "No
he tenido oportunidad de examiner los tipos de Vitex cymosa Bert.
y Vitex flavens HBK., pero el material que se les asigna en los
herbarios es tan similar, que hace pensar que son coespecificos
o que el material ha sido mal interpretado. Téngase en cuenta
esta observacién para futuros trabajos en esta género."

Macbride (1960) reports the wood of V. flavens used for con-
struction, at least in Ecuador. He cites only Tessmann 3247,
4492, & 4587 from Loreto, Peru, giving its overall distribution
as "To Colombia and Amazonian Brazil".

Material of V. flavens has been misidentified and distributed
in some herbaria as Godmania sp. and Tabebuia sp.

Additional citations: COLOMBIA: Huila: Little 9137 (N). ECUA-
DOR: Guayas: Dodson & Thien 1644 (Ws, Z).

VITEX FLORIBUNDA Legris

Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 15: 243 (1967) and
17: 10 & 21. 19683; Mold., Fifth Summy 1:°279 (1971) and-2: 925.
1971:

VITEX FLORIDULA Duchass. & Walp.

Synonymy: Vitex floridula “Duchass. & Walp. ex Walp.'
Bultman & Southwell, Biotropica 8 (2): 79. 1976.

Additional bibliography: Mold., Phytologia 16: 500. 1968;
Mold., Résumé Suppl. 16: 4. 1968; Gibson, Fieldiana Bot. 24 (9):
234. 1970; Mold., Fifth Summ. 1: 91 (1971) and 2: 925. 1971;

Mold. in Woodson, Schery, & al., Ann. Mo. Bot. Gard. 60: 131, 135,
& 148. 1973; Bultman & Southwell, Biotropica 8 (2): 79, 92, & 93.
1976; Mold., Phytologia 44: 409. 1979.

Illustrations: Pittier, Contrib. U. S. Nat. Herb. 18: 171.
1916.

Recent collectors describe this species as a tree, 20 m. tall,
the trunk 12 inches in diameter at breast height, "mostly decid-
uous", and have found it in flower in April. They record for it
the vernacular name, "cuajado", from the Panama Canal Zone. Gen-
try reports the young fruit eaten by the local inhabitants in
Panama. The corollas are said to have been "purplish-blue" on
Gentry 4963.

The Seibert 1535, distributed as V. floridula, actually is V.
parviflora A. L. Juss.

apud

486 P H.¥sT-O.L 0.048 A Vol. 44, No. 7
Additional citations: PANAMA: Panama: A. Gentry 4963 (N).

VITEX FROESII Mold.

Additional bibliography: H. N. & A. L. Mold., Pl. Life 2: 60.
1948; Mold., Phytologia 15: 243. 1967; Mold., Fifth Summ. 1: 179
(L971) and. 25. 925_.2971,

VITEX GABUNENSIS Giirke

Additional & emended bibliography: J. G. Baker in Thiselt.-
Dyer , Fl. Trop. Afr. 5: 317 & 327. 1900; Mold., Phytologia 15: 243.
1967; Mold., Fifth Summ. 1: 226 (1971) and 2: 925. 1971.

Baker (1900) cites only the type collection of this species,
Soyaux 163, from Gabon.

VITEX GAMOSEPALA W. Griff.

Additional synonymy: Vitex nn. 15, 16 Hook. f. & Thoms. ex C.
B. Clarke in Hook. f., Fl. Brit. India 4: 588, in syn. 1885.
Vitis gamosepala Henderson ex Mold., Résumé Suppl. 3: 42, in syn.
1962. Vitex gamopetala Griff. ex Mold., Fifth Summ. 2: 717, in
syn. 1971.

Additional & emended bibliography: W. Griff., Notul. Pl. Asiat.
4: 178 & 764. 1854; Benth. in Benth. & Hook. f., Gen. Pl. 2 (2):
1154. 1876; C..B. Clarke in Hook. £., Fl. Brit. India 4: °586i6
588. 1885; Fedde & Schust., Justs Bot. Jahresber. 39 (2): 320.
1913; Lam & Bakh., Bull. Jard. Bot. Buitenz., ser. 3, 3: 48.
1921; S. Moore, Journ. Bot. Lond. 63: Suppl. 81. 1925; Fedde &
Schust., Justs Bot. Jahresber. 47 (2): 246 (1927) and 60 (2): 576.
1941; H..N. & A. Le Mold., Pl. Life 2: 67 & 82. (19485 ‘Sureaia|
Dict. Econ. Prod. Malay Penins. 2: 2278. 1966; Mold., Phytologia
15: 243. 1967; Chan & Teo, Chem. Pharm. Bull. Tokyo 17: 1284--
1286. 1969; Farnsworth, Pharmacog. Titles 5 (4): xii & item 4122
(1970) and 5, Cum. Gen. Ind. 1971; Mold., Fifth Summ. 1: 298,
306, & 328 (1971) and 2: 710, Fis, ¢738,27235.03k6 7320S
1971; Mold., Phytologia 23: 438 (1972), 34: 266 (1976), and 36:

E| «Oe a ep a

Recent collectors describe this species as a tree or small
tree, 4--8 m. tall, or as a treelet, 3 m. tall, the branches pen-
dent, the flowers asymmetric, the sepals yellow, and the fruits
round, 3/4 inch in diameter, l-seeded, green or red when immature,
and have found it growing along trails in disturbed evergreen
forests and in the transition zone between deciduous and ever-
green forests, at altitudes from sealevel to 330 m., flowering in
December, January, and April, fruiting in January, April, and
July. The corollas are said to have been "yellow" on Larsen &
Larsen 33421 and on Seesink & Santisuk 4960, while on Stone 8931
they are described as "outside covered with tiny round yellow
glands, tube within violet with white hairs".

Bentham (1876) says of V. gamosepala: "insignis est calyce 3-
fido, lobis rigidis erectis obtusis, 2 anticis tubo aequilongis,
tertio postico duplo longiore; corolla normalis, fructus deest".
Clarke (1885) says that "The corolla as well as the inflorescence
shows the affinity to V. vestita". Burkill (1966) lists the ver-

1979 Moldenke, Notes on Vitex 487

nacular names, "léban nasi" and "1&ban pachat" [meaning, respect-
ively, leech's léban and cooked-rice léban], "pelong" [probably

an error for Microstemon], "s€tulang" [in common with some other
small trees, usually with hard wood], and "sulong chong", in Mala-
ya. He describes the species as "A small tree found in Sumatra,
the Malay Peninsula and Borneo; in the Peninsula it is apparently
throughout. The vernacular names suggest that the wood is hard,
but nothing precise is on record regarding it". ;

Griffith 6065 is a cotype of Lam's var. typica and, indeed,
may actually be the type collection of the species, although the
original description by Griffith does not cite a number. It is
cited by Clarke (1885) as V. gamosepala [p. 588] and as V. coria-
cea C. B. Clarke [now known as Teijsmanniodendron coriaceum (C.

B. Clarke) Kosterm.] [on p. 586] -- perhaps the number represents
a mixture. Clarke cites for V. gamosepala only Griffith 6065 and
Maingay 1202 from Malacca.

In view of certain confusion regarding to the application of
Griffith's name it may be of value to repeat his original descrip-
tion here: "Arbor. mediocris. Fol. trifoliata, foliolis lanceola-
tis acuminatis venatio apocyneoid. Cymis axillaribus foliis multo
brevior. Cal. tubo brevi bilabiat. labio super majore integro
inferiore bipartito extus. Cor. tubo anguste infundibulif.
glandulosus calyce fere duplo longior, bilabiat., labio super.
bifido erecto reflexo infer. 3-lobo, annulus pilorum ad medium
tubi. Stam. 4 vix didynama, filam. subulatis robustis basi pubes-
cent. Stylus longitud. stamin., stigma bifidum subaequal. Anth.
biloculares narrow horse-shoe-shaped, filam. inserti in sinus.
Cells not quite all along the inner margins of the curve, so that
the anthers are mucronate at the base. See Fig. II. Pl. CCCCXLV-
Ets * Cor. extus glandulosa, in aestivat. the up-
per lip is outermost, lower lip middle lobe innermost. Hab. Mal-
acca at Ching Rhingull. Obs. The upper lip of the calyx which is
glandular outside, is made up of 3, it often presents faint obso-
lete traces of composition, sometimes decided, The venation is
too irregular to decide the point. In this respect it differs
from Vitex, but not always unless indeed the anthers and stigma
or fruit present corresponding differences."

It should be noted that the plate referred to in the above
description in Griffith's "Notulae" (1854) and not appearing
therein is undoubtedly the pl. 448, fig. 2, in his "Icones" of the
same year. The former work is sometimes erroneously cited as
having been published in "1851".

The Boeea 7155, 7184, 7245, 7532, 7784, 7821, 7°71, & 8126,
distributed as typical V. gamosepala, actually all represent var.
kunstleri King & Gamble instead.

Additional & emended citations: THAILAND: Larsen & Larsen
33421 (Ac, Z), 34054 (Ac, Ld); Seesink & Santisuk 4960 (Ac). MA-
LAYA: Malacca: W. Griffith 6065, in part (Mu-—-694--cotype, N--
cotype, N--photo of cotype, Pd--cotype, S--cotype, Ut--11513--
cotype, Z—-cotype, Z--photo of cotype), S-n- [Malacca] (Mu--695--
cotype, Pd--cotype). Selangor: Hardial & Sidek 400 (N); B. C.
Stone 8931 (K1--20593).

488 P BF <t.0 4 0.645 A Vol. 44, No. 7

VITEX GAMOSEPALA var. KUNSTLERI King & Gamble

Additional & emended bibliography: Fedde & Schust., Justs Bot.
Jahresber. 39 (2): 320. 1913; S. Moore, Journ. Bot. Lond. 63:
Suppl. 81. 1925; Fedde & Schust., Justs Bot. Jahresber. 53 (1):
1077... .19323.:H. No& Av Ls Molds, Pl.<.Life.2: 67. 1948;.Mold.. Fae
tologia 15: 111. 1967; Mold., Fifth Summ. 1: 306 & 328 (1971) and
22 $40, F256 -dobs 1325 .& 925. 1971; Mold.,.Phytologia 36%38,

A977 %

Recent collectors refer to this plant as a shrub, treelet, or
small tree, 4--5 m. tall, the trunk 5 cm. in diameter, the branches
pendent, the unripe fruit yellow or yellowish-green, and have found
it growing in old jungles and in sandy soil on hillsides, at 80 m.
altitude, flowering in March, fruiting in April and August. The
corollas are said to have been "yellow" on Bartlett 6919.

The Moore reference (1925) in the bibliography above is some-
times cited as authored by Rendle or as "S. Moore in Rendle", but
according to the table of contents in the volume in which it occurs,
the entire paper was authored by Moore.

Almost all the collections cited below were originally distrib-
uted as typical V. gamosepala W. Griff.

Additional citations: MALAYA: Pahang: Balgooy 2468 (Ac, N).
GREATER SUNDA ISLANDS: Sumatra: Bartlett 6919 (W--1551876); Boeea
7155 (W--1681733), 7184 (W--1682015), 7245 (W--1682040), 7532 (W--
1682162), 7784 (W--1861613), 7821 (W--1861617), 7971 (W--1682320),
8126 (W--1682459); Forbes 2771 (W--2317943); Soepadmo 181 (Ca--
1322018); Toroes 5599 (N).

VITEX GAMOSEPALA var. SCORTECHINII King & Gamble

Additional & emended bibliography: Fedde & Schust., Justs Bot.
Jahresber. 39 (2): 320. 19133 S. Moore, Journ. Bot. Lond. 63:
Suppl. .81. 19253.H. N. .& A. Lei Mold., Pl. Life,.2:.82.,.19485 Miaiaa.
Phytologia 15: 111. 1967; Mold., Fifth Summ. 1: 306 & 328 (1971)
and 2: 717 & 925. 19713; Mold., Phytologia 34: 266. 1976.

Recent collectors describe this plant as a small tree, 6 m. tall,
"with long rambling branches", the trunk 10 cm. in diameter, the
bark grayish-white, the young leaves reddish, and the fruit black,
and have encountered it growing at 100-—-1565 m. altitude, flowering
in March and August, in fruit in September. The corollas are said
to have been "yellow" or "yellow-green" on Soepadmo & Mahmud 1113
and "pure clear yellow" on Stone 9540.

The Moore (1925) reference in the bibliography, above, is some-
times cited as "Moore in Rendle" or even as having been authored by
Rendle, but according to the table of contents of the volume in
which it was published it was authored by Moore alone.

Additional citations: MALAYA: Kelantan: Soepadmo & Mahmud 1113
(K1--16709); Stone 7332 (K1--8494, K1—15504). Selangor: Stone
9540 (K1--15941).

VITEX GARDNERIANA Schau.

Additional synonymy: Vitex gradneriana Schau. ex Anon., Biol.
Abstr. .51:: 77015) sphalm. u1970,;

Additional bibliography: Buek, Gen. Spec. Syn. Candoll. 3: 501.

1979 Moldenke, Notes on Vitex 489

1858; Peckolt, Bericht. Deutsch. Pharm. Gesel. 14: 480--481. 1904;
H. Ny @ Aa be Molds, Ply, Life 22/60. 1948; ‘Sraga;: Pl. Nerdest..,
ed. 2, 297. 1960; Mold., Phytologia 15: 243-—-244. 1967; Anon.,
Biel: Abstr 51: 7701 62970) «amd Sh :GL4)>-B. AlS. 220, (S248. 2870;
Barros, Matos, Vieira, Sousa, & Madeiros, Journ. Pharm. Pharmacol.
22: 116--122. 1970; Farnsworth, Pharmacog. Titles 5 (11): xviii &
item 14903 (1970) and 5, Cumul. Gen. Ind. 1971; Mold., Fifth.
Sen. hs 179 CEST) aed. 22 Lig 918, & 82501197

Peckolt (1904) says of this species: "In den Staaten Alag6as,
Pernambuco und Rio de Janeiro corkommend. Volksnamen: Gerimato,
Girimato, Jeramataia, Jeramataia miuda, korrumpierte Tubybenen-
nungen. Die lanzettlichen Blatter des Strauches als Resolvens und
gertihmt bei habitueller Verstopfung". Braga (1960) says:
"Jaramataia....Arvore. Félhas opostas, digitadas, 3--5 folfolos
obovais alongados, pubescentes. Flores pedunculadas, roxas, em
pequenos cimos axilares densos. Drupa carnosa, 4-locular. Félhas
calmantes, anti-reumaticas. Conhecida também por Tamanca e
Tamanqueira." His statement that the leaves are 3--5-foliolate
is remarkable; all specimens seen by me have them merely 1-folio-
late and they are so described by Schauer in his original descrip-
tion. It is very probably that Braga's description is based on a
misidentification.

Material of V. gardneriana has been misidentified and distribu-
ted in some herbaria as Aegiphila sp.

Additional citations: BRAZIL: Ceara: Allemao 1179 (P). State
undetermined: Clausen s.n. (P).

VITEX GAUMERI Greenm.

Additional synonymy: Vitis gaumeri Greenm. ex Mold., Résumé
Suppl. 16: 30, in syn. 1968. Vitex gaumeri Green ex Kribs, Comm.
For. Woods, ed. 3, 161, sphalm. 1968

Additional & emended bibliography: Pittier , Contrib. U. S. Nat.
Herb. 20: 483 & 486. 1922; Roys, Tulane Univ. Mid. Am. Res. Ser.
Publ. 2: [Ethno-bot. Maya] 221, 257, 300, & 326. 1931; Yuncker,
Field Mus. Publ. Bot. 9: 330. 1940; H. N. & A. L. Mold., Pl. Life
2: 60. 1948; Kribs, Comm. For. Woods, ed. 2, 161, fig. 473 (1959)
and ed. 3, 161, fig. 473. 1968; Mold., Phytologia 16: 500 (1968)
and 17: 28. 1968; Mold., Résumé Suppl. 16: 3, 13, & 30. 1968;
Pennington & Sarukhdn, Man. Ident. Arb. Trop. 370--371. 1968; Ech-
enique-Manrique, 25 Maderas Trop. Mex. 191--198 & [234]. 1970;
Gibson, Fieldiana Bot. 24 (9): 234--235, fig. 47. 1970; Mold.,
Fifth Summ. 1: 77, 81, 82, 84, & 374 (1971) and 2: 593, 717, 718,
726, 732, & 925. 1971; Mold., Phytologia 23: 416. 1972; Altschul,
rugs Foods 246. 1973; Menninger, Color Sky 47. 1975; Molina R.,
Ceiba 19: 96. 1975; Mold., Phytologia 34: 252 (1976) and 44: 409.
1979.

Additional illustrations: Kribs, Comm. For. Woods, ed. 2, 161,
fig. 473 (1959) and ed. 3, 161, fig- 473. 1968; Pennington & Sar-
ukhan, Man. Ident. Arb. Trop. 370 & 371. 1968; Echinique-Menrique,
25 Maderas Trop. Mex. [197] & 198. 1970; Gibson, Fieldiana Bot.

24 C9)2 2355) Gigs: 4761970.

Recent collectors describe this species as a shrub or tree, 3--

30 m. tall, the trunk 10--65 cm. in diameter at breast height;

490 PHYTOL OG TA Vol. 44, No. 7

bark gray, lightly fissured, sometimes scaly, the slash green un-
der hard bark, the soft bark yellow, fibrous; wood cream-color,
with a light astringent odor; branches ascending, tetragonal when
young; leaves decussate-opposite, the leaflets dark-green above,
gray or grayish-green beneath; flowers very fragrant, visited by
many species of insects; the [immature] fruit green or dark-green,
drupaceous, "axillary". They have encountered it in forests in
general and more particularly in pine and open pine forests, both
low and high forests, as well as in high evergreen forests with
Terminalia amazonia, Dialium guianense, Calophyllum brasiliense,
Manilkara zapota, Swietenia macrophylla, Aspidosperma cruentus,
Reedia macrantha, Nectandra spp., and Brosimum spp. They have
found it growing in thickets, along small streams in pastures,

in secondgrowth, in low forests bordering lakes, in clearings and
along the edges of rivers, in tintal, and along streams through
Byrsonima-Curatella savannas, at 300--1100 m. altitude, flowering
from May to August, and fruiting in January, May, June, and August
to November.

The corollas are said to have been "blue" on Contreras 855,
2336, 5388, & 5658, Davidse & Pohl 2133, Dwyer 12598 & 12753, Ma-
tuda 3905, Molina R. 5459, Molina R. & Molina 25766, and Ortiz
1044, "bluish" on Contreras 9707, "bluish-purple" or "“blue-purple"
on Lundell 15887 and Lundell & Lundell 7321, “lilac" on Penning-
ton & Sarukhan 9618, "violet" on Chavelas & al. 2980, and "laven-
der-blue, one lobe larger and darker blue" on Croat 23540.

Moreno speaks of "latex blanco", but as far as I know true la-
tex in unknown in this genus. The Molinas describe the species
as “common in river thickets" in Honduras; Shepherd refers to it
as an "occasional canopy tree on mesic sites" in Campeche, Mexico.
Pennington & Sarukhan say "Corteza lisa, finamente fisurado, pardo
amarillente". Bequaert reports the leaves employed as a horse
fodder. Roys (1931) says that V. gaumeri is "A tree 30 to 50 feet
high.....It is very handsome and puts forth a blue flower from
which bees gather honey [nectar]. The shade of this tree is very
salubrious......[it has] white wood....The Maya texts prescribe a
decoction of the leaves as a bath to cure asthma....malaria...and
chills. The crushed leaves are poulticed on ulcers and abscesses
«eee--[the vernacular name] x-kom-yaxnic, applied to Solanum ama-
zonicum Ker indicated a real or fancied resemblance to the yaxnic
or Vitex gaumeri....Ruellia tuberosa L. is called x-cabal-yaxnic
because its blossom resembles that of yaxnic or Vitex gaumeri."

Wood characteristics are given in detail by Echenique-Manrique
(1970), while Kribs (1968) describes them as follows: "Color uni-
form light grayish brown or yellowish brown, or with darker zones
which correspond with the growth zones. Luster medium. Odor and
taste not distinct. Moderately hard and heavy, sp. gr. 0.64--0.72
(air dry); weight, 40 to 45 lbs. per cu. ft. Grain usually inter-
locked which produces a ribbon figure on the radial. Texture fine.
Growth rings distinct and due to thicker walled fibers at end of
ring. Vessels barely visible without lens on the cross section;
evenly distributed, solitary and in radial groups of 2--3; tang.
diam. 85u to 178u, av., 128u; lumina sometimes with tyloses; pits

1979 Moldenke, Notes on Vitex 491

alternate, small, diam. 4u--5u. Fibers libriform with medium
thick walls. Parenchyma vasicentric 1-—-3 cells wide, occasional-
ly short aliform, and diffuse. Rays visible without lens on the
cross section; heterogeneous type III; multiseriates 2--5 cells
wide, mostly 3--4 cells and up to 40 cells high; uniseriates
scarce; vessel-ray pits round to oval, minute. Ripple marks ab-
sent. Gum ducts absent. Uses and source of supply agricultural
implements and vehicles, sporting and athletic goods (polo stick
heads, golf club heads, mallets, etc.); tool handles and cattle
yokes. British Honduras, Honduras, Guatemala, and Mexico."

Yuncker (1940) describes the species as a "Tree about 15
meters tall and 35 cm. in diameter. Leaves palmately compound,
the leaflets densely hairy beneath, entire; flowers small, deep
blue, with pleasant odor, in paniculate clusters. In open for-
ests on semi-arid highland near the village of Las Flores, at 180
meters altitude" [in Atlantida, Honduras]. Gibson (1970) comments
that "V. gaumeri is much like V. hemsleyi Briq. of Mexico, but
differs in its much heavier indument and smaller flowers". The
fruits are galled on Contreras 1639 & 6088.

Recent vernacular names reported for V. gaumeri include
"crucillo", "dachnik" [=green ear], "fiddlewood", "jocote de mico",
"nichté", "ya'axnik", "yashcabté", "y'ashnik", and "yaxnic".

Pennington & Sarukhan (1968) note that "Se encuentra restringi-
da a la vertiente del Golfo desde el centro de Tab[asco] hasta la
peninsula de Yucatan, formando parte del estrato superior de Sel-
vas medianas subperennifolias y subcaducifolias asociada con
Brosimum alicastrum, Manilkara zapota, Bursera simaruba, Astronium
graveolens, Pouteria unilocularis, etc. siempre a altitudes meno-
res a los 500 m. y en suelos derivados de materiales calizos, som-
eros y de buen drenaje superficial. Usos. En la actualidad do se
usa su madera pues presenta inconvenientes tales como rajarse con
relativa facilidad. Podria usarse en un futuro para fabricar par-
quet."

Gibson (1970) cites only Whitford & Stadtmiller 74.

Material of V. gaumeri has been misidentified and distributed
in some herbaria as V. pyramidata B. L. Robinson and as Godmania
aesculifolia (H.B.K.) Standl.

Additional citations: MEXICO: Campeche: Chavelas P. & Pérez J.
ES.789 (Mi, Mi); Matuda 3905 (Ws); Pennington & Sarukhan K.9625
(N); Shepherd 50 (Mi, Ws). Chiapas: Chavelas P., Alanis, & Rosas
ES.2980 (Mi); Pennington & Sarukhan K.9166 (N), K.9618 (N). Quin-
tana Roo: Moreno 140 (N). Yucatan: Enriquez 493 (W--2597466); A.
Gentry 535 (Ws), 538 (Ws); Lundell & Lundell 7321 (Au--192504, N,
Ws). GUATEMALA: El Petén: Contreras 855 (Au--228053, Ld), 1639
(Ld--278540, Ld, Ld, W--2558710), 2336 (Au--228025, Ld, Ld), 2526
(Au--228020, Ld, N), 5388 (Au--254003, Ld, Ld), 5658 (N), 5836
(Au--254199, Ld, Ld, Mi), 6088 (Ld--278534, Ld, Ld, W--2558712),
9707 (Ld, Ld, W--2795352); C. L. Lundell 15887 (Ld, N), 15983 (Ld),
16079 (Ld); Ortiz 1044 (Ws), 1153 (N), 1259 (N). BELIZE: Croat
23540 (N); Dwyer 10834 (N), 12598 (Lc, N, W--2742191), 12753 (N);
Dwyer & Liesner 12196a (W--2800216); Gentle 2528 (Tu--35170); A.
Gentry 8267 (N), 8511 (N); Poole & Watson 1017 (Ld, Ld); Proctor

492 rE COL OSTA Vol. 44, No. 7

30250 (Ld). HONDURAS: Choluteca: Harmon & Fuentes 5987 (N, Ws);
Hazlett 999 (E--2162966); A. Molina R. 5459 (W—2572523). Comay-
agua: Molina R. 8468 (ld), 14304 (N). Copan: Hernandez M. & Her-
nandez R. 5197 (Z). El Paraiso: Davidse & Pohl 2133 (N); Molina
R. 14482 (N, N). Morazan: Molina R. & Molina 25766 (N). Santa
Barbara: A. Molina R. 21980 (N).

VITEX GEMINATA H. H. W. Pearson :
This taxon is now treated by me as V. harveyana f. geminata
(H. H. W. Pearson) Mold., which see.

VITEX GIGANTEA H.B.K.

Additional & emended synonymy: Vitex gigantea Humb. apud
Spreng. in L., Syst. Veg., ed. 16, 2: 756.1825. Vitex gigantea
Humb. & Kunth apud D. Dietr., Syn. Pl. 3: 611. 1843. Vitex gigan-
tea Kunth apud Goyena, Pl. Nicarag. 1: 569. 1911. Vitex gigantia
HeB.K. ex Mold., Phytologia 23: 438, in syn. 1972.

Additional & emended bibliography: Steud., Nom. Bot. Phan.,
ed.v1l, 865. 18213. Spreng.,\in Li, Syst. Vege; eds. 16,) 2%. 756¢
1625; Sweet,. Hort. Brit., ed. 2, 416.: 18303: Loud,, Hort. Beit
ed,.(2 57-551. £6323. Sweet, Hort. Brit. , ed..3, 551. 1639: Di_ ieee
Syne PL.» 93601643; Schau. in A. DCi ,t Prodr, 21: 686..,.caaee
Buek, Gen. Spec. Syn. Candoll. 3: 501. 1858; Macbr., Field Mus.
Publ. Bot. 13 (5): 692, 694, & 696. 1960; Acosta-Solis, Divis.
Fitogeogr. Ecuad. 27, 57, 60, & 66. 1968; Mold., Phytologia 16:
500. 1968; Mold., Résumé Suppl. 16: 29. 1968; H. Weber in Fittkau,
Illies, Klinge, Schwabe, & Sioli, Biogeogr. Ecol. S. Am. 2: [Van
Oye, Monog. Biol. 19:] 488. 1968; Mold., Fifth Summ. 1: 137, 144,
& 374 (1971) and 2: 717 & 925. 1971; Mold., Phytologia 23: 418 &
438. 1972; Molina R., Ceiba 19: 96. 1975; Zimmerm. & Ziegler in
Zimmerm. & Milburn, Transp. Pl. 1 [Pirson & Zimmerm., Encycl. Pl.
Physiol.', ser «-25) 1}: 503.°:19753: Mold. , Phytologia 34:25), 427
1976; Soukup, Biota 11: 20. 1976; Mold., Phytologia 36: 33 (1977)
and 44: 412,. 1979.

Recent collectors describe this species as a tree, 5--25 nm.
tall, the trunk to 30 cm. in diameter, the flowers with a slight
perfume, and the fruit at first green, finally black, edible.
They have encountered it in dense forests, dry tropical woods,
and wet subtropical forests, from near sealevel to 1000 m. alti-
tude, flowering from October to December, fruiting in January,
February, and September. The corollas are said to have been
"light bluish-violet" on Asplund 18198 and "lilac" on Mexia 6177.

Vernacular names recently reported for the species are "giant
chaste-tree", "moconto", "pechicha". and "pechiche". Macbride
(1960) says of it: "Noted by authors as a beautiful tree with
globose crown, the wood very hard; originally from Guayaquil.
Obviously very closely related to V. cymosa Bert. and V. flavens
HBK.; the Peruvian specimens with young leaves are sparsely puber-
ulent above and Moldenke thinks it is not certain that they are
the same species". He cites only Mexia 6177 and Tessmann 4723.
Vargas notes "frutas capsulas [surely an error in observation!],
su madera usado en ebanisteria y su fruto en dulces".

1979 Moldenke, Notes on Vitex 493

Mexia reports that during anthesis the tree is almost leafless,
has "good hard wood". and is "common" in Loreto, Peru. Of his
no. 4261 Lépez-Palacios says: "en crecimiento y esteril". Loudon
(1832) avers that it was introduced into cultivation in England
from Ecuador in 1826. Molina (1975) lists it as cultivated in
Honduras. Goyena (1911) describes rather well a plant which he
calls Vitex gigantea as growing on the Grand Sabana in Nicaragua,
but this seems most unlikely -—- it is more likely that the plant
which he saw was either V. cooperi Standl. or V. kuylenii Standl.
Macbride (1960) distinguishes the Peruvian species of Vitex
known to him as follows:
1. Inflorescence usually a dm. long or longer and rather panicu-
late or dichotomous-cymose.
2. Calyx sub-bilabiate, nearly 5.5 mm. long; cymes supra-axil-
LAL V sie w cle i sos sjeeiale, here wise We wile pda a'de.6 bles ee ee. alanine ee Pree 2
2a. Calyx 5-dentate or -lobate, 2--3 mm. long; cymes axillary
or also terminal.
3. Peduncles about as long as or longer than the petioles....
V. compressa.
3a. Peduncles much shorter than the petioles.
4. Leaflets 5; petioles often ampliate at apex...V. cymosa.
4a. Leaflets 3--7; petioles slender, not or little ampli-
SOE. viel rd ds dy aead seen ws ane h esa ee sieeve Seu Lea.
la. Inflorescence more or less simply cymose.
5. Cymes mostly 3-flowered; calyx tubular-funnelform, to 2 cm.
POM tee = ond Wile whe OS want bide kale e ae ta ald uee area ain ain jee er
5a. Cymes at least mostly or often many-flowered; calyx small.
6. Peduncles shorter than the petioles; calyx canescent.
7. Leaflets long-petiolulate; calyx in fruit lax, mucro-
CLODALC Ji ass tele 5 om ewes cw im Het saws cid kl eS
7a. Leaflets subsessile or short-petiolulate; fruit en-
closed in the dentate fruiting calyx......V. gigantea.
6a. Peduncles longer than the petioles.
8. Calyx gray, obsoletely dentate...........V. orinocensis.
8a. Calyx flavescent, obviously dentate.........V. flavens.
Acosta Solis (1968) cites Acosta Solis 6452, 13007, & 15821
from Ecuador.
Material of V. gigantea has been misidentified and distributed
in some herbaria as V. cymosa Bert., Tabebuia sp., and Bignoniaceae.
Additional citations: ECUADOR: El Oro: Escobar 804 (Ld).
Guayas: A. Gentry 10034 (N). Morona Santiago: Little, Ortega U.,
Samaniego V., & Vivar C. 481 (ld). Napo: Loépez-Palacios 4261 (Ld).
PERU: Loreto: Mexia 6177 (Au--122925, Ba). Tumbes: Vargas Alvarez
1 (N, Ws), 32 (N, Ws). CULTIVATED: Ecuador: Asplund 18198 (Ld, N;
W--2652444).

VITEX GIORGII DeWild.

Additional bibliography: H. N. & A. L. Mold., Pl. Life 2: 61.
1948; Mold., Phytologia 15: 244. 1967; Mold., Fifth Summ. 1: 232
(1971). nd 22° 925... 1971.

VITEX GLABRATA R,. Br.
Additional & emended synonymy: Vitex cunninghamii Schau. apud C.

494 PH? TOD O69 A Vol. 44, No. 7

B. Clarke in Hook. f., Fl. Brit. India 4: 588, in syn. 1885.
Vitex leucoxylon Schau. ex C. B. Clarke in Hook. f., Fl. Brit.
India 4: 588, in syn. 1885 [not V. leucoxylon Blanco, 1895, nor
Le; 1829, nor L. fs, 1791, nor Naves, 1918, nor Roth, 1956, “nor
Roxb., 1856, nor Wall., 1847, nor Willd., 1832]. Vitex leucoxylon
F, &. © Frain, Beng. Fi. imp. 1, 833, in syd. 1903... Vitae
glabratus R. Br. ex K. Schum. & Lauterb., Nachtr. Fl. Deutsch.
Sidsee 370. 1905. Vitex glabratus K. Sch. ex K. Schum. & Lau-
terb., Nachtr. Fl. Deutsch. Sitidsee 370, in syn. 1905. Vitex
pentaphylla Merr., Philip. Journ. Sci. Bot. 4: 320--321. 1909 [not
V. pentaphylla Lamb., 1940, nor Pavon, 1940, nor Sessé & Moc.,
1940]. Vitex nitida Merr., Philip. Journ. Sci. Bot. 7: 343--344.
1912. Vitex leucoxylon Kurz ex Troup, Silvicult. Indian Trees 2:
This am eyns: £921.

Additional & emended bibliography: R. Br., Prodr. Fl. Nov.
Hold, tmp. LyeSlZ £1810): and iep. 2, [Tele 1619: ‘512. a8
Blume, Bijdr. Fl. Ned. Ind. 14: 813. 1826; Wall., Numer. List
[48], nos. 1749 & 1751. 1829; D. Dietr., Syn. Pl. 3: 61LE, 16435
Walp., Repert. Syst. Bot. 4: 86. 1845; Schau. in A. DC., Prodr.
11: 690--692 & 695. 1847; Buek, Gen. Spec. Syn. Candoll. 3: 501 &
502. 1858; Benth. & Muell., Fl. Austral. 5: 31 & 68. 1870; R.
Schomb., Fl. S. Austral. 52. 1875; Ceron, Cat. Pl. Herb. Manila
133. 1892; Prain, Beng. Pl.,. imp. 1, 832 & 833.. 1903; K. Schum. @
Lauterb., Nachtr. Fl. Deutsch. Sudsee 362 & 369--370. 1905; Bran-
dis, Indian Trees, imp. 1, 505. 1906; Fedde & Schust., Justs Bot.
Jahresber. 40 (2): 336. 1915; Heyne, Nutt. Plant. Nederl. Ind.,
ed. 1, 4: 113--114. 1917; H. Hallier, Meded. Rijks Herb. Leid.
37: 48 & 54. 1918; Kirtikar & Basu, Indian Med. Pl., ed. 1, 1936
& 1941--1942. 1918; H. J. Lam in Lam & Bakh., Bull. Jard. Bot.
Buitenz., ser. 3, 3: 49 & 50. 1921; Troup, Silvicult. Indian
Trees 776 & 777. 1921; Gamble, Man. Indian Timb. 298 & 542. 1922;
Haines, Bot. Bihar Orissa, ed. 1, 4: 7ilL, &.713. 19225 Ridl 7 3a
Malay Penins. 2: 634. 1923; Janssonius, Mikrogr. Holz. 4: 754,
758, 762--764, 767, & 824--827. 1926; Béjaud, Essenc. Forest.
Camb. 348. 1928; Kanjilal, Das, Kanjilal, & De, Fl. Assam 3: 480,
485, & 561. 1939; Janssonius, Key Javan Woods 54. 1952; Petelot,
Pl. Méd. Cambod. Laos Vietn. 2 [Archiv. Recherch. Agron. Past.
Vietn. 18]: 248 (1953) and 4: 171, 225, 257, & 289. 1954; R. Br.,
Prodr. Fl. Nov. Holl., imp. 3, 512. 1960; Haines, Bot. Bihar Or-
issa, ed. 2, 2: 745 & 747--748. 1961; Prain, Beng. Pl., imp. 2,
2: 621, 622, & 1012. 1963; Backer & Bakh., Fl. Java 2: 604--605.
1965; Burkill, Dict. Econ. Prod. Malay Penins. 2: 2277--2279.
1966; Basak, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 10: 256. 1968; Hocking, Ex-
cerpt. Bot. A.13: 569. 1968; Mold., Phytologia 16: 500--502
(1968) and 17: 8, 10, 12, 13, 21, & 32. 1968; Mold., Résumé Suppl.
16: 9. 1968; Uphof, Bict. Econ. Pi., ed. 2, 545. 1968; Kao & Ver
ma, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 11: 410. 1969; Sawyer & Chermsir.,
Nat. Hist. Bull. Siam Soc. 23: 126. 1969; Beard, West Austr. Pl.,
ed. 12, 113. 1970; Brandis, Indian Trees, imp. 2, 505. 1971; Long
& Lakela, Fl. Trop. Fla. 739 & 961. 1971; Mold., Fifth Summ. 1:
269, 279, 284, 298, 303, 306, 318, 319, 328, 331, 333, 33e5) ee
& 374 (1971) and 2: 603, 714, 716, 718, 720--722, 724, 725, & 925.

1979 Moldenke, Notes on Vitex 495

1971; Rativanich & Dietrichs, Nat. Hist. Bull. Siam Soc. 24: 147.
1971; Mold., Phytologia 23: 413 & 438. 1972; Townsend, Kew Bull.
27: 148. 1972; Meld., Phytologia 28: 445. 1974; Kooiman, Act. Bot.
Neerl. 24: 462. 1975; Long & Lakela, Fl. Trop. Fla., ed. 2, 739 &
961. 1976; Mold., Phytologia 34: 267. 1976; Fundter & Wisse,
Meded. Landbowshogsch. Wagen. 77 (9): 205 & 206. 1977; Mold.,
Phytologia 44: 224 & 329. 1979.

Backer & Bakhuizen van den Brink (1965) describe this species
as follows: Young branches densely short-hairy; leaflets 3--5,
rarely 6, elliptic-oblong-obovate, acuminate, glabrous on the up-
per surface (excl. the large veins), pubescent beneath (especially
in the primary vein-axils); median leaflet 11--31 cm. by 4--13 1/2
cm., on a 1--3 mm. long petiolule, the other leaflets smaller, on
shorter petiolules; petioles 7--17 cm. long; corolla-tube villous
inside (at and above the insertion of the stamens), without a ring
of hairs near the base, 5--7 mm. long; corolla and calyx outside
without glands; filaments villous on their lower halves, rather
far exserted; corolla yellowish-white; median segment of lower
lip blue-violet; cymes solitary, 7--22 cm. long (inclusive of the
peduncles); pedicels 1/2 -- 5 mm. long; drupes (color?) 1 1/2 -—-

2 1/2 cm. long. They assert that in Java it occurs in mixed for-
ests, especially in humid localities, flowering there from July to
December.

Troup (1921) says of Vitex glabrata: "A large deciduous tree
with 5-foliate leaves. Bark smooth, white. Wood grey, moderately
hard, close-grained, durable, of good quality, used for cart-
wheels. Assam, Chittagong, Burma, Andamans; also in the Rajmahal
hills, very local (Haines). This is a common and conspicuous tree
in the upper mixed deciduous forests of Burma, and is also fairly
common in certain types of lower mixed forests, preferring well-
drained ground; it is a common companion of teak. Flowers, April-
June; fruits, June-July. The fruit is a drupe about 0.5 in. long.
Growth, according to Gamble, averaging 6 rings per inch of radius,
giving a mean annual girth increment of 1.05 in." Janssonius
(1926) describes the structure of the wood and its characters in
great detail. The 5-foliolate form described by Troup, above,
and other writers, is probably what I call f. bombacifolia (Wall.)
Mold; true V. glabrata, as seen in Australia, is normally at least
mostly 3-foliolate.

Basak (1968) reports the species from West Bengal on the basis
of Basak 243, stating that it occurs also in Cachar, Assam, and
Bihar, and that Prain (1903) records it from East Bengal and Chit-
tagong [Bangladesh]. He claims that his record is the first from
West Bengal [India].

Burkill (1966) says that V. glabrata is "found from north-eastern
India to northern Australia; in the [Malayan] Peninsula it is un-
known south of Penang. The timber is used for cart-wheels, and de-
serves attention for furniture and other purposes.....It is moder-
ately hard, tough, close-grained, and grey. Indian Forest officers
have proposed the name Yoma wood for it, for marketing purposes.
It is sometimes used in Java, and is highly valued in Celebes....,.
Mrs. Collins says that the fruit gathered quite ripe is eaten in
Siam, and taste a little like dried prunes". Rativanich & Dietrichs

496 PE@TOA OG A Vol. 44, No. 7

(1971) aver that in Thailand the bark is used as an astringent
and to treat stomach disorders and diarrhea. Uphof (1968) reports
that the "wood is much in demand by the natives [of the Malayan
Archipelago] for the construction of houses, for boards and house-
hold utensils". Petelot (1953) tells us that "D'aprés Béjaud....
au Cambodge, 1'écorce fait l'objet d'une exploitation intense. Le
fruit et l'eCorce entrent dans la composition de masticatoires".
He claims that the species occurs throughout southern Indochina,
as well as in India, Malaysia, and Australia.

Lam (1921) separates V. nitida Merr. [based on Klemme 19546
from Mindanao] from V. glabrata R. Br. as follows: in V. nitida
the cymes a¥Fe only in large terminal panicles, while in V. glab-
rata they are "axillary, also in the axils of the lower leaves,
sometimes composed to a long, interrupted, leafy, terminal pan-
icle". It would seem that this is not a tenable distinction,
at least at the specific level, although a varietal or form
status may be in order.

Most authors regard V. bombacifolia Wall. and V. pallida Wall.
as identical to typical V. glabrata, but I regard them as probably
worthy of at least form status and they are discussed hereinafter.
Hallier (1918) cites for V. glabrata only Pierre 1838 from Co-
chinchina, Merrill 9330 from Palawan, and Forbes 3784 from Timor,
but gives the species’ overall distribution as Assam, Chittagong,
Burma, Siam, Cochinchina, Kedah, Penang, Java, northeastern New
Guinea, northern Australia, and Queensland.

Clarke (1885) gives the distribution of V. glabrata as "From S.
Assam and Cachar to Malacca, frequent". He comments that "The
typical V. glabrata, R. Br., has leaves usually 3-foliolate and
rounder more glabrate leaflets and fewer-flowered corymbs than
the Indian tree; but some of the examples of V. Cunninghamii ap-
pear identical with Silhet specimens". It should be noted that
the name, Vitex cunninghami, was published on page 691, not "690"
as stated by Clarke, in DeCandolle's Prodromus, volume 11 (1847)
and is there written with a single terminal "i".

It is also worth noting that Brown's original description
(1810) is cited as "1827" by various authors, including Kanehira
& Hatusima (1942), Lam (1924), Lam & Bakhuizen (1924), and in
earlier installments of the present series by myself. This date
is apparently erroneous.

Schumann (1905), in describing his V. helogiton, from New
Guinea, notes that "Ich habe diese Pflanze friiher mit V. glabratus
R. Br. identifiziert; sie ist aber vor allem durch die Grdésse
der Blatter, ferner durch die Gestalt derselben und die Form der
Bliiten verschieden, wenn sie ich auch von den mir bekannten Ar-
ten am nuchsten kommt". I am inclined to agree with him that
V. glabrata, as currently treated in floras and manuals, in-
cludes several quite disparate elements, including the one he has
described, probably worthy of at least varietal or form rank in
addition to the ones hereinafter listed. Merrill's Philippine
material may prove the same as Schumann's New Guinean forn.

According to Bentham, V. glabrata, at least in Australia, has
the petioles over 2 inches long, the petiolules 1/2 to 3/4 inch

1979 Moldenke, Notes on Vitex 497

long, and the flowers in loose, dichotomous, axillary cymes, while
V. acuminata R. Br. has the petioles shorter than the leaflets,
the petiolules very short or only to 1/4 inch long, and the
flowers in thyrsoid panicles that are terminal or in the uppermost
axils only.

Recent collectors have described this species as a shrub or
low spreading to large tree, 6.5--20 m. tall, the canopy 8 n.
wide, the bole to 8 m. tall, the trunk 23--66 cm. in diameter at
breast height, to 90 cm. in girth, the bark hard, light-brown to
gray, brownish-gray, or yellowish-gray, smooth or rough and flaky,
finely and closely furrowed, peeling off in thin strips, the un-
der bark brown, the inner bark straw-colored, the wood white or
cream-color, the heartwood brown, the leaflets discolorous, light-
or dark-green, shiny above, dull beneath, the stamens purple, and
the fruit small, ovoid to more or less globular, shiny, light-
green when young, purple or dark-purple to black when ripe,
edible. They have found it growing in thickets, on foreshores,
in evergreen or lowland rainforests, on sandy creekbanks, and in
dry sclerophyll scrub, in sandy or lateritic soil, at 90--2000 m.
altitude, flowering from April to July, as well as in October and
November, and fruiting in June, July, September, and October.

The corollas are said to have been "white" on Lazarides 6975
and Phusomsaeng 238, “white with purple tinge" on Specht 1076 [and
so described also by Beard (1970)], "white with purple hairs, base
of upper petal-lobe yellow" on Geesink & Santisuk 4976, "creamy-
purple" on Katik NGF.37870, and "pale-violet" on Kostermans 23907.

Geesink & Santisuk report the species "common at evergreen for-
est edge on hillslopes" in Thailand; Kostermans refers to it as
"common" in Java; Sawyer & Chermsirivathana (1969) describe it as
infrequent to common in Thailand; Specht found it in mixed open
forests at the base of sandstone scarps in Australia. lLazarides
avers that it “occurs on fringe of creek channels with Eucalyptus
camaldulensis and Arundinella nepalensis", while Wilson encounter-
ed it "on sandstone hills, mainly outcrops, with low trees of
Owenia sp. and Terminalia sp."

Vernacular names recently reported include "ashual", "bandi-
kari", "bhodia", "bihbool", "cay den", "gentileng", "goda",
"sohera", "horina", “kaping-asing", "khai-nao", "laban ketileng
tileng", "langa-thang-thang", "ma", "pani-amora", "popoul ach sat",
"popoul tuk", "serlung-baphang", and "xo con".

Color slides or photographs accompany at least some herbarium
specimens of Adams 872, Geesink & Santisuk 4976, and Lazarides
6975.

Schumann & Hollrung (1889) cite only Hollrung 672 & 708 from
New Guinea and Schumann & Lauterbach (1900) cite the same collec-
tion, describing the species as a tree 15 to 25 m. tall, with white,
violet-veined corollas, "bisher aus Nordaustralien bekannt".

Material of V. glabrata has been misidentified and distributed
in some herbaria as V. acuminata R. Br., V. littoralis Decne., and
V. quinata (Lour.) F. N. Will. On the other hand, the R. A. Perry
1052, distributed as V. glabrata, is actually V. acuminata R. Br.,
while Béjaud 519 is V. glabrata var. poilanei Mold., M. Ramos s.n.

498 PHS 0 .L.0:6,24 Vol. 44, No. 7

[Herb. Philip. Bur. Sci. 23485] and Sulit s.n. [Philipp Nat. Herb.
14407] are V. quinata (Lour.) F. N. Will. and Elmer 11602 and Kane-
hira 2022 are V. quinata var. puberula (H. J. Lam) Mold.

Additional citations: BANGLADESH: C. B. Clarke 20089 (Pd);
King's Collector 407 (Mu--3800). BURMA: Upper Burma: Kingdon-Ward
22501 (Go). THAILAND: Geesink & Santisuk 4976 (Ac); Phusomsaeng
238 (Ac). PHILIPPINE ISLANDS: Culion: S. S. Ponce s.n. [Herb.
Philip. Forest. Bur. 28904] (W--1262380). Luzon: Ahern 110 (W--
445108). Mindanao: W. I. Hutchinson s.n. [Herb. Philip. Forest.
Bur. 11245] (W--706282); D. P. Miranda s.n. [Herb. Philip. Forest.
Bur. 20771] (W--1238733); Razon s.n. [Herb. Philip. Forest. Bur.
23671] (W--1293392); R. S. Williams 2949 (W--708173, W--708174).
Mindoro: M. Ramos s.n. [Herb. Philip. Bur. Sci. 39371] (W--
1376030). Palawan: E. D. Merrill 9330 (W--902574); Sulit s.n.
[Philip. Nat. Herb. 12507] (W--2376198). MARIANA ISLANDS: Guam:
Rodin 794 (W--1968684). GREATER SUNDA ISLANDS: Java: Koorders
10129? (Pd); Kostermans 23907 (Ac). LESSER SUNDA ISLANDS: Timor:
Herb. Neth. Ind. For. Serv. BB.23954 (N). NEW GUINEA: Papua:
Katik NGF.37970 (Mu, W--2740694). West_Irian: Herb. Neth. Ind.
For. Serv. BB.25755 (N). AUSTRALIA: Northern Territory: Adams
872 (Ai); Beens & Spence BS.30 (Ai--9851); Byrnes & Maconochie
1001 [Herb. North. Terr. 24004] (Ld); Cunningham 256 (N); Lazar-
ides 6975 (Ai); Letts 60 (Ai--8346), 8348 (Ai); Specht 1076 (W--
2125145); I. B. Wilson 180 (Ai).

VITEX GLABRATA £. BOMBACIFOLIA (Wall.) Mold., Phytologia 44: 329.
1979.

Additional & emended synonymy: Vitex nn. 10 and 18 Hook. f. &
Thoms. ex C. B. Clarke in Hook. f., Fl. Brit. India 4: 588, in
syn. 1885. Vitex leucoxylon Roth ex Mold., Phytologia 5: 382, in
syn. 1956 [not V. leucoxylon Blanco, 1895, nor F. I., 1903, nor
Kurz, 1921, nor L., 1829, nor L. £., 1781, nor Naves, 1918, nor
Schau., 1893, nor Span., 1856, nor Wall., 1847, nor Willd., 1832].

Additional & emended bibliography: Voigt, Hort Suburb, Calc.
469. 1845; W. Griff., Notul. 4: 740 & 764. 1854; Buek, Gen. Spec.
Syn. Candoll. 3:'501 & 502. 1858; K. Schum, & Hollr., ¥1., Base.
Wilhelmsl. 121. 1889; Haines, Bot. Bihar Orissa, ed. 1, 4: 713.
1922; Petelot, Pl. Med. Cambod. Laos Vietn. 2: 248 (1954) and 4:
171. 1954; Haines, Bot. Bihar Orissa, ed. 2, 2: 747. 19613; Mold.,
Phytologia 16: 500--502 (1968) and 17: 8, 12, 13, & 21. 1968;
Mold., Resume Suppl. 16: 9. 1968; Mold., Fifth Summ. 1: 269, 279,
284, 303,..& 374.(1971). and 2274, 716,720, 7254:% 925... dee
Mold., Phytologia 23: 438 (1972) and 44: 329. 1979.

This taxon is usually regarded as identical to typical V. gla-
brata R. Br., but as Clarke (1885) points out: "The typical V.
glabrata.....has leaves usually 3-foliolate and rounder more glab-
rate leaflets and fewer-fld. corymbs....The typical V. bombaci-
folia, Wallich (Vitex n. 18, Herb. Ind. Or. H. £. & T.)iseewenee
the leaflets mostly 5, large and broad". He also notes that "V.
Pallida, Wallich (Vitex n. 10, Herb. Ind. Or. H. f. & T.), has
smaller, more hairy leaflets, and short peduncles".

[to be continued]

New Names in Senna P. Mill. and Chamaecrista Moench
(Leguminosae Caesalpinioideae) precursory to the
Chihuahuan Desert Flora

H. S. Irwin & R. C. Barneby
New York Botanical Garden

At the Legume Conference held at Kew in 1978 we proposed
the dismemberment of Cassia sens. lat. into three genera Cassia
L. (sens. restr.), Senna P. Mill. and Chamaecrista Moench.
Implementing this taxonomic decision, which will entail an
unfortunately large number of new combinations, we here transfer
to the appropriate genus those species which will soon be
described in the Chihuahuan Desert Flora, currently in
preparation under the editorship of Dr. M. C. Johnston at Austin.

SENNA P. Miller

S. BAUHINIOIDES (A. Gray) Irwin & Barneby, comb. nov. Cassia
bauhinioides A. Gray, Boston J. Nat. Hist. 6: 180. 1850.

S. COVESII (A. Gray) Irwin & Barneby, comb. nov. Cassia covesii
A. Gray, Proc. Amer. Acad. 7: 399. 1868.

S. CROTALARIOIDES (Kunth) Irwin & Barneby, comb. nov. Cassia
crotalarioides Kunth, Mimoses pl. 40. 1822 & p. 132. 1823.

S. DEMISSA (Rose) Irwin & Barneby, comb. nov. Cassia demissa
Rose, Contrib. U.S. Nat. Herb. 10: 97. 1906.

S. DEMISSA (Rose) var. RADICANS (Irwin & Barneby) Irwin &
Barneby, comb. nov. Cassia demissa var. radicans Irwin &
Barneby, Sida 6 (1): 9. 1975.

S. DURANGENSIS (Rose) Irwin & Barneby, comb. nov. Cassia
durangensis Rose, Contrib. U.S. Nat. Herb. 10: 98. 1906.

S. DURANGENSIS (Rose) var. ISELYI (Irwin & Barneby) Irwin &
Barneby, comb. nov. Cassia durangensis var. iselyi Irwin
& Barneby, Sida 6 (1): 11. 1975.

S. HIRSUTA (Linnaeus) Irwin & Barneby, comb. nov. Cassia
narSita Lint.s. Sp.°Pl.. 376. 1753.

S. HIRSUTA (Linnaeus) var. GLABERRIMA (M. E. Jones) Irwin &
Barneby, comb. nov. Cassia leptocarpa var. glaberrima
M. E. Jones, Contrib. W. Bot. 12: 7. 1908.

499

500

Cie

CH.

FuUC TOL 86 tL aA Vol. 44, No. 7

. LINDHEIMERANA (Scheele) Irwin & Barneby, comb. nov. Cassia

lindheimerana Scheele, Linnaea 21: 457 ('Lindheimeriana').
1848.

. MENSICOLA (Irwin & Barneby) Irwin & Barneby, comb. nov.

Cassia mensicola Irwin & Barneby, Sida 6 (1): 11. 1975.

. MONOZYX (Irwin & Barneby) Irwin & Barneby, comb. nov. Cassia

monozyx Irwin & Barneby, Sida 6 (1): 16. 1975.

. ORCUTTII (Britton & Rose) Irwin & Barneby, comb. nov.

Peiranisia orcuttii Britton & Rose, N. Amer. Fl. 23 (4): 267.
1930.

. PILOSIOR (Macbride) Irwin & Barneby, comb. nov. Cassia

bauhinioides var. pilosior B. L. Robinson ex Macbride,
Contrib. Gray Herb. n. ser. 59: 27. 1919. C. pilosior
(Macbride) Irwin & Barneby, Sida 6 (1): 10. 1975.

. PUMILIO (A. Gray) Irwin & Barneby, comb. nov. Cassia pumilio

A. Gray, Boston J. Nat. Hist. 6: 180. 1850.

. RIPLEYI (Irwin & Barneby) Irwin & Barneby, comb. nov. Cassia

ripleyi Irwin & Barneby, Sida 6 (1): 13, fig. 1. 1975.

. WISLIZENI (A. Gray) Irwin & Barneby, comb. nov. Cassia

wislizeni A. Gray, Pl. Wright. 1: 60. 1852.

. WISLIZENI (A. Gray) var. PAINTERI (Britton & Rose) Irwin &

Barneby, comb. nov. Palmerocassia painteri Britton ex
Britton & Rose, N. Amer. Fl. 23 (4): 254. 1930. Cassia
wislizeni var. painteri (Britton & Rose) Irwin & Barneby,
Sida o (1): 16. “1975.

. WISLIZENI var. VILLOSA (Britton & Rose) Irwin & Barneby, comb.

nov. Palmerocassia villosa Britton ex Britton & Rose, N.
Amer. F1l.~23 (4): 254. 1930. Cassia wislizeni var. villosa
(Britton & Rose) Irwin & Barneby, Sida 6 (1): 16. 1975.

CHAMAECRISTA P. Miller

GREGGII (A. Gray) Pollard ex A. Heller var. POTOSINA
(Britton & Rose) Irwin & Barneby, stat. nov. Ch. potosina
Britton & Rose, N. Amer. Fl. 23 (5): 283. 1930.

GLANDULOSA (Linnaeus) Greene var. PARRALENSIS (Irwin &
Barneby) Irwin & Barneby, stat. nov. Cassia parralensis
Irwin & Barneby, Sida 6 (1): 18. 1975.

1979 Irwin & Barneby, New names 501

CH. NICTITANS (Linnaeus) Greene var. MENSALIS (Greenman)
Irwin & Barneby, comb. nov. Cassia leptadenia var. mensalis
Greenman, Proc. Amer. Acad. 41: 238. 1905.

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
Our revisionary work with Leguminosae tribe Cassieae is

Supported by National Science Foundation grant DEB 7818365 to
New York Botanical Garden.

CORRECTION TO MAESA (MYRSINACEAE) IN MICRONESIA

By F. R. Fosberg and Marie-Héléne Sachet

Due to an unfortunate editorial error in our article on
Micronesian Maesa (Phytologia 44: 363, 1979) the texts of pages
365 and 366 were reversed. To correct this the page numbers 365
and 366 should be reversed.

As the article now reads the last part of the treatment of
Maesa canfieldiae is on page 366 instead of p. 365; the treatment
of M. carolinensis is on p. 366 instead of 365. M. carolinensis
var. carolinensis begins on p. 366 and continues on page 365;

M. carolinensis var. kusaiensis is on p. 365 instead of 366; M.
carolinensis var. subsessilis starts on p. 365 and continues on
page 367. It seems best to cite the page numbers as actually
published in any uses of the names as basionyms for transfers,
but in reading the paper the page numbers should be reversed to
avoid confusion. As printed it does not make sense.

BOOK REVIEWS

Alma L. Moldenke

"THE PESTICIDE CONSPIRACY" by Robert van den Bosch, viii & 227 pp.,
4 b/w fig & 3 tab. Doubleday & Company, Inc., Garden City,
uN. ¥, 11530 or Hew York, HN. ¥. 1O0i7.”" 1976. 38.95,

Written by a dedicated and distinguished entomological scien-
tist long cognizant of the problems of pests, pesticides, crops
and the environment, this is a "tale of a contemporary technology
gone sour under the pressures generated by a powerful vested in-
terest. Bugs provide the theme, but politics, deceit, corruption
and treachery are its substance.......It is a tale of personal out-
rage that [the author hopes] proves highly infectious". So do lI.
He objects to the oversale and overuse of biocidal insecticide
products of the huge highly competitive agri-chemical businesses
as not even efficient and to the many documented cases of indecent
business tactics. Of course, these biocides at first kill not on-
ly the insect predators and pathogen-carriers (until some develop
immunities) but also natural enemies, pollinators, etc. and also
pollute the air, water, ground and bodies of the human applicators
and neighbors. Bosch states that "if society, via legislation,
demands safe and selective pesticides, the chemical industry will
adjust to that reality and provide the material, simply because a
billion-dollar market awaits such products." It is scientifically

502

1979 Moldenke, Book reviews 503

conceived, integrated pest-management systems or else turning the
produce and ourselves over to the "bugs". Easy reading, very
interesting, important!

"THE ARUN -—- A Natural History of the World's Deepest Valley" by
Edward W. Cronin, Jr., 236 pp., 45 b/w photos & 2 maps.
Houghton Mifflin Company, Boston, Massachusetts 02107. 1979.
S10. 95 .

The Arun Valley Wildlife Expedition with 14 primary scientists
and 40 different workers at the maximum began in 1972 "to learn
something about one remote place" through the skills of an or-
nithologist (the author), a herpetologist, a mammalogist, two
botanists, knowledgeable Sherpas, etc. This ecological study
includes the plant and animal life as it appears at different
elevations in this great river valley in the northeastern part of
Nepal and the life of the village people. All this makes for in-
teresting descriptions of things done and observed as well as the
Himalaya scenery. Stellaria decumbens is mentioned as the high-
est growing flowering plant in the world. A yeti's footprints
were pictured at a high camp. As in all underdeveloped countries,
there is now the very serious pregnant problem of more people
and less food and less fuel with concomitant irreversible de-
struction of forests and monsoon leached soils. A bird and a
mammal list and a bibliography are given. Those young and old who
like reading about far away places, natural history, and biologi-
cal adventures will enjoy this book.

"PLANTS" edited by Daniel B. Ward as Volume 5 of "Rare and En-
dangered Biota of Florida" series edited by Peter C. H.
Pritchard, xxix & 175 pp., 90 b/w fig. & 336 maps. Univer-
sity Presses of Florida, Gainesville, Florida 32611. 1978.
paper bound.

For 69 endangered, 55 threatened, 44 rare and 2 special con-
cern plants the ranges are described and mapped in this state by
counties and in the Americas involved. Clear-cut line drawings
and descriptions, habitats and ranges, specialized and/or unique
characteristics, and bases for status classification and recom-
mendations for survival. The plants of special concern are the
coast-line building, nourishing detritus-producing, nursery and
rookery providing mangroves, Avicennia germinans and Rhizophora
mangle. Since this and the companion studies have been supported
by the Florida Audubon Society, the Florida Defenders of the En-
vironment, the State of Florida Game and Fresh Water Fish Commis-
sion, and the Florida Cooperative Extension Service, hopefully
several of the recommendations, despite real estate development,
will become realities of the future.

504 BPE YT oe? Oe tt Vol. 445, Nor?

"THE SCIENTIST'S THESAURUS -- A Treasury of the Stock Words of .
Science", Fourth Edition compiled & edited by George F. Stef-
fanides, v & 156 pp., 8 b/wtab. Author published, 66
Lourdes Drive, Fitchburg, Massachusetts 01420. 1978. $3.00
paperbound.

"The greatest service of the Greek and Latin tongues in scien-
tific terminology [is that] they give us specific, unchanging
terms the meanings of which all scientists can understand and use
from time to time and from country to country." On over a hun-
dred pages key words or their parts are given with their English
applications so that the book can be used as in reviewing earlier
school training in the classical languages, or in personal
piecemeal or regular course study. The author urges the reintro-
duction of Latin and Greek into the school curricula. This study
can be very useful. It is a pity that more careful proof reading
was not done.

"TRAVELS IN ALASKA" by John Muir, xiii & 328 pp., 12 b/w photo.
Houghton Mifflin Company, Boston, Massachusetts 02107. 1979.
$5.95 paperbound reprint.

How good it is to have this inexpensive republication available
when interests (conservational/developmental) in Alaska, in moun-
taineering (and mountaineers) and in Muir and fellow naturalists
are on the increase. This edition includes the trips of 1879,
1880 and 1890 as first published in 1914. This wonderfully de-
scriptive writing appeals to all ages and ever so many interests.
This edition has an introduction by Edwin Way Teale who reports
that Muir "was so absorbed in his delight in the wilderness that
he hardly seemed aware of danger or of physical hardship. How
thrilled, cool, far-transported from the hot city I felt as a
youngster reading the local library copy!"

"THE EDGE OF THE SEA" by Rachel Carson, x & 276 pp., 162 b/w fig.,
3 maps, 4 plates. Houghton Mifflin Company, Boston, Mass.
02107. 1979. $4.95 paperbound reprint.

This republication in inexpensive form still has all the beauty
of the Bob Hines' accurate sketches of the life torms at the sea
edge and the beauty of the famous author's word pictures and the
appreciative accurate observations of plants and animals of the
rocky shores, the sand beaches and the coral edge . The Atlantic
coast of the United States has all of these. "To understand the
shore........[we must] sense the long rhythm of earth and sea that
Sculptured its land forms and produced the rock and sand of which
it is composed,.......and sense the surge of life beating always
at its shores." Still a lovely book. ‘

Index to authors in Volume Forty-four

Bastey, vu. EK. 129
Barneby, R. C., 418, 499
Barroso, G. M., 451
cfeak, Fe Des 35L
Fosberg, F. R., 362, 502
Hartman, R., 313
Hawksworth, F. G., 129
Hocking, G. M.,. 33
Irwin, H. S., 499
Rages Be Moy 19, O4, BOL, B55.
463, 466
Btusoce, EB. A.'s F, 12S 29
Lopez-Figueiras, M., 89
timer, CC, A, 164

Boluenke. A. Le, 127, F725 3153

365, 421, 502
Metdenke, H. N., 92, LED Te :

Moldenke, H. N.

cont. 1. les.
134, 139, IAL IAs, Zee ee
328, 329, 354.385, 433, Are

Newline. i. Lin hae Ola See

Miezeoda, CC. Jos 307, 317

Oswald, F. W., 419

Eobinson, H., 65, 70," 79, O95
251, £210, 2a0, Jar, 300. ese
436, 442, 451, 455, 463, 466

Sachet, M.-H., 362, 502

Saint John, H., 323

Saten, LL. Bo, 233

Steyermark, J. A., 321

Wasshausen, D. C., 233

Weber, W. A., 313

Wunderiin, EK. P... 525

Zander, R. H., 177

Index to supraspecific scientific names in Volume Forty-four

Abies, 130

Abuta, 13-15

Acacia, $3, 10/7, 116, it7,
220, 3505,.511, 3105 “300

Acaena, 137

Acanthaceae, 60, 94

Acantholippia, 328

Acanthus, 47

Acarospora, 172

Acer, 55

Aceraceae, 55

Adenanthera,. 380

Adenolobus, 326

Aeginetia, 55

Aegiphila, 215, 489

Aesculus, 54

Affonsea, 309, 311

Afzelia, 474

Agave, 43, 107

Ageratinae, 463

Ageratum, 36, 463

Agnus castus, 143, 219, 225,
339

Agrariae, 201

Agrianthus, 79, 451, 463
Albizia, 307-312, 377-380
Albizzia, 220, 309, 484
Aleurites, 339
Aleurotrachelus, 221
Aleurotuberculatus, 478
Allasia, 143

Alliaceae, 54
Allium, 39, 54
Alloispermum, 270, 274, 425-428,
430-433
Alnus, 55
Alsioideae, 213
Alternanthera, 40
Amblygonocarpus, 409
Amelanchier, 107
Ammiaceae, 219, 223
Amolinia, 85
Amphigymnia,
Andropogon,
Anemone, 421
Angiospermae, 33, 34, 42, 50

90, 91
120

505

506

Annonaceae, 310

Anoectangium, 193

Anomospermeae, 11

Anomospermum, 15

Aphelandra, 60, 61

Apontia, 107

Apteron, 243

Aralia, 54

Araliaceae, 54

Archidendron, 311

Arenaria, 313, 314

Aristida, 39

Arrabidaea, 222

Arrojadocharis, 451, 463-465

Arrojadoa, 463

Arundinella, 497

Aspidosperma, 490

Aspilicia, 172

Asteraceae, 65, 70, 74, 79, 80,
BL,’ 84,°06, 25/7, 266, 270,
274, 260, 287, 300, $25, 431,
436, 438, 442, 451, 454, 455,

457, 459, 463, 465, 466, 468-

471
Astronium, 491
Avicennia, 315, 503
Axillares, 219, 225
Ayapana, 74
Baccharis, 107
Bacteria, 42
Bahianthus, 79, 451
Baitlionia, 125, 135, 137, 146
Barbula, 177-214
Barklya, 325
Barleria, 93
Bartlettina, 84-86
Bauhinia, 220, 325, 326
Bauhinieae, 325
Bauhiniinae, 326
Begonia, 55, 59, 233-256
Begoniaceae, 55
Begoniastrum, 243
Bemisia, 338, 478
Berberidaceae, 54
Berberis, 54
Bernardia, 107
Betula, 55
Betulaceae, 53, 55
Bignoniaceae, 221-223, 359,

412, 481
Blumea, 302
Boletaceae, 44

TU2YrTOeLteectra

Boletus, 44

Boraginaceae, 105

Borassus, 220

Bouchea, 94, 102, 112-116

Bouteloua, 94

Bouvardia, 107

Brachystegia, 474, 480

Brassicaceae, 53

Brosimum, 99, 491

Bryoerythrophyllum, 184, 214

Bryopsida, 177

Bryum, 201

Buchnera, 120

Buddleia, 221, 333

Buddleiaceae, 221

Buddlejaceae, 53

Bunaea, 478

Bursera, 491

Butyrospermum, 219, 220

Byrsonima, 490

Cadieae, 325

Caesalpinaceae, 48

Caesalpinia, 48

Caesalpiniaceae, 379

Caesalpinioideae, 325, 499

Calceolaria, 137

Calea, 270-279, 425-427, 432,
433, 436-441

Calliandra, 311

Callicarpa, 219

Calochortus, 39

Calophyllum, 490

Canna, 99

Cannabis, 60

Canthium, 351, 478

Carex, 39

Carissa, 93

Carmichaelia, 135

Carneorubescens, 48

Carum, 223

Caryomene, 11, 15

Caryophyllaceae, 314

Casparya, 242, 243

Cassia, 48, 93, 499-501

Cassieae, 501

Cedrelinga, 311

Celtis, 99

Cembroides, 129

Ceratodon, 214

Cercideae; 325-327

Cercidinae, 326

Cercis, 107, 326

Vol. 44, No. 7

1979

Cercospora, 221, 338
Chamaecrista, 499-501
Chascanum, 112-116, 333
eniorisg, 220
Chlorophora, 484
Chondrodendron, 11
Choscanum, 115
Christisonia, 55
Chromocystoteae, 48
Chrysanthemum, 47
Chrysomallum, 143, 219, 220
Ciferriella, 220
Cincinnobolus, 100
Cistanche, 55
Citharexylon, 136
Citharexylum, 124
Cladoxylon, 222
Clerodendron, 318
Clerodendrum, 221, 318, 333
Clibadium, 280-286
Cofassus, 401, 403
Combretum, 220, 388
Commelina, 54
Commelinaceae, 54
Commiphora, 117
Compositae, 86, 266, 277, 283,
302, 431, 446, 464, 469
Convolutae, 179, 183, 192, 210
Convolvulaceae, 140
Corchorus, 99
Cordia, 107
Coreanthemum, 79
Cornaceae, 33, 54
Cornus, 54
Corylus, 218
Critoniopsis, 445
Crossidium, 203, 204
Crossopteryx, 388
Croton, 107
Crysomallum 143
Cuneifoliae, 203
Cupania, 381, 382
Curarea, 11, 12
Curatella, 490
Cyanotis, 54
Cymbidium, 46
Cynareae, 445, 446
Cynometra, 48
Cyperaceae, 42
Cytisus, 134
Daniella, 474
Dasylirion, 107
Decachaeta, 85, 86

Index 507

Delonix, 48

Dendrobium, 57

Desmatodon, 204

Desmodium, 100

Detarium, 474

Deutzia, 218

Diacranthera, 80. 81

Dialeurodes, 221

Dialium, 48, 490

Dicotyledoneae, 40

Dicranales, 212

Didymodon, 178. 198, 209-211
214

Dioscorea, 43

Diostea, 123-126, 134-140

Dipsaceae, 55

Dipsacus, 55

Dipterocypsela, 443, 444

Dipyrema, 140

Dipyrena, 139-141

Disciphania, 40, 418

Doliopygus, 483

Doratometra, 238

Dracula, 164, 165

Duranta, 328

Dyschoriste, 94

Eitenia, 455-457, 459-462

Elaeagnaceae, 54

Elaeagnon, 225

Elaeagnus, 54

Endomycorrhiza, 409

Enterolobium, 309, 311

Epacridaceae, 140

Epacris, 140

Ephedra, 137, 333

Ephialum, 143

Ephielis, 143

Epilobium, 319

Epimedium, 54

Equisetophyta, 39

Eremanthus, 446

Eremosis, 445

Eriocaulon, 123, 134, 384

Erythradenia, 85

Erythrina, 19-29, 31, 32, 37

Escherichia, 336

Eubarbula, 182

Eubryales, 212

Eucalyptus, 224, 358, 390, 497

Eupatoriaceae, 469

Eupatorieae, 74, 79-81, 84-86,
451, 452, 455, 459, 463; °464,
466, 469

508

Eupatoriopsis, 455, 460

Eupatorium, 80, 84-87, 451, 463

Eupetalum, 243

Euphorbia, 137

Euphorbiaceae,

Euvitex, 225

Eysenhardtia, 107

Fabaceae, 325

Fabales, 327

Fagaceae, 33

Falconiformes,

Fallaces, 209

Fallaciformes,

Ficus, 421

Flacourtiaceae, 53

Fungi, 38, 42

Fuscoboletinus, 44

Galinsoga, 425, 427-429, 431,
434

Galinsoginae, 425, 429, 430

Garovaglioideae, 212

Gaylussacia, 120

Geissopappus, 270

Gelala, 19

Geunsia, 473

Glandularia, 138

Globimetula, 385

Glomerulosae, 219

Glossocalyx, 219

Glossocarya, 221

Gobenia, 239

Godmania, 412, 485, 491

Goodeniaceae, 53

Graciles, 209, 210

Gramineae, 42

Griffonia, 325, 326

Guayania, 85

Gymnospermae, 33, 50

Gymnostomum, 197, 211

Haematoxylon, 48

Harpachne, 93

Hebeclinium, 84-86

Hedera, 54

Helenium, 120

Heliantheae, 70, 74, 257,
256, 200, 2/0, 2/4, . 2380,
AZo, 431, 436, 430

Helianthinae, 257

Helianthopsis, 257-259

Helianthus, 257-259, 262-268,
419, 420

Heliconia, 99

219, 222

af

210

Pay TO. LOG) 2

Vol. 44, No. 7

Helicopogon, 182

Hemidesmus, 351

Heterocypsela, 442-445, 447-449

Hierobotana, 141-143

Hilaria, 94

Hippocastanaceae, 54

Hippophae, 54

Hippuridaceae, 54

Hippuris, 54

Holigarna, 356

Holoschaemus, 333

Hopea, 351

Husnotiella, 184, 212

Huszia, 243

Hyalis, 139

Hydrogonium, 178, 188, 193,
198, 199, -2i0

Hymenocardia, 474

Hymenocordia, 408

Hymenostylium, 199

Hyophila, 200, 202

Hyophiladelphus, 178, 201, 210

Hyparrhenia, 219, 220

Imeria, 79

Indigofera, 93

Inga, 309, 311

Ingeae, 307, 311

Tsoberlinia, 475

Jatropha, 107

Juglans, 107

Juncus, 39

Junellia, 141, 215

Kingianthus, 70-75, 77, 78

Koenigia, 52

Labiatae, 102

Lagerstroemia, 356

Lamiaceae, 102

Laniculatae, 219

Lantana, 215, 333, 384

Lardizabala, 137

Larrea, 107

Lasiolaena, 451, 466-472

Leccinum, 44

Leguminales, 327

Leguminosae, 33, 310, 326,
S27, 379, 499

Leighia, 258, 264

Leonotis, 93

Lepsia, 238

Leptobryum, 189, 192

Leptonia; 47, 48

Leptosphaeria, 220, 338

1979

Leucas, 93

Leucodontaceae, 213

Lichenes, 89

Lilium, 36

wappia, 224,-125, 1365 138,
328, 384

Liquidambar, 45

Lithophyllum, 33

Litothamnus, 79, 80, 82, 83

Lobelia, 120

Lobeliaceae, 120

Lomatozoma, 457-459, 461-
472

Lophira, 474

Loranthus, 477

Luisierella, 201

Lychnophora, 445, 446

Lychnophorinae, 442, 443, 446

Lychnophoropsis, 443

Lycopodophyta, 39

Lycurus, 94

Lysiloma, 311, 377, 378

Lythraceae, 53

Maesa, 362-369, 502

Mahonia, 54

Mailelou, 143, 348

Mail-elou, 348, 358

Mail-eloa, 348

Malachra, 99

Malvaviscus, 99

Manilkara, 351, 490, 491

Martyniaceae, 53

Masdevallia, 166-169

Mastixia, 223

Mastixiaceae, 223

Matayba, 381-383

Mattfeldanthus, 292, 292

Meionanthera, 239

Melampodiinae, 283

Meliaceae, 222

Meliola, 220, 478

Meliosma, 54

Menispermaceae, 11, 13, 15, 17,
418

Mentha, 373

Mertzelia, 100

Messua, 351

Metradorea, 221

Micrococcus, 336

Microstemon, 487

Mimosa, 107

Mimosaceae, 310, 379

Mimosoideae, 307, 310, 379

Index

Mischodon, 352
Mithrudatea, 143

Monactis, 70-78, 258, 266

Monetes, 475
Morinda, 403
Morinia, 209, 214

Morithamnus, 451, 452, 454

463
Mortonia, 107
Moultonia, 358
Muhlenbergia, 94
Murdannia, 54
Musci, 212-214
Mutisieae, 445, 446
Mycosphaerella, 220
Myrica, 37

Myrsinaceae, 54, 362, 369,

502
Nassauvia, 137
Nectandra, 490
Neogoniolithon, 33
Neosparton, 136, 138
Nephandra, 143
Nephrandra, 143
Nerium, 345
Nolina, 174
Nothofagus, 137, 319
Ochradenus, 54
Ocotea, 40
Oidium, 100
Oldfieldia, 219
Oligomeris, 54
Olivia, 220
Olysnium, 40
Opuntia, 107

Orchidaceae, 42, 45, 57,

164
Ormocarpum, 93
Orobanchaceae, 55
Orobanche, 55
Orthomene, 16
Ostryopsis, 218
Owenia, 497
Oxalidaceae, 53
Oxalis, 137
Oxystegus, 209
Pachysperma, 379
Paepalanthus, 215, 384
Paliurus, 333, 345
Palmerocassia, 500
Paludocybe, 47
Pancratium, 421
Paniculatae, 219, 225

510 PR Tero: L' OSes

Panicum, 220
Panopsis, 322
Papilionaceae, 42
Papilionoideae, 325
Pappea, 93
Parinari, 475
Parmelia, 90, 91
Parmeliaceae, 89, 90
Parmotrema, 89-91
Parnassiaceae, 53
Parthenium, 107
Pauletia, 48
Peiranisia, 500
Peltophorum, 48
Pennisetum, 93
Pentanisia, 93
Perezia, 107
Perlebia, 48
Peronema, 219
Peteravenia, 84-86
Petitia, 219
Petraeovitex, 219
Petrea, 328, 339, 396
Phacelia, 137
Phania, 463
Phoma, 220, 338
Phragmanthera, 385
Phragmites, 319, 333
Phryma, 102, 108
Phrymaceae, 102, 108, 109
Phyllachora, 398, 411, 415
Phyllanthus, 220, 392
Phymatotrichum, 221, 338
Phytolacca, 53
Pilderia, 238
Pinaceae, 129
Pinophyta, 39
Pinus, 107; 129-133
Piptocarpha, 300-306
Piqueria, 463
Pistaciovitex, 143
Pisum, 107
Pithecellobium, 308-312, 377-
380
Pithecoseris, 443
Pittosporaceae, 55
Pittosporum, 55
Platanus, 421
Platycarpum, 321
Platypus, 483
Pleurostigma, 114
Pleurothallidinae, 164

Pleurothallis, 170, 171

Pleurotus, 221

Pleuroweisieae, 214

Pluteus, 38

Pohlia, 214

Polygala, 93

Polygonaceae, 52

Polypodiophyta, 39

Porolithon, 33

Porphyrellus, 44

Potamogeton, 39, 54

Potamogetonaceae, 53

Pottiaceae, 212-214

Pouteria, 491

Praxelinae, 455

Premna, 221, 333

Premnobius, 478

Pritzelia, 239

Priva, 92-100, 140

Prosopis, 107, 411

Proteaceae, 321

Pseudocarpidium, 219

Pseudocrossidium, 177-179, 181,
183, 185, 187, 169, 191,
195, 197, 199, 201, ‘203—2ae

Pseudosamanea, 309, 311, 377,
378, 380

Pseudostellaria, 313, 314

Pseudostifftia, 442-447, 449,
450

Psilogine, 143

Psilogyne, 143

Psychotria, 222

Pteridium, 292, 298

Pteridophyta, 34, 40, 42

Pterobryaceae, 212

Pterocarpus, 475

Puccinia, 100, 101

Pucciniastrum, 221

Pycnatmon, 483

Pyrostoma, 219

Quercus, 107

Ratonia, 381

Reedia, 490

Reseda, 54

Resedaceae, 54

Revolutae, 203

Rhizophora, 315, 503

Rhoeo, 54

Rhus, 107

Rosaceae, 33

Rossmannia, 243

Vol. 44, No. 7

L979

Roupala, 321, 322
Rubiaceae, 221, 222
Rudbeckia, 120
Ruellia, 490
Ruizpavonia, 243
Ruppia, 54
Ruppiaceae, 54
Rutaceae, 221

Sabal, 174

Sabazia, 426-431
Sabia, 54

Sabiaceae, 54
Salicaceae, 33

Salzx, 225

Salvia, 102, 107
Samanea, 309, 311, 378
Sapindaceae, 381, 383
Sapium, 220
Sarcostephana, 418
Sassea, 242

Scabiosa, 55
Scheelea, 411
Schefflera, 54
Scheidweileria, 238
Sciadotenia, 11-13
Scirpus, 39

Scleria, 403
Scrophulariaceae, 120
Selloa, 431
Semibarbula, 185, 188
Semibegoniella, 242
Senecio, 107

Senna, 499, 500
Senophyllum, 182
Serianthes, 311
Setcreasea, 54
Sideroxylon, 356
Simsia, 257, 266
Sisyrinchium, 40, 137
Solanum, 36, 38, 43, 107, 490
Sophoreae, 325
Spartium, 135
Spermatophyta, 40, 49
Spiranthes, 120
Sporobolus, 100
Stachytarpheta, 114, 473
Staurothele, 172
Stellaria, 313, 314, 503
Stereosperma, 143
Stereospermum, 223, 359
Stevia, 107

Stifftia, 300, 302, 445

Index Sit

Streblotrichum, 183, 185, 186,
188, 194

Strigiformes, 372

Strophanthus, 43

Strychnos, 1-8, 10

Stylodon, 118-121

Stylotrichum, 451, 463

Svensonia, 111-117, 333

Swietenia, 490

Syncretocarpus, 258

Syngonanthus, 215, 384

Syrrhopodontales, 212

Tabebuia, 485

Tamarindus, 48

Tamarix, 334

Tamonea, 95

Tanaecium, 413

Teijsmanniodendron, 219, 221-
223, 473, 487

Telitoxicum, 13

Terminales, 219

Terminalia, 220, 474, 490, 497

Tetraclea, 328

Tetraphis, 214

Teucrium, 102

Thelypteris, 403

Thymelaeaceae, 53

Tillandsia, 107

Tinosporeae, 418

Tortula, 182, 185, 186, 193,
194, 199, 201-207, 209, 212,
214

Trapa, 55

Trapaceae, 55

Tricarpha, 428

Trichostomum, 185, 198, 200,
209

Triclisieae, 11

Tridax, 425, 429-431, 435

Tripinna, 143

Tropaeolum, 13/7

Tuerckheimia, 208, 209, 214

Tulipa, 421

Tylopilus, 44

Ulmaceae, 33

Umbelliferae, 53

Unguiculatae, 182

Uredo, 398

Utricularia, 319

Valeriana, 137

Valsa, 338

Vanda, 57

SLZ P Be = Loe A Vol. 44, He.

Vavaea, 222 Vites, 225

Verbena, 94, 95, 101, 102, 105- Vitex, 134, 143, 145, 147, 149,
P07 sy tle, 283.9 039) 120, See, 151, 153,155, 157, TS9o eee
125, 134, 136=1395 242," S205 163, 216, 217-225, ‘227, 22a
329, 473 231, 329-361, 384-417, 474-

Verbenaceae, 53, 139, 141, 143, 492

2k9, 333

Verbesina, 70

Vernonia, 65-69, 287-299, 444-
446

Vernonieae, 65, 287, 300, 442,
445, 446

Verrucaria, 172

Vetex, 143, 348

Viouieta, 2517, 258,, 203, 264,

Viticeae, 219

Viticipremna, 219, 221, 222,
404 :

Vitis, 218, 222, 413, 486, See

Vizella, 221

Wageneria, 239

Wallaceodendron, 311

Wallrothia, 219, 223

Walrothia, 143

266
Viguieropsis, 257
Viola, "223, 323, 324
Violaceae, 223
Viridiflavipes, 47
Virulenta, 36
Viscum, 62
Vitaceae, 218, 222
Viter, 143, 482

Washingtonia, 174 .
Wilsonia, 140, 141
Wulffia, 280

Yucca, 39, 40, 107, 174
Zaluziana, 70

Zapania, 95, 105
Zappania, 95

Zebrina, 54
Zinjanthropus, 394

Publication dates

Volume 43, No. 5 September 6, 1979

Volume 44, No. 1 --- August 14, 1979

Volume 44, No. 2 --- August 25, 1979

Volume 44, No. 3 --- September 13, 1979
Volume 44, No. 4 --- October 9, 1979
Volume 44, No. 5 --- October 29, 1979

5 aT vi P rom J
+
6
¢ 3 _

Baten th.
ee ake

a)
‘
;
sty
Rik ae
eal
&
v j
”
yrs
h
1 ¥
if
hse
a a

hake i eM,

a del i

se

“ M4 ria *
ps \e / & ye ;
Luge 4

Per
f ‘
".
fn Ld
_-
d a
*
i
{
acca
4 i
oi Wee

¥ yh
. ut ’ ri
fi neh

t Me i Ay
Vi Ke Te as OMe A Ai .

are ra re
ve Pee PA es pa

i

pa) sf

| mse
we hic,

‘: i) ; d 4

4

ae We F

"ha
i3'
’
y
4
7 ‘ A
i Ui - ,
* aa f
pe
fas
‘ j
es
* i F: i
. Nu } }
| { Tk oom
, 4 AE)
af Loe | | ?
; Any 4 s F
a ee ey
7 Jie &
ed fat

et
J

Ae ‘J a
, ms a

U

ui |

York

ns teary rE gr ams SUE aan 4°
¥ + ~~ - wre
——~ ~ a “
a ae -— ~
NS ere ow —“ me
~~ - “ars “/~ * » - s
~<a “ re d
~ “ +9 we ee c e > = pare
— - = ~ “—¥ ~ . , —_ »
- ™ - Tat a v e ~~ + - o~ » a 3+ sane
mn ys De" o~~ m ere enum aK 4 er OWT we rect &
wee ose ewe ~<a we 5 oe * ~ —_ > arnt :
‘ od “ ~ “ew * al _—r ¥ ,
rere owe oe os - ~ — iar are f.
wace oe > es - ~ ’ ~ Si om Se —— CRAM: -
Oe 6 ey Ar ew eye ee ip-O-9-0-4 6 Je BP Pe Pacha
pa eprip rarer wee ee “s eee brn aoe “ math Pat 2
seth A "row es were ee eed
Se ——~. * . # eee *
as 7 - ees wee bo ws
ol were ew OES ge o Bnew mer ete oy
ar eS a — . be @~ 8 wr
~ aati Per Gre aw ee er Se oa ewe e® ow
ety aes Re ee ee . wer , eb wererrs. © soo
wees ae 2 ae eG SS OU era ie er ergy env
ee Pe & SSG SSO HO we ed a ee ean ee ee
RAL LOE ERE EEO ON Pp AO ew ewe ee eee ps 4 oe ee 6 Pee St bP bee PE 4
my sqrt ab are % fe We ees ee ee y . “ oA OW ee — - 8 Ry OT OY Oe re
“~ eee ck i di io halt Ril id ial ere veovree Se i ee ee ee ee Pees pew eee a ere
s eth nally Pig I yD DN, Sin Pena io M onPolm - . ~ tied ~ erin bes ee te ce le We Bl ere ee
~» a en ee Sl a ee CR SR OOO ™ OOF ee 6 SOs . « ~~ ~ > es 4 w~e “e ES eee r+ eevee crew owe
nee A eee ee Whe Se ne ae Gar lee + awe ere eee wes SS OSES SF Se Ree Oe rer ee eee ee ewww taeteal Sie own ey worvrwee 0 ork ree et OTE FET rr geen He
Sener ga Fhe Le ee ee Ne ee eng rie YEE ANE NE Ww? SET ST Eines Brae WF eee SIS * Sie lado Sr I Pee ire ews ee ok ek ded ree OS ee ee eG aw ++* errs nd
ne qoprQnayny” We Shard S Wy or Geto ing bow aoe" s ow & okre 6 re Or ewe 6 eee Se ee Owe ~ ee = ee ee ~ oeerw ew Ce oe 8 ere wry ee CO EWS Se eR Owe SY
Sn ee cate ae aN Ie a EET NP ARNE LE EES ga oe WY ty mare gna a we ww wt PESOS TS STE TET CM SCR ES CEES ENE CEE OS ET TPE Oe eee wee
e-1 pens ~ eee EO EES TW OS Se PERE Ae eR Oe & eS vere we “— ee ew “owe we’ - 5 i ee ee err oe otiwee yew er eae 6 Keb ee @ eae Penne bh @-é-&
- ~~ Ae: Per ee OE OE ON NE Ae AEA TS WN SS eT TS eS Oe rte er 8 ie RR SR I EO a IA me BIT wee
Ro pean PO ara ee ee GD tr RSENS OSS OBOE OO OO Ee EO PO Ne ee OO NE OEE Ce tk oOo Oe 8 Te eee 6 Ee pee ee Oe ew rer os
ON es BE ENE EE EWE NOR VN ee + Aton PR I Mi Mond cath PL De i re ing ae om Rea hat 7 -evewr’s ee ore EE eee rw ere
“ner e c=, ee ewe pr Ne ray Ceara ow CG Pere oY = ony er Oe Ge wee hy © 6 OR) © err SS) 6 Np er rer OR rte i ey eee BS FS ES INF we ee ee wt Fe SY Oe ee
Nagy 80 tig ee Sh. BEERS Se Hr on Ge greet Ot ow geet et wh OS eh eee EE Pe Sa I ne er Fw i SS ERP ES OT FE ET ES Fe Se
2 Aaa oe ee er ee a er ge ere oF © Re dn err es co a I i ee ee ete a err er OS PPPS COS Wee 6S ECT OS St OW I Ew ew ee PO eee Bead wars r OU wig ot
- EAS RI EE Oe EE See ae IE EY ST ew « SOC ee ea ee ere Oe Ge ew eee 44 wow o-e & SES Se OH FOP Se es « “or
RS Geter eee ON PS ES © eR Se OE Se rr OO OS® SE FOE eee Oe e a Piet @
= - . _~ a o.ry I ee a an mat hr none err eee
RN Ee re we er ge > ioe pe irae ak
= a eed SN ET A PE I OE me pr ae

LOR ALL LEA ALLL ALOE LALA DERI DONE A NE
eS Orr Oe ae rr POH Se GOs 2 wr erorw™ en LPG OOO BH ONE IO E EB RE ETE’ Ie
OO a FE PR ST er PR rr rs ee RIO RRR BE RH I

22 , iad 1 . . ame Sica tiein Re Op PP FEO GIR IRE On be ae He
—

(rm eee
ae or we